Turbo Pascal for Windows Bible

Gary Entsminger TURBO PASCAL B FOR WINDOWS I B L E The Most Comprehensive Tutorial and Reference for Experienced Pro...

Author: Gary Entsminger

224 downloads 2409 Views 16MB Size Report

This content was uploaded by our users and we assume good faith they have the permission to share this book. If you own the copyright to this book and it is wrongfully on our website, we offer a simple DMCA procedure to remove your content from our site. Start by pressing the button below!
Report copyright / DMCA form

DOWNLOAD PDF

Gary Entsminger

TURBO PASCAL B

FOR WINDOWS

I B L E

The Most Comprehensive Tutorial and Reference for Experienced Programmers

E x a m p l e s , screen illustrations, and practical application samples Essential command reference section describes all features Exclusive coverage of ObjectWindows functions and the Windows A P I

The TPW Command-line Compiler T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s c o m m a n d - l i n e o p t i o n s u s e this syntax:

TPCW

[options]

w h e r e [options]

[options]

can b e o n e or m o r e options, separated by spaces. Y o u designate the

s t a t u s o f t h e c o m p i l e r o p t i o n b y s p e c i f y i n g a p l u s ( + ) o r a m i n u s (-) after t h e o p t i o n . •

P l a c e a + ( o r a s p a c e ) after a n o p t i o n t o t u r n it O n .

•

P l a c e a - after t h e o p t i o n t o t u r n it O f f . Compiler Options Directive

Option /$A /IB /$D /IF /|G /II /|L

options Option

Meaning Align data Boolean evaluation Debug information Force FAR calls Generate 286 instructions Input/output checking Local symbol information

Meaning

/IN /|R /IS /IV /|W

80x87 code (numeric coprocessor) Range checking Stack-overflow checking String var checking Windows stack frame

/IX

Extended syntax

Mode options Option

Option

Meaning

/B /F /L

Build all Find error Link buffer Conditional

Option /D

/M

Make

/Q

Quiet (no IDE equivalent)

defines

Meaning

Meaning

option

Option

Meaning

Conditional defines Debug options

Option

Meaning

/G

MAP file Directory

Option

Meaning

/E /I /O

E X E and TPU directory Include directories Object Files directories

Option

Meaning

/V

Debug info in EXE option

options Option

Meaning

/R /T /U

Resource directories Turbo directory Unit directories

C o m m a n d - l i n e Options a n d Their IDE Equivalents. Option

IDE

/|A /IB /ID /IF /|G /II /|L /|M /IN /|R /IS /IV

Options/Compiler/Align data Options/Compiler/Boolean evaluation Options/Compiler/Debug information Options/Compiler/Force far calls Options/Compiler/286 code Options/Compiler/I/O checking Options/Compiler/Local symbols Options/Compiler/Memory sizes Options/Compiler/80x87 code Options/Compiler/Range checking Options/Compiler/Stack checking Options/Compiler/String var checking options Optioni/Compiler/Windows stack frames Options/Compiler/Extended syntax

/|W /IX

Equivalent

Option

IDE

/B /D /E /F /G /I /L /M /O /Q /R /T /U /V

Compile/Build Options/Compiler/Conditional defines Options/Directories/EXE and TPU directory Search/Find error Options/Linker/MAP file Options/Compiler/Include directories Options/Linker/Link buffer Compile/Make Options/Directories/Object directories (none) • Options/Directories/Resource directories (none) Options/Directories/Unit directories Options/Linker/Debug info in EXE

Equivalent

Turbo Pascal® for Windows™ Bible

Turbo Pascal® for Windows Bible Gary Entsminger

SAMS A Division of Macmillan Computer Publishing 11711 North College, Carmel, Indiana 46032 USA

For Alison

© 1992 by SAMS FIRST EDITION FIRST PRINTING—1991 All rights reserved. No part of this book shall be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without written permission from the publisher. N o patent liability is assumed with respect to the use of the information contained herein. Although every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this book, the publisher and author assume no responsibility for errors or omission. Neither is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of the information contained herein. For information, address SAMS, 11711 N. College Ave., Carmel, IN 46032. International Standard Book Number: 0-672-30212-8 Library of Congress Catalog No.: 91-66924

Publisher Richard K. Swadley Publishing Manager Joseph Wikert Managing Editor Neweleen A. Trebnik Acquisitions Editor Gregory S. Croy Development Editor Paula Northam Grady Editors Kezia Endsley Becky Freeman Jodi Jensen Rebecca Whitney Technical

Production Claudia Bell Sandy Grieshop Denny Hager Audra Hershman Bob LaRoche Laurie Lee Juli Pavey Howard Peirce Tad Ringo Bruce Steed Mary Beth Wakefield Lisa Wilson Phil Worthington Christine Young Book

Design Scott Cook Michele Laseau

Cover Design Tim Amrhein

Editor

Jeffrey Hsu

Indexer Johnna VanHoose

Composed in Garamond

and MCP Digital by Macmillan

Computer

Printed in the United States of America

Publishing.

Overview Parti

Working with TPW

1

G e t t i n g Started, 3

2 3 4

E l e m e n t s o f A p p l i c a t i o n D e v e l o p m e n t , 43 Objects for W i n d o w s , 77 Inheriting a n Interface, 111

5 6

Putting Pictures in W i n d o w s , 149 Painting, C o l l e c t i n g , a n d S t r e a m i n g , 185

Part II Advanced Topics 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Part III A B C

M a n y W i n d o w s : A M u l t i - D o c u m e n t Interface, 2 1 3 R e s o u r c e s a n d C o n t r o l O b j e c t s , 241 M e m o r y Matters, 2 7 9 D i s p l a y C o n t e x t s a n d D r a w i n g T o o l s , 301 F r o m Program to Program Using D D E (Dynamic Data Exchange), 343 S h a r i n g Libraries U s i n g D L L ( D y n a m i c L i n k Libraries), 3 6 9 D e s i g n i n g W i n d o w s A p p l i c a t i o n s , 383

References O b j e c t W i n d o w s O b j e c t s , 405 ObjectWindows Constants, 499 O b j e c t W i n d o w s P r o c e d u r e s a n d F u n c t i o n s , 505

D

O b j e c t W i n d o w s R e c o r d s , 509

E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S

T h e W i n C r t Unit, 515 A W i n C r t E x a m p l e , 525 T h e Strings Unit, 539 T h e T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s S y s t e m Unit, 553 T h e T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s W i n D o s Unit, 561 D e b u g g i n g T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s A p p l i c a t i o n s , 587 T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s Error M e s s a g e s , 591 W i n d o w M a n a g e r Interface P r o c e d u r e s a n d F u n c t i o n s , 635 S y s t e m Services Interface P r o c e d u r e s a n d F u n c t i o n s , 723 G D I ( G r a p h i c s D e v i c e Interface) P r o c e d u r e s a n d F u n c t i o n s , 793 O b j e c t G r a p h i c s (A W h i t e w a t e r G r o u p G r a p h i c s T o o l k i t ) , 861 N o t e s for M a n a g i n g a Project, 8 6 7 Glossary, 8 6 9 R e f e r e n c e s , R e s o u r c e s , a n d N o t e s , 881 A S C I I C o d e C h a r a c t e r Set, 8 8 7 I n d e x , 891

Contents I

WORKING WITH TPW

1

Getting Started, 3 C r e a t i n g Windows A p p l i c a t i o n s , 3 S y s t e m R e q u i r e m e n t s a n d Installation, 4 T h e T u r b o Pascal for Windows I D E , 4 T u r b o Pascal for Windows I D E M e n u C o m m a n d s , 7 T h e T u r b o Pascal for Windows D e s k t o p C o n t r o l M e n u , 7 Restore, 8 Move, 8 Size, 8 Minimize, 8 Maximize, 8 Close, 8 Switch T o , 9 T h e Edit Window

Control Menu, 9

Restore, 9 Move, 9 Size, 10 M i n i m i z e , 10 M a x i m i z e , 10 C l o s e , 10 N e x t , 10 T h e File M e n u , 10 N e w , 11 O p e n , 11 Save, 12 Save A s , 12 Save All, 12 Print, 12 Printer S e t u p , 13 Exit, 14 List o f C l o s e d Files, 14

vii

T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s B i b l e

T h e Edit M e n u , 14 U n d o , 14 R e d o , 15 C u t , 15 C o p y , 15 Paste, 15 C l e a r , 16 T h e S e a r c h M e n u , 16 F i n d , 16 R e p l a c e , 16 S e a r c h A g a i n , 16 G o t o L i n e N u m b e r , 17 S e a r c h / S h o w Last C o m p i l e Error, 18 Search/Find Error, 18 T h e R u n M e n u , 18 R u n / R u n , 18 R u n / D e b u g g e r , 18 Run/Parameters, 19 T h e C o m p i l e M e n u , 19 Compile/Compile, 20 C o m p i l e / M a k e , 20 C o m p i l e / B u i l d , 21 C o m p d e / P r i m a r y File, 21 C o m p i l e / C l e a r Primary File, 21 C o m p i l e / I n f o r m a t i o n , 21 C o m p i l e I n f o r m a t i o n B o x , 21 T h e O p t i o n s M e n u , 22 C o m p i l e r , 22 Linker, 23 Directories, 23 G u i d e l i n e s for E n t e r i n g Directory N a m e s , 24 Preferences, 25 E d i t o r O p t i o n s , 25 O p e n , 26 Save, 26 Save A s , 2 7 Directories List B o x , 28 T h e W i n d o w M e n u , 28 T i l e , 28 C a s c a d e , 28 A r r a n g e I c o n s , 28 C l o s e All, 29

viii

Contents

T h e H e l p M e n u (Alt-H), 29 I n d e x ( S h i f t - F l ) , 29 T o p i c S e a r c h ( C t r l - F l ) , 29 Help/Using H e l p , 30 C o m p i l e r Directives, 30 O b j e c t W i n d o w s , 30 P r o c e d u r e s a n d F u n c t i o n s , 30 Reserved W o r d s , 30 S t a n d a r d U n i t s , 31 T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s L a n g u a g e , 31 W i n d o w s A P I , 31 A b o u t T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s , 31 Editor, 31 T h e E d i t o r C o m m a n d s , 31 T h e B l o c k C o m m a n d s , 32 C o p y B l o c k , 32 C o p y Text, 32 C u t Text, 32 D e l e t e B l o c k , 32 M o v e B l o c k , 32 Paste f r o m C l i p b o a r d , 33 R e a d B l o c k from D i s k , 33 Write B l o c k t o D i s k , 33 E d i t o r - C o m m a n d T a b l e s , 33 A u t o I n d e n t , 36 C u r r e n t C o m p i l e r O p t i o n s , 36 C u r s o r t h r o u g h T a b s , 36 F i n d Place M a r k e r , 3 7 O p e n File, 3 7 O p t i m a l Fill, 3 7 Save File, 3 7 Set Place, 3 7 S h o w Last C o m p i l e Error, 3 7 T a b M o d e , 37 Unindent, 37 T h e T P W C o m m a n d - l i n e Compiler, 38 O n w a r d , F o r w a r d , a n d U p w a r d , 41

2

Elements of Application Development, 43 Units, 44 D a t a T y p e s a n d Identifiers, 50 O r d i n a l T y p e s , 52 B o o l e a n T y p e s , 52

ix


C h a r T y p e , 53 E n u m e r a t e d T y p e s , 54 S u b r a n g e T y p e s , 54 Reals, 55 Strings, 55 S t r u c t u r e d T y p e s , 56 Arrays, 57 R e c o r d s , 57 O b j e c t T y p e s , 58 Sets, 59 Files, 59 Pointer T y p e s , 6 0 P C h a r , 61 P r o c e d u r a l T y p e s , 62 T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s Reserved W o r d s , 62 S t a t e m e n t s , 63 a s s i g n m e n t ( : = ) , 64 begin..end, 64 c a s e . . o f . . e l s e . . e n d , 65 for..to/downto..do, 66 g o t o , 66 if..then..else, 67 inline(...), 68 p r o c e d u r e call, 69 r e p e a t . . u n t i l , 70 w h i l e . . d o , 70 w i t h . . d o , 71 D e b u g g i n g T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s A p p l i c a t i o n s , 72 B e g i n . . , 75

3

Objects for Windows, 77 Overture, 77 A b o u t T u r b o Pascal W i n d o w s , 7 8 W h y D o e s t h e W o r l d M a k e S o M u c h Sense?, 81 T h e T a o o f O b j e c t s , 81 Inheritance, 84 P o l y m o r p h i s m , 86 Messages, 88 Static a n d D y n a m i c B i n d i n g , 9 0 D y n a m i c Style, 91 E x t e n d e d V i e w s , 92

X

Contents

A b o u t Microsoft W i n d o w s , 9 3 W i n d o w s Structure, 95 W h y O O P a n d W i n d o w s , 101 A b o u t O b j e c t W i n d o w s , 102 Events, M e s s a g e s , a n d O b j e c t s , 106 W i n d o w s M e s s a g e s , 107 A b o u t W i n C r t , 107 M o v i n ' O n , 109

4

Inheriting an Interface, 111 T h e Basiclnterface, 113 A p p l i c a t i o n a n d W i n d o w O b j e c t s , 114 T h e M a i n W i n d o w , 116 Details, 119 W i n d o w M e s s a g e s , 122 D i s p l a y C o n t e x t s , 126 U s i n g R e s o u r c e s , 127 Pascal a n d C Strings, 129 A F e w R u l e s , 130 A d d i n g D i a l o g s , 130 A d d i n g a File D i a l o g , 134 T w o K i n d s o f File D i a l o g s , 135 C o n s t a n t s , 136 C o n t r o l s , 136 A d d i n g List B o x e s , 138 M e s s a g e B o x e s , 141 C l o s i n g a n A p p l i c a t i o n , 142 W r a p p i n g U p t h e Basiclnterface, 143

5

Putting Pictures in Windows, 149 M e n u s , I D s , a n d M e s s a g e s , 150 Tasks, 156 O t h e r W i n d o w s , O t h e r T a s k s , 162 M o d e l Tasks, 162 M o d e l i n g , 163 C h a o s a n d S t r a n g e Attractors, 166 M a t h e m a t i c Attraction, 170 O r d e r i n C h a o s , 171 G r a n d F i n a l e , 175

xi


6

Painting, Collecting, and Streaming, 185 P o l y m o r p h i c C o l l e c t i o n s , 187 C o l l e c t i n g Points, 189 Streams, 194 Putting Points in a Stream, 199 H o w Put Works, 2 0 0 G e t t i n g Points, 201 T h e S u m o f Streams, 203

II

ADVANCED TOPICS

7

Many Windows: A Multi-Document Interface, 213 A Basic M D I Interface, 214 Setting U p a Basic M D I Interface, 2 1 7 A M o d e l M D I , 219 M D I M e s s a g e Processing, 221 Editors, 222 A n M D I Editor, 226 M D I Wrap-up,

8

233

Resources and Control Objects, 241 R e s o u r c e s , 242 R e s o u r c e Editors, 255 D i a l o g Windows, 256 Details, 2 6 0 C o n t r o l O b j e c t s , 267 G r o u p Boxes, 270 C o n t r o l s in C o m b i n a t i o n , 274 Bit M a p s , 2 7 6 Wrap-up, 278

9

Memory Matters, 279 M e m o r y M a n a g e m e n t , Windows Style, 2 8 0 G l o b a l a n d L o c a l M e m o r y , 283 Allocating L o c a l M e m o r y B l o c k s , 284 G l o b a l Memory Blocks, 290 A F e w A d v a n c e d M e m o r y Matters, 2 9 7 Direct M e m o r y A c c e s s , 2 9 7

xii

Contents

Data Segments, 297 H e a p Errors, 298 C o d e Segments, 299 w m C o m p a c t i n g , 299 Wrap-up, 300

10 Display Contexts and Drawing Tools, 301 H a n d l i n g a D i s p l a y C o n t e x t , 302 M a p p i n g M o d e s , 315 D r a w i n g F i g u r e s , 322 A Stranger G r a p h i c s F u n c t i o n D e m o , 3 2 7 Wrap-up, 340

11 From Program to Program Using D D E (Dynamic Data Exchange), 343 T h e C l i p b o a r d , 344 Pasting from t h e C l i p b o a r d , 348 S h a r i n g D a t a B e t w e e n A p p l i c a t i o n s , 353 A t o m s , a n d S o O n , 354 W r a p - u p , 368

12 Sharing libraries: Using DLL (Dynamic Link Libraries), 369 D L L Details, 3 7 0 U s i n g D L L s , 371

13 Designing Windows Applications, 383 C o m m o n U s e r A c c e s s , 384 O b j e c t s a n d W i n d o w s , 386 D e s i g n i n g for C h a n g e , 3 8 9 O b j e c t - O r i e n t e d A p p l i c a t i o n D e s i g n , 392 A T a o o f W i n d o w s , 393 O b j e c t Discovery, 394 Star W a r s a n d D a n c e s : T h e S e q u e l , 395 Begin Discovering Objects, 400 W r a p - u p , 401

xiii


III REFERENCES A

ObjectWindows Objects, 405 TApplication, 406 TBufStream, 411 T B u t t o n , 414 T C h e c k B o x , 416 TCollection, 419 T C o m b o B o x , 427 TControl, 430 T D i a l o g , 432 TDlgWindow, 436 TDosStream, 437 TEdit, 4 4 0 TEmsStream, 447 T G r o u p B o x , 450 TListBox, 452 TMDIClient, 457 TMDIWindow, 459 T O b j e c t , 464 T R a d i o B u t t o n , 465 TScrollBar, 4 6 6 TScroller, 471 TSortedCollection, 479 TStatic, 4 8 2 T S t r C o l l e c t i o n , 484 TStream, 486 T W i n d o w , 491

B

ObjectWindows Constants, 499 b f _ X X X X Constants, 499 c m X X X X Constants, 499 c o X X X X C o n s t a n t s , 501 e m X X X X C o n s t a n t s , 501 id_XXXX C o n s t a n t s , 502 n f X X X X C o n s t a n t s , 502 s t X X X X C o n s t a n t s , 502 t f _ X X X X C o n s t a n t s , 503 w b _ X X X X C o n s t a n t s , 503 w m _ X X X X C o n s t a n t s , 504

xiv

Contents

C

ObjectWindows Procedures and Functions, 505 Abstract, 506 A l l o c M u l t i S e l , 506 D i s p o s e S t r , 506 F r e e M u l t i S e l , 506 G e t O b j e c t P t r , 506 L o n g D i v , 507 L o n g M u l , 507 L o w M e m o r y , 507 M e m A l l o c , 507 N e w S t r , 508 RegisterType, 508 R e g i s t e r W O b j e c t s , 508 R e s t o r e M e m o r y , 508

D

ObjectWindows Records, 509 L o n g R e c , 509 PtrRec, 510 T D i a l o g A t t r , 510 T M e s s a g e , 510 T M u l t i S e l R e c , 511 T S c r o l l B a r T r a n s f e r R e c , 511 T S t r e a m R e c , 511 T W i n d o w A t t r , 512 W o r d R e c , 513

E

The WinCrt Unit, 515 A s s i g n C r t , 516 ClrEol, 517 C l r S c r , 517 C u r s o r T o , 518 D o n e W i n C r t , 518 G o t o X Y , 519 I n i t W i n C r t , 519 KeyPressed, 520 R e a d B u f , 520 R e a d K e y , 521 S c r o l l T o , 521 T r a c k C u r s o r , 522 W h e r e X , ^22

XV


W h e r e Y , 523 WriteBuf, 523 W r i t e C h a r , 524

F

A WinCrt Example, 525

G

The Strings Unit, 539 StrCat, 540 S t r C o m p , 541 S t r C o p y , 542 S t r D i s p o s e , 542 S t r E C o p y , 543 S t r E n d , 543 S t r l C o m p , 544 StrLCat, 544 S t r L C o m p , 545 S t r L C o p y , 546 StrLen, 546 S t r L I C o m p , 547 StrLower, 547 S t r M o v e , 548 S t r N e w , 548 StrPas, 549 S t r P C o p y , 550 StrPos, 550 S t r R S c a n , 551 S t r S c a n , 551 S t r U p p e r , 552

H

The Turbo Pascal for Windows System Unit, 553

I

The Turbo Pascal for Windows WinDos Unit, 561 C o n s t a n t s , 561 T y p e s , 563 A n Index of W i n D o s Procedures and Functions b y F u n c t i o n (or C a t e g o r y ) , 566

J

xvi

Debugging Turbo Pascal for Windows Applications, 587

Contents

K

Turbo Pascal for Windows Error Messages, 591 C o m p i l e r Error M e s s a g e s , 592 R u n - t i m e Error M e s s a g e s , 6 2 6

L

Window Manager Interface Procedures and Functions, 635 C a r e t P r o c e d u r e s a n d F u n c t i o n s , 635 Clipboard Procedures and Functions, 638 C u r s o r P r o c e d u r e s a n d F u n c t i o n s , 642 D i a l o g - B o x P r o c e d u r e s a n d F u n c t i o n s , 645 Display and M o v e m e n t Procedures and Functions, 658 Error P r o c e d u r e s a n d F u n c t i o n s , 6 6 4 H a r d w a r e P r o c e d u r e s a n d F u n c t i o n s , 665 H o o k Procedures and Functions, 669 I n f o r m a t i o n P r o c e d u r e s a n d F u n c t i o n s , 671 Input Procedures and Functions, 676 M e n u P r o c e d u r e s a n d F u n c t i o n s , 681 M e s s a g e P r o c e d u r e s a n d F u n c t i o n s , 691 Painting P r o c e d u r e s a n d F u n c t i o n s , 6 9 8 Property P r o c e d u r e s a n d F u n c t i o n s , 705 Scrolling P r o c e d u r e s a n d F u n c t i o n s , 7 0 6 System Procedures a n d Functions, 710 W i n d o w - C r e a t i o n P r o c e d u r e s a n d F u n c t i o n s , 711

M

System Services Interface Procedures and Functions, 723 Application-Execution Functions, 723 A t o m - M a n a g e m e n t P r o c e d u r e s a n d F u n c t i o n s , 725 C o m m u n i c a t i o n Procedures and Functions, 729 File I/O P r o c e d u r e s a n d F u n c t i o n s , 735 Initialization-File P r o c e d u r e s a n d F u n c t i o n s , 7 4 0 M e m o r y - M a n a g e m e n t P r o c e d u r e s a n d F u n c t i o n s , 743 Module-Management Procedures and Functions, 757 O p e r a t i n g - S y s t e m Interrupt P r o c e d u r e s a n d F u n c t i o n s , 761 R e s o u r c e - M a n a g e m e n t P r o c e d u r e s a n d F u n c t i o n s , 762 Segment Procedures and Functions, 768 S o u n d Procedures and Functions, 773 S t r i n g - M a n i p u l a t i o n P r o c e d u r e s a n d F u n c t i o n s , 778 Task Procedures and Functions, 786 Utility M a c r o s a n d F u n c t i o n s , 788

xvii


N

G D I (Graphics Device Interface) Procedures and Functions, 793 B i t m a p P r o c e d u r e s a n d F u n c t i o n s , 794 Clipping Procedures a n d Functions, 800 C o l o r Palette P r o c e d u r e s a n d F u n c t i o n s , 8 0 3 C o o r d i n a t e - T r a n s l a t i o n Procedures a n d F u n c t i o n s , 8 0 7 D e v i c e - C o n t e x t Procedures a n d F u n c t i o n s , 8 0 9 Device-Independent Bitmap Procedures a n d Functions, 812 Drawing-Attribute Procedures a n d F u n c t i o n s , 815 Drawing-Tool Procedures a n d Functions, 819 Environment Procedures and Functions, 826 F o n t Procedures a n d F u n c t i o n s , 8 2 7 Line-Drawing Procedures a n d F u n c t i o n s , 8 3 0 M a p p i n g Procedures and Functions, 832 Metafile P r o c e d u r e s a n d F u n c t i o n s , 8 3 7 Printer-Control P r o c e d u r e s a n d F u n c t i o n s , 8 4 1 R e c t a n g l e Procedures a n d F u n c t i o n s , 8 4 2 Region Procedures a n d Functions, 844 S h a p e - D r a w i n g P r o c e d u r e s a n d F u n c t i o n s , 851 T e x t - D r a w i n g P r o c e d u r e s a n d F u n c t i o n s , 855

O

ObjectGraphics (A Whitewater Group Graphics Toolkit), 861

P

Notes for Managing a Project, 867

Q

Glossary, 869

R

References, Resources, and Notes, 881 Quotation Acknowledgments, 884

S

ASCII Code Character Set, 887 Index, 891

xviii

Introduction

Look out of any window,

any morning,

any evening, any day. Robert H u n t e r

How This Book Is Organized W e l c o m e t o Turbo Pascal for Windows Bible, a b o o k that will clear m a n y o f t h e mysteries o f W i n d o w s p r o g r a m m i n g i n T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s style. W i n d o w s p r o g r a m m i n g is difficult, b u t T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s m a k e s t h e difficulty m a n a g e a b l e . I n fact, d e v e l o p i n g W i n d o w s applications w i t h T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s is m u c h m o r e f u n o n c e y o u get t h e h a n g o f it. T h i s bible s h o w s y o u h o w t o get t h e h a n g o f it. Turbo 1.

Pascal

for

Windows

Bible

consists of three sections:

Working With TPW A n introduction to object-oriented p r o g r a m m i n g and the T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s o b j e c t library, O b j e c t W i n d o w s , p l u s t h e l a n g u a g e s y n t a x a n d o t h e r d e t a i l s . T h i s s e c t i o n is l o a d e d w i t h p r a c t i c a l e x a m p l e s a n d is i n t e n d e d t o b r i n g y o u u p t o W i n d o w s application d e v e l o p m e n t s p e e d in a hurry.

2.

Advanced topics This section discusses s o m e of the m o r e c o m p l e x aspects of W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n d e v e l o p m e n t , s u c h as m e m o r y m a n a g e m e n t ,


d y n a m i c d a t a e x c h a n g e ( D D E ) , d y n a m i c l i n k libraries ( D L L ) , d e s i g n c o n s i d e r a t i o n s , a n d s o o n . T h i s s e c t i o n is t h e o n e t o r e a d a n d s t u d y after y o u k n o w t h e basics o f o b j e c t - o r i e n t e d p r o g r a m m i n g , TPW-style. 3.

Reference A d e t a i l e d a c c o u n t o f t h e O b j e c t W i n d o w o b j e c t - o r i e n t e d library, i n c l u d i n g o b j e c t s , p r o c e d u r e s , r e c o r d s , a n d c o n s t a n t s . T h e refere n c e a l s o is a c o m p l e t e d e s c r i p t i o n o f t h e W i n d o w s A P I f u n c t i o n s , a g l o s s a r y , a r e a d i n g list, a n d a n y t h i n g e l s e that is i m p o r t a n t b u t d o e s n o t fit i n t h e first t w o s e c t i o n s .

Reader, Who Are You? A l t h o u g h I c a n n o t b e sure, I a s s u m e that y o u already k n o w h o w t o p r o g r a m u s i n g T u r b o P a s c a l (for D O S ) . T u r b o P a s c a l f o r W i n d o w s u s e s s i m i l a r s y n t a x a n d m a n y o f t h e s a m e f u n c t i o n s a n d p r o c e d u r e s as T u r b o Pascal (for D O S ) . A n y t h i n g specific t o T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s is e x p l a i n e d , a n d a n y differences b e t w e e n T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s a n d T u r b o Pascal (for D O S ) are d i s c u s s e d . If y o u h a v e n e v e r p r o g r a m m e d i n T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s , b u t h a v e p r o g r a m m e d i n a p r o c e d u r a l l a n g u a g e s u c h as C , C + + , o r M o d u l a 2 , y o u p r o b a b l y will m a n a g e t o learn T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s p r o g r a m m i n g . T h i s b o o k m a k e s it easier for y o u w i t h a g e n e r a l i n t r o d u c t i o n t o T u r b o Pascal syntax a n d p r o g r a m m i n g . If y o u n e e d m o r e details a b o u t T u r b o Pascal i n g e n e r a l (not W i n d o w s - s p e c i f i c i n f o r m a t i o n ) , p i c k u p a g o o d T u r b o Pascal (for D O S ) b o o k , s u c h as T o m S w a n ' s Mastering Turbo Pascal 6 ( H a y d e n B o o k s ) t o u s e as a g e n e r a l T u r b o Pascal r e f e r e n c e . If y o u are already familiar w i t h t h e T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s integrated d e v e l o p m e n t e n v i r o n m e n t ( I D E ) a n d editor, y o u c a n either g l a n c e o v e r o r skip t h e first c h a p t e r . C h a p t e r 1 is primarily i n t e n d e d to familiarize y o u w i t h t h e preliminaries: h o w t o install T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s , system r e q u i r e m e n t s , h o w t h e I D E , c o m p i l e r , a n d e d i t o r w o r k , a n d s o o n . T h e "real" p r o g r a m m i n g a n d objecto r i e n t e d discussions start in C h a p t e r 2.

Conventions in This Book T h e s e c o n v e n t i o n s h a v e b e e n u s e d t h r o u g h o u t t h e b o o k t o increase its readability: • All p r o g r a m listings; " s n i p p e t s " o f p r o g r a m c o d e ; k e y w o r d s ; p r o c e d u r e , f u n c t i o n , a n d m e t h o d n a m e s ; types (such as b a s e a n d d e r i v e d ) ; a n d objects ( s u c h a s B a s i c I n t e r f a c e , MainWindow, TWindow, T A p p l i c a t i o n , B a s i c A p p l i c a t i o n ) are in m o n o s p a c e t y p e .

XX

Introduction

• B o o k titles, a l o n g with terms i n c l u d e d i n t h e G l o s s a r y ( o n first o c c u r r e n c e i n the text), a p p e a r i n italics. • U n i t s , p r o g r a m n a m e s , a n d library n a m e s ( O b j e c t W i n d o w s ) a p p e a r i n regular type.

Acknowledgments I'd like t o t h a n k a f e w folks w h o h a v e s u p p o r t e d , advised, offered s u g g e s t i o n s , r e a d t h e m a n u s c r i p t , p r o v i d e d software, o r just p l a i n b e e n h e l p f u l t o m e d u r i n g t h e writing o f Turbo Pascal for Windows Bible: G r e g C r o y a n d Paula N o r t h a m G r a d y at M a c m i l l a n C o m p u t e r P u b l i s h i n g ; N a n B o r e n s o n at B o r l a n d International; Phil Davis at the W h i t e w a t e r G r o u p ; A l i s o n B r o d y ; S u s a n A l l e n ; a n d Billy Ban* at t h e R o c k y M o u n t a i n B i o l o g i c a l Laboratory.

Trademarks S A M S h a s m a d e every attempt t o s u p p l y t r a d e m a r k i n f o r m a t i o n a b o u t c o m p a n y n a m e s , p r o d u c t s , a n d services m e n t i o n e d i n this b o o k . T r a d e m a r k s i n d i c a t e d b e l o w w e r e d e r i v e d from various s o u r c e s . S A M S c a n n o t attest t o t h e accuracy o f this i n f o r m a t i o n . A p p l e a n d M a c i n t o s h are registered trademarks o f A p p l e C o m p u t e r , I n c . B o r l a n d , B o r l a n d C + + , T u r b o D e b u g g e r , a n d T u r b o Pascal are registered trademarks o f B o r l a n d International, I n c . Intel is a registered t r a d e m a r k o f Intel C o r p o r a t i o n . Microsoft C , Microsoft E x c e l , a n d Microsoft W o r d are registered trademarks o f Microsoft C o r p o r a t i o n . W i n d o w s is a t r a d e m a r k o f Microsoft C o r p o r a t i o n . Smalltalk is a t r a d e m a r k o f ParcPlace systems. W h i t e w a t e r R e s o u r c e T o o l k i t is a t r a d e m a r k o f T h e W h i t e w a t e r G r o u p . Z o r t e c h is a t r a d e m a r k o f Z o r t e c h , I n c .

XXI


About the Author G a r y E n t s m i n g e r is a writer, p r o g r a m m e r , a n d c o n s u l t a n t . H e w a s a n associate e d i t o r for Micro Cornucopia, (the technical journal) for five years, a n d a c o l u m n i s t for B o r l a n d ' s Turbo Technix m a g a z i n e . H e is t h e a u t h o r o f The Tao of Objects, a b e g i n n e r ' s g u i d e t o o b j e c t - o r i e n t e d p r o g r a m m i n g , a n d his articles h a v e a p p e a r e d in Dr. Dobb's Journal, Computer Language, AI Expert, Midnight Engineering, AI Week, a n d Neural Network News. G a r y lives i n t h e E l k M o u n t a i n s o f C o l o r a d o . Gary Entsminger c/o: R o c k y M o u n t a i n B i o l o g i c a l Laboratory B o x 519 Crested Butte, C O 81224

xxii

PART ONE

WORKING WITH TPW

1 CHAPTER

GETTING STARTED In earlier days, the video display was used solely to echo text that the user typed using the keyboard. In a graphical user interface, the video display itself becomes a source of user input. Charles Petzold

Creating Windows Applications Y o u c a n c r e a t e W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n s u s i n g T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s i n t h r e e different ways: 1. T h e easiest w a y is t o u s e t h e WinCrt u n i t . T h i s u n i t e n a b l e s y o u t o w r i t e " s t a n d a r d " T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n s that u s e T u r b o Pascal (for D O S ) f u n c t i o n s a n d p r o c e d u r e s , s u c h as Readln a n d Writeln i n a s c r o l l a b l e w i n d o w . T h e WinCrt u n i t a l s o lets y o u transfer y o u r e x i s t i n g T u r b o P a s c a l c o d e t o W i n d o w s w i t h t h e least a m o u n t o f effort. I d e s c r i b e t h e WinCrt u n i t i n m o r e d e t a i l i n C h a p t e r 2 , " E l e ments of Application Development," a n d in the reference section. 2. Y o u a l s o c a n w r i t e W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n s i n t h e m o r e o r less "traditional" way, b y creating y o u r o w n w i n d o w s a n d w i n d o w s classes, a n d s e t t i n g u p y o u r o w n m e s s a g e l o o p . T h i s is t h e w a y " C ' e r s " u s u a l l y d o it, a n d I briefly d e s c r i b e this m e t h o d i n a n e x a m p l e i n C h a p t e r 2 . 3. T h e b e s t w a y t o w r i t e f u l l - f e a t u r e d , e x t e n d a b l e W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n s is to u s e the O b j e c t W i n d o w s application framework (or object library).

4

P a r t i — W o r k i n g with T P W

ObjectWindows uses object-oriented techniques to encapsulate complex Windows behavior a n d make connections between Windows a n d y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n . If y o u u s e O b j e c t W i n d o w s , W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n s a r e b o t h e a s i e r t o w r i t e a n d m o r e efficient. T h r o u g h o u t this b o o k , I u s e a n d describe in detail h o w t o u s e O b j e c t W i n d o w s .

System Requirements and Installation T o r u n T u r b o P a s c a l f o r W i n d o w s , y o u n e e d M i c r o s o f t W i n d o w s , a P C w i t h at least 2 M ( m e g a b y t e s ) o f R A M , a n d a n E G A , V G A , o r H e r c u l e s v i d e o a d a p t e r . Y o u also have t o r u n W i n d o w s in Standard or 386 E n h a n c e d m o d e because T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s d o e s n o t r u n i n R e a l m o d e . I n a d d i t i o n , if y o u p l a n t o d e b u g in S V G A (Super V i d e o Graphics Adapter) m o d e , y o u must u s e dual monitors. T o install T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s , u s e t h e Install p r o g r a m o n t h e T u r b o P a s c a l f o r W i n d o w s d i s t r i b u t i o n d i s k s . T h e T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s s y s t e m a n d e x a m p l e files o n t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n d i s k s a r e a r c h i v e d , s o Install d e - a r c h i v e s t h e m for y o u , puts t h e m in convenient subdirectories, a n d automatically c r e a t e s c o n f i g u r a t i o n files f o r b o t h t h e c o m m a n d - l i n e c o m p i l e r a n d t h e i n t e grated development environment (IDE). T o r u n t h e i n s t a l l a t i o n p r o g r a m f r o m drive A , e n t e r :

C:\ Win A:Install o r , if W i n d o w s is active, select t h e P r o g r a m M a n a g e r ' s

File/Run c o m m a n d

and enter:

A: Install Note: I f y o u a r e a h a n d s - o n k i n d o f p e r s o n , o r h a v e a n o t h e r m o t i v e , y o u c a n u s e U n p a k . e x e t o u n p a c k t h e a r c h i v e d files m a n u a l l y . After y o u h a v e c o m p l e t e d t h e i n s t a l l a t i o n , a d d t h e T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s d i r e c t o r i e s (for e x a m p l e , C: \TPW; C: \TPW\UTILS) i n t h e D O S p a t h y o u specify in A U T O E X E C . B A T . If y o u d o n o t k n o w h o w t o edit y o u r A U T O E X E C . B A T file, refer t o y o u r D O S m a n u a l s .

The Turbo Pascal for Windows IDE T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s is a c o m p l e t e d e v e l o p m e n t e n v i r o n m e n t f o r M i c r o soft W i n d o w s . It c o n s i s t s o f a n e d i t o r , c o m p i l e r , l i n k e r , a n d d e b u g g e r i n o n e p a c k a g e . Y o u c a n edit m a n y s o u r c e - c o d e files (as a p r o j e c t ) , c o m p i l e t h e m , a n d l i n k t h e m i n t o a n e x e c u t a b l e a p p l i c a t i o n w i t h o u t l e a v i n g t h e T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s e n v i r o n m e n t . F i g u r e 1.1 s h o w s t h e T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s startu p screen.

1 — G e t t i n g Started

M o s t o f y o u r v i s u a l activity (what y o u see) o c c u r s i n a T u r b o P a s c a l f o r W i n d o w s E d i t w i n d o w . T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s lets y o u h a v e as m a n y as 32 w i n d o w s o p e n at a t i m e , p r o v i d e d t h e r e is e n o u g h m e m o r y . O n l y o n e w i n d o w c a n b e active at a t i m e . T h e active w i n d o w is t h e o n e i n w h i c h y o u are w o r k i n g (editing, c o m p i l i n g , a n d so o n ) .

Figure

1.1. The Turbo Pascal for Windows start-up screen.

A n Edit w i n d o w consists o f • A title b a r • The Window Control menu box • Scroll bars • Minimize and Maximize buttons R e f e r t o f i g u r e 1.2 f o r a s a m p l e E d i t w i n d o w . I n a d d i t i o n t o E d i t w i n d o w s , T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s d i s p l a y s v a r i o u s dialog w i n d o w s in response to user m e n u selections, errors, a n d so o n . A R e p l a c e T e x t d i a l o g b o x , f o r e x a m p l e , a p p e a r s w h e n y o u select S e a r c h / R e p l a c e T e x t f r o m t h e M a i n m e n u , as s h o w n i n f i g u r e 1.3. D i a l o g s ( w h i c h y o u w i l l l e a r n m u c h m o r e a b o u t i n this b o o k ) c a n c o n s i s t o f input b o x e s , c o m m a n d b u t t o n s , a n d so o n . Typically, y o u c h e c k b o x e s , inp u t text, a n d specify o p t i o n s ; t h e n y o u c l i c k a c o m m a n d b u t t o n t o c l o s e t h e dialog box.

5

6

Part I — W o r k i n g w i t h T P W

Figure 1.2. An Edit

window.

Figure 1.3- A Replace Text dialog box.


Turbo Pascal for Windows IDE Menu Commands T h e T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s I D E M e n u o p t i o n s are c o m p l e x a n d p o w e r f u l . F o r y o u r c o n v e n i e n c e , t h e m e n u s are s e p a r a t e d i n t o • Desktop control • Edit w i n d o w control •

File

•

Edit

•

Search

•

Run

•

Compile

•

Options

•

Window

• Help menus

The Turbo Pascal for Windows Desktop Control Menu T h e T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s C o n t r o l M e n u b o x is o n t h e far left s i d e o f t h e title b a r . C l i c k t h e c o n t r o l m e n u b o x o n c e o r p r e s s A l t - S p a c e b a r t o d i s p l a y t h e m e n u . T h e c o m m a n d s g r o u p e d i n this m e n u m a n a g e t h e T u r b o P a s c a l f o r Windows desktop. E a c h E d i t w i n d o w a n d d i a l o g b o x a l s o h a s a (similar) C o n t r o l m e n u . T h e D e s k t o p C o n t r o l m e n u c o m m a n d s are •

Restore

•

Move

•

Size

•

Minimize

•

Maximize

•

Close

• Switch

To

7

8

P a r t i — W o r k i n g with TPW

Restore W h e n y o u select t h e R e s t o r e c o m m a n d f r o m t h e D e s k t o p C o n t r o l m e n u , t h e T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s d e s k t o p w i n d o w r e t u r n s t o its p r e v i o u s s i z e . Note: Y o u c a n u s e this c o m m a n d o n l y if t h e T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s d e s k t o p w i n d o w is m a x i m i z e d o r m i n i m i z e d .

Move T h e M o v e c o m m a n d moves the desktop w i n d o w . Use t h e w i n d o w w h e r e y o u w a n t it a n d t h e n p r e s s E n t e r . w i n d o w b y d r a g g i n g its title b a r . T h e title b a r is t h e w i n d o w ; it c o n t a i n s t h e n a m e o f t h e file that is i n t h e Note:

the arrow keys to m o v e Y o u also can m o v e the top horizontal bar of a window.

Y o u c a n n o t u s e this c o m m a n d w h e n t h e d e s k t o p is m a x i m i z e d .

Size Y o u c a n alter t h e size o f t h e d e s k t o p w i n d o w w i t h t h e S i z e c o m m a n d . U s e t h e c u r s o r a r r o w k e y s t o m o v e t h e w i n d o w b o r d e r s . T h e n p r e s s E n t e r w h e n y o u are satisfied w i t h t h e w i n d o w ' s s i z e . Note: S i z e is a n available o p t i o n o n l y w h e n t h e T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s d e s k t o p is n o t m a x i m i z e d .

Minimize B y s e l e c t i n g t h e M i n i m i z e c o m m a n d , y o u c a n t u r n t h e T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s d e s k t o p i n t o t h e T P W i c o n . (An i c o n r e p r e s e n t s a w i n d o w i n its m i n i m i z e d state. A p p l i c a t i o n s , s u c h as T P W , c a n h a v e t h e i r o w n u n i q u e i c o n s . ) Note: Y o u c a n select this c o m m a n d o n l y if t h e d e s k t o p w i n d o w h a s n ' t b e e n m i n i m i z e d already.

Maximize If y o u select t h e M a x i m i z e c o m m a n d , t h e d e s k t o p w i n d o w fills t h e e n t i r e screen. Note: Y o u c a n select this c o m m a n d o n l y if t h e T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s d e s k t o p w i n d o w has not b e e n m a x i m i z e d already.

Close T h e C l o s e c o m m a n d c l o s e s t h e d e s k t o p a n d t h e n u n l o a d s T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s f r o m m e m o r y . T h e c o m m a n d is a c t i v a t e d i n t w o d i f f e r e n t w a y s , d e p e n d i n g o n the current m o d e :


• I n C U A ( c o m m a n d u s e r a c c e s s ) m o d e , y o u p r e s s Alt-F4 t o c l o s e t h e desktop. • In Alternate m o d e , y o u press Alt-X to close the desktop. Y o u also can click the close b o x in the upper-left corner to close the window. If y o u h a v e m o d i f i e d a n E d i t w i n d o w b u t h a v e n o t s a v e d t h e file, a d i a l o g b o x a p p e a r s s o that y o u c a n verify w h e t h e r y o u w a n t t o save t h e file b e f o r e closing.

Switch To T h e S w i t c h T o c o m m a n d d i s p l a y s t h e T a s k List d i a l o g b o x that y o u c a n u s e t o switch from o n e application to another a n d to rearrange application w i n d o w s .

The Edit Window Control Menu E a c h E d i t w i n d o w h a s a C o n t r o l m e n u w h e n t h e w i n d o w is active. T h e c o m m a n d s o n this m e n u are s i m i l a r t o t h o s e o f t h e T u r b o P a s c a l f o r W i n d o w s Control menu. T h e s e c o m m a n d s are available o n t h e E d i t W i n d o w C o n t r o l m e n u : •

Restore

•

Move

•

Size

•

Minimize

•

Maximize

•

Close

•

Next

Restore T h e R e s t o r e c o m m a n d r e t u r n s t h e Edit w i n d o w t o its d e f a u l t s i z e . If y o u h a v e m i n i m i z e d o r m a x i m i z e d t h e E d i t w i n d o w , u s e R e s t o r e t o r e t u r n it t o its p r e v i o u s ( d e f a u l t ) s i z e . If y o u h a v e n o t m i n i m i z e d o r m a x i m i z e d t h e w i n d o w , t h e R e s t o r e c o m m a n d is d i s a b l e d .

Move U s e the M o v e c o m m a n d to m o v e y o u r Edit w i n d o w with keyboard keys or by d r a g g i n g its title b a r .

9

10


After y o u s e l e c t M o v e , u s e t h e a r r o w k e y s t o m o v e t h e w i n d o w . W h e n y o u ' r e satisfied w i t h t h e w i n d o w ' s n e w p o s i t i o n , p r e s s E n t e r . Note:

Y o u c a n u s e M o v e o n l y w h e n y o u r E d i t w i n d o w isn't m a x i m i z e d .

Size Y o u c a n c h a n g e t h e size o f y o u r E d i t w i n d o w u s i n g t h e k e y b o a r d ; o r , if a w i n d o w h a s a R e s i z e c o r n e r , y o u c a n d r a g t h e c o r n e r t o resize t h e w i n d o w . After s e l e c t i n g S i z e , u s e t h e a r r o w k e y s t o m o v e t h e w i n d o w b o r d e r s . W h e n y o u are satisfied, p r e s s E n t e r . Note: Y o u c a n u s e S i z e o n l y w h e n y o u r E d i t w i n d o w isn't m a x i m i z e d o r minimized.

Minimize Select the M i n i m i z e c o m m a n d to shrink y o u r Edit w i n d o w to an i c o n o n the T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s d e s k t o p . Note: Y o u c a n select this c o m m a n d o n l y if t h e w i n d o w h a s n o t b e e n m i n i m i z e d already.

Maximize T h e M a x i m i z e c o m m a n d e n l a r g e s t h e E d i t w i n d o w s o that it fills t h e T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s d e s k t o p . Note: Y o u c a n select this c o m m a n d o n l y w h e n t h e w i n d o w h a s n o t b e e n m a x i m i z e d already.

Close T h e C l o s e c o m m a n d closes the Edit w i n d o w . Y o u also can double-click the C l o s e b o x in the upper-left corner to close a window. If y o u h a v e m o d i f i e d text i n t h e w i n d o w a n d h a v e n o t s a v e d t h e text, a d i a l o g b o x a p p e a r s that g i v e s y o u t h e o p t i o n o f s a v i n g t h e file b e f o r e y o u c l o s e .

Next T h e N e x t c o m m a n d activates t h e n e x t o p e n w i n d o w o r i c o n .

The File Menu T h e File m e n u offers y o u c h o i c e s f o r c r e a t i n g n e w files, o p e n i n g a n d l o a d i n g e x i s t i n g files, s a v i n g files, p r i n t i n g files, a n d e x i t i n g T u r b o P a s c a l f o r W i n d o w s . T h e File m e n u c o m m a n d s i n c l u d e t h e f o l l o w i n g :


•

New

•

Open

•

Save

• Save As • Save All •

Print

• Printer S e t u p •

Exit

• List o f c l o s e d files

New N e w o p e n s a n e w Edit w i n d o w w i t h t h e d e f a u l t n a m e N O N A M E x x . P A S ( t h e x x s t a n d s f o r a n u m b e r f r o m 00 t o 99), a n d m a k e s t h e n e w Edit w i n d o w active. A N O N A M E file is u s e d as a t e m p o r a r y edit buffer. If y o u try t o save a N O N A M E file, T u r b o Pascal f o r Windows p r o m p t s y o u t o n a m e it b e f o r e it c a n be saved.

Open T h e O p e n c o m m a n d d i s p l a y s t h e File O p e n d i a l o g b o x . I n this d i a l o g b o x , y o u s e l e c t t h e file y o u w a n t t o o p e n , as illustrated in figure 1.4.

Figure

1.4. The File Open dialog

box.

11

12


N o t e : I n t h e T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s D e s k t o p , y o u c a n w o r k in either o f t w o edit m o d e s . Y o u specify y o u r c h o i c e o f m o d e s u s i n g t h e O p t i o n s / P r e f e r e n c e s m e n u . T h e t w o m o d e s are C U A , t h e s t a n d a r d W i n d o w s m o d e , a n d A l t e r n a t e , w h i c h is c o m m a n d compatible with other Borland editors.

I n A l t e r n a t e m o d e , p r e s s F 3 t o o p e n a file.

Save T h e S a v e c o m m a n d saves t o a d i s k t h e file i n t h e active E d i t w i n d o w . If t h e file h a s a d e f a u l t n a m e ( s u c h as N O N A M E 0 0 . P A S ) , T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s o p e n s t h e File S a v e A s d i a l o g b o x s o that y o u c a n r e n a m e t h e file a n d save it i n a different d i r e c t o r y o r o n a d i f f e r e n t d r i v e . If y o u u s e a n e x i s t i n g file n a m e t o n a m e t h e file, T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s asks w h e t h e r y o u w a n t t o o v e r w r i t e t h e e x i s t i n g file. If y o u w a n t t o save all m o d i f i e d files, n o t just t h e file i n t h e active E d i t w i n d o w , s e l e c t File/Save A l l . I n A l t e r n a t e m o d e , p r e s s F 2 t o save a file.

Save As S a v e A s o p e n s t h e File S a v e A s d i a l o g b o x , w h i c h lets y o u save t h e file i n t h e active Edit w i n d o w u n d e r a different n a m e , in a different directory, or o n a different drive (see figure 1.5). A l l w i n d o w s that c o n t a i n this file are u p d a t e d w i t h t h e n e w n a m e . If y o u select a file n a m e that a l r e a d y e x i s t s , T u r b o P a s c a l f o r W i n d o w s first asks w h e t h e r y o u w a n t t o o v e r w r i t e t h e e x i s t i n g file.

Save All T h i s c o m m a n d saves all t h e files i n o p e n E d i t w i n d o w s .

Print T h e Print c o m m a n d p r i n t s t h e c o n t e n t s o f t h e active E d i t w i n d o w . T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s e x p a n d s t h e T a b s (that is, it r e p l a c e s a n y T a b c h a r a c t e r s w i t h t h e a p p r o p r i a t e n u m b e r o f s p a c e s ) a n d t h e n p r i n t s t h e file. Note: T h e Print c o m m a n d is d i s a b l e d if t h e active w i n d o w c a n n o t b e p r i n t e d ; f o r e x a m p l e , if n o p r i n t e r is c o n n e c t e d t o y o u r s y s t e m .


Figure

1.5. The File Save As dialog box.

Printer Setup T h e Printer S e t u p c o m m a n d d i s p l a y s a S e l e c t P r i n t e r d i a l o g b o x , w h i c h lets y o u s e l e c t a p r i n t e r t y p e f o r T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s (see f i g u r e 1.6).

Figure

1.6. The Select Printer dialog box.

13

14


Note:

If y o u d o n o t w a n t t o alter t h e w a y y o u r p r i n t e r is n o r m a l l y

c o n f i g u r e d , y o u d o n o t h a v e t o u s e Printer S e t u p .

Exit T h e Exit c o m m a n d exits T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s a n d r e m o v e s it f r o m memory. If y o u h a v e m o d i f i e d a s o u r c e file w i t h o u t s a v i n g it, T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s p r o m p t s y o u t o save t h e file b e f o r e e x i t i n g . T h e Exit c o m m a n d is mode-dependent: • I n C U A m o d e , p r e s s Alt-F4 t o exit. • I n A l t e r n a t e m o d e , p r e s s A l t - X t o exit.

list of Closed Files T h i s c o m m a n d lists all t h e files that h a v e b e e n c l o s e d s i n c e s t a r t - u p . S e l e c t a n y c l o s e d file f r o m t h e m e n u t o q u i c k l y r e o p e n it.

The Edit Menu T h e Edit m e n u includes c o m m a n d s to u n d o , r e d o , cut, copy, paste, a n d clear text i n E d i t w i n d o w s . A l s o , y o u c a n o p e n a Clipboard w i n d o w t o v i e w o r edit its c o n t e n t s . T h e E d i t m e n u c o m m a n d s are •

Undo

•

Redo

•

Cut

•

Copy

•

Paste

•

Clear

Undo T h e U n d o c o m m a n d r e s t o r e s t h e m o s t r e c e n t edit o r c u r s o r m o v e m e n t . U n d o inserts a n y c h a r a c t e r s y o u d e l e t e d , d e l e t e s a n y c h a r a c t e r s y o u inserted, replaces any characters y o u overwrote, a n d m o v e s y o u r cursor back to the previous position.


If y o u u n d o a b l o c k o p e r a t i o n , t h e file r e a p p e a r s as it d i d b e f o r e y o u executed the block operation. If y o u p r e s s U n d o m o r e t h a n o n c e , it c o n t i n u e s t o u n d o c h a n g e s as l o n g as it c a n . H o w e v e r , t h e U n d o c o m m a n d d o e s n o t c h a n g e a n o p t i o n s e t t i n g that affects m o r e t h a n o n e w i n d o w . T h e G r o u p - U n d o o p t i o n in the Options/Preferences dialog b o x specifies U n d o and Redo behavior.

Redo R e d o reverses t h e effect o f t h e m o s t r e c e n t U n d o c o m m a n d . R e d o is effective o n l y i m m e d i a t e l y after a n U n d o o r a n o t h e r R e d o . A series o f R e d o c o m m a n d s reverses t h e effects o f a series o f U n d o commands.

Cut T h e C u t c o m m a n d r e m o v e s t h e s e l e c t e d text f r o m a d o c u m e n t i n t h e E d i t w i n d o w a n d p u t s t h e text i n t h e C l i p b o a r d . Y o u c a n t h e n u s e Edit/Paste t o c o p y t h e text t o a n o t h e r d o c u m e n t o r t o a different place in the current d o c u m e n t . T h e text r e m a i n s s e l e c t e d i n t h e C l i p b o a r d u n t i l y o u r e p l a c e it w i t h o t h e r text, s o y o u c a n p a s t e it m a n y t i m e s , i n as m a n y files as y o u w a n t .

Copy T h e C o p y c o m m a n d d o e s n o t r e m o v e t h e s e l e c t e d text; it l e a v e s t h e text intact a n d p l a c e s a n e x a c t c o p y o f it i n t h e C l i p b o a r d . T o p a s t e t h e c o p i e d text i n t o a n o t h e r d o c u m e n t , select Edit/Paste. Y o u a l s o c a n c o p y text f r o m a H e l p w i n d o w : • U s i n g t h e k e y b o a r d , p r e s s Shift a n d a n a r r o w k e y t o s e l e c t t h e text y o u want to copy. • U s e t h e m o u s e t o c l i c k a n d d r a g t h e text y o u w a n t t o c o p y .

Paste T h e Paste c o m m a n d inserts t h e s e l e c t e d text f r o m t h e C l i p b o a r d i n t o t h e active w i n d o w at t h e c u r r e n t c u r s o r p o s i t i o n .

15

16


Clear T h e C l e a r c o m m a n d removes t h e s e l e c t e d text f r o m t h e d o c u m e n t in t h e active w i n d o w , b u t d o e s n o t m o v e it t o t h e C l i p b o a r d . T h u s , y o u c a n n o t p a s t e " c l e a r e d " text in a d o c u m e n t as y o u c a n w h e n y o u u s e C u t o r C o p y . Note: A l t h o u g h y o u c a n n o t p a s t e t h e c l e a r e d text, y o u c a n u n d o t h e C l e a r c o m m a n d with U n d o . C l e a r is handy f o r d e l e t i n g text w i t h o u t o v e r w r i t i n g t h e c u r r e n t text in the Clipboard.

The Search Menu T h e S e a r c h m e n u includes t h e c o m m a n d s t o s e a r c h f o r text a n d e r r o r l o c a t i o n s in y o u r files. T h e S e a r c h m e n u c o m m a n d s are •

Find

•

Replace

• Search Again • G o to Line N u m b e r • S h o w Last C o m p i l e E r r o r • Find Error

Find T h e F i n d c o m m a n d d i s p l a y s t h e F i n d T e x t d i a l o g b o x , w h i c h lets y o u t y p e in t h e text y o u w a n t t o s e a r c h for. S e v e r a l o p t i o n s in this d i a l o g b o x let y o u specify t h e d e t a i l s o f t h e s e a r c h (see f i g u r e 1.7).

Replace T h e R e p l a c e c o m m a n d d i s p l a y s t h e R e p l a c e T e x t d i a l o g b o x , w h i c h lets y o u t y p e in t h e text y o u w a n t t o s e a r c h f o r a n d t h e text y o u w a n t t o replace it w i t h (see f i g u r e 1.8).

Search Again T h e S e a r c h A g a i n c o m m a n d repeats t h e p r e v i o u s F i n d o r R e p l a c e c o m m a n d . T h e p r e v i o u s s e t t i n g s y o u m a d e in t h e F i n d T e x t o r R e p l a c e T e x t d i a l o g b o x are in effect w h e n y o u c h o o s e S e a r c h A g a i n . In C U A m o d e , press F3 to search again.


Figure

1.7. The Find Text dialog box.

Figure

1.8. The Replace Text dialog box.

Go to line Number T h e G o to Line N u m b e r c o m m a n d displays the G o to Line N u m b e r dialog b o x , w h i c h p r o m p t s y o u for the line n u m b e r y o u want to find.

17

18


T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s d i s p l a y s t h e c u r r e n t l i n e n u m b e r a n d c o l u m n n u m b e r i n t h e lower-left c o r n e r o f e v e r y E d i t w i n d o w .

Search/Show Last Compile Error T h e S e a r c h / S h o w Last C o m p i l e E r r o r c o m m a n d l o c a t e s t h e p r e v i o u s c o m p i l e r e r r o r . T h e c u r s o r m o v e s t o t h e l i n e that c a u s e d t h e e r r o r . If t h e e r r o r is n o t i n t h e active w i n d o w , T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s m a k e s active t h e w i n d o w w i t h t h e p r e v i o u s c o m p i l e r e r r o r , o p e n i n g a c l o s e d file if n e c e s s a r y . T h e e r r o r n u m b e r a n d m e s s a g e t h e n a p p e a r o n t h e status b a r .

Search/Find Error T h e S e a r c h / F i n d E r r o r c o m m a n d b r i n g s u p t h e F i n d E r r o r d i a l o g b o x , w h i c h lets y o u specify t h e a d d r e s s o f t h e m o s t r e c e n t r u n - t i m e e r r o r .

The Run Menu T h e R u n m e n u i n c l u d e s t h e c o m m a n d s f o r r u n n i n g y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n , starting T u r b o D e b u g g e r f o r W i n d o w s , a n d s p e c i f y i n g c o m m a n d - l i n e p a r a m e t e r s . It includes the following c o m m a n d s : •

Run

•

Debugger

•

Parameters

If y o u w a n t t o u s e t h e d e b u g g e r o n a file, c h e c k t h e O p t i o n s / L i n k e r / D e b u g Info in E X E c h e c k b o x before y o u c o m p i l e a n d link y o u r application. T h e D e b u g Info in E X E o p t i o n puts the necessary information in y o u r e x e c u t a b l e file.

Run/Run T h e Run/Run c o m m a n d runs the application, using any parameters y o u pass to it t h r o u g h t h e R u n / P a r a m e t e r s c o m m a n d . If y o u r s o u r c e c o d e h a s b e e n m o d i f i e d s i n c e t h e p r e v i o u s c o m p i l a t i o n , t h e c o m p i l e r automatically "does a m a k e " a n d links y o u r application.

Run/Debugger T h e R u n / D e b u g g e r c o m m a n d starts T u r b o D e b u g g e r f o r W i n d o w s , a n d a l l o w s y o u to d e b u g the application.


T u r b o Pascal f o r Windows tells T u r b o D e b u g g e r f o r Windows which application to debug. C h e c k t h e O p t i o n s / L i n k e r / D e b u g I n f o in t h e E X E c h e c k b o x b e f o r e y o u c o m p i l e a n d l i n k y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n if y o u w a n t t o u s e T u r b o D e b u g g e r t o d e b u g it. T h e O p t i o n s / L i n k e r / D e b u g I n f o in E X E c h e c k b o x p u t s t h e necessary d e b u g information in t h e e x e c u t a b l e file. T o get the m o s t from T u r b o D e b u g g e r ' s symbolic d e b u g g i n g capabilities, y o u also should check the Options/Compiler/Debug Information b o x a n d the Options/Compiler/Local Symbols b o x before compiling your application.

Run/Parameters T h e Run/Parameters c o m m a n d p a s s e s p a r a m e t e r s t o y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n p r o g r a m w h e n y o u run it as t h o u g h y o u w e r e running t h e a p p l i c a t i o n f r o m t h e P r o g r a m M a n a g e r ' s File/Run m e n u . When y o u select this c o m m a n d , t h e Parameters d i a l o g b o x a p p e a r s . Y o u r j o b is t o specify t h e c o m m a n d - l i n e a r g u m e n t s (see figure 1.9).

Figure

1.9. The Parameters dialog box.

The Compile Menu Y o u use the c o m m a n d s o n the C o m p i l e m e n u to compile, m a k e , or build y o u r application program.

19

20


T o u s e t h e Compile c o m m a n d , y o u m u s t have a file o p e n in a n active w i n d o w . T o u s e Make a n d Build, y o u m u s t have a primary file d e f i n e d . S e l e c t from these c o m m a n d s : •

Compile

•

Make

•

Build

• Primary File • C l e a r Primary File •

Information

Compile/Compile T h e C o m p i l e / C o m p i l e c o m m a n d c o m p i l e s t h e file in t h e active Edit w i n d o w . A C o m p i l e S t a t u s information b o x displays t h e c o m p i l a t i o n progress a n d results. If a n error o c c u r r e d , t h e status b a r d i s p l a y s t h e error l i n e a n d highlights t h e error. C l i c k y o u r m o u s e o r p r e s s a k e y t o clear t h e m e s s a g e s o that y o u c a n correct t h e error.

Compile/Make T h e Compile/Make c o m m a n d creates a . E X E file a c c o r d i n g t o t h e s e

rules:

• I f a primary file has b e e n n a m e d in t h e Primary File d i a l o g b o x , that file is c o m p i l e d . O t h e r w i s e , t h e file in t h e active Edit w i n d o w is c o m p i l e d . T u r b o Pascal f o r Windows c h e c k s all files affecting t h e c o m p i l e d file's p e r f o r m a n c e t o verify that t h e y exist a n d that t h e y are c u r r e n t . • I f t h e s o u r c e file f o r a u n i t has b e e n m o d i f i e d s i n c e t h e . T P U ( o b j e c t c o d e ) file w a s c r e a t e d , t h e m o d i f i e d u n i t is recompiled. • I f t h e interface

f o r a u n i t has c h a n g e d , a n y u n i t that d e p e n d s o n it is

recompiled. • I f a u n i t links in a . O B J file ( e x t e r n a l routines), a n d t h e . O B J file is n e w e r t h a n t h e u n i t ' s . T P U file, t h e u n i t is recompiled. • I f a u n i t c o n t a i n s a n I n c l u d e file a n d t h e I n c l u d e file is n e w e r t h a n that u n i t ' s . T P U file, t h e u n i t is

recompiled.

• I f t h e s o u r c e t o a u n i t ( . T P U file) c a n n o t b e l o c a t e d , t h e u n i t is n o t compiled. T h i s o p t i o n is identical t o C o m p i l e / B u i l d , e x c e p t it is c o n d i t i o n a l . B u i l d rebuilds all files, w h e t h e r o r n o t t h e y are c u r r e n t .


Compile/Build T h e C o m p i l e / B u i l d c o m m a n d rebuilds all t h e c o m p o n e n t s o f y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n , w h e t h e r o r n o t t h e y are c u r r e n t . T h i s o p t i o n is identical t o C o m p i l e / M a k e , e x c e p t it is u n c o n d i t i o n a l . M a k e rebuilds o n l y t h o s e files that are n o t c u r r e n t . T h e C o m p i l e / B u i l d c o m m a n d recompiles all t h e files included in t h e primary file. If y o u abort a C o m p i l e / B u i l d c o m m a n d b y p r e s s i n g C t r l - B r e a k o r receive errors that t e r m i n a t e t h e b u i l d , y o u c a n restart t h e b u i l d w h e r e it w a s terminated by selecting Compile/Make.

Compfle/Primary File T h e C o m p i l e / P r i m a r y File c o m m a n d d i s p l a y s t h e Primary File d i a l o g b o x , w h i c h lets y o u specify w h i c h .PAS file w i l l b e c o m p i l e d w h e n y o u c h o o s e C o m p i l e / M a k e or C o m p i l e / B u i l d . U s e C o m p i l e / P r i m a r y File w h e n y o u are w o r k i n g o n a n a p p l i c a t i o n that u s e s several u n i t ( . T P U ) o r I n c l u d e files. R e g a r d l e s s o f t h e file y o u are e d i t i n g , C o m p i l e / M a k e a n d C o m p i l e / B u i l d always o p e r a t e o n y o u r primary file. If y o u specify a n o t h e r file as a primary file, b u t w a n t t o c o m p i l e o n l y t h e file in t h e active Edit w i n d o w , c h o o s e C o m p i l e .

Compile/Clear Primary File T h e C o m p i l e / C l e a r Primary File c o m m a n d removes t h e n a m e o f t h e primary file y o u s p e c i f i e d w i t h t h e C o m p i l e / P r i m a r y File c o m m a n d . If a primary file has n o t b e e n s p e c i f i e d , however, t h e c o m m a n d is d i s a b l e d .

Compile/Information T h e Compile/Information c o m m a n d displays t h e C o m p i l e Information b o x , t h e n a m e o f y o u r primary file (if y o u are u s i n g o n e ) , a n d t h e n a m e o f t h e p r e v i o u s file c o m p i l e d .

Compile Information Box T h e C o m p i l e I n f o r m a t i o n b o x lists: • T h e n a m e o f t h e primary file (if y o u are u s i n g o n e ) • T h e n a m e o f t h e p r e v i o u s file c o m p i l e d • T h e source compiled • C o d e size • D a t a size

21

22


• S t a c k size • L o c a l h e a p size

The Options Menu T h e O p t i o n s m e n u contains c o m m a n d s for viewing a n d c h a n g i n g various d e f a u l t settings in T u r b o Pascal f o r Windows. M o s t o f t h e c o m m a n d s in this m e n u initiate a d i a l o g b o x . T h e c o m m a n d s are •

Compiler

•

Linker

•

Directories

•

Preferences

•

Open

•

Save

• Save As

Compiler T h e O p t i o n s / C o m p i l e r c o m m a n d displays t h e C o m p i l e r O p t i o n s d i a l o g b o x , w h i c h lets y o u select t h e o p t i o n s that d e t e r m i n e howyour c o d e is c o m p i l e d (see figure 1.10).

Figure

1.10. The Compiler

Options dialog

box.


Linker T h e Options/Linker c o m m a n d displays the Linker O p t i o n s dialog b o x , w h i c h lets y o u select t h e o p t i o n s that d e t e r m i n e h o w y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n files are l i n k e d , as s h o w n i n figure 1.11.

Figure

1.11. The Linker Options dialog

box.

Map File o p t i o n s T h e M a p File o p t i o n s (Off, S e g m e n t s , P u b l i c s , a n d D e t a i l e d ) d e t e r m i n e t h e t y p e o f m a p file p r o d u c e d . Link Buffer File o p t i o n s T h e L i n k B u f f e r File o p t i o n s ( M e m o r y o r D i s k ) specify t h e l o c a t i o n o f t h e l i n k buffer. D e b u g Info in E X E o p t i o n T h e D e b u g I n f o in E X E o p t i o n p u t s d e b u g information

in y o u r p r o g r a m ' s

e x e c u t a b l e file.

Directories T h e D i r e c t o r i e s c o m m a n d o p e n s t h e D i r e c t o r i e s d i a l o g b o x , w h e r e y o u specify t h e directories y o u w a n t T u r b o Pascal for Windows t o u s e w h e n running and s t o r i n g y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n p r o g r a m s , as illustrated in figure 1.12.

23

24


Figure

1.12. The Directories

dialog

box.

W i t h t h e o p t i o n s i n this d i a l o g b o x , y o u d e c i d e w h e r e T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s f i n d s t h e files it n e e d s t o c o m p i l e , l i n k , a n d o u t p u t e x e c u t a b l e files. T h e E X E a n d T P U D i r e c t o r y i n p u t b o x s p e c i f i e s t h e d i r e c t o r y that s t o r e s y o u r . E X E a n d . T P U ( o b j e c t c o d e ) files. T h e I n c l u d e D i r e c t o r i e s i n p u t b o x s p e c i f i e s t h e d i r e c t o r i e s that c o n t a i n y o u r s t a n d a r d I n c l u d e files. T h e U n i t D i r e c t o r i e s i n p u t b o x s p e c i f i e s t h e d i r e c t o r i e s that c o n t a i n y o u r T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s u n i t files. T h e O b j e c t D i r e c t o r i e s i n p u t b o x s p e c i f i e s t h e d i r e c t o r i e s that c o n t a i n y o u r . O B J files ( a s s e m b l y l a n g u a g e r o u t i n e s ) . T h e Resource Directories input b o x specifies the directories in w h i c h y o u r r e s o u r c e files are k e p t .

Guidelines for Entering Directory Names Use the following guidelines w h e n y o u enter directories in the Options/ Directories input boxes: • Separate m u l t i p l e directory p a t h n a m e s (if a l l o w e d ) w i t h a s e m i c o l o n (;). • U s e a m a x i m u m o f 127 c h a r a c t e r s ( i n c l u d i n g w h i t e s p a c e ) . W h i t e s p a c e b e f o r e a n d after t h e s e m i c o l o n is a l l o w e d b u t n o t r e q u i r e d . • Relative a n d a b s o l u t e p a t h n a m e s are a l l o w e d , i n c l u d i n g p a t h n a m e s relative t o t h e l o g g e d p o s i t i o n i n drives o t h e r t h a n t h e c u r r e n t o n e .


For example:

C:\ ; D:\TPW D:\;C:\TPW;D:\TPW

Preferences T h e Options/Preferences m e n u c o m m a n d o p e n s the Preferences dialog box, w h i c h lets y o u d e c i d e t h e b e h a v i o r a n d p h y s i c a l a p p e a r a n c e o f t h e T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s e n v i r o n m e n t (see figure 1.13).

Figure

1.13. The Preferences

dialog

box.

Editor Options T h e E d i t o r O p t i o n s g r o u p h a s several c h e c k b o x e s that c o n t r o l text h a n d l i n g i n Edit w i n d o w s . T h e y are • C r e a t e B a c k u p File • Auto Indent M o d e • Use Tab Character • O p t i m a l Fill • Backspace Unindents

25

26


• Cursor through Tabs • Group Undo • Block Overwrite T h e A u t o S a v e o p t i o n s d e f i n e w h e n a n d h o w o f t e n T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s saves y o u r o p e n files, s e t t i n g s , a n d o p t i o n s . T h e y are • E d i t o r Files •

Desktop

•

Configuration

W h e n y o u select a n e w f o n t d i s p l a y e d i n t h e list b o x , t h e F o n t list b o x c h a n g e s t h e size a n d a p p e a r a n c e o f t h e text. T h e T a b Size input b o x controls the n u m b e r o f c o l u m n s the cursor m o v e s for each tab stop. T h e Right M o u s e B u t t o n o p t i o n s (Nothing a n d T o p i c Search) d e t e r m i n e w h e t h e r T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s u s e s t h e right b u t t o n t o initiate a t o p i c search in H e l p . T h e C o m m a n d Set o p t i o n s ( C U A o r A l t e r n a t e ) d e t e r m i n e w h e t h e r t h e editor uses C o m m o n User Access (CUA) c o m m a n d s or Alternate c o m m a n d s .

Open T h e O p t i o n s / O p e n c o m m a n d d i s p l a y s t h e O p e n C o n f i g u r a t i o n File d i a l o g b o x , w h e r e y o u c a n retrieve n e w c o n f i g u r a t i o n - f i l e s e t t i n g s . T h e File N a m e i n p u t b o x lets y o u e n t e r t h e n a m e o f t h e c o n f i g u r a t i o n file c o n t a i n i n g t h e s e t t i n g s y o u w a n t ; y o u c h o o s e O K o r p r e s s E n t e r t o l o a d that file. T h e d e f a u l t c o n f i g u r a t i o n file n a m e is T P W . C F G . T h e Files list b o x lists t h e n a m e s o f files i n t h e c u r r e n t d i r e c t o r y that m a t c h the file-name mask in the File-Name input b o x . T h e D i r e c t o r i e s list b o x lets y o u select a d i f f e r e n t d i r e c t o r y t o v i e w . Press A l t - D t o p l a c e t h e c u r s o r i n this list b o x .

Save T h e O p t i o n s / S a v e c o m m a n d saves i n t h e c u r r e n t c o n f i g u r a t i o n file t h e p r i m a r y file n a m e , t h e s e t t i n g s y o u s e l e c t e d w i t h t h e O p t i o n s m e n u , a n d t h e d e s k t o p setup. U s e O p t i o n s / S a v e A s t o save o p t i o n s t o a d i f f e r e n t c o n f i g u r a t i o n file. T h e n a m e o f t h e c u r r e n t c o n f i g u r a t i o n file a p p e a r s n e x t t o t h e O p t i o n s / S a v e command. • A l l o p t i o n s a n d t h e e d i t o r c o m m a n d t a b l e are s t o r e d i n T P W . C F G , t h e d e f a u l t s a v e d - o p t i o n s file.


• H i s t o r y lists, t h e d e s k t o p state, a n d b r e a k p o i n t l o c a t i o n s are s t o r e d in TPW.INI.

Save As T h e Options/Save As c o m m a n d o p e n s t h e Configuration Save As dialog b o x , w h e r e y o u e n t e r a n e w n a m e f o r y o u r c o n f i g u r a t i o n file (see figure 1.14).

Figure

1.14. The Configuration

Save As dialog

box.

Y o u c a n c r e a t e a n e w c o n f i g u r a t i o n file b y s e t t i n g o p t i o n s a n d t h e n s e l e c t i n g O p t i o n s / S a v e A s a n d e n t e r i n g a n e w c o n f i g u r a t i o n file n a m e . T h e n e w l y c r e a t e d c o n f i g u r a t i o n file is n o w i n effect. I n t h e File N a m e i n p u t b o x , e n t e r a n e w n a m e f o r t h e c o n f i g u r a t i o n file. C h o o s e O K o r p r e s s E n t e r t o c r e a t e a . C F G file w i t h t h e n e w n a m e . If y o u d o n o t specify a file e x t e n s i o n , T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s a d d s a . C F G extension for y o u . For example:

YOUR becomes YOUR.CFG. A h i s t o r y list is a t t a c h e d t o t h e File N a m e i n p u t b o x . If t h e C o n f i g u r a t i o n o p t i o n is o n , s e t t i n g s m a d e t o t h e c u r r e n t c o n f i g u r a t i o n file are s a v e d w h e n y o u exit.

27

28


Directories List Box U s e t h e D i r e c t o r i e s list b o x t o c h a n g e t o a n o t h e r directory. Press A l t - D t o p l a c e t h e c u r s o r in t h e D i r e c t o r i e s list b o x .

The Window Menu T h e Window m e n u has c o m m a n d s f o r m a n i p u l a t i n g a n d o p e n i n g w i n d o w s . M o s t o f t h e w i n d o w s y o u o p e n f r o m this m e n u have t h e s t a n d a r d w i n d o w e l e m e n t s s u c h as scroll b a r s , M i n i m i z e a n d M a x i m i z e b u t t o n s , a n d a C o n t r o l menu box. O p e n w i n d o w s with the File/Open or File/New c o m m a n d s . At t h e b o t t o m o f t h e Window m e n u is a list o f o p e n w i n d o w s . If m o r e t h a n o n e w i n d o w is o p e n , y o u c a n s w i t c h t o a n o t h e r w i n d o w a n d m a k e it active b y s e l e c t i n g it f r o m t h e list. T h e s e are t h e Window •

Tile

•

Cascade

menu commands:

• Arrange Icons • Close All

Tile C h o o s e Window/Tile

t o tile y o u r o p e n w i n d o w s . U s i n g this c o m m a n d a r r a n g e s

t h e w i n d o w s s o that t h e y c o v e r t h e entire d e s k t o p w i t h o u t o v e r l a p p i n g o n e another.

Cascade C h o o s e Window/Cascade

t o stack all o p e n Edit w i n d o w s . C a s c a d e o v e r l a p s

o p e n w i n d o w s s o that e a c h w i n d o w is t h e s a m e size, b u t part o f e a c h u n d e r l y i n g w i n d o w is visible.

Arrange Icons S e l e c t Window/Arrange I c o n s t o rearrange t h e icons. R e a r r a n g e d icons are e v e n l y s p a c e d , b e g i n n i n g at t h e lower-left c o r n e r o n t h e d e s k t o p . T h e o p e n files m u s t b e M i n i m i z e d o r this c o m m a n d is d i s a b l e d .


Close All C h o o s e Window/Close A l l t o c l o s e all o p e n w i n d o w s o n t h e d e s k t o p . If t h e text w a s c h a n g e d s i n c e t h e p r e v i o u s t i m e y o u s a v e d it, a d i a l o g b o x w a r n s y o u t o save t h e file b e f o r e c l o s i n g t h e w i n d o w . C h o o s e Y e s , N o , o r C a n c e l .

The Help Menu (Alt-H) T h e H e l p m e n u p r o v i d e s a c c e s s t o o n - l i n e H e l p , w h i c h a p p e a r s in a s p e c i a l H e l p w i n d o w . T h e H e l p s y s t e m p r o v i d e s information about most aspects o f the integrated e n v i r o n m e n t a n d T u r b o P a s c a l for Windows. T h e f o l l o w i n g list shows the Help m e n u commands: •

Index

• Topic Search • Using Help • C o m p i l e r Directives •

ObjectWindows

• Procedures and Functions • Reserved

Words

• Standard Units • T u r b o P a s c a l for Windows • Windows

Language

API

• A b o u t T u r b o Pascal for

Windows

Index (Shift-Fl) T u r b o P a s c a l for Windows' o n - l i n e H e l p c o m e s w i t h a c o m p r e h e n s i v e index that s u m m a r i z e s t h e o r g a n i z a t i o n a n d c o n t e n t s o f t h e H e l p s y s t e m . T o g e t into t h e H e l p s y s t e m f r o m t h e index, select o n e o f t h e highlighted words or phrases in t h e index, click it o r T a b t o it, a n d t h e n p r e s s Enter. If y o u d o n ' t k n o w how t o u s e a H e l p s y s t e m u n d e r Windows, Help/Using H e l p M e n u c o m m a n d .

choose the

Topic Search (Ctrl-Fl) If y o u p l a c e y o u r c u r s o r o n a w o r d (a " t o k e n " ) in t h e active Edit w i n d o w a n d c h o o s e H e l p / T o p i c S e a r c h , a H e l p w i n d o w o p e n s w i t h information a b o u t that token.

29

30


Y o u c a n set u p t h e R i g h t m o u s e b u t t o n (in t h e O p t i o n s / P r e f e r e n c e s d i a l o g b o x ) t o initiate a t o p i c s e a r c h . H e l p p r o v i d e s o n - l i n e r e f e r e n c e f o r m a n y e l e m e n t s o f t h e T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s language, including functions a n d procedures, reserved w o r d s , global variables, O b j e c t W i n d o w s , the W i n d o w s API, a n d so o n .

Help/Using Help T h e Help/Using H e l p c o m m a n d displays information o n h o w to use T u r b o P a s c a l f o r W i n d o w s ' H e l p s y s t e m (or a n y o t h e r H e l p s y s t e m u n d e r W i n d o w s ) .

Compiler Directives W h e n y o u c h o o s e this m e n u c o m m a n d , y o u s e e a n i n d e x o f c o m p i l e r d i r e c t i v e s . C o m p i l e r d i r e c t i v e s c o n t r o l s o m e o f T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s ' f e a t u r e s . • S o m e t u r n c o m p i l e r f e a t u r e s o n o r off. • S o m e specify p a r a m e t e r s that affect h o w y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n p r o g r a m is compiled. • Others control the conditional compilation of your application. A c o m p i l e r d i r e c t i v e is a c o m m e n t w i t h a s p e c i a l s y n t a x that y o u c a n p u t a n y w h e r e a c o m m e n t is a l l o w e d .

ObjectWindows W h e n y o u select this m e n u c o m m a n d , y o u s e e a h i e r a r c h y o f O b j e c t W i n d o w s types.

Procedures and Functions W h e n y o u c h o o s e this m e n u c o m m a n d , y o u s e e a n i n d e x o f t h e T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s library p r o c e d u r e s a n d f u n c t i o n s that y o u c a n u s e t o d e v e l o p applications.

Reserved Words W h e n y o u select this m e n u c o m m a n d , y o u s e e a n i n d e x o f all t h e r e s e r v e d w o r d s i n t h e T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s l a n g u a g e . R e s e r v e d w o r d s h a v e s p e c i a l m e a n i n g to the compiler. D o not use a reserved w o r d to n a m e y o u r variables, procedures, functions, objects, and so o n .


Standard Units W h e n y o u s e l e c t this m e n u c o m m a n d , y o u s e e a n i n d e x o f T u r b o P a s c a l f o r W i n d o w s ' s t a n d a r d u n i t s . A s t a n d a r d u n i t is a c o l l e c t i o n o f p r e d e f i n e d c o n s t a n t s , d a t a t y p e s , v a r i a b l e s , p r o c e d u r e s , a n d f u n c t i o n s . Y o u tell y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n p r o g r a m t o u s e o n l y t h e u n i t s it n e e d s .

Turbo Pascal for Windows Language W h e n y o u select this m e n u c o m m a n d , y o u s e e a list o f t h e e l e m e n t s that c o m p r i s e t h e T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s l a n g u a g e .

Windows API W h e n y o u select this m e n u c o m m a n d , y o u s e e a n i n d e x o f t h e c o n s t a n t s , styles, m e s s a g e s , t y p e s , f u n c t i o n s , a n d p r o c e d u r e s that c o m p r i s e t h e W i n d o w s A p p l i c a t i o n P r o g r a m m i n g I n t e r f a c e (API). T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s d e c l a r e s all t h e W i n d o w s styles, c o n s t a n t s , a n d t y p e s i n t h e WinTypes u n i t . T h e WinProcs u n i t h a s all t h e A P I p r o c e d u r e s a n d f u n c t i o n s .

About Turbo Pascal for Windows W h e n y o u select this c o m m a n d , a d i a l o g b o x a p p e a r s w i t h c o p y r i g h t a n d version information. Press E s c o r c l i c k O K o r C a n c e l t o c l o s e t h e b o x .

Editor T h e T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s e d i t o r is a c o m p l e t e p r o g r a m m i n g e d i t o r . I n a l m o s t all c a s e s , y o u u s e it t o d e v e l o p all facets o f y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n s . I n a d d i t i o n t o b e i n g a f u l l - s c r e e n , c o m m a n d - r i c h e d i t o r , it is b a s e d o n W i n d o w s ' m u l t i d o c u m e n t i n t e r f a c e , w h i c h y o u l e a r n h o w t o u s e i n C h a p t e r 7, " M a n y W i n d o w s : A M u l t i - D o c u m e n t I n t e r f a c e . " T h e m u l t i - d o c u m e n t i n t e r f a c e e n a b l e s m a n y files t o b e o p e n s i m u l t a n e o u s l y . T h u s , y o u c a n o p e n files f o r several u n i t s a n d s w i t c h b e t w e e n t h e m easily w i t h o u t c l o s i n g a n y f i l e s — a g r e a t f e a t u r e w h e n y o u d e v e l o p large projects.

The Editor Commands T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s ' editor c o m m a n d s are s u m m a r i z e d in t h e following groups of commands:

31

32


• Block commands • B l o c k c o m m a n d s ( C U A a n d Alternate) • B l o c k c o m m a n d s ( B o r l a n d style) • Extending selected blocks • Other commands • Cursor-movement commands • Insert a n d D e l e t e c o m m a n d s • More about editor c o m m a n d s • Miscellaneous keyboard commands

The Block Commands T h e following sections describe the block c o m m a n d s .

Copy Block This c o m m a n d copies a previously selected block to the Clipboard a n d pastes it t o t h e c u r r e n t c u r s o r p o s i t i o n . T h e o r i g i n a l b l o c k is u n c h a n g e d . If n o b l o c k is s e l e c t e d , n o t h i n g h a p p e n s .

Copy Text T h i s c o m m a n d c o p i e s s e l e c t e d text t o t h e C l i p b o a r d . Press C t r l - I n s t o u s e t h e command.

Cut Text T h i s c o m m a n d s c u t s s e l e c t e d text t o t h e C l i p b o a r d . Press S h i f t - D e l t o u s e t h e command.

Delete Block This c o m m a n d deletes a selected block. Y o u can "undelete" a block with U n d o . Press C t r l - D e l o r C t r l - K Y t o u s e this c o m m a n d .

Move Block T h i s c o m m a n d m o v e s a p r e v i o u s l y s e l e c t e d b l o c k f r o m its o r i g i n a l t h e C l i p b o a r d a n d t h e n p a s t e s it t o t h e c u r s o r p o s i t i o n . T h e b l o c k f r o m its o r i g i n a l p o s i t i o n . If n o b l o c k is m a r k e d , n o t h i n g h a p p e n s . D e l t o m o v e text t o C l i p b o a r d a n d Shift-Ins t o p a s t e text i n c u r r e n t

position to disappears Press Shiftdocument.


PastefromClipboard T h i s c o m m a n d p a s t e s t h e c o n t e n t s o f t h e C l i p b o a r d t o c u r s o r l o c a t i o n . Press Shift-Ins t o u s e t h e c o m m a n d .

Read BlockfromDisk T h i s c o m m a n d reads a d i s k file into t h e c u r r e n t text at t h e c u r s o r p o s i t i o n e x a c t l y as t h o u g h it w a s a b l o c k . Press Shift-Ctrl-R o r C t r l - K R t o u s e this command. T h e text read is t h e n s e l e c t e d as a b l o c k . When this c o m m a n d is initiated, y o u are p r o m p t e d f o r t h e n a m e o f t h e file t o read. Y o u c a n u s e w i l d c a r d s t o select a file t o read, a n d a d i r e c t o r y is d i s p l a y e d . T h e file s p e c i f i e d c a n b e a n y l e g a l file n a m e .

WWte Block to Disk T h i s c o m m a n d w r i t e s a s e l e c t e d b l o c k t o a file. Press Shift-Ctrl-W o r C t r l - K W t o u s e this c o m m a n d . When y o u s p e c i f y t h i s c o m m a n d , T u r b o Pascal f o r Windows p r o m p t s y o u f o r t h e n a m e o f t h e file t o w r i t e t o . T h e file c a n b e g i v e n a n y l e g a l n a m e ( t h e d e f a u l t e x t e n s i o n is . P A S ) . If y o u p r e f e r t o u s e a file n a m e w i t h o u t a n e x t e n s i o n , a p p e n d a p e r i o d t o t h e e n d o f its n a m e . Note: If t h e file s p e c i f i e d a l r e a d y e x i s t s , a w a r n i n g is issued b e f o r e t h e e x i s t i n g file is o v e r w r i t t e n . If n o b l o c k is s e l e c t e d , n o t h i n g happens.

Editor-Command Tables T h e t a b l e s t h r o u g h o u t this s e c t i o n list t h e e d i t o r c o m m a n d s a n d t h e i r f u n c t i o n or meaning. Table

1.1.

The Block

Movement

commands

(CUA and

CUA

Alternate).

Both

Delete block

Ctrl-Del

Ctrl-Del

C o p y to Clipboard

Ctrl-Ins

Ctrl-Ins

Cut to Clipboard

Shift-Del

Shift-Del

Paste f r o m C l i p b o a r d

Shift-Ins

Shift-Ins

Alternate

Read block from disk

Shift-Ctrl-R

Ctrl-KR

Write b l o c k t o d i s k

Shift-Ctrl-W

Ctrl-KW

Indent block

Shift-Ctrl-I

Ctrl-KI

Unindent block

Shift-Ctrl-U

Ctrl-KU

33

34


Table

1.2.

The Block

commands

(Borland

style).

Command

Keys

Function

Text selection O n

Ctrl-KB

B e g i n s t h e s e l e c t i o n o f text; text s e l e c t i o n e n d s w i t h c o p y i n g (Ctrl-KK) o r c u t t i n g (Ctrl-KV) t o t h e C l i p b o a r d , o r t u r n i n g text s e l e c t i o n o f f w i t h Ctrl-KH

Text selection Off

Ctrl-KH

S t o p s t h e s e l e c t i o n o f text, a n d t h e s e l e c t e d text b e c o m e s unselected

C o p y text t o C l i p b o a r d

Ctrl-KK

C o p i e s t h e s e l e c t e d text t o t h e Clipboard

C u t text t o C l i p b o a r d

Ctrl-KV

C u t s t h e s e l e c t e d text t o t h e Clipboard

Paste f r o m C l i p b o a r d

Ctrl-KC

Pastes t h e c o n t e n t s o f t h e C l i p b o a r d i n t o y o u r active E d i t window

Extending

selected

blocks

Movement

CUA

Both

Left 1 character

Shift-Left

Shift-Left

Right 1 character

Shift-Right

Shift-Right

E n d o f line

Shift-End

Shift-End

Beginning of line

Shift-Home

Shift-Home

Same column, n e x t line

Shift-Down

Shift-Down

Same column,

Shift-Up

Shift-Up

O n e page down

Shift-PgDn

Shift-PgDn

O n e page u p

Shift-PgUp

Shift-PgUp

Left o n e w o r d

Shift-Ctrl-Left

Shift-Ctrl-Left

Right o n e w o r d

Shift-Ctrl-Right

Shift-Ctrl-Right

End of

Shift-Ctrl-End

Shift-Ctrl-End

Shift-Ctrl-PgDn

Shift-Ctrl-Home

Shift-Ctrl-Home

Shift-Ctrl-PgUp

Alternate

p r e v i o u s line

file

Beginning of

file


N o t e : T u r b o Pascal for Windows' Borland-style block c o m m a n d s w o r k o n l y w i t h t h e A l t e r n a t e c o m m a n d set.

Table

1.3- Commands

that extend

selected

blocks.

Movement

CUA

Both

Alternate

Left 1 c h a r a c t e r

Shift-Left

Shift-Left

Right 1 character

Shift-Right

Shift-Right

E n d o f line

Shift-End

Shift-End

Beginning o f line

Shift-Home

Shift-Home

Same column, next line

Shift-Down

Shift-Down

Same column,

Shift-Up

Shift-Up

O n e page down

Shift-PgDn

Shift-PgDn

O n e page u p

Shift-PgUp

Shift-PgUp

previous line

Left o n e w o r d

Shift-Ctrl-Left

Shift-Ctrl-Left

Right o n e w o r d

Shift-Ctrl-Right

Shift-Ctrl-Right

E n d o f file

Shift-Ctrl-End

Shift-Ctrl-End

Shift-Ctrl-PgDn

B e g i n n i n g o f file

Shift-Ctrl-Home

Shift-Ctrl-Home

Shift-Ctrl-PgUp

Table

1.4. The cursor-movement

Movement

commands

CUA

(CUA and

Alternate).

Both

Alternate

C h a r a c t e r left

Left

Left

Ctrl-S

C h a r a c t e r right

Ctrl-Right

Right

Ctrl-D

W o r d left

Ctrl-Left

Ctrl-Left

Ctrl-A

Scroll d o w n 1 line

Ctrl-Z

Ctrl-Z

Ctrl-Z

Line u p

Up

Up

Ctrl-E

Line d o w n

Down

Down

Ctrl-X

Scroll u p 1 line

Ctrl-W

Ctrl-W

Ctrl-W

Scroll d o w n 1 line

Ctrl-Z

Ctrl-Z

Ctrl-Z

Page u p

PgUp

PgUp

Ctrl-R continues

35

36


Table

1.4.

continued

Movement

CUA

Both

Alternate

Page d o w n

PgDn

PgDn

Ctrl-C

Last c u r s o r p o s i t i o n

Ctrl-QP

Beginning of line

Home

Home End

Ctrl-QS

E n d of line

End

Top of window

Ctrl-E

Ctrl-QE

Bottom of window

Ctrl-X

Ctrl-QX

T o p o f file

Ctrl-Home

Ctrl-Home

Ctrl-QR, Ctrl-PgUp

B o t t o m o f file

Ctrl-End

Ctrl-End

Ctrl-QC, Ctrl-PgDn

Table

1.5-

The Insert

and Delete

commands

Ctrl-QD

(CUA and

Movement

CUA

Both

Delete char

Del

Ctrl-G

D e l e t e c h a r t o left

Backspace

Backspace

Delete line

Ctrl-Y

Ctrl-Y

Delete line e n d

Shift-Ctrl-Y

Alternate). Alternate

Ctrl-QY

Delete word

Ctrl-T

Insert l i n e

Ctrl-N

Insert m o d e O n / O f f

Ins

Ctrl-N Ins

Ctrl-V

Auto Indent This c o m m a n d toggles the automatic indenting o f successive lines. Y o u also can use Options/Preferences/Autolndent in the I D E to turn automatic indenting o n a n d off.

Current Compiler Options I n s e r t s t h e c u r r e n t c o m p i l e r - o p t i o n s e t t i n g s at t h e h e a d o f y o u r active E d i t window.

Cursor through Tabs T h e a r r o w k e y s m o v e t h e c u r s o r t o t h e m i d d l e o f tabs w h e n this o p t i o n is o n ; o t h e r w i s e t h e c u r s o r w o u l d j u m p several c o l u m n s w h e n it m o v e s o v e r m u l t i p l e t a b s . C t r l - O R is a t o g g l e .


Find Place Marker T h i s c o m m a n d finds a m a x i m u m o f t e n p l a c e m a r k e r s ( N c a n b e a n y n u m b e r i n t h e r a n g e z e r o t o n i n e ) i n text. M o v e t h e c u r s o r t o a n y p r e v i o u s l y set m a r k e r b y pressing Ctrl-Q and the marker number.

Open File O p e n s a n e x i s t i n g file i n a n E d i t w i n d o w .

Optimal Fill O p t i m a l Fill b e g i n s every l i n e w i t h t h e m i n i m u m n u m b e r o f c h a r a c t e r s p o s s i b l e , u s i n g T a b s a n d s p a c e s as n e c e s s a r y . T h i s o p t i o n p r o d u c e s l i n e s w i t h f e w e r characters.

Save File T h i s c o m m a n d saves t h e file a n d r e t u r n s t o t h e e d i t o r .

Set Place T h i s c o m m a n d m a r k s a m a x i m u m o f t e n p l a c e s i n text w h e n y o u p r e s s C t r l - K , f o l l o w e d b y a s i n g l e - m a r k e r digit ( z e r o t o n i n e ) . After m a r k i n g y o u r l o c a t i o n , y o u c a n w o r k e l s e w h e r e i n t h e file a n d t h e n r e t u r n t o a m a r k e d l o c a t i o n b y u s i n g the Find Place Marker c o m m a n d (be sure to use the same marker n u m b e r ) . Y o u c a n h a v e as m a n y as t e n p l a c e s m a r k e d i n e a c h w i n d o w .

Show last Compile Error T h i s c o m m a n d h i g h l i g h t s t h e last s y n t a x e r r o r that t h e c o m p i l e r f o u n d d u r i n g t h e p r e v i o u s c o m p i l e . T h e e r r o r m e s s a g e a p p e a r s o n t h e status b a r . If y o u h a v e a l r e a d y c l o s e d that file, T u r b o P a s c a l f o r W i n d o w s r e o p e n s it a n d h i g h l i g h t s t h e error.

Tab Mode Y o u c a n specify t h e u s e o f t r u e T a b c h a r a c t e r s i n t h e I D E w i t h t h e O p t i o n s / Preferences/Use T a b Character o p t i o n .

Unindent Y o u can turn U n i n d e n t o n a n d off from the I D E with the Options/Preferences/ Backspace Unindents option.

37

38


Table

1.6. Miscellaneous

Movement

keyboard CUA

commands. Both

Alternate

A u t o i n d e n t on/off

Ctrl-OI

Compiler options

Ctrl-OO

Cursor through Tabs

Ctrl-OR

on/off Find place marker N

Ctrl-N*

Ctrl-Q-N*

Help

Fl

Fl

Help index

Shift-Fl

Shift-Fl

Maximize window

F5

Open

F3

file

O p t i m a l fill m o d e

Ctrl-OF

on/off Pair m a t c h i n g

Alt-[, Alt-]

Ctrl-Q

[, C t r l - Q ]

S a v e file

F2, Ctrl-KJ

Search

Ctrl-QF

Search again

F3

F3

Search and replace

Ctrl-QA

S h o w last c o m p i l e

Ctrl-QW

error Set m a r k e r

Shift-Ctrl-N*

Ctrl-K-N*

T a b s m o d e on/off

Ctrl-OT

Topic Help

Ctrl-Fl

Exit

Alt-F4

Undo

Alt-Backspace

Unindent mode on/off Insert c o n t r o l character

Ctrl-Fl Alt-X Alt-Backspace Ctrl-OU

Ctrl-P * *

Ctrl-P * *

* TV indicates a number from zero to nine. * To enter a control character, first enter Ctrl-P, and then enter the control

r

character.

The TPW Command-line Compiler T h e T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s c o m m a n d - l i n e c o m p i l e r ( T P C W . E X E ) lets y o u i n v o k e all t h e f u n c t i o n s o f t h e I D E c o m p i l e r ( T P W . E X E ) f r o m t h e D O S c o m m a n d line.


TPCW

T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s c o m m a n d - l i n e o p t i o n s u s e this s y n t a x : [options] < f i l e name> [options]

where [ o p t i o n s ] can be o n e or m o r e options, separated by spaces. Y o u d e s i g n a t e t h e status o f t h e c o m p i l e r o p t i o n b y s p e c i f y i n g a p l u s ( + ) o r a m i n u s (-) after t h e o p t i o n . • P l a c e a + (or a s p a c e ) after a n o p t i o n t o t u r n it O n . • P l a c e a - after t h e o p t i o n t o t u r n it Off.

Table Option

1.7. Compiler

options.

Meaning Directive

/$A

Align data

/$B

Boolean evaluation

/$D

Debug

options

information

/$F

F o r c e F A R calls

/$G

Generate 286

/$!

Input/Output checking

/$L

Local Symbol

instructions

information

/$N

80x87 C o d e (numeric coprocessor)

/$R

Range checking

/$S

Stack-overflow checking

/$V

String variable c h e c k i n g

/$W

Windows

/$X

E x t e n d e d syntax

/B

B u i l d all

/F

Find error

/L

Link buffer

stack f r a m e

Mode

options

/M

Make

/Q

Quiet (no I D E equivalent)

/D

Conditional defines

Conditional

defines

option

continues

39

40


Table

1.7.

Option

continued Meaning Debug

options

/G

. M A P file

/V

D e b u g information in E X E o p t i o n Directory

options

/E

E X E a n d T P U directory

/I

Include directories

/O

O b j e c t Files d i r e c t o r i e s

/R

Resource directories

/T

T u r b o directory

/U

Unit directories

Most of the command-line options have equivalent m e n u c o m m a n d s . Table

1.8.

Command-line

options

and

their IDE

equivalents.

Option

IDE

Equivalent

/$A

Options/Compiler/Align data

/$B

Options/Compiler/Boolean evaluation

/$D

Options/Compiler/Debug information

/$¥

O p t i o n s / C o m p i l e r / F o r c e far calls

/$G

Options/Compiler/286 code

/$!

Options/Compiler/I/O checking

/$L

Options/Compiler/local symbols

/$M

O p t i o n s / C o m p i l e r / M e m o r y sizes

/$N

Options/Compiler/80x87 code

/$R

Options/Compiler/Range checking

/$S

Options/Compiler/Stack checking

/$V

Options/Compiler/String Variable C h e c k i n g O p t i o n s

/$W

Options/Compiler/Windows Stack Frames

/$X

Options/Compiler/Extended Syntax

/B

Compile/Build


Option

IDE

Equivalent

ID

Options/Compiler/Conditional Defines

IE

Options/Directories/EXE and T P U Directory

/F

Search/Find Error

/G

O p t i o n s / L i n k e r / M a p File

/I

Options/Compiler/lnclude Directories

IL

Options/Linker/Link Buffer

/M

Compile/Make

/O

Options/Directories/Object Directories

/Q

(none)

/R

Options/Directories/Resource Directories

IT

(none)

/U

Options/Directories/Unit Directories

/V

Options/Linker/Debug Information in E X E

Onward, Forward, and Upward T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s is a f l e x i b l e , p o w e r f u l a p p l i c a t i o n d e v e l o p m e n t e n v i r o n m e n t for M i c r o s o f t W i n d o w s , c o m p l e t e w i t h e d i t o r , c o m p i l e r , d e b u g g e r , l i n k e r , a n d a p o w e r f u l library o f o b j e c t s a n d t o o l s . Y o u d o n ' t h a v e t o b e a W i n d o w s o r T u r b o P a s c a l e x p e r t t o u s e T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s ; i n s t e a d it helps y o u b e c o m e the W i n d o w s expert. A T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n is l i m i t e d o n l y b y y o u r i m a g i n a t i o n . Y o u c a n u s e u n i t s a n d libraries t o c r e a t e l a r g e a n d p o w e r f u l W i n d o w s applications using either the I D E or the command-line compiler. I n t h e n e x t f e w h u n d r e d p a g e s , I'll s h o w y o u just h o w e a s y a n d f u n it c a n b e t o c r e a t e W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n s T u r b o Pascal style, u s i n g t h e p o w e r a n d flexibility o f o b j e c t - o r i e n t e d p r o g r a m m i n g t e c h n i q u e s . S o u n d easy? It is. I n t h e n e x t c h a p t e r , y o u w i l l g o t o it!

41

2 CHAPTER

ELEMENTS OF APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT Your Windows program doesn't interact directly with the screen, keyboard, printer, or any other device. Windows does all that, and places the results in an application message queue (in a device-independent fashion). Lee and Mark Atkinson If y o u h a v e p r o g r a m m e d i n a n y l a n g u a g e , y o u u n d o u b t e d l y h a v e y o u r o w n i d e a s a b o u t h o w t o d e v e l o p a n a p p l i c a t i o n , w h e t h e r it is f o r W i n d o w s o r o t h e r w i s e . T o develop an application for W i n d o w s , y o u have to learn h o w W i n d o w s works, b u t o n l y at a n easy l e v e l . Y o u a l s o h a v e t o p r e p a r e y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n t o r u n i n a W i n d o w s w i n d o w a n d y o u h a v e t o t h i n k (at least s o m e w h a t ) i n t e r m s o f e v e n t s . T h e b e a n s a n d rice o f a W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n is w h a t y o u are u s e d t o : c o d e f o r s o l v i n g p r o b l e m s — c o d e that m a n i p u l a t e s i n f o r m a t i o n (or d a t a ) . T h e biggest difference b e t w e e n developing a D O S application and a W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n is that, w i t h D O S , y o u are r e q u i r e d t o c r e a t e y o u r o w n u s e r i n t e r f a c e ( u n l e s s y o u are w r i t i n g a p r i m i t i v e a p p l i c a t i o n o r o n e that d o e s n o t r e q u i r e a n i n t e r f a c e ) . If y o u are w r i t i n g a W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n , y o u m u s t "connect" to the W i n d o w s G U I (graphical user interface), but y o u d o not have t o c r e a t e it. Y o u u s e t h e W i n d o w s I n t e r f a c e , a n d y o u c o n t i n u e t o u s e m o s t o f what y o u already k n o w about p r o g r a m m i n g .

44


T o use a W i n d o w s application to solve a p r o b l e m , y o u have to 1. I n t e r a c t w i t h W i n d o w s ( m o s t l y u s i n g O b j e c t W i n d o w s ) . 2. G e t i n f o r m a t i o n i n t o t h e a p p l i c a t i o n (the i n p u t c o m p o n e n t ) . 3. S t o r e i n f o r m a t i o n (the d a t a c o m p o n e n t ) . 4. M a n i p u l a t e t h e i n f o r m a t i o n , u s i n g p r o c e d u r e s , f u n c t i o n s , o r o b j e c t m e t h o d s (the o p e r a t i o n s c o m p o n e n t ) . 5. G e t t h e r e s u l t s (the o u t p u t c o m p o n e n t ) . T h e s e s t e p s are s t r a i g h t f o r w a r d a n d p r o b a b l y familiar t o y o u , e x c e p t f o r the W i n d o w s connection. T o connect with W i n d o w s , use ObjectWindows, the T u r b o P a s c a l for W i n d o w s O O P library. O b j e c t W i n d o w s is a n o b j e c t - o r i e n t e d library, p a c k a g e d w i t h T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s , that greatly s i m p l i f i e s W i n d o w s applications development by encapsulating (packaging) c o m p l e x W i n d o w s i n f o r m a t i o n i n a s i m p l e r , m o r e easily a c c e s s i b l e f o r m . T o h a n d l e a c t i o n s 2 t h r o u g h 5, y o u s t r u c t u r e y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n a l o n g traditional "structured" p r o g r a m m i n g lines. Y o u use conditional statements ( I t s ) and l o o p s ( w h i l e s , r e p e a t s , and so o n ) . Y o u divide groups o f instructions i n t o s e c t i o n s that c a n b e r e f e r e n c e d b y n a m e ( p r o c e d u r e s , f u n c t i o n s , o b j e c t s ) . T h i s a g a i n is p r o g r a m m i n g as y o u p r o b a b l y a l r e a d y k n o w it ( w h e t h e r y o u p r o g r a m i n Pascal o r a n o t h e r similarly s t r u c t u r e d l a n g u a g e s u c h as C o r C + + ) . T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s , like T u r b o P a s c a l for D O S , s u p p l i e s a r i c h set o f d a t a t y p e s a n d b u i l t - i n o p e r a t o r s , c o n t r o l s , p r o c e d u r e s , a n d f u n c t i o n s for m a n i p u l a t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n . T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s lets y o u c r e a t e l a r g e a p p l i c a t i o n s b y d i v i d i n g a n y p r o g r a m (or a p p l i c a t i o n ) i n t o p i e c e s (units) that c a n b e c o m p i l e d separately. T h e r e m a i n d e r o f this c h a p t e r briefly c o v e r s s o m e o f t h e b a s i c a s p e c t s o f T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s a n d its d e v e l o p m e n t c a p a b i l i t i e s . If y o u a l r e a d y k n o w T u r b o P a s c a l , f e e l free t o s k i p this s e c t i o n a n d m o v e o n t o t h e n e x t c h a p t e r , w h e r e y o u learn h o w to develop W i n d o w s applications using the objectoriented techniques of O b j e c t W i n d o w s . (You will not see any Windows-specific c o d e u n t i l t h e n e x t c h a p t e r . ) If y o u w a n t m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n a b o u t t h e s t a n d a r d (or built-in) T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s p r o c e d u r e s a n d f u n c t i o n s , c h e c k o u t t h e reference section.

Units T o d e v e l o p a n y T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n , y o u m u s t u s e at least o n e T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s s t a n d a r d u n i t , b u t y o u c a n u s e m a n y m o r e u n i t s if y o u h a v e t o (either s t a n d a r d o n e s o r u n i t s y o u c r e a t e ) . A unit is a c o l l e c t i o n o f c o n s t a n t s , d a t a t y p e s , v a r i a b l e s , p r o c e d u r e s , a n d f u n c t i o n s . I n a n u t s h e l l , a u n i t is t h e basis o f m o d u l a r p r o g r a m m i n g i n T u r b o Pascal for D O S a n d T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s . Y o u u s e u n i t s t o c r e a t e libraries a n d to divide large applications into logically related m o d u l e s .

2—Elements of Application Development

T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s supplies t h e following standard units: Strings System

WinCrt WinDOS WinProcs WinTypes T h e s e standard units (which are stored in TPW.TPL) support y o u r T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s applications in m a n y ways, taking m u c h o f the w o r k o u t o f developing applications. T h e Strings unit s u p p o r t s a type o f character strings called nullterminated strings. N u l l - t e r m i n a t e d strings a r e t h e t y p e o f strings r e q u i r e d b y t h e W i n d o w s A p p l i c a t i o n P r o g r a m m i n g I n t e r f a c e (API). (Previously, T u r b o P a s c a l d i d n o t s u p p o r t n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d strings.) T h e S y s t e m u n i t ( S Y S T E M . T P U ) is t h e T u r b o P a s c a l f o r W i n d o w s r u n - t i m e library. It i m p l e m e n t s l o w - l e v e l , r u n - t i m e s u p p o r t r o u t i n e s ( p r o c e d u r e s a n d f u n c t i o n s ) f o r all t h e b u i l t - i n T u r b o P a s c a l f o r W i n d o w s " f e a t u r e s , " s u c h as file I n p u t / O u t p u t , floating p o i n t o p e r a t i o n s , s t r i n g - h a n d l i n g , a n d d y n a m i c m e m o r y allocation. All units a n d programs automatically u s e the System unit, so y o u d o not h a v e t o s p e c i f y it i n a uses d e c l a r a t i o n . ( Y o u l e a r n m o r e a b o u t t h e uses d e c l a r a t i o n i n this s e c t i o n ) . T h e WinCrt u n i t i m p l e m e n t s a t e r m i n a l - l i k e text s c r e e n i n a w i n d o w . Y o u d o n o t h a v e t o w r i t e " W i n d o w s - s p e c i f i c " c o d e if y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n u s e s WinCrt. I n m a n y c a s e s , y o u c a n start w i t h T u r b o P a s c a l f o r W i n d o w s q u i c k l y b y t r a n s l a t i n g e x i s t i n g T u r b o P a s c a l (for D O S ) c o d e a n d u s i n g t h e WinCrt s c r e e n t o " r u n " it. Y o u w i l l l e a r n h o w t o u s e WinCrt i n t h e n e x t c h a p t e r . T h e WinDos u n i t i m p l e m e n t s o p e r a t i n g s y s t e m a n d file-handling p r o c e dures a n d functions. T h e s e p r o c e d u r e s a n d functions are specific t o T u r b o Pascal a n d are n o t d e f i n e d b y standard Pascal. T h e WinProcs u n i t d e f i n e s f u n c t i o n a n d p r o c e d u r e h e a d e r s f o r t h e W i n d o w s A P I . Y o u c a n a c c e s s e v e r y f u n c t i o n i n t h e s t a n d a r d W i n d o w s libraries t h r o u g h WinProcs. T h e WinProcs a n d WinTypes u n i t s b o t h d e f i n e t h e T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s i m p l e m e n t a t i o n o f t h e W i n d o w s API. T h e WinTypes u n i t d e f i n e s T u r b o P a s c a l v e r s i o n s o f all t h e t y p e s u s e d b y the W i n d o w s API functions, including simple types a n d data structures (records, a n d s o o n ) a n d all t h e s t a n d a r d W i n d o w s c o n s t a n t s , i n c l u d i n g flags, m e s s a g e s , a n d styles. Units are b o t h conceptually a n d pragmatically important because • T h e y are p r e c o m p i l e d s o y o u c a n u s e the functions, p r o c e d u r e s , a n d so o n in a unit without recompiling the unit each time y o u compile a n o t h e r part o f y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n . T h u s , u n i t s save t i m e .

45

46

Part I—Working with T P W

• U n i t s a l s o let y o u b r e a k u p f u n c t i o n a l i t y for s e p a r a t e d e v e l o p m e n t , modification, a n d u s e . Projects thus c a n b e large a n d their d e v e l o p ment a n d m a n a g e m e n t simplified. U n i t s are nifty, u s e f u l s t r u c t u r e s that c h a n g e t h e w a y y o u r T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n c o d e is s t o r e d i n m e m o r y . C o n s i d e r first h o w a c o m p i l e d T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n ( w i t h o u t u n i t s ) s t o r e s itself i n m e m o r y . It d i v i d e s itself i n t o f o u r m a i n s e c t i o n s : 1. C o d e s e g m e n t 2. D a t a s e g m e n t 3. S t a c k s e g m e n t 4.

Heap

The code segment contains the application's procedures, functions, a n d the main program body of the application. T h e d a t a segment contains the a p p l i c a t i o n ' s g l o b a l variables a n d c o n s t a n t s . T h e s t a c k s e g m e n t c o n t a i n s r e t u r n a d d r e s s e s for t h e a p p l i c a t i o n s ' f u n c t i o n s a n d p r o c e d u r e s a n d m o s t o f t h e l o c a l variables d e c l a r e d i n s i d e f u n c t i o n s a n d p r o c e d u r e s . T h e heap c o n t a i n s a n y variables y o u c r e a t e d y n a m i c a l l y u s i n g t h e T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s k e y w o r d , New. E a c h s e c t i o n ( c o d e , d a t a , a n d s t a c k s e g m e n t s ) c a n u s e as m u c h as 6 4 K (kilobytes) o f m e m o r y , a n d t h e h e a p c a n g r o w as l a r g e as available m e m o r y a l l o w s . F i g u r e 2.1 s h o w s a m e m o r y m a p o f this s c h e m e .

Memory Map W i t h o u t units

High Memory

Heap

?K

Stack Segment

64K

Data Segment

64K

Code Segment

64K

Low Memory

Figure

2.1. A memory map of three segments, plus the heap.


Without u n i t s , a c o m p i l e d T u r b o P a s c a l f o r Windows application can be a b o u t 1 9 2 K p l u s t h e h e a p ( w h o s e size d e p e n d s o n t h e n u m b e r o f d y n a m i c a l l y allocated variables). In c o n t r a s t , t h e p r o c e d u r e s a n d f u n c t i o n s i n a u n i t are s t o r e d i n s e p a r a t e s e g m e n t s apart f r o m t h e m a i n m o d u l e . E a c h u n i t c a n u s e as m u c h as 6 4 K o f m e m o r y . T h u s , a n a p p l i c a t i o n that u s e s u n i t s c a n c o n s i s t o f as m a n y o f t h e s e 6 4 K u n i t s as m e m o r y (the s y s t e m ' s , n o t y o u r s ) a l l o w s . O f c o u r s e , a p p l i c a t i o n s that u s e u n i t s c a n b e l a r g e . F i g u r e 2.2 s h o w s a m e m o r y m a p o f a n a p p l i c a t i o n segmented into units.

Memory Map

High memory

Heap

?K

Stack Segment

64K

Data Segment

64K

Unit

64K

Unit

64K

Code Segment

with units

64K

Low memory

Figure 2.2. A memory map of units.

T o u s e a s t a n d a r d ( o r p r e c o m p i l e d ) unit, a d d a u s e s d e c l a r a t i o n at the b e g i n n i n g o f the m a i n m o d u l e o f y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n : Program

Main;

uses WinCrt; {

....

body h e r e

...

}

T o use m o r e than o n e unit, separate the units by c o m m a s : Program

Main;

uses WinTypes, Strings,

47

48

Parti—Working with T P W

WinProcs, WObjects; { ... body here ... } Y o u u s e t h e s t a n d a r d T u r b o P a s c a l for W i n d o w s u n i t s t h r o u g h o u t this b o o k , a n d t h e y a r e d i s c u s s e d i n m o r e d e t a i l as y o u m o v e a l o n g . C r e a t i n g y o u r o w n u n i t s is s i m i l a r t o c r e a t i n g t h e main m o d u l e o f a n application, with a couple of exceptions: 1. R a t h e r t h a n d e s i g n a t e t h e m o d u l e as a p r o g r a m , y o u d e s i g n a t e it as a unit:

Unit YourUnit; 2. Y o u also divide the unit into parts: Unit heading I n t e r f a c e part I m p l e m e n t a t i o n part I n i t i a l i z a t i o n part T h e unit h e a d i n g specifies t h e unit's n a m e (the n a m e y o u u s e w h e n y o u refer t o this u n i t i n a n o t h e r m o d u l e ' s Uses d e c l a r a t i o n ) . T h e i n t e r f a c e part d e c l a r e s c o n s t a n t s , t y p e s , v a r i a b l e s , p r o c e d u r e s , a n d f u n c t i o n s that a r e p u b l i c (available t o a n y m o d u l e that u s e s t h e u n i t ) . List t h e p r o c e d u r e s a n d f u n c t i o n s as h e a d i n g s o n l y i n t h e i n t e r f a c e part. T h e i m p l e m e n t a t i o n part d e f i n e s t h e b o d i e s o f all p u b l i c p r o c e d u r e s a n d f u n c t i o n s . I n a d d i t i o n , it d e c l a r e s c o n s t a n t s , t y p e s , v a r i a b l e s , p r o c e d u r e s , a n d f u n c t i o n s that a r e p r i v a t e a n d , t h u s , a r e n o t available t o u s e r s o f t h e u n i t . T h e i n i t i a l i z a t i o n part is t h e last part o f a u n i t . It c o n s i s t s o f e i t h e r : • T h e r e s e r v e d w o r d end ( n o i n i t i a l i z a t i o n c o d e ) or • A s t a t e m e n t part t o b e e x e c u t e d t o initialize t h e u n i t L i s t i n g 2.1 s h o w s t h e l a y o u t o f a u n i t . Listing

2.1. The general

Unit YourUnit; Interface { Use something here }

layout

of a

unit.

2 — E l e m e n t s o f Application D e v e l o p m e n t

{ CONST, TYPE, VAR declarations here } { PROCEDURE and FUNCTION declarations here } Implementation { Another Use here, if you want it } { Any Private LABEL, CONST, TYPE, VAR declarations here } { Procedure and function bodies here } Begin { Initialization statements } End.

49

50


T u r b o P a s c a l f o r W i n d o w s h a n d l e s u n i t s i n t e l l i g e n t l y . F o r e x a m p l e , if several m o d u l e s (or u n i t s ) i n a n a p p l i c a t i o n refer t o t h e s a m e u n i t , o n l y o n e c o p y o f that u n i t — n o t s e v e r a l — i s l o a d e d i n t o m e m o r y .

Data Types and Identifiers Application d e v e l o p m e n t begins a n d e n d s with variables. W h e n e v e r d e c l a r e a v a r i a b l e , y o u m u s t specify its t y p e . T h e v a r i a b l e t y p e i n d i c a t e s

you

• T h e range o f values the variable can take • T h e o p e r a t i o n s that c a n b e p e r f o r m e d o n it W h e n y o u s p e c i f y a t y p e (in a t y p e d e c l a r a t i o n ) y o u specify a n i d e n t i f i e r that d e n o t e s a t y p e . Y o u u s e identifiers t h r o u g h o u t y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n , a n d a T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s identifier c a n d e n o t e any o f the following: •

Constants

• Fields in records •

Functions

•

Labels

•

Procedures

•

Programs

•

Types

•

Units

•

Variables

I d e n t i f i e r s c a n b e a n y l e n g t h , b u t o n l y t h e first 6 3 c h a r a c t e r s are significant ( r e c o g n i z e d b y T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s ) . Y o u have to f o l l o w a f e w rules w h e n y o u u s e identifiers: • T h e first c h a r a c t e r o f a n i d e n t i f i e r m u s t b e a letter. • T h e c h a r a c t e r s that f o l l o w t h e first c h a r a c t e r m u s t b e letters, d i g i t s , o r underscores (no spaces). • I d e n t i f i e r s are n o t c a s e - s e n s i t i v e . A s this c h a p t e r states, a p p l i c a t i o n s d e v e l o p m e n t b e g i n s a n d e n d s w i t h v a r i a b l e s . V a r i a b l e s m u s t b e t y p e d i n T u r b o P a s c a l . It is h e l p f u l t o d i v i d e t h e s e t y p e s i n t o six m a j o r c l a s s e s , w h i c h are c o v e r e d n e x t . F o r m o r e i n - d e p t h i n f o r m a t i o n a b o u t T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s t y p e s , c o n s u l t t h e T u r b o P a s c a l for Windows manuals.


Qualified Identifiers W h e n your application declares several instances of the same identifier, you might have to qualify the identifier by specifying a unit identifier to select the correct instance of the identifier. The combined Unit. Identifier specification is called a identifier.

qualified

For example, the following are qualified identifiers: System. Exit

(unit = System, identifier = Exit)

Dos. Exec (unit = Dos, identifier = Exec ) Crt .Window

( unit = Crt, identifier = Window)

Y o u c a n d i v i d e t y p e s as f o l l o w s : 1. S i m p l e t y p e s that d e f i n e o r d e r e d sets o f v a l u e s : A. Ordinal types, which

include:

Integer types B o o l e a n types C h a r type E n u m e r a t e d types Subrange types B. Real types 2. String t y p e s that represent a s e q u e n c e o f characters w i t h a d y n a m i c l e n g t h attribute a n d a c o n s t a n t size attribute. 3. S t r u c t u r e d t y p e s that hold m o r e t h a n o n e v a l u e . T h e s e

include:

Array t y p e s Record types O b j e c t types Set types File t y p e s 4. P o i n t e r t y p e s that d e f i n e a set o f v a l u e s that p o i n t t o d y n a m i c variables o f s o m e t y p e . A d y n a m i c variable is o n e that is a l l o c a t e d o n t h e heap a n d m a n i p u l a t e d u s i n g p o i n t e r s . B e c a u s e t h e heap c a n b e q u i t e large ( m u c h larger t h a n a s t a c k a l l o c a t e d in t h e d a t a s e g m e n t , w h i c h is l i m i t e d t o 6 4 K ) , d y n a m i c variables a l s o c a n b e q u i t e l a r g e . 5. P r o c e d u r a l t y p e s that a l l o w p r o c e d u r e s a n d f u n c t i o n s t o b e t r e a t e d as o b j e c t s . A n o b j e c t , w h i c h y o u l e a r n m u c h m o r e a b o u t t h r o u g h o u t this

51

52


b o o k , c o n s i s t s o f d a t a a n d t h e p r o c e d u r e s a n d f u n c t i o n s that y o u u s e t o m a n i p u l a t e that d a t a . F o r e x a m p l e :

AWindow = object x1, x2, y1, y2 :Integer; procedure minimize; procedure maximize; end; 6. O b j e c t t y p e s are s t r u c t u r e s that c o n s i s t o f a f i x e d n u m b e r o f c o m ponents.

Ordinal Types T u r b o Pascal h a s n i n e p r e d e f i n e d o r d i n a l t y p e s . Five o f t h e s e i n t e g e r t y p e s d e n o t e a specific subset o f the w h o l e n u m b e r s : Type

Range

Size

Shortint

1 2 8 . . 127

8-bit

Integer

-32768.32767

16-bit

Longint

-2147483648. .2147483647

32-bit

Byte

0.255

8-bit

Word

0.65535

16-bit

T h e o t h e r f o u r p r e d e f i n e d o r d i n a l t y p e s are t h e B o o l e a n s WordBool, LongBool), and Char.

(Boolean,

T w o o t h e r classes o f u s e r - d e f i n e d o r d i n a l t y p e s are e n u m e r a t e d t y p e s a n d subrange types. T h r e e s t a n d a r d f u n c t i o n s c a n b e u s e d w i t h all o r d i n a l t y p e s : 1. Ord ( w h i c h r e t u r n s t h e o r d i n a l i t y o f t h e v a l u e ) . F o r e x a m p l e : Ord(False)

= 0;

2. P r e d ( w h i c h r e t u r n s t h e p r e d e c e s s o r o f t h e v a l u e ) . F o r e x a m p l e : Pred(True)

=

False;

3. S u c c ( w h i c h r e t u r n s t h e s u c c e s s o r o f t h e v a l u e ) . F o r e x a m p l e : Succ(True)

=

False;

Boolean Types T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s has three p r e d e f i n e d B o o l e a n types: B o o l e a n , W o r d B o o l , a n d L o n g B o o l , w h i c h are d e f i n e d as f o l l o w s :


type Boolean = (False, True); WordBool = (False, True); LongBool = (False, True); T h e s e t y p e s h a v e t h e f o l l o w i n g sizes: • Boolean is b y t e - s i z e d (8 b i t s ) . • WordBool is w o r d - s i z e d ( 1 6 b i t s ) . • LongBool is longint-sized (32 b i t s ) . B e c a u s e B o o l e a n s a r e e n u m e r a t e d o r d i n a l t y p e s , t h e following r e l a t i o n s h i p s exist a m o n g B o o l e a n t y p e s : T r u e > False Ord(False)

= 0

Ord(True) = 1 Succ(False) = T r u e Pred(True) = F a l s e A m o n g t h e " B o o l e a n s , " Boolean is t h e p r e f e r r e d t y p e a n d u s e s t h e least m e m o r y . WordBool a n d LongBool exist p r i m a r i l y for c o m p a t i b i l i t y w i t h y o u r applications in the Windows environment. I n a n e x p r e s s i o n , t h e following r e l a t i o n a l o p e r a t o r s p r o d u c e r e s u l t s o f t y p e Boolean:

>
= < = IN For W i n d o w s compatibility, Booleans c a n assume ordinal values other t h a n z e r o a n d o n e . A B o o l e a n e x p r e s s i o n is c o n s i d e r e d false w h e n its o r d i n a l v a l u e is z e r o , a n d t r u e w h e n its o r d i n a l v a l u e is n o n z e r o .

Char Type U s e variables o f t h e o r d i n a l t y p e C h a r t o s t o r e A S C I I c h a r a c t e r s . W r i t e c h a r a c t e r c o n s t a n t s b e t w e e n s i n g l e q u o t a t i o n s , as i n t h e f o l l o w i n g :

5 3

54


'9'

'A' 'L' 'i' '&' T h e s i n g l e q u o t a t i o n c h a r a c t e r is w r i t t e n as t w o s i n g l e q u o t a t i o n s w i t h i n s i n g l e q u o t a t i o n s , like t h i s : i

i

i i

T h e Chr f u n c t i o n c o n v e r t s a n i n t e g e r v a l u e i n t o a c h a r a c t e r w i t h t h e corresponding ASCII value. T h e Ord f u n c t i o n r e t u r n s a c h a r a c t e r ' s A S C I I v a l u e .

Enumerated Types E n u m e r a t e d t y p e s d e f i n e o r d e r e d sets o f v a l u e s b y e n u m e r a t i n g t h e i d e n t i f i e r s that d e n o t e t h e v a l u e s . T h e i r o r d e r i n g is d e t e r m i n e d b y t h e s e q u e n c e i n w h i c h the identifiers are e n u m e r a t e d . For example:

type Food = (Apple, Kiwi, Peach, Date); I n this d e c l a r a t i o n , Kiwi is a c o n s t a n t o f t y p e Food. T h e Ord s t a n d a r d f u n c t i o n r e t u r n s t h e o r d i n a l i t y o f a n e n u m e r a t e d c o n s t a n t . I n this e x a m p l e :

Ord (Apple) Ord(Kiwi) Ord(Peach) Ord(Date)

= = = =

0 1 2 3

T h e identifiers in the type definition b e c o m e constants o f the e n u m e r a t e d type. T h e first c o n s t a n t h a s a n o r d i n a l i t y o f z e r o , t h e s e c o n d h a s a n o r d i n a l i t y o f o n e , the third a n ordinality o f t w o , a n d s o o n .

Subrange Types A s u b r a n g e t y p e is a r a n g e o f v a l u e s f r o m a n o r d i n a l t y p e s o m e t i m e s c a l l e d t h e host type. For example:

LittleConstant .. BiggerConstant


specifies t h e s m a l l e s t a n d largest v a l u e in t h e s u b r a n g e . I n this c a s e , t h e s u b r a n g e is f r o m L i t t l e C o n s t a n t t o B i g g e r C o n s t a n t . B o t h c o n s t a n t s m u s t b e o f t h e s a m e o r d i n a l t y p e , a n d t h e first c o n s t a n t m u s t b e less t h a n o r e q u a l t o t h e s e c o n d c o n s t a n t . T h e $R c o m p i l e r directive c o n t r o l s range-checking of subrange types. T h e f o l l o w i n g are s u b r a n g e e x a m p l e s :

0. .49 -128..127

Reals A real t y p e has a set o f v a l u e s that is a s u b s e t o f t h e real n u m b e r s , w h i c h c a n b e represented in f l o a t i n g - p o i n t n o t a t i o n w i t h a f i x e d n u m b e r o f digits. A v a l u e ' s floating-point n o t a t i o n n o r m a l l y c o n s i s t s o f three v a l u e s : M, B, a n d E, s u c h that M x B E = N w h e r e B is always 10, M is a rational n u m b e r , a n d E is a n integer in t h e real t y p e ' s range. T u r b o P a s c a l f o r Windows s u p p l i e s f o u r p r e d e f i n e d real t y p e s . E a c h t y p e has a specific range a n d p r e c i s i o n :

Type

Range

Digits

Bytes

Real

2.9e-39..1.7e38

11-12

6

Single

1.5e-45..3.4e38

7-8

4

Double

5.0e-324..1.7e308

15-16

8

Extended

3.4e-4932..1.1e4932

19-20

10

N o t e : T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s s u p p o r t s t w o m o d e l s o f floating-point code generation: 1. S o f t w a r e

floating

point

2. 8 0 x 8 7 floating p o i n t U s e t h e $N c o m p i l e r d i r e c t i v e t o s w i t c h b e t w e e n t h e t w o models.

Strings A T u r b o Pascal string t y p e v a r i a b l e ( n o t a n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d string t y p e ) is a s e q u e n c e o f c h a r a c t e r s w i t h a d y n a m i c l e n g t h , a n d a c o n s t a n t m a x i m u m size between 1 and 255.

5 5

56


If y o u d e c l a r e a string w i t h o u t a m a x i m u m size, it a u t o m a t i c a l l y b e c o m e s a size o f 2 5 5 . S t r i n g c o n s t a n t s a r e w r i t t e n i n q u o t a t i o n s ; for e x a m p l e :

'Windows

1

'Bible' N o t i c e that t w o c o n s e c u t i v e s i n g l e q u o t a t i o n s a r e u s e d t o i n d i c a t e a s i n g l e q u o t a t i o n i n a string. T h e f o l l o w i n g o p e r a t o r s c a n b e u s e d w i t h string t y p e v a l u e s :

+

< > < = > = O p e r a t o r s c o m p a r e strings b y u s i n g t h e A S C I I c o d e s for letters a n d n u m b e r s . F o r e x a m p l e , t h e A S C I I c o d e for Af is 7 7 a n d 7* is 8 4 . T h u s , a string b e g i n n i n g w i t h a n M is less t h a n o n e b e g i n n i n g w i t h a T. T h e A S C I I c o d e for a l o w e r c a s e ra, h o w e v e r , is 1 0 9 . T h u s , a n u p p e r c a s e 7*is less t h a n a l o w e r c a s e m. K e e p this i n m i n d w h e n y o u c o m p a r e s t r i n g s .

Structured Types A structured type c a n h o l d m o r e than o n e value. Structured types are • Array (types) • File (types) • O b j e c t (types) • R e c o r d (types) • S e t (types) If a c o m p o n e n t t y p e is s t r u c t u r e d , t h e r e s u l t i n g s t r u c t u r e d t y p e h a s m o r e t h a n o n e l e v e l o f s t r u c t u r i n g a n d c a n , i n fact, h a v e u n l i m i t e d levels o f structuring (memory permitting). In other w o r d s , a structured type c a n contain other t y p e s that a r e t h e m s e l v e s s t r u c t u r e d . T h e s e o t h e r t y p e s c a n , i n t u r n , c o n t a i n m o r e t y p e s that a l s o are s t r u c t u r e d . T h e m a x i m u m size o f a n y s t r u c t u r e d t y p e i n T u r b o Pascal is 6 5 , 5 2 0 b y t e s ( a b o u t 6 4 K ) . T h e r e s e r v e d w o r d packed i n a s t r u c t u r e d t y p e ' s d e c l a r a t i o n tells t h e c o m p i l e r t o c o m p r e s s d a t a w h e n it s t o r e s t h e t y p e . Note: T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s a c c e p t s t h e r e s e r v e d w o r d packed, b u t i g n o r e s it.


Arrays A n array is a c o l l e c t i o n o f v a l u e s o f t h e s a m e t y p e . Arrays m a k e d a t a m u c h m o r e manageable. Y o u d e c l a r e a n array as f o l l o w s : array

[index-type]

of

element-type

T h e element type c a n b e any type, b u t the i n d e x type must b e a n ordinal t y p e . Y o u c a n u s e several i n d e x t y p e s if y o u s e p a r a t e t h e m b y c o m m a s . E a c h i n d e x t y p e s e p a r a t e d b y a c o m m a r e p r e s e n t s a d i m e n s i o n o f t h e array. For example: type CharData = array[ A ' . . Z ] of Byte; NumList = array[1..600] of Integer; Matrix = array[0..21, 0..21] of real; 1

1

1

{ 1 Dimension } { 1 Dimension } { 2 Dimensions }

Records A r e c o r d c o n t a i n s a n u m b e r o f c o m p o n e n t s , o r f i e l d s , that c a n b e o f d i f f e r e n t types. A r e c o r d d e c l a r a t i o n b e g i n s w i t h t h e k e y w o r d record a n d e n d s w i t h a n end. For example: ThisRecord = Record Month: 0 .. 12; Day : 1 .. 31; Year

: Integer;

end; A r e c o r d a l s o c a n b e variant. I n o t h e r w o r d s , a g r o u p o f r e c o r d s c a n h a v e different structures d e p e n d e n t o n a c o n d i t i o n . For example: type ClassType

= (Num, Dat, Str);

Date = record D, M, Y: Integer; end; Facts = record Name: string[10];

5 7

58


case Kind: Num: (N: Dat: (D: Str: (S:

ClassType of real); Date); string);

end; D e p e n d i n g o n w h e t h e r Kind is a Num, Dat, o r Str, t h e Facts r e c o r d c o n t a i n s a n N, D, o r S d a t a f i e l d .

Object Types A n o b j e c t t y p e is a d a t a s t r u c t u r e s i m i l a r t o a r e c o r d , a l s o c o n t a i n i n g a f i x e d n u m b e r o f c o m p o n e n t s . E a c h c o m p o n e n t is e i t h e r a field ( w h i c h c o n t a i n s d a t a of a particular type) o r a m e t h o d (procedure o r function), w h i c h "operates" o n an object's data. For example: GenericObject = object Fieldl : integer; Field2 : real; procedure Methodl; procedure Method2; end;

{ Object data }

{ Object behavior }

W h e n y o u d e c l a r e a f i e l d , y o u specify a n i d e n t i f i e r that n a m e s t h e fields a n d t h e i r d a t a t y p e s . W h e n y o u d e c l a r e a m e t h o d , y o u specify a p r o c e d u r e , function, constructor, or destructor heading. Here's the scenario in somewhat formal form: Field

= FieldName(s):

Method

= procedure

type; MethodName(<parameter(s)>\type);

o r = function MethodName(<parameter(s)>:type):type; o r = constructor MethodName(<parameter(s)>:type [;<parameter(s)>: type]); /"virtual/; o r = destructor MethodName[(<parameters>\ type)/;/virtual/; A n o b j e c t t y p e c a n i n h e r i t t h e d a t a a n d b e h a v i o r (its c o m p o n e n t s ) f r o m a n o t h e r o b j e c t t y p e . T h e i n h e r i t i n g o b j e c t is a d e s c e n d a n t , a n d t h e o b j e c t that s u p p l i e s t h e d a t a a n d b e h a v i o r f o r i n h e r i t a n c e is a n a n c e s t o r .


59

T h e d o m a i n o f a n o b j e c t t y p e c o n s i s t s o f itself a n d all its d e s c e n d a n t s .

Sets S e t s d e f i n e c o l l e c t i o n s o f e l e m e n t s o f a s p e c i f i c scalar o r s u b r a n g e t y p e . F o r e x a m p l e , t h e f o l l o w i n g a r e set t y p e s : type Day = (Sun, Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat); CharSet = set of Char; Digits = set of 0..4; Days = set of Day; Months = (January, February, March, April, May, June, July, August, September, October, November, December); T h e b a s e t y p e o f a set m u s t b e a n o r d i n a l t y p e w i t h n o t m o r e t h a n 2 5 6 possible values. Thus, the ordinal values of the u p p e r a n d lower b o u n d s of the base type must b e in the range 0..255. A set c o n s t r u c t o r , w h i c h d e n o t e s a set t y p e v a l u e , is f o r m e d b y w r i t i n g e x p r e s s i o n s i n b r a c k e t s . E a c h e x p r e s s i o n d e n o t e s a v a l u e o f t h e set. T h e b r a c k e t n o t a t i o n [ ] d e n o t e s t h e e m p t y s e t — c o m p a t i b l e w i t h all set types. F o r e x a m p l e , t h e f o l l o w i n g a r e set c o n s t r u c t o r s : [Mon..Sat] [1, 3, I + 1 .. J - 1] ['0'..'5', 'A'..'Q', 'd'..'z',

'_']

Files A file t y p e c o n s i s t s o f a l i n e a r s e q u e n c e o f c o m p o n e n t s o f s o m e c o m p o n e n t t y p e , w h i c h c a n b e a n y t y p e e x c e p t a file t y p e . If y o u o m i t t h e c o m p o n e n t t y p e , t h e t y p e d e n o t e s a n u n t y p e d file. T h e p r e d e f i n e d file t y p e Text signifies a file c o n t a i n i n g c h a r a c t e r s o r g a nized into lines. F o r e x a m p l e , t h e f o l l o w i n g a r e File t y p e d e c l a r a t i o n s : type Employee = record ID : Integer; FirstName: string[10]; LastName : string[20]; Address : string[40]; end;

60


EmployeeFile = file of Employee; NumberFile = file of Real; SwapFile = file;

Pointer Types A pointer type variable contains t h e m e m o r y address o f a d y n a m i c variable o f s o m e "specified" base type. In other words, a pointer d o e s not contain a data v a l u e ; it c o n t a i n s a m e m o r y a d d r e s s . A p o i n t e r " p o i n t s t o " a u n i q u e l o c a t i o n i n m e m o r y . P o i n t e r s c a n p o i n t t o l o c a t i o n s that c o n t a i n b y t e v a l u e s , i n t e g e r s , r e a l s , records, strings, o r any other data type. Pointers are extremely important in object-oriented p r o g r a m m i n g a n d are u s e d t h r o u g h o u t this b o o k . A l t h o u g h y o u m i g h t t h i n k that p o i n t e r s a r e c o m p l i c a t e d c r e a t u r e s ( r u m o r h a s i t ) , t h e y are n o t . K e e p i n m i n d that a p o i n t e r holds a m e m o r y address, n o t a data value. Y o u assign data values to the a d d r e s s e s h e l d i n t h e p o i n t e r b y u s i n g t h e p o i n t e r . T h e p o i n t e r is t h e o n l y w a y y o u c a n g e t at t h e d a t a . T h i s p r o c e d u r e s o u n d s a little i n d i r e c t , b u t it is i m p o r t a n t i n b o t h o b j e c t - o r i e n t e d a n d W i n d o w s p r o g r a m m i n g , a n d it is discussed in detail t h r o u g h o u t the b o o k . Y o u c a n assign a value t o a pointer variable with: • T h e NeworGetMem p r o c e d u r e s • T h e @ operator • T h e Ptr f u n c t i o n T h e r e s e r v e d w o r d nil d e n o t e s a p o i n t e r c o n s t a n t that p o i n t s n o w h e r e . T h e p r e d e f i n e d t y p e Pointer d e n o t e s a n u n t y p e d p o i n t e r (a p o i n t e r that d o e s n o t point t o any specific type). F o r a n a p p l i c a t i o n t o u s e a p o i n t e r , it m u s t first r e q u e s t m e m o r y f o r t h e t y p e o f d a t a t h e p o i n t e r p o i n t s t o . It r e q u e s t s m e m o r y b y initializing t h e p o i n t e r w i t h New:

var APointer : "Integer; begin New(APointer); end; I n this c a s e , New reserves s p a c e f o r a n i n t e g e r v a l u e .


Y o u c a n t h e n store a v a l u e at t h e a d d r e s s p o i n t e d t o b y APointer, u s i n g a caret after t h e p o i n t e r n a m e :

APointer" := 28; T h e caret indicates that y o u d o n o t w a n t t h e p o i n t e r itself (as a n a d d r e s s ) , b u t t h e v a l u e at t h e a d d r e s s p o i n t e d t o b y t h e p o i n t e r . T h i s is c a l l e d dereferencing the pointer. T h e f o l l o w i n g are p o i n t e r t y p e d e c l a r a t i o n s :

type BytePtr = "Byte; WordPtr = "Word; IdentPtr = "IdentRec; IdentRec = record Ident: string[24]; RefCount: Word; Next: IdentPtr; end; If y o u are n o t u s e d t o u s i n g p o i n t e r s , y o u m i g h t w o n d e r w h y it is w o r t h g o i n g t o t h e extra t r o u b l e o f u s i n g t h e m , b e c a u s e p o i n t e r s are, b y their n a t u r e , indirect. O n e g o o d reason t o u s e p o i n t e r s is that variables p o i n t e d t o b y p o i n t e r s u s e m e m o r y that is in t h e heap, n o t in t h e data s e g m e n t . T h e heap is d y n a m i c a n d c a n g r o w as large as it has t o ( m e m o r y p e r m i t t i n g ) . T h e data s e g m e n t is a fixed size, a n d variables in t h e data s e g m e n t are o f a fixed size as w e l l . If y o u are d e s i g n i n g a p p l i c a t i o n s s u c h as a d a t a b a s e , w h i c h has t o b e flexible a b o u t how m u c h m e m o r y it e v e n t u a l l y u s e s , p o i n t e r s a d d t h e flexibility. D a t a b a s e s , s p r e a d s h e e t s , a n d a n y t h i n g e l s e that d e p e n d s o n l i n k e d lists, trees, a n d o t h e r d y n a m i c s t r u c t u r e s rest o n p o i n t e r s . A n array m u s t have p r e c i s e d i m e n s i o n s , a n d t h u s m u s t specify in a d v a n c e (at c o m p i l e t i m e ) how m u c h m e m o r y it u s e s . V a r i a b l e s a d d r e s s e d t h r o u g h p o i n t e r s d o n o t have t o specify their e x a c t size at c o m p i l e t i m e . D e c i s i o n s c a n b e d e l a y e d u n t i l run-time—a d e f i n i t e p l u s in m a n y a p p l i c a t i o n s . F o r e x a m p l e , if o n e c o m p u t e r s y s t e m has 8 M ( m e g a b y t e s ) o f m e m o r y a n d a n o t h e r 6 4 0 K , a d a t a b a s e o r s p r e a d s h e e t that u s e s p o i n t e r s t o a l l o c a t e m e m o r y c a n utilize t h e extra m e m o r y t o create larger d a t a sets o n t h e larger s y s t e m .

PChar T h e p r e d e f i n e d t y p e PChar d e n o t e s a p o i n t e r t o a n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d string. D e c l a r e PChar as f o l l o w s :

type PChar = "Char;

61

62


T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s s u p p o r t s a set o f e x t e n d e d s y n t a x r u l e s ( c o n t r o l l e d b y t h e $X c o m p i l e r directive) t o facilitate h a n d l i n g o f strings u s i n g t h e PChar t y p e .

Procedural Types S t a n d a r d Pascal r e g a r d s p r o c e d u r e s a n d f u n c t i o n s strictly as p r o g r a m p a r t s that c a n b e e x e c u t e d t h r o u g h p r o c e d u r e o r f u n c t i o n calls. T u r b o P a s c a l a n d T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s h a v e m u c h b r o a d e r v i e w s o f p r o c e d u r e s a n d functions. T h r o u g h p r o c e d u r a l types, T u r b o Pascal allows y o u t o treat p r o c e d u r e s a n d f u n c t i o n s as o b j e c t s that c a n b e a s s i g n e d t o v a r i a b l e s a n d p a s s e d as p a r a m e t e r s . A p r o c e d u r a l type declaration specifies the parameters a n d , for a function, t h e result t y p e . T h e k e y d i f f e r e n c e b e t w e e n a p r o c e d u r e a n d a f u n c t i o n is that a p r o c e d u r e d o e s n o t r e t u r n a v a l u e f o r t h e p r o c e d u r e itself. A f u n c t i o n always returns a value o f s o m e type: integer, real, a n d s o o n . T h e s y n t a x f o r a p r o c e d u r a l t y p e d e c l a r a t i o n is e x a c t l y t h e s a m e as that f o r a p r o c e d u r e o r f u n c t i o n h e a d e r , e x c e p t y o u o m i t t h e i d e n t i f i e r after t h e procedure o r function k e y w o r d . For example: type AProc = procedure; ASwapProc = procedure(var A, B: Integer); AStrProc = procedure(S: String); AMathFunc = function(A: Real): Real; ADeviceFunc = function(var F: Text): Integer; AMinFunc = function(A,B: Real; F: AMathFunc): Real; T h e p a r a m e t e r n a m e s i n a p r o c e d u r a l t y p e d e c l a r a t i o n h a v e n o effect o n the meaning o f the declaration. T u r b o P a s c a l f o r W i n d o w s d o e s n o t let y o u d e c l a r e f u n c t i o n s that r e t u r n p r o c e d u r a l t y p e v a l u e s . A f u n c t i o n result v a l u e m u s t b e a String, Real, Integer, Char, Boolean, Poinfer, o r a u s e r - d e f i n e d e n u m e r a t i o n .

Turbo Pascal for Windows Reserved Words R e s e r v e d w o r d s a r e w o r d s that h a v e f i x e d m e a n i n g s i n t h e T u r b o P a s c a l f o r W i n d o w s language. I n other w o r d s , y o u cannot redefine reserved w o r d s . Y o u m u s t u s e t h e m as t h e y a r e . T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s is n o t c a s e - s e n s i t i v e , s o y o u c a n u s e u p p e r - o r l o w e r c a s e letters t o specify r e s e r v e d w o r d s .


T h e T u r b o P a s c a l f o r W i n d o w s r e s e r v e d w o r d s are as f o l l o w s :

and asm array begin case const constructor destructor div do downto else end exports file for function

goto if implementation in inline interface label library mod nil not object of or packed pointer procedure

Statements A s t a t e m e n t is o n e o f t h e f o l l o w i n g : • a s s i g n m e n t (: =)

• begin..end • case..of ..else..end • f or..to/downto..do • goto • if ..then..else • inline(...) • procedure call • repeat..until • while..do • with..do

program record repeat set shl shr string then to type unit until uses var while with xor

63

64


T a b l e 2.1 s h o w s t h e o p e r a t o r p r e c e d e n c e f o r t h e m a t h e m a t i c a l , r e l a t i o n a l , a n d l o g i c a l o p e r a t o r s i n T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s . Table

2.1. Operator

precedence

Operators

from

high to low. Precedence

@, not

First ( h i g h )

*, /, d i v , m o d , a n d , s h l , s h r

Second

+ , - , or, x o r

Third

= , < > , < , > , < = , > = , in

Fourth (low)

assignment (:=) A n a s s i g n m e n t o p e r a t o r (: =) assigns t h e v a l u e o f a n e x p r e s s i o n t o a variable. T h e variable m u s t b e a s s i g n m e n t - c o m p a t i b l e w i t h t h e result t y p e o f t h e e x p r e s s i o n . T h e variable that is a s s i g n e d t h e n e w v a l u e is o n t h e left o f t h e a s s i g n m e n t o p e r a t o r . T h e v a l u e its a s s i g n e d t o is o n t h e right. For example: A := B; C[I] LoopR

{ A is assigned the value B. }

:= C[I] + 1 ;

{ C[I] is assigned the value C{I} + 1 }

:= (I > 0) and (I < 30)

{ LoopR is assigned the value that } { results from the evaluation of } { the expression on the right. }

begin..end T h e begin...end c o n s t r u c t s serve as s t a t e m e n t b r a c k e t s . For example: begin Statementl; Statement2; StatementX; end;


W h e n t h e y a r e b r a c k e t e d i n this w a y , a n y n u m b e r o f c o n s e c u t i v e statem e n t s c a n b e t r e a t e d as a s i n g l e s t a t e m e n t . F o r e x a m p l e :

{Compound statement used in an ' i f statement } if First < Last then begin Temp := First; First := Last; Last := Temp; end;

case..of..else..end T h e case s t a t e m e n t c o n s i s t s o f a n e x p r e s s i o n ( t h e s e l e c t o r ) a n d a list o f statements, each prefixed with a case. F o r example, a simple case:

case AnExpression of case: Statementl; case: Statement2; end; o r a case-else: case AnExpression of case: Statementl; case: Statement2; else Statement3; end; A c a s e consists o f o n e o r m o r e constants o r ranges, separated by c o m m a s . T h e else part is o p t i o n a l . F o r e x a m p l e :

case Ch of 'A'..'Z', 'a'-.'z : WriteLn('Letter'); '0'..'9': WriteLn('Digit'); '+', '-', '*', '/': WriteLn('Operator'); else WriteLn('A Special character'); end; 1

6 5

66


for..to/downto..do T h e for s t a t e m e n t c a u s e s t h e s t a t e m e n t after do to b e e x e c u t e d o n c e f o r e a c h v a l u e in the range first to last. F o r e x a m p l e , a f or-to: for Var1 := First to Last do Statementl; or for Var1 := First to last do begin Statementl; Statement2: end; o r a f or-downto: for Var1

:= First downto Last do

Statementl; T h e c o n t r o l variable a n d initial a n d final v a l u e s m u s t b e o r d i n a l t y p e s . I f y o u u s e a Downto, t h e v a l u e o f t h e c o n t r o l variable falls in increments of o n e for each l o o p . With downto, t h e v a l u e o f t h e c o n t r o l variable falls in d e c r e m e n t s b y o n e for each l o o p . For example: { for

... to, for

... downto }

for I := 1 to ParamCount do WriteLn(ParamStr(I); for I := 1 to 15 do for J := 1 to 15 do begin X := 0; for K := 1 to 15 do X := X + Matrix1[I,K] Matrix[I,J] := X; end;

* Matrix2[K,J];

goto A goto s t a t e m e n t transfers p r o g r a m e x e c u t i o n t o t h e s t a t e m e n t p r e f i x e d b y t h e l a b e l referenced in t h e s t a t e m e n t .


For example:

goto ALabel T h e l a b e l m u s t b e i n t h e s a m e b l o c k as t h e goto s t a t e m e n t ; y o u c a n n o t transfer e x e c u t i o n o u t o f a p r o c e d u r e o r a f u n c t i o n . For example:

label 1, 2; goto 1

1: WriteLn ('Something can happen here'); 2: WriteLn ('Something different here');

i£.then..else I f, t h e n, a n d else specify t h e c o n d i t i o n s u n d e r w h i c h a s t a t e m e n t is e x e c u t e d . F o r e x a m p l e , a s i m p l e if-then:

if AnExpression then Statementl; or

if AnExpression then begin Statementl; Statement2; end; O r a n if-then-else: if AnExpression then Statementl else Statement2; If t h e B o o l e a n e x p r e s s i o n after t h e if is t r u e , t h e s t a t e m e n t after then is e x e c u t e d . O t h e r w i s e , if t h e r e is a n else part, t h e s t a t e m e n t after else is executed. For example:

{ 'if statements } if (X < Min) or (X > Max) then X := 0;

67

68


if ParamCount 2 then begin WriteLn('Can not execute the command l i n e ) ; Halt(1); end else begin ReadFile(ParamStr(1)); WriteFile(ParamStr(2)); end; 1

inline(...) Inline s t a t e m e n t s a n d directives a l l o w y o u t o insert m a c h i n e - c o d e i n s t r u c t i o n s directly i n t o t h e c o d e o f a m a i n p r o g r a m m o d u l e o r a u n i t . For example: inline

(data/data/...data)

If y o u u s e inline as a s t a t e m e n t , t h e inline d a t a e l e m e n t s a r e i n s e r t e d directly in the c o d e . If y o u u s e inline as a directive i n a p r o c e d u r e o r a f u n c t i o n d e c l a r a t i o n , t h e inline d a t a e l e m e n t s a r e i n s e r t e d i n t h e c o d e e a c h t i m e t h e p r o c e d u r e o r f u n c t i o n is c a l l e d . A n inline d a t a e l e m e n t c o n s i s t s o f a c o n s t a n t o r a variable identifier, o p t i o n a l l y p r e f i x e d b y a size s p e c i f i e r : < o r > . A v a r i a b l e identifier c a n b e f o l l o w e d b y a + o r a - a n d a c o n s t a n t that s p e c i f i e s a n offset f r o m t h e v a r i a b l e ' s a d d r e s s . A n inline e l e m e n t g e n e r a t e s o n e b y t e o f c o d e if it is a c o n s t a n t i n t h e r a n g e 0 . . 2 5 5 . O t h e r w i s e , it g e n e r a t e s o n e w o r d . Y o u u s e t h e < a n d > o p e r a t o r s t o o v e r r i d e t h e a u t o m a t i c size s e l e c t i o n : < m e a n s "always g e n e r a t e a b y t e . " > m e a n s "always g e n e r a t e a w o r d . " For example: { 'inline' statement } procedure FillWord(var Dest; Count: Word; Data: Word); begin inline( $C4/$7E/ RangeXI) then X := round((InitX - RangeXI)/(RangeX2 - RangeXI) * (Attr.W - Attr.X)); Y := Attr.H - (round((InitY - RangeYI)/(RangeY2 - RangeYI) * (Attr.H - Attr.Y))); end; destructor Modell.Done; begin TWindow.Done; { Call ancestor's destructor } end;

5 —Putting Pictures in Windows

procedure Modell.Iterate; var I : integer; TempX, TempY : real; begin InvalidateRect(HWindow, nil,True); SetCapture(HWindow); DC := GetDC(HWindow); { Get a display context } for I := 1 to Iterations do begin TempX := InitX; { Save last state } TempY := InitY; { Save last state } InitX := TempY + 1 - (A * TempX * TempX); {This model } InitY := B * TempX; { This model } Scale; { Scale new state to a window } X := I; TextOut(DC,X,Y,'.',1); { Draw a point } end; ReleaseCapture; ReleaseDC(HWindow,DC); { Release display context } end; end.

{ unit timel }

{ Attract 2 } unit Attract2;

{ Contains Henon Attractor } { Responds to cm_Task2 (message) }

interface uses WObjects, WinTypes, WinProcs, strings, StdDlgs, WIF5;

{ Units specific to this unit }

{ Basiclnterface unit }

{$R ATTRACT2.RES} const cm_ChangeFactor_A

=303;

{ ''

........

y continues

179

180

Parti—Working with TPW

Listing

53-

continued

type PModel2 = "Model2; Model2 = object(MainWindow)

{ Henon Attractor } { Model's data fields } InitX, InitY : real; { Initial points } RangeXI, RangeX2, RangeYI, RangeY2 : real; { Range to view } X, Y : integer; { Point to plot } A, B : real; { factors for this model } { Model's methods } constructor Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); procedure Scale; { Scale point to window } procedure Iterate; { Iterate model } destructor Done; virtual; { Clean up } procedure cm_Iterate(var Msg: TMessage); { Iterate } virtual cm_First + cm_Task2; procedure cm_ChangeFactorA(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm_First + cm_ChangeFactor_A; end; implementation const Iterations = 3000;

{ Number of iterations }

constructor Model2.Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar) begin TWindow.Init(AParent, ATitle); Attr.Menu := LoadMenu(HInstance, PChar(102)); DisableAutoCreate; Attr.Style := ws_PopupWindow or ws_Caption or ws_Visible; Attr.X Attr.Y Attr.W Attr.H RangeXI RangeX2 RangeYI RangeY2

:= := := := := := := :=

A := 1.4;

150; 100; 300; 200; -1.03; 1.27; -0.3; 0.45;

{ Window dimensions }

{ Set ranges to view }

{ Set factors }

5 — P u t t i n g Pictures i n W i n d o w s

B := 0.3; InitX := 0.4; InitY := 0; X := 0; Y := 0; end;

{ Initial point in space }

procedure Model2.cm_Iterate(var Msg: TMessage); begin Iterate; { Iterate the model } end; procedure Model2.cm_ChangeFactorA(var Msg: TMessage); var InputText: array[0..5] of Char; New_A : real; ErrorPos : integer; begin { Use dialog to change A factor } Str(A,InputText); if Application".ExecDialog(New(PInputDialog, Init(@Self, Factor A', Input a new A Factor:', InputText, SizeOf(InputText)))) = id_Ok then begin Val(InputText,New_A,ErrorPos); if ErrorPos = 0 then A := New_A; end; end; 1

1

procedure Model2.Scale; begin { Scale point in space to window } If (InitX = RangeXI) then { A little troubleshooting } X := Attr.X; If (InitX = RangeX2) then X := Attr.W; { And here } If (InitX = 0) then X := X; If (InitX > RangeXI) then X := round((InitX - RangeXI)/(RangeX2 - RangeXI) * (Attr.W - Attr.X)); Y := Attr.H - (round((InitY - RangeYI)/(RangeY2 - RangeYI) * (Attr.H - Attr.Y))); end; continues

181

182


Listing

53-

continued

destructor Model2.Done; begin TWindow.Done; { end;

Call ancestor's destructor }

procedure Model2.Iterate; var I : integer; TempX, TempY : real; begin SetCapture(HWindow); DC := GetDC(HWindow); { Get a display context } for I := 1 to Iterations do begin TempX := InitX; { Save last state } TempY := InitY; { Save last state } InitX := TempY + 1 - (A * TempX * TempX); {This model} InitY := B * TempX; {This model} Scale; { Scale new state to a window } TextOut(DC,X,Y,'.',1); { Draw a point } end; ReleaseCapture; ReleaseDC(HWindow,DC); { Release Display context } end; end. { end unit Attract2 } { ModelWnd } unit ModelWnd;

{ Contains a Model Window } { Responds to cm_Task1 (message)} { Responds to cm_Task2 (message) }

interface uses WObjects, WinTypes, WinProcs, strings, StdDlgs, WIF5,

timel,

{ Units specific to this unit }

{ Basiclnterface unit } { TaskList } { Task 1 }

5 — P u t t i n g Pictures i n W i n d o w s

attract2; {$R M0DWND2.RES}

{ Task 2

183

}

{ ModelWnd resource }

type ModelApp = object(BasicApplication) procedure InitMainWindow; virtual;

{ ModelApp=a kind of BasicApplication } { Init a specific MainWindow }

end; PModelWindow = "ModelWindow;

{ ModelWnd is a kind of MainWnd }

ModelWindow = object(MainWindow) constructor Init(AParent : PWindowsObject; ATitle : PChar); procedure cm_Task1(var Msg: TMessage); virtual {Run Taskl } cm_First + cm_Task1; procedure cm_Task2(var Msg: TMessage); virtual {Run Task2 } cm_First + cm_Task2; end;

implementation

procedure ModelApp.InitMainWindow;

{ Init a model application window }

begin if FirstApplication then MainWindow := New(PModelWindow, Init(nil, 'Model Windows Interface')) else MainWindow := New(PModelWindow, Init(nil,'Additional Instance of MI')); end; constructor ModelWindow.Init(AParent ATitle : PChar); begin TWindow.Init(AParent, ATitle);

: PWindowsObject;

{ Send message to ancestor's constructor } Attr.Menu := LoadMenu(HInstance, PChar(99)); { 99 = menu ID } ButtonDown := False; { Set status flag } end; procedure ModelWindow.cm_Task1(var Msg: TMessage); var continues

184


Listing

5-3.

continued

Taskl : PModell; { Pointer to a task } begin Taskl := New(PModell, Init(@Self, 'TimeSeries Model')); Application".MakeWindow(Task1); Taskl".cm_Iterate; { Iterate the task } end; procedure ModelWindow.cm_Task2(var Msg: TMessage); var Task2 : PModel2; { Pointer to a task } begin Task2 := New(PModel2, Init(@Self, 'Henon Attractor')); Application".MakeWindow(Task2); Task2".Iterate; { Iterate the task } end; end.

{ unit Modelwnd }

{ Main test program } program Test_Interface;

{ Generic way to test each phase of interface development }

uses WIF5, modelwnd;

{ Basiclnterface unit } { contains ModelApp, multitasking units }

type App = object(TaskApp) end; var Application: App;

{ An instance of BasicApplication }

{ Run Applicationl } begin Application.Init('Basiclnterface'); { init application instance } Application.Run; { Message loop } Application.Done; { Destroy application instance } end. { end Main test program }

6

CHAPTER

PAINTING, COLLECTING, AND STREAMING Programming in an object-oriented ing a number of objects, according predict at compile time.

language to a pattern

consists in dynamically creatwhich is usually impossible to Bertrand Meyer

A significant s h o r t c o m i n g o f all t h e w i n d o w s d i s c u s s e d s o far ( i n c l u d i n g t h e M a i n , T a s k a n d M o d e l w i n d o w s d e r i v e d f r o m TWindow i n C h a p t e r 4, " I n h e r i t i n g A n I n t e r f a c e , " a n d C h a p t e r 5, " P u t t i n g P i c t u r e s I n W i n d o w s " ) is t h e i r tentativen e s s . I n o t h e r w o r d s , a n y o f t h e text a n d g r a p h i c s d i s p l a y e d i n a w i n d o w c a n d i s a p p e a r w h e n e v e r a w i n d o w is c o v e r e d b y a n o t h e r w i n d o w (for e x a m p l e , w h e n y o u s w i t c h w i n d o w s ) . W h e n a w i n d o w is s u b s e q u e n t l y u n c o v e r e d it n e e d s t o h a v e its c o n t e n t s u p d a t e d (or P a i n t e d ) . Part o f t h e s c r e e n h a s b e e n c o v e r e d b y a n o t h e r w i n d o w , l e a v i n g a w i n d o w ( w h e n u n c o v e r e d ) o n l y partially c o r r e c t . D o t s s h o u l d h a v e filled b o t h s i d e s o f t h e s c r e e n . F i g u r e 6.1 illustrates this p o i n t .

1 8 6 Parti—Working with T P W

Figure

6.1. A time series

model.

W h e n a w i n d o w needs to update its contents, W i n d o w s sends it a Paint message. It is then the window's responsibility to paint itself because W i n d o w s does not keep track of the contents of a window. As you might expect, the mechanics of receiving that message from W i n d o w s are handled automatically by TWindow and any w i n d o w you derive from it. The TWindow Paint method automatically responds to any wm_Paint message, but it does not actually paint the window. TWindow. Paint is abstract, and if you think about it, it is abstract for a good reason; it does not k n o w what is going to be displayed in any of its descendant's windows. Thus, any derived w i n d o w needs to handle the crucial detail of painting itself. T o paint itself, the w i n d o w overrides the TWindow.Paint method to handle the paint. H o w it decides to paint itself is entirely u p to the window. Reconsider the multitasking windows from Chapter 5, "Putting Pictures in Windows," and determine h o w to go about reimplementing a Pain t method for them. The two models generate points corresponding to calculations, and display each point just after it is calculated. If the windows containing the model tasks are covered and required to respond to Paint messages, they have to recalculate each point toredisplayit— not very efficient. Calculating and displaying point-by-point worksfineonly if you do not have to consider redisplaying (Painting) the window. Y o u do have to consider this, however, and you need a classier solution. A good approach (do not hesitate to think of a better one) is to calculate a set of points and store the calculated points where they can be easily retrieved and redisplayed whenever you need them.

6—Painting, Collecting, a n d Streaming

T h e s i m p l e s t ( a n d a typical Pascal) w a y t o c o l l e c t i t e m s s u c h as p o i n t s is t o s t o r e t h e p o i n t s i n a n array. A n array, t h o u g h s i m p l e a n d d i r e c t , is a s i n g l e type, single-size s o l u t i o n , a n d O O P offers a m o r e flexible, d y n a m i c , a n d p o l y m o r p h i c s o l u t i o n — o n e with m o s t o f the details already h a n d l e d b y O b j e c t W i n d o w s . T y p i c a l l y , if y o u s t o r e d a t a i n a n array y o u h a v e t o w r i t e t h e c o d e t o c r e a t e a n d m a n i p u l a t e t h e array. S i m p l e e n o u g h , b u t still a little m o r e w o r k , m o s t o f w h i c h y o u d o n o t n e e d . O O P offers a g e n e r i c s o l u t i o n : a c o l l e c t i o n o f p o i n t e r s to objects a n d the corresponding methods for manipulating the collection.

Polymorphic Collections T h e O b j e c t W i n d o w s TCollection o b j e c t is a n abstract t y p e a n d h a s t w o significant a d v a n t a g e s o v e r arrays: TCollection o b j e c t s c a n size t h e m s e l v e s d y n a m i c a l l y at r u n - t i m e , a n d t h e y c a n b e p o l y m o r p h i c . T h u s , a c o l l e c t i o n c a n g r o w as y o u n e e d it t o , w i t h o u t c h a n g i n g a n y c o d e . B e c a u s e it is p o l y m o r p h i c as w e l l , y o u c a n p u t a n y k i n d o f o b j e c t ( a n d e v e n n o n - o b j e c t s ) i n it. Y o u c a n e v e n m i x the object types within a single collection! B e c a u s e a c o l l e c t i o n u s e s n o n t y p e d p o i n t e r s , it d o e s n o t n e e d t o k n o w a n y t h i n g a b o u t t h e o b j e c t s it's g i v e n t o p r o c e s s . It just s t o r e s t h e m a n d g i v e s t h e m b a c k ; very f l e x i b l e ( s e e f i g u r e 6.2).

A C o l l e c t i o n of P o i n t e r s

Integer

Model

String

(any T O b j e c t d e s c e n d a n t type)

Figure 6.2. A collection of pointers.

Editor

187

188


B e c a u s e c o l l e c t i o n s are g e n e r a l - p u r p o s e , t h e y are u s e f u l i n m a n y d i f f e r e n t kinds of situations. O n e package o f m e t h o d s designed for handling the general t y p e c a n h a n d l e a n y s p e c i f i c t y p e . T h u s , if y o u u s e a c o l l e c t i o n , y o u d o n o t reinvent data-handling m e t h o d s each time y o u change the data type. Bravo, bravo. R e t u r n i n g t o t h e m o d e l tasks o f C h a p t e r 5, " P u t t i n g P i c t u r e s i n W i n d o w s , " w h a t d o y o u n e e d t o d o t o h a n d l e t h e Paint p r o b l e m ? R e c a l l that t h e m o d e l o b j e c t h a s fields t o d e f i n e t h e X a n d Y s c r e e n c o o r d i n a t e s w h e r e p o i n t s a r e d i s p l a y e d a n d a n iterate m e t h o d f o r g e n e r a t i n g p o i n t s . Y o u c a n r e d e f i n e t h o s e c o o r d i n a t e s as a p o i n t o b j e c t , i n c l u d e that o b j e c t i n t h e ModelWindow o b j e c t , c o l l e c t t h o s e p o i n t s r a t h e r t h a n d i s p l a y t h e m i n t h e Iterate m e t h o d , a n d d e f i n e a Pain t m e t h o d f o r d i s p l a y i n g t h e p o i n t s w h e n t h e w i n d o w r e c e i v e s t h e wm_Paint m e s s a g e . First, d e f i n e a point ( o b j e c t ) :

APoint = object(TObject) X, Y: Integer; constructor Init(AX, AY: Integer); end; D e r i v e t h e point f r o m TOb j ect, t h e b a s e o b j e c t for all O b j e c t W i n d o w s o b j e c t s , b e c a u s e a n y o b j e c t that u s e s O b j e c t W i n d o w s ' s t r e a m s m u s t b e d e r i v e d f r o m ( o r trace its o r i g i n t o ) TOb j ect. T h e n i m p l e m e n t a constructor t o create each point:

constructor APoint.Init(AX, AY: Integer); begin X := AX; Y := AY; end; Y o u a l s o n e e d t o d e f i n e a p o i n t e r t o APoint b e c a u s e y o u a r e g o i n g t o c o n s t r u c t p o i n t s d y n a m i c a l l y (as y o u n e e d t h e m ) , u s i n g t h e New p r o c e d u r e a n d APoin t's c o n s t r u c t o r (I n it). B e c a u s e a c o l l e c t i o n a l r e a d y h a s a m e t h o d , c a l l e d Insert for i n s e r t i n g i t e m s i n t o t h e c o l l e c t i o n , y o u d o n o t e v e n h a v e t o w o r r y about adding the point to the collection. D e f i n e a p o i n t e r t o APoint:

PtrPoint = "APoint; C r e a t e a c o l l e c t i o n o f p o i n t s b y d e c l a r i n g a v a r i a b l e o f t y p e PCollect ion (a p r e d e f i n e d p o i n t e r t o a TCollection o b j e c t ) , a n d t h e n d y n a m i c a l l y c r e a t e t h e collection ( o b j e c t ) :

6—Painting, Collecting, and Streaming

189

var Points : PCollection; Points := New(PCollection, Init(1000, 100)); where 1000 is the size of the initial collection and 100 represents the incremental growth of the collection. In other words, you specify an initial sizeforacollection,butthecollectionis not limited to that size; it can grow dynamically by the increment you select. In fact, it can grow to a m a x i m u m size of about 16K, m e m o r y permitting, with each object requiring 4 bytes (the pointer size). If there is not enough m e m o r y to add elements to the collection, the TCollection m e t h o d — T C o l l e c t i o n . Error—automatically receives a message specifying this not-enough-memory condition. The objects you derive from TCollection mightwant to handle this error themselves. For now, do not worry too m u c h about out-of-memory errors; just leave them until Chapter 9 , "Memory Matters," which explores m e m o r y and other more complex matters. Construct and insert a point into the collection in a single step: Points".Insert(New(APoint, Init(X, Y))); Although you are only going to collect points in this collection, remember that you can insert (and retrieve) other types of objects in this same collection using the same technique.

Collecting Points N o w to change a model task from Chapter 5, "Putting Pictures in Windows": 1. A d d the collection to the object (see listing 6.1). Listing

6.1. Adding

the collection

PModell = ~Model1; Modell = object(MainWindow)

to the

object.

{ { { {

Pointer to this task } Time series } Task's data fields } InitX, InitY : real; Initial points } RangeXI, RangeX2, RangeYI, RangeY2 : real; { Range to view } A, B : real; { Factors for this model task } Points : PCollection; { Add the collection } { Task's methods } continues

190


Listing

6.1.

continued

constructor Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); procedure Scale; { Scale point to window } procedure Iterate; { Iterate model task } destructor Done; virtual; { Clean up } procedure cm_Iterate(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm_First + cm_Task1; procedure Paint(PaintDC: HDC; { Override Paint } var Paintlnfo: TPaintStruct); virtual; end; 2. Y o u a l s o have t o c o n s t r u c t t h e c o l l e c t i o n a n d let t h e m o d e l k n o w a b o u t it. A g o o d p l a c e t o handle this detail is in t h e M o d e l ' s c o n s t r u c t o r . S e e listing 6.2. Listing

6.2.

The Models

constructor.

constructor Modell.Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); begin TWindow.Init(AParent, ATitle); Attr.Menu := LoadMenu(HInstance, PChar(111)); DisableAutoCreate; Attr.Style := ws_PopupWindow or ws_Caption or ws_Visible; Attr.X Attr.Y Attr.W Attr.H RangeXI RangeX2 RangeYI RangeY2

:= := := := := := := :=

100; 50; 300; 200; -1.03; 1.27; -0.3; 0.45;

A := 1.4; B := 0.3; InitX := 0.4; InitY := 0;

{ Set window dimensions }


{ Set factors }

6 —Painting, Collecting, a n d Streaming

X := 0; Y := 0;

191


Points := New(PCollection, Init(50, 50)); { Construct the collection } end; 3. T h e n , rather

t h a n ( o r after y o u ) d i s p l a y a p o i n t , insert t h e p o i n t i n t h e

c o l l e c t i o n ( s e e listing 6.3). Listing

6.3- Inserting

the point

in the

collection.

procedure Modell.Iterate; var I : integer; TempX, TempY : real; begin InvalidateRect(HWindow, nil,True); { Clear screen } SetCapture(HWindow); DC := GetDC(HWindow); { Get a display context } for I := 1 to Iterations do begin TempX := InitX; { Save last state } TempY := InitY; { Save last state } InitX := TempY + 1 - (A * TempX * TempX);{ This model InitY := B * TempX; { This model Scale; { Scale new state to a window X := I; TextOut(DC,X,Y, ,1); { Draw a point } Points".Insert(New(APoint, Init(X, Y))); { Insert it in collection end; ReleaseCapture; ReleaseDC(HWindow,DC); { Release Display context end;

} } }

1

4. T h e n d i s p l a y t h e c o l l e c t i o n i n t h e revised Paint m e t h o d u s i n g t h e b u i l t - i n TCollection m e t h o d , ForEach ( s e e listing 6.4).

}

}

192


Listing

6.4. Displaying

the

collection.

procedure Modell.Paint(PaintDC: HDC; var Paintlnfo: TPaintStruct); var First: Boolean; { A where-are-you flag } procedure DisplayPoints(P: PAPoint); far; begin TextOut(PaintDC,P".X,P".Y,'. ,1); First := False; end; 1

begin First := True; Points".ForEach(@DisplayPoints); end; ForEach is o n e o f t h e m a n y TCollection iterator m e t h o d s that y o u c a n

u s e t o traverse a n d m a n i p u l a t e t h e collection. FirstThat a n d LastThat, for e x a m p l e , w o r k m u c h t h e s a m e w a y t o a l l o w a c c e s s t o s p e c i f i c i t e m s i n

t h e collection. N o t e a l s o that Paint u s e s a s p e c i f i c d i s p l a y c o n t e x t , c a l l e d PaintDC. PaintDC is o b t a i n e d a u t o m a t i c a l l y b y TWindow ( a n d its d e s c e n d a n t s ) b e f o r e t h e Paint m e s s a g e is s e n t . PaintDC is r e l e a s e d a u t o m a t i c a l l y after Paint is f i n i s h e d . ( R e m e m b e r that y o u m u s t r e l e a s e a n y d i s p l a y c o n t e x t i m m e d i a t e l y after y o u a r e finished w i t h it b e c a u s e it eats u p s o m u c h m e m o r y . ) A collection is a n a m a z i n g l y u s e f u l t o o l , a n d a n y collection, as s t a t e d earlier, c a n c o n t a i n a m i x t u r e o f o b j e c t s . S u p p o s e , for e x a m p l e , that y o u h a d two objects: • A point • A string o f text:

AString = object(TObject) S: array[0..5] of Char; constructor Init(AnS: array[0..5] of Char); end; Y o u c o u l d a d d t h e m t o t h e s a m e c o l l e c t i o n a n d p l a y t h e m b a c k o n e at a t i m e . C r e a t e t h e n e w string o b j e c t w i t h its c o n s t r u c t o r :

constructor Init(AnS: array[0..5] of Char);


a n d insert it:

Points".Insert(New(PtrAStr, Init(S))); N o t e that it is y o u r r e s p o n s i b i l i t y t o m a k e s u r e that y o u g e t t h e c o r r e c t o b j e c t b a c k f r o m a collection. T h e p r e v i o u s f r a g m e n t w o r k s , b u t f o r illustrative p u r p o s e s o n l y . I n a m o r e c o m p l e x s i t u a t i o n , y o u p r o b a b l y w a n t s o m e w a y o f i d e n t i f y i n g t h e o b j e c t . If y o u d o p l a n t o u s e m i x e d collections, y o u s h o u l d i m p l e m e n t s o m e f o o l p r o o f p l a n for r e c o g n i z i n g o b j e c t s i n t h e collections. A n a p p r o a c h u s e d w i t h s u c c e s s is t o a d d a n I D field t o e a c h o b j e c t y o u w a n t t o

p u t i n t h e collection. F o r e x a m p l e :

APoint = object(TObject) ID : word; X, Y: Integer; constructor Init(AnID: word AX, AY: Integer); end; T h e n w h e n y o u insert t h e point, y o u insert its ID as w e l l :

Id := 100; { 100 indicates a point } Points".Insert(New(APoint, Init(ID,X,Y))); T h e s a m e g o e s for t h e string:

Id := 102; { 102 indicates a string } Points".Insert(New(AStr, Init(ID,S))); 5. T h e n traverse t h e collection a n d g e t o n l y t h e i t e m s y o u n e e d — f o r e x a m p l e , just t h e p o i n t s . A r e v i s e d Paint m e t h o d t o h a n d l e this s c e n a r i o m i g h t l o o k l i k e listing 6 . 5 .

Listing

6.5. The revised

Paint

method.

procedure Modell.Paint(PaintDC: HDC; var Paintlnfo: TPaintStruct); var First: Boolean; { A where-are-you flag } procedure DisplayPoints(P: PAPoint); far; begin If P".ID = 100 then begin TextOut(PaintDC,P".X,P".Y, . ,1); 1

1

continues

193

194


Listing

6.5-

continued

First end;

:= False;

end; begin First := True; Points".ForEach(@DisplayPoints); end;

Streams T h e collections y o u h a v e c r e a t e d s o far h a n d l e t h e Paint p r o b l e m b e a u t i f u l l y as l o n g as y o u d o n o t t u r n o f f t h e c o m p u t e r , q u i t t h e p r o g r a m , o r fall p r e y t o s o m e u n f o r e s e e n n a t u r a l disaster, s u c h as a p o w e r f a i l u r e . T h e p r o b l e m is that t h e s e collections exist o n l y i n m e m o r y . W h a t if y o u n e e d t o p r e s e r v e t h e collection for a n o t h e r c o m p u t i n g s e s s i o n ? I n o t h e r w o r d s , h o w c a n y o u Paint a w i n d o w later, after t h e p o i n t s a r e n o l o n g e r r e t a i n e d i n m e m o r y ? Answer: by using streams. A s t r e a m is a c o l l e c t i o n o f o b j e c t s o n its w a y t o s o m e d e v i c e : a file, a p o r t , E M S , a n d s o o n . Again, O b j e c t W i n d o w s already has i m p l e m e n t e d the m e t h o d s y o u n e e d to h a n d l e streams. R e m e m b e r , streams are dynamic a n d polymorp h i c , s o they are capable o f h a n d l i n g d y n a m i c a n d p o l y m o r p h i c collections. Y o u just p u t o b j e c t s i n a s t r e a m a n d g e t t h e m b a c k ( s e e f i g u r e 6.3). A s t r e a m d o e s n o t n e e d t o k n o w t h e k i n d o f o b j e c t s it w i l l s e e , as l o n g as t h e o b j e c t s it s e e s h a v e b e e n r e g i s t e r e d as " s t r e a m a b l e " o b j e c t s . T o u s e a stream, y o u need to 1. D e f i n e a s t r e a m r e g i s t r a t i o n r e c o r d for t h e o b j e c t y o u w a n t t o m a k e streamable. 2. R e g i s t e r t h e s t r e a m b y c a l l i n g t h e g l o b a l p r o c e d u r e RegisterType w i t h t h e s p e c i f i c s t r e a m r e c o r d as its p a r a m e t e r . H e r e is h o w t o d e f i n e a s t r e a m r e c o r d for Apoint: const RPoint: TStreamRec = ( ObjType: 500; VmtLink: 0fs(Type0f(APoint)"); Load: @Point.Load; Store: @Point.Store); end;


Streams

Put

Figure

Get

6.3- Streams.

By c o n v e n t i o n any stream constant begins with an R prefix. T h e Ob j Type field is a n u m b e r (a w o r d type) t h a t y o u d e f i n e . O b j e c t W i n d o w s reserves the registration n u m b e r s 0 t h r o u g h 9 9 , so y o u r registration n u m b e r s c a n b e a n y t h i n g f r o m 100 t h r o u g h 6 5 , 5 3 5 . T h e c h o i c e is y o u r s , a n d it c a n b e e n t i r e l y arbitrary, b u t it is a g o o d i d e a t o m a i n t a i n a file o r library o f s t r e a m r e g i s t r a t i o n n u m b e r s t o m a k e it e a s i e r t o k e e p u p w i t h t h e m . T h e V m t L i n k field l i n k s y o u r o b j e c t t o t h e V i r t u a l m e t h o d t a b l e ( V M T ) . Y o u s i m p l y a s s i g n it as t h e offset t o y o u r o b j e c t t y p e . T h e L o a d a n d S t o r e fields h o l d t h e a d d r e s s e s o f t h e L o a d a n d S t o r e methods of the object. After y o u h a v e c o n s t r u c t e d t h e s t r e a m r e g i s t r a t i o n r e c o r d , y o u r e g i s t e r t h e s t r e a m . B e c a u s e all t h e e x a m p l e s i n this c h a p t e r p u t c o l l e c t i o n s i n s t r e a m s , y o u n e e d t o r e g i s t e r t h e c o l l e c t i o n t y p e as w e l l as t h e p o i n t t y p e , w h i c h is i n t h e collection: procedure StreamRegistration; begin RegisterType(RCollection); RegisterType(RPoint); end; M o d i f y t h e m o d e l t o i n c l u d e m e t h o d s f o r h a n d l i n g t h e s t r e a m (see listing 6 . 6 ) .

195

196


Listing

6.6. Stream

handling.

PModell = "Modell; Modell = object(MainWindow)

{ { { {

Pointer to this task } Time series } Task's data fields } InitX, InitY : real; Initial points } RangeXI, RangeX2, RangeYI, RangeY2 : real; { Range to view } X, Y : integer; { Point to plot } A, B : real; { Factors for this model task } Points : PCollection;

FileName: array[0..fsPathName] of Char; IsDirty, IsNewFile: Boolean; { Task's methods } constructor Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); procedure Scale; { Scale point to window } procedure Iterate; { Iterate model task } destructor Done; virtual; { Clean up } procedure cm_Iterate(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm_First + cm_Task1; procedure Paint(PaintDC: HDC; var Paintlnfo: TPaintStruct); virtual; procedure LoadFile; procedure SaveFile; end; D e f i n e Point's Load m e t h o d t o s p e c i f i c a l l y handle t h e reading o f t h e X a n d Y fields. Read is a n abstract m e t h o d o f TSt ream a n d m u s t b e o v e r r i d d e n t o l o a d specific o b j e c t s :

constructor Point.Load(var S: TStream); begin S.Read(X, SizeOf(X)); S.Read(Y, SizeOf(Y)); end; ^ D e f i n e t h e Store M e t h o d t o handle t h e w r i t i n g o f Point's X a n d Y fields. Write, like Read, is a n abstract TSt ream m e t h o d , w h i c h m u s t b e o v e r r i d d e n b y

a n y TStream d e s c e n d a n t : procedure Point.Store(var S: TStream); begin S.Write(X, SizeOf(X)); S.Write(Y, SizeOf(Y)); end;


N e x t , a d d t h e m e n u m e s s a g e r e s p o n s e m e t h o d s t o t h e m o d e l task. A l t h o u g h y o u n e e d t o c r e a t e o n l y FileOpen a n d FileSave m e t h o d s ( t o c o r r e s p o n d t o loading a n d saving points t o a file), y o u c a n e x p a n d the m o d e l task at this p o i n t t o i n c l u d e c r e a t i n g a n e w file (FileNew) a n d s a v i n g a file u n d e r a d i f f e r e n t n a m e (FileSave As). T h e s e files m a k e spiffy a d d i t i o n s t o a n y w i n d o w o r task that n e e d s t o d o g e n e r a l file I/O. A l l t h e s e n e w m e t h o d s u s e file d i a l o g s ( d i s c u s s e d i n C h a p t e r 3, " O b j e c t s f o r W i n d o w s " ) a n d e m p l o y t h e s a m e s t r e a m m e t h o d s for saving a n d getting points. A d d these four m e t h o d s to the m o d e l object: 1. procedure CMFileNew(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm_First + cm_New; 2. procedure CMFileOpen(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm_First + cm_Open; 3. procedure CMFileSave(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm_First + cm_Save; 4. procedure CMFileSaveAs(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm_First + cm_SaveAs; A g a i n , t h e CM p r e f i x is u s e d t o d e s i g n a t e that t h e m e t h o d r e s p o n d s t o m e n u c o m m a n d m e s s a g e s . T h a t w a y , it's e a s i e r t o r e c o g n i z e t h e s e r e s p o n s e methods. T h e m e n u c o m m a n d m e s s a g e s (cm_Save, cm_SaveAs, cm_Open, a n d c m N e w ) a l r e a d y h a v e b e e n a d d e d t o t h e Basiclnterface ( C h a p t e r 4 , " I n h e r i t i n g a n I n t e r f a c e " ) , s o y o u n e e d t o just d e f i n e a n d i m p l e m e n t t h e r e s p o n s e s . File New l o o k s l i k e t h i s : procedure Modell.FileNew(var Msg: TMessage); begin Points"-FreeAll; { New collection } InvalidateRect(HWindow, nil, True); { Clear screen } IsDirty := False; { Unchanged file flag } IsNewFile := True; { New file flag } end; First FileNew d e l e t e s a n d d i s p o s e s of all t h e i t e m s i n t h e collection ( u s i n g t h e TCollection m e t h o d FreeAll). T h e n it f o r c e s a Paint m e s s a g e (InvalidateRect), which c a u s e s t h e d i s p l a y t o b e u p d a t e d , u s i n g t h e n e w Paint m e t h o d . B e c a u s e t h e r e a r e n o p o i n t s t o d i s p l a y , it c l e a r s t h e w i n d o w . Finally, it sets s o m e flags t o s p e c i f y that t h e file is n e w (IsNewFile : = True) a n d that n o t h i n g n e w h a s b e e n a d d e d t o t h e file (IsDirty : = False).

197

198


FileOpen l o o k s like t h i s :

procedure Modell.FileOpen(var Msg: TMessage); begin if CanClose then if Application".ExecDialog(New(PFileDialog, Init(@Self, PChar(sd_FileOpen), StrCopy(FileName, '*.PTS')))) = id_Ok then LoadFile; end; FileOpen s e n d s a m e s s a g e (ExecDialog) t o c r e a t e a n e w file d i a l o g o b j e c t , a n d t h e n o p e n s t h e file (sdOpen). If all g o e s w e l l , it l o a d s t h e file, u s i n g t h e m o d e l ' s LoadFile m e t h o d , w h i c h i n t u r n u s e s t h e s t r e a m facilities y o u h a v e just set u p . FileSave l o o k s like t h i s :

procedure Modell.FileSave(var Msg: TMessage); begin if IsNewFile then FileSaveAs(Msg) else SaveFile; end; FileSave s i m p l y d e c i d e s w h e t h e r it is d e a l i n g w i t h a NewFile, a n d if n o t , saves t h e file ( u s i n g SaveFile, w h i c h is d i s c u s s e d i n a m o m e n t ) . FileSaveAs l o o k s like t h i s :

procedure Modell.FileSaveAs(var Msg: TMessage); var FileDlg: PFileDialog; begin if IsNewFile then StrCopy(FileName, ' ' ) ; if Application".ExecDialog(New(PFileDialog, Init(@Self, PChar(sd_FileSave), FileName))) = id_0k then SaveFile; end; FileSaveAs a l s o s e n d s a m e s s a g e (ExecDialog) t o c r e a t e a file d i a l o g , a n d after it g e t s a SaveName, calls SaveFile t o a c t u a l l y save t h e file. SaveFile is i n listing 6 . 6 . N o w y o u c a n Store p o i n t s t o a file a n d Load t h e m i n t o t h e a p p l i c a t i o n m e n u w h e n e v e r y o u n e e d t o . T h e c o d e i n listing 6 . 8 at t h e e n d o f this c h a p t e r shows the completely u p d a t e d m o d e l simulation allowing storing a n d loading f r o m files.

A d d Load a n d Store M e t h o d s t o p o i n t :


PAPoint = "APoint; APoint = object(TObject) X, Y: Integer; constructor Init(AX, AY: Integer); constructor Load(var S: TStream); procedure Store(var S: TStream); end; B e f o r e y o u l e a r n h o w a p o i n t ( o r a n y o b j e c t ) is p u t i n a s t r e a m , n o t e that a d d i n g c o l l e c t a b l e , s t r e a m a b l e o b j e c t s t o t h e m o d e l a l s o c o u l d b e h a n d l e d a bit differently. Y o u c a n d e r i v e a n e w m o d e l o b j e c t that o n l y a d d s t h e n e w c o l l e c t a b l e , s t r e a m a b l e d e t a i l s . T h a t m o d e l c o u l d l o o k like t h i s :

PStreamModell = "StreamModell; StreamModell = object(Modell)

{ Pointer to this task } { Time Series } { Task's data fields }

Points : PCollection; FileName: array[0..fsPathName] of Char; IsDirty, IsNewFile: Boolean; { Task's methods } constructor Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); procedure CMIterate(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm_First + cm_Task1; procedure Paint(PaintDC: HDC; var Paintlnfo: TPaintStruct); virtual; procedure LoadFile; procedure SaveFile; end; O n l y t h e n e w fields a n d n e w o r r e i m p l e m e n t e d m e t h o d s n e e d t o b e d e s i g n a t e d i n this n e w s t r e a m a b l e o b j e c t . T h e c h o i c e o f w h e n t o d e r i v e a n d w h e n t o a d d t o a n e x i s t i n g o b j e c t is a m a t t e r o f taste a n d , t o a c e r t a i n e x t e n t , a matter of w h e r e y o u draw the general-specific line. Because the "unstreamable" m o d e l d e v e l o p e d i n C h a p t e r 5, " P u t t i n g P i c t u r e s i n W i n d o w s , " n e e d s s t r e a m a n d c o l l e c t i o n c a p a b i l i t y t o b e g e n e r a l - p u r p o s e , a d d that f u n c t i o n a l i t y t o it r a t h e r t h a n d e r i v e n e w o b j e c t s t o r e p r e s e n t 1) a c o l l e c t a b l e a n d 2) a s t r e a m a b l e v e r s i o n . T h r o u g h o u t y o u r W i n d o w s ( O O P p r o g r a m m i n g ) life, y o u h a v e t o decide h o w to handle many such decisions.

Putting Points in a Stream D e c l a r e a variable o f a s t r e a m t y p e d e s c e n d e d f r o m TSt ream (either TDosSt ream,

TBufStream, o r TEmsStream).

199

200


TDosStream irriplements u n b u f f e r e d D O S file s t r e a m s . Its c o n s t r u c t o r a l l o w s y o u t o s p e c i f y a file a c c e s s m o d e (stCreate, stOpenRead, stOpenWrite, a n d stOpen). U s e a TDosSt ream if y o u d o n o t h a v e t o r e a d a n d w r i t e m a n y s m a l l chunks o f data. TBufStream i m p l e m e n t s b u f f e r e d D O S file s t r e a m s . It a l l o w s y o u t o specify t h e size o f a b u f f e r , a n d t h u s is u s e f u l f o r r e a d i n g a n d w r i t i n g s m a l l c h u n k s o f data. TEMSStream i m p l e m e n t s s t r e a m s i n E M S m e m o r y . I n this e x a m p l e , y o u u s e TDosStream: var TheFile: TDosStream; a n d initialize it: TheFile.Init(FileName, stCreate); After t h e s t r e a m is i n i t i a l i z e d , y o u c a n Put t o it a n d Get f r o m it. T h e f o l l o w i n g l i n e p u t s all t h e p o i n t s i n t h e c o l l e c t i o n i n t h e s t r e a m : TheFile.Put(Points);

How Pat Works Y o u put o b j e c t s o n a s t r e a m a n d Put d o e s all t h e w o r k . Y o u d o n o t n e e d t o k n o w h o w Put w o r k s , b u t f o r t h e p l e a s u r e o f it, t h e u n d e r l y i n g w o r k i n g s a r e covered here. First t h e s t r e a m t a k e s t h e V M T p o i n t e r f r o m offset 0 o f t h e o b j e c t ( p o i n t , i n this c a s e ) a n d tries t o m a t c h it w i t h a n o b j e c t r e g i s t e r e d w i t h it. I f it f i n d s a m a t c h i n g r e g i s t e r e d o b j e c t , it w r i t e s t h e s t r e a m ' s r e g i s t r a t i o n n u m b e r t o t h e s t r e a m ' s d e s t i n a t i o n . I n this e x a m p l e , t h e s t r e a m ' s d e s t i n a t i o n is a file, s o t h e first t h i n g it w r i t e s t o t h e file is t h e o b j e c t ' s I D n u m b e r . T h i s s t e p is i m p o r t a n t b e c a u s e it u s e s that I D later w h e n it tries t o g e t o b j e c t s f r o m t h e s t r e a m . T h e s t r e a m t h e n s e n d s a m e s s a g e t o t h e o b j e c t ' s Store m e t h o d ( w h i c h y o u h a v e t o d e f i n e w h e n y o u d e f i n e t h e o b j e c t ) , w h i c h s t o r e s t h e o b j e c t itself. Store u s e s t h e l o w - l e v e l w r i t e p r o c e d u r e f o r w r i t i n g t h e o b j e c t t o t h e s t r e a m . It is b e s t t o u s e t h e SizeOf f u n c t i o n , as y o u d i d i n s t o r i n g a p o i n t , t o m a k e s u r e that t h e c o r r e c t n u m b e r o f b y t e s a r e w r i t t e n t o t h e s t r e a m : S.Write(X, SizeOf(X)); S.Write(Y, SizeOf(Y)); T h a t is all t h e r e is t o p u t t i n g a n o b j e c t i n a s t r e a m . T h e o b j e c t d o e s n o t n e e d t o k n o w a n y t h i n g a b o u t t h e s t r e a m , just h o w t o l o a d a n d s t o r e itself. T h e


s t r e a m i n g d e t a i l s (like m o s t e v e r y t h i n g e l s e i n t h e O b j e c t W i n d o w s b a g o f tricks) are handled f o r y o u . T h e o n l y o t h e r d e t a i l y o u n e e d t o t a k e care o f is e x p l i c i t l y s e n d i n g a destructor message to cleanup: TheFile.Done; B e c a u s e TheFile (in this c a s e ) is a s t r e a m t y p e d e r i v e d f r o m TDosSt ream, it a l r e a d y has a d e s t r u c t o r (TDosSt ream. Done), w h i c h t a k e s c a r e o f t h e c l e a n u p a u t o m a t i c a l l y . Y o u d o n o t n e e d t o reimplement it. T h e c o d e i n listing 6 . 7 saves all t h e p o i n t s c r e a t e d b y M o d e l l . Listing

6.7. Saving

all points

created

by Model 1.

procedure Modell.SaveFile; var TheFile: TDosStream; begin TheFile.Init(FileName, stCreate); TheFile.Put(Points); TheFile.Done; IsNewFile := False; IsDirty := False; end; Alternatively, y o u c o u l d have u s e d o t h e r s t r e a m s (TBuf Stream, a n d s o o n ) , a n d t h e i m p l e m e n t a t i o n w o u l d have b e e n similar.

Getting Points G e t t i n g p o i n t s o u t o f a s t r e a m is just as s i m p l e . Y o u d e c l a r e v a r i a b l e s t o represent t h e collection a n d t h e stream: var: TempColl: PCollection; AFile: TDosStream; Initialize t h e s t r e a m (AFile), a n d specify that y o u w a n t t o o p e n it f o r reading ( u s i n g stOpen): AFile.Init(FileName, stOpen);

201

202


T h e n get the objects:

TempColl := PCollection(TheFile.Get); T h e Get p r o c e s s is t h e r e v e r s e of t h e Put. First Get retrieves t h e o b j e c t ' s I D n u m b e r a n d s c a n s t h e r e g i s t e r e d s t r e a m t y p e s u n t i l it finds a m a t c h i n g I D n u m b e r . T h e r e g i s t r a t i o n r e c o r d c o n t a i n s t h e a d d r e s s of t h e Load m e t h o d f o r t h e o b j e c t . Get t h e n s e n d s a m e s s a g e t o t h e Load m e t h o d , w h i c h u s e s t h e s t r e a m ' s Read m e t h o d t o a c t u a l l y r e a d o b j e c t s f r o m t h e file o n e at a t i m e :

S.Read(X, SizeOf(X)); S.Read(Y, SizeOf(Y)); N o t e a g a i n that Read relies o n t h e SizeOf f u n c t i o n t o d e t e r m i n e t h e c o r r e c t size of t h e o b j e c t it n e e d s t o r e a d . T h e n c l e a n u p , b y s e n d i n g a Done m e s s a g e :

TheFile.Done; A g a i n , t h e destructor h a s a l r e a d y b e e n i m p l e m e n t e d f o r y o u , s o y o u d o n o t h a v e t o d o a n y t h i n g o t h e r t h a n s e n d t h e Done m e s s a g e t o TheFile (a

TDosStream). L i s t i n g 6.8 s h o w s t h e c o m p l e t e c o d e n e c e s s a r y f o r r e a d i n g t h e p o i n t s s t o r e d t o t h e s t r e a m earlier. N o t e a g a i n t h e InvalidateRect p r o c e d u r e , w h i c h f o r c e s a r e p a i n t m e s s a g e t o b e s e n t t o t h e o b j e c t . A s d i s c u s s e d earlier, t h e Paint m e s s a g e ( w h i c h is n o w d e f i n e d for t h e Model 1 o b j e c t ) c a u s e s t h e p o i n t s t o b e displayed. Listing

6.8. Reading

points

already

stored

to the

procedure Modell.LoadFile; var TempColl: PCollection; TheFile: TDosStream; begin TheFile.Init(FileName, stOpen); TempColl := PCollection(TheFile.Get); TheFile.Done; if TempColl nil then begin Dispose(Points, Done); Points := TempColl; InvalidateRect(HWindow, nil, True); end; IsDirty := False; IsNewFile := False; end;

stream.

{forces Paint message}


P u t t i n g it all t o g e t h e r , listing 6 . 8 s h o w s h o w t o e x t e n d t h e m o d e l task f r o m C h a p t e r 5, " P u t t i n g P i c t u r e s i n W i n d o w s , " m a k i n g it c o l l e c t a b l e , s t r e a m a b l e , and repaintable.

The Sum of Streams S t r e a m s a r e p o l y m o r p h i c . A l l a s t r e a m n e e d s t o k n o w is that it is d e a l i n g w i t h a n o b j e c t d e r i v e d f r o m TOb j ect. T h u s , y o u c a n p u t d i f f e r e n t o b j e c t t y p e s i n t h e same stream. Y o u r p r o g r a m m i n g r e s p o n s i b i l i t y is s i m p l y t o d e f i n e a n d r e g i s t e r t h e kinds of objects y o u want the stream to handle. Y o u c a n then p u t objects in the stream and get t h e m b a c k u s i n g the m e t h o d s provided f o r y o u in ObjectWindows. R e g i s t e r i n g o b j e c t s , as s h o w n , is a s i m p l e m a t t e r , a l m o s t a u t o m a t i c . P u t t i n g a n d g e t t i n g o b j e c t s t o a n d f r o m a s t r e a m is a l m o s t a u t o m a t i c as w e l l . Y o u r p r i m a r y p r o g r a m m i n g task is t o r e g i s t e r o b j e c t s w i t h a s t r e a m a n d k e e p a n inventory o f y o u r registered object records. S t r e a m s a n d c o l l e c t i o n s a r e classic c a s e s o f p o t e n t i a l l y difficult p r o g r a m m i n g tasks b e c o m i n g a l m o s t trivial w i t h T u r b o P a s c a l f o r W i n d o w s . ( Y o u p r o b a b l y t h i n k that T u r b o P a s c a l f o r W i n d o w s h a s t a k e n m o s t t h e w o r k o u t o f d e v e l o p i n g W i n d o w s applications. Y o u are right.) U s i n g t h e Basiclnterface a n d its m u l t i t a s k e x t e n s i o n s d i s c u s s e d i n C h a p t e r 5, " P u t t i n g P i c t u r e s i n W i n d o w s , " y o u c a n a l m o s t r o l l i n t o a n y application p r o b l e m a n d a d d t h e n e w behaviors y o u n e e d for y o u r specific p r o b l e m . Y o u modify a n d extend, not reinvent, using O O P techniques. W i n d o w s c o m p l e x i t y is e n c a p s u l a t e d i n O b j e c t W i n d o w s o b j e c t s , f r o m w h i c h y o u derive y o u r objects, using inheritance. M a n y o f the basic p r o g r a m m i n g p r o b l e m s , s u c h as file I/O a n d d a t a c o l l e c t i n g , h a v e b e e n g e n e r a l i z e d beautifully, s o y o u u s e p o l y m o r p h i s m t o h a n d l e t h e m . Streams a n d collections are e x c e l l e n t e x a m p l e s o f h o w O O P s i m p l i f i e s , y e t e m p o w e r s , p r o g r a m m i n g tasks. W i n d o w s a n d O O P ( T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s - s t y l e ) a r e f i n e e x a m p l e s o f h o w a sophisticated graphics environment a n d a programming language can b o t h s i m p l i f y a n d e m p o w e r . If y o u h a v e t r i e d t o d e v e l o p W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n s u s i n g t h e S D K o r e v e n B o r l a n d ' s C + + , y o u a l r e a d y k n o w t h i s . T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s a l l o w s y o u t o a v o i d m a n y m u s t y levels ( s e e listing 6 . 9 ) . Listing

6.9- Making

unit Time3;

a collectable,

streamable,

and repaintable

task.

{ A Model Task } { Responds to cm_Taskt (message) } { Adds streams to Time2 }

interface uses WObjects,

{ Units specific to this unit } continues

203

204

Parti—Working with TPW

Listing

6.9.

continued

WinTypes, WinProcs, strings, StdDlgs, WinDos, WIF5;

{ Basic Interface : contains MainWindow } { : BasicApplication }

{$R TIME1.RES}

{ This task's new resources }

type PModell = "Modell; Modell = object(MainWindow)

{ Pointer to this task } { Time Series } { Task's data fields } InitX, InitY : real { Initial points } RangeXI, RangeX2, RangeYI, RangeY2 : real; { Range to view } X, Y : integer; { Point to plot } A, B : real; { Factors for this model task } Points : PCollection; FileName: array[0..fsPathName] of Char; IsDirty, IsNewFile: Boolean; { Task's methods } constructor Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); procedure Scale; { Scale point to window } procedure Iterate; { Iterate model task } destructor Done; virtual; { Clean up } procedure cm_Iterate(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm_First + cm_Task1; procedure Paint(PaintDC: HDC; var Paintlnfo: TPaintStruct); virtual; procedure virtual procedure virtual procedure virtual

FileNew(var Msg: TMessage); cm_First + cm_New; FileOpen(var Msg: TMessage); cm_First + cm_0pen; FileSave(var Msg: TMessage); cm First + cm Save;


procedure virtual procedure procedure

205

FileSaveAs(var Msg: TMessage); cm_First + cm_SaveAs; LoadFile; SaveFile;

end; PAPoint = "APoint; APoint = object(TObject) X, Y: Integer; constructor Init(AX, AY: Integer); constructor Load(var S: TStream); procedure Store(var S: TStream); end; implementation

const RAPoint: TStreamRec = ( ObjType: 500; VmtLink: Ofs(TypeOf(APoint) ); Load: @APoint.Load; Store: ^APoint.Store); A

procedure StreamRegistration; begin RegisterType(RCollection); RegisterType(RAPoint); end;

constructor APoint.Init(AX, AY: Integer); begin X := AX; Y := AY; end;

const Iterations = 3000;

{ Number of iterations for this model } continues

206


Listing

6.9-

continued

constructor Modell.Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); begin TWindow.Init(AParent, ATitle); Attr.Menu := LoadMenu(Hlnstance, PChar(111)); DisableAutoCreate; Attr.Style := ws_PopupWindow or ws_Caption or ws_Visible; Attr.X Attr.Y Attr.W Attr.H RangeXI RangeX2 RangeYI RangeY2

:= := := := := := := :=

100; 50; 300; 200; -1.03; 1.27; -0.3; 0.45;

{ Set window dimensions }


A := 1.4; B := 0.3; InitX := 0.4; InitY := 0;

{ Set factors }

X := 0; Y := 0;


Points := New(PCollection, Init(50, 50)); IsDirty := False; IsNewFile := True; StreamRegistration;

{ Register stream }

end; procedure Modell.cm_Iterate(var Msg: TMessage); begin Iterate; { Iterate the model } end; procedure Modell.Scale;

6—Painting, Collecting, and Streaming 2 0 7

begin { Scale point in space to window } If (InitX = RangeXI) then { A little troubleshooting } X := Attr.X; If (InitX = RangeX2) then X := Attr.W; { and here } If (InitX = 0) then X := X; If (InitX > RangeXI) then X := round((InitX - RangeXI)/(RangeX2 - RangeXI) * (Attr.W - Attr.X)); Y := Attr.H - (round((InitY - RangeYI)/(RangeY2 - RangeYI) * (Attr.H - Attr.Y))); end; destructor Model"!.Done; begin Dispose(Points,Done); TWindow.Done; end;

{ Clean up points } { Call ancestor's destructor }

procedure Modell.Iterate; var I : integer; TempX, TempY : real; begin InvalidateRect(HWindow, nil,True); SetCapture(HWindow); DC := GetDC(HWindow); { Get a display context } for I := 1 to Iterations do begin TempX := InitX; { Save last state } TempY := InitY; { Save last state } InitX := TempY + 1 - (A * TempX * TempX); {This model } InitY := B * TempX; {This model } Scale; { Scale new state to a window } X := I; TextOut(DC,X,Y,'.',1); { Draw a point } Points".Insert(New(PAPoint, Init(X, Y))); end; continues

208


Listing

6.9-

continued

ReleaseCapture; ReleaseDC(HWindow,DC); end;

{ Release Display context }

procedure Modell.Paint(PaintDC: HDC; var Paintlnfo: TPaintStruct); var First: Boolean; procedure DisplayPoints(P: PAPoint); far; begin TextOut(PaintDC,P".X,P".Y,'.',1); First := False; end; begin First := True; Points".ForEach(@DisplayPoints); end;

procedure Modell.FileNew(var Msg: TMessage); begin Points".FreeAll; InvalidateRect(HWindow, nil, True); IsDirty := False; IsNewFile := True; end; procedure Modell.FileOpen(var Msg: TMessage); begin if CanClose then if Application".ExecDialog(New(PFileDialog, Init(@Self, PChar(sd_FileOpen), StrCopy(FileName, '*.PTS')))) = id_0k then LoadFile; end; procedure Modell.FileSave(var Msg: TMessage); begin if IsNewFile then FileSaveAs(Msg) else SaveFile; end;


procedure Modell.FileSaveAs(var Msg: TMessage); var FileDlg: PFileDialog; begin if IsNewFile then StrCopy(FileName, ' ' ) ; if Application".ExecDialog(New(PFileDialog, Init(@Self, PChar(sd_FileSave), FileName))) = id_0k then SaveFile; end; procedure Modell.LoadFile; var TempColl: PCollection; TheFile: TDosStream; begin TheFile.Init(FileName, stOpen); TempColl := PCollection(TheFile.Get); TheFile.Done; if TempColl nil then begin Dispose(Points, Done); Points := TempColl; InvalidateRect(HWindow, nil, True); { Forces Paint message } end; IsDirty := False; IsNewFile := False; end;

procedure Modell.SaveFile; var TheFile: TDosStream; begin TheFile.Init(FileName, stCreate); TheFile.Put(Points); TheFile.Done; IsNewFile := False; IsDirty := False; end;

constructor APoint.Load(var S: TStream); begin S.Read(X, SizeOf(X)); continues

209

210


Listing

6.9-

continued

S.Read(Y, SizeOf(Y)); end; procedure APoint.Store(var S: TStream); begin S.Write(X, SizeOf(X)); S.Write(Y, SizeOf(Y)); end;

end. { Unit time3 }

PART T W O

ADVANCED TOPICS

7

CHAPTER

MANY WINDOWS: A MULTIDOCUMENT INTERFACE It's an inherent property of intelligence that it can jump out of the task which it's performing, and survey what it has done; it is always looking for, and often finding, patterns. D o u g l a s R. H o f s t a d t e r O b j e c t W i n d o w s supports the W i n d o w s M u l t i - D o c u m e n t Interface (MDI) stand a r d , w h i c h a l l o w s a n a p p l i c a t i o n o r task t o w o r k s i m u l t a n e o u s l y w i t h m a n y o p e n d o c u m e n t s . U s u a l l y y o u t h i n k o f t h e s e d o c u m e n t s as text, d a t a b a s e , o r s p r e a d s h e e t files. Y o u m i g h t t h i n k o f this as a s p e c i a l k i n d o f m u l t i t a s k i n g s y s t e m , similar yet decidedly different f r o m the multitasking version o f the B a s i c l n t e r f a c e d e v e l o p e d i n C h a p t e r 5, " P u t t i n g P i c t u r e s i n W i n d o w s . " T h e k e y d i f f e r e n c e b e t w e e n t h e B a s i c l n t e r f a c e a n d M D I is that M D I m a k e s it e a s y f o r a s i n g l e a p p l i c a t i o n w i n d o w t o w o r k w i t h m a n y o p e n files. A g o o d e x a m p l e o f this k i n d o f a p p l i c a t i o n is a m u l t i f i l e e d i t o r , d e m o n s t r a t e d later i n this c h a p t e r . T h e B a s i c l n t e r f a c e can have many applications running simultaneously, w h i c h m e a n s m a n y o p e n files, b u t it is still p r i m a r i l y a " 1 w i n d o w , 1 task, 1 o p e n file" s y s t e m . I n t h e B a s i c l n t e r f a c e , o n e file is o p e n f o r e a c h w i n d o w , a n d e a c h w i n d o w h a s its o w n m e n u .

214

Part I I — A d v a n c e d T o p i c s

I n a n M D I s y s t e m , a s i n g l e m e n u serves as t h e c o n t r o l c e n t e r f o r several w i n d o w s at o n c e . T h e T u r b o Pascal I D E a n d M i c r o s o f t E x c e l are e x c e l l e n t e x a m p l e s o f M D I i n s o p h i s t i c a t e d a c t i o n (see figure 7 . 1 ) .

Basicl nterf ace

MDI

M ain W i n d o w

MainWindow

can

control

always controls

child

Child (can have

Figure

child

Child menu)

(no

menu)

7.1. Basiclnterface versus MDI

Y o u can a d d m u l t i d o c u m e n t capability to the B a s i c l n t e r f a c e by writing m o r e c o d e t o h a n d l e a d d i t i o n a l o p e n files, b u t a n e a s i e r w a y is t o u s e a n M D I o b j e c t a n d d e r i v e f r o m it t h e s p e c i f i c a p p l i c a t i o n s y o u n e e d . T h i s c h a p t e r s h o w s y o u h o w t o c r e a t e a B a s i c MDI I n t e r f a c e , w h i c h is then u s e d to derive t w o additional M D I applications.

A Basic MDI Interface J u s t as t h e B a s i c l n t e r f a c e d o e s , t h e MDI I n t e r f a c e c o n s i s t s o f t w o basic o b j e c t s : a n A p p l i c a t i o n a n d a MainWindow. A s y o u m i g h t e x p e c t , t h e y l o o k similar. T h e M D I A p p l i c a t i o n o b j e c t (also d e r i v e d f r o m T A p p l i c a t i o n ) reimplements two methods: InitMainWindow a n d I n i t A p p l i c a t i o n (see figure 7 . 2 ) .

7 — M a n y Windows: A Multi-Document Interface 2 1 5

Using

Pointers

InitApplication

(pointer)

A

Window

(pointer)

Child

Figure

7.2. Using

Window

pointers.

T o designate between the Basiclnterface and theMDI Interface, add "MDI" to M D I object names. A Basic M D I Application object looks like this: MDIApplication = object(TApplication) { Derive an application object } FirstApplication : boolean; procedure InitMainWindow; virtual; { Init a mainwindow } procedure InitApplication; virtual; end; The MainMDIWindow looks like this: PMainMDIWindow = "MainMDIWindow; MainMDIWindow = object(TMDIWindow) function InitChild : PWindowsObject; virtual; end; There are two n e w things to notice: 1. Y o u derive the MainMDIWindow from TMDIWindow. 2. Y o u need to reimplement an InitChild method, which is responsible for constructing the specific kind of child w i n d o w you want to attach to the MainMDIWindow.

216


A c h i l d c a n b e a n y w i n d o w t y p e d e r i v e d f r o m TWindow. F o r e x a m p l e : PChildWindow = "ChildWindow; ChildWindow = object(TWindow) end; or PChildWindow = "ChildWindow; ChildWindow = object(MainWindow) end; or PChildWindow = "ChildWindow; ChildWindow = object(ModelWindow) end; A n InitChild m e t h o d that c o n s t r u c t e d a ChildWindow m i g h t l o o k l i k e this: function MainMDIWindow.InitChild : PWindowsObject; begin InitChild := New(PChildWindow, Init(@Self, 'New child')); end; T h e InitChild m e t h o d is n o t l i m i t e d , h o w e v e r , t o c o n s t r u c t i n g a ChildWindow o n l y ; it c a n just as easily c o n s t r u c t a TWindow o r MainWindow directly: function MainMDIWindow.InitChild : PWindowsObject; begin InitChild := New(PMainWindow, Init(@Self, 'New child')); end; S e v e r a l c o m p o n e n t s ( o r f e a t u r e s ) are c o m m o n t o a n y M D I a p p l i c a t i o n . Every M D I a p p l i c a t i o n h a s a m a i n w i n d o w ( c a l l e d a frame w i n d o w ) , a n d w i t h i n t h e f r a m e w i n d o w a n invisible w i n d o w c a l l e d t h e M D I c l i e n t w i n d o w , w h i c h h o l d s M D I c h i l d w i n d o w s . T h e c l i e n t w i n d o w m a n a g e s ( b e h i n d t h e s c e n e s ) its M D I c h i l d w i n d o w s . I n fact, TMDIWindow's m e t h o d s m a i n l y c o n s t r u c t a n d manage child w i n d o w s a n d process m e n u selections. E a c h M D I f r a m e w i n d o w m u s t h a v e a m e n u that c o n t r o l s its c h i l d w i n d o w s . E a c h c h i l d w i n d o w is m a i n t a i n e d i n t h e f r a m e w i n d o w ' s ChildList (a l i n k e d list). T h e f r a m e w i n d o w ' s m e n u is c a l l e d a child window menu. E a c h t i m e a c h i l d w i n d o w is c o n s t r u c t e d a n d o p e n e d , it is a p p e n d e d t o this m e n u a u t o m a t i cally, a n d t h e c u r r e n t l y s e l e c t e d c h i l d w i n d o w is m a r k e d b y a c h e c k .


Each child w i n d o w can be maximized, minimized, tiled, and cascaded (features implemented for you already). A few restrictions are placed o n a child window: 1. It cannot have a m e n u ; thus all its methods must be controlled by the frame window. This limitation is a good reason to use the Basiclnterface if you need a multitasking system in which each w i n d o w controls its o w n destiny. 2. The child w i n d o w cannot extend outside the frame window's boundaries (Basiclnterface child windows can).

Setting Up a Basic MDI Interface It is simple enough to establish a Basic MDI Interface. It consists of an application object and an MDI W i n d o w (plus its menu). Actually, you have already seen the objects you need for a bare-bones interface. See listing 7.1 for the complete "first go" at the MDI Interface. Figure 7.3 shows the application created by this "first go."

Figure

7.3. The application

created by listing 7.1.

218


Listing

7.1. The first

unit WIFmdil;

listing

for

the MDI

Interface.

{ Creates a Basic MDI Windows application interface derived from ObjectWindows; ChildWindows are derived from TWindow object }

interface uses WObjects, WinTypes, WinProcs, WIF5; {$R WIFMdil.RES } type MDIApplication = object(TApplication) { Derive an application object } FirstApplication : boolean; procedure InitMainWindow; virtual; { Init a main window } procedure InitApplication; virtual; end; PMainMDIWindow = "MainMDIWindow; MainMDIWindow = object(TMDIWindow) function InitChild : PWindowsObject; virtual; end; PChildWindow = "ChildWindow; ChildWindow = object(TWindow) end;

implementation

function MainMDIWindow.InitChild : PWindowsObject; begin InitChild := New(PChildWindow, Init(©Self, 'New child')); end;

7 — M a n y W i n d o w s : A M u l t i - D o c u m e n t Interface

{ MDIApplication method implementation } procedure MDIApplication.InitMainWindow; begin if FirstApplication then MainWindow

:= New(PMainMDIWindow,

Init('MDI

Interface',

LoadMenu(HInstance, 'MDIMenul'))) else MainWindow := New(PMainMDIWindow, Init('MDI Additional Instance ,LoadMenu(HInstance, 'MDIMenul'))); end; 1

procedure MDIApplication.InitApplication; begin FirstApplication := True; end; end. L o o k familiar? It s h o u l d — i t is a s i m p l i f i e d v e r s i o n o f t h e first v e r s i o n o f t h e Basiclnterf ace. It u s e s s i m i l a r InitApplication a n d InitMainWindow m e t h o d s . InitMainWindow, a s i n t h e Basiclnterf ace, d e c i d e s w h i c h w i n d o w to construct a n d w h i c h m e n u to load. O n e minor difference between MDIWindows a n d TWindows is that t h e s e c o n d p a r a m e t e r o f t h e LoadMenu m e t h o d m u s t b e a string.

A Model MDI A s w r i t t e n , a ChildWindow c a n b e a n y k i n d o f w i n d o w d e r i v e d f r o m TWindow. F o r e x a m p l e , y o u c o u l d c h a n g e o n e o f t h e task m o d e l s ( w i n d o w s o b j e c t s ) f r o m C h a p t e r 5, " P u t t i n g P i c t u r e s i n W i n d o w s , " t o a c h i l d w i n d o w a n d h a v e a task w i n d o w c r e a t e d e a c h t i m e y o u c r e a t e a c h i l d . L i s t i n g 7.2 s h o w s t h e c o d e t o h a n d l e it, a n d f i g u r e 7.4 s h o w s t h e result. N o t e that t h e m o d e l w i n d o w a p p e a r s , b u t w i t h o u t its m e n u b e c a u s e c h i l d w i n d o w s , r e g a r d l e s s o f t y p e , a r e e x p e c t e d t o b e c o n t r o l l e d b y t h e f r a m e w i n d o w ' s c h i l d m e n u . T h e m o d e l , as it is d e s i g n e d , w o r k s w h e n it is r e s p o n d i n g t o t h e m a i n m e n u ' s c o m m a n d m e s s a g e s , but n o t otherwise—a definite, a n d probably u n w a n t e d , variation o n the m o d e l theme.

219

220


Figure Listing

7.4. The result of listing 7*2. Creating

unit WIFmdi3;

7.2.

a task window

for

each child

window.

{ Creates a Basic MDI Windows application interface derived from ObjectWindows; ChildWindows are derived from Model2 object }

interface uses WObjects, WinTypes, WinProcs, WIF5, attract2; {$R WIFMdi3.RES } type MDIApplication = object(TApplication) { Derive an application object } FirstApplication : boolean; procedure InitMainWindow; virtual; { Init a main window } procedure InitApplication; virtual; end;


221

PMainMDIWindow = "MainMDIWindow; MainMDIWindow = object(TMDIWindow) function InitChild : PWindowsObject; virtual; end; PChildWindow = "ChildWindow; ChildWindow = object(Model2) end;

implementation function MainMDIWindow.InitChild : PWindowsObject; begin InitChild := New(PChildWindow, Init(@Self, 'New child')); end;

{ MDIApplication method implementation }

procedure MDIApplication.InitMainWindow; begin if FirstApplication then MainWindow := New(PMainMDIWindow, Init('MDI Interface', LoadMenu(HInstance, 'MDIMenu3'))) else MainWindow := New(PMainMDIWindow, Init('MDI Additional Instance', LoadMenu(HInstance, 'MDIMenu3'))); end; procedure MDIApplication.InitApplication; begin FirstApplication := True; end; end.

MDI Message Processing M e s s a g e p r o c e s s i n g i n M D I w i n d o w s is s i m i l a r t o that i n n o n - M D I w i n d o w s . E a c h W i n d o w s c o m m a n d m e s s a g e (cm_J g o e s first t o t h e c h i l d w i n d o w c u r r e n t l y s e l e c t e d . A c h i l d , t h e r e f o r e , g e t s t h e first c h a n c e t o r e s p o n d t o t h e

222


m e s s a g e . I f it d o e s n o t r e s p o n d , t h e m e s s a g e g o e s t o t h e M D I c l i e n t w i n d o w , a n d finally t o t h e M D I f r a m e w i n d o w . E a c h t i m e y o u select a n M D I c h i l d w i n d o w , it b e c o m e s active a n d r e c e i v e s a W i n d o w s w m M D I A c t i v a t e m e s s a g e . Y o u c a n , if y o u w a n t , d e f i n e a m e s s a g e r e s p o n s e m e t h o d for this m e s s a g e ( u s e f u l w h e n y o u n e e d t o k e e p track o f t h e active ChildWindow). M D I child windows d o not respond to c o m m a n d messages generated by t h e c h i l d w i n d o w m e n u . T h a t is a j o b f o r t h e f r a m e w i n d o w .

Editors B e f o r e y o u g e t t o t h e g r a n d f i n a l e o f this c h a p t e r , a m u l t i - d o c u m e n t text e d i t o r u s i n g t h e MDI Interface, y o u c a n i m p l e m e n t a c o u p l e o f s i m p l e e d i t o r s t o s h o w y o u h o w easy it is t o a d d p o w e r f u l t e x t - e d i t i n g c a p a b i l i t y t o a w i n d o w . O b j e c t W i n d o w s s u p p l i e s t w o d e s c e n d a n t s o f TWindow, w h i c h a r e s p e c i a l i z e d w i n d o w s for text e d i t i n g . TEditWindow is a text e d i t o r that e n a b l e s y o u t o e d i t text i n a w i n d o w : c u t , c o p y , p a s t e , a n d s o o n , t o t h e c l i p b o a r d , b u t d o e s n o t a l l o w y o u t o r e a d a n d w r i t e files. O n e o f its d e s c e n d a n t s , TFileWindow, a d d s r e a d i n g a n d w r i t i n g t o file capability. T h e s e e d i t o r s a r e r e a d y t o g o a n d a r e u s e f u l right o u t o f t h e b o x . T o u s e a n Ed i t w i n d o w r e q u i r e s n o m o r e t h a n a m e s s a g e t o its constructor w h e n y o u initialize a n a p p l i c a t i o n ' s MainWindow. T h e definition: FileWindow = "FileWindow; FileWindow = object(TFileWindow) constructor Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); end; The Implementation: procedure begin

Application.InitMainWindow;

MainWindow end;

:= New(PEditWindow,

Init(nil,

'Edit Window Tester'));

S i m p l e , yes? L i s t i n g 7.3 s h o w s t h e c o m p l e t e c o d e for g e n e r a t i n g t h e text e d i t o r s h o w n in figure 7.5.


Figure Listing

7.5. The text editor generated 7 . 3 . Generating

a text

by listing

223

73.

editor.

program EditWin; {$R EditWin.RES} uses WObjects, WinTypes, WinProcs, Strings, StdWnds;

type EditApp = object(TApplication) procedure InitMainWindow; virtual; end; PEditWindow = "EditWindow; EditWindow = object(TEditWindow) constructor Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); end; constructor EditWindow.Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); begin continues

224


Listing

73.

continued

TEditWindow.Init(AParent, ATitle); Attr.Menu := LoadMenu(HInstance, MakeIntResource(105)); end;

procedure EditApp.InitMainWindow; begin MainWindow := New(PEditWindow, Init(nil, 'Edit Window')); HAccTable := LoadAccelerators(HInstance, MakeIntResource(100)); end; var App : EditApp; begin App.Init('EditWnd'); App.Run; App.Done; end. A d d i n g a FileWindow t o a n a p p l i c a t i o n is just as easy. J u s t d e r i v e t h e EditWindow f r o m TFileWindow r a t h e r t h a n f r o m TEditWindow:

EditWindow = "EditWindow; EditWindow = object(TFileWindow) constructor Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); end; constructor EditWindow.Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); begin TFileWindow.Init(AParent, ATitle, nil); Attr.Menu := LoadMenu(HInstance, 'FileCommands'); end; T h e FileWindow c o m e s c o m p l e t e w i t h a FileDialog f o r c r e a t i n g , o p e n i n g , a n d s a v i n g files; c o m p l e t e c l i p b o a r d c o n n e c t i o n s i n c l u d i n g a n U n d o c o m m a n d , a n d a s e a r c h a n d r e p l a c e facility. T h e o n l y " p r o g r a m m i n g " r e q u i r e d o f y o u is c r e a t i n g a m e n u that c o n t a i n s t h e p r e d e f i n e d I D s f o r file m a n i p u l a t i o n . A l l y o u n e e d t o a d d is a S e a r c h m e n u c h o i c e . Note: T h e T u r b o Pascal s o u r c e c o d e a n d r e s o u r c e s a r e o n t h e u s e r d i s k i n t h e b a c k o f this b o o k . C h a p t e r 8, " R e s o u r c e s a n d C o n t r o l O b j e c t s , " d e t a i l s resource creation. L i s t i n g 7.4 s h o w s t h e c o m p l e t e c o d e f o r i m p l e m e n t i n g t h e File w i n d o w e d i t o r s h o w n i n figure 7.6.


Figure

Listing

7.6. A file window editor.

7.4.

Generating

a file

window

editor.

program EditWin; {$R EditWin.RES} uses WObjects, WinTypes, WinProcs, Strings, StdWnds;

type EditApp = object(TApplication) procedure InitMainWindow; virtual; end; PEditWindow = "EditWindow; EditWindow = object(TFileWindow) constructor Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); end; constructor EditWindow.Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); begin TEditWindow.Init(AParent, ATitle); Attr.Menu := LoadMenu(HInstance, MakeIntResource(105)); end; continues

2 2 6 Part II—Advanced Topics

Listing

73-

continued

procedure EditApp.InitMainWindow; begin MainWindow := New(PEditWindow, Init(nil, 'Edit Window')); HAccTable := LoadAccelerators(HInstance, MakeIntResource(100)); end; var App : EditApp; begin App.Init('FileWnd'); App.Run; App.Done; end.

An MDI Editor N o w that you have created a FileWindow, you can use it as your M D I child window. It is just another w i n d o w as far as the M D I application is concerned. TFileWindow already has a rich set of methods for handling m a n y of the m e n u c o m m a n d messages an editor needs to respond to, such as cut, copy, saving afile,and so on. Table 7.1 lists the command-message response methods you use "as is," with no modification, in this example. Table

7.2. FileWindow

methods.

Method

Responds

CMEditClear

cm_First + c m E d i t C l e a r

CMEditCopy

cmFirst +

CMEditCut

cmFirst + cmJEditCut

CMEditDelete

cmFirst + cmEditDelete

CMEditPaste

cmFirst + cmEditPaste

CMEditUndo

cmFirst +

CMFileSave

cmFirst + cmFileSave

CMFileSaveAs

c m First + c m F i l e S a v e A s

to Command

cmEditCopy

cmEditUndo

Message


227

Y o u n e e d t o m o d i f y t h e MDI MainWindow t o h a n d l e t h e m e n u c o m m a n d m e s s a g e s t o c r e a t e a n d o p e n files. T h e n e w CMNewFile m e t h o d n e e d s t o c o n s t r u c t a n e w file e d i t o r . It l o o k s like this:

procedure MDIFileWindow.CMNewFile(var Msg: TMessage); begin Application".MakeWindow(New(PFileEditor, Init(@Self, ''))); end; T h e n e w CMOpenFile m e t h o d n e e d s t o e x e c u t e a file d i a l o g a n d c o n s t r u c t a n e w file e d i t o r . It l o o k s l i k e this:

procedure MDIFileWindow.CMOpenFile(var Msg: TMessage); var FileName: array[0..fsPathName] of Char; begin if Application".ExecDialog(New(PFileDialog, Init(@Self, PChar(sd_FileOpen), StrCopy(FileName, '*.*')))) = id_Ok then Application".MakeWindow(New(PFileEditor, Init(@Self, FileName))); end; It a l s o w o u l d b e c o n v e n i e n t if m e n u i t e m s c o u l d b e t u r n e d o n a n d off, d e p e n d i n g o n w h e t h e r a m e n u i t e m is u s a b l e at t h e t i m e . T h e easiest way t o h a n d l e this e n a b l i n g a n d d i s a b l i n g is t o o v e r r i d e MDI FileWindows' Set upWindow m e t h o d t o d i s a b l e s p e c i f i c m e n u i t e m s . T h e n w h e n a FileWindow is c r e a t e d , you enable the m e n u items. T h e n e w SetupWindow m e t h o d simply u s e s TMDIWindow's d e f a u l t Set upWindow ( w h i c h h a s b e e n c a l l e d automatically if you h a v e n o t o v e r r i d d e n it) a n d t h e n calls t h e EnableMenuItems m e t h o d .

N o t e : W h e n e v e r y o u o v e r r i d e b a s i c m e t h o d s , s u c h as SetupWindow, destructors, a n d s o o n , y o u o f t e n n e e d t o s e n d a message explicitly to the ancestor's m e t h o d to h a n d l e default p r o c e s s i n g . S e n d i n g a m e s s a g e t o a m e t h o d is s i m p l e r t h a n rewriting the default c o d e !

T h e n e w SetupWindow l o o k s l i k e this:

procedure MDIFileWindow.SetupWindow; begin TMDIWindow.SetupWindow; EnableMenuItems(Disable); end;

228


T h e EnableMenuItems i m p l e m e n t a t i o n e n s u r e s that m e n u s e l e c t i o n s a r e available o n l y w h e n a n e d i t o r is active. Its i m p l e m e n t a t i o n is s h o w n i n t h e c o d e f o r t h e e n t i r e M D I e d i t o r u n i t i n listing 7.6 at t h e e n d of this c h a p t e r . O n e o t h e r e s s e n t i a l m o d i f i c a t i o n is t o o v e r r i d e t h e d e f a u l t FileWindow destructor t o e n a b l e it t o d e s t r o y all t h e e d i t o r s c r e a t e d d u r i n g a n M D I s e s s i o n . T h e d e f a u l t destructor d o e s n o t look a u t o m a t i c a l l y f o r t h e file e d i t o r s you or your user might have created. F o r t u n a t e l y , it is a s i m p l e m a t t e r t o i m p l e m e n t this n e w destructor,

u s i n g t h e MDI ForEach m e t h o d . A n e w destructor for MDIFileWindow l o o k s like t h i s :

destructor MDIFileWindow.Done; procedure DestroyEditors(AnEditor begin PFileEditor(AnEditor) .Done; end; begin if (Edit'orCount) 0 then ForEach(@DestroyEditors); TMDIWindow.Done; end;

: PWindowsObject); far;

A

T h e r e a r e a l s o a f e w nifty f e a t u r e s y o u c a n a d d t o this e d i t o r t o m a k e it look e v e n m o r e s i m i l a r t o t h e T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s I D . Y o u c a n l o a d a n Icon

for t h e FileEditor b y m o d i f y i n g t h e GetWindowClass m e t h o d :

procedure FileEditor.GetWindowClass(var AWndClass: TWndClass); begin TFileWindow.GetWindowClass(AWndClass); AWndClass.hlcon := LoadIcon(HInstance, 'FILEICON'); end; Y o u a l s o c a n save a n d r e s t o r e states ( T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s style) b y w r i t i n g t h e w i n d o w ' s c u r r e n t state a n d c u r s o r p o s i t i o n t o a s t r e a m (in this c a s e , a file) a n d r e a d i n g it b a c k . T o save a state:

begin S := New(PBufStream, Init(DskFile, stCreate, 1024)); PutChildren(S ); { Handles the save } if S .Status stOk then { Status check } begin Dispose(S, Done); FileDelete(DskFile); MessageBox(HWindow, 'Unable to write desktop file.', 'Disk error', A

A


mb_0k or mb_IconExclamation); end else Dispose(S, Done); PutChildren, aTWindows o b j e c t m e t h o d , is t h e k e y t o s a v i n g t h e s t a t e . It iterates t h r o u g h t h e w i n d o w ' s c h i l d w i n d o w list, w r i t i n g t h e c o n t e n t s o f e a c h of the child w i n d o w s to the stream. T o r e s t o r e a s t a t e , u s e a n o t h e r TWindows o b j e c t m e t h o d , GetChildren, t o d o m o s t o f t h e w o r k . TWindowsObj ect .GetChildren r e a d s t h e s t o r e d contents' child w i n d o w s from the stream, a n d puts t h e m in the window's child w i n d o w list. R e s t o r e l o o k s l i k e this:

procedure MDIFileWindow.CMRestoreState(var Msg: TMessage); var S: PStream; ErrorMsg: PChar; begin ErrorMsg := nil; S := New(PBufStream, Init(DskFile, stOpenRead, 1024)); if S".Status stOk then { Error checking } ErrorMsg := 'Unable to open desktop file.' else begin CloseChildren; GetChildren(S'); { Handles the restore } if S".Status stOk then ErrorMsg := 'Error reading desktop file.'; if LowMemory then { More error checking } begin CloseChildren; ErrorMsg := 'Not enough memory to open file.' end else CreateChildren; end; if ErrorMsg nil then MessageBox(HWindow, ErrorMsg, 'Disk error', mb_0k or mb_IconExclamation); end; Finally, y o u c a n a d d a H e l p W i n d o w t o t h e MDI FileEditor, u s i n g a H e 1 pWn d u n i t l i k e t h e o n e i n l i s t i n g 7.5 that u s e s a list b o x , b u t t o n s , a n d a c o n t r o l to implement a sample help window.

229

230


Listing

7.5- Creating

a Help

window.

unit HelpWind; interface uses Strings, WObjects, WinTypes, WinProcs; const id_LB1 id_BN1 id_BN2 id_EC1 id_ST1

= = = = =

201; 202; 203; 204; 205;

type PHelpWindow = "THelpWindow; THelpWindow = object(TWindow) LB1: PListBox; EC1: PEdit; constructor Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); procedure SetupWindow; virtual; procedure IDLB1(var Msg: TMessage); virtual id_First + id_LB1; procedure IDBN1(var Msg: TMessage); virtual id_First + id_BN1; procedure IDBN2(var Msg: TMessage); virtual id_First + id_BN2; procedure FillEdit(SelStringPtr: PChar); virtual; end; implementation constructor THelpWindow.Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); var TempStat : PStatic; TempBtn: PButton; begin TWindow.Init(AParent, ATitle); DisableAutoCreate; Attr.Style := ws_PopupWindow or ws_Caption or ws_Visible; Attr.X := 100; Attr.Y := 100;


231

Attr.W := 300; Attr.H := 300; LB1 := New(PListBox, Init(@Self, id_LB1, 20, 20, 180, 80)); TempBtn := New(PButton, Init(@Self, id_BN1, 'Help', 220, 20, 60, 30, True)); TempBtn := New(PButton, Init(@Self, id__BN2, 'Cancel', 220, 70, 60, 30, False)); EC1 := New(PEdit, Init(@Self, id_EC1, '', 20, 180, 260, 90, 40, True)); EC1".Attr.Style := EC1 .Attr.Style or ws_Border or ws_VScroll; TempStat := New(PStatic, Init(@Self, id_ST1,'Help Information:', 20, 160, 160, 20, 0)); end; A

procedure THelpWindow.SetupWindow; begin TWindow.SetupWindow; { Fill the listbox } LB1".AddString('Helpl ); LB1".AddString('Help2'); LB1".AddString('Help3'); LB1".AddString('Help4'); LB1".SetSelIndex(0); end; 1

procedure THelpWindow.IDLB1(var Msg: TMessage); var SelString: array[0..25] of Char; begin if Msg.LParamHi = lbn_DblClk then begin LB1".GetSelString(SelString, 25); FillEdit(SelString); end; end; procedure THelpWindow.IDBN1(var Msg: TMessage); var SelString: array[0..25] of Char; begin LB1 .GetSeIString(SelString, 25); FillEdit(SelString); end; A

procedure THelpWindow.IDBN2(var Msg: TMessage); begin CloseWindow; end; continues

232


Listing

7.5-

continued

procedure THelpWindow.FillEdit(SelStringPtr: PChar); var TheString: PChar; begin if StrComp(SelStringPtr, 'List Boxes') = 0 then TheString := 'Helpl. else if StrComp(SelStringPtr, 'Buttons') = 0 then TheString := 'Help2.' else if StrComp(SelStringPtr, 'Scroll Bars') = 0 then TheString := 'Help3' else if StrComp(SelStringPtr, 'Edit Controls') = 0 then TheString := 'Help4. ; EC1 .SetText(TheString); end; 1

1

A

end. F i g u r e 7.7 s h o w s t h e c o m p l e t e M D I File E d i t o r w i t h several file e d i t o r s o p e n , a n d listing 7.6 s h o w s t h e c o m p l e t e M D I File e d i t o r c o d e that p r o d u c e d f i g u r e 7.7.

Figure

7.7. The MDI file

editor.


MDI map-up T h a t a b o u t w r a p s u p t h e MDI Interface a n d t h e first s t a g e o f t h e i n t r o d u c t i o n t o d e v e l o p i n g Windows a p p l i c a t i o n s u s i n g T u r b o P a s c a l for Windows. Chapter 8, " R e s o u r c e s a n d C o n t r o l O b j e c t s , " e x p l a i n s how t o d e v e l o p resources using t h e Whitewater G r o u p ' s Resource Toolkit. B y n o w y o u s h o u l d b e g e t t i n g t h e m e s s a g e that d e v e l o p i n g s o p h i s t i c a t e d a p p l i c a t i o n s for Windows is n o t a c o m p l i c a t e d , m e s s y affair, b u t a c t u a l l y a p l e a s a n t o n e if y o u u s e T u r b o P a s c a l for Windows. Windows d e v e l o p m e n t is n o t difficult if y o u u s e t h e O O P t e c h n i q u e s o u t l i n e d i n t h e s e first s e v e n c h a p t e r s . T h e c o m p l e x part o f Windows d e v e l o p m e n t is t e a c h i n g a n a p p l i c a t i o n t o interact w i t h Windows, a n d that i n t e r a c t i o n is a l r e a d y handled for y o u w h e n y o u u s e O b j e c t W i n d o w s . Y o u just n e e d t o m a k e y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n s respond to events and messages and use O O P techniques to derive y o u r applications and w i n d o w s . When y o u have l e a r n e d t o a d j u s t y o u r o w n t h i n k i n g t o O O P t e r m s , a p p l i c a t i o n d e v e l o p m e n t for Windows is just as e a s y as a p p l i c a t i o n d e v e l o p m e n t for a n y o t h e r e n v i r o n m e n t . I n fact, a p p l i c a t i o n d e v e l o p m e n t for Windows is e a s i e r b e c a u s e t h e i n t e r f a c e , i n c l u d i n g d e v i c e d r i v e r s , I/O, a n d s o f o r t h , is a l r e a d y handled for y o u . Developing one-window or many-window applications using Turbo P a s c a l for Windows is a p i e c e o f d e l i c i o u s c a k e — t o p p i n g , y o u r c h o i c e — r e a l l y . Listing

7.6.

Creating

the complete

unit mdi_ed2;

MDI

editor.

{ Adds File Editor to MDI }

{$R MDIed.RES} interface uses WObjects, WinTypes, WinProcs, WinDos, StdDlgs, StdWnds, Strings, HelpWind; const cm_SaveState = 200; cm_RestoreState = 201; cm_Help = 901; continues

233

234


Listing

7.6.

continued

const DskFile = MDI.DSK ; 1

1

type { Declare MDIApp, a TApplication descendant } MDIApp = object(TApplication) procedure InitMainWindow; virtual; procedure Initlnstance; virtual; end; { Declare MDIFileWindow, a TMDIWindow descendant } PMDIFileWindow = "MDIFileWindow; MDIFileWindow = object(TMDIWindow) destructor Done; virtual; procedure SetupWindow; virtual; procedure CMNewFile(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm_First + cm_MDIFileNew; procedure CMOpenFile(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm__First + cm_MDIFileOpen; procedure CMSaveState(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm_First + cm_SaveState; procedure CMRestoreState(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm_First + cm_RestoreState; procedure CMHelp(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm_First + cm_Help; end;

{ Declare TFileEditor, a TFileWindow descendant } PFileEditor = "FileEditor; FileEditor = object(TFileWindow) constructor Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; AFileName: PChar); destructor Done; virtual; procedure GetWindowClass(var AWndClass: TWndClass); virtual; function GetClassName: PChar; virtual; end; const RFileEditor: TStreamRec = ( ObjType: 1000; VmtLink: Ofs(TypeOf(TFileEditor) ); Load: ^TFileEditor.Load; A


Store:

@TFileEditor.Store);

{ TFileEditor } const EditorCount: Integer = 0; type TMenuState = (Enable, Disable); implementation procedure MDIFileWindow.CMHelp(var Msg: TMessage); var HelpWnd: PWindow; begin HelpWnd := New(PHelpWindow, Init(@Self, 'Help System')); Application".MakeWindow(HelpWnd); end; procedure EnableMenuItems(State: TMenuState); procedure EnableCommand(Command: Word); var NewState: Word; begin NewState := mf_ByCommand; if State = Enable then Inc(NewState, mf_Enabled) else Inc(NewState, mf_Disabled + mf_Grayed); EnableMenuItem(PWindow(Application".MainWindow) .Attr.Menu, end; A

begin EnableCommand(cm_FileSave); EnableCommand(cm_FileSaveAs); EnableCommand(cm_ArrangeIcons); EnableCommand(cm_TileChildren); EnableCommand(cm_CascadeChildren); EnableCommand(cm_CloseChildren); EnableCommand(cm_EditCut); EnableCommand(cmJEditCopy); EnableCommand(cm_EditPaste); EnableCommand(cm_EditDelete);

Command, NewState);

{ Response methods already built-in } { To TFileWindow } { To TFileWindow }

continues

236


Listing

7.6.

continued

EnableCommand(cm_EditClear); EnableCommand(cm_EditUndo); EnableCommand(cm_EditFind); EnableCommand(cm_EditReplace); EnableCommand(cm_EditFindNext); end; procedure IncEditors; begin if EditorCount = 0 then EnableMenuItems(Enable); { New editor } Inc(EditorCount); end; procedure DecEditors; begin Dec(EditorCount); if EditorCount = 0 then EnableMenuItems(Disable); end; constructor FileEditor.Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; AFileName:PChar); begin TFileWindow.Init(AParent, ' A F i l e N a m e ) ; IncEditors; { Keep track of the number of editors } end; destructor FileEditor.Done; begin TFileWindow.Done; DecEditors; end;

{ Auto destruct using ancestor's Done }

procedure FileEditor.GetWindowClass(var AWndClass: TWndClass); begin TFileWindow.GetWindowClass(AWndClass); { Optional icon } AWndClass.hlcon := LoadIcon(HInstance, 'FILEICON'); end; function FileEditor.GetClassName: begin GetClassName := FileEditor'; end;

PChar;

1

procedure MDIFileWindow.CMNewFile(var

Msg: TMessage);


begin Application".MakeWindow(New(PFileEditor, end; destructor MDIFileWindow.Done;

Init(@Self,

237

'')));

{ Destroy all editors }

procedure DestroyEditors(AnEditor : PWindowsObject); far; begin PFileEditor(AnEditor) .Done; end; begin if (EditorCount) 0 then ForEach(@DestroyEditors); { Use ForEach to destroy all editors } TMDIWindow.Done; end; A

procedure MDIFileWindow.SetupWindow; begin TMDIWindow.SetupWindow; EnableMenuItems(Disable); { Menu items are not usable yet, so disable them } end; procedure MDIFileWindow.CMOpenFile(var Msg: TMessage); var FileName: array[0..fsPathName] of Char; begin if Application".ExecDialog(New(PFileDialog, Init(@Self, PChar(sd_FileOpen), StrCopy(FileName, '*-*')))) = id_Ok then Application".MakeWindow(New(PFileEditor, Init(@Self, FileName))); end; { Save the position and contents of the windows to a desktop file. } procedure MDIFileWindow.CMSaveState(var Msg: TMessage); var S: PStream; function FileDelete(Name: PChar): Integer; assembler; asm PUSH DS LDS DX,Name MOV AH,41H INT 21H JC (a@l XOR AX,AX continues

238


Listing

7.6.

@@1:

NEG

continued

AX POP

DS

end; begin S := New(PBufStream, Init(DskFile, stCreate, 2048)); PutChildren(S"); if S".Status stOk then begin Dispose(S, Done); FileDelete(DskFile); MessageBox(HWindow, 'Unable to write desktop f i l e . , 'Disk error', mb_Ok or mb_IconExclamation); end else Dispose(S, Done); end; { Read windows positions and contents from a "desktop" file. } procedure MDIFileWindow.CMRestoreState(var Msg: TMessage); var S: PStream; ErrorMsg: PChar; begin ErrorMsg := nil; S := New(PBufStream, Init(DskFile, stOpenRead, 1024)); if S".Status stOk then ErrorMsg := 'Unable to open desktop file.' else begin CloseChildren; GetChildren(S'); if S .Status stOk then ErrorMsg := 'Error reading desktop file.'; if LowMemory then begin CloseChildren; ErrorMsg := 'Not enough memory to open file.' end else CreateChildren; end; if ErrorMsg nil then MessageBox(HWindow, ErrorMsg, 'Disk error', mb_Ok or mb_IconExclamation); end; 1

A


procedure MDIApp.InitMainWindow; begin MainWindow := New(PMDIFileWindow, Init('MDI Files', LoadMenu(HInstance, 'Commands'))); PMDIFileWindow(MainWindowp.ChildMenuPos := 3; { Register types to be written to stream } RegisterType(RWindow); RegisterType(REdit); RegisterType(RFileEditor); end; procedure MDIApp.Initlnstance; begin TApplication.Initlnstance; if Status = 0 then { Optional loading of accelerator table } begin HAccTable := LoadAccelerators(HInstance, 'FileCommands ); if HAccTable = 0 then Status := em_InvalidWindow; end; end; 1

end.

239

8

CHAPTER

RESOURCES A N D CONTROL OBJECTS

Everyone agrees that the world is also full of large projects.

is full

of large

objects.

Sometimes

the

world

Andrei Codrescu T h e previous seven chapters discussed object-oriented programming in general a n d its a p p r o p r i a t e n e s s t o W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n d e v e l o p m e n t i n p a r t i c u l a r . T h e T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s s i d e o f W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n d e v e l o p m e n t w a s covered, using resources and control objects, but without detailing h o w you create a n d maintain resources a n d control objects. B e f o r e y o u g o a little d e e p e r i n t o r e s o u r c e s a n d c o n t r o l o b j e c t s , m a k e s u r e that y o u u n d e r s t a n d t h e Pascal s i d e o f W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n d e v e l o p m e n t . I n g e n e r a l , it is a t h r e e - s t e p p r o c e s s : 1. D e r i v i n g a n a p p l i c a t i o n a n d a MainWindow ( f r o m t h e abstract o b j e c t s i n ObjectWindows). 2. C o n n e c t i n g t h e a p p l i c a t i o n a n d its MainWindow t o r e s o u r c e s . 3. T e a c h i n g t h e n e w a p p l i c a t i o n t o r e s p o n d t o e v e n t s a n d m e s s a g e s g e n e r a t e d b y W i n d o w s a n d r e s o u r c e s , s u c h as m e n u s .

242


A s it h a s b e e n s h o w n , O O P t e c h n i q u e s s i m p l i f y W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n development by • Encapsulating W i n d o w s ' complexity in objects. • A l l o w i n g y o u t o d e r i v e n e w o b j e c t s f r o m e x i s t i n g o n e s ( u s i n g inheritance). • A l l o w i n g y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n s t o s e n d g e n e r a l m e s s a g e s that a n o t h e r w i n d o w o r a p p l i c a t i o n r e s p o n d s t o as it s e e s fit ( u s i n g p o l y m o r p h i s m ) . • M a k i n g it e a s y f o r a p p l i c a t i o n s t o u s e d y n a m i c o b j e c t s , c o l l e c t i o n s , a n d s t r e a m s , a n d t h u s a l l o w i n g a p p l i c a t i o n s t o m i x a n d m a t c h o b j e c t s , lists, a n d files o f v a r y i n g size a n d n u m b e r . T h e first part o f this c h a p t e r shifts g e a r s a n d e x p l a i n s h o w y o u c r e a t e a n d m a i n t a i n r e s o u r c e s . T h e s e c o n d part s h o w s y o u several m o r e w a y s t o u s e t h e user interface devices called controls o r control objects.

Resources R e s o u r c e s are t h e m e n u s , d i a l o g b o x e s (or w i n d o w s ) , bit m a p s , i c o n s , keyb o a r d a c c e l e r a t o r s , s t r i n g s , a n d c u r s o r s that y o u r T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s applications use to establish a consistent, user-friendly interface. Y o u c r e a t e r e s o u r c e s o u t s i d e o f T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s b y 1. U s i n g a r e s o u r c e e d i t o r t o g e n e r a t e a l i n k a b l e (binary) file. 2 . U s i n g a text e d i t o r t o c r e a t e a r e s o u r c e script file, w h i c h y o u " c o m p i l e " o r l i n k i n t o y o u r e x e c u t a b l e ( . E X E ) file u s i n g t h e M i c r o s o f t R e s o u r c e Compiler. R e s o u r c e c o d e a n d P a s c a l c o d e are s t o r e d i n s e p a r a t e files (with R E S a n d P A S e x t e n s i o n s ) a n d m a i n t a i n e d as s e p a r a t e e n t i t i e s . T h i s s e p a r a t i o n o f e n t i t i e s is a d v a n t a g e o u s f o r several r e a s o n s : • O n e resource, for e x a m p l e , can b e u s e d by m o r e than o n e application. • A resource or an application can be changed (and recompiled) without recompiling the other. • R e s o u r c e s a r e , b y d e f a u l t , not loaded i n t o m e m o r y w h e n t h e a p p l i c a t i o n starts. R a t h e r , t h e y are l o a d e d w h e n t h e a p p l i c a t i o n r e q u e s t s t h e m . F i g u r e 8.1 illustrates this c o n c e p t .

8—Resources and Control Objects

R e s o u r c e s aren't loaded until requested

Windows

1)

Load Resource!

Application

2) r e q u e s t

Resource2

Resource3

Figure

8.1. Resources are loaded when an application requests them.

R e s o u r c e s are t h e s p e c i f i c a t i o n s ( e x p r e s s e d as d a t a ) f o r t h e c o r r e s p o n d ing interface e l e m e n t s ( m e n u s , d i a l o g s , a n d s o forth) that Windows constructs for y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n . R e s o u r c e d a t a are s t o r e d in t h e E X E file, b u t n o t in t h e application's data segment, where y o u might expect t h e m to b e stored. R e s o u r c e d a t a a n d Pascal s o u r c e c o d e d a t a d o n o t c o m p e t e f o r t h e s a m e s p a c e . Y o u " c o n n e c t " resources

t o t h e E X E file in o n e o f t h e f o l l o w i n g w a y s :

1. C o p y i n g resources f r o m a R E S file into t h e c o m p i l e d a p p l i c a t i o n ' s E X E file u s i n g t h e Whitewater R e s o u r c e T o o l k i t (or a n o t h e r resource editor) 2. A d d i n g t h e {$R} c o m p i l e r directive t o y o u r . PAS file 3. U s i n g t h e M i c r o s o f t R e s o u r c e C o m p i l e r T h e s i m p l e s t alternative, u s e d in t h e e x a m p l e s s o far, is t o u s e t h e {$R} c o m p i l e r directive. T h i s directive tells t h e c o m p i l e r that y o u w a n t t o a d d t h e s p e c i f i e d resource file t o t h e e n d o f t h e e x e c u t a b l e file. N o t e that y o u c a n c o m p i l e Pascal s o u r c e c o d e that u s e s resources b e f o r e y o u a c t u a l l y create t h e resources. T h u s , y o u c a n write a n d test t h e P a s c a l o r resource part o f t h e a p p l i c a t i o n in either order. If y o u u s e t h e {$R} directive t o a t t a c h resources, however, it m e a n s that t h e resource a n d t h e Pascal s o u r c e c o d e are b o u n d u n l e s s y o u u n b i n d t h e m b y recompiling t h e Pascal s o u r c e c o d e . I n o t h e r w o r d s , y o u c a n n o t e l i m i n a t e a resource s p e c i f i e d b y t h e {$R} directive w i t h o u t recompiling t h e Pascal source c o d e . Y o u c a n still a d d n e w resources b y c o p y i n g n e w resources into t h e E X E

243

244


file, b u t y o u risk s o m e c o n f u s i o n b y m i x i n g r e s o u r c e s i n this m a n n e r . W h e n y o u c o m p i l e c o d e e x c l u s i v e l y f o r yourself, it is p r o b a b l y e a s i e r t o u s e t h e { $ R } d i r e c t i v e t o specify r e s o u r c e s . F o r m e , it is s i m p l e s t t o a t t a c h e a c h w i n d o w t o its o w n r e s o u r c e file. If y o u w a n t t o c h a n g e a w i n d o w ' s r e s o u r c e , y o u edit t h e r e s o u r c e file f o r that w i n d o w . A one-window, one-resource-file scenario reduces confusion. F o r e x a m p l e , i n C h a p t e r 7, " M a n y W i n d o w s : A M u l t i - D o c u m e n t Interf a c e , " y o u d e r i v e d a MainMDIWindow f r o m TMDIWindow: PMainMDIWindow = "MainMDIWindow; MainMDIWindow = object(TMDIWindow) function InitChild

: PWindowsObject; virtual;

end; a n d c o n n e c t e d it t o its r e s o u r c e , first u s i n g t h e { $ R } d i r e c t i v e t o attach its r e s o u r c e s t o t h e E X E file: {$R WIFMdil.RES } and then by attaching a m e n u MainMDIWindow: procedure begin

resource

(in M D I M a i n W i n d o w . R E S )

to

MDIApplication.InitMainWindow;

if FirstApplication then MainWindow := New(PMainMDIWindow, Init('MDI LoadMenu(HInstance, MDIMenul ))) 1

Interface , 1

1

else MainWindow := New(PMainMDIWindow, Init('MDI Additional LoadMenu(HInstance, 'MDIMenul')));

Instance ,

end; T h e r e s o u r c e e d i t o r ( t h e W h i t e w a t e r R e s o u r c e T o o l k i t ) is u s u a l l y p r e f e r r e d t o c r e a t e r e s o u r c e s interactively. T o h a v e f u n a n d t o i l l u m i n a t e w h a t a resource editor d o e s for y o u b e h i n d the scenes, however, y o u will p o k e a r o u n d a bit i n a r e s o u r c e script file. Listing 8.1 s h o w s a s i m p l e r e s o u r c e script file g e n e r a t e d w i t h t h e W h i t e w a t e r R e s o u r c e T o o l k i t (after c r e a t i n g t h e r e s o u r c e interactively) a n d t h e T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s e d i t o r . T h e r e s o u r c e Scriptfile c o n s i s t s e n t i r e l y o f a m e n u r e s o u r c e s p e c i f i c a t i o n . Later i n this c h a p t e r , y o u learn easier ways t o create resources using the Whitewater Resource Toolkit.

1


Listing

8.1. A simple

resource

script

file.

106 MENU LOADONCALL MOVEABLE PURE DISCARDABLE BEGIN POPUP "&File" BEGIN Menultem "&New", 101 Menultem "&Open", 102 Menultem "&Save", 103 Menultem "Save&As", 104 END Menultem "&WriteText", 501 Menultem "&Help", 901 END E a c h r e s o u r c e is a s h o r t b l o c k o f i n f o r m a t i o n w i t h a b e g i n n i n g a n d a n e n d . T h e m e n u resource, for example, has a n a m e :

EditMenu MENU f o l l o w e d b y a Pascal-like b l o c k o f c o d e :

BEGIN END w h i c h specifies m e n u items a n d their c o r r e s p o n d i n g c o m m a n d messages:

MENUITEM " ..." cm_F.. T h e s p e c i f i c a t i o n for a d i a l o g b o x m i g h t l o o k l i k e this i n a . R C (script) file:

AbOUtBox DIALOG 30, 35, 150,100 CAPTION "A Dialog" STYLE DS_MODALFRAME | WS_CAPTION | WS_SYSMENU FONT 10, "Helv" BEGIN CTEXT "A Dialog" -1, 0, 20, 160, CTEXT "More text" -1, 0, 28, 160, ICON "An Icon" -1,8, 8, 0, DEFPUSHBUTTON "OK", IDOK, 50, 45, 30, END

10 10 0 14

L i s t i n g 8.2 s h o w s a m u c h m o r e c o m p l e x r e s o u r c e ( . R C ) file. N o t e that it includes not only m e n u a n d s u b m e n u resource specifications but also m a n y o t h e r r e s o u r c e s as w e l l : d i a l o g s , bit m a p s , s t r i n g s , a c c e l e r a t o r s , a n d s o o n .

245

246


Listing

8.2.

A complex

resource

file.

#include "rwpdemoc.pas" men_Main MENU BEGIN POPUP "&File" BEGIN MENUITEM MENUITEM MENUITEM MENUITEM MENUITEM MENUITEM MENUITEM MENUITEM MENUITEM END

"&New", cm_New "&Open...", cm_Open SEPARATOR "&Save", cm_Save "Save &as...", cm_SaveAs SEPARATOR "&Print...", cm_Print SEPARATOR "E&xit", cm_Exit

POPUP "&Edit" BEGIN MENUITEM "&Undo Alt+Backspace", cmJJndo, GRAYED MENUITEM SEPARATOR MENUITEM "Cu&t Shift+Del", cm_Cut, GRAYED MENUITEM "&Copy Ctrl+Ins", cm_Copy, GRAYED MENUITEM "&Paste Shift+Ins", cm_Paste, GRAYED MENUITEM SEPARATOR MENUITEM "Cl&ear \ cm_Clear, GRAYED MENUITEM "D&elete", cm_Delete, GRAYED END POPUP "&View" BEGIN MENUITEM "&A11", cm_All, GRAYED, CHECKED MENUITEM "&Some...", cm_Some, GRAYED MENUITEM SEPARATOR MENUITEM "&By...", cm_By, GRAYED END POPUP "&Options" BEGIN MENUITEM "&Directories...", cm_Directories MENUITEM SEPARATOR POPUP "&Environment" BEGIN MENUITEM "&Preferences...", cm_Preferences


247

MENUITEM "&Mouse...", cm_Mouse END MENUITEM MENUITEM MENUITEM MENUITEM

SEPARATOR "&0pen...", cm_0ptions_0pen "&Save", cm_Options_Save "Save &as...", cm_Options_SaveAs

END POPUP "&Window" BEGIN MENUITEM "&Tile", cm_Tile MENUITEM "&Cascade", cm_Cascade MENUITEM "Arrange &icons", cm_ArrangeIcons MENUITEM "Close &all", cm_CloseAll, GRAYED END POPUP "&Help" BEGIN MENUITEM MENUITEM MENUITEM MENUITEM MENUITEM MENUITEM END

"&Index Shift+F1", cm_Index, GRAYED "&Topic Search Ctrl+F1", cm_Topic_Search, GRAYED "&Glossary", cm_Glossary, GRAYED "Using &Help", cm_Using_Help, GRAYED SEPARATOR "&About RWPDemo...", 145

END dlg_0pen DIALOG 5, 17, 165, 149 CAPTION "Open" STYLE WS_POPUP | WS_CAPTION | WS_SYSMENU BEGIN LTEXT "File &name:", -1, 5, 3, 38, 12 CONTROL "", 100, "COMBOBOX", CBS_DROPDOWN | WS_VSCROLL | WS_GROUP | WS_TABSTOP, 46, 2, 111, 44 LTEXT "Path:", - 1 , 8 , 18, 16, 8 LTEXT "", 103, 29, 18, 127, 9, SS_LEFT | WS_GROUP LTEXT "&Files:", -1, 12, 32, 16, 8 LTEXT "&Directories", -1, 96, 33, 51, 9 CONTROL "", 101, "LISTBOX", LBS_STANDARD, 6, 43, 70, 59 CONTROL "", 102, "LISTBOX", LBS_STANDARD, 92, 43, 70, 59 CONTROL "Options", -1, "button", BS_GROUPBOX | WS_GROUP, 8, 105, 150, 22 continues

248


Listing

8.2.

continued

CONTROL "&Text", 205, "BUTTON", BS_AUTORADIOBUTTON | WS_TABSTOP, 17, 113, 37, 12 CONTROL "&Scribble", 206, "BUTTON", BS_AUTORADIOBUTTON j WS_TABSTOP, 68, 113, 36, 12 CONTROL &Graph", 207, "BUTTON", BS_AUTORADIOBUTTON | WS_TABSTOP, 118, 113, 35, 12 DEFPUSHBUTTON "&0K", 1, 11, 130, 24, 14 PUSHBUTTON "&Cancel", 2, 71, 130, 28, 14 PUSHBUTTON "&Help", 210, 135, 130, 24, 14 H

END dlg_SaveAs DIALOG 10, 18, 129, 147 CAPTION "Save As" STYLE WS_POPUP | WS_CAPTION | WS_SYSMENU BEGIN LTEXT "File &name:", -1, 8, 2, 38, 12 CONTROL "", 100, "COMBOBOX", CBS_DROPDOWN | WS_VSCROLL | WS_GROUP | WS_TABSTOP, 48, 2, 76, 38 LTEXT "Path:", -1, 9, 19, 16, 8 LTEXT "", 101, 29, 21, 92, 8 LTEXT "&Directories", -1, 14, 30, 68, 9 CONTROL "", 103, "LISTBOX", LBS_STANDARD, 11, 40, 70, 59 DEFPUSHBUTTON "&OK", 1, 6, 127, 24, 14 PUSHBUTTON "&Cancel", 2, 51, 127, 28, 14 PUSHBUTTON "&Help", 210, 98, 127, 24, 14 END dlg_Print DIALOG 36, 14, 163, 133 CAPTION "Print" STYLE WS_POPUP | WS_CAPTION J WS_SYSMENU BEGIN LTEXT "Copies:", -1, 5, 11, 28, 8 LTEXT "", 211, 35, 12, 16, 8, WSJ3ROUP CONTROL "", -1, "static", SS_BLACKFRAME, 35, 10, 16, 10 CONTROL "Pages", -1, "button", BS_GROUPBOX, 4, 24, 155, 30 CONTROL "&A11", 212, "BUTTON", BS_AUTORADIOBUTTON j WS_TABSTOP, 36, 29, 28, 12 CONTROL "&Partial", 213, "BUTTON", BS_AUTORADIOBUTTON | WS_TABSTOP, 36, 41, 35, 8 CONTROL "", 214, "static", SS_GRAYFRAME, 98, 41, 12, 8 LTEXT "From:", -1, 75, 41, 19, 8 LTEXT "To:", -1, 114, 41, 16, 8 CONTROL "", 215, "static", SS_GRAYFRAME, 134, 41, 11, 8 LTEXT "Printers", -1, 6, 61, 31, 8 CONTROL "", 216, "LISTBOX", LBS_STANDARD, 3, 70, 143, 37 DEFPUSHBUTTON "P&rint", 217, 5, 114, 24, 14 PUSHBUTTON "Printer &setup...\ 218, 37, 114, 51, 14

8 — R e s o u r c e s and Control Objects

PUSHBUTTON "&Cancel", 2, 97, 114, 27, 14 PUSHBUTTON "&Help", 210, 133, 114, 24, 14 END acc_Main ACCELERATORS BEGIN VK_BACK, 24325, VIRTKEY, ALT VK_DELETE, 24320, VIRTKEY, SHIFT VK_INSERT, 24321, VIRTKEY, CONTROL VK_INSERT, 24322, VIRTKEY, SHIFT VK_F1, 141, VIRTKEY, SHIFT VK_F1, 142, VIRTKEY, CONTROL END

dlg_About DIALOG 82, 19, 121, 86 CAPTION "About CUA" STYLE WS_POPUP | WS_CAPTION | WS_SYSMENU BEGIN LTEXT "Common User Access Example", -1, 10, 5, 108, 11 LTEXT "Copyright (c) 1990, Borland International", -1, 26, 49, 70, 15 DEFPUSHBUTTON "&0K", 1, 49, 69, 24, 14 ICON "icon_1", -1, 53, 25, 16, 16 END

DIAL0G_5 DIALOG 11, 18, 177, 79 CAPTION "Directories" STYLE WS_POPUP | WS_CAPTION | WS_SYSMENU BEGIN LTEXT "&Scribble Directory", -1, 9, 5, 66, 10, SS_LEFT | WS_GROUP LTEXT "&Text Directory", -1, 9, 22, 64, 10, SS_LEFT j WS_GROUP LTEXT "&Graphics Directory", -1, 9, 40, 64, 8, SS_LEFT | WS_GROUP CONTROL "", ID_ScribbleDirectory, "COMBOBOX", CBS_DROPDOWN | WS_VSCROLL | WS_TABSTOP, 80, 4, 95, 32 CONTROL "", id_TextDirectory, "COMBOBOX", CBS_DROPDOWN | WS_VSCROLL | WS_TABSTOP, 80, 22, 95, 32 CONTROL "", id_GraphicDirectory, "COMBOBOX", CBS_DROPDOWN | WS_VSCROLL | WS_TABSTOP, 80, 40, 95, 32 continues

249

250


Listing

8.2.

continued

DEFPUSHBUTTON "&0K", id_0k, 16, 61, 24, 14 PUSHBUTTON "&Cancel", id_Cancel, 68, 61, 26, 14 PUSHBUTTON "&Help", id__Help, 122, 61, 24, 14 END dlg_Preferences DIALOG 13, 21, 210, 88 CAPTION "Preferences" STYLE WS_P0PUP | WS_CAPTION | WS_SYSMENU BEGIN CONTROL "Desktop file", -1, "button", BS_GROUPBOX, 5, 7, 88, 52 CONTROL "&None", 222, "BUTTON", BS_AUTORADIOBUTTON | WSJTABSTOP, 11, 17, 78, 11 CONTROL "C&urrent directory", 223, "BUTTON", BS_AUTORADIOBUTTON | WS_TABSTOP, 11, 28, 74, 13 CONTROL "Conf&ig file directory", 224, "BUTTON", BS_AUTORADIOBUTTON | WSJTABSTOP, 11, 41, 73, 12 CONTROL "Autosave", -1, "button", BS_GROUPBOX, 97, 7, 109, 52 CONTROL "&Editor files", 225, "BUTTON", BS_AUTOCHECKBOX i WS_TABSTOP, 102, 18, 91, 9 CONTROL "&Environment", 226, "BUTTON", BS_AUTOCHECKBOX | WS_TABSTOP, 102, 31, 88, 9 CONTROL &Desktop", 227, "BUTTON", BS_AUTOCHECKBOX | WS_TABSTOP, 102, 44, 60, 9 DEFPUSHBUTTON "&0K", 1, 23, 67, 24, 14 PUSHBUTTON "&Cancel", 2, 72, 67, 37, 14 PUSHBUTTON "&Help", 210, 134, 67, 24, 14 END H

dlg_Mouse DIALOG 14, 12, 190, 97 CAPTION "Mouse" STYLE WS_POPUP | WS__CAPTION | WS__SYSMENU BEGIN CONTROL "&Right mouse button", -1, "button", BS_GROUPBOX, 8, 5, 77, 59 CONTROL "", 231, "scrollbar", SBS_HORZ, 95, 32, 86, 9 LTEXT "Mouse Click", -1, 93, 11, 90, 9 LTEXT "Fast", -1, 95, 22, 16, 8 LTEXT "Slow", -1, 161, 22, 16, 8 CONTROL "&Reverse mouse buttons", 232, "BUTTON", BS_AUTOCHECKBOX | WSJTABSTOP, 97, 48, 90, 9 CONTROL "&Nothing", 228, "BUTTON", BS_AUTORADIOBUTTON WSJTABSTOP, 18, 19, 55, 12


CONTROL "&Clear Window", 229, "BUTTON", BS_AUTORADIOBUTTON \ WS_TABSTOP, 18, 33, 55, 12 CONTROL "&lnverse Color", 230, "BUTTON", BS_AUTORADIOBUTTON | WSJTABSTOP, 18, 47, 55, 12 DEFPUSHBUTTON "&0k", 1, 11, 76, 24, 14 PUSHBUTTON "&Cancel", 2, 64, 76, 30, 14 PUSHBUTTON "&Help", 210, 123, 76, 24, 14 END

R C D A T A J RCDATA BEGIN "\07\07Wake up!!\07\07\0" , "\11Hello world" , 25 0x05f "\07" END CURSOR 1 CURSOR rwdemo.CUR

ico RWPDemo ICON rwdemo.ICO

STRINGTABLE BEGIN sth_FileNew, "Help on New" sth_FileOpen, "Help on Open" sth_FileSave, "Help on Save" sth_FileSaveAs, "Help on SaveAs" sth_FilePrint, "Help on Print" sth_FileExit, "Help on Exit" sth_File, "Help on File" sth_EditUndo, "Help on Undo" sth_EditCut, "Help on Cut" sth_EditCopy, "Help on Copy" sth_EditPaste, "Help on Paste" sth_EditClear, "Help on Clear" sth_EditDelete, "Help on Delete" sth_Edit, "Help on Edit" sth_ViewAll, "Help on View All" sth_ViewSome, "Help on View Some" sth_ViewBy, "Help on View By" continues

251

252


Listing

8.2.

continued

sth_View, "Help on View" sth__OptionsDirectory, "Help on Directories" sth_OptionsEnvironment, "Help on Environment" sth_OptionsOpen, "Help on Options Open" sth_OptionsSave, "Help on Options Save" sth_OptionsSaveAs, "Help on Options Save As" sth_Option, "Help on Option" sth_EnvironmentPreferences, "Help on Preferences" sth_EnvironmentMouse, "Help on Mouse" sth_WindowTile, "Help on Window Tile" sth_WindowCascade, "Help on Window Cascade" sth_WindowArrange, "Help on Window Arrange" sth_WindowIcon, "Help on Window Icon" sth_WindowCloseAll, "Help on Window CloseAll" sthJA/indow, "Help on Window" sth_HelpIndex, "Help on Index" sth_HelpTopic, "Help on Topic" sth_HelpSearch, "Help on Search" sth_HelpGlossary, "Help on Glossary" sth_HelpUsing, "Help on Using Help" sth_HelpAbout, "Help on About" sth_Help, "Help on Help" END bmp_StatusLine BITMAP BEGIN '42 4D F6 02 00 00 00 '00 00 40 00 00 00 14 '00 00 80 02 00 00 00 '00 00 00 00 00 00 00 '00 00 00 80 80 00 80 '00 00 80 80 80 00 C0 '00 00 00 FF FF 00 FF '00 00 FF FF FF 00 88 '88 88 88 88 88 88 88 '88 88 88 88 88 88 87 '77 77 77 77 77 77 77 '77 77 77 77 77 F8 87 '88 88 88 88 88 88 88 '88 88 88 88 88 F8 87 '88 88 88 88 88 88 88 '88 88 88 88 88 F8 87 '88 88 88 88 88 88 88 '88 88 88 88 88 F8 87 '88 88 88 88 88 88 88

00 00 00 00 00 C0 00 88 88 77 77 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88

00 00 00 00 00 C0 00 88 88 77 77 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88

00 00 00 00 00 00 00 88 88 77 77 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88

76 01 00 00 80 00 FF 88 88 77 77 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88

00 00 00 00 00 00 00 88 88 77 77 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88

00 04 00 80 80 FF FF 88 88 77 77 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88

00 00 00 00 00 00 00 88 88 77 77 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88

28 00 00 00 80 00 FF 88 88 77 77 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88

00' 00' 00' 80' 80' FF' FF' 88' 88' 77' 77' 88' 88' 88' 88' 88' 88' 88' 88'


•88 '88 '88 '88 '88 '88 *88 '88 '88 '88 '88 '88 '88 '88 '88 '88 '88 '88 '88 '88 '88 '88 '88 '88 '88 'FF 'FF '88 '88

88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 FF FF 88 88

88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 FF FF 88 88

88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 FF FF 88 88

88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 FF FF 88 88

F8 87 88 88 F8 87 88 88 F8 87 88 88 F8 87 88 88 F8 87 88 88 F8 87 88 88 F8 87 88 88 F8 87 88 88 F8 87 88 88 F8 87 88 88 F8 87 88 88 F8 87 88 88 F8 8F FF FF F8 88 88 88 88'

88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 FF FF 88 88

88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 FF FF 88 88

88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 FF FF 88 88

88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 FF FF 88 88

88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 FF FF 88 88

88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 FF FF 88 88

88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 FF FF 88 88

88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 FF FF 88 88

88* 88' 88' 88' 88' 88' 88' 88' 88' 88' 88' 88' 88' 88' 88' 88' 88' 88' 88' 88' 88' 88' 88' 88' FF' FF 88' 88' 1

END

N o t e : These bit maps must be developer-generated, either through the use of ASCII codes (the tedious way), or through the Whitewater Resource Toolkit (the easy way).

1 FONT rwdemo.FNT dlg_FileNew DIALOG 37, 18, 130, 129 CAPTION "New" STYLE DS_MODALFRAME | WS_POPUP | WS_CAPTION BEGIN CONTROL "Text", id_Text, "BUTTON", BS_AUTORADIOBUTTON | WS_TABSTOP, 39, 17, 41, 12 continues

253

254


Listing

8.2.

continued

CONTROL "Scribble", id_Scribble, "BUTTON", BS_AUTORADIOBUTTON | WS_TABSTOP, 39, 39, 40, 12 CONTROL "Graphics", id_Graphics, "BUTTON", BS_AUTORADIOBUTTON \ WS_TABSTOP, 39, 61, 41, 12 CONTROL "", -1, "button", BS_GROUPBOX, 32, 8, 66, 74 CONTROL "OK", id_OK, "BUTTON", BS_DEFPUSHBUTTON | WS_TABSTOP, 31, 98, 30, 14 CONTROL "Cancel", id_Cancel, "BUTTON", BS_PUSHBUTTON | WS_TABSTOP, 71, 98, 31, 14 END B I T M A P J BITMAP BEGIN '42 4D 16 01 00 00 00 00 '00 00 0A 00 00 00 14 00 '00 00 A0 00 00 00 00 00 '00 00 10 00 00 00 00 00 '00 00 00 80 80 00 80 00 '00 00 80 80 80 00 C0 C0 '00 00 00 FF FF 00 FF 00 *00 00 FF FF FF 00 88 88 '87 77 77 00 00 00 88 8F '87 88 88 80 88 88 88 8F '87 88 88 00 00 00 88 8F '87 88 88 00 00 04 88 8F '87 88 88 00 00 40 88 8F '87 88 88 00 00 00 88 8F '87 88 88 00 00 00 88 8F '87 88 88 00 00 00 88 8F '87 88 88 00 00 00 FF FF '88 88 88 00 00 00' END 1000 MENU BEGIN POPUP "Color" BEGIN MENUITEM "Red", 1 MENUITEM "Green", 1 MENUITEM "Blue", 1 END POPUP "Width" BEGIN MENUITEM "Thin", 108

00 00 00 00 00 C0 00 88 87 87 87 87 87 87 87 87 8F

00 00 00 00 00 00 00 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 FF

76 01 00 00 80 00 FF 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 FF

00 00 00 00 00 00 00 08 00 44 00 00 A0 08 00 00 00

00 04 00 80 80 FF FF 88 00 00 00 10 82 00 00 00 00

00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 04 00 00 02 22 00 00 00

28 00 00 00 80 00 FF 77 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88

00' 00' 00' 80' 80' FF FF 7F' 8F' 8F 8F' 8F 8F' 8F 8F' 8F' 88' 1

1

1

1

1


MENUITEM MENUITEM

255

"Normal", 1 "Item", 1

END END 1001 MENU BEGIN POPUP "Shape" BEGIN MENUITEM "Circle", 1 MENUITEM "Rectangle", 1 END POPUP BEGIN

"Color" MENUITEM MENUITEM MENUITEM

"Red", 1 "Green", 1 "White", 1

END END S c r i p t files s u c h as t h e o n e s i n listing 8 . 1 a n d 8 . 2 h a v e a . R C e x t e n s i o n , a r e c o m p i l e d with the Microsoft Resource C o m p i l e r , a n d t h e n are a p p e n d e d to t h e P a s c a l a p p l i c a t i o n ( u s u a l l y u s i n g t h e { $ R } d i r e c t i v e ) . Y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n is, o f c o u r s e , still r e s p o n s i b l e f o r a t t a c h i n g t h e r e s o u r c e t o a w i n d o w ( i n t h e Pascal for W i n d o w s c o d e ) . F o r e x a m p l e , y o u load a m e n u already specified in a r e s o u r c e file b y ID 99: constructor ATaskWindow.Init(AParent : PWindowsObject; ATitle : PChar); begin TWindow.Init(AParent, ATitle); { Send message to ancestor's constructor } Attr.Menu := LoadMenu(HInstance, PChar(99)); { 99 = menu ID } end;

Resource Editors R e s o u r c e e d i t o r s , s u c h as t h e o n e s i n t h e W h i t e w a t e r R e s o u r c e T o o l k i t ( W R T ) , c a n g e n e r a t e script files ( R C ) a n d l i n k a b l e r e s o u r c e files ( R E S ) . U s i n g t h e W h i t e w a t e r R e s o u r c e T o o l k i t , y o u u s u a l l y w a n t t o g e n e r a t e R E S files, t h e d e f a u l t . I n that c a s e , y o u s e l e c t W R T ' s S a v e M e n u i t e m a n d s p e c i f y a file.

256

Part II—Advanced Topics

T o indicate that you want to generate a scriptfile(.RC) rather than a resource file (RES), use the WRT's SaveAs m e n u item and select the .RC control button from the ensuing dialog window. Notice that the dialogs, menus, keyboard accelerators, and so on, you use to interact with the Whitewater Resource Toolkit are similar to those you create for your applications. This is a beauty of the W i n d o w s interface: these resource editors are examples of the kinds of applications you can create using W i n d o w s development tools like Turbo Pascal for W i n d o w s and W R T . The way these (and other) applications use and interact with W i n d o w s resources is covered in Chapter 13, "Designing W i n d o w s Applications." T o give you a feel for using a resource editor, the Whitewater Resource Toolkit is used to create a dialog w i n d o w and m e n u for an application.

Dialog Windows A dialog box is a w i n d o w m a d e u p of controls like those you see infigure8.2.

Figure

8.2. A dialog

box.

Recall that controls are such items as list boxes, push buttons, edit fields, and so on. Each control is a child w i n d o w that acts as an input device; in other words, it is an interactive componentforcommunicating with a user. The dialog box (or window) is the parent window.


T o c r e a t e , e d i t , o r d e s i g n a d i a l o g b o x , y o u start w i t h a g e n e r i c d i a l o g b o x (with o r w i t h o u t a c a p t i o n ) . Y o u m o v e it a r o u n d a n d c h a n g e t h e t y p e , c o n t e n t , a n d location o f controls in the dialog b o x t o create t h e specific dialog b o x y o u want. T h e dialog b o x editor allows y o u to w o r k with t w o palettes: •

Tools

•

Alignment

U s e t h e T o o l s p a l e t t e t o c r e a t e a d i a l o g b o x a n d its c o n t r o l s . U s e t h e Alignment palette to align the controls within the dialog b o x . By using the controls in a dialog b o x — t h a t is, by clicking buttons, c h e c k i n g b o x e s , a n d s e l e c t i n g i t e m s f r o m a list, a u s e r c a n " c o n t r o l " a n application. Controls enable a user to 1. K n o w w h i c h f u n c t i o n s a r e available t o h i m . 2. A l t e r t h e f l o w o f a n a p p l i c a t i o n ( f r o m o b j e c t t o o b j e c t , f r o m task t o task, f r o m f u n c t i o n t o f u n c t i o n ) . G o o d u s e o f d i a l o g b o x e s ( a n d its c o n t r o l s ) c a n e l i m i n a t e a n a p p l i c a t i o n ' s m y s t e r i e s a n d i l l u m i n a t e its p u r p o s e s . T h e A p p l e M a c i n t o s h b e c a m e p o p u l a r i n l a r g e part b e c a u s e it is s o e a s y t o u s e . W i n d o w s b r i n g s that e a s e o f u s e t o t h e P C . W i n d o w s d e f i n e s a set o f m e s s a g e s that c o o r d i n a t e t h e e x c h a n g e o f i n f o r m a t i o n b e t w e e n a n a p p l i c a t i o n a n d its c o n t r o l s . F o r e x a m p l e , list b o x " r e t u r n " m e s s a g e s a r e p r e f i x e d b y lb_. C o m b o b o x " r e t u r n " m e s s a g e s a r e p r e f i x e d b y cb_. B u t t o n " r e t u r n " m e s s a g e s a r e p r e f i x e d b y bn_, a n d s o o n . I n a d i a l o g b o x (a w i n d o w ) , m e s s a g e s g o b o t h w a y s : t o t h e c o n t r o l a n d b a c k f r o m t h e c o n t r o l . T o s e n d a m e s s a g e — t o a d d a string t o a list b o x f o r e x a m p l e — y o u might d o this:

procedure ADialog.AddStrings(var Msg: TMessage); var Txt : PChar; begin Txt := 'SomeText'; SendDlgItemMsg(id_LB1, lb_AddString,0, Longlnt(Txt)); end; SendDlgltemMsg is a TDialog m e t h o d . T h u s , a n y d i a l o g w i n d o w y o u d e r i v e f r o m TDialog a u t o m a t i c a l l y k n o w s h o w t o s e n d d i a l o g m e s s a g e s . id_LB1 is a c o n s t a n t r e p r e s e n t i n g a list b o x I D . Y o u u s e it t o specify t h e c o n t r o l t o r e c e i v e t h e SendDlgltemMsg. T o g e t a result (of a u s e r click, f o r e x a m p l e ) , y o u r d i a l o g w i n d o w r e s p o n d s to a control notification message, w h i c h represents the user's action. Each c o n t r o l n o t i f i c a t i o n m e s s a g e i n c l u d e s a n o t i f i c a t i o n c o d e (sent t h r o u g h Msg. lParamHi) that s p e c i f i e s t h e c o n t r o l ' s c h a n g e o f state.

257

258


Write a response m e t h o d for any control notification message y o u want the dialog w i n d o w or application to respond to. For example:

ADialog = object(TDialog) procedure Handlel_istBox1Msg(var Msg: TMessage); virtual id_First + id_BN1; end; procedure ADialog.HandleListBoxlMsg(var Msg: TMessage); begin case Msg.lParamHi of lbn_SelChange: { Handle selection here } lbn_DblClk: { Handle a double click here } end; end; lbn_ p r e f i x e d m e s s a g e s a r e g e n e r a t e d w h e n a u s e r clicks i n t h e list b o x . T h e HandleListBoxl Msg m e t h o d t h u s c a n b e u s e d t o r e s p o n d t o t h e m e s s a g e s y o u w a n t t h e list b o x t o r e s p o n d t o . N o t i f i c a t i o n m e s s a g e s y o u d o n o t i n t e r c e p t are h a n d l e d a u t o m a t i c a l l y ( b u t w i t h o u t a n y r e s p o n s e ) b y TDialog m e t h o d s ( w h i c h ADialog i n h e r i t e d ) . A d i a l o g is t h u s a t w o - w a y c o m m u n i c a t i o n , s e n d i n g m e s s a g e s t o c o n t r o l s a n d r e s p o n d i n g t o their notification messages. F o r e x a m p l e , create a dialog w i n d o w that r e s p o n d s t o a c o n t r o l (a b u t t o n ) b y s e n d i n g a m e s s a g e t o a n o t h e r c o n t r o l (a list b o x ) . Listing 8.3 s h o w s t h e c o m p l e t e c o d e ( w h i c h is c o v e r e d i n t h e f o l l o w i n g s e c t i o n ) , a n d figure 8.3 s h o w s t h e d i s p l a y e d r e s u l t s . Listing

8.3. A dialog

box

program DialEx;

example.

{ Chapter 8, example dialog }

{$R EX_DIAL.RES} uses WinTypes, WinProcs, WObjects; const TheMenu id_LB1 id__BN1

= 100; = 151; =152;

cm_DialogEx

=101;

{ Menu command message }

type PExDialog = "ExDialog; ExDialog = object(TDialog) procedure IDBN1(var Msg: TMessage); virtual id_First + id_BN1; procedure IDLB1(var Msg: TMessage); virtual id_First + id_LB1; end;


259

PDialogWindow = "DialogWindow; DialogWindow = object(TWindow) constructor Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); procedure CMDialogEx(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm_First + cm_DialogEx; end; DlgApplication = object(TApplication) procedure InitMainWindow; virtual; end; { ExDialog } procedure ExDialog.IDBN1(var Msg: TMessage); var Textltem : PChar; begin Textltem := 'Menus'; SendDlgItemMsg(id_LB1, lb_AddString, 0, Longlnt(Textltem)); Textltem := 'Accelerators'; SendDlgItemMsg(id_LB1, lb_AddString, 0, Longlnt(Textltem)); Textltem := 'Bitmaps'; SendDlgItemMsg(id_LB1, lb_AddString, 0, Longlnt(Textltem)); Textltem := 'Cursors'; SendDlgItemMsg(id_LB1, lb_AddString, 0, Longlnt(Textltem)); Textltem := 'Icons'; SendDlgItemMsg(id_LB1, lb_AddString, 0, Longlnt(Textltem)); Textltem := 'Dialogs'; SendDlgItemMsg(id_LB1, lb_AddString, 0, Longlnt(Textltem)); Textltem := 'File Dialogs'; SendDlgItemMsg(id_LB1, lb_AddString, 0, Longlnt(Textltem)); end; procedure ExDialog.IDLB1(var Msg: TMessage); var Idx : Integer; SelectedText: array[0..10] of Char; begin if Msg.LParamHi = lbn_SelChange then begin Idx := SendDlgItemMsg(id_LB1, lb_GetCurSel, 0, Longlnt(O)); SendDlgItemMsg(id_LB1, lb_GetText, Idx, Longlnt(^SelectedText)); MessageBox(HWindow, SelectedText, 'List Box Notification', MB_OK); end; end; continues

260


Listing

8.3-

continued

{ DialogWindow } constructor DialogWindow.Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); begin TWindow.Init(AParent, ATitle); Attr.Menu := LoadMenu(Hinstance, MakelntResource(TheMenu)); end; procedure DialogWindow.CMDialogEx(var Msg: TMessage); var Return : Integer; begin Return := Application".ExecDialog(New(PExDialog, Init(@Self, 'EXDialog'))); If Return = id_Cancel then MessageBox(HWindow, 'id_cancel', 'List Box Notification', MB_0K); end; { DlgApplication } procedure DlgApplication.InitMainWindow; begin MainWindow := New(PDialogWindow, Init(nil, 'Example Dialog, Chapter 8')); end; var MyApp: DlgApplication; begin MyApp.Init('Example ) ; MyApp.Run; MyApp.Done; end. 1

Details First, u s e t h e W h i t e w a t e r R e s o u r c e T o o l k i t t o c r e a t e a list b o x . U s e t h e d i a l o g editor to 1. First e x p a n d t h e size o f t h e d e f a u l t d i a l o g ( w h i c h p o p s u p w h e n e v e r y o u o p e n the dialog editor). 2. S e l e c t a list b o x f r o m t h e c o n t r o l m e n u a n d , u s i n g t h e m o u s e , p l a c e it i n t h e d i a l o g w i n d o w (see f i g u r e 8 . 4 ) .


Figure

8.3. A dialog box

example.

Figure

8.4. A list box from the control menu, placed

into a dialog

window.

3. Edit the attributes of the list box by clicking Controls/Attributes as s h o w n in figure 8.5.

261

262


Figure

8.5.

Controls/Attributes.

4. Select button objects to interact with the user and place them using the m o u s e (see figure 8.6).

Figure

8.6. Button objects placed by using the mouse.

5. Select a button for completing the dialog and place it, as in figures 8.7 and 8.8.


Figure

8.7. A button for completing

the

6. D e f i n e n o t i f i c a t i o n c o d e s .

Figure

8.8. The new button in

context.

dialog.

263

264


7. Finally, create the usual gang of objects that interact with the resources you just created. As usual, create a n e w application object (deriving it from BasicApplication) and a DlgWindow (deriving it from MainWindow), and aDialogto handle list box and button messages: type PExDialog = "ExDialog; ExDialog = object(TDialog) procedure IDBN1(var Msg: TMessage); virtual id_First + id_BN1; procedure IDLB1(var Msg: TMessage); virtual id_First + id_LB1; end; PDialogWindow = "DialogWindow; DialogWindow = object(TWindow) constructor Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); procedure CMDialogEx(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm_First + cm_DialogEx; end; DlgApplication = object(TApplication) procedure InitMainWindow; virtual; end; InitMainWindow should look familiar: construction of a type of w i n d o w for the DlgApplication. In this case, a DlgWindow: procedure DlgApplication.InitMainWindow; begin MainWindow := New(PDialogWindow, Init(nil, 'Example Dialog, Chapter 6' end; Construct the DlgWindow: constructor DialogWindow.Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); begin TWindow.Init(AParent, ATitle); Attr.Menu := LoadMenu(Hinstance, MakelntResource(TheMenu)); end; Note the use ofMakelntResource, a W i n d o w s function that typecasts integers into resource names. It is equivalent to typecasting into a PChar type: Attr.Menu := LoadMenu(Hinstance, PChar(100)); which attaches the same m e n u to DialogWindow.


265

ExDialogis u s e d o n l y to interpret notification m e s s a g e s a n d has no fields. B e c a u s e it is also a standard d i a l o g , y o u d o n o t n e e d to d e f i n e a n e w constructor. TDialog's constructor is c a l l e d w h e n DialogWindow s e n d s a n " e x e c u t e d i a l o g " m e s s a g e in response to t h e CMDialogEX m e n u c o m m a n d message: procedure DialogWindow.CMDialogEx(var Msg: TMessage); var Return : Integer; begin Return := Application".ExecDialog(New(PExDialog, Init(@Self, 'EXDialog'))); If Return = id_Cancel then MessageBox(HWindow, 'id_cancel', 'List Box Notification', MB_0K); Notice in this e x a m p l e that you take a quick l o o k at the R e t u r n v a l u e of Application" .ExecDialog. S o m e t i m e s it is u s e f u l to check this result just in c a s e Application". ExecDialog fails. F o r e x a m p l e , if you specify t h e n a m e of a d i a l o g that c a n b e e x e c u t e d , ExecDialog returns zero. If the d i a l o g c a n n o t b e e x e c u t e d (for e x a m p l e , if t h e d i a l o g n a m e is m i s s p e l l e d ) , ExecDialog returns a negative v a l u e corresponding to a pred e f i n e d c o n s t a n t . T o e x p e r i m e n t with t h e s e error results, t y p e s o m e garbage into the d i a l o g n a m e field, a n d look at t h e result. For e x a m p l e , if y o u d o n o t have a dialog resource n a m e d "NoDialog," t y p e that n a m e in t h e n a m e field, where "ExDialog" is n o w . This p r o c e s s g e n e r a t e s a n error. D e f i n e t h e m e t h o d for responding to a n AddString m e s s a g e : { ExDialog } procedure ExDialog.IDBN1(var Msg: TMessage); var Textltem : PChar; begin Textltem := 'Menus'; SendDlgItemMsg(id_LB1, lb_AddString, 0, Longlnt(Textltem)); Textltem := 'Accelerators'; SendDlgItemMsg(id_LB1, lb_AddString, 0, Longlnt(Textltem)); Textltem := 'Bitmaps'; SendDlgItemMsg(id_LB1, lb_AddString, 0, Longlnt(Textltem)); Textltem := 'Cursors ; SendDlgItemMsg(id_LB1, lb_AddString, 0, Longlnt(Textltem)); Textltem := 'Icons '; SendDlgItemMsg(id_LB1, lb_AddString, 0, Longlnt(Textltem)); Textltem := 'Dialogs ; SendDlgItemMsg(id_LB1, lb_AddString, 0, Longlnt(Textltem)); Textltem := 'File Dialogs'; SendDlgItemMsg(id_LB1, lb_AddString, 0, Longlnt(Textltem)); end; 1

1

266


H e r e is a m e t h o d f o r r e s p o n d i n g t o a list-box n o t i f i c a t i o n

message

i n d i c a t i n g that t h e u s e r s e l e c t e d a n i t e m :

procedure ExDialog.IDLB1(var Msg: TMessage); var Idx : Integer; SelectedText: array[0..10] of Char; begin if Msg.LParamHi = lbn_SelChange then begin Idx := SendDlgItemMsg(id_LB1, lb_GetCurSel, 0, Longlnt(0)); SendDlgItemMsg(id_LB1, lb_GetText, Idx, Longlnt(^SelectedText)); MessageBox(HWindow, SelectedText, 'List Box Notification', MB_0K); end; end; N o t e that y o u c a n d e f i n e d i a l o g s i n s e p a r a t e files s p e c i f i e d b y . D L G e x t e n s i o n s . F o r e x a m p l e , t h e p r e v i o u s d i a l o g ' s . D L G file l o o k s like t h i s :

EXDIALOG DIALOG DISCARDABLE L0AD0NCALL PURE MOVEABLE 30, 49, 188, 100 STYLE WS_P0PUP | WS_DLGFRAME BEGIN CONTROL "Fill List Box" 152, "BUTTON", WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE j WS_TABSTOP, 111, 13, 68, 12 CONTROL "Cancel" 2, "BUTTON", WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | WSJTABSTOP, 112, 66, 68, 12 CONTROL "LISTBOX" 151, "LISTBOX", WS_CHILD J WS_VISIBLE | WS_BORDER | WS_VSCROLL | 0x3L, 8, 8, 83, 73 END If y o u d o m a i n t a i n d i a l o g s , m e n u s , a n d s o f o r t h , i n s e p a r a t e files, y o u can combine them whenever you need to by using the Whitewater Resource T o o l k i t B r o w s e r t o c o p y r e s o u r c e s b e t w e e n files. D o this b y o p e n i n g t w o browsers a n d using the Browser C o p y c o m m a n d to c o p y resource specificat i o n s b e t w e e n files. F i g u r e 8.9 illustrates this i d e a .

N o t e : T h e W h i t e w a t e r R e s o u r c e T o o l k i t is c o m p l e t e l y m e n u driven. T o add resources (controls, boxes, button, and so o n ) , use y o u r m o u s e t o click the m e n u items, t h e n drag t h e m across the screen.

8—Resources and Control Objects 2 6 7

Figure

8.9. Using the Whitewater Resource

Toolkit to copy resources between

files.

Control Objects Dialog boxes are composed of control objects, but control objects do not have to be part of a dialog. Y o u might want to use control objects as stand-alone "windows." ObjectWindows object types m a k e it easy for you to incorporate any of ten controls in your o w n applications. These controls are listed in table 8 . 1 . Table

8.1. Controls

to incorporate

in your

Control

ObjectWindows

Check box

TCheckBox

C o m b o box

TComboBox

Edit control

TEdit

Group box

TGroupBox

List box

TListBox

M D I client

TMDIClient

Push button

TButton

own

applications. Object

Type

continues

268


Table

8.1.

continued

Control

ObjectWindows

Radio button

TRadioButton

Scroll bar

TScrollBar

Static c o n t r o l

TStatic

Object

Type

T h e O b j e c t W i n d o w s type, TControl, is t h e a n c e s t o r f o r all c o n t r o l o b j e c t s . It is b a s e t y p e , s o y o u n e v e r instantiate a TControl; y o u instantiate its descendents. TControl is d e s c e n d e d from TWindow. T h u s , a n y c o n t r o l is a k i n d o f w i n d o w that c a n d i r e c t t h e flow o f a n a p p l i c a t i o n . A l t h o u g h y o u c a n derive n e w c o n t r o l s f r o m t h e c o n t r o l s in O b j e c t W i n d o w s , y o u p r o b a b l y n e v e r w i l l ; i n s t e a d y o u m i x a n d m a t c h t h e m t o create t h e c o n t r o l w i n d o w y o u w a n t . A l s o n o t e that a c o n t r o l is a child w i n d o w t o its p a r e n t (the M a i n a p p l i c a t i o n w i n d o w ) a n d i s , i n t u r n , u n d e r t h e p a r e n t w i n d o w ' s " c o n t r o l . " It is t h e responsibility o f t h e p a r e n t w i n d o w t o create t h e c o n t r o l (its child). Derive a n e w k i n d o f MainWindow, c a l l e d a TaskControlWindow: PTaskControlWindow = "TaskControlWindow; TaskControlWindow = object(MainWindow) constructor Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); end; a n d a d d a radio b u t t o n t o it: PTaskControlWindow = "TaskControlWindow; TaskControlWindow = object(MainWindow) Rad1: PRadioButton; end; In this e x a m p l e , t h e c o n t r o l (Rad1, a p o i n t e r t o a RadioButton) is represented b y a d a t a f i e l d . Alternatively, it c a n b e represented b y a variable in its p a r e n t ' s c o n s t r u c t o r . F o r e x a m p l e : constructor Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); var Rad1 : PRadioButton; begin {....} end;


269

E i t h e r w a y , t h e c o n t r o l is c o n s t r u c t e d b y its p a r e n t ' s c o n s t r u c t o r . V e r s i o n 1:

constructor TaskControlWindow.Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); begin MainWindow.Init(AParent, ATitle); Rad1 := New(PRadioButton, Init(@Self, id_Rad1, 'Task 1', 74, 64, 138, 24, Groupl)); end; O r ( V e r s i o n 2):

constructor TaskControlWindow.Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); var Rad1 : PRadioButton; begin MainWindow.Init(AParent, ATitle); Rad1 := New(PRadioButton, Init(@Self, id_Rad1, 'Task 1', 74, 64, 138, 24, Groupl)); end; Y o u c r e a t e o t h e r c o n t r o l o b j e c t s similarly. F o r e x a m p l e , a list b o x :

constructor TaskControlWindow.Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); begin MainWindow.Init(AParent, ATitle); ListBoxl := New(PListBox, Init(@Self, id_LB1, 74, 64, 138, 24)); end; or a c o m b o box:

constructor TaskControlWindow.Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); begin MainWindow.Init(AParent, ATitle); ListBoxl := New(PComboBox, Init(@Self, id_CB1, 74, 64, 138, 24, cbs_DropList,40)); end; E a c h c o n t r o l s u p p o r t e d b y a n O b j e c t W i n d o w s o b j e c t is a s e l f - c o n t a i n e d o b j e c t w i t h its o w n m e t h o d s a n d d a t a . Y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n s i m p l y : 1. C o n s t r u c t s a n o b j e c t . 2. S e n d s it m e s s a g e s . 3. P r o c e s s e s t h e r e s u l t s .

270


Group Boxes O n e w a y o f u s i n g c o n t r o l s is t o p r o c e s s t h e m " a s a g r o u p , " b y u n i f y i n g t h e m i n a g r o u p b o x . A g r o u p b o x is a s p e c i a l k i n d o f i n t e r f a c e o b j e c t that c o r r e s p o n d s t o t h e g r o u p b o x e l e m e n t i n W i n d o w s . A g o o d w a y t o set u p a g r o u p b o x is t o c r e a t e it as a s t a n d - a l o n e c h i l d w i n d o w w i t h i n a n o t h e r w i n d o w ' s c l i e n t a r e a . C r e a t e a g r o u p b o x that u n i f i e s a g r o u p o f r a d i o b u t t o n s . E a c h b u t t o n e n a b l e s a u s e r t o specify a task. I n o t h e r w o r d s , t h e g r o u p b o x acts as a task c o n t r o l l e r . T h e u s e r selects a task t o e x e c u t e b y c l i c k i n g a r a d i o b u t t o n . T h e a p p l i c a t i o n r e s p o n d s b y i t e r a t i n g t h e task. R e c a l l t h e w a y y o u b u i l t t h e task m a n a g e r i n C h a p t e r s 5, 6, a n d 7 b y d e r i v i n g a n e w k i n d of m a i n w i n d o w ( c a l l e d T a s kWi n d ow), w h i c h r e s p o n d e d t o c o m m a n d m e s s a g e s ( g e n e r a t e d b y a m e n u ) . T h e TaskWindow r e s p o n d e d t o a R u n T a s k m e s s a g e b y c r e a t i n g a n i n s t a n c e of t h e w i n d o w that c o n t a i n e d t h e task. T h e p l a n h e r e is similar: 1. D e r i v e a n e w w i n d o w c a l l e d TaskControlWindow f r o m MainWindow. 2. A d d c o n t r o l s t o it: t w o r a d i o b u t t o n s (to r e p r e s e n t t w o t a s k s ) , a c o n t r o l b o x t o u n i f y t h e task b u t t o n s , a n d a m e t h o d t o m a i n t a i n t h e g r o u p :

PTaskControlWindow = "TaskControlWindow; TaskControlWindow = object(MainWindow) TaskButtonl, TaskButton2: PRadioButton; TaskGroupl: PGroupBox; constructor Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); procedure HandleTaskGroup1Msg(var Msg: TMessage); virtual id_First + id_Group1; end; T h e TaskControlWindow c o n s t r u c t o r c r e a t e s all t h e c o n t r o l s :

constructor TaskControlWindow.Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); begin MainWindow.Init(AParent, ATitle); TaskGroupl := New(PGroupBox, Init(@Self, id_Group1, 'Task Box', 58, 52, 176, 108)); TaskButtonl := New(PRadioButton, Init(@Self, id_Rad1, 'Task 1', 74, 64, 138, 24, Groupl)); TaskButton2 := New(PRadioButton, Init(@Self, id_Rad2, 'Task 2', 74, 84, 138, 24, Groupl)); end;


T h e g r o u p handler decides h o w to interpret the button-state c h a n g e s in the group:

procedure TaskControlWindow.HandleGroup1Msg(var Msg: TMessage); var TextBuff: array[0..20] of Char; { A button ID } Compare : integer; { Int to record comparison } Taskl : PModell; { Pointer to a task } Task2 : PModel2; { Pointer to a task } begin if Rad1 .GetCheck 0 { User wants a task } then GetWindowText(Rad1 .HWindow, TextBuff, SizeOf(TextBuff)) else GetWindowText(Rad2 .HWindow, TextBuff, SizeOf(TextBuff)); A

A

A

Compare := StrComp(TextBuff,'Task 1'); { Which task ID is it? } If Compare = 0 then { 0 = a match } begin Taskl := New(PModel1, Init(@Self, 'TimeSeries Model')); Application".MakeWindow(Task1); Taskl .Iterate; { Iterate the task } end else { Run the other task } begin Task2 := New(PModel2, Init(@Self, 'Henon Attractor')); Application".MakeWindow(Task2); Task2".Iterate; { Iterate the task } end; end; A

L i s t i n g 8.4 s h o w s t h e c o m p l e t e TaskCont rol a p p l i c a t i o n , a n d f i g u r e 8.10 s h o w s a s c r e e n d i s p l a y g e n e r a t e d b y t h e c o d e i n listing 8.4.

271

272


Figure 8.10. Result of the TaskControl

Listing

8.4. The complete

application.

TaskControl

application.

program TaskButtons; uses WObjects, WinTypes, WinProcs, Strings, wif5, timel, attract2;

{ Basic Interface } { Task 1 } { Task 2 }

const id_Push1 =101; id_Rad1 =102; id_Rad2 = 103; id_Check1 = 1 0 4 ; id_Group1 = 105; type TestApplication = object(TApplication) procedure InitMainWindow; virtual;


end; PTaskControlWindow = "TaskControlWindow; TaskControlWindow = object(MainWindow) Rad1, Rad2: PRadioButton; Groupl: PGroupBox; constructor Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); procedure HandleGroup1Msg(var Msg: TMessage); virtual id_First + id_Group1; end; {

TaskControlWindow methods

}

constructor TaskControlWindow.Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); begin MainWindow.Init(AParent, ATitle); Groupl := New(PGroupBox, Init(@Self, id_Group1, 'Task Box', 58, 52, 176, 108)); Rad1 := New(PRadioButton, Init(@Self, id_Rad1, 'Task 1', 74, 64, 138, 24, Groupl)); Rad2 := New(PRadioButton, Init(@Self, id_Rad2, 'Task 2', 74, 84, 138, 24, Groupl)); end; procedure TaskControlWindow.HandleGroup1Msg(var Msg: TMessage); var TextBuff: array[0..20] of Char; { A button ID } Compare : integer; { Int to record comparison } Taskl : PModell; { Pointer to a task } Task2 : PModel2; { Pointer to a task } begin if Rad1".GetCheck 0 then GetWindowText(Rad1".HWindow, TextBuff, SizeOf(TextBuff)) else GetWindowText(Rad2".HWindow, TextBuff, SizeOf(TextBuff)); Compare := StrComp(TextBuff,'Task 1'); If Compare = 0 then begin Taskl := New(PModel1, Init(@Self, 'TimeSeries M o d e l ) ) ; Application".MakeWindow(Task1); Taskl".Iterate; { Iterate the task } 1

continues

273

274


Listing

8.4.

continued

end else begin Task2 := New(PModel2, Init(@Self, 'Henon Attractor')); Application".MakeWindow(Task2); Task2".Iterate; { Iterate the task } end; MessageBox(HWindow, TextBuff, 'You have selected:', MB_OK); end; {

TestApplication Methods

}

procedure TestApplication.InitMainWindow; begin MainWindow := New(PTaskControlWindow, Init(nil, 'Task Button Controller')); end; var TestApp : TestApplication; begin TestApp.Init('ButtTest'); TestApp.Run; TestApp.Done; end. U s i n g c o n t r o l s this w a y m i g h t s e e m s i m i l a r t o u s i n g a m e n u r e s o u r c e . It is, b u t c o n t r o l s a r e m o r e f l e x i b l e a n d m o r e p o w e r f u l t h a n m e n u s . R a t h e r t h a n a m e n u , the g r o u p can b e m a d e o f pushbuttons, radio buttons, check boxes, a n d s o o n . T h u s , y o u have interesting graphics possibilities, a n d s o m e controls, s u c h as a n EditControl, f o r e x a m p l e , that a l l o w y o u t o easily m a n i p u l a t e data fields.

Controls in Combination R e v i e w t h e HelpWindow f r o m listing 7.5 i n C h a p t e r 7, " M a n y W i n d o w s : A M u l t i D o c u m e n t I n t e r f a c e . " T h e HelpWindow c o n s i s t e d o f t w o c o n t r o l o b j e c t s : a list b o x a n d a n edit c o n t r o l , a c o n s t r u c t o r (to c o n s t r u c t t h e HelpWindow), a n d several m e t h o d s f o r h a n d l i n g t h e r e s u l t s f r o m t h e c o n t r o l o b j e c t s :


275

PHelpWindow = "HelpWindow; HelpWindow = object(TWindow) LB1: PListBox; EC1: PEdit; constructor Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); procedure SetupWindow; virtual; procedure IDLB1(var Msg: TMessage); virtual id_First + id_LB1; procedure IDBN1(var Msg: TMessage); virtual id_First + id_BN1; procedure IDBN2(var Msg: TMessage); virtual id_First + id_BN2; procedure FillEdit(SelStringPtr: PChar); virtual; end; All the control o b j e c t s for HelpWindow are c o n s t r u c t e d w h e n HelpWindow is c o n s t r u c t e d , u s i n g the New p r o c e d u r e :

constructor HelpWindow.Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); var TempStat : PStatic; TempBtn : PButton; begin TWindow.Init(AParent, ATitle); DisableAutoCreate; Attr.Style := ws_PopupWindow or ws_Caption or ws_Visible; Attr.X := 100; Attr.Y := 100; Attr.W := 300; Attr.H := 300; LB1 := New(PListBox, Init(@Self, id_LB1, 20, 20, 180, 80)); TempBtn := New(PButton, Init(@Self, id_BN1, 'Help', 220, 20, 60, 30, True)); TempBtn := New(PButton, Init(@Self, id_BN2, 'Cancel', 220, 70, 60, 30, False)); EC1 := New(PEdit, Init(@Self, id_EC1, '', 20, 180, 260, 90, 40, True)); EC1 .Attr.Style := EC1".Attr.Style or ws_Border or ws_VScroll; TempStat := New(PStatic, Init(@Self, id_ST1,'Help Information:', 20, 160, 160, 20, 0)); end; A

Y o u f i l l e d the list b o x b y overriding TWindow's SetupWindow (in HelpWindow): procedure HelpWindow.SetupWindow; begin TWindow.SetupWindow;

276


{ Fill the listbox } LB1 .AddString( List Boxes'); LB1 .AddString('Buttons '); LB1".AddString('Scroll Bars'); LB1".AddString('Edit Controls'); LB1".AddString('Static Controls'); LB1".AddString('Combo Boxes'); LB1".SetSellndex(O); { Set to beginning of list } end; A

1

A

Y o u then specified various actions based o n messages from buttons and lists. F o r e x a m p l e , l i s t - b o x m e s s a g e 1:

procedure HelpWindow.IDLB1(var Msg: TMessage); var SelString: array[0..25] of Char; begin if Msg.LParamHi = lbn_DblClk then begin LB1".GetSelString(SelString, 25); FillEdit(SelString); end; end; B u t t o n m e s s a g e 1:

procedure THelpWindow.IDBN1(var Msg: TMessage); var SelString: array[0..25] of Char; begin LB1".GetSelString(SelString, 25); FillEdit(SelString); end;

Bit Maps Y o u a l s o c a n u s e a r e s o u r c e e d i t o r t o c r e a t e a bit m a p that c a n , i n t u r n , b e u s e d f o r v a r i o u s p u r p o s e s : f o r e x a m p l e , as a b r u s h f o r filling f i g u r e s , s u c h as rectangles, ellipses, a n d so o n . C r e a t i n g a bit m a p w i t h t h e W h i t e w a t e r R e s o u r c e T o o l k i t is straightf o r w a r d . Y o u u s e t h e B i t m a p e d i t o r a n d select t o o l s t o c r e a t e t h e s p e c i f i c a s p e c t s o f t h e bit m a p . Y o u t h e n save t h e bit m a p as a . B M P file, w h i c h y o u c a n l o a d i n t o


y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n s later. F i g u r e s 8 . 1 1 , 8 . 1 2 , a n d 8 . 1 3 s h o w v a r i o u s a s p e c t s o f a bit m a p b e i n g c r e a t e d w i t h t h e W h i t e w a t e r R e s o u r c e G r o u p ' s B i t m a p e d i t o r p a c k a g e d w i t h T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s .

Figure

8.11. One aspect of a bit map created with the Whitewater Resource Bitmap editor.

Figure

8.12. Another aspect of a bit map.

Group's

277

278


Figure

8.13. A third aspect of a bit map created with the WRG's Bitmap

editor.

Wrap-up R e s o u r c e s a n d c o n t r o l o b j e c t s a r e , i n effect, t h e i n t e r f a c e c o m p o n e n t s o f y o u r W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n s . T h e y g i v e y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n t h e l o o k a n d f e e l that m a k e it a familiar, illustrative, easy-to-use G U I ( g r a p h i c a l u s e r i n t e r f a c e ) . M o s t T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n s y o u w r i t e w a n t t o u t i l i z e t h e s e i n t e r f a c e c o m p o n e n t s . W h e n e v e r p o s s i b l e , let y o u r u s e r interact w i t h y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n t h r o u g h c o n t r o l s a n d r e s o u r c e s . It is e a s i e r f o r h e r a n d e a s i e r f o r y o u if y o u d e v e l o p a p p l i c a t i o n s this w a y . R e s o u r c e e d i t o r s m a k e it a s n a p f o r y o u t o interactively d e s i g n a n d m o d i f y r e s o u r c e s , a n d c o n t r o l o b j e c t s are a l m o s t p l u g - i n s , t h a n k s t o O b j e c t W i n d o w s .

9

CHAPTER

MEMORY MATTERS I have a good memory, though is a tendency to over-remember

"good" is somewhat questionable, since life rather than to look for new life to be J i m Harrison

there lived.

W i n d o w s is a c o m p l e x m u l t i t a s k i n g e n v i r o n m e n t , w i t h c o m p a r a b l y c o m p l e x m e m o r y - m a n a g e m e n t capability. B e c a u s e W i n d o w s a l l o w s a p p l i c a t i o n s t o s h a r e m e m o r y , m o r e a p p l i c a t i o n s c a n r u n effectively at t h e s a m e t i m e . F o r e x a m p l e , if y o u r u n m u l t i p l e i n s t a n c e s o f a n a p p l i c a t i o n , W i n d o w s u s e s t h e same c o d e segments a n d resources for each instance. This multi-utilization o f r e s o u r c e s ( i c o n s , m e n u s , d i a l o g s , c u r s o r s , a n d s o o n ) is a n i m p o r t a n t a d v a n t a g e in separating resources from source c o d e . In addition, W i n d o w s can " m o v e " m e m o r y y o u allocate for your a p p l i c a t i o n ' s c o d e a n d d a t a s e g m e n t s a n d r e s o u r c e s , if y o u specify t h e m e m o r y as " m o v e a b l e . " W i n d o w s m o v e s m e m o r y t o c r e a t e l a r g e r c o n t i g u o u s m e m o r y b l o c k s . C o d e s e g m e n t s a n d r e s o u r c e s a l s o c a n b e d i s c a r d e d t o free m e m o r y (if y o u d e s i g n a t e t h e s e s e g m e n t s a n d r e s o u r c e s as " d i s c a r d a b l e " ) . O n e k e y result o f W i n d o w s ' m e m o r y m a n a g e m e n t is that l a r g e a p p l i c a t i o n s c a n r u n s i m u l t a neously in a m e m o r y space m u c h smaller than w o u l d b e required without W i n d o w s . A s a n a p p l i c a t i o n d e v e l o p e r , y o u w a n t t o t a k e as m u c h a d v a n t a g e o f t h e W i n d o w s m a n a g e m e n t s y s t e m as y o u c a n . A l t h o u g h m e m o r y m a n a g e m e n t s o u n d s d a u n t i n g , it is n o t . If y o u u s e t h e h o o k s p r o v i d e d b y T u r b o P a s c a l f o r W i n d o w s , y o u c a n t a p i n t o this c o m p l e x m e m o r y - m a n a g e m e n t s y s t e m . Essentially, y o u u s e a f e w b u i l t - i n p r o c e d u r e s s u c h as New, Dispose, GetMem, FreeMem, a n d MemAlloc t o a l l o c a t e d y n a m i c

280


v a r i a b l e s , a n d t h e T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s c o m p i l e r e n s u r e s that e n o u g h m e m o r y is i n t h e W i n d o w s g l o b a l h e a p t o a l l o c a t e t h e v a r i a b l e s . ( M o r e o n this in the next section). T h e w a y y o u w r i t e a p p l i c a t i o n s is n o t a f f e c t e d m u c h b y t h e s p e c i f i c W i n d o w s m o d e y o u are u s i n g , b u t y o u s h o u l d at least b e a w a r e o f t h e m o d e s a v a i l a b l e . T h e t h r e e m o d e s (real, s t a n d a r d , a n d e n h a n c e d ) are d e p e n d e n t o n the a m o u n t of m e m o r y the system r u n n i n g W i n d o w s has. W i n d o w s r u n s o n l y i n real m o d e o n s y s t e m s h a v i n g less t h a n 1 M ( m e g a b y t e ) o f R A M . I n this m o d e , W i n d o w s r u n s i n m e m o r y b e t w e e n 6 4 0 K (kilobytes) a n d 1 M . T h i s is, o f c o u r s e , t h e m o s t l i m i t i n g m o d e p r i m a r i l y b e c a u s e W i n d o w s h a s less m e m o r y t o u s e f o r s w a p p i n g c o d e s e g m e n t s , a n d s o o n . W i n d o w s c a n u s e E M S ( L o t u s - I n t e l - M i c r o s o f t E x p a n d e d M e m o r y S p e c i f i c a t i o n ) 4 . 0 i n real m o d e . E M S specifies a standard s c h e m e for accessing a n d using m e m o r y above 6 4 0 K . B e c a u s e this " e x t r a m e m o r y " w a s n o t a c c o u n t e d f o r i n early v e r s i o n s o f D O S , a p p l i c a t i o n s d e a l t w i t h this m e m o r y i n a n y w a y t h e y s a w fit, u n t i l this s p e c i f i c a t i o n w a s i n t r o d u c e d . W i n d o w s r e q u i r e s that a p p l i c a t i o n s u s e m e m o r y i n a similar, s t a n d a r d i z e d w a y s o that t h e y c a n b e s w a p p e d , f o r e x a m p l e , a n d are generally compatible. W i n d o w s c a n r u n in either real or standard m o d e in systems with b e t w e e n 1 M a n d 2 M o f m e m o r y . I n s t a n d a r d m o d e , W i n d o w s c a n a c c e s s as m u c h as 1 6 M o f m e m o r y . Finally, W i n d o w s c a n r u n i n 386 e n h a n c e d m o d e o n systems w i t h at least 2 M o f m e m o r y . 3 8 6 e n h a n c e d m o d e is s t a n d a r d m o d e p l u s t h e ability t o i m p l e m e n t virtual m e m o r y , w h i c h , i n effect, m e a n s that W i n d o w s c a n s w a p " p a g e s " t o d i s k i n o r d e r t o free a d d i t i o n a l m e m o r y . P a g e s w a p p i n g is s o m e thing y o u normally d o not have to worry about w h e n y o u develop W i n d o w s applications. I n g e n e r a l , W i n d o w s f i g u r e s o u t t h e b e s t m o d e f o r a s y s t e m w h e n it starts. A l l t h e e x a m p l e s i n this b o o k w e r e c o m p i l e d a n d r u n u n d e r W i n d o w s i n b o t h s t a n d a r d a n d 3 8 6 e n h a n c e d m o d e s ( T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s r e q u i r e s o n e o f t h e s e m o d e s ; it d o e s n o t r u n i n real m o d e ) .

Memory Management, Windows Style T y p i c a l l y , w h e n y o u w r i t e a p p l i c a t i o n s f o r D O S (but n o t W i n d o w s ) , m e m o r y is a l l o c a t e d at f i x e d (specific) l o c a t i o n s . If y o u are u s i n g T u r b o P a s c a l (for D O S ) m e m o r y - a l l o c a t i o n a n d d e a l l o c a t i o n p r o c e d u r e s , this is h a n d l e d a u t o m a t i c a l l y f o r y o u . Y o u just u s e New, Dispose, a n d s o o n , a n d T u r b o Pascal's m e m o r y m a n a g e m e n t system ensures e n o u g h m e m o r y to allocate space for a variable. W i n d o w s , h o w e v e r , t a k e s a m o r e flexible a p p r o a c h t o m e m o r y a l l o c a t i o n . M e m o r y blocks can be fixed, but also m o v e d and discarded. By not forcing b l o c k s o f m e m o r y t o b e f i x e d , W i n d o w s c a n significantly i m p r o v e m e m o r y u s e . F o r e x a m p l e , m e m o r y that is " m o v e a b l e " c a n b e " c o m p a c t e d " t o c r e a t e a l a r g e r b l o c k o f free m e m o r y f r o m s m a l l e r b l o c k s o f free m e m o r y , as illustrated i n figure 9.1.

9 — M e m o r y Matters

M e m o r y c a n be c o m p a c t e d

Block 1

Free

Free

Free

Block 2

Block 1

Free

Block 2

before

Figure

after

9.1. Creating a larger block of free memory from smaller blocks of free memory.

Another way W i n d o w s improves m e m o r y use is compaction through "discardable" m e m o r y blocks (see figure 92).

Memory can be discarded

Block 1

Free

Free

Free

Block 2

free

Free

Block 2

before

Figure

after

9.2. Compacting through "discardable" memory blocks.

281

282


H o w d o e s y o u r T u r b o Pascal f o r Windows a p p l i c a t i o n k n o w w h a t is g o i n g o n w i t h m e m o r y ? Easy. M o s t o f t h e t i m e , it d o e s n o t e v e n b o t h e r itself w i t h t h e p h y s i c a l l o c a t i o n o f a m e m o r y b l o c k . It a c c e s s e s m e m o r y t h r o u g h a handle t o t h e m e m o r y b l o c k . I n o t h e r w o r d s , rather t h a n g e t a p o i n t e r t o a m e m o r y b l o c k (a typical n o n - W i n d o w s a p p r o a c h ) , t h e a p p l i c a t i o n g e t s a handle (a n a m e ) that represents a p o i n t e r t o a p o i n t e r t o t h e m e m o r y b l o c k (see figure 9 3 ) .

Handles -> Pointers -> Memory

Handle

Figure

Pointer

Memory block

93. A handle to access a memory block.

T o access m e m o r y m a n a g e d by W i n d o w s , y o u r application only has to d e t e r m i n e w h e r e a c h u n k o f m e m o r y is "right n o w . " I n o t h e r w o r d s , y o u m u s t still o b t a i n t h e a d d r e s s o f t h e b l o c k , b u t f o r t h e t i m e o n l y i n w h i c h y o u are u s i n g it. W h e n y o u are d o n e w i t h a b l o c k , y o u g i v e u p t h e h a n d l e t o it, f r e e i n g it s o that W i n d o w s c a n m o v e it if it n e e d s t o . T h e n , w h e n n e x t y o u n e e d t o a c c e s s t h e b l o c k o f m e m o r y , y o u ask W i n d o w s a g a i n w h e r e it is b y g e t t i n g its c u r r e n t address. F o r e x a m p l e , if G H a n d l e is a h a n d l e t o a b l o c k o f g l o b a l l y a l l o c a t e d m e m o r y , y o u g e t its a d d r e s s b y l o c k i n g t h e h a n d l e a n d a s s i g n i n g t h e r e s u l t i n g address to a pointer: var GHandle : THandle; PtrGData: { A pointer

}

begin GHandle

:= G l o b a l A l l o c ( g m e m _ M o v e a b l e ,

50000);

{ Memory t y p e a n d s i z e

}


PtrGData:= {

GlobalLock(GHandle); }

end; I n this f r a g m e n t , P t r G D a t a " g e t s " t h e a d d r e s s o f t h e m e m o r y b l o c k . B y l o c k i n g t h e b l o c k , y o u t e m p o r a r i l y "fix" t h e b l o c k at s o m e s p e c i f i c l o c a t i o n s o that W i n d o w s c a n n o t m o v e o r d i s c a r d it u n t i l y o u " u n l o c k " t h e block using o n e of the U n l o c k procedures: GlobalUnlock(GHandle); o r , if L H a n d l e is a h a n d l e t o a l o c a l l y a l l o c a t e d m e m o r y b l o c k : LocalUnlock(LHandle); W h e n the block has b e e n u n l o c k e d , the pointer to the m e m o r y b l o c k (you just o b t a i n e d ) is n o l o n g e r v a l i d b e c a u s e W i n d o w s c a n a g a i n m o v e o r d i s c a r d t h e m e m o r y . If y o u h a v e t o k n o w w h e r e a b l o c k o f m e m o r y is t h r o u g h o u t t h e life o f t h e a p p l i c a t i o n , a l l o c a t e it as a fixed b l o c k : GHandle

:=

GlobalAlloc(gmem_fixed,10000);

T h i s s t e p " f i x e s " t h e b l o c k , p r e v e n t i n g W i n d o w s f r o m m o v i n g it a b o u t . I n g e n e r a l , t h o u g h , y o u d o n o t w a n t t o fix m e m o r y b l o c k s ; i n s t e a d y o u a l l o c a t e t h e m as m o v e a b l e : GHandle

:=

GlobalAlloc(gmem_Moveable,2000);

o r as m o v a b l e a n d d i s c a r d a b l e : GHandle

:= GlobalAlloc(gmem_Moveable or

gmem_Discardable);

T h i s l i n e m e a n s that W i n d o w s c a n " d i s c a r d " m e m o r y a n d " r e l o a d " it w h e n it is n e e d e d a g a i n as w e l l as m o v e i t — t h u s f r e e i n g u p e v e n m o r e m e m o r y w h e n necessary. Y o u n o d o u b t have noticed the prefix g l o b a l in most of the previous short examples. D e c i d i n g whether to allocate a n d use local or global m e m o r y blocks is a n i m p o r t a n t i s s u e , d i s c u s s e d in s o m e d e t a i l i n t h e n e x t s e c t i o n .

Global and Local Memory Y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n s c a n a l l o c a t e m e m o r y b l o c k s in e i t h e r o f t w o areas: t h e g l o b a l or the local heap. T h e g l o b a l h e a p is all t h e m e m o r y that W i n d o w s " c l a i m s " w h e n y o u r u n it. T h e g l o b a l h e a p is s h a r e d b y W i n d o w s , W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n s , a n d t h e " g l o b a l " m e m o r y b l o c k s a l l o c a t e d b y W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n s (like y o u r s ) . G l o b a l m e m o r y is fantastically p o w e r f u l b e c a u s e it is s y s t e m - s i z e d ; it c o n t a i n s m e m o r y w i t h i n a n d b e y o n d y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n s . A g l o b a l m e m o r y b l o c k c a n b e as l a r g e as 1 M i n W i n d o w s s t a n d a r d m o d e a n d 6 4 M i n 3 8 6 e n h a n c e d m o d e . A g l o b a l m e m o r y block can b e u s e d to access the data in other programs.

283

284


T h e l o c a l h e a p is m e m o r y that is a c c e s s i b l e o n l y b y a s p e c i f i c i n s t a n c e o f y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n . I n o t h e r w o r d s , it is " p r i v a t e " t o y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n a n d just like t h e h e a p y o u w e r e u s e d t o i n T u r b o Pascal ( b e f o r e W i n d o w s ) . T h e l o c a l h e a p is l i m i t e d t o w h a t e v e r is left o f t h e 6 4 K d a t a s e g m e n t after y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n h a s u s e d s o m e f o r a stack a n d its o w n g l o b a l v a r i a b l e s . T h e l o c a l h e a p is o n l y 8 K b y d e f a u l t , b u t y o u c a n a d j u s t its size u s i n g e i t h e r t h e $M c o m p i l e r d i r e c t i v e o r t h e T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w ' s I D E o p t i o n / C o m p i l e r / M e m o r y S i z e m e n u s . I n a d d i t i o n , t h e m a x i m u m size o f t h e l o c a l h e a p c a n d e p e n d o n w h e t h e r y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n ' s d a t a s e g m e n t is f i x e d o r m o v a b l e . If it is f i x e d , t h e l o c a l h e a p is r e s t r i c t e d t o t h e size y o u a l l o c a t e d u s i n g t h e $M c o m p i l e r d i r e c t i v e (or t h e I D E ) at c o m p i l e t i m e . I f t h e d a t a s e g m e n t is m o v e a b l e , y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n c a n r e q u e s t a l a r g e r size t h a n t h e o n e y o u s p e c i f i e d at c o m p i l e t i m e . S o u n d s c o n v e n i e n t , b u t t h e r e is a p o s s i b l e s i d e effect: W i n d o w s m i g h t g e t a bit o f e x t r a m e m o r y f o r y o u r application b y m o v i n g the data s e g m e n t , w h i c h in turn probably invalidates any far ( o r l o n g ) p o i n t e r s t o l o c a l d a t a . W h e t h e r y o u u s e local o r global m e m o r y d e p e n d s primarily o n t w o factors: 1. H o w b i g a b l o c k y o u n e e d 2. W h e t h e r t h e b l o c k is u s e d f o r a l o c a l o r g l o b a l task If y o u n e e d o n l y a little bit o f m e m o r y ( I K o r l e s s ) , t h e n y o u p r o b a b l y w a n t t o u s e l o c a l m e m o r y b e c a u s e it is faster a n d d o e s n o t r e q u i r e t h e 2 0 b y t e s o f W i n d o w s overhead required to allocate a global m e m o r y block. G l o b a l m e m o r y is y o u r c h o i c e if y o u n e e d a b i g g e r b l o c k o r t o c o n n e c t t o s y s t e m - w i d e r e s o u r c e s , s u c h as a n o t h e r a p p l i c a t i o n ' s d a t a o r t h e C l i p b o a r d — m o r e o n this i n C h a p t e r 1 1 , " F r o m P r o g r a m t o P r o g r a m U s i n g D D E ( D y n a m i c D a t a E x c h a n g e ) . " G l o b a l m e m o r y is s o m e w h a t s l o w e r b e c a u s e it is a c c e s s e d t h r o u g h W i n d o w s g l o b a l m e m o r y h a n d l e s , b u t it c a n b e far larger.

Allocating Local Memory Blocks A l l o c a t i n g l o c a l a n d g l o b a l m e m o r y b l o c k s is similar. T h e f o l l o w i n g s e g m e n t shows h o w to allocate a moveable, local m e m o r y block o f 256K:

var ALocalHandle : THandle; begin ALocalHandle := LocalAlloc(lmem_Moveable,256); { } end; A l l o c a t e t h e l o c a l m e m o r y as e i t h e r fixed, m o v e a b l e , o r m o v e a b l e a n d d i s c a r d a b l e , u s i n g t h e W i n d o w s A P I f u n c t i o n , LocalAlloc.


LocalAlloc r e t u r n s a m e m o r y b l o c k i d e n t i f i e r (a n u m b e r ) if it is s u c c e s s f u l a n d z e r o if it is n o t s u c c e s s f u l . T h i s i d e n t i f i e r is t h e h a n d l e t o t h e m e m o r y block. ALocalHandle is a THandle, a l r e a d y d e c l a r e d i n O b j e c t W i n d o w s , w h i c h c a n b e a c c e s s e d b y o t h e r f u n c t i o n s n e e d i n g t o find t h e h a n d l e . After y o u h a v e a s k e d t o a l l o c a t e t h e m e m o r y b l o c k , c h e c k t o s e e w h e t h e r the m e m o r y allocation has b e e n successful. If t h e allocation w a s successful, LocalAlloc r e t u r n s t h e h a n d l e t o t h e m e m o r y b l o c k . If u n s u c c e s s f u l , it r e t u r n s a zero: if ALocalHandle

0 then

{..-.} If t h e a l l o c a t i o n h a s n o t b e e n s u c c e s s f u l , b a i l o u t . I f t h e a l l o c a t i o n w a s s u c c e s s f u l , l o c k t h e m e m o r y b l o c k a n d g e t its a d d r e s s : var APtrLocalData:

{ Pointer }

begin APtrLocalData {

:= LocalLock(ALocalHandle);

}

end; If t h e l o c k is s u c c e s s f u l , LocalLock r e t u r n s a p o i n t e r t o t h e b l o c k ( a n a d d r e s s ) . I f n o t , it r e t u r n s n i l . C h e c k f o r s u c c e s s b e f o r e m o v i n g o n : if APtrLocalData nil then {

}

If s u c c e s s f u l , p r o c e s s t h e d a t a . W h e n y o u a r e f i n i s h e d w i t h t h e b l o c k , u s e t h e W i n d o w s A P I f u n c t i o n LocalUnlock t o u n l o c k it, a n d e i t h e r free o r d i s c a r d it s o that W i n d o w s c a n r e c o v e r t h e m e m o r y if n e c e s s a r y . F r e e t h e m e m o r y b y freeing the handle: LocalUnlock(ALocalHandle); LocalFree(ALocalHandle): or discard: LocalUnlock(ALocalHandle); LocalDiscard(ALocalHandle); Y o u m u s t U n l o c k t h e b l o c k ( w h i c h sets t h e L o c k C o u n t t o z e r o ) b e f o r e y o u free o r d i s c a r d it. O t h e r w i s e , t h e free o r d i s c a r d o p e r a t i o n fails b e c a u s e it a u t o m a t i c a l l y c h e c k s t h e L o c k c o u n t t o s e e w h e t h e r it is z e r o . Z e r o i n d i c a t e s that the block c a n b e freed or discarded. F r e e i n g a m e m o r y b l o c k r e m o v e s its c o n t e n t s a n d i n v a l i d a t e s t h e h a n d l e to the m e m o r y block by r e m o v i n g the h a n d l e from a table of valid local m e m o r y handles.

285

286


D i s c a r d i n g a m e m o r y b l o c k r e a l l o c a t e s its size t o z e r o , b u t d o e s n o t remove the handle from the local m e m o r y handles table. Y o u c a n reuse the h a n d l e , u s i n g t h e LocalRealloc p r o c e d u r e , a n d r e a l l o c a t e a n e w m e m o r y b l o c k o f a different size: var ALocalHandle: THandle; begin { .... Previous allocation and use of block } LocalDiscard(ALocalHandle}; ALocalHandle := LocalReAlloc(ALocalHandle,512,lmem_Moveable); {.... more processing } end; Y o u m i g h t w a n t t o r e u s e a m e m o r y b l o c k t o save t h e u n l o c k i n g - a n d new-handle allocation steps. Y o u a l s o c a n f i n d o u t h o w l a r g e a l o c a l b l o c k is b y u s i n g LocalSize: var ALocalHandle

: THandle;

MemoryBlockSize: Word; begin ALocalHandle := LocalAlloc(lmem_Moveable,512); if ALocalHandle 0 then MemoryBlockSize := LocalSize(ALocalHandle); end; N o t i c e a g a i n that y o u a l l o c a t e a n d a c c e s s t h e m e m o r y b l o c k i n d i r e c t l y t h r o u g h a h a n d l e t o t h e m e m o r y block, n o t directly t h r o u g h a pointer. B e c a u s e y o u a r e a c c e s s i n g m e m o r y i n d i r e c t l y (by h a n d l e ) , W i n d o w s c a n safely m o v e m e m o r y blocks a r o u n d a n d inform y o u w h e r e they are only w h e n y o u n e e d to k n o w . M o s t o f t h e t i m e y o u d o n o t k n o w w h e r e a m e m o r y b l o c k is, a n d that is just fine. T h a n k y o u , W i n d o w s . O n e w a y y o u c a n u s e a l o c a l m e m o r y b l o c k is s i m p l y t o s t o r e a text b u f f e r o n t h e l o c a l h e a p . F o r e x a m p l e , y o u m i g h t w a n t t o s t o r e a l a r g e string f o r u s e b y a s i n g l e m o d u l e , as t h e c o d e i n listing 9.1 illustrates. N o t e that a MessageBox is u s e d t o d i s p l a y t h e status a n d r e s u l t s o f t h e l o c a l m e m o r y a l l o c a t i o n , w h i c h o c c u r s b e f o r e t h e MainWindow is d i s p l a y e d . A l s o n o t e that it is n e c e s s a r y t o c o n v e r t t h e d i s p l a y e d c h a r a c t e r i n t o a string b e f o r e u s i n g MessageBox t o d i s p l a y it. R e m e m b e r : W i n d o w s f u n c t i o n s , s u c h as MessageBox, that d i s p l a y strings r e q u i r e n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d s t r i n g s . F i g u r e 9.4 s h o w s a m e s s a g e b o x i n d i c a t i n g that t h e l o c a l m e m o r y a l l o c a t i o n h a s n o t o c c u r r e d yet. F i g u r e 95 s h o w s t h e MessageBox d i s p l a y i n g t h e first c h a r a c t e r i n t h e l o c a l l y a l l o c a t e d array o f c h a r a c t e r s , after t h e a l l o c a t i o n . F i g u r e 9.6 s h o w s t h e MainWindow d i s p l a y e d after t h e a l l o c a t i o n .

9 — M e m o r y Matters 2 8 7

Figure

9.4.

A message box showing that the local memory allocation occurred.

Figure

9.5. A message box displaying the first character of characters (after allocation).

has not yet

in the locally allocated

array

288


Figure 9.6. The MainWindow

Listing

9*1. Storing

a text buffer

displayed after

on the local

allocation.

heap.

program localjnem; uses WObjects, WinTypes, WinProcs, StdDlgs, Strings, WIF5;

{ Basic Interface }

type PLocalArray = "TLocalArray; TLocalArray = array[0..1000] of char; LocalApplication = object(TApplication) { Derive an application object } FirstApplication : boolean; procedure InitMainWindow; virtual; { Init a main window } procedure InitApplication; virtual; end; PLocalWindow = "LocalWindow;


289

LocalWindow = object(MainWindow) LocalHandle: THandle; PtrLocalData: PBigArray; Value: Char; S : array[0..9] of char; constructor Init(AParent : PWirfdowsObject; ATitle : PChar); procedure AllocateBlock; end;

{ LocalApplication method implementation } procedure LocalApplication.InitMainWindow; begin if FirstApplication then MainWindow := New(PLocalWindow, Init(nil, Local Windows Interface')) else MainWindow := New(PLocalWindow, Init(nil,'Additional Instance of BI')); end; 1

procedure LocalApplication.InitApplication; begin FirstApplication := True; end; constructor LocalWindow.Init(AParent : PWindowsObject; ATitle : PChar); begin MainWindow.Init(AParent, ATitle); { Send message to ancestor's constructor Attr.Menu := LoadMenu(HInstance, PChar(100)); { 100 = menu ID } ButtonDown := False; { Set status flag } MessageBox(HWindow,' Here before Local call', 'Local Status 1', mb_0k); AllocateBlock; { Allocate the block } end; procedure LocalWindow.AllocateBlock; begin LocalHandle := LocalAlloc(gmem_Moveable,1000); if LocalHandle 0 then begin PtrLocalData := LocalLock(LocalHandle); if PtrLocalData nil then begin continues

290


Listing

9.1.

continued

PtrLocalData"[0] := 'L'; Value := PtrLocalData"[0]; { Value = char } S[0] := Value; { Convert to a string for viewing } MessageBox(HWindow,S, 'AllocateBlock , mb_0k); LocalUnlock(LocalHandle); 1

end else MessageBox(HWindow,

1

Local Fail', 'LF', mb_0k);

end else end; var Applicationl: LocalApplication;

{ An instance of BasicApplication } { Run Applicationl }

begin Applicationl.Init( Local Interface'); { Init application instance } Applicationl.Run; { Message loop } Applicationl.Done; { Destroy application instance } end. 1

Global Memory Blocks Working with global m e m o r y blocks is similar. The following segment shows h o w to allocate a moveable, global m e m o r y block of 256K: var AGlobalHandle : THandle; begin AGlobalHandle := GlobalAlloc(gmem_Moveable,1024); { } end; Allocate the global m e m o r y as either fixed, moveable, or moveable or discardable, using the W i n d o w s API function GlobalAlloc. GlobalAlloc returns a m e m o r y block identifier (a number) if it is successful and zero if not successful. This identifier is the handle to the m e m o r y block:


A G l o b a l H a n d l e i s a T H a n d l e , already declared in O b j e c t W i n d o w s , w h i c h c a n b e a c c e s s e d b y o t h e r f u n c t i o n s n e e d i n g t o find t h e h a n d l e . After y o u h a v e a s k e d that t h e m e m o r y b l o c k b e a l l o c a t e d , c h e c k t o s e e w h e t h e r t h e m e m o r y a l l o c a t i o n h a s b e e n s u c c e s s f u l . If t h e a l l o c a t i o n w a s s u c c e s s f u l , G l o b a l A l l o c r e t u r n s t h e h a n d l e t o t h e m e m o r y b l o c k . If u n s u c c e s s f u l , it r e t u r n s a z e r o : if

AGlobalHandle

0 t h e n

{••••} If t h e a l l o c a t i o n h a s n o t b e e n s u c c e s s f u l , b a i l o u t . If t h e a l l o c a t i o n w a s s u c c e s s f u l , l o c k t h e m e m o r y b l o c k a n d g e t its a d d r e s s : var APtrGlobalData: { Pointer } begin APtrGlobalData {

:=

GlobalLock(AGlobalHandle);

}

end; If t h e l o c k is s u c c e s s f u l , G l o b a l L o c k , like L o c a l L o c k , r e t u r n s a p o i n t e r t o t h e b l o c k (an a d d r e s s ) . If n o t , it r e t u r n s n i l . C h e c k f o r s u c c e s s b e f o r e moving on: if

APtrGlobalData {

n i l

then

}

If s u c c e s s f u l , p r o c e s s t h e d a t a . W h e n y o u are finished w i t h t h e b l o c k , u s e t h e W i n d o w s A P I f u n c t i o n G l o b a l U n l o c k t o u n l o c k it, a n d e i t h e r free o r d i s c a r d it s o that W i n d o w s c a n r e c o v e r t h e m e m o r y if n e c e s s a r y . F r e e t h e m e m o r y b y freeing the handle: GlobalUnlock(AGlobalHandle); GlobalFree(AGlobalHandle): or discard: GlobalUnlock(AGlobalHandle); GlobalDiscard(AGlobalHandle); A g a i n , as w i t h l o c a l m e m o r y a l l o c a t i o n , y o u m u s t u n l o c k t h e b l o c k (setting t h e L o c k C o u n t t o z e r o ) b e f o r e y o u free o r d i s c a r d it. O t h e r w i s e t h e free o r d i s c a r d o p e r a t i o n fails b e c a u s e it a u t o m a t i c a l l y c h e c k s t h e L o c k c o u n t t o s e e w h e t h e r it is z e r o . F r e e i n g a m e m o r y b l o c k r e m o v e s its c o n t e n t s a n d i n v a l i d a t e s t h e h a n d l e to the m e m o r y b l o c k by removing the h a n d l e from a table of valid global memory handles.

291

292


D i s c a r d i n g a g l o b a l m e m o r y b l o c k r e a l l o c a t e s its size t o z e r o , b u t d o e s n o t remove the handle from the global m e m o r y handles table. Y o u c a n reuse the h a n d l e , u s i n g t h e GlobalRealloc p r o c e d u r e , a n d r e a l l o c a t e a n e w m e m o r y b l o c k o f a different size:

var AGlobalHandle: THandle; begin { .... Previous allocation and use of block } GlobalDiscard(AGlobalHandle}; AGlobalHandle := GlobalReAlloc(AGlobalHandle,512,gmem_Moveable); {.... more processing } end; Y o u a l s o c a n d e t e r m i n e h o w l a r g e a g l o b a l b l o c k is b y u s i n g GlobalSize:

var AGlobalHandle : THandle; MemoryBlockSize: Word; begin AGlobalHandle := GlobalAlloc(gmem_Moveable,1024); if AGlobalHandle 0 then MemoryBlockSize := GlobalSize(AGlobalHandle); end; W h e n e v e r y o u n e e d t o u s e a large block, u s e g l o b a l m e m o r y . Listing 9 2 s h o w s y o u h o w t o c r e a t e a l a r g e g l o b a l b u f f e r . F i g u r e 9 7 s h o w s a MessageBox d i s p l a y e d b e f o r e t h e g l o b a l a l l o c a t i o n . F i g u r e 9 8 s h o w s t h e v a l u e o f t h e first s i x c h a r a c t e r s o f t h e g l o b a l array. F i g u r e 9 9 s h o w s t h e MainWindow (GlobalWindow) d i s p l a y e d after t h e g l o b a l a l l o c a t i o n . If t h e g l o b a l a l l o c a t i o n d o e s n o t s u c c e e d , a MessageBox i n d i c a t e s t h e global failure. T h e user must a c k n o w l e d g e the failure, a n d t h e n processing continues.


Figure

9.7. A message box showing that the global allocation

Figure

9.8. A message box displaying the first six characters array after global allocation.

has not

occurred.

in the globally

allocated

293

294


Figure

Listing

9-2.

93.

The MainWindow

Creating

(GlobalWindow)

a large global

after the global

allocation.

buffer.

program glob_mem; uses WObjects, WinTypes, WinProcs, StdDlgs, Strings, WIF5; { Basic Interface } type PGlobalArray = "TGlobalArray; TGlobalArray = array[0..1024] of char; GlobalApplication = object(TApplication) { Derive an application object } FirstApplication : boolean; procedure InitMainWindow; virtual; { Init a main window } procedure InitApplication; virtual; end; PGlobalWindow = "GlobalWindow;


295

GlobalWindow = object(MainWindow) GlobalHandle: THandle; PtrGlobalData: PGlobalArray; Value: Char; S : array[0..9] of char; constructor Init(AParent : PWindowsObject; ATitle : PChar); procedure AllocateBlock; end;

{ BasicApplication method implementation } procedure GlobalApplication.InitMainWindow; begin if FirstApplication then MainWindow := New(PGlobalWindow, Init(nil, 'Global Windows Interface')) else MainWindow := New(PGlobalWindow, Init(nil,'Additional Instance of GI')); end;

procedure GlobalApplication.InitApplication; begin FirstApplication := True; end; constructor GlobalWindow.Init(AParent : PWindowsObject; ATitle : PChar); begin MainWindow.Init(AParent, ATitle); { Send message to ancestor's constructor } Attr.Menu := LoadMenu(HInstance, PChar(100)); { 100 = menu ID } ButtonDown := False; { Set status flag } MessageBox(HWindow, Here before Global call', 'GF', mb_Ok); AllocateBlock; end; 1

procedure GlobalWindow.AllocateBlock; var I : integer; begin GlobalHandle := GlobalAlloc(gmem_Moveable,1024); if GlobalHandle 0 then continues

296


Listing

9.2.

continued

begin PtrGlobalData := GlobalLock(GlobalHandle); if PtrGlobalData nil then begin PtrGlobalData"[0] := 'G'; PtrGlobalData"[1] := 'L'; PtrGlobalData"[2] := '0'; PtrGlobalData"[3] := 'B'; PtrGlobalData"[4] := 'A'; PtrGlobalData"[5] := 'L'; For I := 0 to 5 do begin Value := PtrGlobalData"[I]; S[I] := Value; end; MessageBox(HWindow,S, AllocateBlock , mb_0k); GlobalUnlock(GlobalHandle); 1

1

end else MessageBox(HWindow,

1

Global Fail', ' G F , mb_0k); 1

end else end;

var Applicationl: GlobalApplication; { An instance of BasicApplication } { Run Applicationl } begin Applicationl.Init('Global Interface'); { Init application instance } Applicationl.Run; { Message loop } Applicationl.Done; { Destroy application instance } end. W h e t h e r t o u s e g l o b a l o r l o c a l m e m o r y d e p e n d s b o t h o n t h e size o f t h e m e m o r y b l o c k y o u are a l l o c a t i n g a n d w h o n e e d s t o a c c e s s it. I n C h a p t e r 1 1 , y o u use global m e m o r y blocks to exchange data with the clipboard and other applications through D D E (Dynamic Data Exchange).


A Few Advanced Memory Matters A s a r u l e o f t h u m b , w h e n i n d o u b t , a l l o c a t e m e m o r y as m o v e a b l e r a t h e r t h a n f i x e d . A m e m o r y b l o c k s h o u l d b e a l l o c a t e d as fixed o n l y if y o u m u s t k e e p a m e m o r y b l o c k i n a s i n g l e l o c a t i o n t h r o u g h o u t t h e life o f y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n . If y o u fix a m e m o r y b l o c k , y o u sacrifice m u c h o f t h e s o p h i s t i c a t i o n o f W i n d o w s ' memory-management system. T h e r e are a c o u p l e o f n o t a b l e v a r i a t i o n s o n t h e fixer t h e m e y o u m i g h t w a n t t o b e a w a r e of: • A l l s e g m e n t s are m o v e a b l e i n s t a n d a r d (or 2 8 6 p r o t e c t e d ) m o d e b e c a u s e W i n d o w s can m o v e segments without c h a n g i n g their addresses. W i n d o w s changes the base address in the segment descript o r t a b l e , n o t t h e s e g m e n t a d d r e s s . N o t s o , o f c o u r s e , i n real m o d e . • A l s o , w h e n e v e r y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n g e t s a far p o i n t e r f r o m W i n d o w s , t h e far p o i n t e r r e f e r e n c e s a fixed d a t a s e g m e n t . F o r e x a m p l e , e a c h t i m e y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n starts u p , it g e t s a far p o i n t e r t o a l o c a t i o n i n m e m o r y that h o l d s a c o m m a n d - l i n e a r g u m e n t f o r y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n . For a m o r e in-depth discussion of h o w W i n d o w s manages c o d e and data s e g m e n t s , c h e c k o u t C h a r l e s P e t z o l d ' s e x c e l l e n t Programming Windows, a g u i d e to p r o g r a m m i n g W i n d o w s using C (Microsoft Press). A l t h o u g h Petzold's e x a m p l e s a n d a t t e n t i o n are a l m o s t e n t i r e l y C - o r i e n t e d , h e p r o v i d e s a n i n c r e d ible a m o u n t o f useful a n d general information about W i n d o w s p r o g r a m m i n g .

Direct Memory Access T u r b o P a s c a l f o r W i n d o w s h a s t h r e e p r e d e f i n e d arrays (Mem, MemW, a n d MemL) that e n a b l e y o u t o a c c e s s m e m o r y directly. U s i n g t h e s e arrays, y o u c a n c h a n g e the values o f a byte o f m e m o r y . This b o o k d o e s not detail h o w to manipulate m e m o r y directly, b e c a u s e it is p r o b a b l y n o t a g o o d i d e a t o d o s o . B y d i r e c t l y m a n i p u l a t i n g m e m o r y , y o u interfere with the W i n d o w s m e m o r y - m a n a g e m e n t s y s t e m a n d s e r i o u s l y j e o p a r d i z e t h e life e x p e c t a n c y o f y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n s . U n l e s s y o u h a v e a n o u t s t a n d i n g r e a s o n f o r a c c e s s i n g m e m o r y directly, let W i n d o w s d o it.

Data Segments E a c h a p p l i c a t i o n r u n n i n g i n W i n d o w s h a s its o w n 6 4 K d a t a s e g m e n t . T h i s d a t a s e g m e n t is t h e o n e p o i n t e d t o b y t h e d a t a s e g m e n t ( D S ) register. It c o n s i s t s o f four parts:

297

298


1. A l o c a l h e a p ( y o u specify size) 2. A stack (for l o c a l v a r i a b l e s — t h e o n e s a l l o c a t e d i n p r o c e d u r e s a n d functions) 3. A stack d a t a a r e a f o r g l o b a l v a r i a b l e s a n d t y p e d c o n s t a n t s 4. A task h e a d e r that i d e n t i f i e s t h e s e g m e n t E a c h d y n a m i c l i n k library ( D L L ) r u n n i n g i n W i n d o w s h a s its o w n 6 4 K d a t a s e g m e n t as w e l l , w h i c h c o n s i s t s o f a task h e a d e r a n d a l o c a l h e a p , b u t n o t a stack o r stack d a t a a r e a . D L L p r o c e d u r e s a n d f u n c t i o n s u s e t h e stack o f t h e a p p l i c a t i o n that c a l l e d t h e m .

Heap Errors S o m e t h i n g e l s e y o u m i g h t w a n t t o t h i n k a b o u t a r e h e a p e r r o r s . If t h e T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s h e a p m a n a g e r c a n n o t a l l o c a t e t h e m e m o r y b l o c k y o u r e q u e s t ( u s i n g New o r Get Mem), it g e n e r a t e s a r u n - t i m e e r r o r . A r u n - t i m e e r r o r is p r o b a b l y n o t d e s i r a b l e f o r y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n . M o r e likely, y o u w a n t y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n t o c o n t i n u e p r o c e s s i n g , e v e n if it c a n n o t a l l o c a t e t h e m e m o r y b l o c k . T h e s o l u t i o n i s a H e a p E r r o r v a r i a b l e . U s e t h e H e a p E r r o r v a r i a b l e t o install a h e a p e r r o r f u n c t i o n that is s e n t a m e s s a g e w h e n e v e r t h e h e a p m a n a g e r c a n n o t a l l o c a t e t h e m e m o r y b l o c k y o u r e q u e s t . T h e H e a p E r r o r v a r i a b l e is a p o i n t e r t o a f u n c t i o n (in t h e s y s t e m u n i t ) w i t h a h e a d e r s u c h as t h i s :

function HeapFunc(Size: Word): Integer; far; Install t h e HeapFunc b y a s s i g n i n g its a d d r e s s t o t h e HeapError v a r i a b l e :

HeapError := @HeapFunc; HeapFunc is c a l l e d a u t o m a t i c a l l y w h e n e v e r a New o r GetMem r e q u e s t fails. T h e Size p a r a m e t e r c o n t a i n s t h e size o f t h e m e m o r y b l o c k that c o u l d n o t b e a l l o c a t e d . T h e HeapFunc s h o u l d r e t u r n a z e r o , o n e , o r t w o . A z e r o i n d i c a t e s a m e m o r y - a l l o c a t i o n failure a n d c a u s e s a r u n - t i m e e r r o r . A o n e i n d i c a t e s f a i l u r e , but d o e s n o t generate a run-time error. A t w o indicates success. T o guarantee that y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n d o e s n o t c r a s h after a n u n s u c c e s s f u l m e m o r y - a l l o c a t i o n a t t e m p t , h a v e t h e HeapFunc r e t u r n a o n e :

function HeapFunc(Size: Word): Integer; far; begin HeapFunc := 1; end; W h e n t h e HeapFunc r e t u r n s a o n e , it f o r c e s New o r GetMem t o r e t u r n a n i l pointer rather than crash the p r o g r a m .


T h e HeapError v a r i a b l e a l s o c a n b e u s e d t o install a c o n s t r u c t o r error-recovery system.

Code Segments E a c h u n i t , library, o r m a i n p r o g r a m h a s its o w n c o d e s e g m e n t . E a c h o f t h e s e c o d e s e g m e n t s c a n b e u p t o 6 4 K i n s i z e , l i m i t e d o n l y b y available m e m o r y . E a c h c o d e s e g m e n t c a n b e m o v e a b l e o r fixed, p r e l o a d e d o r d e m a n d l o a d e d , d i s c a r d a b l e o r p e r m a n e n t . ( T h e d e f a u l t attributes f o r a c o d e s e g m e n t are m o v e a b l e , p r e l o a d e d , a n d p e r m a n e n t . U n l e s s y o u a r e d o i n g s o m e n o n ordinary programming, y o u d o not have to change these defaults. This minid i s c u s s i o n is i n c l u d e d just i n c a s e . ) If a c o d e s e g m e n t is m o v e a b l e it c a n b e m o v e d b y W i n d o w s t o free m e m o r y b l o c k s . I f a c o d e s e g m e n t is fixed, W i n d o w s c a n n o t m o v e it. T o m a k e y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n flexible f o r W i n d o w s , it s h o u l d r e s i d e i n m o v e a b l e c o d e s e g m e n t s . If a c o d e s e g m e n t is p r e l o a d e d , it is a u t o m a t i c a l l y l o a d e d w h e n y o u activate t h e a p p l i c a t i o n . I f a c o d e s e g m e n t is d e m a n d - l o a d e d , it is l o a d e d o n l y w h e n a r o u t i n e that r e s i d e s i n t h e s e g m e n t is c a l l e d . If a c o d e s e g m e n t is d i s c a r d a b l e , it b e h a v e s m u c h like a n o v e r l a i d s e g m e n t . W i n d o w s c a n t e m p o r a r i l y d i s c a r d it a n d free its m e m o r y w h e n it n e e d s t o . Windows then reloads the segment w h e n a procedure or function in the code s e g m e n t is n e e d e d . R e l o a d i n g a s e g m e n t is o b v i o u s l y m o r e t i m e - c o n s u m i n g . T h e trade-off: y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n t a k e s u p less r o o m a n d a g a i n is m o r e flexible a n d c a n b e m o v e d around by Windows.

wm_Compacting O n e o t h e r i m p o r t a n t m a t t e r y o u m i g h t w a n t t o i n f o r m y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n s o f is t h e wm_Compacting m e s s a g e . W i n d o w s b r o a d c a s t s this m e s s a g e t o all h i g h l e v e l w i n d o w s w h e n it b e g i n s t o s p e n d m o r e t h a n 12.5 p e r c e n t o f its t i m e compacting memory. B e c a u s e c o m p a c t i n g m e m o r y is o b v i o u s l y a t i m e - c o n s u m i n g task f o r t h e W i n d o w s m a n a g e m e n t s y s t e m , it s e n d s this m e s s a g e t o i n d i c a t e that it is s p e n d i n g t o o m u c h time "managing" rather than r u n n i n g applications. W h e n a n a p p l i c a t i o n r e c e i v e s this m e s s a g e , it s h o u l d a t t e m p t t o free as m u c h m e m o r y as it c a n . Y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n r e s p o n d s t o this m e s s a g e t h e s a m e w a y it r e s p o n d s t o a n y W i n d o w s m e s s a g e : w i t h a W i n d o w s m e s s a g e - r e s p o n s e method. For example:

299

300


AnObjectInstance.WMCompacting(var Msg: TMessage); begin { Handle compaction message by freeing memory here } end;

Wrap-up That discussion covers the general m e m o r y issues y o u n e e d to k n o w in order t o w r i t e s e n s i b l e W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n s . W i n d o w s is a d y n a m i c s y s t e m i n various ways, and object-oriented techniques can help y o u use and appreciate this d y n a m i c quality. I n g e n e r a l , y o u s h o u l d let W i n d o w s h a n d l e a n y t h i n g it c a n h a n d l e f o r y o u b e c a u s e (frankly) it is g o i n g t o b e b e t t e r at it. Y o u a l s o c a n e a s e t h e p r o c e s s f o r W i n d o w s by letting the blocks o f m e m o r y y o u allocate (whether local or global) b e m o v e a b l e a n d d i s c a r d a b l e , if p o s s i b l e . T h i s t a k e s t h e b e s t a d v a n t a g e o f t h e W i n d o w s m e m o r y - m a n a g e m e n t system. Y o u a l s o m u s t c h a n g e y o u r t r a d i t i o n a l t h i n k i n g w h e n y o u refer t o m e m o r y b l o c k s i n t e r m s o f p o i n t e r s a n d a d d r e s s e s . W i t h W i n d o w s , m e m o r y b l o c k s are just a little m o r e i n d i r e c t . Y o u g e t t h e a d d r e s s f r o m a h a n d l e first b e c a u s e W i n d o w s has a built-in system for manipulating m e m o r y t h r o u g h handles. By u s i n g h a n d l e s , o t h e r a p p l i c a t i o n s c a n "get a h a n d l e " o n t h e m e m o r y that a n o t h e r a p p l i c a t i o n is u s i n g . T h i s c r e a t e s t h e u s e f u l p o s s i b i l i t y o f e x c h a n g i n g data b e t w e e n applications, w h i c h y o u learn about in detail in C h a p t e r 11.

10 CHAPTER

DISPLAY CONTEXTS AND DRAWING TOOLS / wanted the audience to know that a computer was making the drawings. People would stand there for a long time watching the computer produce drawings. The pen would pause and people would say, "Gee, it's thinking of what to do next." Aaron C o h e n A l t h o u g h y o u have already u s e d the Graphics Device Interface in most of the p r e v i o u s c h a p t e r s , this c h a p t e r s p e n d s a little t i m e d e s c r i b i n g its f e a t u r e s . T o h e l p t h e G D I m a k e m o r e s e n s e , several e x a m p l e s o f h o w y o u m i g h t u s e it t o c r e a t e c o m p l e x g r a p h i c s - o r i e n t e d a p p l i c a t i o n s are c o v e r e d . T h e W i n d o w s G D I is a r e m a r k a b l e a s p e c t o f W i n d o w s b e c a u s e it a l l o w s y o u t o w r i t e a p p l i c a t i o n s that d i s p l a y a n d m a n i p u l a t e g r a p h i c s , i n d e p e n d e n t o f a s p e c i f i c d i s p l a y d e v i c e . Y o u c a n , f o r e x a m p l e , w r i t e a p p l i c a t i o n s that u s e t h e s a m e c o d e yet c a n b e d i s p l a y e d i n E G A , V G A , o r H e r c u l e s m o d e s . W i n d o w s a c h i e v e s d e v i c e i n d e p e n d e n c e b y u s i n g v a r i o u s d e v i c e drivers that translate G D I f u n c t i o n calls i n t o c o m m a n d s that m a k e s e n s e t o t h e s p e c i f i c o u t p u t d e v i c e b e i n g u s e d . Y o u w r i t e c o d e as t h o u g h t h e o u t p u t d e v i c e d o e s n o t m a t t e r , w h i c h (in g e n e r a l ) is h o w it is.

302


Handling a Display Context A d i s p l a y c o n t e x t is the surface of a n a p p l i c a t i o n w i n d o w ' s client area, or m o r e precisely, it represents the surface of a n a p p l i c a t i o n w i n d o w ' s client area. A n y d i s p l a y c o n t e x t has attributes that represent c o l o r s , w i n d o w p o s i t i o n , d r a w i n g t o o l s , a n d s o o n . (These attributes are set t o d e f a u l t v a l u e s b y O b j e c t W i n d o w s , w h i c h is w h y y o u have n o t had t o set a n y o f t h e s e attributes in t h e e x a m p l e s s o far.) A d i s p l a y c o n t e x t u s e s a l o t o f m e m o r y , s o Windows l i m i t s a n y Windows s e s s i o n t o a total o f five c o n c u r r e n t in-use d i s p l a y c o n t e x t s . It is important, therefore, that y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n release a n y d i s p l a y c o n t e x t it is u s i n g as s o o n as it n o l o n g e r n e e d s the d i s p l a y c o n t e x t . This a c t i o n results in a repetitive, s e e m i n g l y inefficient ( b u t necessary) p o s s e s s i n g a n d releasing o f display c o n t e x t s , a n d it d o e s have a d r a w b a c k . It m e a n s f o r e m o s t that y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n d o e s n o t maintain control over a display context. When a n a p p l i c a t i o n releases a d i s p l a y c o n t e x t , it is giving it u p t o a n y other a p p l i c a t i o n that n e e d s it. T h e n e w a p p l i c a t i o n c a n , in t u r n , m a n i p u l a t e its attributes. E a c h t i m e a n a p p l i c a t i o n releases a d i s p l a y c o n t e x t , the d i s p l a y c o n t e x t ' s attributes are reset t o the d e f a u l t s . T h u s , y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n m u s t set a n y d i s p l a y c o n t e x t attributes for c h a n g i n g e a c h t i m e it receives a d i s p l a y c o n t e x t . I n a d d i t i o n , y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n m u s t reselect a n y d r a w i n g t o o l ( p e n , b r u s h , f o n t ) for u s e e a c h t i m e it receives a d i s p l a y c o n t e x t . F o r e x a m p l e , derive a d r a w i n g w i n d o w that resets a specific k i n d o f p e n (a d r a w i n g t o o l ) e a c h t i m e it o b t a i n s a d i s p l a y c o n t e x t . I n a d d i t i o n , let the u s e r m o d i f y b o t h the p e n size (the w i d t h o f the l i n e it draws) a n d the p e n style. This e x a m p l e s h o w s how t o • O b t a i n a n d release

a display context.

• U s e m e n u - c o m m a n d m e s s a g e s t o invoke

a dialog.

• Create, modify, a n d delete drawing tools. B e g i n , as u s u a l , b y deriving a n Application ( o b j e c t ) : type DrawingApplication = object(BasicApplication) procedure InitMainWindow; virtual; end; a n d its MainWindow (a DrawingWindow): type PDrawingWindow = "DrawingWindow; DrawingWindow = object(MainWindow) DragDC: HDC; { A new display context } ThePen: HPen; { A drawing tool }

10—Display Contexts a n d Drawing Tools

PenSize: Integer; { Pen variables } PenStyle: Integer; constructor Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); destructor Done; virtual; function CanClose: Boolean; virtual; { New mouse methods } procedure WMLButtonDown(var Msg: TMessage); virtual wm_First + wm_LButtonDown; procedure WMLButtonUp(var Msg: TMessage); virtual wm_First + wm_LButtonUp; procedure WMMouseMove(var Msg: TMessage); virtual wm_First + wm_MouseMove; { Menu-response methods } procedure CMPenStyle(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm_First + cm_PenStyle; procedure CMPenSize(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm_First + cm_PenSize; { Pen modifiers } procedure SetPenSize(NewSize: Integer); procedure SetPenStyle(NewStyle: Integer); end; T h e CMPenSize a n d CMPenStyle m e t h o d s a r e m e n u - r e s p o n s e m e t h o d s , w h i c h r e s p o n d t o t h e m e n u c o m m a n d s cm_PenSize a n d cmPenStyle. D e clare t h e s e t w o c o m m a n d s i n t h e const s e c t i o n :

const cm_PenStyle = 401; cm_PenSize = 402; T h e s e c o n s t a n t s c o r r e s p o n d t o t h e m e n u i t e m s i n t h e r e s o u r c e file, P E N . R E S . F i g u r e 10.1 s h o w s t h e c r e a t i o n a n d t e s t i n g o f P E N . R E S . N o t i c e t h e matching constants. W h e n y o u c o n s t r u c t t h e DrawingWindow: 1. L o a d t h e m e n u ( P E N . R E S ) that c o n t a i n s t h e PenSize a n d PenStyle m e n u items. 2. S e t t h e d e f a u l t p e n size a n d style. 3. C r e a t e t h e p e n , u s i n g CreatePen:

constructor DrawingWindow.Init(AParent: PWindowsObj ect; ATitle: PChar); begin TWindow.Init(AParent, ATitle); Attr.Menu := LoadMenu(HInstance, PChar(109));

303

304


ButtonDown := False; PenSize := 1; { Size increases with integer value } PenStyle := ps_DashDot; { Refers to a pen constant, an integer } ThePen := CreatePen(PenStyle, PenSize, 0); end;

Figure

10.1. Creation and testing of PEN. RES.

N o t i c e that t h e d r a w i n g t o o l (the p e n ) is n o t a s s o c i a t e d w i t h a d i s p l a y c o n t e x t . Y o u d o n o t o b t a i n a d i s p l a y c o n t e x t u n t i l y o u d e c i d e t o u s e o n e . I n this e x a m p l e , t h e u s e r c a n d r a w i n t h e w i n d o w w h e n s h e p r e s s e s t h e left m o u s e button down:

procedure DrawingWindow.WMLButtonDown(var Msg: TMessage); begin (* InvalidateRect(HWindow, nil, True); if you want the window cleared *) if not ButtonDown then begin ButtonDown := True; SetCapture(HWindow); DragDC := GetDC(HWindow); SelectObject(DragDC, ThePen); { Select the pen created in Init } MoveTo(DragDC, Msg.LParamLo, Msg.LParamHi); { Use the pen } end; end;

10—Display Contexts a n d Drawing Tools

S h e r e l e a s e s t h e d i s p l a y c o n t e x t w h e n s h e is f i n i s h e d d r a w i n g :

procedure DrawingWindow.WMLButtonUp(var Msg: TMessage); begin if ButtonDown then begin ButtonDown := False; ReleaseCapture; ReleaseDC(HWindow, DragDC); end; end; N o t i c e that, a l t h o u g h t h e d i s p l a y c o n t e x t h a s b e e n r e l e a s e d s o that o t h e r a p p l i c a t i o n s c a n u s e t h e i r o w n d i s p l a y c o n t e x t s , t h e DrawingWindow is still o p e n , a n d y o u c a n still d r a w i n t h e w i n d o w . E a c h t i m e y o u c l i c k t h e left m o u s e button, the application grabs a display context for y o u to u s e . N o w w r i t e t h e m e n u - r e s p o n s e m e t h o d s f o r m o d i f y i n g t h e p e n ' s size a n d style. W h e n t h e u s e r s e l e c t s t h e PenSize m e n u i t e m , a d i a l o g w i n d o w a p p e a r s that a l l o w s h e r t o c h a n g e t h e p e n size:

procedure DrawingWindow.CMPenSize(var Msg: TMessage); var InputText: array[0..5] of Char; NewSize, ErrorPos: Integer; begin if not ButtonDown then begin Str(PenSize, InputText); if Application".ExecDialog(New(PInputDialog, Init(@Self, 'Line Thickness', 'Input a new thickness:', InputText, SizeOf(InputText)))) = id_0k then begin Val(InputText, NewSize, ErrorPos); if ErrorPos = 0 then SetPenSize(NewSize); end; end; end; A p r o c e d u r e for actually creating the n e w p e n in t h e n e w size:

procedure DrawingWindow.SetPenSize(NewSize: Integer); begin DeleteObject(ThePen); ThePen := CreatePen(PenStyle, NewSize, 0); PenSize := NewSize; end;

305

306


T h e s a m e g o e s for PenStyle. A response a l l o w t h e u s e r t o m o d i f y t h e p e n ' s style is

m e t h o d that u s e s a d i a l o g t o

procedure DrawingWindow.CMPenStyle(var Msg: TMessage); var InputText: array[0..5] of Char; NewStyle, ErrorPos: Integer; begin if not ButtonDown then begin Str(PenStyle, InputText); if Application".ExecDialog(New(PInputDialog, Init(@Self, 'Pen Style', 'New Pen Style: 0 = solid 1 = dash 2 = dot, and so on, InputText, SizeOf(InputText)))) = id_0k then begin Val(InputText, NewStyle, ErrorPos); if ErrorPos = 0 then SetPenStyle(NewStyle); end; end; end; A SetPenStyle m e t h o d to actually create t h e n e w p e n is procedure DrawingWindow.SetPenStyle(NewStyle: begin DeleteObject(ThePen); ThePen := CreatePen(NewStyle, PenSize, 0); PenStyle := NewStyle; end;

Integer);

N o t i c e that t h e DrawingWindow d o e s n o t " o w n " a d i s p l a y c o n t e x t w h i l e the p e n ' s size a n d style are m o d i f i e d . Y o u d o n o t n e e d it t o create a n d m o d i f y d r a w i n g t o o l s (objects) that are u s e d t o d r a w o n t h e display c o n t e x t . A l s o , n o t i c e that b e c a u s e t h e t w o variables PenStyle a n d PenSize m a i n t a i n t h e status of t h e d r a w i n g t o o l s , e a c h t i m e t h e DrawingWindow o b t a i n s a d i s p l a y c o n t e x t it u s e s the current settings for the p e n . T h e p e n (with its current v a l u e s ) is s e l e c t e d just after the d i s p l a y c o n t e x t is o b t a i n e d : DragDC := GetDC(HWindow); SelectObject(DragDC, ThePen);

{ Get a display context } { Select the pen created in Init }

When y o u finish with the DrawingWindow (notthe d i s p l a y context), d e l e t e the drawing tool (the p e n ) u s i n g DeleteObj ect:

10—Display Contexts and Drawing Tools

destructor begin

DrawingWindow.Done;

DeleteObject(ThePen); TWindow.Done; end; B e c a u s e t h e d r a w i n g t o o l ( o b j e c t ) is n o t part o f t h e d i s p l a y c o n t e x t , it is n o t d e l e t e d a u t o m a t i c a l l y w h e n t h e d i s p l a y c o n t e x t is r e l e a s e d . Listing 1 0 . 1 s h o w s t h e c o m p l e t e Pen m o d i f i c a t i o n e x a m p l e , a n d f i g u r e 1 0 . 2 s h o w s t h e D r a w i n g W i n d o w c r e a t e d b y this c o d e .

Figure

Listing

10.2. The DrawingWindow

10.1.

The complete

created by listing 10.1.

pen-modification

example.

program Pen; uses Strings, WinTypes, WinProcs, WObjects, WIF5, StdDlgs;

{ Basic Interface }

{$R Pen.Res } continues

307

308


Listing

10.1.

continued

const cm_PenStyle = 401; cm_PenSize = 402; type DrawingApplication = object(BasicApplication) procedure InitMainWindow; virtual; end; PDrawingWindow = "DrawingWindow; DrawingWindow = object(MainWindow) DragDC: HDC; ThePen: HPen; PenSize: Integer; PenStyle: Integer; constructor Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); destructor Done; virtual; function CanClose: Boolean; virtual; procedure WMLButtonDown(var Msg: TMessage); virtual wm_First + wm_LButtonDown; procedure WMLButtonUp(var Msg: TMessage); virtual wm_First + wm_LButtonUp; procedure WMMouseMove(var Msg: TMessage); virtual wm_First + wm_MouseMove; procedure CMPenStyle(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm_First + cm_PenStyle; procedure CMPenSize(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm_First + cm_PenSize; procedure SetPenSize(NewSize: Integer); procedure SetPenStyle(NewStyle: Integer); end; { { DrawingWindow's method implementations:

} }

{

}

constructor DrawingWindow.Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); begin TWindow.Init(AParent, ATitle); Attr.Menu := LoadMenu(HInstance, PChar(109)); ButtonDown := False; PenSize := 1; PenStyle := ps_DashDot;


ThePen := CreatePen(PenStyle, PenSize, 0); end;

destructor DrawingWindow.Done; begin DeleteObject(ThePen); TWindow.Done; end; procedure DrawingWindow.CMPenStyle(var Msg: TMessage); var InputText: array[0..5] of Char; NewStyle, ErrorPos: Integer; begin if not ButtonDown then begin Str(PenStyle, InputText); if Application".ExecDialog(New(PInputDialog, Init(@Self, 'Pen Style', 'New Pen Style: 0 = solid 1 = dash 2 = dot, etc.', InputText, SizeOf(InputText)))) = id_0k then begin Val(InputText, NewStyle, ErrorPos); if ErrorPos = 0 then SetPenStyle(NewStyle); end; end; end; procedure DrawingWindow.SetPenStyle(NewStyle: Integer); begin DeleteObject(ThePen); ThePen := CreatePen(NewStyle, PenSize, 0); PenStyle := NewStyle; end;

function DrawingWindow.CanClose: Boolean; var Reply: Integer; begin CanClose := True; continues

309

310


Listing

10.1.

continued

Reply := MessageBox(HWindow, 'Do you want to save?', 'Drawing has changed', mb_YesNo or mb_IconQuestion); if Reply = id_Yes then CanClose := False; end; procedure DrawingWindow.WMLButtonDown(var Msg: TMessage); begin (* InvalidateRect(HWindow, nil, True); *) if not ButtonDown then begin ButtonDown := True; SetCapture(HWindow); DragDC := GetDC(HWindow); SelectObject(DragDC, ThePen); MoveTo(DragDC, Msg.LParamLo, Msg.LParamHi); end; end; procedure DrawingWindow.WMMouseMove(var Msg: TMessage); begin if ButtonDown then LineTo(DragDC, Integer(Msg.LParamLo), Integer(Msg.LParamHi)); end; procedure DrawingWindow.WMLButtonUp(var Msg: TMessage); begin if ButtonDown then begin ButtonDown := False; ReleaseCapture; ReleaseDC(HWindow, DragDC); end; end; procedure DrawingWindow.CMPenSize(var Msg: TMessage); var InputText: array[0..5] of Char; NewSize, ErrorPos: Integer; begin if not ButtonDown then begin Str(PenSize, InputText); if Application".ExecDialog(New(PInputDialog,

10—Display C o n t e x t s a n d D r a w i n g T o o l s

Init(@Self, 'Line Thickness', 'Input a new thickness:', InputText, SizeOf(InputText)))) = id_0k then begin Val(InputText, NewSize, ErrorPos); if ErrorPos = 0 then SetPenSize(NewSize); end; end; end; procedure DrawingWindow.SetPenSize(NewSize: Integer); begin DeleteObject(ThePen); ThePen := CreatePen(PenStyle, NewSize, 0); PenSize := NewSize; end; { { DrawingApplication's

method implementations:

{

} } }

procedure DrawingApplication.InitMainWindow; begin MainWindow := New(PDrawingWindow, Init(nil, end;

'Drawing

{ { Main program:

} }

{

}

Window'));

var App :

DrawingApplication;

begin App.Init('DrawProgram ); App.Run; App.Done; end. 1

Y o u a l s o c a n t h i n k o f a d i s p l a y c o n t e x t ( D C ) as a s t o r a g e o f t h e attributes that d e t e r m i n e h o w W i n d o w s G D I f u n c t i o n s o p e r a t e i n a w i n d o w ' s c l i e n t a r e a . A d i s p l a y c o n t e x t " h o l d s " 19 attributes (a m a p p i n g m o d e , p e n , f o n t , text c o l o r , a n d s o o n ) . E a c h t i m e y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n asks f o r a d i s p l a y c o n t e x t f r o m W i n d o w s , W i n d o w s creates a n e w o n e with a default value for each attribute. Y o u d o not h a v e t o set e a c h o f t h e 19 attributes e a c h t i m e y o u r e c e i v e a D C . T a b l e 10.1 s h o w s t h e d e v i c e c o n t e x t a t t r i b u t e a n d its d e f a u l t .

311

312


Table DC

10.1.

Device

context

Attribute

attributes

with their

defaults.

Default

Mapping mode

MMTEXT

Window

0,0

origin

Viewport origin

0,0

Window

1,1

extents

Viewport extents

1,1

Pen

BLACK_PEN

Brush

WHITE

JBRUSH

Font

SYSTEMFONT

Bit m a p

—

Current pen position

0,0

Background mode

Opaque

Background color

White

Text color

Black

Drawing mode

R2COPYPEN

Stretching m o d e

BLACK-ONWHITE

P o l y g o n filling m o d e

Alternate

Intercharacter spacing

0

Brush origin

0,0

C l i p p i n g region

—

Y o u c a n o v e r r i d e a n y o f t h e d i s p l a y c o n t e x t ' s d e f a u l t a t t r i b u t e s if y o u w a n t . W i n d o w s provides a f u n c t i o n for setting o r selecting e a c h attribute a n d for g e t t i n g t h e v a l u e o f a n a t t r i b u t e . F o r e x a m p l e , t o set t h e m a p p i n g m o d e attribute:

var ADCHandle : HDC; AMapMode : Integer; begin

end;

SetMapMode(ADCHandle, AMapMode); {...}


T o set t h e Windows

origin:

var ADCHandle : HDC; X, Y : Integer; begin SetWindowOrg(ADCHandle,X,Y); {

}

end; T o g e t t h e text color: var TxtColor : Longlnt; ADCHandle : HDC; begin TxtColor := GetTextColor(ADCHandle); {••-.} end;

T a b l e 10.2 s h o w s t h e f u n c t i o n s t o set o r select e a c h o f t h e d i s p l a y c o n t e x t

attributes. Table

10.2. Functions

to set or select

display

context

attributes.

Set/Select

Get

Mapping mode

SetMapMode

GetMapMode

Window

SetWindowOrg

GetWindowOrg

V i e w p o r t origin

SetViewportOrg

GetViewportOrg

Window

SetWindowExt

GetWindowExt

Viewport extents

SetViewportExt

GetViewportExt

Pen

SelectObject

SelectObject

Brush

SelectObject

SelectObject

Font

SelectObject

SelectObject

Bit m a p

SelectObject

SelectObject

Current p e n position

MoveTo; LineTo

GetCurrentPosition

Background mode

SetBkMode

GetBkMode

Background color

SetBkColor

GetBkColor

DC

Attribute

origin

extents

continues

313

314


Table

10.2.

continued Set/Select

Get

Text color

SetTextColor

GetTextColor

Drawing m o d e

SetROP2

GetROP2

Stretching m o d e

SetPolyFiUMode

GetPolyFillMode

P o l y g o n filling m o d e

SetPOlyFillMode

GetPolyFillMode

Intercharacter spacing

SetTextCharacterExtra

GetTextChar..

B r u s h origin

SetBrushOrg

GetBrushOrg

DC

Attribute

C l i p p i n g region

SelectClipRgn

GetClipBox

SelectObject

SelectObject

T h e s u r f a c e o f t h e d i s p l a y c o n t e x t itself is a bit m a p that c o r r e s p o n d s t o s o m e s p e c i f i c d e v i c e . T h u s , a n y d e v i c e c o n t e x t ' s bit m a p is s p e c i f i c t o t h e c u r r e n t d i s p l a y c o n t e x t that r e p r e s e n t s t h e v i d e o a d a p t e r y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n is u s i n g . T h i s s u g g e s t s t h e p r o b l e m o f m a k i n g t h e d e v i c e - c o n t e x t bit m a p u s a b l e by different adapters. T h e s o l u t i o n is f o r y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n t o c r e a t e d e v i c e - i n d e p e n d e n t bit m a p s using the following Windows G D I functions: CreateCompatibleDC, CreateCompatible Bitmap, CreateDIBitmap. For example: procedure var

SomeWindow.SetupWindow;

HandleDC: HDC; begin TNoIconWindow.SetupWindow; HandleDC := GetDC(HWindow); ABitmap := CreateCompatibleBitmap(HandleDC, 80, 80); ABkgnd := CreateCompatibleBitmap(HandleDC, 1000, 1000); ReleaseDC(HWindow, HandleDC); end; Y o u r application c a n decide w h e t h e r drawings are clipped in t h e display context b y modifying t h e clipping-region attribute in t h e display context. Usually, y o u want t o u s e the default clipping region, the client area o f the window.


Set the clipping region w h e n you select an object: SelectObj ect(ADCHandle,ARegionHandle); or use SelectClipRgn: SelectClipRgn(ADCHandle,ARegionHandle);

Mapping Modes O n e of the attributes you might find useful to change is the mapping mode. W i n d o w s defines eight mapping m o d e s (the default MM_TEXT, MM_L0METRIC, and so on). Table 10.3 shows these mapping modes. Table

10.3-

Mapping

Windows

Mode

mapping

modes.

Logical

Unit

MMTEXT

pixel

MMLOMETRIC

0.1 m m

MMHIMETRIC

0.01 m m

MMLOENGLISH

0.01

MMHIENGLISH

0.001

MM_TWIPS

1/1440 inch

MMJSOTROPIC

Arbitrary ( x = y )

MM ANISOTROPIC

Arbitrary ( x < > y )

inch inch

The default mapping m o d e is MM_TEXT, which moves X and Y values a pixel at a time. Its origin (0,0) is the upper-left corner of the window's client area. If you have difficulty understanding h o w a screen, window, and window's client areas differ, see figure 10.3. In short, the screen is the entire display. The w i n d o w is an entire window, including the caption bar, scroll bars, w i n d o w frame, and any m e n u . The w i n d o w client area is the part of a w i n d o w excluding the caption bar, m e n u , and so forth. Generally, w h e n you use display contexts, you use the w i n d o w client area (which is what is used in the examples). Y o u should be aware, however, that there are W i n d o w s functions for converting coordinates between client area and screen, screen and window, and so on.

315

316


A s s u m i n g that y o u are w o r k i n g i n t h e w i n d o w ' s c l i e n t a r e a (the d e f a u l t ) , a n d a s s u m i n g that y o u are w o r k i n g i n MM_TEXT m a p p i n g m o d e (the d e f a u l t ) , y o u are u s i n g a p i x e l - b a s e d c o o r d i n a t e s y s t e m b e g i n n i n g i n t h e u p p e r - l e f t c o r n e r (see figure 1 0 . 4 ) .

Figure 10.3- A screen, window,

and window's

client

M M _ T E X T Mapping

areas.

Mode

+x

+

y

Figure 10.4. A pixel-based

coordinate

system beginning

in the upper-left

comer.


If y o u are u s e d t o w o r k i n g w i t h m a t h e m a t i c a l c o o r d i n a t e s y s t e m s , y o u m i g h t w o n d e r w h y t h e o r i g i n is t h e u p p e r - l e f t c o r n e r . It is t h e r e b e c a u s e text flows f r o m left t o right, f r o m t o p t o b o t t o m . T h u s , a d d i t i o n a l text o n a s c r e e n is s h o w n b y i n c r e a s i n g X a n d Y ( + X , + Y ) c o o r d i n a t e s — c o n v e n i e n t f o r text, b u t backward for most mathematical coordinate systems. If y o u n e e d a m o r e intuitive c o o r d i n a t e s y s t e m f o r p l o t t i n g g r a p h s a n d o t h e r s , h o w e v e r , y o u c a n c h a n g e t h e m a p p i n g m o d e t o o n e o f five d i f f e r e n t m o d e s that h a v e t h e i r o r i g i n (0,0) i n t h e lower-left c o r n e r . T h e s e lower-left m a p p i n g m o d e s are s o m e t i m e s c a l l e d metric mapping modes. T h e y are n o t p i x e l - b a s e d (like M M T E X T ) ; i n s t e a d t h e y i n c r e m e n t t h e i r X a n d Y c o m p o n e n t s b y l o g i c a l u n i t s ( 0 . 2 5 4 m m , 0 . 1 m m , a n d s o f o r t h ) . F i g u r e 10.5 s h o w s a m e t r i c mapping mode.

Metric Mapping

Modes

+x

-y

Figure

10.5. A metric mapping mode.

T o set a M M _ L 0 E N G L I S H m e t r i c m a p p i n g m o d e , f o r e x a m p l e , SetMapMode: SetMapMode(DC,

use

MM_L0ENGLISH)

N o t i c e that if y o u u s e a m e t r i c m a p p i n g m o d e , a n y t h i n g y o u d i s p l a y i n t h e c l i e n t a r e a m u s t b e l o c a t e d u s i n g n e g a t i v e v a l u e s o f Y . N o t spifiy. Y o u p r o b a b l y w a n t t o t h i n k i n b o t h p o s i t i v e X a n d Y . F o r t u n a t e l y , W i n d o w s offers a s o l u t i o n : y o u c a n c h a n g e the "logical" origin o f the client area u s i n g the W i n d o w s function S e t V i e w p o r t O r g and S e l e c t C l i p R g n :

317

318


SetView(ADCHandle,ClientX/2,ClientY/2); SelectClipRgn(ADCHandle,AClipregion); w h i c h c h a n g e s the coordinate system t o l o o k like figure 10.6.

Resetting the Viewport Origin

Figure

10.6. The result of changing from the "logical" origin.

Listing 10.2 s h o w s a little a p p l i c a t i o n that shirts t h e o r i g i n f r o m t h e u p p e r left t o t h e u p p e r - r i g h t c o r n e r o f t h e c l i e n t w i n d o w i n r e s p o n s e t o a m e n u i t e m selection. T h e key m e n u - r e s p o n s e m e t h o d s are CMUpperLef t , w h i c h uses the default upper-left origin: procedure MoveOriginWindow.CMUpperLeft(var begin

Msg: TMessage);

DragDC := GetDC(HWindow); SetMapMode(DragDC,MM_TEXT); { U s e MM_TEXT mode } StrLCopy(S,'Hello',Size0f(S) - 1); TextOut(DragDC,10,20,S,SizeOf(S)); ReleaseDC(HWindow,DragDC); end; and CMUpperRight, which moves the origin to the upper-right corner o f the client w i n d o w : procedure MoveOriginWindow.CMUpperRight(var begin DragDC := GetDC(HWindow); SetMapMode(DragDC,MM_TEXT);

Msg: TMessage);

{ S e t map mode }


SetViewportOrg(DragDC,Attr.W,0); StrLCopy(S,'Hello',SizeOf(S) - 1); TextOut(DragDC,-60,20,S,SizeOf(S)); ReleaseDC(HWindow,DragDC);

{ Shift origin } { Note -X coordinate }

end; Y o u d o n o t have to e x p l i c i t l y set t h e MM_TEXT m a p p i n g m o d e b e c a u s e it is t h e d e f a u l t . It is d o n e here f o r c o m p l e t e n e s s . Listing

10.2.

Setting

the MM_ TEXT mapping

mode.

program MoveOrigin; uses Strings, WinTypes, WinProcs, WObjects; {$R Pen.Res }{Pen resource is just used for convenience} const cm_Upperl_ef t cmJJpperRight

= 401; = 402;

type MoveOriginApplication = object(TApplication) procedure InitMainWindow; virtual; end; PMoveOriginWindow = "MoveOriginWindow; MoveOriginWindow = object(TWindow) S : array[0..5] of Char; DragDC: HDC; constructor Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); destructor Done; virtual; procedure CMUpperLeft(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm_First + cm_UpperLeft; procedure CMUpperRight(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm_First + cmJJpperRight; end; { { MoveOriginWindow's method implementations:

} }

{

} continues

319

320


Listing

10.2.

continued

constructor MoveOriginWindow.Init (AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); begin TWindow.Init(AParent, ATitle); Attr.Menu := LoadMenu(HInstance, PChar(109)); DisableAutoCreate; Attr.Style := ws_PopupWindow or ws_Caption or ws_Visible; Attr.X Attr.Y Attr.W Attr.H

:= := := :=

50; 50; 200; 200;

end; destructor MoveOriginWindow.Done; begin TWindow.Done; end; procedure MoveOriginWindow.CMUpperLeft(var Msg: TMessage); begin DragDC := GetDC(HWindow); SetMapMode(DragDC,MM_TEXT); { Use MM_TEXT mode } StrLCopy(S,'Hello',SizeOf(S) - 1); TextOut(DragDC,10,20,S,SizeOf(S)); ReleaseDC(HWindow,DragDC); end; procedure MoveOriginWindow.CMUpperRight(var begin DragDC := GetDC(HWindow); SetMapMode(DragDC,MM_TEXT); { SetViewportOrg(DragDC,Attr.W,0); { StrLCopy(S,'Hello',SizeOf(S) - 1); TextOut(DragDC,-60,20,S,SizeOf(S)); { ReleaseDC(HWindow,DragDC); end;

Msg: TMessage);

Set map mode } Shift origin } Note -X coordinate }

{ { MoveOriginApplication s method implementations:

} }

{

}

1


procedure MoveOriginApplication.InitMainWindow; begin MainWindow := New(PMoveOriginWindow, Init(nil, 'Origin Window')); end; { { Main program:

} }

{

}

var App : MoveOriginApplication; begin App.Init('MoveOriginProgram'); App.Run; App.Done; end. F i g u r e 1 0 . 7 s h o w s t h e resulting

Figure

10.7. The result of listing

10.2.

text d i s p l a y .

321

322


Drawing Figures W i n d o w s h a s a r i c h , b u i l t - i n set o f t o o l s f o r d r a w i n g l i n e s a n d v a r i o u s s h a p e s ; including lines, circles, ellipses, rectangles, r o u n d rectangles, chords, pies, polygons, and poly polygons. Y o u can draw these figures individually or in c o m b i n a t i o n . T o draw any figure, y o u r application uses a p e n , either the default p e n (BLACKPEN) or a c u s t o m p e n that y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n c r e a t e s . F o r e x a m p l e , t h e little e x a m p l e i n listing 10.3 s h o w s h o w t o c r e a t e a n a p p l i c a t i o n that r e s p o n d s t o u s e r m e n u - i t e m s e l e c t i o n s b y d r a w i n g e i t h e r a r e c t a n g l e , a filled r e c t a n g l e , o r a n e l l i p s e i n a D a s h D o t p e n style. It c r e a t e s t h e p e n , retrieves a d i s p l a y c o n t e x t , selects t h e p e n , d r a w s t h e figure, r e l e a s e s t h e display context, and deletes the object using m e n u - c o m m a n d messageresponse methods. N o t i c e that filling a r e c t a n g l e is s o m e w h a t d i f f e r e n t t h a n s i m p l y d r a w i n g t h e r e c t a n g l e . T h e k e y d i f f e r e n c e lies i n t h e d r a w i n g t o o l y o u u s e t o p r o d u c e t h e r e c t a n g l e . W h e n y o u d r a w a r e c t a n g l e , y o u u s e a p e n . W h e n y o u d r a w a n d fill a r e c t a n g l e , y o u u s e a b r u s h that c a n b e e i t h e r a s t o c k o b j e c t ( s u c h as a GRAY_BRUSH) o r a b r u s h b a s e d o n a bit m a p . T h e C M F i l l e d R e c t a n g l e m e t h o d i n listing 10.3 u s e s a s t o c k b r u s h : procedure FigsWindow.CMGrayFilledRectangle(var begin SetCapture(HWindow); DragDC := GetDC(HWindow);

Msg:

TMessage);

SelectObject(DragDC, GetStockObject(GRAY_BRUSH)); Rectangle(DragDC,20,20,200,200); ReleaseCapture; ReleaseDC(HWindow, DragDC); end; W i n d o w s provides seven stock brushes and three stock pens, which y o u c a n u s e effectively t o c r e a t e filled figures. T a b l e 10.4 s h o w s t h e s t o c k d r a w i n g tools you can use with the G e t S t o c k O b j e c t function. Table

10.4.

Windows

stock

drawing

Constant

Brush/Pen

Type

BlackBrush

Black brush

DkGrayBrush

D a r k gray b r u s h

GrayBrush

Gray brush

HollowBrush

Hollow brush

LtGrayBrush

Light gray b r u s h

tools.


Constant

Brush/Pen

NullBrush

Null brush

WhiteBrush

White

BlackPen

Black p e n

NullPen

Null pen

White

White

Pen

Type

brush

pen

T h e f o l l o w i n g r e s p o n s e m e t h o d s h o w s h o w t o c r e a t e a n d select a h a t c h e d b r u s h , w h i c h is t h e n u s e d t o fill a r e c t a n g l e . N o t i c e that t h e b r u s h n e e d s t o b e d e l e t e d w h e n y o u are d o n e w i t h it:

procedure FigsWindow.CMHatchedRectangle(var Msg: TMessage); begin SetCapture(HWindow); DragDC := GetDC(HWindow); TheBrush := CreateHatchBrush(hs_Vertical, RGB(0,255,0)); SelectObject(DragDC,TheBrush); Rectangle(DragDC,20,20,200,200); DeleteObject(TheBrush); ReleaseCapture; ReleaseDC(HWindow, DragDC); end;

Listing

103-

A figure-drawing

and

-filling

program.

program Figs; uses Strings, WinTypes, WinProcs, WObjects, WIF5, { Basic Interface } StdDlgs;

{$R FIGS.RES }

const cm_Rectangle cm_Ellipse

= 401; = 402; continues

323

324


Listing

10.3-

continued

cm_GrayFilledRectangle cmJHatchedRectangle

= 403; = 404;

type FigsApplication = object(BasicApplication) procedure InitMainWindow; virtual; end; PFigsWindow = "FigsWindow; FigsWindow = object(MainWindow) DragDC: HDC; TheBrush: HBrush; ThePen: HPen; PenSize: Integer; PenStyle: Integer; constructor Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); destructor Done; virtual; procedure CMRectangle(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm_First + cm_Rectangle; procedure CMGrayFilledRectangle(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm_First + cm_GrayFilledRectangle; procedure CMHatchedRectangle(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm_First + cm_HatchedRectangle; procedure CMEllipse(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm_First + cm_Ellipse; end; { { FigsWindow s method implementations:

} }

{

}

1

constructor FigsWindow.Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); begin TWindow.Init(AParent, ATitle); Attr.Menu := LoadMenu(HInstance, PChar(109)); PenSize := 1; PenStyle := ps_DashDot; ThePen := CreatePen(PenStyle, PenSize, 0); end; destructor FigsWindow.Done; begin DeleteObject(ThePen);


325

TWindow.Done; end; procedure FigsWindow.CMRectangle(var Msg: TMessage); begin SetCapture(HWindow); DragDC := GetDC(HWindow); SelectObject(DragDC, ThePen); Rectangle(DragDC,20,20,200,200); ReleaseCapture; ReleaseDC(HWindow, DragDC); end; procedure FigsWindow.CMGrayFilledRectangle(var Msg: TMessage); begin SetCapture(HWindow); DragDC := GetDC(HWindow); SelectObj ect(DragDC, GetStockObj ect(GRAY_BRUSH)); Rectangle(DragDC,20,20,200,200); ReleaseCapture; ReleaseDC(HWindow, DragDC); end; procedure FigsWindow.CMHatchedRectangle(var Msg: TMessage); begin SetCapture(HWindow); DragDC := GetDC(HWindow); TheBrush := CreateHatchBrush(hs_Vertical, RGB(0,255,0)); SelectObject(DragDC,TheBrush); Rectangle(DragDC,20,20,200,200); DeleteObject(TheBrush); ReleaseCapture; ReleaseDC(HWindow, DragDC); end; procedure FigsWindow.CMEllipse(var Msg: TMessage); begin SetCapture(HWindow); DragDC := GetDC(HWindow); SelectObject(DragDC, ThePen); Ellipse(DragDC,20,20,200,200); ReleaseCapture; ReleaseDC(HWindow, DragDC); end; continues

326


Listing

10.3-

continued

{

}

{ FigsApplication s 1

method implementations:

}

{

}

procedure FigsApplication.InitMainWindow; begin MainWindow := New(PFigsWindow, Init(nil, end;

'Drawing

Window'));

{ { Main program:

} }

{

}

var App

: FigsApplication;

begin App.Init('FigsProgram'); App.Run; App.Done; end. Figure 10.8, 10.9 a n d 10.10 s h o w several o f t h e s h a p e s created b y t h e display: a gray-filled rectangle, a gray-filled rectangle w i t h a n e l l i p s e inside it, a n d a hatched rectangle.

Figure

10.8. A gray-filled

rectangle.


A Stranger Graphics Function Demo T o illustrate h o w s o m e o f t h e s e f u n c t i o n s w o r k , u s e a m e n u t o s e l e c t v a r i o u s drawing functions (MoveToLineTo, S p l o t c h , S t r a n g e A r c s , S t r a n g e P i e s , a n d R o u n d R e c t ) that u t i l i z e m a n y o f t h e W i n d o w s p r i m i t i v e g r a p h i c s f u n c t i o n s for drawing lines, arcs, pies, a n d so o n .

Figure

10.9. A gray-filled

Figure

10.10. A hatched

rectangle with an

rectangle.

ellipse.

327

328


E a c h d r a w i n g f u n c t i o n d i s p l a y s i n its o w n w i n d o w . B y u s i n g o n e w i n d o w per function, y o u can maintain many drawings simultaneously, switching b e t w e e n t h e m . E a c h w i n d o w c o n s t r u c t s itself, m a i n t a i n s d a t a fields s p e c i f i c t o it, a n d h a s its o w n Paint p r o c e d u r e f o r u p d a t i n g its d i s p l a y . T h e splotch w i n d o w l o o k s like this:

type PSplotchWindow = "SplotchWindow; SplotchWindow = object(TWindow) Points: array[0..MaxPoints] of APoint; constructor Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); procedure Paint(PaintDC: HDC; var Paintlnfo: TPaintStruct); virtual; end; A r o u n d r e c t a n g l e w i n d o w l o o k s similar:

type PRRectangleWindow = "RRectangleWindow; RRectangleWindow = object(TWindow) Points: array[0..MaxPoints] of APoint; constructor Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); procedure Paint(PaintDC: HDC; var Paintlnfo: TPaintStruct); virtual; end; N o t i c e that n o n e o f t h e w i n d o w s that m a i n t a i n d r a w i n g s is t h e a p p l i c a t i o n ' s MainWindow. T h e a p p l i c a t i o n ' s MainWindow, as u s u a l , is c o n s t r u c t e d at start-up b y t h e Application ( o b j e c t ) :

type GDIExApp = object(TApplication) procedure InitMainWindow; virtual; end;

procedure GDIExApp.InitMainWindow; begin { Create a main window of type TGDIWindow. } MainWindow := New(PGDIExWindow, Init('GDI Example', LoadMenu(HInstance,MakeIntResource(MenuID)))); end; T h e GDIExApp's MainWindow, i n t u r n , m a i n t a i n s e a c h o f t h e d r a w i n g w i n d o w s as a c h i l d w i n d o w . B e c a u s e t h e MainWindow (GDIExWindow) m a i n tains a g r o u p o f c h i l d w i n d o w s , y o u c a n m a k e it e a s y t o m a i n t a i n t h e c h i l d r e n

by derivingGDIExWindowfrom TMDIWindow, t h e b a s e MDI W i n d o w (TMDIWindow),


in O b j e c t W i n d o w s . R e c a l l f r o m C h a p t e r 7, " M a n y Windows: A M u l t i - D o c u m e n t I n t e r f a c e , " that a TMDIWindow a l r e a d y k n o w s how t o m a i n t a i n c h i l d w i n d o w s , w h i c h saves y o u t o n s o f w o r k . GDIExWindow l o o k s like this:

type PGDIExWindow = "GDIExWindow; GDIExWindow = object(TMDIWindow) procedure CMStrangeArcs(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm_First + cm_StrangeArcs; procedure CMStrangePies(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm_First + cm_StrangePies; procedure CMRoundRect(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm_First + cm_RoundRect; procedure CMMoveToLineTo(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm_First + cm_MoveToLineTo; procedure CMSplotch(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm_First + cm_Splotch; procedure CMQuit(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm_First + cm_Quit; procedure WMDestroy(var Msg: TMessage); virtual wm_First + wm_Destroy; end; It c o n s i s t s m o s t l y o f m e s s a g e - r e s p o n s e m e t h o d s f o r handling Windows m e s s a g e s a n d m e n u - c o m m a n d m e s s a g e s , w h i c h indicate that t h e u s e r has s e l e c t e d a d r a w i n g w i n d o w f o r display. H e r e are t h e c o r r e s p o n d i n g m e n u - c o m m a n d m e s s a g e c o n s t a n t s f o r

GDIExWindow: const MenuID cm_Quit cm_MoveToLineTo cm_Splotch cm_StrangeArcs cm_StrangePies cm_Roundrect

= = = = = = =

100; { Resource ID of the menu } 100; { File->Quit ID } 201; { Shapes } 202; 203; 204; 205;

T h e s e c o n s t a n t s c o r r e s p o n d t o t h e m e n u items in t h e resource file, G D I _ E X . R E S . Figure 10.11 shows a n aspect o f t h e creation a n d testing o f GDIJEX.RES. Notice the matching constants. I n response t o e a c h m e n u item s e l e c t i o n , t h e GDIExWindow m e n u response m e t h o d c o n s t r u c t s t h e c o r r e s p o n d i n g w i n d o w .

329

330


Figure

10.11.

An aspect of the creation and testing

ofGDI_EX.RES.

For example, a SplotchWindow: p r o c e d u r e G D I E x W i n d o w . C M S p l o t c h ( v a r Msg: T M e s s a g e ) ; begin Application".MakeWindow(New(PSplotchWindow, Init(@Self, 'Splotch Window'))); end; or a RoundRectWindow: procedure GDIExWindow.CMRoundRect(var begin

Msg:

TMessage);

Application".MakeWindow(New(PRRectangleWindow, 'Round R e c t a n g l e W i n d o w ' ) ) ) ; end;

Init(@Self,

T h e same applies for the other drawing w i n d o w s . Listing 10.4 c o n t a i n s t h e c o m p l e t e c o d e f o r t h e G D I e x a m p l e , a n d f i g u r e s 1 0 . 1 2 a n d 1 0 . 1 3 s h o w this MDI a p p l i c a t i o n r u n n i n g i n different s t a g e s .

N o t e : O n e particularly interesting a n d useful aspect o f the M D I o b j e c t s that c o m p o s e t h e M D I i n t e r f a c e is that M D I w i n d o w s are r e p a i n t e d a u t o m a t i c a l l y w h e n t h e y are u n c o v e r e d after b e i n g c o v e r e d , u n l i k e n o n - M D I w i n d o w s ( u n t i l y o u w r i t e Paint m e t h o d s for redisplay).


Figure

10.12.

One stage of running the MDI application of listing 10.4.

Figure

10.13- Another stage during the MDI application

execution.

331

332


Listing

10.4.

A GDI

example.

program GDI_EX; uses WinProcs, WinTypes, WObjects, Strings; {$R GDI_EX.RES} { Menu bar constants } const MenuID = 100; { Resource ID of the menu } cm_Quit = 1 0 0 ; { File->Quit ID } cm_MoveToLineTo = 201; { Shapes } cm_Splotch = 202; cm_StrangeArcs = 203; cm_StrangePies = 204; cm_Roundrect = 205;

{ Shape constant } const MaxPoints

=

15; { Number of points to be drawn in MoveToLineToDemo }

{ Global function } function Min(X, Y: Integer): Integer; begin if X > Y then Min := Y else Min := X; end;

type APoint = record X, Y : Real; end; { NoIconWindow } type PNoIconWindow = "NoIconWindow;


333

NoIconWindow = object(TWindow) procedure GetWindowClass(var AWndClass: TWndClass); virtual; function GetClassName: PChar; virtual; end; procedure NoIconWindow.GetWindowClass(var AWndClass: TWndClass); begin TWindow.GetWindowClass(AWndClass); AWndClass.hbrBackground := GetStockObject(Black_Brush); AWndClass.hlcon := 0; end; { No need to call the ancestor's method here, because you want to provide an entirely new window class name. } function NoIconWindow.GetClassName: PChar; begin GetClassName := 'NoIconWindow'; end; { Splotch window } type PSplotchWindow = "SplotchWindow; SplotchWindow = object(TWindow) Points: array[0..MaxPoints] of APoint; constructor Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); procedure Paint(PaintDC: HDC; var Paintlnfo: TPaintStruct); virtual; end; constructor SplotchWindow.Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); var I: Integer; StepAngle: Integer; Radians: Real; begin TWindow.Init(AParent, ATitle); StepAngle := 360 div MaxPoints; for I := 0 to MaxPoints - 1 do begin Radians := (StepAngle * I) * PI / 180; Points[I].x := Cos(Radians); continues

334


Listing

10.4.

continued

Points[I].y := Sin(Radians); end; end; procedure SplotchWindow.Paint(PaintDC: HDC; var Paintlnfo: TPaintStruct); var TheRect: TRect; I, J: Integer; CenterX, CenterY: Integer; Radius, StepAngle: Word; Radians: real; begin GetClientRect(HWindow,TheRect); { Get the client window's coordinates } CenterX := TheRect.Right div 2; CenterY := TheRect.Bottom div 2; Radius := Min(CenterY, CenterX); Rectangle(PaintDC,CenterX - Radius, CenterY - Radius, CenterX + Radius, CenterY + Radius); for I := 0 to MaxPoints - 1 do begin for J := I + 1 to MaxPoints - 1 do begin MoveTo(PaintDC, CenterX + Round(Points[I].X / Radius * Radius), CenterY + Round(Points[I].Y / Radius *Radius)); LineTo(PaintDC, CenterX + Round(Points[J].X * Radius), CenterY + Round(Points[J].Y * Radius)); end; end; end; { End splotch window }

{ Round rectangle window } type PRRectangleWindow = "RRectangleWindow; RRectangleWindow = object(TWindow) Points: array[0..MaxPoints] of APoint;


335

constructor Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); procedure Paint(PaintDC: HDC; var Paintlnfo: TPaintStruct); virtual; end; constructor RRectangleWindow.Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); var I: Integer; StepAngle: Integer; Radians: Real; begin TWindow.Init(AParent, ATitle); StepAngle := 360 div MaxPoints; for I := 0 to MaxPoints - 1 do begin Radians := (StepAngle * I) * PI / 180; Points[I].x := Cos(Radians); Points[I].y := Sin(Radians); end; end; procedure RRectangleWindow.Paint(PaintDC: HDC; var Paintlnfo: TPaintStruct); var TheRect: TRect; I, J: Integer; CenterX, CenterY: Integer; Radius, StepAngle: Word; Radians: real; begin GetClientRect(HWindow,TheRect); { Get the client window's coordinates } CenterX := TheRect.Right div 2; CenterY := TheRect.Bottom div 2; Radius := Min(CenterY, CenterX); RoundRect(PaintDC,CenterX - Radius, CenterY - Radius, CenterX + Radius, CenterY + Radius,9,11); for I := 0 to MaxPoints - 1 do begin for J := I + 1 to MaxPoints - 1 do continues

336


Listing

10A.

continued

begin MoveTo(PaintDC, CenterX + Round(Points[I].X / Radius * Radius), CenterY + Round(Points[I].Y / Radius * Radius)); RoundRect(PaintDC, CenterX + Round(Points[J].X * Radius), CenterY + Round(Points[J].Y * Radius),9,11,9,11); end; end; end; { End round rectangle } { Strange arcs window } type PStrangeArcsWindow = "StrangeArcsWindow; StrangeArcsWindow = object(TWindow) procedure Paint(PaintDC: HDC; var Paintlnfo: TPaintStruct); virtual; end; procedure StrangeArcsWindow.Paint(PaintDC: HDC; var Paintlnfo: TPaintStruct); var X, EndX : integer; begin For X := 1 to 400 do begin EndX := X + 50; Arc(PaintDC, X,15,EndX,250,50,0,0,0); end; end; { End strange arcs } { Strange pie window } type PStrangePiesWindow = "StrangePiesWindow; StrangePiesWindow = object(TWindow) procedure Paint(PaintDC: HDC; var Paintlnfo: end; TPaintStruct); virtual;


procedure StrangePiesWindow.Paint(PaintDC: HDC; var Paintlnfo: TPaintStruct); var X, EndX : integer; begin For X := 1 to 400 do begin EndX := X + 50; Pie(PaintDC, X,15,EndX,250,50,0,0,0); end; end; { End strange pies }

{ MoveToLineToWindow

}

type PMoveToLineToWindow = "MoveToLineToWindow; MoveToLineToWindow = object(TWindow) Points: array[0..MaxPoints] of APoint; constructor Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); procedure Paint(PaintDC: HDC; var Paintlnfo: TPaintStruct); virtual; end; constructor MoveToLineToWindow.Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); var I: Integer; StepAngle: Integer; Radians: Real; begin TWindow.Init(AParent, ATitle); StepAngle := 360 div MaxPoints; for I := 0 to MaxPoints - 1 do begin Radians := (StepAngle * I) * PI / 180; Points[I].x := Cos(Radians); Points[I].y := Sin(Radians); end; end; continues

337

338


Listing

10.4.

continued

procedure MoveToLinetoWindow.Paint(PaintDC: HDC; var Paintlnfo: TPaintStruct); var TheRect: TRect; I, J: Integer; CenterX, CenterY: Integer; Radius, StepAngle: Word; Radians: real; begin GetClientRect(HWindow,TheRect); CenterX := TheRect.Right div 2; CenterY := TheRect.Bottom div 2; Radius := Min(CenterY, CenterX); Ellipse(PaintDC,CenterX - Radius, CenterY - Radius, CenterX + Radius, CenterY + Radius); for I := 0 to MaxPoints - 1 do begin for J := I + 1 to MaxPoints - 1 do begin MoveTo(PaintDC, CenterX + Round(Points[I].X * Radius), CenterY + Round(Points[I].Y * Radius)); LineTo(PaintDC, CenterX + Round(Points[J].X * Radius), CenterY + Round(Points[J],Y * Radius)); end; end; end; { GDIExWindow type PGDIExWindow = "GDIExWindow; GDIExWindow = object(TMDIWindow) procedure CMStrangeArcs(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm_First + cm_StrangeArcs; procedure CMStrangePies(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm_First + cm_StrangePies; procedure CMRoundRect(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm_First + cm_RoundRect; procedure CMMoveToLineTo(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm_First + cm_MoveToLineTo;

}


procedure CMSplotch(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm_First + cm_Splotch; procedure CMQuit(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm_First + cm_Quit; procedure WMDestroy(var Msg: TMessage); virtual wm_First + wm_Destroy; end; procedure GDIExWindow.CMMoveToLineTo(var Msg: TMessage); begin Application".MakeWindow(New(PMoveToLineToWindow, Init(@Self, 'MoveTo/LineTo Window'))); end; procedure GDIExWindow.CMSplotch(var Msg: TMessage); begin Application".MakeWindow(New(PSplotchWindow, Init(@Self, 'Splotch Window'))); end; procedure GDIExWindow.CMRoundRect(var Msg: TMessage); begin Application".MakeWindow(New(PRRectangleWindow, Init(@Self, 'Round Rectangle Window ))); end; 1

procedure GDIExWindow.CMStrangeArcs(var Msg: TMessage); begin Application".MakeWindow(New(PStrangeArcsWindow, Init(@Self, 'Strange Arcs Window'))); end; procedure GDIExWindow.CMStrangePies(var Msg: TMessage); begin Application".MakeWindow(New(PStrangePiesWindow, Init(@Self, 'Strange Pie Window'))); end;

procedure GDIExWindow.CMQuit(var Msg: TMessage); begin CloseWindow; end; continues

339

340


Listing

10.4.

continued

procedure GDIExWindow.WMDestroy(var begin TMDIWindow.WMDestroy(Msg); end;

Msg: TMessage);

{ GDIExApp

}

type GDIExApp = object(TApplication) procedure InitMainWindow; end;

virtual;

procedure GDIExApp.InitMainWindow; begin { Create a main window of type GDIExWindow. } MainWindow := New(PGDIExWindow, Init('GDI Example , LoadMenu(HInstance,MakeIntResource(MenuID)))); end; 1

var ExApp: GDIExApp; begin ExApp.Init('GDIExample ) ; ExApp.Run; ExApp.Done; end. 1

Wrap-up T h e g r a p h i c s p o s s i b i l i t i e s w i t h t h e W i n d o w s G D I a r e virtually e n d l e s s ( p l e a s e e x c u s e t h e p u n ) . Y o u c a n c r e a t e d r a w i n g s a n d s h a p e s o f a l m o s t every k i n d , a n d , w i t h a bit o f effort, c r e a t e s o p h i s t i c a t e d g r a p h i c s a p p l i c a t i o n s that u t i l i z e v a r i o u s f o n t s , i c o n s , c u r s o r s , bit m a p s , a n d t h e l i k e . Y o u c a n c r e a t e this m y r i a d o f s h a p e s o n a n y d e v i c e s u p p o r t e d b y W i n d o w s without writing c o d e for a specific device. A l t h o u g h y o u might s p e n d s o m e time learning the ins a n d outs o f W i n d o w s functions, y o u are m o r e than c o m p e n s a t e d w h e n y o u d o n o t h a v e t o w r i t e d e v i c e drivers o r d e v i c e - s p e c i f i c c o d e . W i n d o w s is i n d e e d t h e m o s t u n i v e r s a l i n t e r f a c e t o c o m e d o w n t h e D O S p i k e , a n d it b e c o m e s m o r e u s e f u l a n d m o r e p o w e r f u l as y o u l e a r n m o r e a b o u t it.


For additional information about G D I definitions, functions, and the ObjectGraphics T o o l b o x (from the Whitewater G r o u p ) , check the reference s e c t i o n i n t h e s e c o n d h a l f o f this b o o k .

341

11 CHAPTER

FROM PROGRAM TO PROGRAM USING DDE (DYNAMIC DATA EXCHANGE) As I look across my desk to the "computer museum" in the corner of my office, I can see the progress hardware has made in the past decade. We 've gone from 64KZ80 CP/M machines like the Osborne I that ran Ron Cain's Small-C and Turbo Pascal 1.0 (and had room to spare!), to my new four-megabyte 386SX that runs Turbo C+ + and Turbo Pascal 6.0. And I'm not at all surprised by the fact that the Osborne cost more than the 386. Zack Urlocker

O n e o f t h e m o s t a m a z i n g a n d u s e f u l f e a t u r e s o f M i c r o s o f t W i n d o w s is its facility f o r l e t t i n g a p p l i c a t i o n s s h a r e d a t a . W i n d o w s a c c o m p l i s h e s this d a t a - s h a r i n g t h r o u g h a p r o t o c o l c a l l e d D D E ( d y n a m i c d a t a e x c h a n g e ) . T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s compiles D D E b e t w e e n applications—those y o u write a n d even t h o s e y o u d o n ' t w r i t e y o u r s e l f — r e a d i l y a c c e s s i b l e at a h i g h l e v e l . In general, to e x c h a n g e data with other applications a n d programs through D D E , y o u have to learn: • T h e W i n d o w s m e s s a g e s (wm_pref ixed) that u s e D D E • H o w to use global m e m o r y to buffer the data e x c h a n g e

344


This chapter explains h o w D D E works with examples, including exchanges with the Clipboard and the Windows Program Manager. Although e x c h a n g e s w i t h t h e c l i p b o a r d a r e n o t " t e c h n i c a l l y " part o f D D E b e c a u s e y o u d o not send D D E messages to access the clipboard, the chapter l u m p s together the e x c h a n g e o f c l i p b o a r d a n d D D E d a t a . C a l l t h e l u m p s o m e t h i n g like " W i n d o w s global data e x c h a n g e " because both the clipboard a n d D D E require the u s e o f global m e m o r y buffers. Y o u a l s o c a n " l u m p " D D E a n d D L L b e c a u s e t h e y are c o n c e p t u a l l y similar. T h e y differ significantly, h o w e v e r , i n that D D E is t h e s h a r i n g o f d a t a b e t w e e n a p p l i c a t i o n s , a n d D L L is t h e s h a r i n g o f c o d e . Y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n s s h a r e c o d e b y s t o r i n g it i n d y n a m i c l i n k a b l e libraries. T h e capability t o share data a n d c o d e has m a n y advantages a n d possibilities. S h a r i n g r e d u c e s m e m o r y u s e ( b e c a u s e a s i n g l e c o p y , r a t h e r t h a n t w o o r m o r e c o p i e s , o f a s e g m e n t o f c o d e o r d a t a saves s p a c e ) . A l s o , b y s h a r i n g d a t a i n real t i m e , y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n s c a n save t i m e a n d interact s e n s i b l y w i t h e a c h o t h e r . Applications using either the clipboard o r D D E c a n r e s p o n d to each other immediately, thus leading to a future o f independently developed programs that d e p e n d o n t h e o u t p u t f r o m e a c h o t h e r . This chapter focuses o n data e x c h a n g e s b e t w e e n T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s applications a n d the clipboard a n d between applications using D D E . C h a p t e r 12 c o v e r s D L L .

The Clipboard T h e s i m p l e s t w a y f o r y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n s t o e x c h a n g e d a t a is w i t h t h e c l i p b o a r d . A l t h o u g h y o u m i g h t t h i n k o f t h e c l i p b o a r d as t h e C l i p b o a r d p r o g r a m p a c k a g e d w i t h W i n d o w s , it isn't. T h e C l i p b o a r d is a c l i p b o a r d v i e w e r y o u u s e t o d i s p l a y a n d m a n i p u l a t e t h e c u r r e n t c o n t e n t s o f t h e c l i p b o a r d . T h e c l i p b o a r d , p e r s e , is a f u n c t i o n a l W i n d o w s u n i t y o u u s e t o e x c h a n g e d a t a b e t w e e n p r o g r a m s . It i s , i n fact, invisible u n l e s s y o u c h o o s e t o " v i e w " it. W h e n y o u r applications are using the O p e n , C l o s e , Write t o , a n d Read c o m m a n d s f r o m t h e c l i p b o a r d , t h e y are " c o n v e r s i n g " w i t h t h e c l i p b o a r d u n i t — not t h e C l i p b o a r d p r o g r a m . If y o u w a n t t o see t h e actual e x c h a n g e o f data b e t w e e n y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n s that u s e t h e c l i p b o a r d , o p e n t h e C l i p b o a r d p r o g r a m . Figure 11.1 shows a C l i p b o a r d p r o g r a m "view" o f a data e x c h a n g e b e t w e e n a T u r b o P a s c a l f o r W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n (details a n d c o d e a r e d e s c r i b e d later i n this s e c t i o n ) . M a n y o f the W i n d o w s applications are u s e d t o cut, copy, a n d paste data t o a n d f r o m t h e c l i p b o a r d . T h e O b j e c t W i n d o w s ' E d i t c o n t r o l , EditWindow, a n d FileWindow o b j e c t s , w h i c h y o u h a v e a l r e a d y u s e d , a c c e s s t h e c l i p b o a r d through these m e n u c o m m a n d s .

1 1 — F r o m Program to Program Using D D E

Figure

11.1. "View" of a data exchange.

"Hello" is pasted at various mouse

locations.

T h e C l i p b o a r d c a n a c c e p t a variety o f d a t a f o r m a t s : text, bit m a p s , s y m b o l i c l i n k f o r m a t t e d d a t a , tiff f o r m a t , a n d m e t a f i l e p i c t u r e f o r m a t . T a b l e 11.1 s h o w s the clipboard format a n d the associated data. Table

11.1.

Clipboard

format

and associated

data.

Format

Format

Explanation

cf_Text

N u l l - t e r m i n a t e d array o f c h a r a c t e r s

cfBitmap

W i n d o w s ' bit m a p f o r m a t

cfSylk

Microsoft symbolic link format

cfTiff

T a g i m a g e file f o r m a t

cfMetafilePict

W i n d o w s metafile picture format

T h e s e c l i p b o a r d f o r m a t s are m o r e o r less i n d u s t r y s t a n d a r d s , w h i c h m a n y applications recognize. T h u s , by using o n e or m o r e of these formats to p u t data i n t h e c l i p b o a r d , y o u c a n s e n d d a t a t o a n y a p p l i c a t i o n that c a n interact w i t h t h e clipboard. T o place data in the Clipboard: 1. O p e n t h e c l i p b o a r d ( u s i n g t h e W i n d o w s f u n c t i o n OpenClipboard). 2. E m p t y t h e c l i p b o a r d ( u s i n g EmptyClipboard).

345

346

Part II-—Advanced T o p i c s

3. S e t a d a t a h a n d l e t o t h e c l i p b o a r d (SetClipboardData). 4. C l o s e t h e c l i p b o a r d (CloseClipboard). T o o p e n the clipboard, use OpenClipboard(HWindow); w h e r e HWindow is a w i n d o w h a n d l e a s s o c i a t e d w i t h t h e w i n d o w that w a n t s contact with the clipboard. EmptyClipboard e m p t i e s t h e c l i p b o a r d a n d frees a n y h a n d l e s t o d a t a i n t h e c l i p b o a r d , a s s i g n i n g o w n e r s h i p t o t h e w i n d o w ( d e s i g n a t e d b y HWindow) that o p e n e d t h e c l i p b o a r d : EmptyClipboard;

N o t e : A l l t h e i n f o r m a t i o n r e s e a r c h e d f o r this b o o k that refers t o t h e c l i p b o a r d d e s i g n a t e s that y o u m u s t u s e EmptyClipboard before y o u copy data to the clipboard. Various experiments s u g g e s t that e m p t y i n g t h e c l i p b o a r d isn't a b s o l u t e l y n e c e s s a r y . F o r e x a m p l e , if y o u o m i t EmptyClipboard f r o m t h e c o d e i n listing 1 1 . 1 , t h e d a t a e x c h a n g e b e t w e e n t h e T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n a n d t h e c l i p b o a r d still w o r k s .

SetClipboardData r e q u i r e s t w o p a r a m e t e r s : a cf _ clipboard c o n s t a n t that s p e c i f i e s t h e f o r m a t of t h e d a t a t o b e c o p i e d t o t h e c l i p b o a r d a n d a h a n d l e t o a g l o b a l m e m o r y b l o c k that c o n t a i n s t h e d a t a t o b e c o p i e d . F o r e x a m p l e : SetClipboardData(cf_Text,AStringGlobalHandle); R e c a l l f r o m C h a p t e r 9 , " M e m o r y M a t t e r s , " that a g l o b a l m e m o r y b l o c k is a special kind o f system-wide m e m o r y shared by W i n d o w s applications. Y o u r application c a n create these global m e m o r y blocks in the W i n d o w s global h e a p , and Windows can manage them. In general, an application does not have to use g l o b a l m e m o r y b l o c k s ; u s u a l l y it's a m a t t e r o f c h o i c e ( s e e C h a p t e r 9 f o r a discussion o f global versus local m e m o r y ) . Applications using the clipboard, however, must use global memory. T o a d d c l i p b o a r d - a c c e s s c a p a b i l i t y t o a w i n d o w , you d e r i v e a n e w w i n d o w ( c a l l e d ClipWindow) f r o m MainWindow a n d a d d a CopyText f e a t u r e . First, d e r i v e a n e w application: ClipApp = object(BasicApplication) BasicApplication }

{ ModelApp=a kind of

procedure InitMainWindow; virtual; { Init a specific MainWindow } end;


N e x t , a d d a n e w m a i n w i n d o w that c a n interact w i t h t h e C l i p b o a r d :

PClipWindow = "ClipWindow; ClipWindow = object(MainWindow) constructor Init(AParent : PWindowsObject; ATitle : PChar); procedure CMCopyText(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm_First + cm_CopyText; function CopyText(Txt: PChar): boolean; end; ClipWindow h a s t w o k e y m e t h o d s : 1. CMCopyText r e s p o n d s t o t h e m e n u - c o m m a n d m e s s a g e (cm_CopyText). 2. CopyText a c t u a l l y h a n d l e s t h e c o p y i n g o f text t o t h e c l i p b o a r d .

cm_CopyText is a c o n s t a n t :

const cm_CopyText = 501; is d e f i n e d i n t h e m e n u r e s o u r c e i n W I F 1 0 6 :

{$R ....} CMCopyText r e s p o n d s t o t h e cm_CopyText m e s s a g e b y c o p y i n g a string ( " H e l l o " ) t o a n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d string (S). Recall that w h e n e v e r y o u p a s s strings t o W i n d o w s f u n c t i o n s t h e y m u s t b e a PCh a r t y p e (a p o i n t e r t o a n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d s t r i n g ) . T h e n t h e string s e n d s a m e s s a g e t o CopyText a n d p a s s e s it t o t h e string to copy to the clipboard:

procedure ClipWindow.CMCopyText(var Msg: TMessage); var Stat : boolean; S : array[0..15] of char; begin StrCopy(S,'Hello'); Stat := CopyText(S); end; CopyText t h e n sets a g l o b a l m e m o r y h a n d l e , c o p i e s t h e s t r i n g t o g l o b a l m e m o r y , o p e n s a n d e m p t i e s t h e c l i p b o a r d , sets t h e c l i p b o a r d d a t a , a n d c l o s e s the clipboard:

function ClipWindow.CopyText(Txt: PChar): boolean; var AStrGlobalHandle: THandle; AStrGlobalPtr: PChar;

347

348


begin CopyText := False; AStrGlobalHandle := GlobalAlloc(gmem_Moveable,StrLen(Txt) if AStrGlobalHandle 0 then begin AStrGlobalPtr := GlobalLock(AStrGlobalHandle); if AStrGlobalPtr nil then begin StrCopy(AStrGlobalPtr,Txt); GlobalUnlock(AStrGlobalHandle); OpenClipboard(HWindow); EmptyClipboard; SetClipboardData(cf_Text,AStrGlobalHandle); CloseClipboard; CopyText := True; GlobalFree(AStrGlobalHandle); end; end; end;

Pastingfromthe Clipboard P a s t i n g text f r o m t h e c l i p b o a r d i n t o y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n is o n l y slightly m o r e c o m p l i c a t e d t h a n c o p y i n g text t o t h e c l i p b o a r d . Listing

11.1.

Paste

text.

function ClipWindow.PasteText(TxtString: PChar; TxtSize:Integer): Integer; var AStrGlobalHandle: THandle; AStrGlobalPtr: PChar; AStrGlobalSize : Longint; begin PasteText := -1; OpenClipboard(HWindow); IsClipboardFormatAvailable(cf_Text); AStrGlobalHandle := GetClipboardData(cf_Text); if AStrGlobalHandle 0 then begin

+1);

11—From Program to Program Using D D E

AStrGlobalSize := GlobalSize(AStrGlobalHandle); AStrGlobalPtr := GlobalLock(AStrGlobalHandle); if AStrGlobalPtr nil then begin if TxtSize < AStrGlobalSize then AStrGlobalSize := TxtSize; StrLCopy(TxtString,AStrGlobalPtr,AStrGlobalSize); GlobalUnlock(AStrGlobalHandle); PasteText := StrLen(TxtString); end; end; CloseClipboard; end; T h e e x a m p l e p r o g r a m i n listing 11.2 c o p i e s text t o t h e c l i p b o a r d a n d a l l o w s t h e u s e r t o p a s t e text f r o m t h e c l i p b o a r d t o a s p e c i f i c l o c a t i o n i n t h e w i n d o w . T h e l o c a t i o n is d e t e r m i n e d b y c l i c k i n g t h e m o u s e . Listing

11.2.

Pasting

text from

clipboard

to the

window.

unit ClipWnd; interface uses WObjects, WinTypes, WinProcs, strings, WIF5;

{ Basic Interface }

{$R wif106.res} const cm_CopyText = 501; cm_PasteText = 502; type ClipApp = object(BasicApplication)

{ ModelApp=a kind of BasicApplication } procedure InitMainWindow; virtual; { Init a specific MainWindow } end; continues

349

350


Listing

11.2.

continued

PClipWindow = "ClipWindow; ClipWindow = object(MainWindow) Lo, Hi : Word; constructor Init(AParent : PWindowsObject; ATitle : PChar); procedure WMLButtonDown(var Msg: TMessage); virtual wm_First + wm_LButtonDown; procedure WMLButtonUp(var Msg: TMessage); virtual wm_First + wm_LButtonllp; procedure CMCopyText(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm_First + cm_CopyText; procedure CMPasteText(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm_First + cm_PasteText; function CopyText(Txt: PChar): boolean; function PasteText(TxtString: PChar; TxtSize: Integer): Integer; end;

implementation

procedure ClipApp.InitMainWindow; { Init a model application window } begin if FirstApplication then MainWindow := New(PClipWindow, Init(nil, 'Model Windows Interface')) else MainWindow := New(PClipWindow, Init(nil,'Additional Instance of MI')); end; constructor ClipWindow.Init(AParent : PWindowsObject; begin TWindow.Init(AParent, ATitle); { Send message to Attr.Menu := LoadMenu(HInstance, PChar(106)); { ButtonDown := False; { Set status flag end;

procedure ClipWindow.WMLButtonDown(var Msg: TMessage); begin if not ButtonDown then begin ButtonDown := True; SetCapture(HWindow);

ATitle: PChar); ancestor's constructor } 99 = menu ID } }


351

DC := GetDC(HWindow); end; end; procedure ClipWindow.WMLButtonUp(var Msg: TMessage); begin if ButtonDown then begin ButtonDown := False; { Determine mouse location } Lo := Msg.lParamLo; Hi := Msg.lParamHi; TextOut(DC,Lo,Hi, . ,1); { Put a dot at current mouse location } ReleaseCapture; ReleaseDC(HWindow,DC); end; end; 1

1

procedure ClipWindow.CMCopyText(var Msg: TMessage); var Stat : boolean; S : array[0..15] of char; begin StrCopy(S,'Hello'); Stat := CopyText(S); end;

procedure ClipWindow.CMPasteText(var Msg: TMessage); var Stat : integer; TxtStr: PChar; TxtSize: Integer; S : array[0..256] of Char; begin New(TxtStr); TxtSize := 256; Stat := PasteText(TxtStr, TxtSize); DC := GetDC(HWindow); TextOut(DC,Lo,Hi,TxtStr,Stat); { Paste to mouse location } ReleaseDC(HWindow,DC); end; continues

352


Listing

11.2.

continued

function ClipWindow.CopyText(Txt: PChar): boolean; var AStrGlobalHandle: THandle; AStrGlobalPtr: PChar; begin CopyText := False; AStrGlobalHandle := GlobalAlloc(gmem_Moveable, StrLen(Txt) + 1 ) ; if AStrGlobalHandle 0 then begin AStrGlobalPtr := GlobalLock(AStrGlobalHandle); if AStrGlobalPtr nil then begin StrCopy(AStrGlobalPtr,Txt); GlobalUnlock(AStrGlobalHandle); OpenClipboard(HWindow); EmptyClipboard; SetClipboardData(cf_Text,AStrGlobalHandle); CloseClipboard; CopyText := True; end; end;

function ClipWindow.PasteText(TxtString: Integer): Integer; var AStrGlobalHandle: THandle; AStrGlobalPtr: PChar; AStrGlobalSize : Longlnt;

PChar; TxtSize:

begin PasteText := -1; OpenClipboard(HWindow); IsClipboardFormatAvailable(cf_Text); AStrGlobalHandle := GetClipboardData(cf_Text); if AStrGlobalHandle 0 then begin AStrGlobalSize := GlobalSize(AStrGlobalHandle);


AStrGlobalPtr := GlobalLock(AStrGlobalHandle); if AStrGlobalPtr nil then begin if TxtSize < AStrGlobalSize then AStrGlobalSize := TxtSize; StrLCopy(TxtString,AStrGlobalPtr,AStrGlobalSize); GlobalUnlock(AStrGlobalHandle); PasteText := StrLen(TxtString); end; end; CloseClipboard; end;

end.

{ Unit clipwnd }

program Test_Clip;

{ A generic way to test each phase of interface development }

uses WIF5, clipwnd;

{ Basic Interface unit } { Contains ClipApp }

type App = object(ClipApp) end; var Application: App;

{ An instance of BasicApplication } { Run Applicationl }

begin Application.Init('Cliplnterface'); { Init application instance } Application.Run; { Message loop } Application.Done; { Destroy application instance } end.

Sharing Data Between Applications D y n a m i c d a t a e x c h a n g e ( D D E ) is a p r o t o c o l that e n a b l e s a p p l i c a t i o n s t o s h a r e data. Applications share data by way of a "conversation" in w h i c h they "post" m e s s a g e s t o e a c h o t h e r . T h e t w o a p p l i c a t i o n s s h a r i n g d a t a are c a l l e d t h e client

353

354


( w h o initiates t h e c o n v e r s a t i o n b y b r o a d c a s t i n g a D D E m e s s a g e ) a n d t h e server (who responds to the message). D D E l i n k s b e t w e e n a p p l i c a t i o n s a r e e i t h e r very c o l d , c o l d , h o t , o r w a r m , d e p e n d i n g o n t h e c o m p l e x i t y o f t h e link. A very cold l i n k is s i m p l e s t ; a c l i e n t b r o a d c a s t s a WM_DDE_INITIATE m e s s a g e i d e n t i f y i n g t h e a p p l i c a t i o n a n d t o p i c o f interest. A n y a p p l i c a t i o n ( p o t e n t i a l server) c a n r e s p o n d t o this m e s s a g e , a n d it is u p t o t h e c l i e n t w i n d o w t o t e r m i n a t e all servers e x c e p t t h e o n e it w a n t s . {Remember: use one window for each DDE link!) After t h e u n w a n t e d servers are t e r m i n a t e d , t h e c l i e n t s e n d s t h e d a t a t o t h e server. A cold l i n k is n e x t s i m p l e s t : a c l i e n t b r o a d c a s t s a WM_DDE_INITIATE m e s s a g e that i d e n t i f i e s t h e a p p l i c a t i o n a n d t h e a p p l i c a t i o n t o p i c it w a n t s . A n y p o t e n t i a l server w h o c a n r e s p o n d t o this a p p l i c a t i o n t o p i c r e s p o n d s t o t h e c l i e n t b y s e n d i n g a WM_DDE_ACK m e s s a g e . W h e n t h e c l i e n t d e t e r m i n e s a l i n k , it t e r m i n a t e s a n y o t h e r a c k n o w l e d g m e n t s o f its b r o a d c a s t m e s s a g e . It t h e n r e q u e s t s t h e a p p l i c a t i o n w i t h a WM_DDE_REQUEST m e s s a g e (if it w a n t s d a t a ) o r s e n d s d a t a t o t h e server (if it wants to send data). T h e c l i e n t a n d t h e server c a n c o n t i n u e t o " t a l k , " e i t h e r a c k n o w l e d g i n g the other's requests o r not, until o n e o f the linked applications posts a WM_DDE_TERMINATE m e s s a g e . E i t h e r t h e c l i e n t o r t h e server c a n p o s t t h e terminate message. A hot l i n k is m o r e s o p h i s t i c a t e d . After t h e a p p l i c a t i o n s h a v e l i n k e d , a c l i e n t p o s t s a c o n d i t i o n a l m e s s a g e (WM_DDE_ADVISE), a s k i n g t h e server t o i n f o r m t h e c l i e n t w h e n t h e v a l u e o f a d a t a field c h a n g e s . T h a t is w h e n t h e c l i e n t wants the data. This scenario allows the client to b e u p d a t e d regarding the status o f a d a t a f i e l d , a h a n d y s i t u a t i o n i n p a r t i c u l a r if t h e a p p l i c a t i o n is p r o c e s s i n g i n real t i m e . F o r e x a m p l e , y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n m i g h t w a n t t o r e c a l c u l a t e a s p r e a d s h e e t o r d a t a b a s e c o l u m n e a c h t i m e a v a l u e c h a n g e s a n d , i n t u r n , act if t h e n e w c a l c u l a t e d v a l u e e x c e e d s a t h r e s h o l d . D u r i n g a h o t l i n k , a c l i e n t c a n d e c i d e that it n o l o n g e r w a n t s d a t a u p d a t e s a n d " u n a d v i s e " t h e server b y s e n d i n g a n " UNADVISE" m e s s a g e . A n a p p l i c a t i o n also c a n maintain a hot a n d cold link simultaneously by requesting the data f r o m s o m e fields u n c o n d i t i o n a l l y a n d f r o m o t h e r s c o n d i t i o n a l l y . A warm l i n k is a partly h o t , partly c o l d l i n k . I n this s c e n a r i o , t h e c l i e n t m a k e s its c o n n e c t i o n t o a server, s e n d s a WM_DDE_ADVISE m e s s a g e , b u t i n d i c a t e s w i t h a flag c o n t a i n i n g t h e WM_DDE_ADVISE m e s s a g e that it w a n t s t o b e i n f o r m e d o n l y o f c h a n g e s i n a d a t a f i e l d ; it d o e s n ' t w a n t t h e d a t a s e n t . I f t h e c l i e n t d o e s d e c i d e that it w a n t s t h e d a t a , it r e q u e s t s it (WM_DDE_R EQUEST). T h e c l i e n t a l s o c a n c h a n g e this a d v i s e status b y s e n d i n g a n "UNADVISE" m e s s a g e .

Atoms, and So On C l i e n t a n d server a p p l i c a t i o n s identify d a t a w i t h c h a r a c t e r strings r e p r e s e n t i n g the application, topic in the application, a n d data in the application. These


c h a r a c t e r strings a r e r e p r e s e n t e d b y " a t o m s , " c a s e - i n s e n s i t i v e w o r d v a l u e s that refer t o t h e character strings. T h e a t o m c h a r a c t e r string is r e c o r d e d i n a n a t o m t a b l e , w h i c h is s t o r e d i n a s h a r e d d a t a s e g m e n t i n a d y n a m i c l i n k library i n W i n d o w s . Y o u d o n ' t h a v e t o k n o w t h e d e t a i l s o f h o w this s h a r e d a t o m t a b l e w o r k s , b u t y o u d o h a v e t o u s e it t o e s t a b l i s h a D D E l i n k . Specifically, w h e n t h e c l i e n t a p p l i c a t i o n w a n t s t o initiate a D D E c o n v e r s a t i o n , it a d d s t h e a p p l i c a t i o n , t o p i c , a n d i t e m n a m e s (if necessary) to the a t o m table: ApplicationAtom TopicAtom

:= GlobalAddAtom('Application

Name');

:= GlobalAddAtom( Topic Name'); 1

T h e D D E applications e n g a g e d in the conversation u s e the a t o m table t o establish their link. W h e n y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n h a s e s t a b l i s h e d t h e l i n k , it d e l e t e s t h e n a m e s f r o m the table: GlobalDeleteAtom(ApplicationAtom); GlobalDeleteAtom(TopicAtom); T h e wm_DDE_Initiate m e s s a g e , which y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n u s e s t o e s t a b l i s h a D D E c o n v e r s a t i o n , is a c t u a l l y b r o a d c a s t ( o r s e n t ) t o all t o p - l e v e l ( o r p a r e n t ) w i n d o w s . A n y a p p l i c a t i o n c a n r e s p o n d t o this DDE_Initiate m e s s a g e , s o it is u p t o t h e c l i e n t a p p l i c a t i o n t o t e r m i n a t e all t h e s e u n w a n t e d l i n k s . Y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n h a n d l e s this d u t y with a WMDDE m e s s a g e - r e s p o n s e m e t h o d , which p o s t s a m e s s a g e t o all u n w a n t e d r e s p o n d e e s , t e r m i n a t i n g t h e l i n k : procedure TDDEWindow.WMDDEAck(var

Msg: TMessage);

begin {

}

PostMessage(Msg.WParam, wm_DDE_Terminate, HWindow, 0); { .... } end; T o initiate a D D E c o n v e r s a t i o n , b r o a d c a s t a m e s s a g e that i d e n t i f i e s t h e a p p l i c a t i o n . I n t h e n e x t e x a m p l e , y o u e s t a b l i s h a very c o l d l i n k t o t h e P r o g r a m M a n a g e r , e v e n t u a l l y u s i n g t h e l i n k t o c r e a t e a p r o g r a m g r o u p that c a n , i n t u r n , b e u s e d b y a n y a p p l i c a t i o n s that a c c e s s t h e P r o g r a m M a n a g e r . T h e InitiateDDE m e t h o d l o o k s like this: procedure var

DDEWindow.InitiateDDE;

AppAtom, TopicAtom: TAtom; lParam : Word; begin PostedMessage := wm_DDE_Initiate;

{ Global atoms } { Message parameter } { Initiate DDE }

355

356


AppAtom := GlobalAddAtom( PROGMAN'); { Specify server application TopicAtom := GlobalAddAtom( PROGMAN'); { Specify server topic } SendMessage(HWnd(-1), wm_DDE_Initiate, HWindow, MakeLong(AppAtom, TopicAtom)); GlobalDeleteAtom(AppAtom); { Done with global atoms } GlobalDeleteAtom(TopicAtom); PostedMessage := 0; if ServerWindow = 0 then { DDE failed if ServerWindow = 0 } begin MessageBox(HWindow, 'Cannot establish DDE link to Program Manager.', 'Error', mb_IconExclamation or mb_Ok); EndDDE; { EndDDE if no successful DDE contact } end; end; 1

1

Notice that you cancel the D D E link if the Program Manager is not available. A message is displayed indicating the lack of success, and EndDDE is called, like this: procedure TDDEWindow.EndDDE; var Msg :TMessage; begin WMDestroy(Msg); end; WMDestroy sends messages to TerminateDDE and to TDlgWindow. WMDestroy destroys the additional dialog w i n d o w you created: procedure DDEWindow.WMDestroy(var Msg: TMessage); begin TerminateDDE; TDlgWindow.WMDestroy(Msg); end; WMDDETerminate uses the W i n d o w s function TerminateDDE to break the D D E link, as such: procedure TDDEWindow.WMDDETerminate(var Msg: TMessage); begin if Msg.WParam = ServerWindow then TerminateDDE; end; Listing 11.3 shows the complete procedure of a unit and test program used for linking to the Program Manager and creating a program group. Figure 11.2 shows the dialog w i n d o w in add-an-item-to-the-list m o d e created by the


c o d e . F i g u r e 11.3 s h o w s a g r o u p list. F i g u r e 11.4 s h o w s t h e C r e a t e G r o u p m o d e . F i g u r e 11.5 s h o w s a g r o u p c r e a t e d u s i n g this c o d e . Listing

11.3* Linking

to the Program

Manager.

unit MakeGroup; { This unit based on BI's progtalk.pas } interface uses WinTypes, WinProcs, WObjects, Strings; {$R MAKEGROU} const { Resource IDs } id_DDEDialog = 100; id_AddDialog = 101; id_CreateDialog = 102; { DDE dialog item IDs } id_ListBox id_AddItem id_DeleteItem id_ClearItems id_CreateGroup

= 100; =101; = 102; = 103; = 104;

{ Add and Create dialog item IDs } id_InputLine = 100; type { DDEDialog is the object type used to represent the Add Item and Create Group dialogs. } PDDEDialog = "DDEDialog; DDEDialog = object(TDialog) Buffer: PChar; continues

357

358


Listing

11.3>

continued

BufferSize: Word; constructor Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; AName, EditBuffer: PChar; EditBufferSize: Word); procedure SetupWindow; virtual; function CanClose: Boolean; virtual; procedure Inputl_ine(var Msg: TMessage); virtual id_First + id_Inputl_ine; end; { DDEWindow is the Application's MainWindow. It maintains a DDE conversation with the Program Manager, and allows a user to create program groups containing a user-specified list of program items. } PDDEWindow = "DDEWindow; DDEWindow = object(TDlgWindow) { DDEWindow is a kind of TDlgWindow } ListBox: PListBox; { List box for setting up group } ServerWindow: HWnd; { The server's handle } ContactMessage: Word; constructor Init; procedure SetupWindow; virtual; function GetClassName: PChar; virtual; procedure InitiateDDE; { DDE contact messages } procedure TerminateDDE; procedure EndDDE; procedure virtual procedure virtual procedure virtual procedure virtual procedure virtual procedure virtual procedure virtual end;

Addltem(var Msg: TMessage); { Make group messages } id_First + id_AddItem; Deleteltem(var Msg: TMessage); id_First + id_DeleteItem; Clearltems(var Msg: TMessage); id_First + id_ClearItems; CreateGroup(var Msg: TMessage); id_First + id_CreateGroup; WMDDEAck(var Msg: TMessage); { Windows messages } wm_First + wm_DDE_Ack; WMDDETerminate(var Msg: TMessage); wm_First + wm_DDE_Terminate; WMDestroy(var Msg: TMessage); wm_First + wm_Destroy;


{ DDEApp is the application object. It constructs a DDEWindow (its MainWindow) } DDEApp = object(TApplication) procedure InitMainWindow; virtual; end;

implementation

{ DDEDialog } { Input dialog constructor. Save the input buffer pointer and size for copying the contents of the EditControl } constructor DDEDialog.Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; AName, EditBuffer: PChar; EditBufferSize: Word); begin TDialog.Init(AParent, AName); Buffer := EditBuffer; BufferSize := EditBufferSize; end; { SetupWindow is called right after the dialog is created. The Edit control is limited to the maximum length of the input buffer. Disable the Ok button by setting EnableWindow to false. } procedure DDEDialog.SetupWindow; begin SendDlgltemMessage(HWindow, id_InputLine, em_LimitText, BufferSize - 1, 0); EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(HWindow, id_Ok), False); end; { Copy the contents of the edit control to the input buffer and return True, which allows the dialog to close. } function DDEDialog.CanClose: Boolean; begin GetDlgltemText(HWindow, id_Inputl_ine, Buffer, BufferSize); CanClose := True; end; continues

359

360


Listing

11.3'

continued

{ Edit control response method. Enable the Ok button if the edit control contains text, else disable the Ok button. } procedure DDEDialog.InputLine(var Msg: TMessage); begin if Msg.LParamHi = en_Change then EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(HWindow, id_0k), SendMessage(Msg.LParamLo, wm_GetTextLength, 0, 0) 0); end; { DDEWindow } { DDE window constructor. Create a TListBox object to represent the dialog's list box. Clear the DDE server window handle and the pending DDE message ID. } constructor DDEWindow.Init; begin TDlgWindow.Init(nil, PChar(id_DDEDialog)); ListBox := New(PListBox, InitResource(@Self, id_ListBox)); ServerWindow := 0; { No server yet. } ContactMessage := 0; end; { SetupWindow is called right after the DDE window is created. Initiate the DDE conversation. }

procedure DDEWindow.SetupWindow; begin TDlgWindow.SetupWindow; InitiateDDE; end;

{ Return window class name. This name corresponds to the class name specified for the DDE dialog in the resource file. } function DDEWindow.GetClassName: PChar; begin GetClassName := 'DDEWindow'; end;


{ Initiate a DDE conversation with the Program Manager. Bring up a message box if the Program Manager doesn't respond to the wm_DDE_Initiate message. } procedure DDEWindow.InitiateDDE; var AppAtom, TopicAtom: TAtom; lParam : Word; begin ContactMessage := wm_DDE_Initiate; AppAtom := GlobalAddAtom('PROGMAN'); TopicAtom := GlobalAddAtom('PROGMAN'); lParam := AppAtom or (TopicAtom shl 16); (* Either of the following SendMessage procedures works, but don't use both. SendMessage(HWnd(-1), wm_DDE_Initiate, HWindow, MakeLong(AppAtom, TopicAtom)); *)

SendMessage(HWnd(-1), wm_DDE_Initiate,HWindow,lParam); GlobalDeleteAtom(AppAtom); GlobalDeleteAtom(TopicAtom); ContactMessage := 0; if ServerWindow = 0 then begin MessageBox(HWindow, 'Cannot establish DDE link to Program Manager.', 'Error', mb_IconExclamation or mb_Ok); EndDDE; { Bail out if no DDE } end; end;

procedure DDEWindow.EndDDE; var Msg :TMessage; begin WMDestroy(Msg); end; continues

3

61

362


Listing

11.3>

continued

{ Terminate the DDE conversation. Send the wm_DDE_Terminate message only if the server window still exists. } procedure DDEWindow.TerminateDDE; var W: HWnd; begin W := ServerWindow; ServerWindow := 0; if IsWindow(W) then PostMessage(W, wm_DDE_Terminate, HWindow, 0); end; { Add item button response method. Bring up the Add item dialog to input a program item string, and add that item to the list box. } procedure DDEWindow.AddItem(var Msg: TMessage); var Name: array[0..63] of Char; begin if Application".ExecDialog(New(PDDEDialog, Init(@Self, PChar(id_AddDialog), Name, SizeOf(Name)))) id_Cancel then ListBox".AddString(Name); end; { Delete item button response method. Delete the currently selected item in the list box. } procedure DDEWindow.DeleteItem(var Msg: TMessage); begin ListBox".DeleteString(ListBox .GetSellndex); end; A

{ Clear items button response method. Clear the list box. } procedure DDEWindow.ClearItems(var Msg: TMessage); begin ListBox".ClearList; end; { Create group button response method. Initiate the Create Group dialog to input the program group name. Then, if a DDE link has been established (ServerWindow 0) and there is no DDE message currently pending (ContactMessage = 0), build


363

a list of Program Manager commands, and submit the commands using a wm_DDE_Execute message. To build the command list, first calculate the total length of the list, then allocate a global memory block of that size, and finally store the command list as a null-terminated string in the memory block. } procedure DDEWindow.CreateGroup(var Msg: TMessage); const sCreateGroup = [CreateGroup(%s)]'; sAddltem = '[Addltem(%s)] ; var Executed: Boolean; I, L: Integer; HCommands: THandle; PName, PCommands: PChar; Name: array[0..63] of Char; begin if Application".ExecDialog(New(PDDEDialog, Init(@Self, PChar(id_CreateDialog), Name, SizeOf(Name)))) id_Cancel then begin Executed := False; if (ServerWindow 0) and (ContactMessage = 0) then begin L := StrLen(Name) + (Length(sCreateGroup) - 1); for I := 0 to ListBox".GetCount - 1 do Inc(L, ListBox".GetStringLen(I) + (Length(sAddltem) - 2)); HCommands := GlobalAlloc(gmem_Moveable or gmemJDDEShare, L); { Must be DDEShare memory } if HCommands 0 then begin PName := Name; PCommands := GlobalLock(HCommands); WVSPrintF(PCommands, sCreateGroup, PName); for I := 0 to ListBox".GetCount - 1 do begin ListBox".GetString(Name, I); PCommands := StrEnd(PCommands); WVSPrintF(PCommands, sAddltem, PName); end; GlobalUnlock(HCommands); if PostMessage(ServerWindow, wm_DDE_Execute, HWindow, Makel_ong(0, HCommands)) then 1

1

continues

364


Listing

11.3'

continued

begin ContactMessage := wm_DDE_Execute; Executed := True; end else GlobalFree(HCommands); end; end; if not Executed then MessageBox(HWindow, 'Program Manager DDE execute failed.', 'Error , mb_IconExclamation or mb_0k); end; end; 1

{ wm_DDE_Ack message response method. If the current DDE message is a wm_DDE_Initiate, store off the window handle of the window that responded. If more than one window responds, terminate all conversations but the first. If the current DDE message is a wm_DDE_Execute, free the command string memory block, focus the window, and clear the list box. } procedure DDEWindow.WMDDEAck(var Msg: TMessage); begin case ContactMessage of wm_DDE_Initiate: begin if ServerWindow = 0 then ServerWindow := Msg.WParam else PostMessage(Msg.WParam, wm_DDE_Terminate, HWindow, 0); GlobalDeleteAtom(Msg.LParamLo); GlobalDeleteAtom(Msg.LParamHi); end; wm_DDE_Execute: begin GlobalFree(Msg.LParamHi); ContactMessage := 0; SetFocus(HWindow); ListBox".ClearList; end; end; end;


{ wm_DDE_Terminate message response method. If the window signaling termination is the server window (the Program Manager), terminate the DDE conversation. Otherwise ignore the wm_DDE_Terminate. } procedure DDEWindow.WMDDETerminate(var Msg: TMessage); begin if Msg.WParam = ServerWindow then TerminateDDE; end; { wm_Destroy message response method. Terminate the DDE link and call the inherited WMDestroy. } procedure DDEWindow.WMDestroy(var Msg: TMessage); begin TerminateDDE; TDlgWindow.WMDestroy(Msg); end; { TDDEApp } { Create a DDE window as the application's main window. } procedure DDEApp.InitMainWindow; begin MainWindow := New(PDDEWindow, Init); end; end.

{ end MakeGrou unit }

program Test_Interface;

{ A generic way to test each phase of interface development }

uses WIF5, makegrou;

{ Basic Interface unit } { Contains DDEApp } continues

365

366


Listing

11.3>

continued

type App = object(DDEApp) end; var Application: App;

{ An instance of BasicApplication }

{ Run Applicationl } begin Application.Init('Basiclnterface'); { Init application instance } Application.Run; { Message loop } Application.Done; { Destroy application instance } end.

Figure

11.2. The dialog window listing 11.3.

in add-an-item-to-the-list

mode created

by


Figure

11.3- A group list.

Figure

11.4. The Create Group

mode.

367

368


Figure

11.5. A group created using listing

113.

Wrap-up D D E is o n e o f t h e m a n y f e a t u r e s that m a k e s W i n d o w s s i n g . If y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n k n o w s h o w t o l i n k t o t h e D D E , it c a n act a n d react t o t h e b e h a v i o r o f m a n y o t h e r programs. A l t h o u g h this c h a p t e r h a s f o c u s e d o n t h e a p p l i c a t i o n - c l i p b o a r d c o n n e c tion a n d the very c o l d link b e t w e e n a n application a n d the Program M a n a g e r , t h e p o s s i b i l i t i e s f o r m a k i n g m o r e d r a m a t i c c o n n e c t i o n s are virtually e n d l e s s . Y o u r applications can 1. M o d i f y t h e d a t a fields i n o t h e r p r o g r a m s . 2. H a v e t h e i r o w n d a t a fields m o d i f i e d o r b e h a v i o r m a n i p u l a t e d i n response to the behavior of another program. 3. D i r e c t l y c o m m a n d a n o t h e r p r o g r a m t h r o u g h t h e u s e o f a p r o g r a m ' s M A C R O language. For e x a m p l e , y o u can access Microsoft W o r d , Excel, a n d other sophisticated programs t h r o u g h their M A C R O languages. For advanced information about D D E contacts, check the Reference s e c t i o n i n Part III o f this b o o k .

12 CHAPTER

SHARING LIBRARIES: USING DLL (DYNAMIC LINK LIBRARIES) When a child draws shape were like a

a tree, a green Popsicle.

mass sits atop a brown

trunk,

as if the

basic

James Gleick

D y n a m i c l i n k libraries are e x e c u t a b l e m o d u l e s o f c o d e l i n k e d i n t o a n a p p l i c a t i o n at r u n - t i m e . D L L s a l l o w a p p l i c a t i o n d e v e l o p e r s t o c r e a t e a n d m a i n t a i n i n d e p e n d e n t application c o m p o n e n t s . Similar to units in their modularity, D L L s are m o r e p o w e r f u l b e c a u s e t h e y 1. C a n b e l i n k e d i n t o a n a p p l i c a t i o n at r u n - t i m e . 2. C a n b e s h a r e d b y m a n y c o n c u r r e n t l y e x e c u t i n g a p p l i c a t i o n s . 3. C a n b e w r i t t e n i n a variety o f l a n g u a g e s , r e g a r d l e s s o f t h e l a n g u a g e u s e d to access the D L L .

370


D y n a m i c a l l y l i n k e d libraries ( D L L s ) p e r m i t several a p p l i c a t i o n s t o s h a r e c o d e a n d r e s o u r c e s . T h e s e a p p l i c a t i o n s (also c a l l e d clients) s h a r e a s i n g l e c o p y o f a p r o c e d u r e o r f u n c t i o n . T h e D L L file h a s t o b e p r e s e n t w h e n t h e c l i e n t application executes. D L L s are s i m i l a r t o u n i t s , e x c e p t t h e p r o c e d u r e s a n d f u n c t i o n s i n u n i t s are l i n k e d i n t o a p p l i c a t i o n s at l i n k t i m e (in o t h e r w o r d s , t h e y are statically linked), a n d t h e p r o c e d u r e s a n d f u n c t i o n s i n D L L s are a c c e s s i b l e t o t h e a p p l i c a t i o n at r u n - t i m e (in o t h e r w o r d s , t h e y are dynamically linked). T h e W i n d o w s p r o g r a m l o a d e r d y n a m i c a l l y l i n k s t h e p r o c e d u r e a n d f u n c t i o n calls i n t h e a p p l i c a t i o n t o t h e i r e n t r y p o i n t s i n t h e D L L s , w h i c h t h e n are u s e d b y t h e a p p l i c a t i o n . D L L s are e s p e c i a l l y p o w e r f u l b e c a u s e a T u r b o P a s c a l f o r W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n c a n u s e D L L s that w e r e n o t w r i t t e n u s i n g T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s , a n d applications written in o t h e r l a n g u a g e s c a n u s e D L L s written with T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s . A D L L c o n s i s t s o f i n d e x e d f u n c t i o n s a n d p r o c e d u r e s , a n d is a m o r e o r less straightforward aspect of W i n d o w s ' application d e v e l o p m e n t . This chapter briefly s h o w s y o u h o w t o c r e a t e a n d a c c e s s a D L L i n T u r b o P a s c a l f o r W i n d o w s . F o r m o r e e x t e n s i v e details a b o u t D L L s , s e e t h e M i c r o s o f t S o f t w a r e D e v e l o p e r s Kit ( S D K ) .

DLL Details First, a f e w D L L r u l e s : • For an application to u s e a p r o c e d u r e or f u n c t i o n c o n t a i n e d in a D L L , the application must import the procedure or function using an external declaration. • I n i m p o r t e d p r o c e d u r e s a n d functions, the external directive replaces t h e d e c l a r a t i o n a n d s t a t e m e n t p a r t s that o t h e r w i s e w o u l d b e p r e s e n t i n the application. • I m p o r t e d p r o c e d u r e s a n d f u n c t i o n s b e h a v e similarly t o n o r m a l o n e s , e x c e p t t h e y m u s t u s e far calls (either a far p r o c e d u r e d i r e c t i v e o r a { $ F+} compiler directive). T u r b o Pascal lets y o u i m p o r t p r o c e d u r e s a n d f u n c t i o n s i n D L L s i n t h r e e different ways: • By name • By new name • By ordinal

1 2 — S h a r i n g Libraries: U s i n g D L L

A l t h o u g h a D L L c a n have variables, y o u cannot import t h e m into other m o d u l e s . A n y access t o a DLL's variables m u s t o c c u r t h r o u g h a p r o c e d u r a l interface. For example, the following external declaration imports the function GlobalAlloc f r o m t h e D L L c a l l e d K E R N E L ( t h e W i n d o w s k e r n e l ) : function GlobalAlloc(Flags: Word; Bytes: Longint): THandle; far; external 'KERNEL' index 15; N o t i c e that t h e D L L n a m e y o u specify after t h e e x t e r n a l k e y w o r d a n d t h e n e w n a m e y o u specify i n a n a m e c l a u s e d o n o t h a v e t o b e string literals. A n y c o n s t a n t string e x p r e s s i o n w i l l d o . A l s o , t h e o r d i n a l n u m b e r s p e c i f i e d i n a n index clause can b e any constant integer expression. For example: const ALib = 'ALIB'; Ordinal = 8;

procedure ImportByName; external ALib; procedure ImportByNewName; external ALib name 'REALNAME'; procedure ImportByOrdinal; external ALib index Ordinal;

Using DLLs U s i n g a D L L is basically a t w o - s t e p p r o c e s s : 1. C r e a t e t h e d y n a m i c l i n k library o f f u n c t i o n s a n d p r o c e d u r e s , w h i c h includes an export procedure a n d function section. 2. C r e a t e t h e a p p l i c a t i o n that u s e s t h e library. F o r e x a m p l e , d e s i g n a t e a library w i t h t h e library identifier: library BitBtn; or library DLLStuff; A n y f u n c t i o n y o u w a n t t o e x p o r t i n t h e library h a s t o b e s p e c i f i e d b y a n export identifier. F o r e x a m p l e : function BitButWinFn(HWindow:

HWnd; Message: Word; wParam:

Word; lParam: Longint): Longint; export; A n d at t h e e n d o f t h e library, y o u h a v e t o s p e c i f y t h e f u n c t i o n s that c a n b e exported. For example:

371

372


exports BitButWinFn; T h e a p p l i c a t i o n t h e n u s e s t h e f u n c t i o n s i n t h e library m o r e o r less n o r m a l l y , w i t h a c o u p l e o f e x c e p t i o n s . First, t h e a p p l i c a t i o n h a s t o l o a d t h e library b e f o r e it u s e s it. F o r e x a m p l e : constructor ABitApp.Init(AName: begin

PChar);

L i b := LoadLibrary(DLLName); i f L i b < 32 t h e n S t a t u s : = em_DLLNotFound; TApplication.Init(AName); end; A n d it h a s t o free t h e library w h e n it is f i n i s h e d w i t h it. F o r e x a m p l e : destructor begin

ABitApp.Done;

TApplication.Done; FreeLibrary(Lib); end; T h e e x a m p l e i n listing 12.1 d e m o n s t r a t e s a u s e o f D L L s . I n this e x a m p l e , a n a p p l i c a t i o n i m p o r t s c u s t o m c o n t r o l s f r o m a D L L . F i g u r e 12.1 s h o w s t h e w i n d o w and custom controls created by the c o d e .

Figure

12.1. A window and its custom controls created by listing 12.1.


Listing

12.1.

A dynamic

link

library

(DLL)

example.

{ A DLL library example that accesses Borland International's BitBtn.DLL. }

library ABitBtn; uses WinTypes, WinProcs; {$R ABITBTN.RES} const ofState ofDownBits ofUpBits ofFocUpBits ofSize

= = = = =

0; 2; 4; 6; 8; { Amount of window extra bytes to use }

= = = = = =

$0001; $0002; $0004; $0008; $0010; $0020;

const bdBorderWidth = 1; const bsDisabled bsFocus bsKeyDown bsMouseDown bsMouseUpDown bsDefault

function BitButtonWinFn(HWindow: HWnd; Message: Word; wParam: Word; lParam: Longint): Longint; export; var DC: HDC; BitsNumber: Integer; Bitmap: TBitmap; Rect: TRect; Pt: TPoint; PS: TPaintStruct; continues

373

374


Listing

12.1.

continued

function Get(Ofs: Integer): Word; begin Get := GetWindowWord(HWindow, Ofs); end; procedure SetWinWord(Ofs: Integer; Val: Word); begin SetWindowWord(HWindow, Ofs, Val); end; function State: Word; begin State := Get(ofState); end; function DownBits: Word; begin DownBits := Get(ofDownBits); end; function UpBits: Word; begin UpBits := Get(ofUpBits); end; function FocUpBits: Word; begin FocUpBits := Get(ofFocUpBits); end; function GetState(AState: Word): Boolean; begin GetState := (State and AState) = AState; end; procedure Paint(DC: HDC); var MemDC: HDC; Bits, Oldbitmap: HBitmap; BorderBrush, OldBrush: HBrush; Frame: TRect; Height, Width: Integer;


375

begin if (State and (bsMouseDown + bsKeyDown) 0) and not GetState(bsMouseUpDown) then Bits := DownBits else if GetState(bsFocus) then Bits := FocUpBits else Bits := UpBits; { Draw a border } GetClientRect(HWindow, Frame); Height := Frame.bottom - Frame.top; Width := Frame.right - Frame.left; if GetState(bsDefault) then BorderBrush := GetStockObject(Black_Brush) else BorderBrush := GetStockObject(White_Brush); OldBrush := SelectObject(DC, BorderBrush); PatBlt(DC, Frame.left, Frame.top, Width, bdBorderWidth, PatCopy); PatBlt(DC, Frame.left, Frame.top, bdBorderWidth, Height, PatCopy); PatBlt(DC, Frame.left, Frame.bottom - bdBorderWidth, Width, bdBorderWidth, PatCopy); PatBlt(DC, Frame.right - bdBorderWidth, Frame.top, bdBorderWidth, Height, PatCopy); SelectObject(DC, OldBrush); { Draw a bit map } MemDC := CreateCompatibleDC(DC); OldBitmap := SelectObject(MemDC, Bits); GetObject(Bits, Sizeof(Bitmap), ^Bitmap); BitBlt(DC, bdBorderWidth, bdBorderWidth, Bitmap.bmWidth, Bitmap.bmHeight, MemDC, 0, 0, srcCopy); SelectObject(MemDC, OldBitmap); DeleteDC(MemDC); end; procedure Repaint; var DC: HDC; begin DC := GetDC(HWindow); Paint(DC); ReleaseDC(HWindow, DC); end; continues

376


Listing

12.1.

continued

procedure SetState(AState: Word; Enable: Boolean); var OldState: Word; begin OldState := State; if Enable then SetWinWord(ofState, State or AState) else SetWinWord(ofState, State and not AState); if State OldState then Repaint; end; function InMe(lPoint: Longint): Boolean; var R: TRect; Point: TPoint absolute lPoint; begin GetClientRect(HWindow, R); InflateRect(R, -bdBorderWidth, -bdBorderWidth); InMe := PtInRect(R, Point); end; procedure ButtonPressed; begin SetState(bsMouseDown + bsMouseUpDown + bsKeyDown, False); SendMessage(GetParent(HWindow), wm_Command, GetDlgCtrllD(HWindow), Longint(HWindow)); end; begin BitButtonWinFn := 0; case Message of { Message responses } wm_Create: begin DC := GetDC(0); if (GetSystemMetrics(sm_CYScreen) < 480) or (GetDeviceCaps(DC, numColors) < 16) then BitsNumber := 2000 + Get(gww_ID) else BitsNumber := 1000 + Get(gww_ID); ReleaseDC(0, DC); SetWinWord(ofUpBits, LoadBitmap(hlnstance, PChar(BitsNumber)));

12—Sharing Libraries: Using DLL

377

SetWinWord(ofDownBits, LoadBitmap(hInstance, pChar(BitsNumber + 2000))); SetWinWord(ofFocUpBits, LoadBitmap(hinstance, pChar(BitsNumber + 4000))); GetObject(DownBits, SizeOf(Bitmap), ^Bitmap); GetWindowRect(HWindow, Rect); Pt.X := Rect.Left; Pt.Y := Rect.Top; ScreenToClient(PCreateStruct (lParam) .hwndParent, Pt); MoveWindow(HWindow, Pt.X, Pt.Y, Bitmap.bmWidth + bdBorderWidth * 2, Bitmap.bmHeight + bdBorderWidth * 2, False); if (PCreateStruct(lParam)".style and $1F) = bs_DefPushButton then SetState(bsDefault, True); end; wm_NCDestroy: begin BitButtonWinFn := DefWindowProc(HWindow, Message, wParam, lParam); DeleteObject(UpBits); DeleteObject(DownBits); DeleteObject(FocUpBits); end; wm_Paint: begin BeginPaint(HWindow, PS); Paint(PS.hDC); EndPaint(HWindow, PS); end; wm_EraseBkGnd: begin end; wm_Enable: SetState(bsDisabled, wParam 0); wm_SetFocus: SetState(bsFocus, True); wm_KillFocus: SetState(bsFocus, False); wm_KeyDown: if (wParam = $20) and not GetState(bsKeyDown) and not GetState(bsMouseDown) then SetState(bsKeyDown, True); wm_KeyUP: if (wParam = $20) and GetState(bsKeyDown) then ButtonPressed; A

continues

378


Listing

12.1.

continued

wm_LButtonDblClk, wm_LButtonDown: if InMe(lParam) and not GetState(bsKeyDown) then begin if GetFocus HWindow then SetFocus(HWindow); SetState(bsMouseDown, True); SetCapture(HWindow); end; wm__MouseMove: if GetState(bsMouseDown) then SetState(bsMouseUpDown, not InMe(lParam)); wm_LButtonUp: if GetState(bsMouseDown) then begin ReleaseCapture; if not GetState(bsMouseUpDown) then ButtonPressed else SetState(bsMouseDown + bsMouseUpDown, False); end; wm_GetDlgCode: if GetState(bsDefault) then BitButtonWinFn:= dlgc_DefPushButton else BitButtonWinFn := dlgcJJndefPushButton; bm_SetStyle: SetState(bsDefault, wParam = bs_DefPushButton); else BitButtonWinFn := DefWindowProc(HWindow, Message, wParam, lParam); end; end; exports BitButtonWinFn;

{ Export qualifier }

var Class: TWndClass; begin with Class do begin IpszClassName hCursor IpszMenuName style lpfnWndProc

:= := := :=

'ABitButton'; LoadCursor(0, idc_Arrow); nil; cs_HRedraw or cs_VRedraw or csJDblClks or cs_GlobalClass; := TFarProc(@BitButtonWinFn);


hlnstance := System.hlnstance; hlcon := 0; cbWndExtra := ofSize; cbClsExtra := 0; hbrBackground := 0; end; RegisterClass(Class); end. { End DLL }

{ Main application uses the custom controls in the DLL: ABITBTN.PAS. }

program BitBnApp; {$R BitBnApp.RES} uses WinTypes, WinProcs, WObjects; const DLLName = ABITBTN.DLL'; 1

{ The DLL }

const em_DLLNotFound = 1; type PABitWindow = "ABitWindow; ABitWindow = object(TDlgWindow) { A dialog window } { Button response methods } procedure Yes(var Msg: TMessage); virtual id_First + id_Yes; procedure No(var Msg: TMessage); virtual id_First + id_No; procedure Ok(var Msg: TMessage); virtual id_First + id_0K; procedure Cancel(var Msg: TMessage); virtual id_First + id_Cancel; end; continues

379

380


Listing

12.1.

continued

PABitApp = ABitApp; ABitApp = object(TApplication) Lib: THandle; { A library handle } constructor Init(AName: PChar); destructor Done; virtual; procedure InitMainWindow; virtual; procedure Error(ErrorCode: Integer); virtual; end; A

{ ABitApp } constructor ABitApp.Init(AName: PChar); begin Lib := LoadLibrary(DLLName); { Load the DLL } if Lib < 32 then Status := em_DLLNotFound; TApplication.Init(AName); end; destructor ABitApp.Done; begin TApplication.Done; FreeLibrary(Lib); end;

{ Release the DLL }

procedure ABitApp.InitMainWindow; begin MainWindow := New(PABitWindow, Init(nil, MakeIntResource(100))); { Use resource } end; procedure ABitApp.Error(ErrorCode: Integer); begin case ErrorCode of em_DLLNotFound: MessageBox(0, DLLName + not found. ', 'Fatal error', mb_0k or mb_IconStop); else TApplication.Error(ErrorCode); end; end; 1

{ ABitWindow methods }


procedure ABitWindow.Yes(var Msg: TMessage); begin CloseWindow; end; procedure ABitWindow.No(var Msg: TMessage); begin { Cancel close } end; procedure ABitWindow.Ok(var Msg: TMessage); begin CloseWindow; end; procedure ABitWindow.Cancel(var Msg: TMessage); begin { Cancel close } end; var App: ABitApp; { Main loop } begin App.Init('Uses ABITBTN.DDL'); App.Run; App.Done; end.

381

13 CHAPTER

DESIGNING WINDOWS APPLICATIONS My roads will not be exactly the same as yours, but, with our separate maps, we can each get from a particular place to another. D o u g l a s R. H o f s t a d t e r T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s offers a p p l i c a t i o n d e v e l o p e r s a n e x c e p t i o n a l w a y t o d e s i g n a p p l i c a t i o n s f o r W i n d o w s that c a n e v o l v e as t h e n e e d s o f u s e r s e v o l v e . If y o u b u i l d y o u r W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n s o u t o f o b j e c t s ( u s i n g t h e O b j e c t W i n d o w s library): 1. Y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n d o e s n o t h a v e t o b o t h e r w i t h t h e d e t a i l s o f i n t e r a c t i n g w i t h W i n d o w s at a l o w l e v e l . 2. Y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n c o n s i s t s o f easily m o d i f i a b l e o b j e c t s . T h e n e t result is easily m o d i f i a b l e a n d e x t e n d a b l e W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n s . O n e i m p o r t a n t w a y o f e x t e n d i n g o b j e c t s , as this b o o k h a s s h o w n , is t h r o u g h i n h e r i t a n c e . W h e n y o u w a n t a n e w o b j e c t s i m i l a r t o o n e that O b j e c t W i n d o w s (or y o u r o b j e c t library) a l r e a d y c o n t a i n s , y o u c a n d e r i v e a n e w object from the o n e y o u have, a n d create n e w behavior or override s o m e existing behavior y o u must c h a n g e . W h y is this i m p o r t a n t ? B e c a u s e p r o b l e m s a n d t h e n e e d s o f c o m p u t e r u s e r s c h a n g e , a n d g o o d a p p l i c a t i o n s always c h a n g e i n r e s p o n s e t o u s e r s . W i n d o w s is a g e n e r a l - p u r p o s e , f l e x i b l e i n t e r f a c e ; u s e r - f r i e n d l y a n d (with t h e h e l p o f T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s ) d e v e l o p e r - f r i e n d l y .

384


T h i s c h a p t e r r e s h a p e s t h e i d e a s d i s c u s s e d s o far i n t o a m o r e o r less g e n e r a l W i n d o w s design philosophy. This philosophy emphasizes two primary themes f o r d e s i g n i n g efficient, e x p a n d a b l e W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n s : 1. M a k e n e w a p p l i c a t i o n s c o n s i s t e n t w i t h e x i s t i n g W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n s . I n o t h e r w o r d s , if y o u are g o i n g t o u s e W i n d o w s as y o u r u s e r i n t e r f a c e , t a k e full a d v a n t a g e o f it b y u s i n g its s t r e n g t h s ; f o r e x a m p l e , t h e c o n s i s t e n c y o f its i n t e r f a c e . I B M h a s p u b l i s h e d g u i d e l i n e s that a d d r e s s this i s s u e , c a l l e d t h e C o m m o n U s e r A c c e s s ( C U A ) , w h i c h this b o o k u s e s as a basis. 2 . T a k e a d v a n t a g e o f o b j e c t - o r i e n t e d t e c h n i q u e s that are flexible e n o u g h t o let y o u e x t e n d a n d m o d i f y t h e m as p a i n l e s s l y as p o s s i b l e . T h e object-oriented t e c h n i q u e s built t h o r o u g h l y into T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s (that is, O b j e c t W i n d o w s ) c a n save y o u a n e n o r m o u s a m o u n t o f t i m e a n d effort, as t h e p r e v i o u s 12 c h a p t e r s h a v e d e m o n s t r a t e d . T h e s e c o n d part o f this c h a p t e r d e s c r i b e s m o r e a b o u t d i s c o v e r i n g a n d e x t e n d i n g o b j e c t s as a p r i m a r y s t e p i n a p p l i c a t i o n d e s i g n . Discussing consistency in the l o o k and feel of applications a n d highlighti n g s o m e o f t h e i m p o r t a n t a s p e c t s o f t h e C o m m o n U s e r A c c e s s is a g o o d w a y t o start.

Common User Access T h e C o m m o n U s e r A c c e s s ( C U A ) is a set o f g u i d e l i n e s that h e l p y o u d e v e l o p applications consistent with IBM's (and probably Microsoft's) ideas about h o w a W i n d o w s application s h o u l d l o o k a n d feel. T h e C U A emphasizes two primary ideas: 1. U s e r s s h o u l d f e e l c o m f o r t a b l e w i t h a n a p p l i c a t i o n a n d c o n f i d e n t i n t h e results o f an action. 2. U s e r s s h o u l d c o n t r o l t h e flow o f e v e n t s . L o o k i n g o u t f o r u s e r s ' c o m f o r t a n d b u i l d i n g t h e i r c o n f i d e n c e is a b i g j o b . Making your application consistent with other W i n d o w s applications they m i g h t h a v e u s e d , a n d m a k i n g it c o n s i s t e n t w i t h its o w n b e h a v i o r c a n d o t h e j o b . E a c h o p e n i n g o f a w i n d o w s h o u l d b e less m y s t e r i o u s a n d m o r e familiar. S i m i l a r tasks s h o u l d r u n i n s i m i l a r - l o o k i n g w i n d o w s . I n a d d i t i o n , if p o s s i b l e , try t o u s e m e t a p h o r s w i t h w h i c h t h e u s e r is familiar. A classic e x a m p l e is a card-filing a p p l i c a t i o n o n a c o m p u t e r that r e s e m b l e s a card-filing s y s t e m u s e d i n b u s i n e s s e s .

13—Designing W i n d o w s Applications

Also, avoid limiting users whenever y o u can. I n other words, avoid restricting u s e r s ' a c c e s s t o parts o f a n a p p l i c a t i o n . U s e r s s h o u l d b e a b l e t o m o v e anywhere they want w h e n they want. Y o u c a n t h i n k o f this p r o c e s s as e v e n t - f l o w . I n o t h e r w o r d s , let t h e u s e r s c o n t r o l as m u c h o f t h e flow o f t h e a p p l i c a t i o n as p o s s i b l e . T h i s b u i l d s u s e r s ' c o n f i d e n c e a n d lets t h e m o v e r c o m e t h e all-too-typical fear o f a p p l i c a t i o n s a n d thus, of the computer. W h e n y o u c a n , let u s e r s d e c i d e t h i n g s f o r t h e m s e l v e s u s i n g v i s u a l c u e s ( i c o n s , s h a p e s , m e n u s , lists, a n d s o o n ) . E n c o u r a g e t h e m t o e x p l o r e t h e application. D o not m a k e t h e m pay t o o dearly for mistakes. Provide a n U n d o , B a c k o u t , Feedback, a n d H e l p . T h e best application includes a context- a n d situation-sensitive H e l p system that p r o v i d e s n o t o n l y g e n e r a l b u t also s p e cific h e l p . E a c h a p p l i c a t i o n s h o u l d h a v e t h e s t a n d a r d a p p e a r a n c e o f a MainWindow, m e n u , a n d event-driven object-action cycle. Users' d o u b l e o r single m o u s e clicks s h o u l d d o similar t h i n g s i n a p p l i c a t i o n s . T h e s a m e r u l e a p p l i e s t o t h e k e y b o a r d : if t h e a p p l i c a t i o n s y o u u s e a l r e a d y specify F l , S h i f t - F l , o r C o n t r o l - F l t o call u p c e r t a i n k i n d s o f H e l p , c o n s i d e r u s i n g t h o s e k e y s y o u r s e l f . M a k e t h e a p p l i c a t i o n f e e l as familiar as y o u c a n . U s e w i n d o w s s p a r i n g l y , b u t w e l l . D o n o t m a k e a w i n d o w b i g g e r t h a n it h a s t o b e , a n d k e e p i n m i n d that t h e MainWindow r e p r e s e n t s t h e a p p l i c a t i o n . W h e n it is m i n i m i z e d t h e a p p l i c a t i o n virtually d i s a p p e a r s . W h e n y o u c a n , n o t i c e t h e s e l e c t i o n o f a n o b j e c t visually. S h o w that a n object has b e e n selected o r deselected. A n excellent u s e o f visual selection a n d d e s e l e c t i o n is t h e i c o n d i s p l a y u s e d b y m a n y d r a w i n g a p p l i c a t i o n s t o r e p r e s e n t pens, brushes, and so o n . D o n o t restrict t h e m o u s e p o i n t e r . I n o t h e r w o r d s , always m a k e s u r e that it is free t o m o v e f r o m w i n d o w t o w i n d o w o r f r o m a p p l i c a t i o n t o a p p l i c a t i o n . U s e t h e k e y b o a r d s e l e c t i o n c u r s o r , a n d m a r k t h e i n p u t f o c u s w h e r e i n p u t is occurring o n the screen. M a k e t h e m e n u s ' styles c o n f o r m t o t h e k i n d o f m e n u s typically u s e d b y a p p l i c a t i o n s s u c h as t h e P r o g r a m M a n a g e r . T h e P r o g r a m M a n a g e r , b y t h e w a y , is a n e x c e l l e n t e x a m p l e t o c o m p a r e t o y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n s w h e n y o u try t o m a k e them conform to the C o m m o n User Access. C U A a l s o r e c o m m e n d s specific m e n u i t e m s f o r c o m m o n l y u s e d t o p i c s , s u c h as F i l e , Edit, V i e w , H e l p , a n d s o o n . I n a d d i t i o n , t h e C U A r e c o m m e n d s specific keyboard accelerators for u s e with m a n y c o m m o n l y u s e d topics. S e e the I B M C U A specification for m o r e details. M a k e d i a l o g a n d file b o x e s , list v i e w e r s , e n t r y w i n d o w s , a n d o t h e r s as c o n s i s t e n t as p o s s i b l e . D o n o t m i x t o o m a n y e l e m e n t s i n o n e a p p l i c a t i o n . R e m e m b e r : y o u w a n t y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n t o b e as easy t o k n o w a n d u s e as p o s s i b l e .

385

386


Objects and Windows P r o g r a m s (that is, a p p l i c a t i o n s ) b e c o m e m o r e p o w e r f u l a n d m o r e difficult t o d e s i g n a n d c o d e a l m o s t daily, it s e e m s . W a s n o t t h e r e a n early m y t h that s o f t w a r e w o u l d e v e n t u a l l y b e e a s y t o u s e , p o w e r f u l , and easy t o d e v e l o p ? ( H a , h a . ) Application ease of use and p o w e r might be keeping pace with each other, b u t e a s e o f d e v e l o p m e n t is still d e s p e r a t e l y s t r u g g l i n g t o k e e p u p . T h e W i n d o w s - O O P c o n n e c t i o n is a s t e p i n t h e right d i r e c t i o n . E v e n t s a n d o b j e c t s ; objects a n d actions. Point, click, a n d a n object r e s p o n d s to an event by carrying o u t a n a c t i o n . W i n d o w s is b o t h p o w e r f u l a n d e a s y t o u s e . O O P a l s o m a k e s it easier to create a n d , in particular, to maintain applications. W h y is m a i n t e n a n c e s o i m p o r t a n t ? C o n s i d e r h o w o n e g o e s a b o u t d e s i g n ing an application. B e f o r e o b j e c t - o r i e n t e d d e s i g n , first-rate a p p l i c a t i o n d e v e l o p e r s p r i m a r i l y u s e d something called "structured programming" or "structured design," a p h i l o s o p h y w h i c h a d v o c a t e s that y o u d e t e r m i n e all t h e d e t a i l s o f a n a p p l i c a t i o n (in o t h e r w o r d s , its s t r u c t u r e ) b e f o r e y o u b e g i n c o d i n g it. M o s t d e v e l o p e r s , i n fact, still u s e s o m e s t r u c t u r e d p h i l o s o p h y as t h e i r d e s i g n m o d e l . Y o u s t r u c t u r e t h e a p p l i c a t i o n b y b r e a k i n g it i n t o s m a l l e r s t r u c t u r e s o f i n f o r m a t i o n , o r g a n i z e d b y levels o f c o m p l e x i t y . T h e m o s t s p e c i f i c a s p e c t s o f t h e s t r u c t u r e are i n c o r p o r a t e d i n t o l a r g e r , less s p e c i f i c s t r u c t u r e s . In addition to "structuring" aspects of the application, y o u describe the a p p l i c a t i o n i n t e r m s o f " d a t a - f l o w d i a g r a m s . " A data-flow diagram is a c o l l e c t i o n o f b l o c k s (the s t r u c t u r e d , u s u a l l y f u n c t i o n a l , parts) a n d a r r o w s . E a c h b l o c k represents a process for accepting, using, a n d often transforming data items, w i t h a r r o w s r e p r e s e n t i n g t h e flows f r o m b l o c k t o b l o c k . F i g u r e 13.1 illustrates this s c e n a r i o . A c o m p l e t e s y s t e m (or a p p l i c a t i o n ) o r s u b s e t o f a n a p p l i c a t i o n c a n b e represented by a single block. Arranging an application into a hierarchy o f dataflow d i a g r a m s is c a l l e d leveling ( b e c a u s e t h e a p p l i c a t i o n is o r g a n i z e d i n t o levels o f c o m p l e x i t y ) . T h e d a t a - f l o w d i a g r a m m o d e l i n g p r o c e s s l e a d s t o a c o m p l e t e set o f d i a g r a m s that r e p r e s e n t t h e s y s t e m a n d its flow t h r o u g h v a r i o u s levels o f complexity. Using these structured blocks, y o u can view, use, or analyze an application from m a n y perspectives—from overview (represented by a single diagram with a s i n g l e b l o c k , a n d n o t m u c h d e t a i l ) , t o fine d e t a i l ( r e p r e s e n t e d b y m a n y different diagrams, each with multiple b l o c k s ) . After y o u h a v e g e n e r a t e d , c h e c k e d , a n d a g r e e d o n t h e d e t a i l e d d a t a - f l o w d i a g r a m s , y o u o f t e n g e n e r a t e a h i e r a r c h i c a l s t r u c t u r e chart f r o m t h e m (see figure 1 3 2 ) .


Processes & Transformations

Input P r o c e s s block

Output

Input

Figure

13.1. A data-flow

diagram.

Hierarchical structure chart

Executive

Input

Figure

13.2. A hierarchical

P r o c e s s block

structure

Output

chart.

T h e h i e r a r c h i c a l chart s h o w s t h e f l o w o f d a t a i n a n d o u t o f t h e b l o c k s . T h e blocks either transform the data or don't, and then return t h e m (represented b y t h e o u t g o i n g a r r o w ) . T h e chart s h o w s h o w b l o c k s interact w i t h o t h e r b l o c k s .

387

388


F r o m this h i e r a r c h i c a l chart a n d f r o m i n f o r m a t i o n a b o u t t h e d a t a structures a n d transformations, y o u c a n c o d e the specific c o m p o n e n t s o f the a p p l i c a t i o n o n e b l o c k at a t i m e , i n d e p e n d e n t o f o t h e r b l o c k s . F r o m a c o d i n g perspective, each block represents a function or procedure, and m o v i n g data f r o m in a n d out o f the b l o c k represents the function's or p r o c e d u r e ' s parameters a n d r e t u r n v a l u e s . This structured design has b e e n a r o u n d a l o n g time, and makes m u c h s e n s e b e c a u s e it s e e m s t o c a p t u r e t h e e l e m e n t s o f t h e a p p l i c a t i o n i n o n e s w o o p . A n a p p l i c a t i o n s t r u c t u r e d i n this w a y is p o w e r f u l a n d relatively easy t o understand. Y e t , t h e s t r u c t u r e d a p p r o a c h is n o t a p e r f e c t d e s i g n s o l u t i o n f o r at least o n e i m p o r t a n t r e a s o n — a r e a s o n that s e e m s t o g r o w i n i m p o r t a n c e w i t h t i m e . Applications change, usually in response to the changing needs of users. A s t r u c t u r e that m a d e m u c h s e n s e i n t h e b e g i n n i n g m i g h t n o t m a k e s e n s e further d o w n the line. Structured design supplies m u c h - n e e d e d organization at t h e b e g i n n i n g o f a n a p p l i c a t i o n ' s life, b u t t h e s t r u c t u r e itself m i g h t resist c h a n g e . M o s t a p p l i c a t i o n d e v e l o p e r s h a v e s t r u g g l e d w i t h t h e "difficult t o c h a n g e " p r o b l e m , e v e n w h e n t h e i r initial d e s i g n s s e e m e d c o r r e c t o r e v e n exceptional. T h e d e s i g n o f a n a p p l i c a t i o n m i g h t b e c l e a r . It m i g h t b e c l e a r , i n part, b e c a u s e it is b a s e d o n a s i n g l e s o l u t i o n t o a s i n g l e p r o b l e m . A h a r d - c o d e d s i n g l e s o l u t i o n t o a s i n g l e p r o b l e m is a l m o s t always c l e a r e r t h a n a g e n e r a l - s o l u t i o n o r a g e n e r a l - p r o b l e m s o l u t i o n . T h e g e n e r a l s o l u t i o n , b y n a t u r e , is m o r e c o m p l e x b e c a u s e it c o n s i d e r s m o r e t h a n o n e p r o b l e m a n d s o l u t i o n . O b j e c t - o r i e n t e d t e c h n i q u e s s u g g e s t a d e s i g n a p p r o a c h that a d d r e s s e s b o t h t h e s p e c i f i c a n d g e n e r a l n a t u r e o f p r o b l e m s . T h e a p p r o a c h is s p e c i f i c i n that a n o b j e c t c a n b e d e s i g n e d t o s o l v e s p e c i f i c a s p e c t s o f a p r o b l e m o r a s p e c i f i c p r o b l e m a n d yet b e derivative o f a b a s e o b j e c t that c o n t a i n s t h e g e n e r a l b e h a v i o r for handling general problems of a type. In an object-oriented design, the idea of the "flow of data" between blocks is d i m i n i s h e d . M e s s a g e s m o v e a b o u t t h e a p p l i c a t i o n , b u t o b j e c t s k e e p d a t a t o themselves a n d operate o n their o w n data. T h e potential c o n f u s i o n o f the w r o n g p r o c e d u r e s a n d f u n c t i o n s a c t i n g o n t h e right d a t a a n d v i c e v e r s a is virtually e l i m i n a t e d . M e t h o d s c a n o p e r a t e o n l y o n t h e d a t a s p e c i f i e d f o r t h e m b y t h e o b j e c t d e f i n i t i o n . A l s o , t h e p o t e n t i a l c o m p l e x i t y that arises f r o m t h e c o n n e c t i o n s o f b l o c k s t r a n s f o r m i n g d a t a is d i m i n i s h e d . Objects have the n o t i o n o f c h a n g e built into t h e m . Extension, modificat i o n , a n d a s e n s e o f g e n e r a l p u r p o s e are f e a t u r e s i n O O P . T h u s , a p p l i c a t i o n s that u s e o b j e c t s as t h e " s t r u c t u r e d b l o c k s " c a n i n c o r p o r a t e t h e n o t i o n o f c h a n g e i n their "structures" from the b e g i n n i n g .

13—Designing Windows Applications

Note: Object-oriented programming techniques d o not attempt to eliminate structure; instead they attempt to incorporate c h a n g e in structure. T h e best o f b o t h worlds? Perhaps.

Designing for Change Object-oriented design anticipates the evolution o f real-world systems a n d applications. Object-oriented W i n d o w s d e s i g n utilizes the consistency o f the W i n d o w s G U I . T h e interface remains similar a l t h o u g h the application e n c a p s u lates its r e s p o n s e t o b o t h t h e r e a l w o r l d a n d W i n d o w s i n m o d i f i a b l e o b j e c t s . A n y a p p l i c a t i o n o f e v e n m o d e s t c o m p l e x i t y c h a n g e s , s o a n t i c i p a t i n g c h a n g e is o n l y natural. In general, change c o m e s in o n e of two forms: external or internal to the a p p l i c a t i o n . A n e x t e r n a l c h a n g e is a c h a n g e i n t h e o u t s i d e w o r l d that r e q u i r e s a change in the application's behavior, so the application can continue to accurately represent the outside w o r l d . Simple e x a m p l e s include: 1. A d d i n g n e w p r i n t e r s o r g r a p h i c s t e r m i n a l s t o a n a p p l i c a t i o n ' s c a p a bility t o c o m m u n i c a t e w i t h d e v i c e s . 2. A d d i n g d e s k t o p p u b l i s h i n g b e h a v i o r t o a w o r d - p r o c e s s i n g a p p l i c a t i o n . S t r u c t u r e d d e s i g n t e c h n i q u e s , e v e n w i t h o u t O O P , are e x p e r t at f o c u s i n g o n t h e s e k i n d s o f c h a n g e s . N o t i c e that W i n d o w s a l r e a d y s p e c i a l i z e s i n t h e s e k i n d s o f p r o b l e m s f o r a n a p p l i c a t i o n . D e v i c e - i n d e p e n d e n c e is a c e n t r a l t e n e t o f Windows. A n i n t e r n a l c h a n g e is a c h a n g e i n t h e w a y y o u ( a n d s u b s e q u e n t l y t h e application) handle a p r o b l e m . N o t h i n g has to c h a n g e in the outside w o r l d for y o u to have a better idea h o w an application works or handles the p r o b l e m . This c h a n g e is b e t w e e n y o u a n d t h e a p p l i c a t i o n , s e p a r a t e f r o m t h e p r o b l e m itself. Y o u r r e a l i z a t i o n o f a p r o b l e m m i g h t s i m p l y arise f r o m y o u r u s i n g t h e a p p l i c a t i o n , f r o m r e s e a r c h , o r (in v e r y s p e c i a l c a s e s ) f r o m a s t r o k e o f d e s i g n g e n i u s . F o r e x a m p l e , y o u m i g h t r e w r i t e a sort a l g o r i t h m t o i n c r e a s e its s o r t i n g speed w h e n the n u m b e r of items exceeds s o m e threshold. Y o u also might r e o r g a n i z e y o u r c o d e s o that it m a k e s m o r e s e n s e t o a n o t h e r p r o g r a m m e r . Finally, y o u m i g h t d e c i d e that a n e n t i r e l y d i f f e r e n t d e s i g n a p p r o a c h is b e t t e r . Y o u m i g h t d i s c o v e r (by r e u s i n g a n a p p l i c a t i o n i n a n e w s i t u a t i o n ) that a t y p e y o u c r e a t e d f o r a n a p p l i c a t i o n c a n b e i m p r o v e d b y r e d e s i g n i n g it o r b y r e c o m p o s i n g it i n t o a d i f f e r e n t g r o u p o f o b j e c t s . S t r u c t u r e d t e c h n i q u e s (witho u t O O P ) i m p l i c i t l y a s s u m e that y o u h a v e a c o m p l e t e u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e a p p l i c a t i o n a n d t h e w o r l d it r e p r e s e n t s b e f o r e y o u b e g i n c o d i n g it, a n d that t h e

389

390


p r o g r a m m e r or designer either d o e s not m a k e mistakes or learns from those mistakes. I n short, structured techniques d o not l e n d themselves well to internal changes. O b j e c t - o r i e n t e d p r o g r a m m i n g l a n g u a g e s s u c h as T u r b o P a s c a l f o r W i n d o w s a t t e m p t t o offer t h e b e s t o f b o t h w o r l d s , w i t h t e c h n i q u e s f o r c r e a t i n g a p p l i c a t i o n s that c a n a d a p t easily t o e x t e r n a l o r i n t e r n a l c h a n g e s . If y o u ' r e u s i n g O O P f o r y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n d e s i g n , y o u a n d y o u r i d e a s c a n g r o w easily as t h e needs of the users of your application grows. Y o u d o not p r e s u m e to k n o w e v e r y t h i n g a b o u t t h e a p p l i c a t i o n a n d its " u n k n o w n " u s e r s b e f o r e y o u b e g i n t o c o d e . Y o u c a n n o t k n o w e v e r y t h i n g a b o u t a n y t h i n g that is t h e least bit c o m p l e x . Y e t that is e x a c t l y w h a t m a n y a p p l i c a t i o n d e s i g n p h i l o s o p h i e s h a v e a s s u m e d all a l o n g . A p p l i c a t i o n p r o j e c t s d o n o t u s u a l l y b e c o m e disasters d u r i n g a p p l i c a t i o n development. Afterward, w h e n the worlds, the users, or the designers' and programmers' understanding of the application changes, they can b e c o m e d i s a s t e r s . T y p i c a l l y , a p p l i c a t i o n s d o n o t e v o l v e ; t h e y drift t o w a r d o b s o l e s c e n c e as t h e y b e c o m e less a n d less a p p r o p r i a t e f o r t h e n e w v e r s i o n o f t h e p r o b l e m s t h e y w e r e s u p p o s e d t o s o l v e . If a p p l i c a t i o n s are a p p r o p r i a t e l y d e s i g n e d a r o u n d objects, they have a g o o d c h a n c e to survive. F o r e x a m p l e , c o n s i d e r y o u r s e l f a n d h o w y o u interact w i t h t h e w o r l d . Y o u b e g i n by collecting the best information y o u can, a n d t h e n y o u create (suppose d l y i n y o u r b r a i n ) a m o d e l o f t h e w o r l d b a s e d o n that i n f o r m a t i o n . (This p r o c e s s is h a p p e n i n g , o f c o u r s e , at b r a i n - w a v e s p e e d . T h e n y o u b e h a v e b a s e d o n the m o d e l . Y o u r m o d e l is n o d o u b t f l a w e d ; m o r e o r less a p p r o p r i a t e o r g o o d e n o u g h for y o u t o survive ( s o u n d s i m p e r f e c t , scary, b u t a l m o s t a s s u r e d l y t r u e ) . A s y o u p r o c e e d t h r o u g h y o u r life, y o u g a i n e x p e r i e n c e ( e x t e r n a l factors) a n d h a v e n e w t h o u g h t s ( i n t e r n a l factors) that l e a d y o u t o c h a n g e y o u r c a r e f u l l y b u i l t , f l a w e d m o d e l . Y o u might even develop multiple models to represent the world's various aspects a n d complexities. M a n y of these m o d e l s y o u regularly update in response to n e w technology, n e w programming techniques. For example, y o u r perception of h o w a compiler works or the ways y o u c o m m u n i c a t e can l e a d y o u t o c h a n g e y o u r m o d e l . O t h e r m o d e l s , p e r h a p s less d e p e n d e n t o n n e w t e c h n i q u e s , m i g h t c o n t i n u e t o w o r k , a n d y o u m i g h t s e l d o m (if ever) u p d a t e them. I n this s c e n a r i o , y o u r life c o n s i s t s o f m o d i f y i n g p a r t s o f y o u r m o d e l (in response to n e w external and internal information), a n d not modifying other p a r t s . Y o u are c o n t i n u a l l y l e a r n i n g f r o m y o u r m o d e l , a n d y o u c h a n g e t h e m o d e l a c c o r d i n g l y . T y p i c a l l y , if a n y m o d e l s t o p s c h a n g i n g , c h a n c e s are that it n o l o n g e r is i n s t e p w i t h t h e w o r l d . I n o n e s e n s e , a m o d e l is a n i n d i c a t o r o f l e a r n i n g and process.

1 3 — D e s i g n i n g W i n d o w s Applications

A n a p p l i c a t i o n is a n e x p r e s s i o n o f y o u r c u r r e n t u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f a n e x t e r n a l p r o b l e m a n d y o u r ability t o r e p r e s e n t it w i t h its s o l u t i o n s . T h u s , t h e d e s i g n a n d t h e e x p r e s s i o n o f t h e d e s i g n are i n e x o r a b l y c o n n e c t e d . T h e p r o b l e m c h a n g e s ; y o u r v i e w o f t h e p r o b l e m c h a n g e s ; a n d y o u r ability t o d e s i g n a n d develop an application changes. A g o o d design philosophy (whether for W i n d o w s or not) must support a v i e w that a n t i c i p a t e s c h a n g e . H e r e are a f e w i d e a s t o k e e p i n m i n d w h e n y o u are d e s i g n i n g a p p l i c a t i o n s : 1. A c k n o w l e d g e that y o u c a n n o t k n o w e v e r y t h i n g a b o u t a p r o b l e m o r a n a p p l i c a t i o n b e f o r e y o u d e s i g n it. D o n o t e v e n try. A c c e p t that t h e r e are s o m e t h i n g s a b o u t a n a p p l i c a t i o n that y o u c a n l e a r n o n l y b y d e s i g n i n g a n d u s i n g it. 2. T r y t o g e t s o m e f o r m o f t h e a p p l i c a t i o n w o r k i n g as s o o n as p o s s i b l e , and use each application forerunner to improve your understanding of the p r o b l e m and application. Y o u r early v e r s i o n s o f t h e a p p l i c a t i o n m i g h t b e o n l y v a g u e i m i t a t o r s o f f u t u r e — m o r e p e r f e c t — v e r s i o n s . Let y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n s reflect t h e e v o l u t i o n o f y o u r i d e a s . R e f i n e a n d m o d i f y as y o u l e a r n m o r e . O b j e c t oriented programming encourages change. Use objects to explore. A n a d d i t i o n a l , a n d p e r h a p s s u b t l e , a s p e c t o f o b j e c t - o r i e n t e d d e s i g n is that it e n c o u r a g e s y o u n o t t o s p e n d t o o m u c h t i m e c r e a t i n g a n a p p l i c a t i o n . It e n c o u r a g e s y o u n o t t o try t o s o l v e p r o b l e m s that n e v e r arise. A l s o , o b j e c t - o r i e n t e d d e s i g n t e n d s t o i s o l a t e t h e effects o f o n e part o f a s y s t e m f r o m o t h e r s s o that c h a n g i n g o n e part o f a n a p p l i c a t i o n s h o u l d not disrupt other parts. 3. P l a n t o c h a n g e t h e d e s i g n , n o t just t h e a p p l i c a t i o n , as y o u g o . T h i s d o e s n o t m e a n " t h r o w a w a y parts r e c k l e s s l y , " b u t r a t h e r "start s o m e p l a c e r e a s o n a b l e , a n d let t h e d e s i g n g r o w as y o u l e a r n a b o u t t h e p r o b l e m a n d t h e a p p l i c a t i o n . " I n o t h e r w o r d s , a v o i d static d e s i g n s . A s s u m e f r o m t h e b e g i n n i n g that t h e a p p l i c a t i o n h a s t o c h a n g e . 4. E x p e c t t o m a k e m i s t a k e s . T h e b e s t w a y t o f i n d o u t w h e t h e r y o u h a v e m a d e a m i s t a k e is t o u s e t h e a p p l i c a t i o n . C h a n c e s are that y o u r m i s t a k e s c a n b e i s o l a t e d i n s i n g l e o b j e c t s , a n d t h u s y o u d o n o t h a v e t o t h r o w e v e r y t h i n g a w a y at o n c e . I n s t e a d , y o u m o d i f y t h e a p p l i c a t i o n , part b y part, t o reflect t h e e v o l u t i o n o f y o u r l e a r n i n g a b o u t t h e a p p l i c a t i o n a n d its u s e r s .

391

392


Object-Oriented Application Design It w o u l d b e s o - o - o n i c e , b u t u n f o r t u n a t e l y s o - o - o u n e x p e c t e d , if p r o g r a m m e r s a n d users h a d perfect k n o w l e d g e about a n application o r the p r o b l e m the a p p l i c a t i o n a d d r e s s e s . U n f o r t u n a t e l y , this is s e l d o m t h e c a s e . First, y o u p r o b a b l y c a n n o t d e l u d e y o u r s e l f i n t o b e l i e v i n g that y o u k n o w everything about a n application o r p r o b l e m . S e c o n d , the application y o u are developing a n d the techniques (the compilers, the languages, the hardware) y o u a r e u s i n g t o d e s i g n t h e a p p l i c a t i o n a r e e v o l v i n g as w e l l . Y o u a p p r o x i m a t e , a n t i c i p a t e , s p e c u l a t e , a n d a d d n e w t o o l s t o y o u r t o o l b o x at e v e r y t u r n . N a t u r a l l y , y o u w a n t y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n s t o reflect y o u r n e w p o w e r t o o l s . O n the m o r e personal side, y o u often make two convenient (and probably erroneous) approximations: 1. Y o u , t h e d e s i g n e r , c o m p l e t e l y u n d e r s t a n d t h e p r o b l e m b e f o r e b e g i n ning the design. 2. U s e r s r e a d w h a t e v e r i n f o r m a t i o n y o u g i v e t h e m b e f o r e u s i n g t h e a p p l i c a t i o n , a n d t h u s k n o w t h e a p p l i c a t i o n w e l l b e f o r e firing it u p . ( D e m a n d i n g this k i n d o f p e r f e c t i o n f r o m yourself, t h e a p p l i c a t i o n , o r t h e u s e r s s i m p l y is n o t s e n s i b l e . ) During development, object-oriented design encourages y o u to a d d , c h a n g e , a n d d e l e t e o b j e c t s at a n y t i m e — w h e n e v e r t h e m o o d m o v e s y o u . It's a s s u m e d t h a t , b e c a u s e e v e r y p r o b l e m is i n p r o g r e s s , e v e r y a p p l i c a t i o n a d d r e s s i n g a p r o b l e m is i n p r o g r e s s ; it's d y n a m i c . F o r e x a m p l e , s u p p o s e that y o u a r e d e s i g n i n g a n e d i t o r . Y o u b e g a n ( s e n s i b l y e n o u g h ) b y c r e a t i n g a w i n d o w e d i t o r t y p e , w h i c h c a n p r o c e s s text t h r o u g h a b u f f e r , m o v e a c u r s o r a r o u n d i n t h e b u f f e r , f i n d text, insert a n d d e l e t e text, a n d s o o n . A s t h e a p p l i c a t i o n p r o g r e s s e s ( a n d t h e t y p e d e f i n i t i o n d e v e l o p s ) , s o d o e s t h e n e e d t o test it. Y o u d e c i d e that t h e s i m p l e s t w a y t o test t h e a p p l i c a t i o n is t o w r i t e t h e text i n t h e b u f f e r t o a file a n d r e a d it b a c k f r o m t h e file t o t h e b u f f e r . T o m a k e a w i n d o w e d i t o r file a w a r e , y o u m u s t g i v e it s o m e k n o w l e d g e o f i n s e r t i n g a n d r e t r i e v i n g text f r o m files. T h e file h a s t o u n d e r s t a n d h o w t o o p e n a n d c l o s e files, h o w t o r e c o g n i z e t h e e n d o f l i n e s a n d t h e e n d o f files, a n d so o n . Y o u c a n a d d streams a n d whatever else y o u want t o t h e editor. T h e n y o u s h o u l d b e g i n t e s t i n g t h e f e a t u r e s o f t h e f ile_editor, o n e b y o n e . S e v e r a l t h i n g s o c c u r . First, b y u s i n g t h e a p p l i c a t i o n (as a file e d i t o r ) , y o u (the d e s i g n e r " t u r n e d " u s e r ) b e g i n t o s e e p o s s i b i l i t i e s y o u h a d n o t i m a g i n e d b e f o r e . Y o u m i g h t d e c i d e that m o r e t h a n o n e file c a n b e o p e n e d at a t i m e , that t h e files c a n e x c h a n g e i n f o r m a t i o n , a n d that t h e size o f t h e files is i m p o r t a n t . I n s h o r t , t h e f i l e e d i t o r t y p e is u n d e r g o i n g a " r e u s e test."


I n a r e u s e test, y o u a s k , " D o e s t h e a p p l i c a t i o n a d a p t easily t o n e w s i t u a t i o n s ? " If y o u d e c i d e that it d o e s n o t , y o u b e g i n m o d i f y i n g t h e t y p e t o m a k e it m o r e g e n e r a l . I n this s c e n a r i o , t h e a p p l i c a t i o n b e c o m e s t o o g e n e r a l a n d fails t h e " c o m p l e x i t y test." Y o u h a v e e x p a n d e d t h e a p p l i c a t i o n t o o m u c h ; it is t o o c o m p l e x . S u d d e n l y , b e c a u s e y o u a r e r u n n i n g o u t o f m e m o r y , y o u h a v e t o k e e p b e t t e r tabs o n m e m o r y u s e . K e e p i n g tabs m e a n s that y o u h a v e t o c h a n g e s o m e t h i n g e l s e , w h i c h c a u s e s a f e w m o r e p r o b l e m s that affect o t h e r p a r t s o f t h e a p p l i c a t i o n . T h e f ile_editor t y p e n o w is failing t h e " o v e r a m b i t i o u s o b j e c t test." It tries t o d o t o o m u c h , a n d as a result c a n n o t b e r e u s e d . A n e v o l v e d t y p e , e s p e c i a l l y o n e that h a s s u r v i v e d several r e d e s i g n s , o f t e n b e c o m e s t o o c o m p l e x f o r f u r t h e r e v o l u t i o n . I f t h e o b j e c t b e g i n s t o c o n f u s e y o u , it p r o b a b l y h a s a d e s i g n p r o b l e m . C h e c k it o u t a n d r e d e s i g n it, if y o u h a v e t o . I n this e x a m p l e , y o u d i s c o v e r t h e s i m p l e , t i g h t e r d e s i g n that y o u s h o u l d h a v e c r e a t e d ; a t e x t b u f f er t y p e that c a n h a n d l e b i g c h u n k s o f text a n d k e e p track o f t h e m e m o r y safety p o o l . F o r e x a m p l e , it c h e c k s f o r l o w m e m o r y c o n d i t i o n s b e f o r e it r e a d s t h e e n t i r e file. Y o u d e c i d e t o m a k e this l o w - l e v e l m e m o r y a w a r e n e s s a part o f t h e b a s e file e d i t o r . N o w y o u d e r i v e a m u l t i p l e file e d i t o r f r o m this s m a r t e r , still single-file e d i t o r that c a n k e e p track o f m e m o r y u s e . T h i s t y p e n o w c a n b e u s e d as a b a s e t y p e f o r o t h e r k i n d s o f file e d i t o r s . T h e p o i n t o f this h y p o t h e t i c a l r a m b l e is t h i s : y o u d e s i g n , e x p e r i m e n t , a n d c r e a t e every t i m e y o u interact w i t h t h e a p p l i c a t i o n o r p r o b l e m . O n l y i n t h e simplest cases are y o u able to u n d e r s t a n d the p r o b l e m completely a n d get t h e d e s i g n right t h e first t i m e .

A Tao of Windows Y o u m i g h t n o t k n o w h o w t o p u t a p a r t i c u l a r d a t a field o r m e t h o d i n a t y p e . Y o u m i g h t t h i n k that it t a k e s y e a r s o f e x p e r i e n c e t o d e s i g n t y p e s p r o p e r l y . T o h e l p d i s p e l this m y t h a n d t o k e e p y o u f r o m w a s t i n g t o o m u c h t i m e o n early d e s i g n d e c i s i o n s , t h e b o o k c o v e r s a relatively s i m p l e , b u t g o o d b e g i n n i n g t e c h n i q u e f o r describing the creation and d e v e l o p m e n t of types. This technique (based o n the d e s i g n p h i l o s o p h y r e c o m m e n d e d i n The Tao of Objects, m y first b o o k ) r e c o g n i z e s five s t a g e s o f o b j e c t d e s i g n : 1. Object discovery. Try t o determine w h i c h objects solve the p r o b l e m s your application addresses. B e m o r e concerned with the boundaries and the gross interactions b e t w e e n objects than with h o w the objects work. 2. Object construction. A s y o u start c r e a t i n g o b j e c t s , y o u d i s c o v e r that y o u w a n t d a t a fields a n d m e t h o d s t o m a k e t h e o b j e c t w o r k p r o p e r l y . Y o u a l s o m i g h t d i s c o v e r that y o u w a n t o t h e r o b j e c t s e i t h e r as s u b j e c t s

393

394


(object m e m b e r s o f y o u r object), or to w o r k with s o m e object in y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n . A n e x c e l l e n t t e c h n i q u e d u r i n g o b j e c t c r e a t i o n is t o d e v e l o p test a p p l i c a t i o n s ( m i n i - a p p l i c a t i o n s ) for e a c h t y p e y o u c r e a t e . A s y o u w r i t e t h e test a p p l i c a t i o n s , y o u m i g h t u n c o v e r f u r t h e r t y p e r e q u i r e ments. 3. Application construction. As y o u collect objects in the application, the needs o f the application might require n e w behavior in existing objects, or entirely n e w objects. 4. Application extension. A p p l i c a t i o n e x t e n s i o n is a n i n t e g r a l part o f a p p l i c a t i o n d e v e l o p m e n t . B e h a v i o r is f o c u s e d i n o b j e c t s . O b j e c t s c h a n g e in order to c h a n g e applications. 5. Object reuse. W h e n y o u u s e o l d o b j e c t t y p e s t o b u i l d n e w a p p l i c a t i o n s , n e w n e e d s b e n d a n d s t r e t c h t h e d e s i g n o f y o u r o l d o b j e c t t y p e s . If a n o l d t y p e d o e s n o t fit easily i n t o a n e w s i t u a t i o n , it s h o w s u p i n t h e s e p r o s p e c t i v e n e w a p p l i c a t i o n s , a n d y o u s e e t h e p a r t s that h a v e t o b e c h a n g e d . T h e m o s t u s e f u l o b j e c t s are u s u a l l y t h e " e v o l v e d " o n e s that h a v e g o n e t h r o u g h several p r o j e c t s . N o t i c e that at e a c h s t a g e o f a p p l i c a t i o n d e v e l o p m e n t y o u g e t n e w i n f o r m a t i o n t o g u i d e y o u t h r o u g h t y p e d e s i g n . A l t h o u g h it w o u l d b e difficult a n d t i m e - c o n s u m i n g t o a n t i c i p a t e this i n f o r m a t i o n i n a " p r e - p r e e m p t i v e " d e s i g n , it c o m e s t o y o u n a t u r a l l y as y o u p a s s t h r o u g h t h e a p p r o p r i a t e s t a g e . A l t h o u g h this style o f O O P d e s i g n u s e s a d i f f e r e n t p h i l o s o p h y t h a n p a s t s t r u c t u r e d m e t h o d o l o g i e s , it is n o t a b i g d e a l t o i m p l e m e n t . ( M a n y p r o g r a m m e r s t e n d t o w o r k this w a y r e g a r d l e s s o f w h a t m e t h o d o l o g y t h e y are s u p p o s e d t o b e f o l l o w i n g . ) A s a g u i d e l i n e : d o n ' t f o r c e y o u r s e l f t o k n o w e v e r y t h i n g at t h e b e g i n n i n g . I n s t e a d , a l l o w y o u r s e l f t o l e a r n as y o u g o a l o n g .

Object Discovery T h e first o f t h e five s t a g e s , t h e i c e b r e a k e r , d e s e r v e s a c l o s e r l o o k . W h a t m e t h o d s s h o u l d y o u u s e t o d i s c o v e r o b j e c t s ? H e r e are a f e w g u i d e l i n e s : • L o o k for t h e " e x t e r n a l f a c t o r s " that are n e c e s s a r y for i n t e r a c t i o n s between objects and the world outside the application. Y o u might d i s c o v e r s o m e d a t a f i e l d s a n d m e t h o d s at this p o i n t , b u t y o u m o s t l y just d i s c o v e r t h e o b j e c t s t h e m s e l v e s . • F i n d n a t u r a l b o u n d a r i e s . If y o u t h i n k o f s o m e t h i n g w i t h b o u n d a r i e s i n t h e w o r l d , c h a n c e s are that it s h o u l d b e a b o u n d a r y i n a n o b j e c t as w e l l . F o r e x a m p l e , t h e b o u n d a r y b e t w e e n m e m o r y a n d d i s k is o f t e n r e f l e c t e d as a b o u n d a r y i n y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n .


• S e e k t h e b e h a v i o r a n d d a t a that are d u p l i c a t e d i n t h e a p p l i c a t i o n . F o r e x a m p l e , a k e y b o a r d is a c o l l e c t i o n o f b u t t o n s , s o " b u t t o n " is a n obvious object. A simulation m i g h t consist o f customers a n d b a n k tellers. A t r u c k has f o u r w h e e l s , a s p a r e , f o u r d o o r s , a n d s o o n . • F l e s h o u t t h e least c o m m o n d e n o m i n a t o r s o f a n a p p l i c a t i o n (its s m a l l e s t u n i t s ) . F o r e x a m p l e , if y o u are m a n i p u l a t i n g text, t h e s m a l l e s t u n i t is e i t h e r a character, a w o r d , a l i n e , o r a g r o u p o f text w i t h t h e s a m e a t t r i b u t e s ; d e p e n d i n g o n how y o u i n t e n d t o u s e t h e text. • Try t o i m a g i n e n e w s i t u a t i o n s i n w h i c h y o u m i g h t u s e t h e t y p e . D o y o u t h i n k it w o r k s t h e r e a n d a d a p t s easily? F o r e x a m p l e , c o n s i d e r a b i g g e r v e r s i o n o f y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n . D o e s it w o r k ? • S e p a r a t e t h e a s p e c t s o f t h e a p p l i c a t i o n that c h a n g e f r o m t h o s e that probably will not c h a n g e . • M a k e a list o f t h e d a t a that y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n has t o k n o w a b o u t . L o o k f o r d a t a that s e e m s t o b e l o n g t o g e t h e r . C o l l e c t t h e s e d a t a e l e m e n t s into an object. • L o o k for b e h a v i o r y o u w a n t t o hide o r d a t a y o u w a n t t o p r o t e c t f r o m careless m a n i p u l a t i o n . This k i n d o f behavior a n d data usually b e l o n g s inside an object. • L o o k for t h e c o m m o n i n t e r f a c e s b e t w e e n o b j e c t s . F i n d o u t w h a t o b j e c t s have i n c o m m o n . P u t c o m m o n a s p e c t s i n t o a n abstract b a s e type. • L o o k for i n i t i a l i z a t i o n a n d c l e a n u p activities. T h e s e activities s h o u l d b e handled b y c o n s t r u c t o r s a n d d e s t r u c t o r s . I n i t i a l i z a t i o n a n d c l e a n u p m i g h t help y o u d i s c o v e r t y p e s .

Star Wars and Dances: The Sequel As a n e x a m p l e , c o n s i d e r a v i d e o - s t o r e m a n a g e m e n t a p p l i c a t i o n that w a s d i s c u s s e d i n The Tao of Objects. C o n s i d e r this v e r s i o n a s e q u e l t o that o n e , b e c a u s e t h e r e has b e e n a l o n g t i m e t o reconsider t h e p r o b l e m a n d g i v e it a n e w Windows f a c e . If y o u have n o t read t h e b o o k , d o n ' t w o r r y , this c h a p t e r w i l l b r i n g y o u u p t o snuff. T h e v i d e o - s t o r e m a n a g e m e n t a p p l i c a t i o n tries t o s o l v e t h e p r o b l e m s i n h e r e n t i n s e t t i n g u p a u s e r - d r i v e n v i d e o s t o r e . T h e v i d e o b u f f (that is, t h e user) c o m e s i n t o t h e store w i t h a t y p e o f v i d e o i n m i n d , b u t he d o e s n o t k n o w t h e title o f any specific v i d e o .

395

396


T y p i c a l l y i n this s c e n a r i o , t h e u s e r w a l k s a r o u n d t h e s t o r e a n d c h e c k s t h e various video boxes, w h i c h contain a three- or four-paragraph description of w h a t t h e m o v i e d i s t r i b u t o r w a n t s t h e u s e r t o t h i n k . (MovieMagic, Part3 is a Star Wars c l o n e , w i t h o v e r t o n e s o f Lawrence of Arabia a n d Dances with Wolves r o l l e d i n t o o n e fine p i c t u r e . E v e r y s i n g l e r e v i e w e r , at least all t h e o n e s m e n t i o n e d o n t h e b o x , l o v e d it.) W h a t t h e u s e r u n f o r t u n a t e l y d o e s n o t l e a r n f r o m t h e b o x is w h a t t h e v i d e o is a b o u t , t h e l e v e l o f v i o l e n c e , w h e t h e r o t h e r f o l k s h a v e e n j o y e d t h e v i d e o , a n d n o t just w h a t a f e w c a r e f u l l y s e l e c t e d , a n d c a r e f u l l y q u o t e d , critics t h o u g h t . N o w c o n s i d e r a n alternative s c e n a r i o . S u p p o s e that t h e u s e r c a n w a l k i n t o a v i d e o s t o r e i n w h i c h t h e r e are n o s h e l v e s filled w i t h v i d e o b o x e s . I n s t e a d , s h e s t e p s u p t o a c o m p u t e r (or t o a p e r s o n o p e r a t i n g a c o m p u t e r ) a n d says, " T o d a y I a m i n t h e m o o d f o r a m o v i e w i t h a r o m a n t i c t h e m e set i n t h e n e a r f u t u r e , w h i c h m y favorite r e v i e w e r l i k e d , a n d w h i c h h a s n o v i o l e n c e , a n d w h i c h h a s a s o c i a l t h e m e w i t h m o d e r a t e levels o f n u d i t y . " T h e c o m p u t e r t h e n c h e c k s t h e u s e r ' s file t o s e e w h a t s h e h a s v i e w e d o r l i k e d i n t h e past a n d retrieves t h e v i d e o titles that s h e h a s n o t c h e c k e d o u t b e f o r e , m i n u s t h e o n e s that are a l r e a d y c h e c k e d o u t . T h e c o m p u t e r n u m b e r s t h e m corresponding to her personal profile. S h e c a n g e t e v e n m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n a b o u t e a c h o f t h e titles; i n c l u d i n g t h e actors, directors, a n d so o n ; reviews o f the videos; biographies o f the p e o p l e i n v o l v e d i n m a k i n g t h e m o v i e ; a n d e v e n g r a p h i c d e s c r i p t i o n s (bit m a p s , a n d s o on) depicting s o m e aspect of the video. In other words, the user gets a m o r e detailed view o f the videos in the store based o n the information users supply. (It m i g h t e v e n b e s o m u c h f u n t o p l a y a r o u n d w i t h t h e v i d e o l o o k - u p s y s t e m that v i d e o l o o k - u p b e c o m e s an arcade fad.) W h e n t h e u s e r d e c i d e s o n a v i d e o , t h e c l e r k g e t s it f r o m a stack ( n o t i c e that t h e s h e l f s p a c e r e q u i r e d f o r a s t o r e like this is s m a l l e r ) a n d u s e s a b a r - c o d e reader to enter the n u m b e r into the computer, w h i c h generates a receipt a n d d o e s all t h e n e c e s s a r y b o o k k e e p i n g . Part o f this is o b v i o u s l y a n e l a b o r a t e d a t a b a s e s y s t e m ( w h i c h h a s t o b e easily u p d a t e d at r e g u l a r i n t e r v a l s , f r o m v a r i o u s s o u r c e s i n c l u d i n g t h e c u s t o m ers t h e m s e l v e s ) . Part o f it is t h e u s e r i n t e r f a c e , part t h e b a r - c o d e i n t e r f a c e , a n d part t h e b o o k k e e p i n g s y s t e m . Try t o d e s c r i b e this a p p l i c a t i o n u s i n g O O P . First, m a k e f o u r lists that r e p r e s e n t : 1.

Data

2.

Events

3.

Behavior

4. O b v i o u s o b j e c t s


T h e d a t a list c o n s i s t s o f i n f o r m a t i o n t h e a p p l i c a t i o n h a s t o k n o w o r r e m e m b e r . T h e e v e n t list c o n s i s t s o f e v e n t s that t h e a p p l i c a t i o n h a s t o r e s p o n d t o . T h e b e h a v i o r list is w h a t t h e a p p l i c a t i o n h a s t o d o . T h e o b v i o u s - o b j e c t s list i n c l u d e s a n y t h i n g that i m m e d i a t e l y s p r i n g s t o m i n d . F o r e x a m p l e , y o u k n o w f r o m t h e start y o u w a n t t o u s e a s t a n d a r d W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n i n t e r f a c e that u s e s m e n u s a n d s t a n d a r d m o u s e clicks t o s e l e c t i t e m s f r o m t h e m e n u s . D o n o t try t o p e r f e c t t h e s e lists i n t h e b e g i n n i n g ; just w r i t e d o w n w h a t y o u c a n t h i n k of. R e m e m b e r that t h e act o f c r e a t i n g t h e a p p l i c a t i o n ( n o t t h e c r e a t i o n o f lists) e n s u r e s that t h e a p p l i c a t i o n is c o m p l e t e . T h e lists o n l y act as "instigators" to h e l p y o u discover the objects for y o u r application. By l o o k i n g at t h e lists, y o u s e e p a t t e r n s that s u g g e s t o b j e c t s . W h e n y o u d i s c o v e r e n o u g h o b j e c t s t o d e s c r i b e t h e a p p l i c a t i o n w i t h o u t t h e lists, t h r o w t h e lists away. F o r s o m e a p p l i c a t i o n s , t h e d a t a list g i v e s y o u t h e m o s t i n f o r m a t i o n , a n d it is easiest t o t h i n k o f i n f o r m a t i o n f o r that list. B e c a u s e W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n s are p r i m a r i l y e v e n t - d r i v e n , y o u s h o u l d a n t i c i p a t e e v e n t s a n d r e s p o n s e s t o e v e n t s i n t h e s e lists. H o w y o u d e f i n e t h e s e lists d e p e n d s o n h o w y o u t h i n k a b o u t a p r o b l e m . I n g e n e r a l , h o w e v e r , it d o e s n o t m a t t e r m u c h h o w y o u o r d e r o r a s s e m b l e t h e s e lists, b e c a u s e all y o u are trying t o d o is d i s c o v e r t h e o b j e c t s f o r y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n s . S o m e o f t h e i t e m s o n t h e list m i g h t n o t e v e n h e l p y o u d i s c o v e r a n y objects, so y o u discard t h e m mercifully. A g a i n , r e m e m b e r : it is O K t o m a k e m i s t a k e s , a n d it is O K t o o m i t t h i n g s y o u m i g h t w a n t later. A n o b j e c t - o r i e n t e d a p p l i c a t i o n a l l o w s y o u t o easily m o d i f y t h e application w h e n y o u discover inconsistencies. B e c a u s e objects k e e p their data a n d behaviors to themselves, changes in the application tend to localize t h e m s e l v e s — a m a j o r p l u s as t h e a p p l i c a t i o n e v o l v e s . W h e n y o u m a k e t h e d a t a list, g r o u p t o g e t h e r d a t a i t e m s that y o u are fairly sure s h o u l d b e an object. For e x a m p l e , a "person" object probably contains data f i e l d s f o r n a m e , a d d r e s s , a g e , s e x , m e m b e r s h i p n u m b e r , a n d a list o f v i d e o s this p e r s o n h a s c h e c k e d o u t . It m i g h t m a k e s e n s e t o c o l l e c t all t h e s e f i e l d s i n a n object. W i n d o w s e v e n t s are a l m o s t as o b v i o u s as d a t a o r b e h a v i o r . A m o u s e , f o r e x a m p l e , g e n e r a t e s a n e v e n t that W i n d o w s r o u t e s t o t h e c o r r e c t w i n d o w . A m e n u s e l e c t i o n is a n e v e n t , a n d s o o n . B e c a u s e W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n s d e p e n d s o m u c h o n e v e n t s s u c h as t h e m o u s e a n d m e n u s , it m a k e s s e n s e t o always k e e p events in the forefront. Behavior s h o u l d be responses to events. For e x a m p l e , y o u can i m p l e m e n t a context-sensitive h e l p system d e p e n d i n g o n t h e a p p l i c a t i o n ' s c u r r e n t c o n t e x t (or s t a t e ) . Every t i m e t h e u s e r c h a n g e s c o n t e x t (by m a k i n g a s e l e c t i o n f r o m a m e n u , f o r e x a m p l e ) , t h e " h e l p state c o n t e x t " c h a n g e s . W h e n t h e u s e r asks f o r h e l p , t h e t y p e o f h e l p g i v e n d e p e n d s o n t h e state (that is, t h e c o n t e x t ) . L o o k i n g at a c o l l e c t i o n o f e v e n t s o f t e n h e l p s y o u discover appropriate objects.

397

398


R e m e m b e r that this is a n p r o c e s s o f i t e r a t i o n ; a n a p p r o a c h i n t e n d e d o n l y to give y o u a f r a m e w o r k — s t e p s to f o l l o w to get y o u started. T h e framework m i g h t c h a n g e as y o u s k e t c h o u t t h e a p p l i c a t i o n , b u t i n t h e e n d it is u n i m p o r t a n t . Y o u r g o a l is t o d e t e r m i n e w h a t y o u r o b j e c t s s h o u l d b e a n d w h a t y o u w a n t . A s y o u fill i n t h e d e t a i l s , y o u d i s c o v e r n e w o b j e c t s a n d n e w r e l a t i o n s h i p s b e t w e e n o b j e c t s . T h a t ' s fine; that is h o w it is s u p p o s e d t o w o r k . For example, the video-store application might begin with the following f o u r lists:

Data List:

User Name Address User ID Video List (videos checked out in the past) User's Video Preference List

Video Name Quantity Price Structure Video Evaluation List

Rental Transaction Date User Video List

Business Report Date Range Data List Data Format Calculations

Event List:

User asks for some specific range of videos


User asks for further data on a specific video's Reviews Local opinions Box description/pictures Personnel: actors, directors, and so on. Theater runs and receipts User checks out video(s). User asks for computer-generated video selection based on the user's profile. User asks for best selling selection based on some level of popularity. User returns some or all checked out videos; possibly checks out more. User 'reviews' video just viewed. New videos arrive. New video data arrives. Old videos are discarded/replaced.

Behavior List:

Create new user profile. Create new video profile. Create video request profile; combine with user profile and search for appropriate videos. Create management report. Check out video. Check in video. Update profiles.

399

400


Obvious Objects:

Objects for connecting to Windows Database

(use collections)

Error Handler Time & Date Menus

(use ObjectWindows for these)

(use Error)

(use System)

(use ObjectWindows)

Dialogs

(use ObjectWindows)

File Dialogs

(use ObjectWindows)

Other controls, list boxes, buttons, and so on (use ObjectWindows)

Begin Discovering Objects B y this j u n c t u r e , y o u m i g h t h a v e g l i m p s e d s o m e o b j e c t s ; f o r e x a m p l e , i n t h e D a t a List w h e r e s o m e d a t a o b v i o u s l y b e l o n g s t o g e t h e r . I n t h e v i d e o e x a m p l e , User, V i d e o , R e n t a l T r a n s a c t i o n , B u s i n e s s R e p o r t , a n d s o o n , s u g g e s t o b j e c t s . B e h a v i o r u s u a l l y requires m o r e w o r k . T o h e l p y o u v i s u a l i z e , y o u m i g h t w a n t t o p u t t h e b e h a v i o r i n a " b l o c k c h a r t " as s h o w n i n f i g u r e 1 3 . 3 . N o w c o n s i d e r a n i n d i v i d u a l p a r t a n d b e g i n a n a l y z i n g it f o r o b j e c t s . T h i n k about: • What y o u w a n t that part t o p r o d u c e . (Will t h e b e h a v i o r l e a d t o t h e p r o d u c t i o n o f a n object; will the p r o d u c e r b e a n object?) • What parts d o y o u w a n t t o b e p o r t a b l e , o r at least retargetable (for e x a m p l e , u s e r i n t e r f a c e , o t h e r h a r d w a r e , o p e r a t i n g s y s t e m interface)? Put these in a n object. • D o e s t h e b l o c k d i a g r a m s u g g e s t a n y n e w b o u n d a r i e s that m i g h t reveal n e w o b j e c t s ? F o r e x a m p l e , i n a n e t w o r k i n g s y s t e m , t h e n e t w o r k is a boundary. Y o u might want t o create "transaction objects" t o s e n d across the network. • As y o u discover objects, consider what those objects have to know. S h o u l d t h e y m a i n t a i n this i n f o r m a t i o n t h e m s e l v e s , o r g e t it f r o m a n o t h e r o b j e c t ? T a k e n o t e o f a n y o b j e c t that g i v e s i n f o r m a t i o n , e v e n if it b e l o n g s i n a n o t h e r part.


Block D i a g r a m

Create

user

profile Check

Create video

out

profile C h e c k in

Create

Figure

video

video

video

request

13-3. A block chart.

Y o u don't want your objects to b e c o m e too complex. Just because you w a n t a p a r t i c u l a r o b j e c t d o e s n o t m e a n that t h e o b j e c t s h o u l d b e part o f a s i n g l e t y p e rather t h a n part o f a t y p e hierarchy. If y o u r o b j e c t s are t o o c o m p l e x , y o u w i l l n o t i c e this p r o b l e m d u r i n g t h e o b j e c t - c r e a t i o n p h a s e . A s y o u a d d a n d test f u n c t i o n s , t h i n g s s e e m t o " g o haywire" a n d "get o u t o f hand." It b e c o m e s difficult t o a d d n e w b e h a v i o r b e c a u s e t h e t y p e is m a n a g i n g t o o m u c h itself. T h i s is a n indication that t h e t y p e has t o b e f a c t o r e d into s m a l l e r s e c t i o n s a n d a s s e m b l e d t h r o u g h e i t h e r inheritance or composition. B y f a c t o r i n g t h e t y p e , y o u e n d u p w i t h several t y p e s , a n y o f w h i c h is e a s i e r t o implement b e c a u s e it is e a s i e r t o t h i n k a b o u t .

Wrap-up B y n o w y o u s h o u l d b e t h i n k i n g that d e s i g n i n g Windows a p p l i c a t i o n s is b o t h a n art a n d a s c i e n c e . C r e a t i n g a p p l i c a t i o n s , like art, requires m u c h interpretation o n t h e part o f t h e d e s i g n e r a n d artist. F i n d i n g , c r e a t i n g , a n d recasting objects requires b o t h artistic a n d e n g i n e e r i n g skills. O n t o p o f that, Windows is a G U I : ready-to-roll graphics. Y o u c r e a t e y o u r o b j e c t s f r o m t h e t i m e y o u start t h i n k i n g a b o u t t h e m . Writing t h e m is o n l y t h e o b v i o u s p h a s e o f c r e a t i o n . Y o u start w i t h t h e t y p e f r a m e w o r k , a n d t h e n a d d a n d test b e h a v i o r . D u r i n g a p p l i c a t i o n c o n s t r u c t i o n and extension, y o u may add more to t h e type.

401

402


T h u s , object design occurs t h r o u g h o u t the lifetime o f an application in all five p h a s e s o f a p p l i c a t i o n d e v e l o p m e n t : 1. O b j e c t d i s c o v e r y 2. O b j e c t c r e a t i o n 3. A p p l i c a t i o n c o n s t r u c t i o n 4. A p p l i c a t i o n e x t e n s i o n 5. O b j e c t r e u s e U s e r s o n l y p r e t e n d that t h e y c a n f o r c e d e s i g n t o o c c u r w h e n it is c o n v e n i e n t — i n t h e first p h a s e s o f a p r o j e c t — a n d n o t later. T h a t w r a p s u p this part o f t h e i n t r o d u c t o r y s t u d y o f W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n d e v e l o p m e n t u s i n g t h e o b j e c t - o r i e n t e d t e c h n i q u e s o f T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s . I h o p e that y o u h a v e l e a r n e d at least this s m a l l p o i n t : t h e s o p h i s t i c a t e d t e c h n i q u e s i n T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s c a n h e l p y o u c r e a t e p r o d u c t i v e , c r e a t i v e , a n d flexible W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n s that h a v e t h e b u i l t - i n c a p a c i t y t o e v o l v e as t h e p r o b l e m s t h e y a t t e m p t t o s o l v e i n e v i t a b l y e v o l v e . O b j e c t - o r i e n t e d p r o g r a m m i n g is b o t h a m e t h o d a n d a p h i l o s o p h y , a n d a n i m p o r t a n t t e c h n i q u e for d e v e l o p i n g e v e n t - d r i v e n W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n s . W i n d o w s a n d o b j e c t s ( T u r b o Pascal style) a r e , s o m e say, a d r a m a t i c o n e two punch.

PART T H R E E

REFERENCES

A

REFERENCE

OBJECTWINDOWS OBJECTS T h i s r e f e r e n c e c h a p t e r is a n a l p h a b e t i c a l listing o f t h e O b j e c t W i n d o w s o b j e c t s :

TApplication TBufStream TButton TCheckBox TCollection TComboBox TControl TDialog TDlgWindow TDosStream TEdit TEmsStream TGroupBox

TListBox TMDIClient TMDIWindow TObject TRadioButton TScrollBar TScroller TSortedCollection TStatic TStrCollection TStream TWindow TWindowsObject

406

Part I I I — R e f e r e n c e s

TApplication TApplication is t h e b a s e a p p l i c a t i o n o b j e c t f o r all O b j e c t W i n d o w s a p p l i c a tions. E a c h O b j e c t W i n d o w s application derives a n application object type f r o m TAp plication i n o r d e r t o c o n s t r u c t a s p e c i f i c m a i n w i n d o w f o r t h e a p p l i c a t i o n .

Fields HAccTable KBHandlerWnd MainWindow Name Status

Methods Init CanClose Error ExecDialog InitApplication Initlnstance InitMainWindow MakeWindow MessageLoop ProcessAccels ProcessAppMsg ProcessDlgMsg ProcessMDIAccels Run SetKBHandler ValidWindow

Fields TApplication.HAccTable HAccTable: THandle; (read/write) HAccTable h o l d s a h a n d l e t o a W i n d o w s a c c e l e r a t o r - t a b l e r e s o u r c e ify o u d e f i n e o n e for t h e a p p l i c a t i o n .

A—ObjectWindows Objects

TApplication.KBHandlerWnd KBHandlerWnd: PWindowsOb j e c t ; ( r e a d o n l y ) KBHandle rWnd p o i n t s t o t h e c u r r e n t l y active w i n d o w if t h e w i n d o w ' s k e y b o a r d h a n d l e r m e c h a n i s m is e n a b l e d . ( T h e k e y b o a r d h a n d l e r m e c h a n i s m lets a w i n d o w c o n t a i n i n g controls process keyboard input in dialog fashion. If the k e y b o a r d h a n d l e r m e c h a n i s m is d i s a b l e d f o r t h e active w i n d o w , KBHandler is n i l .

TAppUcation.MainWindow MainWindow: PWindowsOb j e c t ;

(read/write)

MainWindow p o i n t s t o t h e a p p l i c a t i o n ' s m a i n w i n d o w , w h i c h s h o u l d b e i n s t a n t i a t e d b y y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n t y p e ' s InitMainWindow m e t h o d .

TApplication.Name Name h o l d s t h e a p p l i c a t i o n ' s n a m e .

TApplication.Status Status: Integer; Status i n d i c a t e s t h e c u r r e n t state o f a n a p p l i c a t i o n . If Status is g r e a t e r t h a n or e q u a l t o 0 , t h e n t h e a p p l i c a t i o n is o p e r a t i n g s u c c e s s f u l l y .

Methods TApplication.Init constructor Init(AName: PChar); (Override: sometimes) Constructs the application object. • C a l l s TOb j ect. Init • S e t s t h e g l o b a l v a r i a b l e Application t o @Self • S e t s t h e Name field t o AName • S e t s t h e HAccTable field a n d t h e Status field t o 0 • Initializes t h e MainWindow a n d t h e KBHandlerWnd fields t o n i l

407

408


If t h e c u r r e n t i n s t a n c e is t h e first i n s t a n c e o f a n a p p l i c a t i o n , Init s e n d s a m e s s a g e t o InitApplication. I f InitApplication s u c c e e d s , Init s e n d s a m e s s a g e t o Initlnstance.

TApplication.CanClose function CanClose: Boolean; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) R e t u r n s T r u e if it's O K f o r t h e a p p l i c a t i o n t o close. B y d e f a u l t , CanClose s e n d s a m e s s a g e t o t h e CanClose m e t h o d o f its m a i n w i n d o w a n d returns that m e t h o d ' s return v a l u e . Rather t h a n override TApplication. CanClose, o v e r r i d e y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n ' s m a i n w i n d o w ' s CanClose method.

TApplication.Error procedure Error(ErrorCode: Integer); virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s o m e t i m e s ) TApplication.Error p r o c e s s e s t h e e r r o r s i d e n t i f i e d b y t h e e r r o r v a l u e p a s s e d i n ErrorCode. T h e s e e r r o r s a r e g e n e r a t e d b y t h e a p p l i c a t i o n o b j e c t , a w i n d o w , o r a d i a l o g o b j e c t . E r r o rCod e c a n b e a n e r r o r y o u define o r o n e o f t h e following errors, w h i c h are detected a n d reported b y ObjectWindows: em_0ut0fMemory em_InvalidClient em_InvalidChild em_InvalidMainWindow em_InvalidWindow If t h e r e ' s a n e r r o r , TApplication.Error d i s p l a y s t h e e r r o r c o d e i n a m e s s a g e b o x a n d asks t h e u s e r w h e t h e r it's O K t o p r o c e e d . I f n o t , a p p l i c a t i o n e x e c u t i o n halts.

TApplication.ExecDialog function ExecDialog(ADialog: PWindowsObject): Integer; virtual ( O v e r r i d e : n e v e r ) After c h e c k i n g ValidWindow, ExecDialog e x e c u t e s t h e m o d a l d i a l o g o b j e c t p a s s e d i n ADialog b y s e n d i n g a m e s s a g e t o t h e d i a l o g o b j e c t ' s Execute m e t h o d . If m e m o r y is l o w o r t h e d i a l o g c a n n o t b e e x e c u t e d , ExecDialog d i s p o s e s o f the object a n d returns a negative error status.


TApplication.InitApplication procedure

InitApplication;

virtual;

( O v e r r i d e : s o m e t i m e s ) H a n d l e s i n i t i a l i z a t i o n f o r t h e first i n s t a n c e o f a n application. Because T A p p l i c a t i o n . I n i t A p p l i c a t i o n doesn't d o anything, your a p p l i c a t i o n o b j e c t t y p e o v e r r i d e s T A p p l i c a t i o n . I n i t A p p l i c a t i o n if it n e e d s t o initialize a n y a p p l i c a t i o n - s p e c i f i c b e h a v i o r .

TAppUcation.InitMainWindow procedure

InitMainWindow;

virtual;

( O v e r r i d e : always) Y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n always o v e r r i d e s I n i t M a i n W i n d o w construct a main w i n d o w object. For example: procedure

to

MyApplication.InitMainWindow;

begin MainWindow end;

: = New(PMainWindow,

Init('Window

Caption'));

B y d e f a u l t , I n i t M a i n W i n d o w c r e a t e s a TWindow o b j e c t w i t h o u t a title.

TApplication.MakeWindow f u n c t i o n MakeWindow(AWindowsObject: PWindowsObj e c t ; v i r t u a l ;

PWindowsObject):

( O v e r r i d e : n e v e r ) After c h e c k i n g t h e safety p o o l , T A p p l i c a t i o n . MakeWindow tries t o c r e a t e a w i n d o w o r m o d e l e s s d i a l o g e l e m e n t a s s o c i a t e d w i t h t h e o b j e c t p a s s e d i n AWindowsOb j e c t . If m e m o r y is l o w , o r if t h e w i n d o w o r d i a l o g c a n n o t b e c r e a t e d , MakeWindow d i s p o s e s o f t h e o b j e c t a n d r e t u r n s n i l . If s u c c e s s f u l , it r e t u r n s AWindowsOb j e c t .

TApplication.MessageLoop procedure

MessageLoop;

virtual;

( O v e r r i d e : n e v e r ) C o n t r o l s a n a p p l i c a t i o n ' s g e n e r a l m e s s a g e l o o p that r u n s t h r o u g h o u t the lifetime of the application. T A p p l i c a t i o n . M e s s a g e L o o p sends a message to P r o c e s s A p p M s g , which handles the special messages required for modeless dialogs, accelerators, and M D I accelerators.

409

410


TApplication.ProcessAccels function

ProcessAccels(var

Message:

TMsg):

Boolean;

virtual;

( O v e r r i d e : s o m e t i m e s ) H a n d l e s s p e c i a l a c c e l e r a t o r m e s s a g e p r o c e s s i n g . If a n application doesn't use accelerator resources, y o u can improve performance by o v e r r i d i n g this m e t h o d t o r e t u r n F a l s e .

TApplication.ProcessAppMsg function

ProcessAppMsg(var

Message:

TMsg):

Boolean;

virtual;

(Override: sometimes) C h e c k s for special processing for modeless dialog, accelerator, and M D I accelerator messages. Sends messages to P r o c e s s D l g M s g , P r o c e s s M D I A c c e l s , and P r o c e s s A c e e l s , a n d r e t u r n s T r u e if it e n c o u n t e r s a n y o f t h e s e s p e c i a l p r o c e s s ing messages. If y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n d o e s n ' t c r e a t e m o d e l e s s d i a l o g s , d o e s n ' t r e s p o n d t o a c c e l e r a t o r s , a n d isn't a n M D I a p p l i c a t i o n , y o u c a n i m p r o v e p e r f o r m a n c e b y o v e r r i d i n g this m e t h o d t o r e t u r n F a l s e .

TApplication.ProcessDlgMsg function

ProcessDlgMsg(var

Message:

TMsg): Boolean;

virtual;

(Override: sometimes) Handles special modeless dialog and w i n d o w message processing for keyboard input for controls. If y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n d o e s n ' t c r e a t e m o d e l e s s d i a l o g s o r w i n d o w s w i t h c o n t r o l s , y o u c a n i m p r o v e p e r f o r m a n c e b y o v e r r i d i n g this m e t h o d t o r e t u r n False.

TApplication.ProcessMDIAccels function

ProcessMDIAccels(var

Message:

TMsg): Boolean;

virtual;

H a n d l e s special accelerator message processing for M D I - c o m p l i a n t applications. If y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n isn't a n M D I a p p l i c a t i o n , y o u c a n i m p r o v e p e r f o r m a n c e b y o v e r r i d i n g this m e t h o d t o r e t u r n F a l s e .

TApplication.Run procedure

Run;

virtual;

( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) If a n a p p l i c a t i o n i n i t i a l i z a t i o n is s u c c e s s f u l , Run sets t h e application in m o t i o n by sending a message t o M e s s a g e L o o p .


TApplication.SetKBHandler procedure SetKBHandler(AWindowsObject: PWindowsObject); ( O v e r r i d e : n e v e r ) Activates k e y b o a r d h a n d l i n g b y s e t t i n g KBHandlerWnd t o AWindowsObject.

TApplication.ValidWindow function ValidWindow(AWindowsObj ect: PWindowsObj ect):PWindowsObj ect; D e t e r m i n e s w h e t h e r AWindowsOb j ect is a v a l i d o b j e c t . I f AWindowsOb j ect is v a l i d , ValidWindow r e t u r n s a p o i n t e r t o it. O t h e r w i s e , it r e t u r n s n i l . AWindowsOb j ect is i n v a l i d if • A l l o c a t i o n o f t h e o b j e c t d i s t u r b e d t h e safety p o o l • T h e status field o f AWindowsOb j ect is n o n z e r o

TBufStream TBuf St ream i m p l e m e n t s a b u f f e r e d v e r s i o n o f TDosSt ream. Its a d d i t i o n a l fields specify t h e size a n d l o c a t i o n o f t h e b u f f e r a n d t h e c u r r e n t a n d last p o s i t i o n s within the buffer. TBufStream o v e r r i d e s t h e e i g h t m e t h o d s o f TDosStream a n d d e f i n e s t h e abstract TStreamFlush m e t h o d . T h e TBufStream c o n s t r u c t o r c r e a t e s a n d o p e n s a file b y s e n d i n g a m e s s a g e t o TDosSt ream. I n it (the c o n s t r u c t o r ) . T h e n it c r e a t e s t h e b u f f e r w i t h Get Mem. TBufStream is m o r e efficient t h a n TDosStream w h e n a l a r g e n u m b e r o f s m a l l d a t a transfers o c c u r o n a s t r e a m ; f o r e x a m p l e , if y o u ' r e l o a d i n g a n d s t o r i n g o b j e c t s u s i n g TStream. Get a n d TStream. Put u s e TBufStream t o i m p r o v e p e r f o r m a n c e .

Fields Buffer BufSize BufPtr BufEnd

411

412


Methods Init Done Flush GetPos GetSize Read Seek Truncate Write

Fields TBufStream.Buflfer Buffer: Pointer; ( r e a d o n l y ) A p o i n t e r t o t h e start o f a s t r e a m ' s b u f f e r .

TBufStream.BufSize BufSize: W o r d ; ( r e a d o n l y ) H o l d s t h e b u f f e r size i n b y t e s .

TBufStream.BufPtr BufPtr: W o r d ; ( r e a d o n l y ) A n offset f r o m t h e Buffer p o i n t e r that i n d i c a t e s t h e c u r r e n t p o s i t i o n w i t h i n t h e buffer.

TBufStream.BufEnd BufEnd: W o r d ; ( r e a d o n l y ) I f t h e b u f f e r isn't f u l l , BufEnd h o l d s a n offset f r o m t h e Buffer p o i n t e r t o t h e last u s e d byte in the buffer.


Methods TBufStream.Init constructor Init(FileName: FNameStr; Mode, Size: Word); C r e a t e s a n d o p e n s a file w i t h a c c e s s Mode b y c a l l i n g TDosStream. Init. Init c r e a t e s a b u f f e r of Size b y t e s u s i n g Get Mem a n d initializes t h e Handle, Buffer, a n d Buf Size f i e l d s . A l t h o u g h b u f f e r s i z e s u s u a l l y r a n g e f r o m 512 t o 2,048 b y t e s , larger buffers are s o m e t i m e s useful.

TBufStream.Done destructor Done; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : n e v e r ) C l o s e s a n d d i s p o s e s o f t h e file s t r e a m a n d f l u s h e s a n d d i s p o s e s o f its b u f f e r .

TBufStream.Hush procedure Flush; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : n e v e r ) If t h e s t r e a m is stOK, Flush f l u s h e s t h e c a l l i n g file s t r e a m ' s buffer.

TBufStream.GetPos function GetPos: Longint; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : n e v e r ) R e t u r n s t h e v a l u e of t h e c a l l i n g s t r e a m ' s c u r r e n t p o s i t i o n .

TBufStream.GetSi2e function GetSize: Longint; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : n e v e r ) F l u s h e s t h e b u f f e r a n d t h e n r e t u r n s t h e t o t a l size i n b y t e s of the calling stream.

TBufStream.Read procedure Read(var Buf; Count: Word); virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : n e v e r ) If stOK, r e a d s Count b y t e s i n t o t h e Buf b u f f e r starting at t h e c a l l i n g s t r e a m ' s c u r r e n t p o s i t i o n . N o t e that Buf isn't t h e s t r e a m ' s b u f f e r b u t a n e x t e r n a l b u f f e r that h o l d s t h e d a t a r e a d i n f r o m t h e s t r e a m .

413

414


TBufStream.Seek procedure Seek(Pos: Longint); virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : n e v e r ) F l u s h e s t h e b u f f e r a n d t h e n resets t h e c u r r e n t p o s i t i o n t o Pos b y t e s f r o m t h e start o f t h e c a l l i n g s t r e a m . T h e start o f a s t r e a m is p o s i t i o n 0 .

TBufStream.Thincate procedure Truncate; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : n e v e r ) F l u s h e s t h e b u f f e r a n d t h e n d e l e t e s all d a t a o n t h e c a l l i n g s t r e a m f r o m t h e c u r r e n t p o s i t i o n t o t h e e n d . T h e c u r r e n t p o s i t i o n is set t o t h e n e w e n d o f the stream.

TBufitream.Write procedure Write(var But; Count: Word); virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : n e v e r ) I f stOK, w r i t e s Count b y t e s f r o m t h e Buf b u f f e r t o t h e c a l l i n g s t r e a m , starting at t h e c u r r e n t p o s i t i o n . N o t e that Buf isn't t h e s t r e a m ' s b u f f e r b u t a n e x t e r n a l b u f f e r that h o l d s t h e d a t a b e i n g w r i t t e n t o t h e s t r e a m . W h e n Write is c a l l e d , Buf p o i n t s t o t h e v a r i a b l e w h o s e v a l u e is b e i n g w r i t t e n .

TButton TButton is a n i n t e r f a c e o b j e c t that c o r r e s p o n d s t o a p u s h - b u t t o n e l e m e n t i n Windows. Y o u u s u a l l y d o n ' t u s e TButton o b j e c t s i n d i a l o g b o x e s (TDialog) o r d i a l o g w i n d o w s (TDlgWindow). R a t h e r , u s e t h e m w h e n y o u w a n t t o d i s p l a y a s t a n d - a l o n e b u t t o n as a c h i l d w i n d o w i n a n o t h e r w i n d o w ' s c l i e n t a r e a . There are t w o types o f p u s h buttons: • A regular button appears with a thin border. • A default b u t t o n appears with a thick border a n d represents the default action o f the window. E a c h w i n d o w is a l l o w e d o n l y o n e d e f a u l t p u s h b u t t o n .

Fields None.


415

Methods Init InitResource GetClassName

Methods TButton.Init constructor Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; Anld: Integer; AText: PChar; X,Y,W,H: Integer; IsDefault: Boolean); Constructs a button object with the • P a s s e d p a r e n t w i n d o w (AParent)

• C o n t r o l ID (Anld) • A s s o c i a t e d text (AText) • P o s i t i o n (X, Y) relative t o t h e o r i g i n o f t h e p a r e n t w i n d o w ' s c l i e n t a r e a • W i d t h (W) • H e i g h t (H) S e n d s a m e s s a g e toTControl.Init a n d t h e n a d d s b s_De f PushButton to t h e Attr. S t y l e field if IsDefault is T r u e . If not, it a d d s bs_PushButton.

TButton.InitResource constructor InitResource(AParent:

PWindowsObject,

ResourcelD: Word);

C o n s t r u c t s a n O b j e c t W i n d o w s o b j e c t that c o r r e s p o n d s t o a b u t t o n e l e m e n t created by a dialog resource definition. S e n d s m e s s a g e s t o TControl. InitResource a n d TWindowsObject. B e c a u s e b u t t o n s h a v e n o d a t a t o transfer, y o u c a n u s e DisableTransf er t o e x c l u d e t h e b u t t o n f r o m t h e transfer m e c h a n i s m .

TButton.GetClassName function GetClassName:

PChar;

virtual;

( O v e r r i d e : n e v e r ) R e t u r n s t h e n a m e o f TButton's w i n d o w c l a s s , Button.

416


TCheckBox TCheckBox is a n i n t e r f a c e o b j e c t that c o r r e s p o n d s t o a c h e c k - b o x e l e m e n t i n W i n d o w s . Y o u u s u a l l y d o n ' t u s e TCheckBox o b j e c t s i n d i a l o g b o x e s (TDialog) o r d i a l o g w i n d o w s (TDlgWindow). R a t h e r , u s e t h e m t o d i s p l a y a s t a n d - a l o n e c h e c k b o x as a c h i l d w i n d o w i n a n o t h e r w i n d o w ' s c l i e n t a r e a . C h e c k b o x e s h a v e t w o states: c h e c k e d a n d u n c h e c k e d . TCheckBox m e t h o d s p r i m a r i l y m a n a g e t h e c h e c k b o x ' s state. O p t i o n a l l y , a c h e c k b o x c a n b e part o f a g r o u p (TGroupBox) that v i s u a l l y a n d f u n c t i o n a l l y " g r o u p s " its c o n t r o l s .

Fields Group

Methods Init InitResource Load BNClicked Check GetCheck SetCheck Store Toggle Transfer Uncheck

Fields TCheckBox.Group Group: PGroupBox; ( r e a d o n l y ) Group p o i n t s t o t h e TGroupBox c o n t r o l o b j e c t that u n i f i e s t h e c h e c k b o x w i t h o t h e r c h e c k b o x e s a n d r a d i o b u t t o n s (TRadioButton). Group is e q u a l t o n i l if t h e c h e c k b o x isn't part o f a g r o u p .


417

Methods TCheckBox.Init constructor Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; AnID: Integer; ATitle: PChar; X,Y,W,H: Integer; AGroup: PGroupBox); (Override: sometimes) Constructs a check b o x object with the • P a s s e d p a r e n t w i n d o w (AParent)

• C o n t r o l I D (AnId) • A s s o c i a t e d text (ATitle) • P o s i t i o n (X, Y) relative t o t h e o r i g i n o f t h e p a r e n t w i n d o w ' s c l i e n t a r e a • W i d t h (W) • H e i g h t (H) • A s s o c i a t e d g r o u p b o x (AGroup)

Init sets t h e c h e c k b o x ' s Att r .Style field to ws_Child o r ws_Visible

o r ws_TabStop o r bs_AutoCheckBox.

TCheckBox.InitResource constructor InitResource(AParent: PWindowsObject; ResourcelD: Word); A s s o c i a t e s aTCheckBox o b j ect w i t h t h e r e s o u r c e n a m e d b y ResourcelD. It t h e n e n a b l e s t h e transfer m e c h a n i s m b y s e n d i n g a m e s s a g e toEnableTransfer.

TCheckBoxIoad constructor Load(var S: TStream); C o n s t r u c t s a n d l o a d s a c h e c k b o x f r o m t h e s t r e a m S b y first s e n d i n g a m e s s a g e to TButton. Load a n d t h e n r e a d i n g t h e a d d i t i o n a l field (Group) i n t r o d u c e d b y

TCheckBox.

TCheckBox.BNCUcked procedure BNClicked(var Msg: TMessage); virtual nf_First + bn_Clicked; ( O v e r r i d e : s o m e t i m e s ) A u t o m a t i c a l l y r e s p o n d s to t h e notification m e s s a g e s ( w h i c h i n d i c a t e that t h e c h e c k b o x w a s c l i c k e d ) b y t o g g l i n g its state. If t h e c h e c k b o x ' s Group isn't n i l , BNClicked n o t i f i e s t h e TGroupBox b y s e n d i n g a m e s s a g e

to its SelectionChanged m e t h o d .

418


TCheckBox.Check procedure Check; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) F o r c e s t h e c h e c k box i n t o t h e c h e c k e d state by s e n d i n g a m e s s a g e t o SetCheck.

TCheckBox.GetCheck function GetCheck: Word; virtual; (Override: seldom) Returns o n e o f the following: bfJJnchecked bf_Checked bf _Grayed

(0) if t h e c h e c k box is u n c h e c k e d

(1) if t h e c h e c k box is c h e c k e d (2) if t h e c h e c k box is g r a y e d

TCheckBox.SetCheck procedure SetCheck(CheckFlag: Word); virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) F o r c e s t h e c h e c k b o x i n t o t h e state s p e c i f i e d byCheckFlag. • I f CheckFlag is 0 , t h e state is u n c h e c k e d . • I f CheckFlag is 1, t h e state is c h e c k e d . • If CheckFlag is 2, t h e state is g r a y e d . SetCheck a l s o i n f o r m s t h e c h e c k box's g r o u p that t h e s e l e c t i o n h a s c h a n g e d .

TCheckBox.Store procedure Store(var S: TStream); S t o r e s t h e c h e c k box o n t h e s t r e a m , S, by first s e n d i n g a m e s s a g e t o TControl. Store a n d t h e n w r i t i n g t h e a d d i t i o n a l field (Group) i n t r o d u c e d by TCheckBox.

TCheckBox.Toggle procedure Toggle; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) T o g g l e s t h e state o f t h e c h e c k b o x by c a l l i n g Check o r Uncheck. F o r a 3-state c h e c k b o x , it t o g g l e s t h r o u g h all t h r e e states: u n c h e c k e d , checked, a n d grayed.

A — O b j e c t W i n d o w s Objects

419

TCheckBox.Transfer function Transfer(DataPtr: Pointer; TransferFlag: Word): Word; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s o m e t i m e s ) T r a n s f e r s t h e state o f a c h e c k b o x i n a Word t y p e v a l u e to or from the m e m o r y location pointed to by D a t a P t r . • I f Transf erFlag is tf_GetData, t h e c h e c k b o x ' s state d a t a is transferred to the m e m o r y location. • If Transf erFlag is tf_SetData, t h e c h e c k b o x is set t o t h e state indicated in the m e m o r y location. Transfer returns the n u m b e r o f bytes stored in o r retrieved f r o m the m e m o r y l o c a t i o n . I f y o u p a s s tf_SizeData, Transfer r e t u r n s t h e size o f t h e transfer d a t a .

TCheckBox.Uncheck procedure Uncheck; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) F o r c e s t h e c h e c k b o x i n t o t h e u n c h e c k e d state b y s e n d i n g a m e s s a g e t o SetCheck.

TCollection TCollection is a n abstract t y p e f o r i m p l e m e n t i n g a c o l l e c t i o n o f i t e m s . T h e c o l l e c t i o n c a n c o n t a i n v a r i o u s d a t a t y p e s , i n c l u d i n g o b j e c t s . B e c a u s e it c a n i n c l u d e m i x e d d a t a t y p e s , TCollection is a m o r e g e n e r a l w a y o f h a n d l i n g d a t a t h a n t h e t r a d i t i o n a l array, set, o r list t y p e s . TCollection o b j e c t s size t h e m s e l v e s d y n a m i c a l l y at r u n - t i m e a n d c a n b e a b a s e t y p e f o r m a n y s p e c i a l i z e d t y p e s , s u c h as TSortedCollection a n d TStrCollection. I n a d d i t i o n t o m e t h o d s f o r a d d i n g a n d d e l e t i n g i t e m s , TCollection offers several u s e f u l iterator r o u t i n e s that call a p r o c e d u r e o r f u n c t i o n f o r e a c h i t e m in the collection.

Fields Count Delta Items Limit

420


Methods Init Load Done AtDelete AtFree Atlnsert AtPut At Delete DeleteAll Error FirstThat ForEach FreeAll Freeltem Free Getltem IndexOf Insert LastThat Pack Putltem SetLimit Store

Fields TCollection.Count Count: Integer; ( r e a d o n l y ) T h e current n u m b e r o f items in the collection, u p to (and including)

MaxCollectionSize.

TCollection.Delta Delta: Integer; ( r e a d o n l y ) T h e n u m b e r o f i t e m s t o i n c r e a s e t h e Items list b y w h e n e v e r t h e list b e c o m e s f u l l . I f Delta is 0, t h e c o l l e c t i o n c a n n o t g r o w b e y o n d t h e size set b y Limit.


I n c r e a s i n g t h e size o f a c o l l e c t i o n r e d u c e s p e r f o r m a n c e . T o m i n i m i z e t h e n u m b e r o f t i m e s t h e c o l l e c t i o n i n c r e a s e s its s i z e , set t h e initial Limit t o a v a l u e that a c c o m m o d a t e s all t h e i t e m s y o u m i g h t w a n t t o c o l l e c t , a n d set Delta t o a v a l u e that a l l o w s a r e a s o n a b l e a m o u n t o f e x p a n s i o n .

TCollectionJtems Items: PItemList; ( r e a d o n l y ) A p o i n t e r t o a n array o f i t e m p o i n t e r s .

TCollection.Iimit Limit: Integer; ( r e a d o n l y ) T h e c u r r e n t l y a l l o c a t e d size (in e l e m e n t s ) o f t h e Items list.

Methods TCollection.Init constructor Init(ALimit, ADelta: Integer); C r e a t e s a c o l l e c t i o n w i t h Limit set t o ALimit a n d Delta set t o ADelta. T h e initial n u m b e r o f i t e m s is l i m i t e d t o ALimit, b u t t h e c o l l e c t i o n c a n g r o w i n i n c r e m e n t s o f ADelta u n t i l m e m o r y r u n s o u t o r t h e n u m b e r o f i t e m s r e a c h e s MaxCollectionSize.

TCollectionload constructor Load(var S: TStream); C r e a t e s a n d l o a d s a c o l l e c t i o n f r o m a s t r e a m . Load s e n d s a m e s s a g e t o Get It em for e a c h i t e m i n t h e c o l l e c t i o n .

TCollection.Done destructor Done; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : o f t e n ) D e l e t e s a n d d i s p o s e s o f all i t e m s i n a c o l l e c t i o n b y s e n d i n g a m e s s a g e t o FreeAll a n d s e t t i n g Limit t o 0.

421

422

Part III—References

TCoUectionAtDelete procedure AtDelete(Index: Integer); Deletes the item at the Index'th position and moves the ensuing items u p by one position. Co u n t is decremented by 1, but the m e m o r y allocated to the collection (as specified by Limit) isn't reduced. If I n d e x is less than 0 or greater than or equal to Co u n t, the Error method is sent a message with an argument of eolndexError.

TCollectionAtFree procedure AtFree(Index: Integer); Disposes of and deletes the item at the Index'th position.

TCoUectionAtlnsert procedure Atlnsert(lndex: Integer; Item: Pointer); Inserts Item at the Index'th position and moves the following items d o w n by one position: • If Index is less than 0 or greater than Count, the Error method is sent a message with an argument of eolndexError and the n e w Item isn't inserted. • If Count is equal to Limit before the call to Atlnsert, the allocated size of the collection is expanded by Delta items via a message sent to SetLimit. • If the SetLimit call fails to expand the collection, the Error method is sent a message with an argument of coOverf low, and the n e w Item isn't inserted.

TCoUectionAtPut procedure AtPut(Index: Integer; Item: Pointer); Replaces the item at Index position with the item specified by Item. If Index is less than 0 or greater than or equal to Count, the Error method is sent a message with an argument of eolndexError.


TCollectionAt function At(Index: Integer): Pointer; R e t u r n s a p o i n t e r t o t h e i t e m i n d e x e d b y Index i n t h e c o l l e c t i o n . T h i s m e t h o d lets y o u m a n i p u l a t e a c o l l e c t i o n as t h o u g h it w e r e a n i n d e x e d array. I f I ndex is less t h a n 0 o r g r e a t e r t h a n o r e q u a l t o Count, t h e Error m e t h o d is s e n t a m e s s a g e w i t h a n a r g u m e n t ofcoIndexError, a n d a v a l u e o f n i l is r e t u r n e d .

TCollection.Delete procedure Delete(Item: Pointer); D e l e t e s t h e i t e m s p e c i f i e d b y Item f r o m t h e c o l l e c t i o n . E q u i v a l e n t t o AtDelete(IndexOf(Item)).

TCollection.DeleteAll procedure DeleteAll; D e l e t e s all i t e m s f r o m t h e c o l l e c t i o n b y s e t t i n g Count t o 0.

TCollection.Eiror procedure Error(Code, Info: Integer); virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s o m e t i m e s ) Receives a m e s s a g e w h e n e v e r a c o l l e c t i o n error is e n c o u n t e r e d . B y default, this m e t h o d p r o d u c e s a r u n - t i m e error o f 212 - C o d e ) .

TCollection.FirstThat function FirstThat(Test: Pointer): Pointer; FirstThat a p p l i e s a B o o l e a n f u n c t i o n ( s u p p l i e d b y t h e f u n c t i o n p o i n t e r T e s t ) t o e a c h i t e m i n t h e c o l l e c t i o n u n t i l T e s t r e t u r n s T r u e . T h e result is t h e i t e m p o i n t e r u s e d w h e n T e s t r e t u r n e d T r u e , o r n i l if t h e T e s t f u n c t i o n r e t u r n e d F a l s e f o r all i t e m s . T e s t m u s t p o i n t t o a far l o c a l f u n c t i o n t a k i n g o n e P o i n t e r p a r a m e t e r a n d returning a Boolean value. For example: function Matches(Item: Pointer): Boolean; far; T h e Test f u n c t i o n c a n n o t b e a g l o b a l f u n c t i o n .

423

424


A s s u m i n g that List is a TCollection, t h e s t a t e m e n t

P :=

List.FirstThat(@Matches);

corresponds to I

: = 0;

while

(I < List.Count)

and not Matches(List.At(I))

do

Inc(I);

if I < List.Count

then P := List.At(I)

else P := nil;

TCollection.ForEach procedure

ForEach(Action:

Pointer);

For Each a p p l i e s a n a c t i o n ( s u p p l i e d b y t h e p r o c e d u r e p o i n t e r Action) t o e a c h i t e m i n t h e c o l l e c t i o n . Action m u s t p o i n t t o a far l o c a l p r o c e d u r e t a k i n g o n e Pointer p a r a m e t e r ; f o r e x a m p l e :

function

Printltem(ltem:

Pointer); far;

T h e Action p r o c e d u r e c a n n o t b e a g l o b a l p r o c e d u r e . A s s u m i n g that List is a TCollection, t h e s t a t e m e n t

List.ForEach(@PrintItem); corresponds to

for I := 0 to List.Count

- 1 do

PrintItem(List.At(I));

TCollection.FreeAll procedure

FreeAll;

D e l e t e s a n d d i s p o s e s o f all i t e m s i n t h e c o l l e c t i o n .

TCollection.FreeItem procedure

Freeltem(ltem:

Pointer);

virtual;

( O v e r r i d e : s o m e t i m e s ) T h e Freeltem m e t h o d m u s t d i s p o s e o f t h e Item. T h e d e f a u l t Freeltem a s s u m e s that Item is a p o i n t e r t o a d e s c e n d a n t o f TOb j ect a n d s e n d s a m e s s a g e t o t h e Done d e s t r u c t o r :

if Item nil then Dispose(PObject(Item),

Done);

Freeltem r e c e i v e s m e s s a g e s f r o m Free a n d FreeAll, b u t s h o u l d n e v e r b e s e n t m e s s a g e s directly.


TCollection.Free procedure Free(Item: Pointer); D e l e t e s a n d d i s p o s e s o f a s p e c i f i e d Item. E q u i v a l e n t t o Delete(Item); Freeltem(Item);

TCollection.GetItem function TCollection.Getltem(var

S: TStream): Pointer; virtual;

( O v e r r i d e : s o m e t i m e s ) S e n t a m e s s a g e b y Load f o r e a c h i t e m i n t h e c o l l e c t i o n . Y o u c a n o v e r r i d e this m e t h o d , b u t y o u s h o u l d n ' t s e n d it m e s s a g e s directly. T h e d e f a u l t Get I tern a s s u m e s that t h e i t e m s i n t h e c o l l e c t i o n a r e d e s c e n d a n t s o f TObject a n d s e n d s a m e s s a g e t o TStream.Get t o l o a d t h e i t e m : Getltem

:= S.Get;

TCollection.IndexOf function IndexOf(Item: Pointer): Integer; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : n e v e r ) R e t u r n s t h e i n d e x o f a s p e c i f i e d Item. T h e c o n v e r s e o p e r a t i o n o f At. I f Item isn't i n t h e c o l l e c t i o n , IndexOf r e t u r n s - 1 .

TCollection.Insert procedure Insert(Item: Pointer); virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : n e v e r ) I n s e r t s Item i n t o t h e c o l l e c t i o n a n d a d j u s t s o t h e r i n d i c e s if n e c e s s a r y . B y d e f a u l t , i n s e r t i o n s a r e m a d e at t h e e n d o f t h e c o l l e c t i o n b y w a y of a message to Atlnsert(Count,

Item);

TCollectionlastThat function LastThat(Test: Pointer): Pointer; LastThat a p p l i e s a B o o l e a n f u n c t i o n ( s p e c i f i e d b y t h e f u n c t i o n p o i n t e r Test) t o e a c h i t e m i n t h e c o l l e c t i o n i n r e v e r s e o r d e r u n t i l Test r e t u r n s T r u e . T h e result is t h e i t e m p o i n t e r u s e d w h e n Test r e t u r n e d T r u e , o r n i l if t h e Test f u n c t i o n r e t u r n e d F a l s e f o r all i t e m s .

425

426


Test must point to a far local function that takes aPointer parameter and returns a Boolean; for example: function Matches(Item: Pointer): Boolean; far; The Test function cannot be a global function. Assuming that List is a TCollection, the statement: P := List.LastThat(@Matches); corresponds to: I := List.Count - 1; while (I >= 0) and not Matches(List.At(I)) do Dec(I); if I >= 0 then P := List.At(I) else P := nil;

TCollection.Pack procedure Pack; Deletes all nil pointers in the collection.

TCollection.PutItem procedure Putltem(var S: TStream; Item: Pointer); virtual; (Override: sometimes) Put Item receives a message from Store for each item in the collection. Y o u can override this method, but you shouldn't send it a message directly. The default Put Item assumes that the items in the collection are descendants ofTObj ect, and thus sends a message to TStream. Put to store the item: S.Put(Item);

TCollection.SetLimit procedure SetLimit(ALimit: Integer); virtual; (Override: seldom) Expands or shrinks the collection by changing the allocated size to ALimit. If ALimit is less than Count, ALimit is set to Count. If ALimit is greater than MaxCollectionSize, ALimit is set to MaxCollectionSize. Then, if ALimit is different from the current Limit, a n e w Items array of ALimit elements is allocated. The old Items array then is copied into the n e w array, and the old array is disposed.


TCollection.Store procedure Stbre(var S: TStream); S t o r e s t h e c o l l e c t i o n a n d all its i t e m s o n t h e s t r e a m S. Store s e n d s a m e s s a g e t o Put I tern f o r e a c h i t e m i n t h e c o l l e c t i o n .

TComboBox TComboBox is a n i n t e r f a c e o b j e c t that c o r r e s p o n d s t o a c o m b o b o x e l e m e n t i n W i n d o w s . U s u a l l y y o u d o n ' t u s e TComboBox o b j e c t s i n d i a l o g b o x e s (TDialog) o r d i a l o g w i n d o w s (TDlgWindow). R a t h e r , u s e a c o m b o b o x o b j e c t t o d i s p l a y a s t a n d - a l o n e c o m b o b o x as a c h i l d w i n d o w i n a n o t h e r w i n d o w ' s c l i e n t a r e a . C o m b o b o x o b j e c t s i n h e r i t m o s t o f t h e i r f u n c t i o n a l i t y f r o m TListBox. T h e t h r e e styles o f c o m b o b o x e s a r e •

Simple

• Drop down • D r o p d o w n list T h e s e styles a r e c o n t r o l l e d b y t h e W i n d o w s style c o n s t a n t s c b s S i m p l e , cbs_DropDown, a n d cbs DropDownList. T h e s e c o n s t a n t s a r e p a s s e d t o t h e Init c o n s t r u c t o r , which i n t u r n tells W i n d o w s which t y p e o f c o m b o b o x element to create.

Fields TextLen

Methods Init InitResource Load GetClassName GetMsgID (private) HideList SetupWindow ShowList Store Transfer

427

428


Fields TComboBox.TextLen TextLen: W o r d ; (read o n l y ) Text Len c o n t a i n s t h e l e n g t h o f t h e c h a r a c t e r b u f f e r i n t h e e d i t p a r t o f t h e c o m b o b o x . T h e c h a r a c t e r b u f f e r is e q u a l t o t h e n u m b e r o f b y t e s t r a n s f e r r e d b y

Transfer. TextLen is set b y Init.

Methods TComboBox.Init constructor Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; AnID: Integer; X,Y,W,H: Integer; CanDropList: Boolean; HasStaticControl: Boolean); ( O v e r r i d e : s o m e t i m e s ) S e n d s a m e s s a g e t o TListBox. Init a n d c o n s t r u c t s a c o m b o b o x object with the following parameters: • P a s s e d p a r e n t w i n d o w (AParent)

• C o n t r o l I D (Anld) • P o s i t i o n (X, Y) relative t o t h e o r i g i n o f t h e p a r e n t w i n d o w ' s c l i e n t a r e a • W i d t h (W) • H e i g h t (H)

Sets TextLen t o ATextLen. Sets Attr .Style t o (Attr.Style and not lbs_Notify) or AStyle or cbs_Sort or ws_VScroll or ws_HScroll.

TComboBox.InitResource constructor InitResource(AParent: PWindowsObj ect; ResourcelD: Integer; ATextLen: Word); A s s o c i a t e s a TComboBox o b j e c t w i t h t h e r e s o u r c e i n d i c a t e d b y ResourcelD w i t h a m a x i m u m text l e n g t h o f ATextLen -1.

TComboBoxload constructor Load(var S: TStream);


C o n s t r u c t s a n d l o a d s a c o m b o b o x f r o m t h e s t r e a m , S, b y first s e n d i n g a m e s s a g e toTListBox. Load a n d t h e n r e a d i n g t h e a d d i t i o n a l fields (I sDropDown, IsList) i n t r o d u c e d b y TComboBox.

TComboBox.GetClassName function GetClassName:

PChar;

virtual;

( O v e r r i d e : n e v e r ) R e t u r n s t h e n a m e o f TComboBox's w i n d o w class, ComboBox.

TComboBox.GetMsgID function GetMsgID(AMsg : TMsgName): word; virtual; Private m e t h o d ; u s e d i n t e r n a l l y b y TComboBox.

TComboBox.HideList procedure HideList;

virtual;

( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) H i d e s t h e d r o p d o w n list o f a d r o p d o w n o r d r o p - d o w n list combo box.

TComboBox.SetUpWindow H a n d l e s s o m e o f t h e TComboBox w i n d o w s e t u p ,

procedure SetupWindow; virtual;

TComboBox.ShowIist procedure ShowList;

virtual;

( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) D i s p l a y s t h e d r o p d o w n list o f a d r o p d o w n o r d r o p - d o w n list c o m b o b o x .

TComboBox.Store procedure Store(var S: TStream); S t o r e s t h e c o m b o b o x o n t h e s t r e a m , S, b y first s e n d i n g a m e s s a g e t o TListBox. Store a n d t h e n w r i t i n g t h e a d d i t i o n a l field (TextLen) i n t r o d u c e d

b y TComboBox.

429

430


TComboBox.Transfer function

Transfer(DataPtr:

Pointer;

TransferFlag:

Word);virtual

Transfers data to or from the record p o i n t e d to by D a t a P t r . T h e r e c o r d s h o u l d first b e a p o i n t e r t o a string c o l l e c t i o n that h o l d s t h e e n t r i e s o f t h e c o m b o b o x ' s list. T h e n a n array o f c h a r a c t e r s h o l d i n g t h e c u r r e n t l y s e l e c t e d e n t r y is t r a n s f e r r e d . • If T r a n s f e r F l a g is t f G e t D a t a , t h e c o m b o b o x ' s d a t a is t r a n s f e r r e d t o t h e D a t a P t r r e c o r d . T r a n s f e r r e t u r n s t h e size o f t h e d a t a t r a n s f e r r e d . • If T r a n s f e r F l a g is t f _ S e t D a t a , t h e d a t a is t r a n s f e r r e d t o t h e c o m b o b o x f r o m t h e r e c o r d . T r a n s f e r r e t u r n s t h e size o f t h e d a t a t r a n s f e r r e d . • If T r a n s f e r F l a g is t f _ S i z e D a t a , T r a n s f e r r e t u r n s t h e size o f t h e transfer d a t a .

TControl T C o n t r o l is a n abstract o b j e c t t y p e that u n i f i e s all c o n t r o l o b j e c t t y p e s , s u c h as T S c r o l l B a r a n d T B u t t o n . It's a l s o t h e a n c e s t o r t o T M D I C l i e n t , a s p e c i a l i z e d control for MDI-compliant applications. Y o u generally w o n ' t use control objects in dialog b o x e s ( T D i a l o g ) or d i a l o g w i n d o w s ( T D l g W i n d o w ) , o n l y as s t a n d - a l o n e c o n t r o l s i n t h e c l i e n t a r e a of other windows.

Methods Init GetClassName InitResource Register WMPaint

Methods TControLMt constructor Init(AParent: A T i t l e : PChar; X,Y,W,H:

PWindowsObject; Integer);

Anld:

Integer;


431

Constructs a control object with the following parameters: • A s s o c i a t e d p a r e n t w i n d o w (AParent) • C o n t r o l ID (AnId) • A s s o c i a t e d text (ATitle) • P o s i t i o n (X, Y) relative t o t h e o r i g i n o f t h e p a r e n t w i n d o w ' s c l i e n t area • W i d t h (W) • H e i g h t (H) U s i n g t h e s e p a r a m e t e r s , Init fills t h e c o n t r o l ' s Att r field i n h e r i t e d f r o m TWindow. B y d e f a u l t , Init sets Attr.Style t o ws_Child o r ws_Visible o r ws_Group o r w s T a b S t o p ; t h u s , all c o n t r o l o b j e c t s a r e visible c h i l d w i n d o w s .

TControLGetClassName function GetClassName: PChar; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : always) A b s t r a c t m e t h o d always o v e r r i d d e n b y d e s c e n d a n t o b j e c t s .

TControLlnitResource constructor InitResource(AParent:

PWindowsObject;

ResourcelD: Word); Associates a control object with the control element in the resource specified b y ResourcelD. S e n d s a m e s s a g e t o TWindow. InitResource a n d EnableTransf er t o e n a b l e t h e transfer m e c h a n i s m .

TControLRegister function Register: Boolean; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : n e v e r ) R e t u r n s T r u e t o i n d i c a t e that TControl d e s c e n d a n t s u s e preregistered w i n d o w classes.

TControLWMPaint procedure WMPaint(var Msg: TMessage); virtual; wm_First + wm_Paint; ( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) S e n d s a m e s s a g e t o Def WndProc e n a b l i n g s t a n d a r d r e p a i n t i n g of c o n t r o l o b j e c t s .

432


TDialog T D i a l o g d e f i n e s o b j e c t s t o serve as t h e m o d a l a n d m o d e l e s s d i a l o g b o x e s u s e d in W i n d o w s applications. A T D i a l o g object has a n associated dialog resource that d e s c r i b e s t h e a p p e a r a n c e a n d p l a c e m e n t o f its c o n t r o l s . S p e c i f y t h e d i a l o g resource in the message to I n i t . Y o u c a n associate dialog b o x objects with either m o d a l o r m o d e l e s s dialog e l e m e n t s b y w a y o f m e s s a g e s t o E x e c u t e (for m o d a l d i a l o g s ) o r C r e a t e (for m o d e l e s s d i a l o g s ) . Note: W h e n y o u c r e a t e a m o d a l d i a l o g , y o u d i s a b l e t h e o p e r a t i o n o f its p a r e n t w i n d o w u n t i l t h e m o d a l d i a l o g is f i n i s h e d .

Fields Attr DialogProc IsModal

Methods Init Load Done Cancel Create DefWndProc EndDlg Execute GetltemHandle Ok SendDlgltemMsg Store WMClose WMInitDialog WMQueryEndSession


Fields TDialogAttr Attr: TDialogAttr; Attr h o l d s t h e d i a l o g b o x ' s c r e a t i o n a t t r i b u t e s . Attr is d e f i n e d as f o l l o w s : TDialogAttr = record Name: PChar; Param: Longint; end; T h e Name field c o n t a i n s t h e n a m e o r I D o f t h e d i a l o g r e s o u r c e . T h e Param f i e l d c o n t a i n s a p a r a m e t e r s e n t t o t h e d i a l o g p r o c e d u r e w h e n t h e d i a l o g is created.

TDialog.DialogProc DialogProc: TFarProc; (read o n l y ) DialogProc p o i n t s t o t h e p r o c e d u r e - i n s t a n c e a d d r e s s o f t h e d i a l o g f u n c t i o n .

TDialog.IsModal IsModal: Boolean; ( r e a d o n l y ) IsModal is T r u e if t h e d i a l o g is m o d a l a n d F a l s e if t h e d i a l o g is m o d e l e s s .

Methods TDialog.Init constructor Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; AName: PChar); (Override: sometimes) Constructs the dialog object by sending a message to TWindowsOb j ect. Init, p a s s i n g it t h e p a r e n t w i n d o w , AParent. N e x t , Init sets t h e Att r. Name f i e l d t o AName. AName c a n b e t h e s y m b o l i c n a m e o f t h e d i a l o g r e s o u r c e o r a n i n t e g e r I D cast t o t y p e PChar. Init a l s o s e n d s a m e s s a g e t o TWindowsOb j ect. DisableAutoCreate t o prevent dialogs from being created a n d displayed automatically along with their parent w i n d o w s .

433

434


TDialogload constructor

Load(var S:

TStream);

C o n s t r u c t s a n d l o a d s a d i a l o g b o x f r o m t h e s t r e a m , S, b y first s e n d i n g a m e s s a g e t o T W i n d o w s O b j e c t . L o a d a n d t h e n r e a d i n g t h e a d d i t i o n a l fields ( A t t r a n d I s M o d a l ) introduced by T D i a l o g .

TDialog.Done destructor

Done;

virtual;

(Override: sometimes) Disposes of the dialog b o x object. Sends a message to TWindowsObj e c t . D o n e .

TDialog.Cancel p r o c e d u r e C a n c e l ( v a r Msg: T M e s s a g e ) ; v i r t u a l ;

id_First

+

id_Cancel

(Override: sometimes) Automatically responds to a dialog's Cancel button (when pressed) by sending a message to EndDlg with the value i d C a n c e l .

TDialog.Create function

Create:

Boolean;

virtual;

(Override: never) Creates a modeless dialog object's corresponding dialog e l e m e n t . C r e a t e r e t u r n s T r u e if t h e c r e a t i o n w a s s u c c e s s f u l . If u n s u c c e s s f u l , it sends a message to E r r o r with the error c o d e e m _ I n v a l i d W i n d o w .

TDialog.DefWndProc procedure DefWndProc(var

Msg:

TMessage);

virtual;

(Override: never) Forces W i n d o w s default-message processing by setting the result o f t h e p a s s e d m e s s a g e e q u a l t o 0.

TDialog.EndDlg procedure EndDlg(ARetValue:

Integer);

virtual;

( O v e r r i d e : n e v e r ) D e s t r o y s m o d a l a n d m o d e l e s s d i a l o g b o x e s . A R e t V a l u e is p a s s e d b a c k as t h e r e t u r n v a l u e f r o m E x e c u t e f o r m o d a l d i a l o g b o x e s .


TDialog-Execute function Execute: Integer; virtual; (Override: never) Creates a n d displays a m o d a l dialog object's c o r r e s p o n d i n g d i a l o g e l e m e n t . T h i s m e t h o d e x e c u t e s w h i l e t h e d i a l o g b o x is o n - s c r e e n , u n t i l its EndDlg m e t h o d is s e n t a m e s s a g e . B e f o r e t h e m e t h o d f i n i s h e s , it resets HWindow t o 0. Execute r e t u r n s t h e i n t e g e r v a l u e r e t u r n e d b y EndDlg if s u c c e s s f u l . If u n s u c c e s s f u l , Execute s e n d s Error a m e s s a g e w i t h t h e e r r o r c o d e em_InvalidWindow.

TDialog-GetltemHandle function GetItemHandle(DlgItemID:

Integer): HWnd;

(Override: never) Returns the handle to the dialog's control identified by the p a s s e d I D , DlgltemlD.

TDialog.Ok procedure 0k(var Msg: TMessage); virtual; id_First + id_0K; (Override: sometimes) Automatically responds to a dialog's O K button (when p r e s s e d ) b y s e n d i n g m e s s a g e s t o CanClose a n d EndDlg w i t h t h e v a l u e id_0K. A l s o s e n d s a m e s s a g e t o Transf e rDat a t o transfer d a t a f r o m t h e c o n t r o l s t o t h e transfer b u f f e r .

TDialog.SendDlgltemMsg function SendDlgItemMsg(DlgItemID:

Integer; AMsg, WParam: Word;

LParam: Longint): Longint; ( O v e r r i d e : n e v e r ) S e n d s a W i n d o w s c o n t r o l m e s s a g e , i d e n t i f i e d b y AMsg, t o t h e d i a l o g ' s c o n t r o l i d e n t i f i e d b y DlgltemlD. WParam a n d LParam b e c o m e p a r a m e t e r s i n t h e W i n d o w s m e s s a g e . SendDlgltemMsg r e t u r n s t h e v a l u e r e t u r n e d b y t h e c o n t r o l o r 0 if t h e c o n t r o l I D is i n v a l i d .

TDialog.Store procedure Store(var S: TStream); S t o r e s t h e d i a l o g b o x o n t h e s t r e a m , S, b y first s e n d i n g a m e s s a g e t o TWindowsObject .Store a n d t h e n w r i t i n g t h e a d d i t i o n a l fields (Attr a n d IsModal) i n t r o d u c e d b y TDialog.

435

436


TDialog.WMClose p r o c e d u r e WMClose(var Msg:

TMessage);

virtual;

wm_First

+ wm_Close

If t h e d i a l o g b o x is m o d a l , WMClose s e n d s a m e s s a g e t o E n d D l g t o c l o s e t h e dialog box. If t h e d i a l o g b o x is m o d e l e s s , WMClose s e n d s a m e s s a g e t o its WMClose m e t h o d inherited f r o m TWindowsObj e c t .

TDialog.WMInitDialog procedure WMInitDialog(var wm_First

+

Msg:

TMessage);

virtual;

wm_InitDialog;

( O v e r r i d e : n e v e r ) W M I n i t D i a l o g a u t o m a t i c a l l y r e c e i v e s a m e s s a g e just b e f o r e t h e d i a l o g is d i s p l a y e d . It s e n d s a m e s s a g e t o S e t u p W i n d o w t o h a n d l e a n y i n i t i a l i z a t i o n n e e d e d f o r t h e d i a l o g o r its c o n t r o l s .

TDialog.WMQueryEndSession p r o c e d u r e W M Q u e r y E n d S e s s i o n ( v a r Msg wm_First + wm_QueryEndSession

: TMessage);

virtual;

T h i s p r o c e d u r e e n d s t h e q u e r y s e s s i o n b y first a s k i n g e a c h a p p l i c a t i o n w h e t h e r the query session should e n d . Uses the W i n d o w s API.

TDlgWindow D i a l o g w i n d o w s d e f i n e d b y T D l g W i n d o w c o m b i n e s o m e o f t h e characteristics o f dialogs a n d s o m e characteristics o f w i n d o w s . A d i a l o g w i n d o w h a s a n a s s o c i a t e d d i a l o g r e s o u r c e that d e s c r i b e s t h e a p p e a r a n c e a n d p o s i t i o n o f its c o n t r o l s . It a l s o h a s a w i n d o w class that c a n specify i c o n s a n d c u r s o r s . T o create a n d display dialog w i n d o w s , use the m o d e l e s s dialog C r e a t e m e t h o d s . D o n ' t use the E x e c u t e m e t h o d .

Fields None.


Methods Init Create GetWindowClass

Methods TDlgWindow.Init constructor Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; AName: PChar); C o n s t r u c t s a n e w TDlgWindow o b j e c t b y s e n d i n g TDialog. Init a m e s s a g e . Init a l s o s e n d s a m e s s a g e t o EnableAutoCreate t o e n s u r e that t h e TDlgWindow o b j e c t a u t o m a t i c a l l y is c r e a t e d a n d d i s p l a y e d a l o n g w i t h its p a r e n t window.

TDlgWindow.Create function Create: Boolean; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : n e v e r ) R e g i s t e r s t h e d i a l o g w i n d o w ' s class a n d s e n d s a m e s s a g e t o

TDialog.Create. Create r e t u r n s T r u e if s u c c e s s f u l .

TDlgWindow.GetWindowClass procedure GetWindowClass(var AWndClass: TWndClass); virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : o f t e n ) D e f i n e s t h e d e f a u l t w i n d o w class r e c o r d a n d p a s s e s it b a c k i n AWndClass. T h i s w i n d o w class s p e c i f i e s a s t a n d a r d i c o n a n d c u r s o r .

R e d e f i n e GetWindowClass ( a n d GetClassName) f o r a n y TDlgWindow descendants. A l s o , m a k e s u r e that y o u r GetWindowClass m e t h o d s e n d s a m e s s a g e t o GetWindowClass b e f o r e m o d i f y i n g a n y TWndClass f i e l d s .

TDosStream TDosStream is a s p e c i a l i z e d TStream i m p l e m e n t i n g u n b u f f e r e d D O S file s t r e a m s . Its c o n s t r u c t o r , Init, lets y o u c r e a t e o r o p e n a D O S file b y s p e c i f y i n g its n a m e a n d a c c e s s m o d e : e i t h e r stCreate, stOpenRead, stOpenWrite, o r

stOpen.

437

438


T D o s S t r e a m h a s o n e f i e l d n e w f i e l d , Handle, w h i c h r e p r e s e n t s t h e D O S file h a n d l e u s e d t o a c c e s s a n o p e n file. M o s t a p p l i c a t i o n s u s e t h e b u f f e r e d derivative o f T D o s S t r e a m c a l l e d TBuf S t r e a m . T D o s S t r e a m o v e r r i d e s all t h e abstract m e t h o d s o f T S t r e a m e x c e p t f o r T S t r e a m . Flush.

Fields Handle

Methods Init Done GetPos GetSize Read Seek Truncate Write

Fields TDosStream.Handle Handle: Word (read o n l y ) Handle is t h e D O S file h a n d l e u s e d to a c c e s s a n o p e n file s t r e a m .

Methods TDosStream.Init constructor Init(FileName: FNameStr; Mode: Word); C r e a t e s a D O S file s t r e a m w i t h FileName a n d a c c e s s Mode. I f s u c c e s s f u l , t h e Handle is set w i t h t h e D O S file h a n d l e . F a i l u r e is i n d i c a t e d b y a m e s s a g e t o Error w i t h a n a r g u m e n t of stlnitError. T h e Mode a r g u m e n t m u s t b e s e t e i t h e r : stCreate, stOpenRead, stOpenWrite, or stOpen.


TDosStream.Done destructor Done; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : n e v e r ) C l o s e s a n d d i s p o s e s o f t h e D O S file s t r e a m .

TDosStream.GetPos function GetPos: Longint; virtual; (Override: never) Returns the value o f the calling stream's current position.

TDosStream.GetSize function GetSize: Longint; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : n e v e r ) R e t u r n s t h e size i n b y t e s o f t h e c a l l i n g s t r e a m .

TDosStream.Read procedure Read(var Buf; Count: Word); virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : n e v e r ) R e a d s Count bytes i n t o t h e Buf b u f f e r starting at t h e c a l l i n g stream's current position.

TDosStream.Seek procedure Seek(Pos: Longint); virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : n e v e r ) R e s e t s t h e c u r r e n t p o s i t i o n t o Pos b y t e s f r o m t h e b e g i n n i n g o f the calling stream.

TDosStream.Thincate procedure Truncate; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : n e v e r ) D e l e t e s all d a t a o n t h e c a l l i n g s t r e a m f r o m t h e c u r r e n t position to the e n d o f the stream.

TDosStream.Write procedure Write(var Buf; Count: Word); virtual; W r i t e s Count b y t e s f r o m t h e Buf b u f f e r t o t h e c a l l i n g s t r e a m , starting at t h e current position.

439

440


TEdit TEdit is a n i n t e r f a c e o b j e c t that c o r r e s p o n d s t o a n e d i t c o n t r o l e l e m e n t i n Windows. Y o u u s u a l l y d o n ' t u s e TEdit o b j e c t s i n d i a l o g b o x e s (TDialog) o r d i a l o g w i n d o w s (TDlgWindow). R a t h e r , y o u u s e t h e m t o d i s p l a y a s t a n d - a l o n e e d i t c o n t r o l as a c h i l d w i n d o w i n a n o t h e r w i n d o w ' s c l i e n t a r e a . T h e r e are t w o styles o f e d i t c o n t r o l o b j e c t s : s i n g l e - a n d m u l t i l i n e . M u l t i l i n e e d i t c o n t r o l s c a n u s e vertical s c r o l l b a r s a n d a l l o w t h e e d i t i n g o f m u l t i p l e l i n e s . M o s t o f TEdit's m e t h o d s m a n a g e t h e e d i t c o n t r o l ' s text. TEdit i n c l u d e s several c o m m a n d - b a s e d m e s s a g e - r e s p o n s e m e t h o d s f o r r e s p o n d i n g a u t o m a t i c a l l y t o C u t , C o p y , Paste, D e l e t e , C l e a r , a n d U n d o m e n u selections f r o m the edit control's parent w i n d o w . GetText a n d SetText a r e i n h e r i t e d f r o m TEdit's a n c e s t o r , TStatic.

Fields None.

Methods Init CanUndo ClearModify CMEditClear CMEditCopy CMEditCut CMEditDelete CMEditPaste CMEditUndo Copy Cut DeleteLine DeleteSelection DeleteSubText GetClassName GetLine GetLineFromPos GetLinelndex GetLineLength GetNumLines


GetSelection GetSubText Insert IsModified Paste Scroll Search SetSelection SetupWindow Transfer Undo

Methods TEditlnit constructor Init(AParent: A T i t l e : PChar; X,Y,W,H:

PWindowsObject; A n l d : I n t e g e r ; Integer; Multiline : Boolean);

( O v e r r i d e : s o m e t i m e s ) C o n s t r u c t s a n edit c o n t r o l o b j e c t w i t h a p a r e n t w i n d o w (AParent). It fills its A t t r f i e l d s w i t h t h e f o l l o w i n g i n f o r m a t i o n : • Passed control I D (Anld) • Initial text ( A T i t l e ) • P o s i t i o n (X, Y) relative t o t h e o r i g i n o f t h e p a r e n t w i n d o w ' s c l i e n t a r e a • W i d t h (W) • H e i g h t (H) If M u l t i l i n e is T r u e , t h e edit c o n t r o l is a m u l t i l i n e e d i t c o n t r o l w i t h h o r i z o n t a l a n d vertical s c r o l l b a r s . I n this c a s e , t h e A t t r . S t y l e field i n c l u d e s the Windows s t y l e c o n s t a n t s e s _ M u l t i l i n e , e s _ A u t o V S c r o l l , e s _ A u t o H S c r o l l , e s _ L e f t, w s _ V S c r o l l , and w s _ H S c r o l l . If M u l t i l i n e is F a l s e , t h e edit c o n t r o l h a s a s i n g l e l i n e o f text a n d a b o r d e r ( w s _ B o r d e r ) , a n d is left-justified ( e s _ L e f t ) .

TEditCanUndo function

CanUndo:

Boolean;

virtual;

( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) R e t u r n s T r u e if it's p o s s i b l e t o u n d o t h e last edit.

441

442


TEdit.ClearModify procedure ClearModify; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) R e s e t s t h e c h a n g e s flag f o r t h e edit c o n t r o l .

TEdit.CMEditClear procedure CMEditClear(var Msg: TMessage); virtual; cm_First + cm_EditClear; (Override: never) Automatically responds to a m e n u selection with a m e n u I D o f cm_EditClear b y s e n d i n g a m e s s a g e t o t h e Clear m e t h o d .

TEdit.CMEditCopy procedure CMEditCopy(var Msg: TMessage); virtual; cm_First + cm_EditCopy; (Override: never) Automatically responds to a m e n u selection with a m e n u I D o f cm_EditCopy b y s e n d i n g a m e s s a g e t o t h e Copy m e t h o d .

TEdit.CMEditCut procedure CMEditCut(var Msg: TMessage); virtual; cm_First + cm_EditCut; (Override: never) Automatically responds to a m e n u selection with a m e n u I D o f cm_EditCut b y s e n d i n g a m e s s a g e t o t h e Cut m e t h o d .

TEdit.CMEditDelete procedure CMEditDelete(var Msg: TMessage); virtual; cm_First + cm_EditDelete; (Override: never) Automatically responds t o a m e n u selection with a m e n u I D o f c m E d i t D e l e t e b y s e n d i n g a m e s s a g e t o t h e DeleteSelection m e t h o d .

TEdit.CMEditPaste procedure CMEditPaste(var Msg: TMessage); virtual; cm_First + cm_EditPaste; ( O v e r r i d e : n e v e r ) A u t o m a t i c a l l y r e s p o n d s t o a m e n u s e l e c t i o n w i t h a m e n u ID o f cm_EditPaste b y s e n d i n g a m e s s a g e t o t h e Paste m e t h o d .


443

TEdit.CMEditUndo procedure CMEditUndo(var cm_First

Msg:

TMessage);

virtual;

+ cm_EditUndo;

(Override: never) Automatically responds to a m e n u selection with a m e n u I D o f c m E d i t U n d o b y s e n d i n g a m e s s a g e t o t h e Undo m e t h o d .

TEditCopy procedure Copy;

virtual;

( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) C o p i e s a n y c u r r e n t l y s e l e c t e d text i n t o t h e c l i p b o a r d .

TEditCut procedure Cut;

virtual;

( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) C u t s (that is, c o p i e s a n d d e l e t e s ) a n y c u r r e n t l y s e l e c t e d text into the clipboard.

TCditDeleteline function

DeleteLine{LineNumber:

Integer):

Boolean;

virtual;

( O v e r r i d e : s o m e t i m e s ) D e l e t e s t h e text i n t h e l i n e s p e c i f i e d b y L i n e N u m b e r i n a m u l t i l i n e edit c o n t r o l . D e l e t e L i n e d o e s n ' t d e l e t e t h e l i n e b r e a k a n d h a s n o effect o n o t h e r l i n e s . D e l e t e L i n e r e t u r n s T r u e if s u c c e s s f u l .

TEdit.DeleteSelection function

DeleteSelection:

Boolean;

virtual;

( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) C l e a r s t h e c u r r e n t l y s e l e c t e d text a n d r e t u r n s F a l s e if n o text is s e l e c t e d .

TEdit.DeleteSubText function

DeleteSubText(StartPos,

EndPos:

Integer):

Boolean;

virtual;

( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) D e l e t e s t h e text b e t w e e n t h e starting a n d e n d i n g p o s i t i o n s specified by S t a r t P o s and EndPos. T h e first c h a r a c t e r is at p o s i t i o n 0 , a n d t h e p o s i t i o n n u m b e r s c o n t i n u e s e q u e n t i a l l y t h r o u g h o u t all l i n e s i n a m u l t i l i n e e d i t c o n t r o l . L i n e b r e a k s are c o u n t e d as t w o c h a r a c t e r s . D e l e t e S u b T e x t r e t u r n s T r u e if s u c c e s s f u l .

444


TEdit.GetClassName function GetClassName: PChar; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : n e v e r ) R e t u r n s t h e n a m e o f TEdit's w i n d o w c l a s s , Edit.

TEditGetLine function GetLine(ATextString: PChar; StrSize, LineNumber: Integer): Boolean; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) G e t s a m u l t i l i n e edit c o n t r o l ' s text f r o m t h e l i n e s p e c i f i e d b y LineNumber a n d r e t u r n s it i n ATextString. StrSize i n d i c a t e s t h e n u m b e r o f c h a r a c t e r s t o retrieve. GetLine r e t u r n s False if it's u n a b l e t o retrieve t h e text o r if t h e text is t o o long.

TEdit.GetIineFromPos function GetLineFromPos(CharPos: Integer): Integer; virtual; (Override: s e l d o m ) Returns f r o m a multiline edit control the line n u m b e r w h e r e t h e c h a r a c t e r p o s i t i o n s p e c i f i e d byCharPos o c c u r s . T h e p o s i t i o n o f t h e first c h a r a c t e r is 0 a n d t h e n u m b e r s c o n t i n u e s e q u e n t i a l l y t h r o u g h o u t all t h e l i n e s . L i n e b r e a k s are c o u n t e d as t w o c h a r a c t e r s .

TEdit.GetIineIndex function GetLineIndex(LineNumber: Integer): Integer; virtual; (Override: s e l d o m ) Returns f r o m a multiline edit control the n u m b e r o f c h a r a c t e r s that a p p e a r b e f o r e t h e l i n e n u m b e r s p e c i f i e d b y LineNumber. L i n e b r e a k s a r e c o u n t e d as t w o c h a r a c t e r s . If t h e l i n e d o e s n ' t exist, GetLinelndex r e t u r n s t h e n u m b e r o f c h a r a c t e r s in t h e edit control.

TEdit.GetIineLength function GetLineLength(LineNumber: Integer): Integer; virtual; (Override: s e l d o m ) Returns f r o m a multiline edit control the n u m b e r o f c h a r a c t e r s i n t h e l i n e s p e c i f i e d b y LineNumber. Note: S e n d GetLine a m e s s a g e b e f o r e y o u s e n d GetLineLength a m e s s a g e .


445

TEdit.GetNumIines function GetNumLines: Integer; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) R e t u r n s t h e n u m b e r of l i n e s that h a v e b e e n e n t e r e d i n a multiline edit control. ( S e n d GetNumLines a m e s s a g e b e f o r e y o u s e n d GetLinea m e s s a g e . )

TEdit.GetSelection procedure GetSelection(var StartPos, EndPos: Integer); virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) G e t s t h e starting a n d e n d i n g p o s i t i o n s of t h e c u r r e n t l y s e l e c t e d text a n d r e t u r n s t h e m i n t h e StartPos a n d EndPos a r g u m e n t s . T h e first c h a r a c t e r is at p o s i t i o n 0. I n a m u l t i l i n e edit c o n t r o l , t h e p o s i t i o n s are c o u n t e d s e q u e n t i a l l y t h r o u g h all l i n e s , a n d l i n e b r e a k s a r e c o u n t e d as t w o c h a r a c t e r s . U s e GetSelection w i t h GetSubText t o g e t t h e c u r r e n t l y s e l e c t e d text.

TEditGetSubText procedure GetSubText(ATextString:

PChar; StartPos, EndPos: Integer); virtual;

( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) G e t s (in ATextString) t h e text i n a n e d i t c o n t r o l f r o m t h e i n d i c e s StartPos t o EndPos. T h e first c h a r a c t e r is at i n d e x 0. I n a multiline edit control, the characters are c o u n t e d sequentially t h r o u g h all t h e l i n e s , a n d l i n e b r e a k s a r e c o u n t e d as t w o c h a r a c t e r s .

TEditlnsert procedure Insert(ATextString: PChar); virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) I n s e r t s t h e text p a s s e d i n AText St r ing i n t o t h e e d i t c o n t r o l at t h e c u r r e n t t e x t - i n s e r t i o n p o i n t , r e p l a c i n g a n y c u r r e n t l y s e l e c t e d text. Insert is s i m i l a r t o Paste, b u t d o e s n ' t affect t h e c l i p b o a r d .

TEditJsModified function IsModified: Boolean; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) I f t h e u s e r h a s c h a n g e d t h e text i n t h e e d i t c o n t r o l , IsModified r e t u r n s T r u e .

446


TEditPaste procedure Paste;

virtual;

( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) Inserts text f r o m t h e c l i p b o a r d i n t o t h e e d i t c o n t r o l at t h e current insertion point.

TEdit.Scroll procedure S c r o l l ( H o r i z o n t a l U n i t ,

VerticalUnit:

Integer);

virtual;

( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) S c r o l l s a m u l t i l i n e e d i t c o n t r o l h o r i z o n t a l l y a n d vertically b y the n u m b e r s of characters specified by H o r i z o n t a l U n i t a n d V e r t i c a l U n i t . Positive v a l u e s s c r o l l t o t h e right o r d o w n , a n d n e g a t i v e v a l u e s s c r o l l t o t h e left o r u p .

TEditSearch procedure S e a r c h ( S t a r t P o s : I n t e g e r ; AText: CaseSensitive: Boolean): Integer;

PChar;

S e a r c h s e a r c h e s t h e e d i t c o n t r o l ' s text ( b e g i n n i n g w i t h t h e c h a r a c t e r at S t a r t P o s ) u n t i l it f i n d s a m a t c h f o r A T e x t . • If t h e text is f o u n d , t h e m a t c h i n g text is s e l e c t e d , a n d S e a r c h r e t u r n s t h e p o s i t i o n o f t h e start o f t h e m a t c h e d text. • If A T e x t isn't f o u n d , S e a r c h r e t u r n s - 1 . Pass - 1 i n S t a r t P o s t o b e g i n t h e s e a r c h at t h e c u r r e n t p o s i t i o n .

TEditSetSelection function

SetSelection(StartPos,

EndPos:

Integer):

Boolean;

virtual

( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) F o r c e s s e l e c t i o n o f t h e text b e t w e e n t h e p o s i t i o n s s p e c i f i e d b y S t a r t P o s a n d E n d P o s , b u t n o t i n c l u d i n g t h e c h a r a c t e r at E n d P o s . T h e first c h a r a c t e r is at p o s i t i o n 0, a n d t h e p o s i t i o n n u m b e r s c o n t i n u e s e q u e n t i a l l y t h r o u g h all l i n e s i n a m u l t i l i n e edit c o n t r o l . L i n e b r e a k s are c o u n t e d as t w o c h a r a c t e r s .


447

TEdit.SetupWindow procedure SetupWindow;

virtual;

L i m i t s t h e n u m b e r o f c h a r c t e r s that c a n b e e n t e r e d i n t o t h e edit c o n t r o l b y sending a message to T S t a t i c . SetupWindow. I f t h e T e x t L e n f i e l d is n o n z e r o , t h e v a l u e T e x t L e n -1 is s e n t t o W i n d o w s though an e m _ L i m i t T e x t message.

TEdit.Transfer function

Transfer(DataPtr:

Pointer;

TransferFlag:

W o r d ) : Word;

( O v e r r i d e : s o m e t i m e s ) T r a n s f e r s T e x t L e n c h a r a c t e r s o f t h e c u r r e n t text o f t h e edit control to or f r o m the m e m o r y location p o i n t e d to by D a t a P t r . • If T r a n s f e r F l a g is t f _ G e t D a t a , t h e text is t r a n s f e r r e d t o t h e m e m o r y location. • If T r a n s f e r F l a g is t f _ S e t D a t a , t h e edit c o n t r o l ' s text is set t o t h e text at t h e m e m o r y l o c a t i o n . T r a n s f e r r e t u r n s T e x t L e n (the n u m b e r o f bytes stored in o r retrieved f r o m the m e m o r y location). • If T r a n s f e r F l a g is t f _ S i z e D a t a , T r a n s f e r r e t u r n s t h e size o f t h e transfer d a t a .

TEditUndo procedure

Undo;

virtual;

( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) U n d o e s t h e last edit.

TEmsStream TEmsSt rearn is a s p e c i a l i z e d T S t ream f o r i m p l e m e n t i n g s t r e a m s i n E M S m e m o r y . T E m s S t ream's n e w fields set u p a n E M S h a n d l e , a p a g e c o u n t , s t r e a m s i z e , a n d c u r r e n t p o s i t i o n . T E m s S t r e a m o v e r r i d e s t h e six abstract m e t h o d s o f T S t r e a m a n d i m p l e m e n t s its o w n s p e c i a l i z e d c o n s t r u c t o r a n d d e s t r u c t o r . W h e n y o u d e b u g an application using E M S streams, the I D E cannot r e c o v e r E M S m e m o r y a l l o c a t e d b y a p p l i c a t i o n s if a n a p p l i c a t i o n t e r m i n a t e s p r e m a t u r e l y o r if y o u d o n ' t s e n d a m e s s a g e t o t h e (Done) d e s t r u c t o r f o r a n E M S s t r e a m . O n l y t h e Done m e t h o d ( o r r e b o o t i n g ) c a n r e l e a s e t h e E M S p a g e s o w n e d by the stream.

virtual;

448


Fields Handle PageCount Size Position

Methods Init Done GetPos GetSize Read Seek Truncate Write

Fields TEmsStream.Handle Handle: Word; ( r e a d o n l y ) T h e E M S handle for the stream.

TEmsStream.PageCount PageCount: W o r d ; (read o n l y ) T h e n u m b e r o f allocated pages for the stream: 16K p e r page.

TEmsStream.Size Size: Longint; ( r e a d o n l y ) T h e size o f t h e s t r e a m i n b y t e s .

TEmsStream.Position Position: Longint; (read o n l y ) T h e c u r r e n t p o s i t i o n w i t h i n t h e s t r e a m . T h e first p o s i t i o n is 0.


Methods TEmsStream.Init constructor Init(MinSize: Longint); C r e a t e s a n E M S s t r e a m w i t h t h e MinSize ( i n b y t e s ) . S e n d s a m e s s a g e t o Init a n d t h e n sets Handle, Size a n d PageCount. S e n d s a m e s s a g e t o Error w i t h a n a r g u m e n t of st I nit Error if i n i t i a l i z a t i o n fails.

TEmsStream.Done destructor Done; virtual; (Override: never) Disposes o f the E M S stream a n d releases E M S pages u s e d .

TEmsStream.GetPos function GetPos: Longint; virtual; (Override: never) Returns the value o f the calling stream's current position.

TEmsStream.GetSize function GetSize: Longint; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : n e v e r ) R e t u r n s t h e size o f t h e c a l l i n g s t r e a m .

TEmsStream.Read procedure Read(var Buf; Count: Word); virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : n e v e r ) R e a d s Count b y t e s i n t o t h e Buf b u f f e r starting at t h e c a l l i n g stream's current position.

TEmsStream.Seek procedure Seek(Pos: Longint); virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : n e v e r ) R e s e t s t h e c u r r e n t p o s i t i o n t o Pos bytes f r o m t h e start of t h e calling stream.

449

450


TEmsStream.Truncate procedure Truncate; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : n e v e r ) D e l e t e s all d a t a o n t h e c a l l i n g s t r e a m f r o m t h e c u r r e n t p o s i t i o n t o t h e e n d . T h e c u r r e n t p o s i t i o n is set t o t h e n e w e n d o f t h e s t r e a m .

TEmsStream.Write procedure Write(var Buf; Count: Word); virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : n e v e r ) W r i t e s Count b y t e s from t h e Buf b u f f e r t o t h e c a l l i n g s t r e a m , starting at t h e c u r r e n t p o s i t i o n .

TGroupBox TGroupBox is a n i n t e r f a c e o b j e c t that c o r r e s p o n d s t o a g r o u p b o x e l e m e n t i n Windows. N o r m a l l y , y o u d o n ' t u s e TGroupBox o b j e c t s i n d i a l o g b o x e s (TDialog) o r d i a l o g w i n d o w s (TDlgWindow). R a t h e r , y o u u s e t h e m w h e n y o u w a n t t o d i s p l a y a s t a n d - a l o n e g r o u p b o x as a c h i l d w i n d o w i n a n o t h e r w i n d o w ' s c l i e n t a r e a . G r o u p b o x e s unify a g r o u p o f selection boxes (check b o x e s a n d radio b u t t o n s ) a n d m a n a g e t h e states o f t h e i r s e l e c t i o n b o x e s .

Fields NotifyParent

Methods Init Load GetClassName InitResource SelectionChanged Store


Fields TGroupBox.NotifyParent NotifyParent: Boolean;

(read/write)

I n d i c a t e s w h e t h e r t h e p a r e n t w i l l b e n o t i f i e d w h e n t h e state o f t h e g r o u p b o x ' s selection boxes has changed.

Methods TGroupBox.Init constructor Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; AnID: Integer; AText: PChar; X,Y,W,H: Integer); (Override: sometimes) Constructs a g r o u p b o x object with the following information: • P a s s e d p a r e n t w i n d o w (AParent) • C o n t r o l ID (AnId) • A s s o c i a t e d text (AText) • P o s i t i o n (X, Y) relative t o t h e o r i g i n o f t h e p a r e n t w i n d o w ' s c l i e n t a r e a • W i d t h (W) • H e i g h t (H) S e n d s a m e s s a g e t o TControl. Init a n d t h e n a d d s t h e W i n d o w s style bs_Grou pBox t o t h e g r o u p b o x ' s At t r. Style field. R e m o v e s t h e style ws_TabSt op f r o m t h e g r o u p b o x ' s Attr. Style field. S e t s Notif yParent t o T r u e . B y d e f a u l t , t h e g r o u p b o x ' s p a r e n t is n o t i f i e d w h e n t h e state o f its s e l e c t i o n b o x e s c h a n g e .

TGroupBoxIoad constructor Load(var S: TStream); C o n s t r u c t s a n d l o a d s a g r o u p b o x f r o m t h e s t r e a m , S, b y s e n d i n g a m e s s a g e t o TControl. Load a n d r e a d i n g t h e a d d i t i o n a l field (Notif yParent) i n t r o d u c e d b y TGroupBox.

451

452


TGroupBox.GetClassName function GetClassName: PChar; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s o m e t i m e s ) R e t u r n s t h e n a m e o f TGroupBox's w i n d o w class, Button.

TGroupBox.InitResource constructor InitResource(AParent: PWindowsObject; ResourcelD: Word); Subclasses the g r o u p b o x by constructing an ObjectWindows object to corres p o n d to a g r o u p b o x element created by a dialog resource definition. S e n d s a m e s s a g e t o T C o n t r o l . I n i t R e s o u r c e as w e l l as TWindowsObject.DisableTransferto e x c l u d e g r o u p b o x e s f r o m t h e transfer m e c h a n i s m because they have n o data to b e transferred.

TGroupBox.SelectionChanged procedure SelectionChanged(ControlId: Integer); virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s o m e t i m e s ) If Notif yParent is T r u e , SelectionChanged notifies t h e p a r e n t w i n d o w o f t h e g r o u p b o x that o n e o f its s e l e c t i o n s h a s c h a n g e d b y s e n d i n g it a c h i l d - I D - b a s e d m e s s a g e . Y o u c a n o v e r r i d e this m e t h o d t o let t h e g r o u p b o x r e s p o n d t o its s e l e c t i o n s .

TGroupBox.Store procedure Store(var S: TStream); S t o r e s t h e g r o u p b o x o n t h e s t r e a m , S, b y first s e n d i n g a m e s s a g e t o TControl. Store a n d t h e n w r i t i n g t h e a d d i t i o n a l field (Notif yParent) i n t r o d u c e d b y TGroupBox.

TlistBox TListBox is a n i n t e r f a c e o b j e c t that c o r r e s p o n d s t o a list b o x e l e m e n t i n Windows. U s u a l l y , y o u d o n ' t u s e TListBox o b j e c t s i n d i a l o g b o x e s (TDialog) or d i a l o g w i n d o w s (TDlgWindow). R a t h e r , y o u d i s p l a y a s t a n d - a l o n e list b o x as a c h i l d w i n d o w i n a n o t h e r w i n d o w ' s c l i e n t area. TListBox's m e t h o d s a l s o serve o b j e c t i n s t a n c e s o f its d e s c e n d a n t , TComboBox.


453

Fields None.

Methods Init AddString ClearList DeleteString GetClassName GetCount GetMsgID GetSellndex GetSelString GetStringLen GetString InsertString SetSellndex SetSelString Transfer

Methods TIistBox.Init constructor Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; Anld: Integer; X,Y, W,H: Integer); ( O v e r r i d e : s o m e t i m e s ) C o n s t r u c t s a list b o x o b j e c t w i t h t h e f o l l o w i n g parameters: • P a s s e d p a r e n t w i n d o w (AParent) • Control I D (Anld) • P o s i t i o n (X, Y) relative t o t h e o r i g i n o f t h e p a r e n t w i n d o w ' s c l i e n t a r e a • W i d t h (W) • H e i g h t (H) I nit s e n d s a m e s s a g e t o TCont rol. I nit a n d a d d s t o t h e list b o x o b j e c t ' s Att r. Style field t h e W i n d o w s style c o n s t a n t lbs_Standard, w h i c h s u p p l i e s the scroll b a r with the following

454


• A b o r d e r (ws_Border) • A vertical s c r o l l b a r (ws_VScroll) • A u t o m a t i c a l p h a b e t i c s o r t i n g o f list i t e m s (lbs_Sort) • P a r e n t w i n d o w n o t i f i c a t i o n u p o n s e l e c t i o n (lbsNotif y) Y o u c a n o v e r r i d e t h e s e styles i n a d e s c e n d a n t c l a s s , o r i n t h e Init c o n s t r u c t o r o f t h e list b o x ' s p a r e n t w i n d o w o b j e c t .

TlistBoxAddString function AddString(AString: PChar): Integer; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s o m e t i m e s ) A d d s AString as a list i t e m i n t h e list b o x o b j e c t , a n d r e t u r n s t h e i t e m ' s p o s i t i o n i n d e x (starting at 0) o r a n e g a t i v e v a l u e i n c a s e o f an error. List i t e m s a r e s o r t e d a u t o m a t i c a l l y u n l e s s t h e style l b s S o r t is r e m o v e d f r o m t h e list b o x o b j e c t ' s Attr. Style field b e f o r e t h e list b o x is c r e a t e d .

TIistBox.ClearList procedure ClearList; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s o m e t i m e s ) R e m o v e s all (list) i t e m s f r o m t h e list b o x .

TIistBox.DeleteString function DeleteString(Index:

Integer): Integer; virtual;

( O v e r r i d e : s o m e t i m e s ) R e m o v e s t h e list i t e m at t h e p o s i t i o n i n d e x (starting at 0) p a s s e d i n Index. DeleteString r e t u r n s t h e n u m b e r o f r e m a i n i n g list i t e m s , or a negative value in case o f a n error.

TListBox.GetClassName function GetClassName: PChar; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : n e v e r ) R e t u r n s t h e n a m e o f t h e TListBox w i n d o w class, List Box.

TListBox.GetCount function GetCount: Integer; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) R e t u r n s t h e n u m b e r o f list i t e m s i n t h e list b o x , o r a n e g a t i v e value in case o f a n error.


455

TListBox.GetMsgID function GetMsgID(AMsg: TMsgName): virtual; T r a n s l a t e s list b o x m e s s a g e s f o r TComboBox o b j e c t s . T h i s m e t h o d is private available t o t h e p r o g r a m m e r ) .

(not

TListBox.SelIndex function GetSellndex: Integer; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) R e t u r n s t h e p o s i t i o n i n d e x (starting at 0) o f t h e c u r r e n t l y s e l e c t e d list i t e m , o r a n e g a t i v e v a l u e i n c a s e n o i t e m is s e l e c t e d .

TListBox.GetSelString function GetSelString(AString:

PChar; MaxChars: Integer):

Integer; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) G e t s t h e c u r r e n t l y s e l e c t e d list i t e m (in AString), if it's s h o r t e r t h a n MaxChars. GetSelString r e t u r n s t h e string l e n g t h o r a n e g a t i v e v a l u e i n c a s e o f a n error.

TListBox.GetStringLen function GetStringLen(Index:

Integer): Integer; virtual;

( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) R e t u r n s t h e l e n g t h o f t h e list i t e m (a string) at t h e p o s i t i o n Index, o r a n e g a t i v e v a l u e i n c a s e o f a n e r r o r .

TListBox.GetString function GetString(AString: PChar; Index: Integer): Integer; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) G e t s i n AString t h e list i t e m at t h e p o s i t i o n Index, a n d returns t h e string length o r a negative value in case o f a n error.

TListBox.InsertString function InsertString(AString:

PChar; Index: Integer): Integer; virtual;

( O v e r r i d e : s o m e t i m e s ) I n s e r t s AString as a list i t e m i n t h e list b o x at t h e p o s i t i o n I n d e x , a n d r e t u r n s t h e i t e m ' s p o s i t i o n (starting at 0) o r a n e g a t i v e v a l u e i n c a s e o f a n e r r o r . T h e list b o x i t e m s a r e n ' t r e s o r t e d . I f Index is - 1 , t h e string is a d d e d t o t h e e n d o f t h e list.

456


TListBox.SetSelIndex function

SetSelIndex(Index:

Integer):

Integer;

virtual;

( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) F o r c e s s e l e c t i o n o f t h e list i t e m at t h e p o s i t i o n I n d e x . If I n d e x is - 1 , t h e list b o x is c l e a r e d o f a n y s e l e c t i o n . S e t S e l l n d e x returns a negative n u m b e r in case o f an error.

TIistBox.SetSelString function

SetSelString(AString:

PChar;

AIndex:

Integer):

Integer;

virtual;

( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) F o r c e s s e l e c t i o n o f t h e first list i t e m m a t c h i n g A S t r i n g that a p p e a r s after t h e p o s i t i o n i n d e x ( b e g i n n i n g at 0) p a s s e d i n A I n d e x . If A I n d e x i s - 1 , t h e e n t i r e list is s e a r c h e d from t h e b e g i n n i n g . S e t S e l S t r i n g returns the position index of the newly selected item, or a negative value in case o f an error.

TIistBox.Thnsfef function

Transfer(DataPtr:

Pointer;

TransferFlag:

W o r d ) : Word;

T r a n s f e r s t h e list o f e n t r i e s a n d s e l e c t e d i t e m ( s ) t o o r f r o m t h e transfer r e c o r d pointed to by D a t a P t r . • If T r a n s f e r F l a g is t f _ G e t D a t a , t h e list b o x ' s d a t a is t r a n s f e r r e d t o t h e m e m o r y l o c a t i o n . T h e n u m b e r o f b y t e s t r a n s f e r r e d is r e t u r n e d . • If T r a n s f e r F l a g is t f _ S e t D a t a , t h e list b o x is l o a d e d w i t h t h e data from the m e m o r y location. T h e n u m b e r o f bytes transferred is r e t u r n e d . • If T r a n s f e r F l a g is t f _ S i z e D a t a , T r a n s f e r r e t u r n s t h e size o f t h e transfer d a t a . D e p e n d i n g o n where the b o x allows multiple items to be selected, the transfer r e c o r d v a r i e s . T h e first i t e m t r a n s f e r r e d is always a p o i n t e r t o a collection o f strings. • F o r s i n g l e - s e l e c t i o n list b o x e s , t h e p o i n t e r is f o l l o w e d b y a n i n t e g e r index to the selected item. • F o r m u l t i p l e - s e l e c t i o n list b o x e s , t h e c o l l e c t i o n is f o l l o w e d b y a p o i n t e r t o a T M u l t i S e l R e c r e c o r d , w h i c h c o n t a i n s a n array o f i n t e g e r s , e a c h indicating a selected item.

virtual;


TMDIClient Multiple D o c u m e n t Interface ( M D I ) client w i n d o w s (represented by TMDIClient) a r e c o n t r o l s that m a n a g e t h e M D I c h i l d w i n d o w s o f a n M D I a p p l i c a t i o n . TMDIClient's m e t h o d s m a n a g e M D I c h i l d w i n d o w s .

Fields ClientAttr

Methods Init Load Arrangelcons CascadeChildren GetClassName Store TileChildren

Fields TMDIClient.ClientAttr ClientAttr:

TClientCreateStruct;

ClientAttr m a i n t a i n s a r e c o r d o f t h e M D I c l i e n t w i n d o w ' s a t t r i b u t e s . T h e r e c o r d (TClientCreateStruct) is d e f i n e d as f o l l o w s :

type PClientCreateStruct = "TClientCreateStruct; TClientCreateStruct = record hWindowMenu: THandle; idFirstChild: Word; end;

457

458


Methods TMDICUent.Init constructor Init(AParent: PMDIWindow); ( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) C o n s t r u c t s t h e M D I c l i e n t w i n d o w o b j e c t w i t h AParent as t h e p a r e n t w i n d o w . Init s e t s t h e f i e l d s o f ClientAttr. T h e n s e n d s TControl. Init a m e s s a g e a n d a d d s t h e W i n d o w s style ws_ClipChildren t o t h e w i n d o w o b j e c t ' s Attr. Style field. Init a l s o r e m o v e s t h e c l i e n t w i n d o w f r o m its p a r e n t ' s c h i l d w i n d o w list s o that t h e c l i e n t w i n d o w isn't t r e a t e d like o t h e r c h i l d w i n d o w s , s u c h as list boxes and buttons.

TMDIClient.Load constructor Load(var S: TStream); C o n s t r u c t s a n d l o a d s a n M D I c l i e n t w i n d o w f r o m t h e s t r e a m , S, b y first s e n d i n g TControl. Load a m e s s a g e a n d t h e n r e a d i n g t h e a d d i t i o n a l f i e l d (ClientAttr) i n t r o d u c e d b y TMDIClient.

TMDIClient.ArrangeIcons procedure Arrangelcons; virtual; (Override: seldom) Arranges the m i n i m i z e d M D I child w i n d o w s into a neat r o w at t h e b o t t o m o f t h e M D I c l i e n t w i n d o w .

TMDIClient.CascadeChildren procedure CascadeChildren; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) S i z e s a n d a r r a n g e s all o f t h e n o n m i n i m i z e d MDI c h i l d w i n d o w s w i t h i n t h e MDI c l i e n t w i n d o w .

TMDIClient.GetClassName function GetClassName: PChar; virtual; R e t u r n s TControl's w i n d o w class n a m e , MDIClient.


TMDIClientStore procedure Store(var S: TStream); S t o r e s t h e M D I c l i e n t w i n d o w o n t h e s t r e a m , S, b y s e n d i n g TControl. Store a m e s s a g e a n d t h e n w r i t i n g t h e a d d i t i o n a l field (ClientAttr) i n t r o d u c e d b y TMDIClient.

TMDIClientTileChildren procedure TileChildren; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) S i z e s a n d a r r a n g e s all t h e n o n m i n i m i z e d MDI c h i l d w i n d o w s w i t h i n t h e M D I c l i e n t w i n d o w u s i n g all available s p a c e w i t h o u t l e t t i n g t h e windows overlap.

TMDIWindow Multiple D o c u m e n t Interface (MDI) frame w i n d o w (defined by TMDIWindow)— the main w i n d o w o f MDI-compliant applications. TMDIWindow o b j e c t s ownaTMDIClient o b j e c t a n d store it i n t h e ClientWnd field. T h e c h i l d w i n d o w m e n u p r e s e n t s m a n i p u l a t i o n o p t i o n s f o r t h e a p p l i c a t i o n ' s M D I c h i l d w i n d o w s . T h i s w i n d o w is m o d i f i e d a u t o m a t i c a l l y t o reflect all displayed M D I child windows.

Fields ChildMenuPos ClientWnd

Methods Init Load Done Arrangelcons CascadeChildren CMCloseChildren CMCreateChild CMTileChildren

459

460


CreateChild DefWndProc GetClassName GetClient GetWindowClass InitChild InitClientWindow SetupWindow Store TileChildren

Fields TMDIWindow.ChildMenuPos ChildMenuPos:

Integer;

(read/write)

C h i l d M e n u P o s specifies an i n d e x identifying the position o f the child-window m a n a g e m e n t m e n u . T h e i n d e x c o u n t s o n l y t o p - l e v e l m e n u i t e m s . T h e top-left i t e m is at p o s i t i o n 0.

TMDIWindow.ClientWnd ClientWnd:

PMDIClient;

(read

only)

C l i e n t W n d points to the M D I frame w i n d o w ' s M D I client w i n d o w , an object instance of T M D I C l i e n t .

Methods TMDIWindow.Init constructor

Init(ATitle:

PChar;

AMenu:

HMenu);

(Override: often) Constructs an M D I frame w i n d o w object using the caption p a s s e d i n A T i t l e a n d t h e m e n u p a s s e d i n AMenu. M D I frame w i n d o w s must have m e n u s . A n M D I frame w i n d o w has n o parent w i n d o w , a n d must b e the m a i n w i n d o w of the application. By default, I n i t sets C h i l d M e n u P o s t o 0, i n d i c a t i n g that t h e c h i l d w i n d o w m e n u is t h e t o p left m e n u . T o modify C h i l d M e n u P o s , override I n i t in y o u r descendant types. For example:


constructor NewMDIWindow.Init(ATitle: PChar; AMenu: HMenu); begin TMDIWindow.Init(ATitle, AMenu); ChildMenuPos := 3; end;

TMDIWindow.Load constructor Load(var S: TStream); C o n s t r u c t s a n d l o a d s a n M D I frame w i n d o w from t h e s t r e a m , S, b y c a l l i n g TWindow.Load a n d t h e n g e t t i n g a n d r e a d i n g t h e fields (ClientWnd a n d

ChildMenuPos) d e f i n e d b y TMDIWindow.

TMDIWindow.Done destructor Done; virtual; (Override: sometimes) Disposes o f the M D I client w i n d o w object stored in ClientWnd b e f o r e s e n d i n g a m e s s a g e t o TWindow. Done t o d i s p o s e o f t h e M D I frame w i n d o w object.

TMDIWindow.ArrangeIcons procedure Arrangelcons; (Override: seldom) Arranges the minimized M D I child windows into a n e a t r o w at t h e b o t t o m o f t h e M D I c l i e n t w i n d o w . S e n d s a m e s s a g e t o

ClientWnd".Arrangelcons.

TMDIWindow.CascadeChildren procedure CascadeChildren; ( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) S i z e s a n d a r r a n g e s all o f t h e n o n m i n i m i z e d M D I c h i l d w i n d o w s w i t h i n t h e M D I c l i e n t w i n d o w m a k i n g t h e m o v e r l a p . D i s p l a y s t h e title b a r o f e a c h o n e . S e n d s a m e s s a g e t o ClientWnd" .CascadeChildren.

mDIWindow.CMCloseChildren procedure CMCloseChildren(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm_First + cm_CloseChildren; (Override:

seldom)

Responds

to a menu

selection

with

cm_CloseChildren b y s e n d i n g a m e s s a g e t o CloseChildren.

an ID of

461

462


mDIWindow.CMCreateCWld procedure CMCreateChild(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm_First + cm_CreateChild; (Override: never) Responds to a m e n u selection with a m e n u I D of cm_CreateChild b y s e n d i n g a m e s s a g e t o CreateChild t o c r e a t e a n e w c h i l d window.

TMDIWindow.CMTileChildren procedure CMTileChildren(var Msg: TMessage); virtual cm_First + cm_TileChildren; ( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) R e s p o n d s t o a m e n u s e l e c t i o n w i t h a n I D o f cmTileChild ren b y s e n d i n g a m e s s a g e t o TileChildren.

TMDIWindow.CreateChild function CreateChild:

PWindowsObject;

virtual;

Constructs a n d creates a n e w M D I child w i n d o w by s e n d i n g messages t o InitChild a n d MakeWindow. Y o u d o n ' t h a v e t o o v e r r i d e CreateChild t o handle descendant M D I child w i n d o w types. CreateChild r e t u r n s a p o i n t e r t o t h e n e w M D I c h i l d w i n d o w .

TMDIWindow.DefWndProc procedure DefWndProc(var Msg: TMessage);

virtual;

O v e r r i d e s TWindow's d e f a u l t W i n d o w s m e s s a g e p r o c e s s i n g b y s e n d i n g a m e s s a g e t o t h e W i n d o w s f u n c t i o n Def FrameProc r a t h e r t h a n DefWindowProc.

TMDIWindow.GetClassName function GetClassName:

PChar;

virtual;

( O v e r r i d e : s o m e t i m e s ) R e t u r n s t h e n a m e o f TMDI Window's w i n d o w class n a m e ,

TurboMDIWindow.

TMDIWindow.GetClient function GetClient: PMDIClient;

virtual;

(Override: never) Returns a pointer t o the M D I client w i n d o w stored in

ClientWnd.


TMDIWindow.GetWindowClass procedure GetWindowClass(var AWndClass: TWndClass); virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s o m e t i m e s ) M o d i f i e s t h e d e f a u l t w i n d o w class r e c o r d a n d s e n d s it b a c k i n AWndClass. GetWindowClass sets t h e style f i e l d t o 0 t o r e m o v e t h e

styles set b y TWindow.GetWindowClass.

TMDIWindow.InitChad function InitChild: PWindowsObject; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : o f t e n ) C o n s t r u c t s a n M D I c h i l d w i n d o w o b j e c t (TWindow) w i t h a d e f a u l t c a p t i o n of " M D I C h i l d " a n d r e t u r n s a p o i n t e r t o it. If y o u d e f i n e a n M D I c h i l d w i n d o w t y p e d e s c e n d i n g f r o m TWindow, o v e r r i d e InitChild t o c o n s t r u c t a w i n d o w u s i n g t h e n e w d e f i n e d M D I c h i l d w i n d o w type. For example:

function NewMDIWindow.InitChild: PWindowsObject; begin InitChild := New(PNewMDIChild, Init(@Self, 'New MDI Child Window')); end;

TMDIWindow.InitClientWindow procedure InitClientWindow; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s o m e t i m e s ) C o n s t r u c t s t h e M D I c l i e n t w i n d o w as a TMDIClient o b j e c t a n d s t o r e s it i n ClientWnd.

TMDIWindow.SetupWindow procedure SetupWindow; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : o f t e n ) C o n s t r u c t s t h e M D I c l i e n t w i n d o w (ClientWnd) o b j e c t ' s c o r r e s p o n d i n g w i n d o w e l e m e n t b y s e n d i n g a m e s s a g e t o I nitClientWindow. SetupWindow s e n d s MakeWindow a m e s s a g e t o c r e a t e t h e M D I c l i e n t w i n d o w . If y o u o v e r r i d e SetupWindow i n a d e s c e n d a n t t y p e , s e n d a m e s s a g e t o TMDIWindow.SetupWindow e x p l i c i t l y b e f o r e i m p l e m e n t i n g y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n window's n e w behavior.

463

464


TMDIWindow.Store procedure Store(var S: TStream); S t o r e s t h e M D I f r a m e w i n d o w o n t h e s t r e a m , S, b y s e n d i n g a m e s s a g e t o TWindow.Store. It t h e n w r i t e s t h e a d d i t i o n a l f i e l d s (ClientWnd a n d ChildMenuPos) d e f i n e d b y TMDIWindow.

mDIWindowTileCMdren procedure TileChildren; ( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) S i z e s a n d a r r a n g e s all t h e n o n m i n i m i z e d M D I c h i l d w i n d o w s w i t h i n t h e M D I c l i e n t w i n d o w , u s i n g all available w i n d o w s p a c e w i t h o u t o v e r l a p p i n g t h e w i n d o w s . S e n d s a m e s s a g e t o ClientWnd" .TileChildren.

TObject TOb j ect is t h e starting p o i n t o f t h e O b j e c t W i n d o w s o b j e c t h i e r a r c h y . W i t h t h e e x c e p t i o n o f TPoint a n d TRect, all O b j e c t W i n d o w s s t a n d a r d o b j e c t s a r e d e r i v e d (directly o r indirectly) from TOb j ect. A n y o b j e c t that u s e s O b j e c t W i n d o w s s t r e a m s m u s t trace its a n c e s t r y b a c k t o TOb j ect.

Fields None.

Methods Init Free Done

Methods TObjectlnit constructor Init; Allocates space o n the heap for an object. R e c e i v e s a m e s s a g e f r o m all its d e s c e n d a n t o b j e c t s ' c o n s t r u c t o r s .


TObjectFree procedure Free; D i s p o s e s o f t h e o b j e c t a n d s e n d s a m e s s a g e t o t h e Done d e s t r u c t o r .

TObjectDone destructor Done; virtual; Handles cleanup a n d disposal for dynamic objects.

TRadioButton TRadioButtonisan i n t e r f a c e o b j e c t that c o r r e s p o n d s t o a r a d i o b u t t o n e l e m e n t in W i n d o w s . Y o u n o r m a l l y d o n ' t u s e TRadioButton o b j e c t s i n d i a l o g b o x e s (TDialog) o r d i a l o g w i n d o w s (TDlgWindow). I n s t e a d , u s e t h e m w h e n y o u w a n t t o d i s p l a y a s t a n d - a l o n e r a d i o b u t t o n as a c h i l d w i n d o w i n a n o t h e r w i n d o w ' s c l i e n t a r e a . A r a d i o b u t t o n is i n o n e o f t w o states: c h e c k e d o r u n c h e c k e d . TRadioButton i n h e r i t s its s t a t e - m a n a g e m e n t m e t h o d s f r o m its a n c e s t o r , TCheckBox. A c h e c k b o x c a n a l s o b e part o f a g r o u p (TGroupBox), w h i c h v i s u a l l y a n d c o n c e p t u a l l y g r o u p s its c o n t r o l s .

Fields None.

Methods Init

Methods TRadioButton.Init constructor Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; AnID: Integer; ATitle: PChar; X,Y,W,H: Integer; AGroup: PGroupBox);

465

466


(Override: sometimes) Constructs a radio button object with the following arguments: • P a s s e d p a r e n t w i n d o w (AParent) • C o n t r o l I D (Anld) • A s s o c i a t e d text (ATitle) • P o s i t i o n (X, Y) relative t o t h e o r i g i n o f t h e p a r e n t w i n d o w ' s c l i e n t a r e a • W i d t h (W) • H e i g h t (H) • A s s o c i a t e d g r o u p b o x (AGroup) Init sets t h e c h e c k b o x ' s Att r. Style field t o ws_Child or ws_Visible or bs_RadioButton.

TScrollBar T S c r o l l B a r o b j e c t s r e p r e s e n t s t a n d - a l o n e s c r o l l b a r c o n t r o l s . {Note: T h e s e d o n o t i n c l u d e t h e s c r o l l b a r s that a r e a t t a c h e d t o w i n d o w s . ) S c r o l l b a r s c a n b e vertical ( s c r o l l i n g u p a n d d o w n ) o r h o r i z o n t a l ( s c r o l l i n g right a n d left). M o s t o f T S c r o l l B a r ' s m e t h o d s m a n a g e t h e s c r o l l b a r ' s t h u m b position a n d range. TSc rollBa r m a i n t a i n s a set of m e t h o d s that r e s p o n d a u t o m a t i c a l l y t o t h e W i n d o w s s c r o l l b a r m e s s a g e s wm_HScroll a n d w m V S c r o l l . T h e m e t h o d s , s u c h as SBLineUp a n d SBPageDown, a r e d e f i n e d as notifybased m e t h o d s . T h e y automatically adjust the scroll bar's t h u m b position.

Fields LineMagnitude PageMagnitude

Methods Init Load DeltaPos GetClassName GetPosition GetRange


SBBottom SBLineDown SBLineUp SBPageDown SBPageUp SBThumbPosition SBThumbTrack SBTop SetPosition SetRange SetupWindow Store Transfer

Fields TScrollBar.IineMagnitude LineMagnitude: Integer; (read/write) LineMagnitude is t h e n u m b e r o f r a n g e u n i t s t o s c r o l l t h e s c r o l l b a r w h e n t h e u s e r clicks o n a s c r o l l b a r ' s a r r o w s t o r e q u e s t a s m a l l (that is, l i n e ) m o v e m e n t . B y d e f a u l t , Init sets LineMagnitude t o 1. A l s o , b y d e f a u l t , SetupWindow sets t h e s c r o l l r a n g e f r o m 0 t o 1 0 0 .

TScrollBar.PageMagnitude PageMagnitude: Integer; (read/write) PageMagnitude is t h e n u m b e r o f r a n g e u n i t s t o s c r o l l t h e s c r o l l b a r w h e n t h e u s e r r e q u e s t s a l a r g e (that i s , p a g e ) m o v e m e n t b y c l i c k i n g i n t h e s c r o l l b a r ' s scrolling area. B y d e f a u l t , Init sets PageMagnitude t o 1 0 . ( B y d e f a u l t , t h e s c r o l l r a n g e is set t o f r o m 0 t o 1 0 0 . )

Methods TScrollBar.Init constructor Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; AnID: Integer; X,Y,W,H: Integer; IsHScrollBar: Boolean);

467

468


C o n s t r u c t s a n d initializes a TScrollBar o b j e c t w i t h t h e f o l l o w i n g i n f o r m a t i o n : • Parent w i n d o w (AParent) • An ID as a c o n t r o l I D • A p o s i t i o n o f (X, Y) • A width of W • A height of H T h e s c r o l l b a r is h o r i z o n t a l (style sbs_Horz) if IsHScrollBar is T r u e a n d vertical (style sbs_Vert) if IsHScrollBar is F a l s e . If t h e r e q u e s t e d h e i g h t f o r a h o r i z o n t a l s c r o l l b a r o r t h e r e q u e s t e d w i d t h f o r a vertical s c r o l l b a r is 0, d e f a u l t v a l u e s are set. LineMagnitude is initialized t o 1 a n d PageMagnitude t o 1 0 .

TScrollBar.Load constructor Load(var S: TStream); C o n s t r u c t s a n d l o a d s a s c r o l l b a r c o n t r o l f r o m t h e s t r e a m , S, b y first s e n d i n g TControl. Load a m e s s a g e a n d t h e n r e a d i n g t h e a d d i t i o n a l fields (LineMagnitude a n d PageMagnitude) d e f i n e d b y TScrollBar.

TScrollBar.DeltaPos function DeltaPos(Delta: Integer): Integer; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) C h a n g e s t h e s c r o l l bar's t h u m b p o s i t i o n b y t h e Delta v a l u e . It s e n d s SetPosition a m e s s a g e . A n e g a t i v e v a l u e m o v e s t h e t h u m b u p o r left. T h e n e w t h u m b p o s i t i o n is returned.

TScrollBar.GetClassName function GetClassName: PChar; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : n e v e r ) R e t u r n s t h e n a m e ofTScrollBar's w i n d o w class, Scrollbar.

TScrollBar.GetPosition function GetPosition: Integer; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) R e t u r n s t h e s c r o l l bar's c u r r e n t t h u m b p o s i t i o n .


469

TScrollBar.GetRange procedure GetRange(var LoVal, HiVal: Integer); virtual; (Override: s e l d o m ) G e t s the allowed range o f scroll bar t h u m b positions in

LoVal a n d HiVal.

TScrollBar.SBBottom procedure SBBottom(var Msg: TMessage); virtual nf_First + sb_Bottom; ( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) I n r e s p o n s e t o a u s e r r e q u e s t , SBBottom sets t h e t h u m b position to the highest allowable value. This m e t h o d receives a message in response to a scroll-based message

carrying t h e c o d e sb_Bottom. S e n d s a m e s s a g e t o SetPosition.

TScrollBar.SBIineDown procedure SBLineDown(var Msg: TMessage); virtual; nf__First + sb_LineDown; ( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) M o v e s t h e t h u m b p o s i t i o n d o w n o r right byLineMagnitude. SBLineDown r e c e i v e s a m e s s a g e automatically i n r e s p o n s e t o a scrollb a s e d m e s s a g e carrying t h e c o d e sbLineDown. S e n d s SetPositiona m e s s a g e .

TScrollBar.SBLineUp procedure SBLineUp(var Msg: TMessage); virtual; nf_First + sb_Line(Jp; ( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) M o v e s t h e t h u m b p o s i t i o n u p o r left b y t h e LineMagnitude. s b L i n e U p r e c e i v e s a m e s s a g e automatically i n r e s p o n s e t o a s c r o l l - b a s e d m e s s a g e carrying t h e c o d e s b L i n e U p . S e n d s a m e s s a g e t o SetPosition.

TScrollBar.SBPageDown procedure SBPageDown(var Msg: TMessage); virtual; nf_First + sb_PageDown; ( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) M o v e s t h e t h u m b p o s i t i o n d o w n o r right b y Pag eMag n i t u d e. SBPageDown r e c e i v e s a m e s s a g e automatically i n r e s p o n s e t o a s c r o l l b a s e d m e s s a g e carrying t h e c o d e sb_PageDown. S e n d s a m e s s a g e t o SetPosition.

TScrollBar.SBPageUp procedure SBPageUp(var Msg: TMessage); virtual; nf_First + sb_PageUp; ( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) M o v e s t h e t h u m b p o s i t i o n u p o r left byPageMagnitude. SBPageUp r e c e i v e s a m e s s a g e automatically i n r e s p o n s e t o a s c r o l l - b a s e d m e s s a g e carrying t h e c o d e sb_Pagelip. S e n d s a m e s s a g e t o SetPosition.

470


TScrollBar.SBThumbPosition procedure SBThumbPosition(var Msg: TMessage); virtual; nf_First + sb_ThumbPosition; (Override: seldom) C h a n g e s the t h u m b position to position chosen by the user a n d p a s s e d i n a scroll-based m e s s a g e c a r r y i n g t h e c o d e sb_ThumbPosition. S e n d s SetPosition a m e s s a g e .

TScrollBar.SBThumbTrack procedure SBThumbTrack(var Msg: TMessage); virtual; nf__First + sb_ThumbTrack; ( O v e r r i d e : s o m e t i m e s ) C h a n g e s t h e t h u m b p o s i t i o n as t h e u s e r d r a g s t h e t h u m b . S e n d s a m e s s a g e t o SetPosition. SBThumbTrack r e c e i v e s a m e s s a g e i n r e s p o n s e t o a scroll-based m e s s a g e c a r r y i n g t h e c o d e sb_ThumbTrack.

TScrollBar.SBTop procedure SBTop(var Msg: TMessage); virtual; nf_First + sb_Top; ( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) I n r e s p o n s e t o a u s e r r e q u e s t , SBTop sets t h e t h u m b position to the lowest allowable value. SBTop r e c e i v e s a m e s s a g e i n r e s p o n s e t o a scroll-based m e s s a g e c a r r y i n g t h e c o d e s b T o p . S e n d s a m e s s a g e t o SetPosition.

TScrollBar.SetPosition procedure SetPosition(ThumbPos: Integer); virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s o m e t i m e s ) S e t s t h e scroll bar's t h u m b p o s i t i o n t o ThumbPos. • If ThumbPos is h i g h e r t h a n t h e a l l o w a b l e r a n g e , t h e t h u m b p o s i t i o n is set t o t h e h i g h e s t p o s s i b l v a l u e . • If ThumbPos is l o w e r t h a n t h e a l l o w a b l e r a n g e , t h e t h u m b is set t o t h e lowest possible value.

TScroIlBar.SetRange procedure SetRange(LoVal, HiVal: Integer); virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) S e t s t h e s c r o l l bar's a l l o w a b l e r a n g e o f t h u m b p o s i t i o n s f r o m LoVal t o HiVal.


471

TScrollBar.SetupWindow procedure SetupWindow;

virtual;

( O v e r r i d e : s o m e t i m e s ) Initializes t h e s c r o l l b a r ' s r a n g e f r o m 0 to 1 0 0 . T o o v e r r i d e this r a n g e , s e n d a m e s s a g e toSetRange.

TScrollBar.Store procedure Store(var S: TStream); S t o r e s t h e s c r o l l b a r c o n t r o l o n t h e s t r e a m , S, b y s e n d i n g a m e s s a g e to TControl. Store a n d t h e n w r i t i n g t h e fields (LineMagnitude a n d PageMagnitude) d e f i n e d b y TScrollBar.

TScrollBar.Transfer function Transfer(DataPtr: Pointer; TransferFlag: Word): Word; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s o m e t i m e s ) T r a n s f e r s t h e s c r o l l b a r ' s r a n g e a n d c u r r e n t p o s i t i o n to o r f r o m t h e m e m o r y l o c a t i o n p o i n t e d to b y DataPtr. • I f Transf erFlag is tf _GetData, a transfer r e c o r d h o l d i n g t h e r a n g e a n d p o s i t i o n is t r a n s f e r r e d to t h e m e m o r y l o c a t i o n . • If Transf erFlag is tf_SetData, t h e transfer r e c o r d at t h e m e m o r y l o c a t i o n c o n t a i n s v a l u e s that a r e u s e d to set t h e r a n g e a n d p o s i t i o n o f the scroll bar. I n b o t h c a s e s , Transfer r e t u r n s t h e n u m b e r o f b y t e s i n t h e m e m o r y location. T h e transfer r e c o r d is d e f i n e d as f o l l o w s : ScrollBarTransferRec = record LowValue: Integer; HighValue: Integer; Position: Integer; end;

TScroller TScroller o b j e c t s a r e part o f t h e Scroller field o f TWindow a n d d e s c e n d a n t objects. A TScroller o b j e c t a d d s a n a u t o m a t i c w i n d o w s c r o l l i n g m e c h a n i s m t o a window. U s u a l l y , y o u c o n s t r u c t a n d m a n i p u l a t e TScroller o b j e c t s f r o m t h e m e t h o d s o f their o w n e r w i n d o w objects.

472


Fields AutoMode AutoOrg HasHScrollBar HasVScrollBar TrackMode Window XLine XPage XPos XRange XUnit YLine YPage YPos YRange YUnit

Methods AutoScroll BeginView EndView HScroll Init IsVisibleRect Load ScrollBy ScrollTo SetPageSize SetRange SetSBarRange SetUnits Store VScroll XRangeValue (private) XScrollValue (private) YRangeValue (private) YScrollValue (private)


Fields TScrollerAutoMode AutoMode:

Boolean;

(read/write)

A u t o M o d e is T r u e if t h e s c r o l l e r is i n a u t o - s c r o l l i n g m o d e . B y d e f a u l t , A u t o M o d e is T r u e .

TScrollerAutoOrg AutoOrg:

Boolean;

A u t o O r g controls the automatic adjustment of the origin of the display context u s e d for painting the w i n d o w . • If A u t o O r g is T r u e (the d e f a u l t ) , t h e o r i g i n o f t h e P a i n t m e t h o d ' s d i s p l a y c o n t e x t is set t o t h e o r i g i n o f t h e s c r o l l e r . • If F a l s e , t h e d i s p l a y c o n t e x t ' s o r i g i n is (0,0) a n d P a i n t m u s t r e a d t h e s c r o l l b a r offsets t o d e t e r m i n e h o w t o p o s i t i o n o b j e c t s o n t h e d i s p l a y context.

TScfoller.HasHScrollBar HasHScrollBar:

Boolean;

(read/Write)

If t h e o w n e r w i n d o w h a s a h o r i z o n t a l w i n d o w s c r o l l b a r , H a s H S c r o l l B a r is True.

TScroller.HasVScrollBar HasVScrollBar:

Boolean;

(read/write)

If t h e o w n e r w i n d o w h a s a vertical w i n d o w s c r o l l b a r , H a s V S c r o l l B a r i s F a l s e .

TScroller.ThckMode TrackMode:

Boolean;

(read/write)

T r a c k M o d e is T r u e if t h e s c r o l l e r a u t o m a t i c a l l y tracks scroll-bar t h u m b m o v e ments by scrolling the w i n d o w . B y d e f a u l t , T r a c k M o d e is T r u e .

473

474


TScroller.Window Window: PWindow; ( r e a d o n l y ) W i n d o w p o i n t s t o t h e TScroller's o w n e r w i n d o w .

TScroller.XLine XLine: Integer; (readAvrite) XLine is t h e n u m b e r o f XUnit u n i t s t o s c r o l l h o r i z o n t a l l y i n r e s p o n s e t o a c l i c k o n the scroll bar arrow. T h e d e f a u l t is 1.

TScroller.XPage XPage: Integer; (read/write) XPage is t h e n u m b e r o f XUnit u n i t s t o s c r o l l h o r i z o n t a l l y i n r e s p o n s e t o a c l i c k o n t h e s c r o l l bar's t h u m b a r e a . B y d e f a u l t , XPage is e q u a l t o t h e c u r r e n t w i d t h o f t h e w i n d o w i n XUnit u n i t s . R e s i z i n g t h e w i n d o w u p d a t e s this v a l u e .

TScroller.XPos XPos: Longint; ( r e a d o n l y ) XPos is t h e scroller's c u r r e n t h o r i z o n t a l p o s i t i o n i n t e r m s o f XUnit u n i t s .

TScroUer.XRange XRange: Longint; (read o n l y ) XRange is t h e t o t a l n u m b e r o f h o r i z o n t a l XUnit u n i t s y o u c a n s c r o l l a w i n d o w . A l t h o u g h y o u specify XRange v a l u e s i n t h e Init c o n s t r u c t o r , y o u c a n m o d i f y t h e m later.

TScroller.XUnit XUnit: Integer; ( r e a d o n l y ) XUnit is t h e s m a l l e s t n u m b e r o f d e v i c e u n i t s (pixels) that t h e w i n d o w c a n b e scrolled horizontally. A l t h o u g h y o u specify XUnit v a l u e s i n t h e Init c o n s t r u c t o r , y o u c a n m o d i f y t h e m later.


TScrollef.YIine YLine: Integer; (read/write) YLine is t h e n u m b e r o f YUnit u n i t s t o s c r o l l vertically i n r e s p o n s e t o a c l i c k o n the scroll bar arrow. T h e d e f a u l t is 1.

TScroller.YPage YPage: Integer; (read/write) YPage is t h e n u m b e r o f YUnit u n i t s t o s c r o l l vertically i n r e s p o n s e t o a c l i c k o n the scroll bar's t h u m b area. B y d e f a u l t , YPage is e q u a l t o t h e c u r r e n t h e i g h t o f t h e w i n d o w i n YUnit u n i t s . R e s i z i n g t h e w i n d o w u p d a t e s this v a l u e .

TScroller.YPos YPos: Longint; ( r e a d o n l y ) Y P o s is t h e s c r o l l e r ' s c u r r e n t vertical p o s i t i o n i n t e r m s o f Y U n i t u n i t s .

TScroller.YRange YRange: Longint; ( r e a d o n l y ) YRange is t h e total n u m b e r o f vertical YUnit u n i t s t h e w i n d o w c a n b e s c r o l l e d . A l t h o u g h y o u specify YRange v a l u e s i n t h e Init c o n s t r u c t o r , y o u c a n m o d i f y t h e m later.

TScroller.YUnit YUnit: Integer; ( r e a d o n l y ) YUnit is t h e s m a l l e s t n u m b e r o f d e v i c e u n i t s (pixels) that t h e w i n d o w c a n b e vertically s c r o l l e d . A l t h o u g h y o u specify YUnit v a l u e s i n t h e Init c o n s t r u c t o r , y o u c a n m o d i f y t h e m later.

475

476


Methods TScroller.Init constructor Init(TheWindow: PWindow; TheXUnit, TheYUnit: Integer; TheXRange, TheYRange: Longint); C o n s t r u c t s a n e w TScroller o b j e c t w i t h TheWindow as t h e o w n e r w i n d o w ,

a n d TheXUnit, TheYUnit, TheXRange, a n d TheYRange fields u s i n g XUnit,

YUnit, XRange a n d YRange. Sets AutoMode a n d TrackMode t o T r u e a n d sets HasHScrollBar a n d HasVSc rollBa r, d e p e n d i n g o n t h e scroll b a r a t t r i b u t e s o f t h e o w n e r w i n d o w .

TScrollerload constructor Load(var S: TStream); C o n s t r u c t s a n d l o a d s a s c r o l l e r f r o m t h e s t r e a m , S, b y s e n d i n g a m e s s a g e t o TOb j ect. Init a n d t h e n r e a d i n g t h e TScroller f i e l d s , w i t h t h e e x c e p t i o n o f

XPage, YPage, XPos, a n d YPos.

TScroUerAutoScroll procedure AutoScroll; virtual; (Override: sometimes) D e p e n d i n g o n the position o f the m o u s e performs auto-scrolling.

cursor,

TScroller.BeginView procedure BeginView(PaintDC: HDC; var Paintlnfo: TPaintStruct); virtual; (Override: sometimes) Sets the origin o f the o w n e r w i n d o w ' s paint display c o n t e x t (PaintDC) a c c o r d i n g t o t h e c u r r e n t s c r o l l e r p o s i t i o n .

TScroller.EndView procedure EndView; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s o m e t i m e s ) U p d a t e s t h e p o s i t i o n o f t h e o w n e r w i n d o w ' s scroll b a r s s y n c h r o n i z i n g t h e m w i t h t h e p o s i t i o n o f t h e TScroller.


477

TScroller.HScroll procedure HScroll(ScrollRequest: Word; ThumbPos: Integer); virtual; (Override: never) R e s p o n d s t o horizontal scroll bar events b y c h a n g i n g the position o f the scroller a n d t h e horizontal scroll bar.

TScrollerisVisibleRect function IsVisibleRect(X, Y: Longint; XExt, YExt: Integer): Boolean; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) R e t u r n s T r u e if a n y part o f t h e r e c t a n g l e s p e c i f i e d b y t h e p a s s e d a r g u m e n t s is c u r r e n t l y v i s i b l e i n t h e o w n e r w i n d o w .

TScroller.ScrollBy procedure ScrollBy(Dx, Dy: Longint); virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) S c r o l l s b y t h e a m o u n t s s p e c i f i e d b y Dx a n d Dy. A l s o u p d a t e s the w i n d o w ' s display.

TScroller.ScrollTo procedure ScrollTo(X, Y: Longint); virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s o m e t i m e s ) S c r o l l s t o t h e p o s i t i o n s p e c i f i e d b y X a n d Y. A l s o u p d a t e s the w i n d o w ' s display.

TScroller.SetPageSize procedure SetPageSize; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s o m e t i m e s ) S e t s t h e XPage a n d YPage fields t o b e t h e o w n e r window's current width a n d height.

TScroller.SetRange procedure SetRange(TheXRange, TheYRange: Longint); virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : n e v e r ) O v e r r i d e s t h e XRange a n d YRange v a l u e s s e n t i n t h e m e s s a g e t o Init b y s e t t i n g t h e m t o TheXRange a n d TheYRange. SetRange t h e n s e n d s a m e s s a g e t o SetSBarRange t o set t h e r a n g e of t h e o w n e r w i n d o w ' s scroll bars.

478


TScroller.SetSBarRange procedure SetSBarRange; virtual; (Override: never) Sets t h e range o f the o w n e r w i n d o w ' s scroll bars b y putting t h e m i n s y n c w i t h t h e r a n g e o f t h e TScroller.

TScroller.SetUnits procedure SetUnits(TheXUnit, TheYUnit: Longint);virtual; Sets t h e XUnit a n d YUnit fields t o TheXUnit a n d TheYUnit.

TScroller.Store procedure Store(var S: TStream); S t o r e s t h e s c r o l l e r o n t h e s t r e a m S b y w r i t i n g t h e TScroller fields, w i t h t h e

e x c e p t i o n o f XPage, YPage, XPos a n d YPos.

TScroller.VScroll procedure VScroll(ScrollRequest: Word; ThumbPos: Integer); virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : n e v e r ) R e s p o n d s t o vertical s c r o l l b a r e v e n t s b y c h a n g i n g t h e p o s i t i o n o f t h e s c r o l l e r a n d t h e vertical s c r o l l b a r .

TScroller.XRangeValue Function XRangeValue (AScrollUnit : Integer) : Longint; Private m e t h o d ; u s e d i n t e r n a l l y b y TScroller O b j e c t .

TScroller.XScrollValue function XScrollValue(ARangeUnit

: LongUnit) : Integer;

Private m e t h o d ; u s e d i n t e r n a l l y b y TScroller

Object.

TScroller.YRangeValue function YRangeValue(AScrollUnit

: Integer): Longint;

Private m e t h o d ; u s e d i n t e r n a l l y b y TScroller O b j e c t .


TScroller.YScrollValue function YScrollValue(ARangeUnit

: Longint): Integer;

Private m e t h o d ; u s e d i n t e r n a l l y b y TScroller O b j e c t .

TSortedCollection TSortedCollection is a d e s c e n d a n t o f TCollection f o r i m p l e m e n t i n g collections sorted by key without duplicates. S o r t i n g is i m p l i e d b y a virtual TSortedCollection. Compare m e t h o d that y o u override in order to define your o w n element-ordering behavior. N e w i t e m s a r e i n s e r t e d a u t o m a t i c a l l y i n t h e o r d e r d e f i n e d b y t h e Compare method. Y o u c a n locate Items using the binary search method, TSortedCollection.Search. Y o u c a n a l s o o v e r r i d e t h e virtual KeyOf m e t h o d that r e t u r n s a p o i n t e r f o r Compare if Compare n e e d s a d d i t i o n a l i n f o r m a t i o n .

Fields Duplicates

Methods Init Load Compare IndexOf Insert KeyOf Search Store

Fields TSortedCollection.Duplicates Duplicates: Boolean; T h e Duplicates field d e t e r m i n e s w h e t h e r i t e m s w i t h d u p l i c a t e s k e y s a r e accepted by the stream.

479

480


• I f Duplicates is T r u e , d u p l i c a t e - k e y e n t r i e s a r e i n s e r t e d i n t o t h e collection. • I f Duplicates is F a l s e , a n e w d u p l i c a t e - k e y i t e m r e p l a c e s t h e e x i s t i n g i t e m w i t h that k e y . T h e d e f a u l t v a l u e is false.

Methods TSortedCollection.Init constructor Init(ALimit, ADelta: Integer); C o n s t r u c t s t h e TSortedCollection b a s e d o n ALimit a n d ADelta.

TSortedCollection.Load constructor Load(var S: TStream); C o n s t r u c t s a n d l o a d s a s o r t e d c o l l e c t i o n f r o m t h e s t r e a m , S, b y first s e n d i n g a m e s s a g e t o TCollection. Load. It t h e n r e a d s t h e Duplicates f i e l d .

TSortedCollection.Compare function Compare(Key1, Key2: Pointer): Integer; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : always) Compare is a n abstract m e t h o d that y o u m u s t o v e r r i d e i n all descendant types. Compare s h o u l d c o m p a r e t h e t w o k e y v a l u e s a n d r e t u r n o n e o f t h e following results: -1 if Key 1 < Key2 Oif Key1 = Key2 1 if Key1 > Key2 Key1 a n d Key2 a r e p o i n t e r v a l u e s , e x t r a c t e d f r o m t h e i r c o r r e s p o n d i n g c o l l e c t i o n i t e m s b y t h e KeyOf m e t h o d . T h e Search m e t h o d i m p l e m e n t s a b i n a r y s e a r c h t h r o u g h t h e c o l l e c t i o n ' s i t e m s u s i n g Compare t o c o m p a r e t h e items.


481

TSortedCollection.IndexOf function IndexOf(Item: Pointer): Integer; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : n e v e r ) IndexOf u s e s TSortedCollection.Search t o find t h e i n d e x of Item. I f Item isn't i n t h e c o l l e c t i o n , IndexOf r e t u r n s - 1 . F o r e x a m p l e :

if Search(KeyOf(Item), I) then IndexOf := I else IndexOf := -1;

TSortedCollection.Insert procedure Insert(Item: Pointer); virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : n e v e r ) I f t h e target i t e m isn't f o u n d i n t h e s o r t e d c o l l e c t i o n , it's i n s e r t e d at t h e c o r r e c t i n d e x p o s i t i o n . Insert s e n d s a m e s s a g e t o Search t o d e t e r m i n e w h e t h e r t h e i t e m e x i s t s , a n d if n o t , w h e r e t o insert it. F o r e x a m p l e :

if not Search(KeyOf(Item), I) then AtInsert(I, Item);

TSortedCollection.KeyOf function KeyOf(Item: Pointer): Pointer; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s o m e t i m e s ) I f it g e t s a n Item f r o m t h e c o l l e c t i o n , KeyOf s h o u l d r e t u r n t h e c o r r e s p o n d i n g k e y of t h e i t e m . T h e d e f a u l t KeyOf r e t u r n s Item. O v e r r i d e KeyOf w h e n t h e k e y of t h e i t e m isn't t h e i t e m itself.

TSortedCollection.Search function Search(Key: Pointer; var Index: Integer): Boolean; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) R e t u r n s T r u e if Item ( i d e n t i f i e d b y Key) is f o u n d i n t h e sorted collection.

If Search finds Item, Index is set t o t h e f o u n d i n d e x ; o t h e r w i s e , Index is set t o t h e i n d e x w h e r e t h e i t e m w o u l d b e p l a c e d if i n s e r t e d .

TSortedCollection.Store procedure Store(var S: TStream); S t o r e s t h e s o r t e d c o l l e c t i o n a n d all its i t e m s o n t h e s t r e a m , S, b y s e n d i n g TCollection.Store a m e s s a g e t o w r i t e t h e c o l l e c t i o n . It t h e n w r i t e s t h e Duplicates field t o t h e s t r e a m .

482


TStatic T S t a t i c is a n i n t e r f a c e o b j e c t that c o r r e s p o n d s t o a static c o n t r o l e l e m e n t i n W i n d o w s . Usually, y o u don't use T S t a t i c objects in dialog b o x e s ( T D i a l o g ) o r dialog w i n d o w s (TDlgWindow). Instead, y o u u s e t h e m to display a stand-alone static c o n t r o l as a c h i l d w i n d o w i n a n o t h e r w i n d o w ' s c l i e n t a r e a .

Fields TextLen

Methods Init InitResorce Load Clear GetClassName GetText SetText Store Transfer

Fields TStaticTextLen TextLen: Word; TextLen h o l d s t h e size o f t h e text b u f f e r f o r static c o n t r o l s . B e c a u s e o f t h e n u l l t e r m i n a t o r at t h e e n d o f t h e string, t h e n u m b e r o f c h a r a c t e r s that c a n b e s t o r e d i n t h e static c o n t r o l is o n e less t h a n TextLen. TextLen is a l s o t h e n u m b e r o f b y t e s t r a n s f e r r e d b y t h e Transf er m e t h o d .

Methods TStaticInit constructor Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; AnID: Integer; ATitle: PChar; X,Y,W,H: Integer);


( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) C o n s t r u c t s a static c o n t r o l o b j e c t w i t h t h e f o l l o w i n g information: • P a r e n t w i n d o w (AParent) • C o n t r o l ID (AnID) • T e x t (ATitle) • P o s i t i o n (X, Y) relative t o t h e o r i g i n o f t h e p a r e n t w i n d o w ' s c l i e n t a r e a • W i d t h (W) • H e i g h t (H) • T e x t l e n g t h (ATextLen) T h e static c o n t r o l is left-justified b e c a u s e Init a d d s t h e W i n d o w s style ss_Lef t t o t h e o b j e c t ' s Attr. Style field. Init a l s o r e m o v e s t h e wsJTabStop style. Init t h e n s e n d s a m e s s a g e t o DisableTransf er t o e x c l u d e TStatic o b j e c t s f r o m t h e transfer m e c h a n i s m .

TStaticInitResource constructor InitResource(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATextLen: Word);

ResourcelD,

A s s o c i a t e s a TStatic o b j e c t w i t h t h e static c o n t r o l r e s o u r c e s p e c i f i e d b y ResourcelD a n d sets t h e TextLen field t o ATextLen. S e n d s a m e s s a g e t o TControl. InitResource t o c o n s t r u c t a n d a s s o c i a t e t h e o b j e c t w i t h its static c o n t r o l r e s o u r c e .

TStatic.Load constructor Load(var S: TStream); C o n s t r u c t s a n d l o a d s a static c o n t r o l f r o m t h e s t r e a m , S, b y s e n d i n g a m e s s a g e t o TControl. Load a n d t h e n r e a d i n g t h e TextLen

TStaticClear procedure Clear; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) C l e a r s t h e static c o n t r o l ' s text.

field.

483

484


TStaticGetText function GetText(ATextString: PChar; MaxChars: Integer): Integer; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) G e t s t h e static c o n t r o l ' s text a n d stores it i n ATextString. MaxChars s p e c i f i e s t h e m a x i m u m size o f ATextString. GetText r e t u r n s t h e size o f t h e r e t r i e v e d string.

TStaticSetText procedure SetText(ATextString: PChar); virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) Sets t h e static c o n t r o l ' s text t o t h e string p a s s e d i n

ATextString.

TStaticStore procedure Store(var S: TStream); Stores t h e static c o n t r o l o n t h e s t r e a m , S, b y s e n d i n g a m e s s a g e t o TCont rol. St o re a n d t h e n w r i t i n g t h e TextLen f i e l d .

TStaticTransfer function Transfer(DataPtr: Pointer; TransferFlag: Word): Word; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s o m e t i m e s ) T r a n s f e r s TextLen c h a r a c t e r s o f t h e c u r r e n t text o f t h e static c o n t r o l t o o r f r o m t h e m e m o r y l o c a t i o n p o i n t e r t o b y D a t a P t r .

• If Transf erFlag is tf_GetData, t h e text is transferred t o t h e m e m o r y location.

• I f Transf erFlag is tf_SetData, t h e static c o n t r o l ' s text is set t o t h e text at t h e m e m o r y l o c a t i o n . Transfer r e t u r n s TextLen ( t h e n u m b e r o f bytes stored in o r retrieved f r o m the m e m o r y location).

• I f Transf erFlag is tf_SizeData, Transfer r e t u r n s t h e size o f t h e transfer d a t a .

TStrCoUection TStrCollection is a d e s c e n d a n t o f TSortedCollection f o r i m p l e m e n t i n g a s o r t e d list o f A S C I I s t r i n g s .


O v e r r i d e t h e Compare m e t h o d t o p r o v i d e c o n v e n t i o n a l l e x i c o g r a p h i c A S C I I string o r d e r i n g . Y o u c a n o v e r r i d e Compare t o a l l o w f o r o t h e r o r d e r i n g s , s u c h as those for n o n - E n g l i s h character sets.

Fields None.

Methods Compare Freeltem Getltem Putltem

Methods TStrCollection.Compare function Compare(Key1, Key2: Pointer): Integer; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s o m e t i m e s ) C o m p a r e s t h e strings Key1" a n d Key2" as f o l l o w s : Return Return Return

-1 if Key 1 < Key2 0 if Key 1 = Key2 + lifKey1 > Key2

TStrCollection.FreeItem procedure Freeltem(ltem: Pointer); virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) R e m o v e s t h e string I t e n T f r o m t h e s o r t e d c o l l e c t i o n a n d d i s p o s e s o f t h e string.

TStrCollection.GetItem function Getltem(var S: TStream): Pointer; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) B y d e f a u l t , r e a d s a string from t h e TStream b y s e n d i n g S.ReadStr a m e s s a g e .

485

486


TStrCollection.PutItem procedure Putltem(var S: TStream; Item: Pointer); virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) B y d e f a u l t , w r i t e s t h e string Item" o n t o t h e TStream b y s e n d i n g S. WriteStr a m e s s a g e .

TStream TStream is a n abstract o b j e c t that h a n d l e s p o l y m o r p h i c I/O t o a n d f r o m a storage device. T o c r e a t e y o u r o w n d e r i v e d s t r e a m o b j e c t s , o v e r r i d e t h e virtual m e t h o d s :

GetPos, GetSize, Read, Seek, Truncate, a n d Write. For example, ObjectWindows

overrides these m e t h o d s to derive

TDosStream a n d TEmsStream. F o r b u f f e r e d d e r i v e d s t r e a m s , y o u m u s t a l s o o v e r r i d e Flush.

Fields Errorlnfo Status

Methods CopyFrom Error Flush Get GetPos GetSize Init Put Read ReadStr Reset Seek StrRead StrWrite Truncate Write WriteStr


Fields TStream.EfforInfo Errorlnfo: Integer; (read/write) Errorlnf o c o n t a i n s a d d i t i o n a l i n f o r m a t i o n w h e n Status isn't stOk: Status

Error

Values

stError stlnitError stReadError stWriteError stGetError stPutError

Information

D O S o r E M S e r r o r c o d e ; if available D O S o r E M S e r r o r c o d e ; if available D O S o r E M S e r r o r c o d e ; if available D O S o r E M S e r r o r c o d e ; if a v a i l a b l e object type I D o f unregistered object type V M T d a t a s e g m e n t offset o f u n r e g i s t e r e d object type

TStream.Status Status: Integer; (read/write) I n d i c a t e s t h e c u r r e n t status o f t h e s t r e a m u s i n g t h e f o l l o w i n g e r r o r c o d e s : TStream

error

codes:

stOk

N o error

stError stlnitError stReadError

Access error C a n n o t initialize s t r e a m Read b e y o n d e n d o f stream

stWriteError stGetError stPutError

C a n n o t e x p a n d stream G e t o f unregistered object type Put o f unregistered object type

If Status isn't stOk, all o p e r a t i o n s o n t h e s t r e a m a r e s u s p e n d e d u n t i l Reset is s e n t a m e s s a g e .

Methods TStream.CopyFrom procedure CopyFrom(var S: TStream; Count: Longint); C o p y Count bytes from s t r e a m , S, t o t h e c a l l i n g s t r e a m o b j e c t . F o r e x a m p l e :

487

488


{Create a copy of entire stream} ANewStream := New(TEmsStream, Init(AnOldStreanT .GetSize)); AnOldStreanT .Seek(0); ANewStream".CopyFrom(An01dStream, AnOldStreanT .GetSize);

TStfeam.Error procedure Error(Code, Info: Integer); virtual; (Override: sometimes) Receives a message w h e n e v e r a stream error occurs. T h e d e f a u l t Error s t o r e s Code a n d Info i n t h e Status a n d Errorlnf o f i e l d s . T h e n , if t h e g l o b a l v a r i a b l e St reamE r r o r isn't n i l , it s e n d s a m e s s a g e t o t h e p r o c e d u r e p o i n t e d t o b y StreamError. A f t e r a n e r r o r h a s o c c u r r e d , all s t r e a m o p e r a t i o n s o n t h e s t r e a m a r e s u s p e n d e d u n t i l a m e s s a g e is s e n t t o Reset.

TStream.Fhish procedure Flush; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : s o m e t i m e s ) A n abstract m e t h o d y o u m u s t o v e r r i d e if y o u r d e s c e n d a n t i m p l e m e n t s a b u f f e r . T h i s m e t h o d c a n flush a n y b u f f e r s b y c l e a r i n g t h e r e a d buffer, by writing the write buffer, o r b o t h . T h e d e f a u l t Flush d o e s n ' t d o a n y t h i n g .

TStream.Get function Get: PObject; Reads an object from the stream. T h e object must have b e e n written previously t o t h e s t r e a m b y Put. • Get first r e a d s a n o b j e c t t y p e I D (a word) f r o m t h e s t r e a m . • T h e n it finds t h e c o r r e s p o n d i n g o b j e c t t y p e b y c o m p a r i n g t h e I D t o t h e Ob j Type field of all r e g i s t e r e d o b j e c t t y p e s . • Finally, it s e n d s t h e Load c o n s t r u c t o r of that o b j e c t t y p e a m e s s a g e t o create a n d load the object. If t h e o b j e c t t y p e I D r e a d f r o m t h e s t r e a m is 0, Get r e t u r n s a n i l p o i n t e r . If t h e o b j e c t t y p e I D h a s n ' t b e e n r e g i s t e r e d ( u s i n g RegisterType), Get s e n d s a m e s s a g e t o Error a n d r e t u r n s a n i l p o i n t e r . O t h e r w i s e , Get r e t u r n s a p o i n t e r to the newly created object.


TStream.GetPos function GetPos: Longint; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : always) R e t u r n s t h e v a l u e o f t h e c a l l i n g s t r e a m ' s c u r r e n t p o s i t i o n . Y o u m u s t o v e r r i d e this abstract m e t h o d .

TStream.GetSize function GetSize: Longint; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : always) R e t u r n s t h e total size o f t h e c a l l i n g s t r e a m . Y o u m u s t o v e r r i d e this abstract m e t h o d .

TStream.Init constructor Init; C r e a t e s a TStream.

TStream.Put procedure Put(P: PObject); W r i t e s a n o b j e c t t o t h e s t r e a m . Y o u c a n later r e a d t h e o b j e c t f r o m t h e s t r e a m u s i n g Get. • First Put finds t h e t y p e - r e g i s t r a t i o n r e c o r d o f t h e o b j e c t b y c o m p a r i n g t h e o b j e c t ' s V M T offset t o t h e VmtLink field o f all r e g i s t e r e d o b j e c t t y p e s ( s e e t h e TStreamRec t y p e ) . • T h e n it w r i t e s t h e o b j e c t t y p e I D ( t h e Ob j Type field o f t h e r e g i s t r a t i o n record) to the stream. • F i n a l l y it s e n d s a m e s s a g e t o t h e Store m e t h o d o f that o b j e c t t y p e i n order t o write the object. If t h e P a r g u m e n t s e n t t o Put is n i l , Put w r i t e s a w o r d c o n t a i n i n g 0 t o t h e s t r e a m . If t h e o b j e c t t y p e o f P h a s n ' t b e e n r e g i s t e r e d ( u s i n g R e g i s t e r T y p e ) , Put s e n d s a m e s s a g e t o Error a n d d o e s n ' t w r i t e a n y t h i n g t o t h e s t r e a m .

TStream.Read procedure Read(var Buf; Count: Word); virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : always) Y o u m u s t o v e r r i d e this abstract m e t h o d i n all d e s c e n d a n t types.

489

490


Read s h o u l d r e a d Count b y t e s f r o m t h e s t r e a m i n t o Buf a n d a d v a n c e t h e c u r r e n t p o s i t i o n o f t h e s t r e a m b y Count b y t e s . If a n e r r o r o c c u r s , Read s h o u l d s e n d Error a m e s s a g e , a n d fill Buf w i t h Count b y t e s o f 0.

TStream.ReadStr function ReadStr: PString; R e a d s a string f r o m t h e c u r r e n t p o s i t i o n o f t h e c a l l i n g s t r e a m , r e t u r n i n g a PString p o i n t e r . ReadStr s e n d s a m e s s a g e t o GetMem t o a l l o c a t e (Length+1) b y t e s f o r t h e string.

TStream.Reset procedure Reset; R e s e t s a n y s t r e a m e r r o r c o n d i t i o n b y s e t t i n g Status a n d Errorlnf o t o 0. T h i s m e t h o d lets y o u c o n t i n u e s t r e a m p r o c e s s i n g f o l l o w i n g a n e r r o r c o n d i t i o n that you've corrected.

TStream.Seek procedure Seek(Pos: Longint); virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : always) Y o u m u s t o v e r r i d e this abstract m e t h o d i n all d e s c e n d a n t s . Seek sets t h e c u r r e n t p o s i t i o n t o Pos b y t e s f r o m t h e start o f t h e c a l l i n g s t r e a m . T h e b e g i n n i n g o f a s t r e a m is p o s i t i o n 0.

TStream.StrRead function StrRead: PChar; R e a d s a n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d string f r o m t h e s t r e a m b y first r e a d i n g t h e l e n g t h o f t h e string a n d t h e n r e a d i n g that n u m b e r o f c h a r a c t e r s . R e t u r n s a p o i n t e r t o t h e n u l l t e r m i n a t e d string r e a d .

TStream.StfWrite function StrWrite(P: PChar); W r i t e s t h e n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d string, P, t o t h e s t r e a m b y first w r i t i n g t h e l e n g t h o f t h e string a n d t h e n w r i t i n g t h e n u m b e r o f c h a r a c t e r s .


TStream.Thincate procedure Truncate; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : always) Y o u m u s t o v e r r i d e this abstract m e t h o d i n all d e s c e n d a n t s . Truncate d e l e t e s all d a t a o n t h e c a l l i n g s t r e a m f r o m t h e c u r r e n t p o s i t i o n to the e n d .

TStream.Write procedure Write(var Buf; Count: Word); virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : always) Y o u m u s t o v e r r i d e this abstract m e t h o d i n all d e s c e n d a n t types. W r i t e s h o u l d w r i t e Count b y t e s f r o m Buf o n t o t h e s t r e a m a n d a d v a n c e t h e c u r r e n t p o s i t i o n o f t h e s t r e a m b y Count b y t e s . If a n e r r o r o c c u r s , Write s h o u l d s e n d Error a m e s s a g e .

TStream.WriteStr procedure WriteStr(P: PString); W r i t e s t h e string P" t o t h e c a l l i n g s t r e a m , b e g i n n i n g at t h e c u r r e n t p o s i t i o n .

TWindow TWindow d e f i n e s f u n d a m e n t a l b e h a v i o r f o r all w i n d o w a n d c o n t r o l o b j e c t s . O b j e c t i n s t a n c e s o f TWindow a r e e m p t y g e n e r i c w i n d o w s , w h i c h c a n define m e n u s , cursors, a n d icons.

Fields Attr DefaultProc FocusChildHandle Scroller

491

492


Methods Init InitResource Load Done Create DefWndProc GetID GetWindowClass Paint SetCaption SetupWindow Store WMActivate WMCreate WMHScroll WMLButtonDown WMMove WMPaint WMSize WMVScroll

Fields TWindow Attr Attn

TWindowAttr;

Attr h o l d s a TWindowAttr r e c o r d , w h i c h d e f i n e s a w i n d o w ' s attributes. T h e s e attributes i n c l u d e :

creation

• T h e w i n d o w ' s a s s o c i a t e d text, style, e x t e n d e d style, p o s i t i o n , a n d size • The window handle • T h e control I D T h e s e attributes t r a d i t i o n a l l y a r e set t o d e f a u l t s i n t h e o b j e c t ' s Init c o n s t r u c t o r , b u t c a n b e o v e r r i d d e n i n a d e s c e n d a n t t y p e ' s Init c o n s t r u c t o r . H e r e ' s t h e r e c o r d d e f i n i t i o n f o r TWindowAttr:


TWindowAttr = record Title: PChar; Style: Longint; ExStyle: Longint; X, Y, W, H: Integer; Param: Pointer; case Integer of 0: (Menu: HMenu); { window menu's handle or... } 1: (Id: Integer); { control's child identifier } end;

TWindow.DefaultProc DefaultProc: TFarProc; ( r e a d o n l y ) Def aultProc h o l d s t h e a d d r e s s o f t h e d e f a u l t w i n d o w p r o c e d u r e , w h i c h defines the W i n d o w s default processing for W i n d o w s messages.

TWindow.FocusChildHandle FocusChildHandle: THandle; ( r e a d o n l y ) FocusChildHandle s t o r e s t h e W i n d o w s h a n d l e t o t h e w i n d o w ' s c h i l d w i n d o w that h a d t h e f o c u s t h e last t i m e t h e w i n d o w w a s a c t i v a t e d .

TWindow.Scroller Scroller: PScroller; (read/write) Scroller h o l d s a p o i n t e r t o a TScroller o b j e c t , w h i c h is t h e w i n d o w ' s scroller, if it h a s a s c r o l l e r . Y o u s h o u l d c o n s t r u c t a scroller i n t h e w i n d o w ' s Init constructor.

Methods TWindow.Init constructor Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); (Override: often) Constructs a w i n d o w object with the parent w i n d o w sent in AParent a n d t h e a s s o c i a t e d text ( c a p t i o n f o r w i n d o w s ) s e n t i n ATitle. AParent s h o u l d b e n i l f o r m a i n w i n d o w s b e c a u s e t h e y h a v e n o p a r e n t .

493

494


T h e object's Attr.Style field is set to ws_OverlappedWindow u n l e s s t h e w i n d o w is a n MDI c h i l d w i n d o w , w h e n t h e Attr.Style field is set to ws_ClipSiblings. T h e p o s i t i o n a n d e x t e n t fields i n t h e Attr r e c o r d a r e set to d e f a u l t s s u i t a b l e f o r o v e r l a p p e d a n d p o p - u p w i n d o w s . Y o u c a n o v e r r i d e Init i n y o u r d e s c e n d a n t t y p e s as l o n g as y o u first e x p l i c i t l y s e n t Init a m e s s a g e . T h e n y o u c a n reset t h e Attr f i e l d s . B y d e f a u l t , Scroller is set to n i l .

T\Wndow.InitResource constructor InitResource(AParent: PWindowsObject; ResourcelD: Word); C o n s t r u c t s a n O b j e c t W i n d o w s o b j e c t that is a s s o c i a t e d w i t h a n i n t e r f a c e e l e m e n t (usually a c o n t r o l ) c r e a t e d by a r e s o u r c e d e f i n i t i o n . S e n d s a m e s s a g e to TWindowsOb j ect. Init.

TWindowIoad constructor Load(var S: TStream); C o n s t r u c t s a n d l o a d s a w i n d o w f r o m t h e s t r e a m , S, by first s e n d i n g TWindowsOb j ect. Load a m e s s a g e . T h e n it r e a d s a n d g e t s t h e a d d i t i o n a l fields (Attr a n d Scroller) c r e a t e d b y TWindow.

TWindow.Done destructor Done; virtual; ( O v e r r i d e : o f t e n ) D i s p o s e s o f t h e TScroller object i n Scroller, if a n y , b e f o r e s e n d i n g a m e s s a g e to TWindowsOb j ect. Done to d i s p o s e o f t h e object.

TWindow.Create function Create: Boolean; virtual; Creates the w i n d o w object's c o r r e s p o n d i n g interface e l e m e n t unless the object w a s c o n s t r u c t e d w i t h InitResource. I f t h e o b j e c t w a s c r e a t e d w i t h InitResource, t h e i n t e r f a c e e l e m e n t a l r e a d y e x i s t s . Create first s e n d s a m e s s a g e to Register to r e g i s t e r t h e w i n d o w class if it's n o t a l r e a d y r e g i s t e r e d .


495

C r e a t e t h e n creates the w i n d o w a n d sends a message to SetupWindow, w h i c h y o u c a n d e f i n e t o initialize t h e n e w l y c r e a t e d w i n d o w . If s u c c e s s f u l , C r e a t e r e t u r n s T r u e . If u n s u c c e s s f u l , it r e t u r n s F a l s e a n d calls E r r o r .

TWindow.DelWndProc procedure

DefWndProc(var

Msg:

TMessage);

virtual;

(Override: never) Sends a message to the w i n d o w ' s default procedure, w h i c h h a n d l e s d e f a u l t p r o c e s s i n g f o r i n c o m i n g W i n d o w s m e s s a g e s . It s t o r e s t h e result o f this m e s s a g e i n t h e R e s u l t field o f t h e m e s s a g e r e c o r d , Msg.

TWindow.GetID function

Getld:

Integer;

virtual;

( O v e r r i d e : s e l d o m ) R e t u r n s t h e w i n d o w i d e n t i f i e r , s u c h as a c o n t r o l I D .

TWindow.GetWindowClass procedure GetWindowClass(var

AWndClass:

TWndClass);virtual;

( O v e r r i d e : o f t e n ) Fills a w i n d o w class r e c o r d , p a s s e d i n A W n d C l a s s , w i t h d e f a u l t v a l u e s f o r its r e g i s t r a t i o n a t t r i b u t e s . T h e r e g i s t r a t i o n a t t r i b u t e s a n d d e f a u l t v a l u e s are s h o w n i n t h e f o l l o w i n g table: Attribute

Default

Value

Style f i e l d Icon Cursor Background

c s H R e d r a w or c s V R e d r a w Generic icon Stock arrow cursor C o l o r system's w i n d o w b a c k g r o u n d color

R e t r i e v e t h e n a m e o f t h e class t o b e r e g i s t e r e d b y s e n d i n g a m e s s a g e GetClassName.

TWindow.Paint procedure virtual;

Paint(PaintDC:

HDC; v a r P a i n t l n f o :

TPaintStruct);

to

496


( O v e r r i d e : o f t e n ) A c t s as a p l a c e h o l d e r f o r d e s c e n d a n t t y p e s that d e f i n e Paint m e t h o d s . Paint r e c e i v e s a m e s s a g e a u t o m a t i c a l l y i n r e s p o n s e t o a r e q u e s t (wm_Paint) f r o m W i n d o w s t o r e d i s p l a y t h e w i n d o w ' s c o n t e n t s . U s e PaintDC as t h e d i s p l a y c o n t e x t b e c a u s e it's o b t a i n e d b e f o r e t h e m e s s a g e is s e n t t o Paint, a n d r e l e a s e d after Paint. T h e Paintlnfo p a i n t structure sent contains information about the paint request.

TWindow.SetCaption procedure SetCaption

(ATitle

: PChar);

S e t s a TWindow c a p t i o n .

TWindow.SetupWindow procedure SetupWindow;

virtual;

( O v e r r i d e : o f t e n ) Sets u p t h e n e w l y c r e a t e d w i n d o w . I f t h e w i n d o w is a n MDI c h i l d w i n d o w , SetupWindow s e n d s a m e s s a g e t o SetFocus t o g i v e t h e n e w w i n d o w t h e f o c u s . I f t h e w i n d o w h a s a s c r o l l e r o b j e c t , SetupWindow s e n d s a m e s s a g e t o SetSBarRange t o set t h e r a n g e o f its s c r o l l b a r s .

TWindow.Store procedure Store(var S: TStream); S t o r e s t h e w i n d o w o n t h e s t r e a m , S, b y s e n d i n g a m e s s a g e t o TWindowsOb j ect .Store a n d t h e n w r i t i n g a n d p u t t i n g t h e a d d i t i o n a l fields (Attr a n d Scroller) i n t r o d u c e d b y TWindow.

TWindow.WMActivate procedure WMActivate(var Msg: TMessage); virtual wm_First + wm_Activate; ( O v e r r i d e : s o m e t i m e s ) F o r w i n d o w s that i n t e r c e p t k e y b o a r d m e s s a g e s f o r its c o n t r o l s , WMAc t i vat e r e s p o n d s t o t h e w i n d o w that l o s e s a n d r e c e i v e s t h e f o c u s b y s a v i n g t h e h a n d l e o f t h e c h i l d c o n t r o l that c u r r e n t l y h a s t h e f o c u s i n FocusChildHandle a n d r e s t o r i n g t h e f o c u s .


497

TWindow.WMCreate p r o c e d u r e WMCreate(var Msg:

TMessage);

virtual;

wm_First

+ wm_Create;

R e s p o n d s t o t h e w m C r e a t e m e s s a g e b y s e n d i n g m e s s a g e s first t o S e t u p W i n d o w a n d t h e n D e f W n d P r o c . B e c a u s e w i n d o w c r e a t i o n is h a n d l e d differently u n d e r ObjectWindows than u n d e r W i n d o w s , the w m C r e a t e message needs to b e t r a p p e d a n d u s e d t o set u p w i n d o w o b j e c t a t t r i b u t e s .

TWindow.WMHScroll procedure WMHScroll(var wm_First

Msg:

TMessage);

virtual;

+ wm_HScroll;

(Sometimes) For w i n d o w s with scrollers, WMHScroll r e s p o n d s to horizontalw i n d o w s c r o l l b a r e v e n t s b y s e n d i n g m e s s a g e s t o t h e s c r o l l e r ' s HSc r o l l m e t h o d and DefWndProc.

TWindow.WMLButtonDown p r o c e d u r e WMLButtonDown(var Msg: w m _ F i r s t + wm_LButtonDown;

TMessage);

virtual;

( O v e r r i d e : s o m e t i m e s ) F o r w i n d o w s w i t h auto-scrolling scrollers, WMLButtonDown r e s p o n d s t o a left m o u s e - b u t t o n c l i c k b y c a p t u r i n g all f u t u r e m o u s e i n p u t u n t i l t h e m o u s e b u t t o n is r e l e a s e d . It a l s o instructs W i n d o w s t o s e n d w m T i m e r m e s s a g e s w h i l e t h e m o u s e b u t t o n is d o w n . If y o u p l a n t o o v e r r i d e this m e t h o d t o p r o c e s s m o u s e c l i c k s , b u t still p l a n t o u s e a u t o - s c r o l l i n g , b e s u r e t o s e n d a m e s s a g e t o this m e t h o d f r o m y o u r WMLButtonDown m e t h o d .

TWindow.WMMove p r o c e d u r e WMMove(var M s g :

TMsg);

virtual;

wm_First

+ wm_Move;

U p d a t e s A t t r . X a n d A t t r . Y w h e n t h e wm_Move m e s s a g e is r e c e i v e d . If t h e w i n d o w is i c o n i c o r z o o m e d , t h e m e s s a g e is i g n o r e d .

498


TWindow.WMPaint p r o c e d u r e W M P a i n t ( v a r Msg:

TMessage);

virtual;

wm_First

+ wm_Paint

(Override: seldom) R e s p o n d s to the W i n d o w s wm_Paint message by sending a message to the w i n d o w object's P a i n t m e t h o d . If the w i n d o w has a scroller, WMPaint sends a message t o B e g i n V i e w before sending messages to P a i n t a n d EndView after sending P a i n t a message.

TWindow.WMSize p r o c e d u r e W M S i z e ( v a r Msg:

TMessage);

virtual;

wm_First

+

wm_Size; (Override: sometimes) For w i n d o w s with scrollers, WMSize responds to a window-sizing event by sending a message to S e t P a g e S i z e to adjust in response to the n e w w i n d o w size.

TWindow.WMVScroll p r o c e d u r e W M V S c r o l l ( v a r Msg: wm_VScroll;

TMessage);

virtual;

wm_First

+

(Override: sometimes) For w i n d o w s with scrollers, W M V S c r o l l responds to vertical-window scroll bar events by sending messages to the scroller's V S c r o l l m e t h o d and DefWndProc.

B REFERENCE

OBJECTWINDOWS CONSTANTS

bfXXXX Constants Buttons, check boxes, and radio-button objects use bf _ constants to define t h e i r t h r e e p o s s i b l e states. ObjectWindows defines the following button-flag constants: Constant

Value

bfJUnchecked bf_Checked bf_Grayed

0 1 2

Meaning I t e m is u n c h e c k e d I t e m is c h e c k e d I t e m is g r a y e d

cmXXXX Constants O b j e c t W i n d o w s c o n t a i n s several c o n s t a n t s that d e f i n e t h e r a n g e s o f c o m m a n d message constants:

500


Constant

Value

Meaning

cmJFirst

$A000

Beginning of c o m m a n d

cm_Count

$6000

messages Number of command

cmlnternal

$FF00

messages Beginning of c o m m a n d messages reserved for internal use. cm_Internal - c m F i r s t

cmJReserved

O b j e c t W i n d o w s defines cm_ constants for three standard m e n u s ; File, Edit, a n d W i n d o w : Constant

Value

cmReserved cmEditCut cmEditCopy cmEditPaste cm_EditDelete cmEditClear cmEditUndo cm_EditFind cmEditReplace cmEditFindNext cmFileNew cm_FileOpen cmMDIFileNew cmMDIFileOpen cm_FileSave cm_FileSaveAs cm_ArrangeIcons

cmlnternal cmReserved cmReserved cmReserved cmReserved cmReserved cmReserved cmReserved cmReserved cmReserved cmReserved cmReserved cmReserved cmReserved cmReserved cm_Reserved cmReserved

Menu cmFirst; + 0 4- 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 7 + 8 + 9 + 10 +11 + 12 +13 + 14 +15

Equivalent

cm_TileChildren

c m R e s e r v e d + 16

None Edit | C u t Edit | C o p y Edit | Paste Edit | D e l e t e Edit | C l e a r Edit | U n d o Search | Find Search | Replace Search | Search Again File | N e w File | O p e n File | N e w File | O p e n File | S a v e File | S a v e A s Window | A r r a n g e Icons Window | T i l e

cmCascadeChildren cmCloseChildren cmCreateChild c m Exit

cmReserved cmReserved cmReserved c m Reserved

Window | C a s c a d e Window | C l o s e A l l Window | O p e n File I Exit

+ + + +

17 18 19 20

B — ObjectWindows Constants

coXXXX Constants c o X X X X c o n s t a n t s are s e n t as t h e C o d e p a r a m e t e r t o t h e T C o l l e c t i o n . E r r o r m e t h o d w h e n a T C o l l e c t i o n object detects an error during an operation. O b j e c t W i n d o w s d e f i n e s t h e f o l l o w i n g s t a n d a r d e r r o r c o d e s f o r all ObjectWindows collections: Error

Code

Value

Meaning

Error

Origin

eolndexError

-1

Index out of range

coOverflow

-2

Collection overflow

The I n f o parameter passed to the E r r o r m e t h o d contains the invalid index. S e t L i m i t failed to expand the collection to the requested size.

The I n f o parameter passed to the E r r o r m e t h o d contains the requested size.

emXXXX Constants S e v e r a l s t a n d a r d e r r o r c o n d i t i o n s are f l a g g e d b y O b j e c t W i n d o w s c o n s t a n t s starting w i t h e m _ . O b j e c t W i n d o w s d e f i n e s t h e f o l l o w i n g e r r o r flags: Constant

Value

em_OutOfMemory

-2

em_InvalidClient

-3

emlnvalidChild

-4

em_InvalidWindow

-1

emlnvalidMainWindow

-5

Meaning A memory allocation used the safety p o o l . A n M D I client w i n d o w c o u l d not be created. O n e or more of the window's c h i l d r e n is n o t v a l i d . Window is invalid b e c a u s e C r e a t e did not succeed. Main w i n d o w could not be created.

501

502


id XXXX Constants O b j e c t W i n d o w s has several c o n s t a n t s that d e f i n e t h e ranges

o f child I D

messages: Constant

Value

Meaning

id_First

$8000

Start o f c h i l d I D m e s s a g e s

id_Count

$ 1000

idReserved idlnternalOffset idFirstMDIChild id_MDIClient

$8F00 idlnternal - idFirst; id_InternalOffset + 1 id J n t e r n a l O f f s e t + 2

N u m b e r o f child I D messages R e s e r v e d f o r internal u s e I n t e r n a l offset Base for child I D numbers Child I D number of the M D I client w i n d o w

nf XXXX Constants O b j e c t W i n d o w s h a s several c o n s t a n t s that d e f i n e t h e r a n g e s o f n o t i f i c a t i o n messages: Constant

Value

nfFirst nfCount nflnternal

$9000 $1000 $9F00

Meaning Beginning o f notification messages N u m b e r o f notification messages Beginning o f notification messages reserved for internal u s e

stXXXX Constants T w o sets o f c o n s t a n t s b e g i n w i t h S t . T h e s e are u s e d b y t h e O b j e c t W i n d o w s streams system. TDosStream a n d TBufStream u s e t h e f o l l o w i n g s t r e a m - a c c e s s - m o d e c o n s t a n t s t o d e t e r m i n e t h e file-access m o d e f o r a file that is o p e n e d f o r a n ObjectWindows stream: Constant

Value

stCreate stOpenRead stOpenWrite stOpen

$3C00 $3D00 $3D01 $3D02

Meaning C r e a t e n e w file O p e n a file f o r reading o n l y O p e n a file for w r i t i n g o n l y O p e n a file for reading a n d w r i t i n g

B — ObjectWindows Constants

T h e f o l l o w i n g v a l u e s are returned b y T S t r e a m . E r r o r in t h e T S t r e a m . E r r o r l n f o field w h e n a s t r e a m error o c c u r s : Error

Code

Value

stOk

0

Meaning N o error

stError

-1

A c c e s s error

stlnitError stReadError stWriteError stGetError stPutError

-2 -3 -4 -5 -6

C a n n o t initialize t h e s t r e a m Read b e y o n d e n d of stream C a n n o t e x p a n d the stream G e t unregistered object type Put unregistered object type

tfXXXX Constants T h e T r a n s f e r m e t h o d u s e s flag c o n s t a n t s b e g i n n i n g w i t h t f _ . O b j e c t W i n d o w s d e f i n e s t h e f o l l o w i n g transfer f u n c t i o n c o n s t a n t s : Constant

Value

tfSizeData

0

tfGetData tf_SetData

1 2

Meaning D e t e r m i n e t h e size o f d a t a t r a n s f e r r e d b y t h e object G e t data from the object S e n d d a t a t o set t h e v a l u e o f t h e o b j e c t

wb_XXXX Constants T h e F l a g s field in TWindowsOb j e c t is a b i t - m a p p e d field. Y o u c a n a c c e s s t h e s e bits w i t h c o n s t a n t s b e g i n n i n g w i t h wb_. ObjectWindows defines the following values: Constant

Value

Meaning

wbKeyboardHandler

$01

Window

wbFromResource wbAutoCreate

$02 $04

wb_MDIChild wbTransfer

$08 $10

If

Set

handles

k e y e v e n t s like a

dialog. Dialog was loaded from a resource. Window is c r e a t e d w h e n p a r e n t w i n d o w is c r e a t e d . Window is a n M D I c h i l d w i n d o w . Window participates in t h e T r a n s f e r m e c h a n i s m . B y d e f a u l t , this bit is set b y I n i t R e s o u r c e a n d c l e a r e d b y Init.

503

504


wmXXXX Constants O b j e c t W i n d o w s h a s several c o n s t a n t s related to s t a n d a r d Windows messages. T h e s e d e f i n e the ranges o f m e s s a g e s that are reserved f o r Windows. O b j e c t W i n d o w s d e f i n e s the f o l l o w i n g w i n d o w m e s s a g e c o n s t a n t s : Constant

Value

wmFirst wm_Count

$0000 $8000

Meaning B e g i n n i n g o f Windows messages N u m b e r o f Windows messages

c

REFERENCE

OBJECTWINDOWS PROCEDURES AND FUNCTIONS

O b j e c t W i n d o w s h a s a n u m b e r o f p r o c e d u r e s a n d f u n c t i o n s that are separate f r o m t h e O b j e c t W i n d o w s o b j e c t s . T h e s e p r o c e d u r e s a n d f u n c t i o n s are d e f i n e d in this r e f e r e n c e c h a p t e r . Abstract AllocMultiSel DisposeStr FreeMultiSel GetObj ectPtr LongDiv LongMul LowMemory MemAlloc NewStr RegisterType RegisterWObj ects RestoreMemory

procedure function procedure procedure function function function function function function procedure procedure procedure

506


Abstract C a l l i n g this p r o c e d u r e t e r m i n a t e s t h e p r o g r a m w i t h r u n - t i m e e r r o r 2 1 1 . procedure Abstract; U s e t h e Abstract p r o c e d u r e w h e n y o u i m p l e m e n t abstract o b j e c t t y p e s t o e n s u r e that d e s c e n d a n t t y p e s o v e r r i d e virtual a n c e s t o r b e h a v i o r .

AllocMultiSel A l l o c a t e s a TMultiSelRec w i t h Count s e l e c t i o n s a n d sufficient s p a c e i n t h e Selections f i e l d t o h o l d Count s e l e c t i o n s (O..Count-l). function AllocMultiSel(Count:

Integer): PMultiSelRec;

R e t u r n s n i l if t h e r e is n o t e n o u g h m e m o r y t o a l l o c a t e t h e e n t i r e r e c o r d .

DisposeStr A m e m o r y - m a n a g e m e n t p r o c e d u r e ; d e s t r o y s t h e string p o i n t e d t o b y P. procedure DisposeStr(P: PString);

FreeMultiSel F r e e s a TMultiSelRec r e c o r d a l l o c a t e d b y AllocMultiSel. procedure FreeMultiSel(P: PMultiSelRec);

GetObjectPtr A memory-management function. Returns a pointer to the Windows object specified by H W i n d o w . function GetObjectPtr(HWindow:

HWnd): PWindowsObject;

C — O b j e c t W i n d o w s Procedures a n d Functions

LongDiv A n optimized inline assembly-coded function for handling integer division. R e t u r n s t h e i n t e g e r v a l u e X/Y. function LongDiv(X: Longint; Y: Integer): Integer; inline($59/$58/$5A/$F7/$F9);

LongMul A n o p t i m i z e d , in-line assembly-coded multiplication f u n c t i o n . Returns the l o n g i n t e g e r v a l u e X * Y. function longmul(X, Y: Integer): Longint; inline($5A/$58/$f7/$EA);

LowMemory If a m e m o r y a l l o c a t i o n u s e s m e m o r y i n t h e safety p o o l at t h e e n d o f t h e h e a p , LowMemory r e t u r n s T r u e . T h e safety p o o l size is d e t e r m i n e d b y t h e Saf etyPoolSize v a r i a b l e . R e s o u r c e s a n d a p p l i c a t i o n s that u s e m u c h m e m o r y ( s u c h as c o m p l e x d i a l o g b o x e s ) s h o u l d b e p r o g r a m m e d t o c h e c k LowMemory t o e n s u r e that t h e i r m e m o r y d e m a n d d o e s n o t e x c e e d available m e m o r y . function LowMemory: Boolean;

MemAlloc A l l o c a t e s Size b y t e s o f m e m o r y o n t h e h e a p a n d r e t u r n s a p o i n t e r t o t h e a l l o c a t e d b l o c k . I f t h e r e q u e s t e d b l o c k c a n n o t b e a l l o c a t e d , MemAlloc r e t u r n s nil. function MemAlloc(Size: Word): Pointer; MemAlloc d o e s n o t a l l o w t h e a l l o c a t i o n t o u s e t h e safety p o o l . Y o u c a n d i s p o s e o f a b l o c k a l l o c a t e d b y MemAlloc u s i n g t h e s t a n d a r d p r o c e d u r e FreeMem.

507

508


NewStr A m e m o r y - m a n a g e m e n t f u n c t i o n . C r e a t e s s p a c e f o r a n e w string a n d r e t u r n s a p o i n t e r t o it. function Newstr(S: String): PString;

RegisterType If a n O b j e c t W i n d o w s t y p e is u s e d i n s t r e a m i n p u t a n d o u t p u t , y o u m u s t r e g i s t e r t h e o b j e c t t y p e u s i n g this m e t h o d . procedure RegisterType(var S: TStreamRec); S t a n d a r d object t y p e s a r e p r e r e g i s t e r e d w i t h Ob j Type v a l u e s i n t h e reserved range 0..99. RegisterType c r e a t e s a n e n t r y i n a l i n k e d list o f TStreamRec r e c o r d s .

RegisterWObjects A stream p r o c e d u r e u s e d t o register W O b j e c t s . procedure

RegisterWObjects;

RestoreMemory A m e m o r y - m a n a g e m e n t p r o c e d u r e . R e - e s t a b l i s h e s t h e m e m o r y state that existed before a n attempt to execute another program (using W i n E x e c ) . procedure

RestoreMemory;

D

REFERENCE

OBJECTWINDOWS RECORDS

LongRec PtrRec TDialogAttr TMessage TMultiSelRec TScrollBarTransferRec TStreamRec TWindowAttr WordRec

LongRec L o n g R e c i s a record

type f o r h a n d l i n g d o u b l e - w o r d - l e n g t h v a r i a b l e s .

LongRec = record Lo, Hi: Word; end;

510


PtrRec PtrRec holds the offset and segment values of a pointer. PtrRec = record Ofs, Seg: Word; end;

TDialogAttr TDialogAttr holds attribute values for TDialog objects. TDialogAttr = record Name: PChar; Param: Longint; end;

TMessage T h e m e s s a g e - p r o c e s s i n g l o o p in TApplication stores Windows message information in TMessage records. This information is p a s s e d to t h e a p p r o p r i a t e message-response method. TMessage = record Receiver: HWnd; Message: Word; case Integer of 0: (WParam: Word; LParam: Longint; Result: Longint); 1: (WParamLo: Byte; WParamHi: Byte; LParamLo: Word; LParamHi: Word; ResultLo: Word; ResultHi: Word); end;

D — O b j e c t W i n d o w s Records

TMultiSelRec TMultiSelRec h o l d s a list o f s e l e c t e d i t e m s for transfer t o or f r o m a m u l t i p l e s e l e c t i o n list box.

TMultiSelRec = record Count: Integer; Selections: array[0..0] of Integer; end; • Count i n d i c a t e s t h e n u m b e r o f s e l e c t e d i t e m s .

• Selections is a n o p e n - e n d e d array o f i n t e g e r s . U s i n g AllocMultiSel, y o u c a n a l l o c a t e a r e c o r d w i t h e n o u g h s e l e c t i o n i t e m s t o a c c o m m o d a t e all list-box i t e m s .

TSaollBarHransferRec B e f o r e y o u c a n l o a d or s t o r e o b j e c t s o n a TStream, y o u m u s t r e g i s t e r a n y O b j e c t W i n d o w s o b j e c t t y p e s u s i n g a TStreamRec.

{ TScrollBar transfer record } TScrollBarTransferRec = record LowValue: Integer; HighValue: Integer; Position: Integer; end;

TStreamRec T h e Regist erType p r o c e d u r e registers a n o b j e c t t y p e b y s e t t i n g a TSt reamRec r e c o r d for it.

TStreamRec = record ObjType: Word; VmtLink: Word; Load: Pointer; Store: Pointer; Next: Word; end;

511

512


T h e fields i n t h e s t r e a m - r e g i s t r a t i o n r e c o r d are d e f i n e d as f o l l o w s : Field

Contents

ObjType

U n i q u e n u m e r i c a l ID f o r t h e o b j e c t t y p e

VmtLink

Link to the object type's virtual-method table entry

Load

Pointer to the object type's Load constructor

Store

P o i n t e r t o t h e o b j e c t t y p e ' s Store m e t h o d

Next

P o i n t e r t o t h e n e x t TSt reamRec

O b j e c t W i n d o w s reserves o b j e c t - t y p e I D s ( O b j T y p e ) w i t h v a l u e s f r o m 0 t o 9 9 9 for its o w n u s e . Y o u c a n d e f i n e y o u r o w n o b j e c t - t y p e I D s i n t h e r a n g e 1,000 to 65,535. B y c o n v e n t i o n , a TSt reamRec f o r a Txxxx o b j e c t t y p e is c a l l e d Rxxxx. F o r e x a m p l e , t h e TStreamRec f o r a TCalculator t y p e is c a l l e d RCalculator:

type TCalculator = object(TDialog) constructor Load(var S: TStream); procedure Store(var S: TStream); end; const RCalculator: TStreamRec = ( ObjType: 2099; VmtLink: Ofs(TypeOf(TCalculator) ); Load: @TCalculator.Load; Store: @TCalculator.Store); begin A

RegisterType(RCalculator); end;

TWindowAttr TWindow o b j e c t s d e f i n e t h e i r attributes i n TWindowAttr r e c o r d s .

TWindowAttr = record Title: PChar; Style: Longint; ExStyle: Longint; X, Y, W, H: Integer;

D—ObjectWindows Records

Param: Pointer; case Integer of 0: (Menu: HMenu); 1: (Id: Integer); end;

{ window menu's handle or... } { control's child identifier }

WordRec WordRec is a utility record that lets you access the Lo and Hi bytes of a word. WordRec = record Lo, Hi: Byte; end;

513

E REFERENCE

THE

WINCRT UNIT

T h e T u r b o Pascal f o r Windows W i n C r t u n i t implements a t e r m i n a l - l i k e text s c r e e n in a w i n d o w . If y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n u s e s W i n C r t , it d o e s n o t have t o c o n t a i n a n y Windows-specific c o d e . T h i s u n i t is u s e f u l f o r reimplementing existing T u r b o Pascal t e x t - b a s e d a p p l i c a t i o n s i n Windows, w i t h o u t a d d i n g m u c h extra code. T o u s e t h e W i n C r t u n i t , i n c l u d e it i n y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n ' s u s e s c l a u s e : uses

WinCrt;

Table

E.l.

WinCrt procedures

Procedure

or Function

and

functions.

Value

AssignCrt

A s s o c i a t e s a text file w i t h t h e C R T window

ClrEol

C l e a r s all c h a r a c t e r s f r o m t h e c u r r e n t cursor position to t h e e n d of t h e line

ClrScr

C l e a r s t h e s c r e e n a n d returns c u r s o r t o t h e u p p e r - l e f t c o r n e r o f the s c r e e n

CursorTo

M o v e s the c u r s o r to the s p e c i f i e d c o o r d i n a t e s i n a virtual s c r e e n

DoneWinCrt

D e s t r o y s the C R T w i n d o w continues

516


Table

E.l.

Procedure

continued or

Function

GotoXY

Value Moves t h e cursor to t h e specified c o o r d i n a t e s in a virtual s c r e e n

InitWinCrt

Creates the C R T w i n d o w

KeyPressed

Returns True w h e n t h e user presses a key

ReadBuf

Inputs o n e line from t h e C R T w i n d o w

ReadKey

Reads o n e character from t h e keyboard

ScrollTo

Scrolls t h e C R T w i n d o w to a specific screen location Scrolls t h e C R T w i n d o w to k e e p cursor visible

TrackCursor WhereX

Returns t h e X coordinate o f t h e current cursor location

WhereY

Returns the Y coordinate of t h e current cursor location

WriteBuf

Writes a b l o c k o f c h a r a c t e r s t o t h e C R T window

WriteChar

Writes

o n e character to t h e C R T w i n d o w

AssignCrt A s s o c i a t e s a text file w i t h t h e C R T w i n d o w .

procedure AssignCrt(var F: Text); For example:

program sample; uses WinCrt; var AScreenFile: Text; begin AssignCRT(AScreenFile);

E — T h e WinCrt Unit

Rewrite(AScreenFile); Writeln(AScreenFile, AScreenFile to screen.'); Close(AScreenFile); end. 1

ClrEol C l e a r s all t h e c h a r a c t e r s f r o m t h e c u r s o r p o s i t i o n t o t h e e n d o f t h e l i n e w i t h o u t moving the cursor.

procedure ClrEol; For example:

program sample; uses WinCrt; begin Writeln('String here.'); Writeln('Press a k e y . . . ) ; Readln; CursorTo(16,10); ClrEol; end. 1

ClrScr Clears the screen a n d returns the cursor to the upper-left corner o f the screen.

procedure ClrScr; For example:

program sample; uses WinCrt; begin Writeln('Hi. Press a key...'); Readln; ClrScr; end.

517

518


CursorTo M o v e s t h e c u r s o r t o t h e s p e c i f i e d c o o r d i n a t e s i n a virtual s c r e e n .

procedure CursorTo(X, Y: Integer); T h e u p p e r - l e f t c o r n e r o f t h e C R T w i n d o w is r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h e c o o r d i n a t e s 0,0. CursorTo sets t h e Cursor v a r i a b l e t o (X,Y). F o r e x a m p l e :

program sample; uses WinCrt; begin CursorTo(18,15); Writeln( 18/15 coordinates. ); end. 1

1

DoneWinCrt Destroys any existing C R T .

procedure DoneWinCrt; C a l l i n g DoneWinCrt b e f o r e a n a p p l i c a t i o n t e r m i n a t e s p r e v e n t s t h e C R T w i n d o w f r o m e n t e r i n g a n i n a c t i v e state. F o r e x a m p l e :

program sample; uses WinCrt; begin Writeln('This is a CRT window.'); Writeln('Return. ); Readln; DoneWinCRT; Writeln('This is another CRT window.'); end. 1


GotoXY M o v e s t h e c u r s o r t o t h e s p e c i f i e d c o o r d i n a t e s w i t h a virtual s c r e e n .

procedure GotoXY(X, Y: Integer); T h e upper-left corner o f the virtual screen corresponds to the c o o r d i n a t e s 1,1. U s e CursorTo r a t h e r t h a n GotoXY w h e n y o u d e v e l o p n e w W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n s . GotoXY is available strictly f o r c o m p a t i b i l i t y w i t h t h e C r t u n i t o f D O S - b a s e d T u r b o Pascal. F o r e x a m p l e :

program sample; uses WinCrt; begin GotoXY(20,20); Writeln('Hi'); end.

InitWinCrt Creates the C R T window.

procedure InitWinCrt; Ifyou u s e Read, Readln, Write, o r Writ eln i n a file that h a s b e e n a s s i g n e d t o t h e C R T , InitWinCrt is c a l l e d automatically f o r you. F o r e x a m p l e :

program sample; uses Strings, WinCrt, WinDOS; begin StrCopy(WindowTitle,'CRT Window created by InitWinCRT.'); InitWinCRT; end.

519

520


KeyPressed D e c i d e s w h e t h e r t h e u s e r has p r e s s e d a k e y . function KeyPressed: Boolean; U s e Re ad Key t o read t h e k e y . Return

Value

True

I f a k e y has b e e n p r e s s e d

False

I f a k e y has n o t b e e n p r e s s e d

For example: program sample; uses WinCrt; begin repeat Write('A continuous string'); until KeyPressed; end.

ReadBuf I n p u t s a l i n e from t h e C R T w i n d o w . function ReadBuf(Buffer: PChar; Count: Word): Word; Buffer p o i n t s t o a l i n e b u f f e r that has s p a c e for Count n u m b e r o f c h a r a c t e r s . Count holds t h e n u m b e r o f c h a r a c t e r s t o read in t h e b u f f e r . U p t o Count - 2 c h a r a c t e r s c a n b e inserted. A n e n d - o f - l i n e m a r k e r (a # 1 3 f o l l o w e d b y a # 10) is a u t o m a t i c a l l y a p p e n d e d t o t h e l i n e w h e n t h e u s e r p r e s s e s E n t e r ( R e t u r n ) . T h e c o m m a n d returns t h e n u m b e r o f c h a r a c t e r s read, including t h e e n d - o f - l i n e o r end-of-file m a r k e r . F o r e x a m p l e : program sample; uses WinCrt; var


Chars: PChar; begin GetMem(Chars, 20); Chars := #20#0#0#0#0#0#0#0#0#0#0#0#0#0#0#0#0#0#0#0; Writeln( Enter a phrase:'); ReadBuf(Chars, 20); Writeln(' You entered: '); Writeln(Chars); end. 1

ReadKey Reads a character from the keyboard.

function ReadKey: Char; T h e c h a r a c t e r is n o t e c h o e d o n t h e s c r e e n . F o r e x a m p l e :

program sample; uses WinCrt; var AChar: Char; begin Writeln('Press a key'); AChar := Readkey; Writeln(' You pressed ', AChar, ' . ' ) ; end.

ScrollTo S c r o l l s t h e C R T w i n d o w t o d i s p l a y t h e virtual s c r e e n l o c a t i o n s p e c i f i e d b y X,Y in the upper-left corner.

procedure ScrollTo(X, Y: Integer); T h e upper-left corner of the virtual screen c o r r e s p o n d s coordinates 0,0. For e x a m p l e :

to

the

521

522


program sample; uses WinCrt; begin GotoXY(10,20); Writeln('Hi'); Writeln( Enter a line and Return.'); Readln; ScrollTo(0,8); end. 1

TrackCursor S c r o l l s t h e C R T w i n d o w if n e c e s s a r y t o m a k e t h e c u r s o r v i s i b l e .

procedure TrackCursor; For example:

program sample; uses WinCrt; var I: integer; begin for I := 1 to 20 do Write('CursoR'); TrackCursor; Readln; end.

WhereX Returns the X coordinate of the current cursor position,

function WhereX: Integer;


For example: program sample; uses WinCrt; begin Writeln(WhereX,

'WhereX. ); 1

end.

WhereY Returns the Y coordinate o f the current cursor position. function WhereY:

Integer;

For example: program sample; uses WinCrt; begin Writeln(WhereY,

'WhereY. ); 1

end.

ffiiteBuf Writes a specified b l o c k o f characters t o the C R T w i n d o w , procedure WriteBuf(Buffer:

PChar;

Count:

Word);

B u f f e r p o i n t s t o t h e first c h a r a c t e r i n t h e b l o c k . C o u n t h o l d s t h e n u m b e r of characters to write to the buffer. If A u t o T r a c k i n g is o n , t h e C R T w i n d o w scrolls t o m a k e c e r t a i n that t h e c u r s o r is visible after w r i t i n g t h e b l o c k o f c h a r a c t e r s . F o r e x a m p l e :

523

524


program sample; uses WinCrt; var ABuffer: PChar; begin GetMem(ABuffer, 100); ABuffer := 'WriteBuf'; WriteBuf(ABuffer, 100); end.

WtiteChar Writes o n e character to the C R T w i n d o w .

procedure WriteChar(Ch: Char); For example:

program sample; uses WinCrt; begin WriteChar( F ); end. 1

1

F REFERENCE

A WINCRT EXAMPLE T h e f o l l o w i n g a p p l i c a t i o n i m p l e m e n t s a m i n i b r o w s e r that traces a h i e r a r c h y o f o b j e c t s i n e i t h e r T u r b o Pascal o r C + + . It w a s o r i g i n a l l y w r i t t e n i n T u r b o Pascal f o r D O S , b u t r e q u i r e d a l m o s t n o c h a n g e s t o b e c o m p i l e d w i t h T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s a n d r u n as a W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n . T h e m a i n a d d i t i o n t o this v e r s i o n is t h e W i n C r t u n i t , w h i c h i m p l e m e n t s a text w i n d o w i n W i n d o w s f o r t h e a p p l i c a t i o n ' s o u t p u t . T h e a p p l i c a t i o n is far f r o m c o m p l e t e a n d c o u l d u s e m a n y a d d i t i o n s t o b e u s e f u l as a b r o w s e r , b u t it illustrates h o w a t y p i c a l T u r b o Pascal D O S - b a s e d ( a n d o b j e c t - o r i e n t e d ) a p p l i c a t i o n c a n b e r u n (with little m o d i f i c a t i o n ) i n W i n d o w s . It u s e s o b j e c t - o r i e n t e d t e c h n i q u e s , b u t n o t t h e O b j e c t W i n d o w s library. T h e application consists o f a m a i n m o d u l e a n d t w o units (nodes2 a n d cell list), w h i c h are p r i n t e d h e r e . This minibrowser m o d u l e reconstructs an object hierarchy from either Pascal or C + + source c o d e . T h e reconstruction p r o b l e m c a n b e dissected into several s m a l l e r p r o b l e m s : • Getting a "key" object from a user • S e a r c h i n g a s p e c i f i e d p r o j e c t ' s files f o r k e y w o r d s that r e c o n s t r u c t a h i e r a r c h y f o r that " k e y " o b j e c t • D i s p l a y i n g t h e r e s u l t s o r a l l o w i n g a u s e r t o edit t h e files c o n t a i n i n g objects in the hierarchy

526


A u s e r s p e c i f i e s a n o b j e c t s h e w a n t s to k n o w a b o u t . T h e m i n i b r o w s e r then reads a p r o j e c t file (to l e a r n the files f o r u s e i n b u i l d i n g a h i e r a r c h y ) . It then reconstructs e i t h e r a C + + o r T u r b o Pascal h i e r a r c h y , d e p e n d i n g o n the l a n g u a g e y o u specify at run-time. T h e m e t h o d s Init_f iles a n d Init_Types h a n d l e file- a n d h i e r a r c h y - t y p e i n i t i a l i z a t i o n . T h e m i n i b r o w s e r ( t h r o u g h t h e Hierarchy o b j e c t ) t h e n s e a r c h e s t h e files s p e c i f i e d i n t h e p r o j e c t file, first f o r b a s e t y p e s — " o b j e c t s " o r " c l a s s e s " — (through the base m e t h o d ) , a n d then for derived types (through the derived m e t h o d ) . I f it f i n d s a d e r i v e d t y p e , it d e t e r m i n e s its a n c e s t o r ( t h r o u g h t h e a n c e s t o r m e t h o d ) a n d t h e n recursively b a c k t r a c k s t o its a n c e s t o r , a d d i n g t h e o b j e c t n a m e t o a list as it g o e s . It t h e n s e a r c h e s f o r w a r d a g a i n f o r b a s e a n d d e r i v e d t y p e s . If it finds a b a s e t y p e , t h e s e a r c h is over, a n d it s e n d s a m e s s a g e t o B a c k T r a c k t o display the constructed hierarchy. D e p e n d i n g o n w h e t h e r y o u w a n t t o d i s p l a y o r e d i t , it t h e n s e n d s a m e s s a g e t o t h e a p p r o p r i a t e o b j e c t — DisplayStr o r Editor. E a c h part o f t h e m i n i b r o w s e r is i m p l e m e n t e d as a n " o b j e c t , " s o y o u c a n easily m o d i f y a n d e x t e n d t h e b i g o b j e c t ( t h e m i n i b r o w s e r m o d u l e ) w i t h o u t c h a n g i n g its o v e r a l l d e s i g n b y reimplementing selective objects. F o r e x a m p l e , t h e Editor o b j e c t i n t h e m a i n m o d u l e o b t a i n s file, l i n e , a n d p o s i t i o n i n f o r m a t i o n . T o e x t e n d this m o d u l e , a d d a m e t h o d that p a s s e s this i n f o r m a t i o n t o y o u r e d i t o r o f c h o i c e . O n e l i n e o f c o d e ( a n d a n e d i t o r library) d o e s t h e trick. unit nodes2; { Contains abstract cell and cell-list types } interface uses CRT, DOS, cellist; type AnyTypePtr = "AnyType; AnyType = object(Node) constructor init; destructor done; virtual; procedure DSAction; virtual; procedure BTAction; virtual; procedure EditAction; virtual; end; AnyTypeListPtr = "AnyTypeList; AnyTypeList = object(List) constructor init; destructor Done; virtual;

{ Type Action { Type Action { Type Action

} } }

F — A WinCrt Example

procedure GetNodes; virtual; end; implementation { constructors } constructor AnyType.init; constructor AnyTypeList.Init;

{ Process AnyTypeList }

begin end; begin end;

{ abstract } { abstract }

begin end; begin end;

{ abstract } { abstract }

{ destructors } destructor AnyType.done; destructor AnyTypeList.Done; { methods } procedure procedure procedure procedure

AnyType.DSAction; AnyType.BTAction; AnyType.EditAction; AnyTypeList.GetNodes;

begin begin begin begin

end; end; end; end;

{ { { {

abstract abstract abstract abstract

end. { unit nodes2 } unit cellist; { Contains base, node, and list types } {$S-} interface type { Abstract base object type } BasePtr = "Base; Base = object destructor Done; virtual; end; { Abstract linked list node type } NodePtr = "Node; Node = object(Base) Next: NodePtr; end; { Simplified Linked list type } ListPtr = "List; List = object(base)

} } } }

527

528


Last: NodePtr; procedure Append(N: NodePtr); procedure Clear; function First: NodePtr; function Next(N: NodePtr): NodePtr; end; implementation { destructor } destructor Base.Done; begin end; { List methods } procedure List.Append(N: NodePtr); begin if Last = nil then Last := N else N".Next := Last".Next; Last".Next := N; Last := N; end; procedure List.Clear; begin Last := nil; end; function List.First: NodePtr; begin if Last = nil then First := nil else First := Last".Next; end; function List.Next(N: NodePtr): NodePtr; begin if N = Last then Next := nil else Next := N".Next; end; end. { Unit cell list } { Main module } program browser; uses WINCRT, nodes2, cellist;

{ Contains specific browser } { Key unit needed for Windows }


type StringPtr = "String; BrowserListPtr = "BrowserList; BrowserList = object(AnyTypeList) constructor init; destructor done; virtual; procedure GetNodes; virtual; end; DisplayStrPtr = "DisplayStr; DisplayStr = object(AnyType) Value: StringPtr; constructor Init(V: String); destructor Done; virtual; procedure DSAction; virtual; end; BackTrackPtr = "BackTrack; BackTrack = object(AnyType) Value: StringPtr; constructor Init(V: String); destructor Done; virtual; procedure BTAction; virtual; end;

{ Process a StrCell }

{ Process a BTCell }

EditPtr = "Editor; Editor = object(AnyType) FileName : String; Line : String; LineNo : word; Position : word; constructor Init(F: string; L: string; Ln: word; P: word); destructor Done; virtual; procedure EditAction; virtual; { Edit } end; TextFile = object(base) F : Text; FileName : String; Line : String; Buf : array[0..8191] of char; { Buffer for faster I/O }

529

530


LineNo : word; Position : word; function open_file: boolean; end; HierarchyPtr = "hierarchy; Hierarchy = object(TextFile) Recurse : boolean; Method : String; Language_type : char; End_type, Base_type, Derived_type : string[30]; Object_type, Search_type, Ancestor_type : String[30]; function base : boolean; { Looks for base types } function derived : boolean; { Looks for derived types } function ancestor : boolean; { Looks for ancestors } constructor init; destructor done; virtual; procedure init_types; { Sets types for C++ or Pascal } procedure init_files; { Sets files for C++ or Pascal } procedure construct; { Flow controller } procedure Reconstruct; { Calls construct and simplifies recursion} procedure update_backtrack_list; { Keeps track of types } procedure find_methods; { Finds methods } end; var Display, H : L : P :

{ Globals } Edit : boolean; HierarchyPtr; BrowserListPtr; AnyTypePtr;

{ Constructors } constructor DisplayStr.Init(V: String); begin GetMem(Value, Length(V) + 1 ) ; Value" := V; end; constructor BackTrack.Init(V: String); begin GetMem(Value, Length(V) + 1 ) ; Value" := V; end;


constructor begin FileName Line LineNo Position end;

Editor.Init(F: string; L: string; Ln: word; P: word); := := := :=

F; L; Ln; P;

constructor Hierarchy.init; begin end; constructor BrowserList.init; begin end; {destructors } destructor Editor.Done; begin end; destructor DisplayStr.Done; begin

FreeMem(Value, Length(Value") + 1 ) ; end;

destructor BackTrack.Done; begin FreeMem(Value, Length(Value") + 1 ) ; end; destructor Hierarchy.done; begin end; destructor BrowserList.done; begin end; { Methods }

procedure DisplayStr.DSAction; var Ch : char; begin writeln(Value"); Ch := readkey; end; procedure BackTrack.BTAction; begin writeln(Value"); end; procedure Editor.EditAction; var Ch : char; begin writeln(#13, #10,'File

{ Show the object hierarchy }

= ',FileName);

531

532


writeln( Line = ',Line); writeln('LineNumber= ',LineNo); writeln('Position = ,Position); { Call editor here and pass it appropriate information. } end; 1

1

procedure hierarchy.init_types; begin case Language_type of •p*: begin { Pascal } Base_type := ' = object'; Derived_type := ' = object('; End_type := 'end'; end; 'c': begin { C++ } Base_type := 'class '; Derived_type := ' :'; End_type := '}'; end; end; { case } end; procedure hierarchy.init_files; begin case Language_type of 'p': FileName := 'cltest2.pas'; { Pascal } 'c': FileName := 'cltest.cpp'; { C++ } end; { case } { Add functions here to read a project's files } end; procedure hierarchy.find_methods; var NextLine : string; TempPosition : word; begin Method := ''; NextLine := Line; TempPosition := 0; While (TempPosition = 0) do begin TempPosition := Pos(End_type,NextLine); Method := Method + NextLine + #13 + #10; readln(F,NextLine);


end; L".Append(New(DisplayStrPtr,Init(Method))); L".Append(New(EditPtr,Init(FileName,Line,LineNo,Position))); end; function hierarchy.base: boolean; begin LineNo := 1; case Language_type of 'p': Search_type := Object_type + Base_type; 'c': Search_type := Base_type + Object_type; end; { case } while not eof(F) do begin readln(F,Line); Position := Pos(Search_type,Line); If (Position > 0) then begin Position := Pos(Derived_type,Line); If (Position = 0) then begin findjnethods; base := true; exit; end; end; inc(LineNo); end; base := false; end; function hierarchy.derived: boolean; begin case Language_type of 'p': Search_type := Object_type + Derived_type; 'c': Search_type := Base_type + Object_type + Derived_type; end; { case } LineNo := 1; while not eof(F) do begin readln(F,Line); Position := Pos(Search_type,Line); If (Position > 0) then

533

534


begin If ancestor then begin find_methods; derived := true; exit; end; end; inc(LineNo); end; derived := false; end; function hierarchy.ancestor: boolean; var T_Ancestor_type : string[30]; I,J,L : integer; begin Ancestor_type := ''; T_Ancestor_type := '; I := Length(Line); { Start while (Line[I] = #32) do { Space dec(I); while (Line[I] = ) ) do { Empty dec(I); case Language_type of 'c' : while (Line[I] #32) do { Space begin T_Ancestor_type := T_Ancestor_type dec(I); end; 'P': while (Line[IJ ' ( ) do begin T_Ancestor_type := T_Ancestor_type dec(l); end; end; { case } 1

1

1

at the end of the line } } in C++ }

} + Line[I];

1

+ Line[I];

L := Length(T_Ancestor_type); for I := L downto 1 do { Reverse the list } Ancestor_type := Ancestor__type + T_Ancestor_type[I]; end;


535

procedure hierarchy.update_backtrack_list; begin L".Append(New(BackTrackPtr, Init(Object_type))); end; function TextFile.open_file: boolean; begin {$1-} { Test for I/O error } assign(F,FileName); Reset(f); {$1+}

Open_file := (IOResult = 0); end; procedure hierarchy.Reconstruct; var Count : integer; begin Count := 1; Recurse := true; While Count < 10 do While Recurse do begin construct; inc(Count); end; end;

{ Still more ancestors } { Recursively backtrack for ancestors }

procedure hierarchy.construct; begin If Open_file then { If open successful } begin SetTextBuf(F,buf); update_backtrack_list; Close(F); If Open_file then If Derived then { If derived class, find its ancestor } begin Object_type := ancestor_type; { Set up for backtrack } Close(F); Recurse := true; { Still more ancestors } end ELSE

536


Close(F); IF Open_file then If Base then begin Close(F); Recurse := false; end; end; end;

{ If base type, you are done. }

{ No more ancestors }

procedure display_mode; var Ch : char; begin write('e-Edit or d-display '); Ch := Readkey; writeln; If Ch = 'e' then Edit := true Else Display := true; end; procedure BrowserList.GetNodes; begin P := AnyTypePtr(First); while P nil do begin P .BTAction; P := AnyTypePtr(Next(P)); end;

{ Display/edit option }

{ Process the browser list } { Set pointer to first node }

A

If Display = true then begin P := AnyTypePtr(First); while P nil do begin P .DSAction; P := AnyTypePtr(Next(P)); end; end;

{ Is it displaying ? }

If Edit = true then begin P := AnyTypePtr(First); while P nil do begin

{ Editing ? }

A


P .EditAction; P := AnyTypePtr(Next(P)); end; end; end; A

{ main } begin Clrscr; Edit := false; { Initializations } Display := false; New(L,init); { Initialize a new browser list } L".clear; New(H,init); { Initialize a new hierarchy list } write('Enter Language — p or c : '); readln(H .Language_type); write('Enter Object: '); readln(H".Object_type); writeln; ! - r .Init_files; H .Init_types; H".Reconstruct; display_mode; { Set display or edit } L".GetNodes; { Process the browser list } Dispose(L,Done); { Clean up } Dispose(H,Done); A

A

end. { main }

537

G

REFERENCE

THE

STRINGS UNIT

T h e S t r i n g s u n i t s u p p o r t s a class o f c h a r a c t e r strings t e r m i n a t e d b y a n u l l b y t e , c a l l e d null-terminated strings. T h e W i n d o w s A p p l i c a t i o n P r o g r a m m i n g Interface (API) r e q u i r e s this f o r m a t . N u l l - t e r m i n a t e d strings differ f r o m typical T u r b o P a s c a l s t r i n g s , w h o s e l e n g t h is d e t e r m i n e d b y a l e n g t h b y t e . A T u r b o Pascal string is l i m i t e d t o 2 5 5 c h a r a c t e r s . T h e size o f a n u l l t e r m i n a t e d string is l i m i t e d b y t h e d a t a s e g m e n t ( 6 4 K ) . T h e Strings unit has m a n y functions a n d p r o c e d u r e s for manipulating n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d strings a n d f o r c o n v e r t i n g n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d strings t o T u r b o Pascal s t r i n g s . T a b l e G . l lists t h e f u n c t i o n s a n d p r o c e d u r e s i n t h e strings u n i t . Table

G. 1. Strings

Function

Name

unit

functions. Description

StrCat

A p p e n d s a c o p y o f o n e string t o t h e e n d o f a n o t h e r a n d r e t u r n s t h e c o n c a t e n a t e d string

StrComp

C o m p a r e s t w o strings

StrCopy

C o p i e s o n e string t o a n o t h e r

StrDispose

D i s p o s e s o f a p r e v i o u s l y a l l o c a t e d string

StrECopy

C o p i e s o n e string t o a n o t h e r a n d r e t u r n s a p o i n t e r t o t h e e n d o f t h e r e s u l t i n g string continues

540

Part III — R e f e r e n c e s

Table

G.l.

Function

continued Name

Description

StrEnd

Returns a p o i n t e r to the e n d o f a string

StrlComp

C o m p a r e s t w o strings w i t h o u t c a s e sensitivity

StrLCat

A p p e n d s characters f r o m a string to the e n d o f a n o t h e r a n d returns

the c o n c a t e n a t e d string

StrLComp

C o p i e s characters f r o m o n e string to a n o t h e r

StrLCopy

C o m p a r e s t w o strings, u p to a m a x i m u m length

StrLen

Returns the n u m b e r o f characters in S t r

StrLIComp

C o m p a r e s t w o strings, u p to a m a x i m u m length, w i t h o u t c a s e sensitivity

StrLower

C o n v e r t s a string t o l o w e r c a s e

StrMove

C o p i e s characters f r o m o n e string to a n o t h e r

StrNew

Allocates a string o n the h e a p

StrPas

C o n v e r t s a n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d string t o a Pascal style string

StrPCopy

C o p i e s a Pascal style s t r i n g t o a n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d string

StrPos

R e t u r n s a p o i n t e r t o t h e first o c c u r r e n c e o f a s t r i n g i n a n o t h e r string

StrRScan

R e t u r n s a p o i n t e r t o t h e first o c c u r r e n c e o f a string in a n o t h e r string

StrScan

R e t u r n s a p o i n t e r t o t h e first o c c u r r e n c e o f a c h a r a c t e r i n a string

StrUpper

C o n v e r t s a string to u p p e r c a s e

StrCat A p p e n d s a c o p y o f o n e string t o t h e e n d o f a n o t h e r string a n d r e t u r n s t h e c o n c a t e n a t e d string.

function StrCat(Test, Source: PChar): PChar;

G — T h e Strings U n i t

St rCat d o e s n o t c h e c k t h e string l e n g t h . T h e d e s t i n a t i o n b u f f e r m u s t h a v e s p a c e f o r at least StrLen(Test) + Strl_en(Source) + 1 c h a r a c t e r s . F o r example:

program Sample; uses Strings, WinCrt; const Windows: PChar = 'Windows'; Bible : PChar = 'Bible'; var S: array[0..15] of Char; begin StrCopy(S, Windows); StrCat(S, ' '); StrCat(S, Bible); Writeln(S); end.

StrComp C o m p a r e s t w o strings.

function StrComp(Str1, Str2 : PChar): Integer; Return

Values:

0 if Str1 > Str2 For example:

program Sample; uses Strings, WinCrt; var C: Integer; Result: PChar; S1, S2: array[0..79] of Char; begin

541

542


Readln(S1); Readln(S2); C := StrComp(S1, S2); if C < 0 then Result := ' is less than ' else if C > 0 then Result := ' is greater than else Result := ' is equal to '; Writeln(S1, Result, S2); end. 1

StrCopy C o p i e s o n e string t o a n o t h e r .

function StrCopy(Test, Source: PChar): PChar; StrCopy d o e s n o t c h e c k t h e s t r i n g l e n g t h . T h e d e s t i n a t i o n b u f f e r m u s t h a v e r o o m f o r at least St rLen (Source) + 1 c h a r a c t e r s . F o r e x a m p l e :

program Sample; uses Strings, WinCrt; var S: array[0..15] of Char; begin StrCopy(S, 'Windows Bible'); Writeln(S); end.

StrDispose D i s p o s e s o f a string o n a h e a p .

function StrDispose(Str: PChar); StrDispose d i s p o s e s o f a s t r i n g that w a s p r e v i o u s l y a l l o c a t e d w i t h StrNew. I f Str is n i l , StrDispose d o e s n o t d o a n y t h i n g . F o r e x a m p l e :

program Sample; uses Strings, WinCrt;


var P: PChar; S: array[0..79] of Char; begin Readln(S); P := StrNew(S); Writeln(P); StrDispose(P); end.

StrECopy C o p i e s o n e s t r i n g t o a n o t h e r s t r i n g a n d returns a p o i n t e r t o t h e e n d o f t h e n e w string.

function StrECopy(Test, Source: Pchar): PChar; StrECopy d o e s n o t c h e c k t h e s t r i n g l e n g t h . T h e d e s t i n a t i o n b u f f e r m u s t have s p a c e for at least St rLen (Source) + 1 characters. F o r e x a m p l e :

program Sample; uses Strings, WinCrt; const Windows: PChar = 'Windows'; Bible : PChar = 'Bible'; var S: array[0..15] of Char; begin StrECopy(StrECopy(StrECopy(S, Windows), ' '), Bible); Writeln(S); end.

StrEnd Returns a p o i n t e r t o t h e e n d o f a string,

function StrEnd(Str: PChar): Pchar;

543

544


For example:

program Sample; uses Strings, WinCrt; var S: array[0..79] of Char; begin Readln(S); Writeln('String length is ', StrEnd(S) - S); end.

StrlComp C o m p a r e s t w o strings w i t h o u t c a s e sensitivity.

function StrIComp(Str1, Str2:PChar): Integer; For example:

program Sample; uses Strings, WinCrt; var Result: PChar; S1, S2: array[0..79] of Char; begin Readln(S1); Readln(S2); if Strl_Comp(S1, S2, 8) = 0 then Result := 'equal' else Result := 'not equal'; Writeln('The first eight characters are ', Result); end.

StrLCat A p p e n d s c h a r a c t e r s f r o m o n e string t o t h e e n d o f a n o t h e r s t r i n g a n d r e t u r n s t h e c o n c a t e n a t e d string.


function StrLCat(Test, Source: PChar; MaxLen: Word): PChar; For example:

program Sample; uses Strings, WinCrt; var S: array[0..9] of Char; begin StrLCopy(S, 'This', SizeOf(S) - 1) StrLCat(S, ', SizeOf(S) - 1); StrLCat(S, 'String , SizeOf(S) - 1); Writeln(S); end. 1

1

StrLComp C o m p a r e s t w o strings, u p to a m a x i m u m length.

function StrLComp(Str1, Str2: PChar; MaxLen: Word): Integer; For example:

program Sample; uses Strings, WinCrt; var Result: PChar; S1, S2: array[0..79] of Char; begin Readln(S1); Readln(S2); if StrLComp(S1, S2, 8) = 0 then Result := 'equal' else Result := 'not equal'; Writeln('The first eight characters are ', Result); end.

545

546


StrLCopy C o p i e s c h a r a c t e r s f r o m o n e string t o a n o t h e r string.

function StrLCopy(Test, Source: PChar; MaxLen: Word): PChar; For example:

program Sample; uses Strings, WinCrt; var S: array[0..9] of Char; begin StrLCopy(S, 'A string', SizeOf(S) - 1); Writeln(S); end.

StrLen R e t u r n s t h e n u m b e r of c h a r a c t e r s i n Str.

function StrLen(Str: PChar): Word; For example:

program Sample; uses Strings, WinCrt; var S: array[0..79] of Char; begin Readln(S); Writeln('String length is ', StrLen(S)); end.


StrUComp C o m p a r e s t w o s t r i n g s , u p t o a m a x i m u m l e n g t h , w i t h o u t c a s e sensitivity.

function StrLIComp(Str1, Str2: PChar; MaxLen: Word): Integer; For example:

program Sample; uses Strings, WinCrt; var C: Integer; Result: PChar; S1, S2: array[0..79] of Char; begin Readln(S1); Readln(S2); C := StrComp(S1, S2); if C < 0 then Result := ' is less than else if C > 0 then Result := ' is greater than ' else Result := ' is equal to ; Writeln(S1, Result, S2); end. 1

1

StrLower C o n v e r t s a string t o l o w e r c a s e .

function StrLower(Str: PChar): PChar; For example:

program Sample; uses Strings, WinCrt; var S: array[0..79] of Char; begin Readln(S); Writeln(StrUpper(S)); Writeln(StrLower(S)); end.

547

548


StrMove C o p i e s c h a r a c t e r s f r o m o n e string t o a n o t h e r string.

function StrMove(Test,

Source:

PChar; Count: Word):

PChar;

For example:

program Sample; uses Strings, WinCrt; { Allocate a string on the heap } function StrNew(S: PChar): PChar; var L: Word; P: PChar; begin if (S = nil) or (S = #0) then StrNew := nil else begin L := StrLen(S) + 1; GetMem(P, L); StrNew := StrMove(P, S, L); end; end; { Dispose the string allocated on the heap } procedure StrDispose(S: PChar); begin if S nil then FreeMem(S, StrLen(S) + 1 ) ; end; A

StrNew A l l o c a t e s a string o n t h e h e a p .

function StrNew(Str: PChar):

PChar;;

StrNew a l l o c a t e s a c o p y o f S t r o n t h e h e a p . If S t r is n i l or p o i n t s t o a n e m p t y string, St rNew r e t u r n s n i l a n d d o e s n o t a l l o c a t e s p a c e o n t h e h e a p f o r t h e string. O t h e r w i s e , StrNew m a k e s a d u p l i c a t e o f S t r , d e t e r m i n i n g t h e s p a c e n e e d e d b y a call t o t h e GetMem s t a n d a r d p r o c e d u r e . It r e t u r n s a p o i n t e r t o t h e d u p l i c a t e d string. T h e a l l o c a t e d s p a c e is S t r L e n ( S t r ) + 1 bytes long.


For example:

program Sample; uses Strings, WinCrt; function StrNew(S: PChar): PChar; var L: Word; P: PChar; begin if (S = nil) or (S" = #0) then StrNew := nil else begin L := StrLen(S) + 1; GetMem(P, L); StrNew := StrMove(P, S, L); end; end;

StrPas C o n v e r t s a n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d string t o a T u r b o P a s c a l string. F o r e x a m p l e :

program Sample; uses Strings, WinCrt; function StrPas(Str: PChar): PChar; uses Strings, WinCrt; var A: array[0..79] of Char; S: string[79]; begin Readln(A); S := StrPas(A); Writeln(S); end.

549

550


StrPCopy C o p i e s a T u r b o Pascal string t o a n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d string.

function StrPCopy(Test: PChar; Source: String); StrPCopy d o e s n o t c h e c k t h e string l e n g t h . T h e d e s t i n a t i o n b u f f e r m u s t h a v e s p a c e f o r at least Length(Source)

+ 1 c h a r a c t e r s . For e x a m p l e :

program Sample; uses Strings, WinCrt; var A: array[0..79] of Char; S: string[79]; begin Readln(S); StrPCopy(A, S); Writeln(A); end.

StrPos R e t u r n s a p o i n t e r t o t h e first o c c u r r e n c e o f a string i n a n o t h e r string,

function StrPos(Str1, Str2: PChar): PChar; Return

Value:

0 if Str2 d o e s n o t o c c u r i n Str1. F o r e x a m p l e :

program Sample; uses Strings, WinCrt; var P: PChar; S, SubStr: array[0..79] of Char; begin Readln(S); Readln(SubStr);


P := StrPos(S, SubStr); if P = nil then Writeln('String not found'); else Writeln('String found at index ', P - S); end.

StrRScan R e t u r n s a p o i n t e r t o t h e first o c c u r r e n c e o f a s t r i n g i n a n o t h e r string,

function StrRScan(Str: PChar; Chr: Char): PChar; Return Value: 0 if Chr d o e s n o t o c c u r i n Str. F o r e x a m p l e :

program Sample; uses Strings, WinCrt; {Return a pointer to the name part of a full path name } function NamePart(FileName: PChar): PChar; var P: PChar; begin P := StrRScan(FileName, ' \ ' ) ; if P = nil then begin P := StrRScan(FileName, ' : ' ) ; if P = nil then P := FileName; end; NamePart := P; end;

StrScan R e t u r n s a p o i n t e r t o t h e first o c c u r r e n c e o f a c h a r a c t e r i n a string,

function StrScan(Str: PChar; Chr: Char): PChar;

551

552


Return

Value:

0 if Chr d o e s n o t o c c u r i n Str. F o r e x a m p l e :

program Sample; uses Strings, WinCrt; { Return true if file name has wild cards in it } function HasWildcards(FileName: PChar): Boolean; begin HasWildcards := (StrScan(FileName, '*') nil) or (StrScan(FileName, '?') nil); end;

StrUpper C o n v e r t s a string t o u p p e r c a s e .

function Strllpper(Str: PChar): PChar; For example:

Program sample; uses Strings, WinCrt; var S: array[0..79] of Char; begin Readln(S); Writeln(StrUpper(S)); Writeln(Strl_ower(S)); end.

H REFERENCE

THE TURBO PASCAL FOR WINDOWS SYSTEM UNIT T h e S y s t e m u n i t ( S Y S T E M . T P U ) is t h e T u r b o Pascal r u n - t i m e library. It i m p l e m e n t s l o w - l e v e l , r u n - t i m e s u p p o r t r o u t i n e s f o r all b u i l t - i n f e a t u r e s , s u c h as file I/O, s t r i n g - h a n d l i n g , f l o a t i n g p o i n t , a n d d y n a m i c m e m o r y a l l o c a t i o n . B e c a u s e all u n i t s a n d p r o g r a m s a u t o m a t i c a l l y u s e t h e S y s t e m u n i t , y o u n e v e r n e e d t o refer t o it i n a Uses c l a u s e . T a b l e H . l lists t h e S y s t e m u n i t ' s v a r i a b l e s a n d c o n s t a n t s . T a b l e H . 2 is a n a l p h a b e t i c a l i n d e x o f all t h e p r o c e d u r e s a n d functions in the System unit. Table

H. 1. System

unit variables Variables

and typed

constants.

(Uninitialized)

Variable

Type

Description

Input

Text

I n p u t s t a n d a r d file

Output

Text

O u t p u t s t a n d a r d file continues

554


Table

H.l.

continued Constants

(Initialized

Variables)

Variable

Type

Value

Description

CmdLine

PChar

nil

C o m m a n d line pointer

CmdShow

Integer

0

CmdShow p a r a m e t e r s for CreateWindow

ErrorAddr

Pointer

nil

R u n - t i m e error a d d r e s s

ExitCode

Integer

0

Exit c o d e

ExitProc

Pointer

nil

Exit p r o c e d u r e

FileMode

Byte

2

File o p e n m o d e

HeapBlock

Word

8192

H e a p b l o c k size

HeapError

Word

nil

H e a p error f u n c t i o n

HeapLimit

Word

1024

H e a p s m a l l b l o c k limit

HeapList

Word

0

H e a p s e g m e n t list

HInstance

Word

0

H a n d l e o f this

HPrevInst

Word

0

H a n d l e of previous

instance

instance InOutRes

Integer

0

I/O result

PrefixSeg

Word

0

RandSeed

Lonelnt

0

Program segment prefix (PSP) R a n d o m seed

Table

H.2.

System

procedures

and

buffer

functions.

Procedure/Function

Type

Use

Abs

Func

Returns the absolute value of the argument

Addr

Func

Returns the address of a specified object

Append

Proc

O p e n s a n e x i s t i n g file for appending

ArcTan

Func

Returns the arctangent of the argument

H — T h e T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s S y s t e m U n i t

Procedure/Function

Type

Use

Assign

Proc

Assigns the n a m e of an e x t e r n a l file t o a file variable

BlockRead

Proc

Reads o n e or more into a variable

records

BlockWrite

Proc

Writes o n e o r m o r e f r o m a variable

records

Chr

Func

R e t u r n s a character w i t h a specified ordinal n u m b e r

Close

Proc

C l o s e s a n o p e n file

Concat

Func

Concatenates a sequence of strings

Copy

Func

Returns a substring of a string

Cos

Func

Returns the cosine of the a r g u m e n t (x is a n a n g l e , in radians)

CSeg

Func

Returns t h e current value o f the C S

register

Dec

Proc

C l o s e s a n o p e n file

Delete

Proc

Deletes a substring from a string

Dispose

Proc

D i s p o s e s a d y n a m i c variable

DSeg

Func

Returns the current value o f the D S

register

Eof

Func

R e t u r n s t h e e n d - o f - f i l e status

Eoln

Func

Returns the end-of-line status o f a text file

Erase

Proc

Erases a n e x t e r n a l file

Exit

Proc

Exp

Func

Exits immediately from the current b l o c k Returns the exponential of the argument

continues

555

556


Table

H.2.

continued

Procedure/Function

Type

FilePos

Func

FileSize

Func

Use R e t u r n s t h e c u r r e n t file p o s i t i o n o f a file R e t u r n s t h e c u r r e n t size o f a file

FillChar

Proc

Fills a s p e c i f i e d n u m b e r (count) o f c o n t i g u o u s bytes with a specified value (can b e type B y t e or C h a r )

Flush

Proc

F l u s h e s t h e b u f f e r o f a text file o p e n f o r o u t p u t

Frac

Func

R e t u r n s t h e fractional part o f the argument

FreeMem

Proc

D i s p o s e s a d y n a m i c variable o f a s p e c i f i e d size

GetDir

Proc

R e t u r n s t h e c u r r e n t directory o f s p e c i f i e d drive

GetMem

Proc

C r e a t e s a d y n a m i c variable of t h e s p e c i f i e d size a n d p u t s t h e a d d r e s s o f t h e b l o c k in a p o i n t e r variable

Halt

Proc

Stops program execution a n d returns system

Hi

Func

to the operating

R e t u r n s t h e high-order

byte

of the argument Inc

Proc

I n c r e m e n t s a variable

Insert

Proc

Inserts a s u b s t r i n g into a string

Int

Func

R e t u r n s t h e integer

part o f

the argument IOResult

Func

R e t u r n s t h e status o f t h e last I/O o p e r a t i o n p e r f o r m e d

Length

Func

Returns the dynamic length o f a string

Ln

Func

Returns the natural logarithm o f t h e a r g u m e n t

H — T h e T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s S y s t e m U n i t

Procedure/Function

Type

Use

Lo

Func

Returns t h e low-order byte of the argument

MaxAvail

Func

R e t u r n s t h e size o f t h e largest c o n t i g u o u s free b l o c k in t h e heap

MemAvail

Func

R e t u r n s t h e a m o u n t o f all free m e m o r y in t h e

heap

MkDir

Proc

Creates a subdirectory

Move

Proc

C o p i e s bytes f r o m source to destination

New

Proc

Creates a n e w dynamic v a r i a b l e a n d sets a p o i n t e r v a r i a b l e t o p o i n t t o it

Odd

Func

Tests w h e t h e r t h e argument is a n o d d n u m b e r

Ofs

Func

Tests w h e t h e r t h e argument is a n o d d n u m b e r

Ord

Func

Returns the ordinal n u m b e r of an ordinal-type value

ParamCount

Func

Returns the n u m b e r of parameters passed to the program on the command line

ParamStr

Func

Returns a specified command-line parameter

Pi

Func

Returns the value of pi

Pos

Func

S e a r c h e s f o r a s u b s t r i n g in a string

Pred

Func

Returns the predecessor of the argument

Ptr

Func

Converts a segment base and a n offset a d d r e s s t o a pointer-type value

Random

Func

R e t u r n s a random

number continues

557

558


Table

H.2.

continued

Procedure/Function

Type

Randomize

Proc

Read

Proc

Use Initializes t h e b u i l t - i n random n u m b e r g e n e r a t o r w i t h a random v a l u e (obtained from the system clock) F o r t y p e d files, reads a file c o m p o n e n t into a variable. F o r text files, reads o n e o r m o r e values into o n e or m o r e variables

Readln

Proc

Executes the Read proced u r e , t h e n skips to the next l i n e o f t h e file

Rename

Proc

R e n a m e s a n e x t e r n a l file

Reset

Proc

O p e n s a n e x i s t i n g file

Rewrite

Proc

C r e a t e s a n d o p e n s a n e w file

Round

Func

R o u n d s a real-type

value to

a n integer-type value RunError

Proc

Halts program execution

ScrollTo

Proc

Scrolls the C R T w i n d o w to s h o w virtual s c r e e n l o c a t i o n

Seek

Proc

Moves the current position o f a file t o a s p e c i f i e d component

SeekEof

Func

R e t u r n s t h e end-of-file status o f a file

SeekEoln

Func

Returns the end-of-line status o f a file

Seg

Func

Returns the segment of a specified object

SetTextBuf

Proc

A s s i g n s a n I/O b u f f e r t o a text file

Sin

Func

Returns the sine of the argument

H — T h e T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s S y s t e m U n i t

Procedure/Function

Type

SizeOf

Func

SPtr

Func

Use Returns t h e n u m b e r o f bytes occupied by t h e argument Retruns the current value of the SP

Sqr

Func

register

Returns t h e square of t h e argument

Sqrt

Func

R e t u r n s t h e s q u a r e root

of

the argument SSeg

Func

Returns the current value of t h e S S register

Str

Proc

Converts a numeric value to a string

Succ

Func

Returns the successor of the argument

Swap

Func

S w a p s t h e high- a n d l o w o r d e r bytes o f t h e a r g u m e n t

Trunc

Func

T r u n c a t e s a real-type

value

to an integer-type value Truncate

Proc

T r u n c a t e s t h e file at t h e c u r r e n t file p o s i t i o n

UpCase

Func

Converts a character to uppercase

Val

Proc

C o n v e r t s a s t r i n g v a l u e t o its numeric representation

Write

Proc

F o r t y p e d files, w r i t e s a v a r i a b l e i n t o a file c o m p o n e n t ; f o r text files, w r i t e s o n e or more values to t h e file

Writeln

Proc

Executes the W r i t e procedure, then outputs an endo f - l i n e m a r k e r t o t h e file

559

I REFERENCE

THE

T U R B O PASCAL F O R

WINDOWS WINDOS UNIT

Constants WinDos Constants include the following: • Flag constants • File-mode constants • File-attribute c o n s t a n t s • F i l e - n a m e c o m p o n e n t string l e n g t h s •

F i l e S p l i t r e t u r n flags

Flag Constants T h e F l a g c o n s t a n t s test i n d i v i d u a l flag bits i n t h e F l a g s register after a call t o I n t r o r Ms D o s . T h e y i n c l u d e t h e f o l l o w i n g :

562


Constant

Value

fCarry fParity fAuxiliary

$0001 $0004 $0010

fZero fSign fOverflow

$0040 $0080 $0800

File-mode Constants F i l e - h a n d l i n g p r o c e d u r e s u s e f mXXXX c o n s t a n t s w h e n d i s k files a r e o p e n e d and closed. T h e m o d e fields o f T u r b o P a s c a l f o r W i n d o w s ' v a r i a b l e s c o n t a i n o n e o f the following values: Constant

Value

fmClosed

$D7B0

fmlnput

$D7B1

fmOutput

$D7B2

fmlnOut

$D7B3

File-attribute Constants T h e f aXXXX c o n s t a n t s test, set, a n d c l e a r

file-attribute

bits i n c o n j u n c t i o n w i t h

the GetFAttr, SetFAttr, FindFirst, a n d FindNext p r o c e d u r e s . T h e f aXXXX c o n s t a n t s a r e a d d i t i v e . T h e f aAnyFile c o n s t a n t is t h e s u m o f all a t t r i b u t e s . T h e f aXXXX c o n s t a n t s c a n b e a n y o f t h e f o l l o w i n g : Constant

Value

faReadOnly faHidden

$01 $02

faSysFile faVolumelD faDirectory faArchive faAnyFile

$04 $08 $10 $20 $3F

I — T h e T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s W i n D o s U n i t

File-name Component String Length Constants T h e f sXXXX c o n s t a n t s a r e t h e m a x i m u m f i l e - n a m e c o m p o n e n t s t r i n g l e n g t h s u s e d b y t h e FileSearch a n d FileExpand f u n c t i o n s . T h e y c a n b e a n y o f t h e following: Constant fsPathName fsDirectory fsFileName fsExtension

Value 79 67 8 4

FileSplit Return Flag Constants T h e FileSplit f u n c t i o n u s e s t h e f cXXXX c o n s t a n t s . T h e r e t u r n e d v a l u e is a c o m b i n a t i o n o f t h e fcDirectory, fcFileName, a n d t h e fcExtension bit masks. T h e value indicates w h i c h c o m p o n e n t s w e r e in the path. If t h e n a m e o r e x t e n s i o n c o n t a i n s a n y w i l d - c a r d c h a r a c t e r s (* o r ? ) , t h e fcWildcards flag is set. P o s s i b l e c o n s t a n t v a l u e s a r e Constant

Value

fcExtension

$0001

fcFileName fcDirectory fcWildcards

$0002 $0004 $0008

Types T y p e s i n t h e WinDos u n i t : • File r e c o r d •

TRegisters

•

TDateTime

•

TSearchRec

File Record Type T h e record definitions u s e d internally b y T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s are also d e c l a r e d i n t h e WinDos u n i t .

563

564


TFileRecis u s e d f o r b o t h t y p e d a n d u n t y p e d files. TTextRecis u s e d internally file t y p e , text. T h e records

b y a n y variable o f t h e p r e d e f i n e d T u r b o Pascal

l o o k like t h e f o l l o w i n g :

type { Typed and untyped files } TFileRec = record Handle: Word; Mode: Word; RecSize: Word; Private: array[1..26] of Byte; UserData: array[1..16] of Byte; Name: array[0..79] of Char; end;

{ Textfile record } PTextBuf = "TTextBuf; TTextBuf = array[0..127] of Char; TTextRec = record Handle: Word; Mode: Word; BufSize: Word; Private: Word; BufPos: Word; BufEnd: Word; BufPtr: "TTextBuf; OpenFunc: Pointer; InOutFunc: Pointer; FlushFunc: Pointer; CloseFunc: Pointer; UserData: array[1..16] of Byte; Name: array[0..79] of Char; Buffer: TTextBuf; end;

I — T h e T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s W i n D o s U n i t

TRegisters Type T h e I n t r a n d M s D o s p r o c e d u r e s use variables o f type T R e g i s t e r s to specify the input register contents and e x a m i n e the o u t p u t register contents o f a software interrupt. T R e g i s t e r s looks like this: type T R e g i s t e r s = record c a s e I n t e g e r of 0: ( A X , B X , C X , D X , B P , S I , D I , D S , E S , F l a g s : 1: ( A L , A H , B L , B H , C L , C H , D L , D H : B y t e ) ; end;

Word);

N o t e : A variant record is u s e d to m a p the 8-bit registers o n t o p o f their 16-bit equivalents.

TDateTime Type Variables o f TDateTime type are u s e d with the UnpackTime and PackTime procedures to examine and construct 4-byte, p a c k e d date-and-time values for the G e t F T i m e , S e t F T i m e , F i n d F i r s t , a n d F i n d N e x t procedures. TDateTime looks like the following: type TDateTime = r e c o r d Year,Month,Day,Hour,Min,Sec: end; T h e valid ranges o f its fields are Year Month Day Hour Min Sec

1980..2099 1..12 1..31 0..23 0..59 0..59

Word;

565

566


TSearchRec Type T h e FindFirst and FindNext procedures use variables of type TSearchRec to scan directories. TSearchRec looks like the following: type TSearchRec = record Fill: array[1..21] of Byte; Attr: Byte; Time: Longint; Size: Longint; Name: array[0..12] of Char; end; T h e information for each file found by one of these procedures is reported in a TSearchRec. Attr contains the file's attributes (constructed from file-attribute constants). Time contains its packed date and time. Size contains its size in bytes. Name contains its name. Fill is reserved by D O S and should not be modified.

An Index of WinDos Procedures and Functions by Function (or Category) Date and Time Procedures

GetDate GetFTime GetTime PackTime SetDate SetFTime SetTime UnpackTime

procedure procedure procedure procedure procedure procedure procedure procedure


Directory-handling Procedures and Functions CreateDir GetCurDir RemoveDir SetCurDir D i s k status DiskFree DiskSize

procedure function procedure procedure function function function

Environment-handling Functions GetArgCount GetArgStr GetEnvVar

function function function

File-handling P r o c e d u r e s a n d Functions FileExpand function FileSearch function FileSplit

function

FindFirst FindNext GetFAttr SetFAttr

procedure procedure procedure procedure

Interrupt Support Procedures GetlntVec procedure Intr procedure MsDos procedure SetlntVec procedure Miscellaneous Procedures and Functions DosVersion function GetCBreak GetVerify SetCBreak SetVerify

procedure procedure procedure procedure

DosError Variable Dos E r r o r is u s e d b y m a n y o f t h e p r o c e d u r e s a n d f u n c t i o n s i n t h e W i n D o s u n i t t o r e p o r t e r r o r s . It l o o k s like this: var DosError:

Integer;

T h e v a l u e s s t o r e d i n D o s E r r o r are D O S e r r o r c o d e s .

567

568


A value o f 0 indicates n o error; o t h e r possible error c o d e s are as follows: Error

Code

Meaning

2

File n o t f o u n d

3 5 6 8 10 11 18

Path n o t f o u n d Access denied Invalid h a n d l e Not enough memory Invalid environment Invalid format N o m o r e files

Date and Time Procedures T u r b o P a s c a l for W i n d o w s s u p p l i e s a c o m p l e t e set o f d a t e a n d t i m e p r o c e d u r e s . These include: GetDate GetFTime GetTime PackTime SetDate SetFTime SetTime UnpackTime

GetDate Returns the current date in the operating system. procedure GetDate(var Year, Month, Day, DayOfWeek: Word);

GetFTime R e t u r n s t h e d a t e a n d t i m e a file w a s last w r i t t e n . procedure GetFTime(var F; var Time: Longint); F m u s t b e a file v a r i a b l e ( t y p e d , u n t y p e d , o r text file) that h a s b e e n a s s i g n e d a n d o p e n e d . T h e t i m e r e t u r n e d i n Time c a n b e u n p a c k e d t h r o u g h a call t o UnpackTime.


GetTime Returns the current time in the operating system,

procedure GetTime(var Hour, Minute, Second, Sec100: Word); For example:

uses WinDos, WinCrt; var H, M, S, Hund : Word; function LeadingZero(W : Word) : String; var S : String; begin Str(W:0,S); if Length(S) = 1 then S := '0' + S; LeadingZero := S; end; begin GetTime(H,M,S,Hund); Writeln('It's ',LeadingZero(H),': , LeadingZero(M), : ,LeadingZero(S), '.',LeadingZero(Hund)); end. 1

1

1

Packlime C o n v e r t s a TDateTime r e c o r d .

procedure PackTime(var T: DateTime; var Time: Longint); C o n v e r t s t h e r e c o r d i n t o a 4-byte, p a c k e d d a t e - a n d - t i m e Longint u s e d b y

SetFTime. F o r e x a m p l e : uses WinDos, WinCrt; var F: text; H, M, S, Hund : Word; { For GetTime} Ftime : Longint; { For Get/SetFTime}

569

570


Dt : TDateTime; { For Pack/UnpackTime} function LeadingZero(W : Word) : String; var S : String; begin Str(W:0,S); if Length(S) = 1 then S := '0' + S; LeadingZero := S; end; begin Assign(F, 'File.txt ); GetTime(H,M,S,Hund); Rewrite(F); { Create a new file } GetFTime(F,Ftime); { Get the creation time } Writeln( File created @ ,LeadingZero(H), ': ,LeadingZero(M),':', LeadingZero(S)); UnpackTime(Ftime,Dt); with Dt do begin Writeln( File timestamp = ', LeadingZero(Hour), ' : ' , LeadingZero(Min), : ', LeadingZero(Sec)); Hour := 0; Min := 10; Sec := 0; PackTime(Dt,Ftime); Writeln('Setting file timestamp 'to 12:10 AM'); Reset(F); { Reopen file for reading } { Else close will update time } SetFTime(F,Ftime); end; Close(F); { Close file } end. 1

1

1

1

1

1

SetDate Sets the current date in the operating system,

procedure SetDate(Year, Month, Day: Word); For example:


uses WinDos; begin { Set the system date to 5/8/58 } SetDate(1958,5,8); end.

SetFIime S e t s t h e d a t e a n d t i m e a file w a s last w r i t t e n .

procedure SetFTime(var F; Time: Longint); A n y e r r o r s a r e r e p o r t e d i n DosError. T h e o n l y e r r o r c o d e is 6, a n I n v a l i d File H a n d l e . Note: F m u s t b e o p e n .

SetTime Sets t h e current time in the operating system,

procedure SetTime(Hour, Minute, Second, Sec100: Word); For example:

uses WinDos; begin { Set system clock to 12:01 AM } SetTime(0,1,0,0); end.

Unpackfime C o n v e r t s a Longint t o a r e c o r d .

procedure UnpackTime(Time: Longint; var DT: TDateTime); C o n v e r t s a 4-byte, p a c k e d d a t e - a n d - t i m e Longint r e t u r n e d b y GetFTime,

FindFirst, or FindNext i n t o a n u n p a c k e d DateTime r e c o r d .

Directory-handling Procedures and Functions T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s s u p p l i e s a c o m p l e t e set of d i r e c t o r y - h a n d l i n g procedures and functions:

571

572


CreateDir GetCurDir RemoveDir SetCurDir DiskFree DiskSize

CreateDir Creates a n e w subdirectory.

procedure CreateDir(Dir: PChar) E x e c u t e s t h e s a m e f u n c t i o n s as MkDir, b u t u s e s a T u r b o Pascal style s t r i n g r a t h e r t h a n a n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d string. F o r e x a m p l e :

uses WinCrt, WinDOS; const Create: PChar = 'C:\MyDir'; CDrive: Byte = 3; begin CreateDir(ADir); Writeln('Creating new directory @ ', ADir,'.'); end.

GetCurDir Returns the current directory o f a specified drive.

function GetCurDir(Dir: PChar; Drive: Byte): PChar; T h e following values represent their respective drives. This p r o c e d u r e c o n t i n u e s u n t i l all drives h a v e a n a m e : 0 = D e f a u l t drive 1 = Drive A 2 = Drive B 3 = Drive C For example:


uses WinCrt, WinDOS; const CDrive:Byte = 3; var CurDir: PChar; begin GetMem(CurDir, 80); GetCurDir(CurDir, CDrive); Writeln('Current directory = ', CurDir,'.'); end.

RemoveDir Removes an empty subdirectory,

procedure Remove(Dir: PChar); For example:

uses WinCrt, WinDos; const Remove: PChar = 'C:\01dDir'; CDrive: Byte = 3; begin RemoveDir(ADir); Writeln('Directory removed @ ', ADir,'.'); end.

SetCurDif C h a n g e s the current directory to the specified path,

procedure SetCurDir(Dir: PChar) If Dir s p e c i f i e s a drive letter, t h e d r i v e is a l s o c h a n g e d . F o r e x a m p l e :

uses WinCrt,

573

574


WinDOS; const ChangeTo: PChar = 'C:\'; CDrive: Byte = 3; var CurDir:

PChar;

begin GetMem(CurDir, 80); SetCurDir(ChangeTo); GetCurDir(CurDir, CDrive); Writeln('Current directory = ', CurDir,'.'); end.

DiskFree R e t u r n s t h e n u m b e r of free b y t e s o n a d i s k d r i v e . If t h e d r i v e n u m b e r is i n v a l i d , it r e t u r n s -1; o t h e r w i s e it r e t u r n s t h e n u m b e r of k i l o b y t e s (K) f r e e .

function where 0 1 2 3

= = = =

DiskFree(Drive:

Byte):

Longint;

D e f a u l t drive Drive A Drive B Drive C

and so on. For example:

uses WinDos, WinCrt; begin Writeln(DiskFree(0) end.

div 1024,

' K f r e e ');

DiskSize R e t u r n s t h e total s i z e , i n b y t e s , of s p e c i f i e d d i s k d r i v e ,

function DiskSize(Drive: where

Byte):

Longint;


0 1 2 3

= = = =

575

D e f a u l t drive Drive A Drive B Drive C

a n d s o o n . D i s k S i z e r e t u r n s t h e v a l u e - 1 if t h e d r i v e n u m b e r is i n v a l i d . For example:

uses WinDos, WinCrt; begin Writeln(DiskSize(0) div 1024, K ) ; end. 1

1

Environment-handling Functions T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s s u p p l i e s a c o m p l e t e set o f e n v i r o n m e n t - h a n d l i n g functions:

GetArgCount GetArgStr GetEnvVar

GetArgCount Returns the n u m b e r of parameters passed to the application by the c o m m a n d line.

function GetArgCount: Integer For e x a m p l e :

uses WinCrt, WinDOS; var ArgCount:

Integer;

begin ArgCount := GetArgCount; Writeln('There were ', ArgCount,' arguments on the command line'); end.

576


GetArgStr Returns the c o m m a n d - l i n e parameter specified by I n d e x . function

GetArgStr(Test:

PChar;

Index:

Integer;

MaxLen: W o r d ) :

T h e return value d e p e n d s o n the parameter: Parameter

Return

Value

I n d e x < 0 or > G e t A r G C o u n t

E m p t y string

Index = 0

File n a m e o f current m o d u l e ; T e s t = returned value

For example: uses WinCrt, WinDos; var ArgN:

PChar;

begin GetMem(ArgN, 2 0 ) ; G e t A r g S t r ( A r g N , 1, 1 9 ) ; W r i t e l n ( ' T h e 1 s t argument was end.

''',

ArgN,

'''.');

GetEnvVar Returns a pointer to the value o f a specified environment variable. function

GetEnvVar(VarName:

PChar):

PChar;

Returns value 0 if the specified environment variable d o e s not exist. For example: uses WinCrt, WinDos; var EnvironVar:

PChar;

begin GetMem(EnvironVar,

255);

PChar


EnvironmentVar := GetEnvVar( Path ) ; Writeln('The current path is: '); Writeln(EnvironVar); end. 1

1

File-handling Procedures and Functions T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s s u p p l i e s a c o m p l e t e set o f f i l e - h a n d l i n g p r o c e d u r e s and functions:

FileExpand FileSearch FileSplit FindFirst FindNext GetFAttr SetFAttr

FileExpand E x p a n d s a file n a m e i n t o a fully q u a l i f i e d file n a m e ,

function FileExpand(Test, Name: PChar): PChar; For example:

uses WinCrt, WinDOS; const MyFile: PChar = 'File.txt'; var Location: PChar; begin GetMem(Location, 80); FileExpand(Location, MyFile); Writeln(MyFile, ' is @ , Location, ' . ' ) ; end. 1

577

578


FileSearch S e a r c h e s f o r a file.

function FileSearch(Test, Name, List: PChar): PChar; S e a r c h e s i n a list o f d i r e c t o r i e s (DirList). T h e d i r e c t o r i e s i n DirList must be separated by semicolons. For example:

uses WinCrt, WinDos; var S: array[0..fsPathName] of Char; begin FileSearch(S, 'Turbo.Exe', GetEnvVar('Path ) ) ; if S[0] = #0 then Writeln('Turbo.Exe wasn't found') else Writeln('Found as ', FileExpand(S, S)); end. 1

FileSplit Splits a file n a m e i n t o its t h r e e c o m p o n e n t s ,

function FileSplit(Path, Dir, Name, Ext: PChar): Word; For example:

uses Strings, WinCrt, WinDos; var Path: array[0..fsPathName] of Char; Dir: array[0..fsDirectory] of Char; Name: array[0..fsFileName] of Char; Ext: array[0..fsExtension] of Char; begin Write('Filename (Work.pas): '); Readln(Path); FileSplit(Path, Dir, Name, Ext); if Name[0] = #0 then StrCopy(Name, 'Work');

I — T h e Turbo PascalforWindows WinDos Unit

if Ext[0] = #0 then StrCopy(Ext, '.PAS'); StrECopy(StrECopy(StrECopy(Path, Dir), Name), Ext); Writeln('New name = ', Path); end.

FindFirst Searches the specified directory for the matching file, procedure FindFirst(Path: PChar; Attr: Word; var F: TSearchRec); For example: uses WinDos, WinCrt; var Dirlnfo: TSearchRec; begin FindFirst('*.PAS', Archive, Dirlnfo); while DosError = 0 do begin Writeln(Dirlnfo.Name); FindNext(Dirlnfo); end; end.

FindNext Finds the next entry that matches the n a m e and attributes specified in an earlier call to FindFirst. procedure FindNext(var F: TSearchRec); Errors are reported in DosError. The only possible error code is 18: no more files. For example: uses WinDos, WinCrt; var Dirlnfo: TSearchRec; begin

579

580


Fine-First( *.PAS' , Archive, Dirlnfo); while DosError = 0 do begin Writeln(DirInfo.Name); FindNext(Dirlnfo); end; end. 1

GetFAttr R e t u r n s t h e attributes o f a file.

procedure GetFAttr(var F; var Attr: Word); F m u s t b e a file v a r i a b l e ( t y p e d , u n t y p e d , o r text file) that h a s b e e n assigned but has not b e e n o p e n e d . For example:

uses WinDos, WinCrt; var F: file; Attr: Word; begin { Get file name from command line } Assign(F, ParamStr(1)); GetFAttr(F, Attr); Writeln(ParamStr(1)); if DosError 0 then Writeln('DOS error code = ', DosError) else begin Write('Attribute = ', Attr); { Determine file attribute type using the flags in the WinDos unit } if Attr and faReadOnly 0 then Writeln( Read only file'); if Attr and faHidden 0 then Writeln('Hidden file'); if Attr and faSysFile 0 then Writeln('System file'); if Attr and faVolumelD 0 then Writeln('Volume ID'); if Attr and faDirectory 0 then Writeln( Directory name'); if Attr and faArchive 0 then Writeln('Archive (normal f i l e ) ) ; end; { else } end. 1

1

1


SetFAttr S e t s t h e a t t r i b u t e s o f a file.

procedure SetFAttr(var F; Attr: Word); E r r o r s are r e p o r t e d i n DosError. T h e p o s s i b l e e r r o r c o d e s a r e : 3

(Invalid path)

5

(File a c c e s s d e n i e d )

Note:

T h e file c a n n o t b e o p e n . F o r e x a m p l e :

uses WinDos; var F: file; begin Assign(F, 'C:\Myfile.txt'); SetFAttr(F, faHidden); Readln; SetFAttr(F, faArchive); end.

Interrupt Support Procedures T u r b o P a s c a l f o r W i n d o w s s u p p l i e s a c o m p l e t e set o f i n t e r r u p t procedures:

GetlntVec Intr MsDos SetlntVec

GetlntVec Returns the address stored in a specified interrupt vector,

procedure GetIntVec(IntNo: Byte; var Vector: Pointer);

support

581

582


For example: uses WinDos, WinCrt; var Int1 : Pointer; {$F+} procedure TimerHandler; interrupt; begin { Timer ISR } end; {$F-} begin GetIntVec($1C,Int1); SetIntVec($1C,Addr(TimerHandler)); Writeln( Press a key to e x i t ) ; repeat until Keypressed; SetIntVec($01C,Int1); end. 1

1

Intr Executes a specified software interrupt. procedure Intr(IntNo: Byte; var Regs: TRegisters); where IntNo is the software interrupt n u m b e r (0...255). TRegisters is a record defined in D O S .

N o t e : D o not use software interrupts that 1. D e p e n d o n specific values in SP or SS for entry 2. Modify SP or SS o n exit.

For example: uses WinCrt, WinDos; var


Date, Year, Month, Day : String; Regs : TRegisters; begin Regs.ah := $2a; with Regs do intr($21,Regs); with Regs do begin Str(cx,Year); Str(dh,Month); Str(dl,Day); end; Date := Month+'/'+Day+'/'+Year; writeln('Date = ', Date); end.

MsDos Executes a D O S function call.

procedure MsDos(var Regs: TRegisters); R e m e m b e r n o t t o u s e s o f t w a r e i n t e r r u p t s that e i t h e r d e p e n d o n s p e c i f i c v a l u e s i n SP or SS for e n t r y or that m o d i f y SP or SS o n exit. For e x a m p l e :

uses WinCrt, WinDos; var Date, Year, Month, Day : String; Regs : TRegisters; begin Regs.ah := $2a; with Regs do msdos(Regs); with Regs do

583

584


begin Str(cx,Year); Str(dh,Month); Str(dl,Day); end; Date := Month+'/'+Day+'/'+Year; Writeln('Date = , Date); end. 1

SetlntVec Sets a specified interrupt vector to a specified address,

procedure SetIntVec(IntNo: Byte; Vector: Pointer);

Miscellaneous Procedures and Functions T u r b o P a s c a l f o r W i n d o w s s u p p l i e s several m i s c e l l a n e o u s p r o c e d u r e s a n d functions:

DosVersion GetCBreak GetVerify SetCBreak SetVerify

DosVersion Returns the D O S version number.

function DosVersion: Word; T h e r e s u l t ' s l o w b y t e is t h e m a j o r v e r s i o n n u m b e r , a n d t h e h i g h b y t e is the minor version number. For example:

uses WinDos; var Ver: Word; begin Ver := DosVersion; Writeln('DOS version = ', Lo(Ver), '.', Hi(Ver)); end.


GetCBreak R e t u r n s t h e state of Ctrl-Break c h e c k i n g i n D O S .

procedure GetCBreak(var Break: Boolean); For e x a m p l e :

uses WinDos, WinCrt; const OffOn ('off

: array [Boolean] of String[3] = Von');

var cb : Boolean; begin GetCBreak(cb); Writeln('Control-Break checking is ', OffOn[cb]); cb := not(cb); Writeln('Turning Control-Break checking ', 0ff0n[cb]); SetCBreak(cb); end.

GetVerify R e t u r n s t h e state of t h e verify flag i n D O S .

procedure GetVerify(var Verify: Boolean); For e x a m p l e :

uses WinDos, WinCrt; const OffOn : array [Boolean] of String[3] = var Boo : Boolean;

( off','on ) ; 1

1

585

586


begin GetVerify(Boo); Writeln('Write verify = OffOn[Boo]); Boo := not(Boo); Writeln('Turning write verify ', OffOn[Boo]); SetVerify(Boo); end.

SetCBreak S e t s t h e state o f C t r l - B r e a k c h e c k i n g i n D O S .

procedure SetCBreak(Break: Boolean);

SetVerify S e t s t h e state o f t h e verify flag i n D O S .

procedure SetVerify(Verify: Boolean);

J

REFERENCE

DEBUGGING TURBO PASCAL FOR WINDOWS

APPUGfflONS

T h e T u r b o P a s c a l f o r W i n d o w s D e b u g g e r is a p o w e r f u l t o o l f o r d e b u g g i n g W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n s . It g o e s a m a j o r s t e p o r t w o f u r t h e r t h a n t h e b u i l t - i n d e b u g g i n g c a p a b i l i t i e s o f t h e T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s c o m p i l e r . T h e T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s c o m p i l e r ' s b u g - d e t e c t i n g p o w e r f o c u s e s o n m a k i n g s u r e that y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n c o d e m a k e s syntactic s e n s e . If y o u h a v e a n u n k n o w n i d e n t i f i e r o r h a v e o m i t t e d a n e c e s s a r y s e m i c o l o n , it'll f i n d it. B u t it c a n n o t g u a r a n t e e m o r e t h a n c o r r e c t syntax. Y o u r c o d e c a n survive c o m p i l e r b u g d e t e c t i o n a n d still c r a s h m i s e r a b l y (at r u n - t i m e ) . R u n - t i m e e r r o r s are t h e d o m a i n o f a n o t h e r class o f b u g d e t e c t o r s , " d e b u g g e r s . " D e b u g g e r s h e l p y o u i s o l a t e a n d c o r r e c t m i s t a k e s that u s u a l l y are n o t d u e t o e r r o r s i n s y n t a x . T h i s is a b r o a d a n d c o m p l e x g r o u p o f e r r o r s that y o u c a n m a k e i n t h e l o g i c o f y o u r c o d e , b y n o t a c c o u n t i n g f o r t h e full r a n g e o f p o s s i b l e a c t i o n s o f y o u r c o d e , a n d s o o n . D e b u g g i n g , i n this r e a l m , is a n i m p e r f e c t "art" at b e s t , a n d d e b u g g i n g W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n s is m o r e i m p e r f e c t yet. T h e k e y , I t h i n k , t o d e b u g g i n g W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n s lies i n i s o l a t i n g t h e m o r e likely e r r o r - p r o n e areas o f y o u r c o d e .

588


A f e w s i m p l e d e v e l o p m e n t tactics w i l l h e l p : 1. C o d e i n s m a l l f r a g m e n t s . U s e o b j e c t - o r i e n t e d t e c h n i q u e s t o k e e p d a t a a n d the behavior for manipulating data in objects. 2. D e v e l o p o b j e c t s , u n i t s , o r o t h e r s t r u c t u r a l b l o c k s o n e at a t i m e . M a k e s u r e that a n o b j e c t o r a b l o c k w o r k s b e f o r e m o v i n g o n t o o t h e r o b j e c t s o r b l o c k s , p a r t i c u l a r l y if t h e s e o b j e c t s a n d b l o c k s are i n t e r r e l a t e d . 3. R e d u c e t h e n u m b e r o f p r o c e d u r e s , f u n c t i o n s , a n d s o o n that c a n m a n i p u l a t e d a t a . If y o u d o n ' t u s e o b j e c t s , u s e l o c a l v a r i a b l e s . T h e s e tactics w i l l h e l p , b u t t h e y p r o b a b l y w o n ' t e l i m i n a t e all y o u r b u g s . W h e n y o u d i s c o v e r a b u g i n y o u r W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n , call o n T u r b o D e b u g g e r f o r W i n d o w s . I n effect, it s l o w s d o w n t h e e x e c u t i o n o f a n a p p l i c a t i o n a n d lets y o u e x a m i n e its s p e c i f i c a s p e c t s . Y o u c a n e x a m i n e t h e stack, v a r i a b l e v a l u e s , C P U registers, W i n d o w s messages, a n d so o n . T u r b o D e b u g g e r gives y o u seven m a i n ways to explore: 1. T r a c i n g ( e x e c u t i n g a n a p p l i c a t i o n o n e l i n e at a t i m e ) . 2. B a c k t r a c i n g ( s t e p p i n g b a c k w a r d t h r o u g h t h e a p p l i c a t i o n c o d e a l i n e at a time, a n d reversing the e x e c u t i o n ) . 3. S t e p p i n g ( e x e c u t i n g t h e a p p l i c a t i o n c o d e o n e l i n e at a t i m e b u t " s t e p p i n g o v e r " a n y calls t o p r o c e d u r e s o r f u n c t i o n s ) . T h i s w a y , t h e p r o c e d u r e o r f u n c t i o n is e x e c u t e d as a b l o c k a n d a n y v a l u e s are returned, but y o u don't "trace" through the procedure or function a l i n e at a t i m e . 4. V i e w i n g ( o p e n i n g a w i n d o w f o r v i e w i n g t h e states o f v a r i o u s c o m p o n e n t s o f t h e a p p l i c a t i o n ) . T h e s e c o m p o n e n t s are t h e a p p l i c a t i o n ' s v a r i a b l e s , b r e a k p o i n t s y o u set, t h e stack, a T u r b o D e b u g g e r l o g , a d a t a file, a s o u r c e file, C P U c o d e , m e m o r y , registers, n u m e r i c p r o c e s s o r i n f o r m a t i o n , o b j e c t h i e r a r c h i e s , t h e a p p l i c a t i o n ' s e x e c u t i o n history, and the application's output. 5. I n s p e c t i n g d a t a s t r u c t u r e s ( s u c h as arrays). 6. C h a n g i n g ( m a n i p u l a t i n g t h e a p p l i c a t i o n b y r e p l a c i n g t h e c u r r e n t v a l u e o f a v a r i a b l e w i t h a n e w v a l u e that y o u s p e c i f y ) . 7. W a t c h i n g a p p l i c a t i o n v a r i a b l e s ( t r a c k i n g t h e c h a n g i n g v a l u e s o f variables y o u specify). A l l t h e T u r b o D e b u g g e r f o r W i n d o w s f e a t u r e s are available i n p u l l - d o w n menus. T h e s i m p l e s t w a y t o u s e T u r b o D e b u g g e r f o r W i n d o w s is l o a d t h e application y o u w a n t to d e b u g into a T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s edit w i n d o w , a n d t h e n select D e b u g g e r f r o m t h e T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s R u n / D e b u g g e r

J — D e b u g g i n g T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s A p p l i c a t i o n s

m e n u . M a k e s u r e , t h o u g h , that y o u select O p t i o n s / L i n k e r / D e b u g i n f o i n E X E before you run Turbo Debugger. T h e specifics o f h o w y o u d e b u g y o u r application d e p e n d o n the k i n d o f application a n d possible error. In general, y o u d o n ' t want to trace t h r o u g h a n e n t i r e W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n . I n s t e a d , try t o i s o l a t e t h e e r r o r as b e s t y o u c a n a n d set b r e a k p o i n t s i n likely t r o u b l e d a r e a s . (I k n o w , I k n o w ; if y o u k n o w w h e r e t h e e r r o r is, y o u p r o b a b l y d o n ' t n e e d t h e d e b u g g e r — y e s a n d n o . ) If y o u ' r e d e v e l o p i n g t h e a p p l i c a t i o n o b j e c t b y o b j e c t o r b l o c k b y b l o c k , y o u c a n at least r e d u c e t h e b u g t o that a r e a . Set a b r e a k p o i n t a n d t h e n trace t h r o u g h t h e application from the breakpoint. I n m a n y s i t u a t i o n s , m a k i n g s u r e that a p r o c e d u r e , f u n c t i o n , o r m e t h o d g e t s c a l l e d , o r m o n i t o r i n g a v a r i a b l e ' s v a l u e s , c a n l o c a t e t h e b u g . I u s u a l l y start any d e b u g session by setting breakpoints a n d a d d i n g the variables within those b r e a k p o i n t s u s i n g A d d W a t c h . T h e n I s t e p o r trace t h r o u g h t h e c o d e . If y o u g e t a r u n - t i m e e r r o r that typically l o o k s like t h i s :

Runtime error 204 at 0002:018 n o t e t h e a d d r e s s ( y o u p r o b a b l y w i l l w a n t t o w r i t e it d o w n ) , a n d u s e t h e F i n d Error c o m m a n d o n the T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s Search m e n u to locate the error in your source c o d e . T h e Find Error dialog b o x appears. Enter the address o f the error in the Error Address b o x . T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s t h e n r e c o m p i l e s y o u r c o d e a n d s t o p s w h e n it r e a c h e s t h e a d d r e s s y o u specify, h i g h l i g h t i n g t h e s t a t e m e n t that caused the error. T h e n , fix t h e e r r o r (in t h e edit w i n d o w ) a n d r e c o m p i l e . R e p e a t t h e p r o c e s s if y o u h a v e t o .

589

K REFERENCE

TURBO PASCAL FOR WINDOWS ERROR MESSAGES T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s g e n e r a t e s t w o k i n d s o f e r r o r m e s s a g e s : c o m p i l e r error messages and run-time error messages. If y o u ' r e u s i n g t h e I D E t o c o m p i l e y o u r s o u r c e c o d e a n d a c o m p i l e r e r r o r o c c u r s , T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s m a k e s t h e E d i t w i n d o w active a n d m o v e s t h e c u r s o r t o t h e l o c a t i o n w h e r e it d e t e c t e d t h e e r r o r i n y o u r s o u r c e c o d e . If t h e e r r o r o c c u r s w h e n y o u ' r e u s i n g t h e c o m m a n d - l i n e c o m p i l e r , T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s displays the error message a n d n u m b e r a n d the o f f e n d i n g s o u r c e l i n e . A caret ( ^ ) i n t h e d i s p l a y e d s o u r c e l i n e i n d i c a t e s t h e error's location. If y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n g e n e r a t e s a n e r r o r at r u n - t i m e , it w i l l t e r m i n a t e , a n d t h e f o l l o w i n g m e s s a g e is d i s p l a y e d :

Runtime error at < x x x x : y y y y > where: • nurn is t h e r u n - t i m e e r r o r n u m b e r •

x x x x : y y y y i s the run-time error address

592


Compiler Error Messages C o m p i l e r e r r o r m e s s a g e s are n u m b e r e d f r o m 1 t o 168. T h e f o l l o w i n g e r r o r m e s s a g e s are c u r r e n t l y i m p l e m e n t e d i n T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s 1.0.

N o t e : N o t all n u m b e r s h a v e a c o r r e s p o n d i n g e r r o r m e s s a g e .

Error

Number

Error

Message

1

Out of memory

2

Identifier e x p e c t e d

3

U n k n o w n identifier

4

D u p l i c a t e identifier

5

Syntax error

6

E r r o r i n real c o n s t a n t

7

Error in integer constant

8

String constant exceeds line

9

T o o m a n y n e s t e d files

10

U n e x p e c t e d e n d o f file

11

Line t o o l o n g

12

T y p e identifier e x p e c t e d

13

T o o m a n y o p e n files

14

I n v a l i d file n a m e

15


16

D i s k full

17

Invalid c o m p i l e r directive

18

T o o m a n y files

19

U n d e f i n e d type in pointer definition

20

Variable identifier e x p e c t e d

21

Error in type

22

Structure t o o large

K — T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s Error M e s s a g e s

Error

Number

Error

Message

23

Set base type out of range

24

F i l e c o m p o n e n t s m a y n o t b e files o r o b j e c t s

25

I n v a l i d string l e n g t h

26

Type mismatch

27

Invalid subrange base type

28

Lower b o u n d > than upper b o u n d

29

Ordinal type expected

30

Integer constant expected

31

Constant expected

32

I n t e g e r o r real c o n s t a n t e x p e c t e d

33

Pointer type identifier e x p e c t e d

34

I n v a l i d f u n c t i o n result t y p e

35

Label identifier e x p e c t e d

36

B E G I N expected

37

E N D expected

38

Integer expression expected

39

Ordinal expression expected

40

Boolean expression expected

41

O p e r a n d types d o not match operator

42

Error in expression

43

Illegal assignment

44

Field identifier e x p e c t e d

45

O b j e c t file t o o l a r g e

46

Undefined external

47

I n v a l i d o b j e c t file r e c o r d

48

C o d e segment t o o large

49

D a t a s e g m e n t t o o large

50

D O expected continues

593

594


Error

Number

Error

Message

51

Invalid P U B L I C definition

52

Invalid E X T R N definition

53

T o o many E X T R N definitions

54

O F expected

55

INTERFACE expected

56

Invalid relocatable reference

57

T H E N expected

58

T O or D O W N T O expected

59

Undefined forward

61

Invalid typecast

62

Division by zero

63

I n v a l i d file t y p e

64

C a n n o t r e a d o r w r i t e v a r i a b l e s o f this t y p e

65

Pointer variable e x p e c t e d

66

String variable e x p e c t e d

67

String expression e x p e c t e d

68

Circular unit reference

69

Unit n a m e mismatch

70

Unit version mismatch

72

U n i t file f o r m a t e r r o r

73

IMPLEMENTATION expected

74

C o n s t a n t a n d case types don't m a t c h

75

R e c o r d variable e x p e c t e d

76

Constant out of range

77

File v a r i a b l e e x p e c t e d

78

Pointer expression expected

79

I n t e g e r o r real e x p r e s s i o n e x p e c t e d

80

Label not within current block

81

Label already defined


Error

Number

Error

Message

82

U n d e f i n e d l a b e l i n p r e c e d i n g s t a t e m e n t part

83

Invalid @ argument

84

UNIT expected

85

";" e x p e c t e d

86

":" e x p e c t e d

87

"," expected

88

"(" expected

89

" ) " expected

90

" = " expected

91

" : = " expected

92

"[" or "(." expected

93

" ] " or " . ) " expected

94

"." expected

95

expected

96

T o o m a n y variables

97

Invalid F O R control variable

98

Integer variable e x p e c t e d

99

File a n d p r o c e d u r e t y p e s are n o t a l l o w e d h e r e

100

String length mismatch

101

I n v a l i d o r d e r i n g o f fields

102

String constant expected

103

I n t e g e r o r real v a r i a b l e e x p e c t e d

104

O r d i n a l variable e x p e c t e d

105

I N L I N E error

106

Character expression expected

112

C A S E constant out of

113

Error in statement

114

C a n n o t call a n i n t e r r u p t p r o c e d u r e

range

continues

595

596


Error

Number

Error

Message

116

Must be in 8087 m o d e to compile

117

Target address not f o u n d

118

I n c l u d e files are n o t a l l o w e d h e r e

120

NIL expected

121

Invalid qualifier

122

Invalid variable reference

123

T o o many symbols

124

S t a t e m e n t part t o o l a r g e

126

Files m u s t b e v a r p a r a m e t e r s

127

T o o many conditional symbols

128

M i s p l a c e d conditional directive

129

E N D I F directive missing

130

E r r o r i n initial c o n d i t i o n a l d e f i n e s

131

H e a d e r does not match previous definition

132

Critical disk error

133

C a n n o t e v a l u a t e this e x p r e s s i o n

136

Invalid indirect reference

137

S t r u c t u r e d v a r i a b l e s are n o t a l l o w e d h e r e

140

Invalid

142

Procedure or function variable e x p e c t e d

143

Invalid p r o c e d u r e or function reference

146

File a c c e s s d e n i e d

147

Object type e x p e c t e d

148

L o c a l o b j e c t t y p e s are n o t a l l o w e d

149

VIRTUAL expected

150

M e t h o d identifier e x p e c t e d

151

V i r t u a l c o n s t r u c t o r s are n o t a l l o w e d

152

C o n s t r u c t o r identifier e x p e c t e d

floating-point

operation

K — T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s Error M e s s a g e s

Error

Number

Error

Message

153

Destructor identifier e x p e c t e d

154

Fail o n l y a l l o w e d w i t h i n c o n s t r u c t o r s

155

Invalid c o m b i n a t i o n o f o p c o d e a n d operands

156

M e m o r y reference expected

157

C a n n o t a d d o r subtract relocatable symbols

158

Invalid register c o m b i n a t i o n

159

286/287 i n s t r u c t i o n s are n o t e n a b l e d

160

Invalid symbol reference

161

C o d e generation error

162

ASM expected

163

Duplicate dynamic method index

164

D u p l i c a t e resource identifier

165

Duplicate or invalid export i n d e x

166

Procedure or function identifier e x p e c t e d

167

C a n n o t e x p o r t this s y m b o l

168

Duplicate export name

T h e following section provides m o r e detailed explanations of the compiler e r r o r m e s s a g e s . W h e n p o s s i b l e , s u g g e s t i o n s f o r c o r r e c t i n g t h e e r r o r s are supplied.

Compiler error 1: Out of memory This error occurs w h e n the compiler runs out o f m e m o r y . T o s o l v e this p r o b l e m , y o u m i g h t : • T r y t o i n c r e a s e t h e a m o u n t o f available m e m o r y i n W i n d o w s . • Set O p t i o n s / L i n k e r / L i n k b u f f e r t o d i s k . • If y o u ' r e n o t u s i n g t h e I D E a n d are u s i n g t h e c o m m a n d - l i n e c o m p i l e r , u s e t h e /L o p t i o n t o p l a c e t h e l i n k b u f f e r o n d i s k . If n o n e o f t h e s e s o l u t i o n s h e l p s , y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n (or u n i t ) m i g h t b e t o o l a r g e t o c o m p i l e i n t h e a m o u n t o f m e m o r y available o n y o u r s y s t e m . T r y d i v i d i n g t h e a p p l i c a t i o n o r u n i t that w o n ' t c o m p i l e i n t o t w o o r m o r e s m a l l e r units.

597

598


Compiler error 2: Identifier expected T h e c o m p i l e r e x p e c t e d a n i d e n t i f i e r at this p o i n t . O n e p o s s i b i l i t y is that y o u ' r e trying t o r e d e c l a r e a r e s e r v e d w o r d . A n o t h e r p o s s i b i l i t y is t h e e x i s t e n c e o f misplaced syntax p r e c e d i n g the location o f the error.

Compiler error 3: Unknown identifier M o s t likely, this i d e n t i f i e r h a s n ' t b e e n d e c l a r e d o r isn't visible w i t h i n t h e c u r r e n t scope.

Compiler error 4: Duplicate identifier T h e i d e n t i f i e r is a l r e a d y b e i n g u s e d w i t h i n t h e c u r r e n t b l o c k . Y o u ' r e e i t h e r actually duplicating the identifier or possibly misspelling o n e o f the duplicated identifiers.

Compiler error 5: Syntax error T h e c o m p i l e r d e t e c t e d a n illegal c h a r a c t e r .

Compiler error 6: Error in real constant Y o u s h o u l d specify a real c o n s t a n t i n t h e f o l l o w i n g f o r m : const RealConst

= 3.5688855;

Compiler error 7: Error in integer constant Y o u s h o u l d specify a n i n t e g e r c o n s t a n t i n t h e f o l l o w i n g f o r m : const IntConst

= 380;

N o t e : Whole

real n u m b e r s greater t h a n t h e m a x i m u m

integer

allowed must be followed by a decimal point and a zero. For example: 84,245,567,797.0


Compiler error 8: String constant exceeds line Y o u p o s s i b l y o m i t t e d t h e c l o s i n g q u o t e i n a string c o n s t a n t o r m i s t y p e d it.

Compiler error 9: Too many nested files T h e c o m p i l e r p e r m i t s a m a x i m u m o f 15 n e s t e d s o u r c e - c o d e files. O n e p o s s i b i l e s o u r c e o f e r r o r is a n e x c e s s i v e n u m b e r o f n e s t e d I n c l u d e files.

Compiler error 10: Unexpected end of file T h i s e r r o r is g e n e r a t e d w h e n : • Y o u r s o u r c e c o d e file e n d s b e f o r e t h e final End o f t h e m a i n s t a t e m e n t part. I n this c a s e , t h e begins a n d ends a r e p r o b a b l y u n b a l a n c e d . • A n I n c l u d e file e n d s i n t h e m i d d l e o f a s t a t e m e n t part. E v e r y s t a t e m e n t part m u s t b e c o n t a i n e d i n o n e file. • Y o u didn't close a c o m m e n t .

Compiler error 11: line too long T h e m a x i m u m l e n g t h o f a l i n e is 126 c h a r a c t e r s .

Compiler error 12: Type identifier expected T h e identifier doesn't d e n o t e a type correctly.

Compiler error 13: Too many open files T h i s e r r o r u s u a l l y m e a n s that: 1. Y o u h a v e n ' t s p e c i f i e d a FILES n u m b e r i n y o u r C O N F I G . S Y S

file.

2. Y o u h a v e s p e c i f i e d t o o f e w files i n y o u r C O N F I G . S Y S . I n c r e a s e t h e n u m b e r o f files i n y o u r C O N F I G . S Y S t o 20 o r m o r e u s i n g t h e FILES s t a t e m e n t :

FILES = 30;

599

600


Compiler error 14: Invalidfilename T h e file n a m e is i n v a l i d o r s p e c i f i e s a n o n e x i s t e n t p a t h .

Compiler error 15: File not found T h e file c o u l d n ' t b e l o c a t e d i n t h e c u r r e n t d i r e c t o r y o r i n a n y o f t h e s e a r c h directories you've specified in the Directories path.

Compiler error 16: Disk fidl D e l e t e files, u s e a n e w d i s k , a n d s o o n , t o free u p s o m e a d d i t i o n a l d i s k s p a c e .

Compiler error 17: Invalid compiler directive U s u a l l y , o n e o f t h e f o l l o w i n g p r o b l e m s exists: • T h e c o m p i l e r d i r e c t i v e letter is u n k n o w n . • O n e o f t h e c o m p i l e r - d i r e c t i v e p a r a m e t e r s is i n v a l i d . • Y o u ' r e u s i n g a global c o m p i l e r directive w h e n c o m p i l a t i o n o f the application's main b o d y has b e g u n .

Compiler error 18: Too many files Y o u ' r e u s i n g t o o m a n y files w h e n y o u c o m p i l e t h e p r o g r a m o r u n i t . O n e s o l u t i o n is t o c o m b i n e I n c l u d e files o r u n i t s .

Compiler error 19: Undefined type in pointer definition W h e n y o u d e c l a r e d t h e p o i n t e r t y p e , y o u r e f e r e n c e d a t y p e that h a s n ' t b e e n declared.

Compiler error 20: Variable identifier expected T h e identifier doesn't d e n o t e a variable correctly.

Compiler error 21: Error in type T h e s y m b o l y o u ' r e u s i n g c a n n o t b e g i n a type d e f i n i t i o n .


Compiler error 22: Structure too large I n T u r b o P a s c a l for W i n d o w s , s t r u c t u r e d t y p e s m u s t b e n o l a r g e r t h a n 6 5 5 2 0 bytes (64K).

Compiler error 23: Set base type out of range T h e b a s e t y p e o f a set m u s t b e a s u b r a n g e b e t w e e n 0 a n d 2 5 5 o r a n e n u m e r a t e d type with fewer than 257 possible values.

Compiler error 24: File components may not be files or objects T h e c o m p o n e n t t y p e o f a file t y p e c a n n o t b e a n o b j e c t t y p e o r a file t y p e , n o r c a n it b e a n y s t r u c t u r e d t y p e w i t h i n a n o b j e c t t y p e o r file t y p e .

Compiler error 25: Invalid string length T h e m a x i m u m l e n g t h o f a string m u s t b e i n t h e r a n g e 1 . . 2 5 5 .

Compiler error 26: Type mismatch U s u a l l y , this e r r o r r e s u l t s f r o m o n e o f t h e

following:

• I n c o m p a t i b l e types o f the variable a n d the expression in a n assignment statement. • I n c o m p a t i b l e t y p e s o f t h e a c t u a l a n d f o r m a l p a r a m e t e r i n a call t o a procedure or function. • A n e x p r e s s i o n t y p e that's i n c o m p a t i b l e w i t h t h e i n d e x t y p e i n array indexing. • Incompatible types o f o p e r a n d s in an expression.

Compiler error 27: Invalid subrange base type O r d i n a l t y p e s are t h e o n l y v a l i d b a s e t y p e s .

601

602


Compiler error 28: Lower bound > than upper bound W h e n y o u declared the subrange type, y o u specified a lower b o u n d greater than the u p p e r b o u n d .

Compiler error 29: Ordinal type expected P o i n t e r , r e a l , string, a n d s t r u c t u r e d t y p e s a r e n ' t a l l o w e d i n this s i t u a t i o n .

Compiler error 30: Integer constant expected O n l y a n i n t e g e r c o n s t a n t is p e r m i t t e d i n this s i t u a t i o n .

Compiler error 31: Constant expected O n l y a c o n s t a n t is p e r m i t t e d i n this s i t u a t i o n .

Compiler error 32: Integer or real constant expected O n l y a n u m e r i c c o n s t a n t is p e r m i t t e d i n this s i t u a t i o n .

Compiler error 33: Pointer type identifier expected T h e identifier doesn't d e n o t e a type properly.

Compiler error 34: Invalid Junction result type V a l i d f u n c t i o n result t y p e s c a n b e o n l y s i m p l e t y p e s , string t y p e s , a n d p o i n t e r types.

Compiler error 35: Label identifier expected T h e identifier doesn't d e n o t e a label properly.

Compiler error 36: BEGIN expected A b e g i n w a s e x p e c t e d at this p o i n t , o r t h e r e ' s a n e r r o r i n t h e b l o c k s t r u c t u r e o f the unit or program.

K — T u r b o PascalforWindows Error Messages

Begin

End T h e begin. . .end b l o c k c o n s t i t u t e s a c o n s t r u c t , w h i c h is a c o m p o u n d s t a t e m e n t . T h e begin a n d end reserved w o r d s act as s t a t e m e n t b r a c k e t s . For example:

{ Compound statement used within an "if" statement } if First < Last then begin Temp := First; First := Last; Last := Temp; end;

Compiler error 37: END expected A n end was expected here, or there's an error in the block structure of the unit or program. Use end with: • begin to form c o m p o u n d statements • case to form case statements • record to declare record types • obj ect to declare object types • asm to call the inline assembler For example: { with "begin" to form compound statement } if First < Last then begin Temp := First; First := Last; Last := Temp; end; { with "case" statement }

603

604


case Ch of 'A'.-'Z , 'a'.-'z': WriteLn('Letter'); '0'..'9': WriteLn('Digit'); ' + ', '-', '*', '/': WriteLn('Operator'); else WriteLn('Special character'); end; 1

{ with record type definitions } type Class = (Num, Dat, Str); Date = record D, M, Y: Integer; end; Facts = record Name: string[10]; case Kind: Class of Num: (N: real); Dat: (D: Date); Str: (S: string); end; { with object type definitions } type LocationPtr = "Location; Location = object X, Y: Integer; procedure Init(PX, PY: Integer); function GetX: Integer; function GetY: Integer; end; { with asm } asm mov ax,1 mov cx, 100 end;

Compiler error 38: Integer expression expected A n Integer type was expected.


Compiler error 39: Ordinal expression expected The expression must b e o f an ordinal type.

Compiler error 40: Boolean expression expected T h e e x p r e s s i o n m u s t b e o f t y p e Boolean.

Compiler error 41: Operand types do not match operator T h e o p e r a t o r c a n n o t b e u s e d o n o p e r a n d s o f this type; f o r e x a m p l e , 'C

d i v '6'.

Compiler error 42: Error in expression T h i s s y m b o l c a n n o t p a r t i c i p a t e i n this e x p r e s s i o n . Possibly, y o u ' v e o m i t t e d a n operator between two operands.

Compiler error 43: Illegal assignment Y o u c a n n o t a s s i g n v a l u e s t o files a n d u n t y p e d v a r i a b l e s . Y o u c a n a s s i g n v a l u e s t o a f u n c t i o n i d e n t i f i e r o n l y w i t h i n t h e s t a t e m e n t part o f t h e f u n c t i o n .

Compiler error 44: Field identifier expected T h e i d e n t i f i e r d o e s n ' t d e n o t e a field i n t h e r e c o r d v a r i a b l e .

Compiler error 45: Objectfiletoo large T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s c a n n o t l i n k i n O B J files l a r g e r t h a n 6 4 K .

Compiler error 46: Undefined external T h e e x t e r n a l p r o c e d u r e o r f u n c t i o n d o e s n ' t h a v e a m a t c h i n g PUBLIC d e f i n i t i o n i n a n o b j e c t file. C h e c k t o m a k e s u r e that y o u ' v e s p e c i f i e d all o b j e c t files i n $L f i l e - n a m e d i r e c t i v e s , a n d verify that y o u ' v e c o r r e c t l y s p e l l e d t h e p r o c e d u r e o r f u n c t i o n i d e n t i f i e r i n t h e . A S M file. T h e $L ( L i n k O b j e c t File) d i r e c t i v e i n s t r u c t s t h e c o m p i l e r t o l i n k t h e n a m e d file w i t h t h e p r o g r a m o r u n i t b e i n g c o m p i l e d . U s e t h e $L d i r e c t i v e t o l i n k in c o d e written in assembly language for subprograms declared to b e external.

605

606


Compiler error 47: Invalid objectfilerecord T h e O B J file c o n t a i n s a n i n v a l i d o b j e c t r e c o r d .

Compiler error 48: Code segment too large T h e m a x i m u m size o f a p r o g r a m ' s o r u n i t ' s c o d e is 6 5 5 2 0 b y t e s ( 6 4 K ) . T o b r e a k a c o d e s e g m e n t correctly, d o the following: • If y o u ' r e c o m p i l i n g a p r o g r a m , r e c o n s t r u c t t h e p r o g r a m b y m o v i n g s o m e o f its p r o c e d u r e s o r f u n c t i o n s i n t o a u n i t . • If y o u ' r e c o m p i l i n g a u n i t , d i v i d e it i n t o t w o o r m o r e u n i t s .

Compiler error 49: Data segment too large T h e m a x i m u m size o f a p r o g r a m ' s d a t a s e g m e n t is 6 5 5 2 0 b y t e s ( 6 4 K ) , i n c l u d i n g t h e d a t a d e c l a r e d b y t h e u s e d u n i t s . If y o u n e e d m o r e g l o b a l d a t a t h a n t h i s , d e c l a r e t h e l a r g e r s t r u c t u r e s as p o i n t e r s , a n d a l l o c a t e t h e m d y n a m i c a l l y u s i n g t h e New p r o c e d u r e . T h e New p r o c e d u r e c r e a t e s a n e w d y n a m i c v a r i a b l e a n d s p e c i f i e s a p o i n t e r v a r i a b l e t o p o i n t t o it. F o r e x a m p l e :

New(P, Init(326, 243));

Compiler error 50: DO expected T h e r e s e r v e d w o r d do h a s n ' t b e e n u s e d c o r r e c t l y . do (a r e s e r v e d w o r d ) is u s e d i n while, for, a n d with s t a t e m e n t s . F o r e x a m p l e :

while Ch = ' do Ch := GetChar; for Ch := 1 to 100 do Ch := GetChar; with Date[C] do month := 1; 1

Compiler error 51: Invalid PUBIJC definition T h i s e r r o r c a n o c c u r if: • T w o or m o r e PUBLIC directives in assembly l a n g u a g e c o d e define the s a m e identifier. • T h e O B J file d e f i n e s P U B L I C s y m b o l s that a r e n ' t i n t h e CODE s e g m e n t .


Compiler error 52: Invalid EXTRN definition T h i s e r r o r c a n o c c u r if: • T h e i d e n t i f i e r w a s r e f e r r e d t o t h r o u g h a n EXTRN d i r e c t i v e i n a s s e m b l y l a n g u a g e , b u t wasn't declared in the T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s p r o g r a m o r u n i t , n o r i n t h e i n t e r f a c e part o f a n y o f t h e u s e d u n i t s . • T h e identifier d e n o t e s a n absolute variable. • T h e identifier d e n o t e s a n inline p r o c e d u r e o r function.

Compiler error 53: Too many EXTRN definitions T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s d o e s n ' t allow .OBJ files w i t h m o r e t h a n 256 EXTRN definitions.

Compiler error 54: OF expected Y o u h a v e n ' t u s e d t h e r e s e r v e d w o r d of c o r r e c t l y . of is u s e d i n array, set, a n d file t y p e d e c l a r a t i o n s , a n d i n case s t a t e m e n t s . F o r example: { array declaration } type InList = array[1..650] of Integer; CharData = array[ A'.. Z'] of Byte; Matrix = array[0..5, 0..5] of real; 1

1

{ Set types } type Day = (Sun, Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat); CharSet = set of Char; Digits = set of 0..9; Days = set of Day; { File type declarations } type Person = record FirstName: string[15]; LastName : string[25]; Address : string[35]; end;

607

608


PersonFile = file of Person; NumberFile = file of Integer; SwapFile = file; {case statement } case Ch of 'A'-.'Z', ' a ' - . ' z ' : WriteLn('Letter'); '0'..'9': WriteLn('Digit'); ' + ', '-', '*', '/': WriteLn('Operator'); else WriteLn('Special character'); end;

Compiler error 55: INTERFACE expected Y o u h a v e n ' t u s e d t h e r e s e r v e d w o r d interface c o r r e c t l y . T h e i n t e r f a c e s e c t i o n o f a u n i t is t h e p u b l i c part. It d e t e r m i n e s w h i c h c o m p o n e n t s are v i s i b l e a n d a c c e s s i b l e t o a n y p r o g r a m (or o t h e r u n i t ) u s i n g that unit. T h e i n t e r f a c e s e c t i o n b e g i n s w i t h t h e r e s e r v e d w o r d interface, w h i c h a p p e a r s after t h e unit h e a d e r , a n d e n d s with t h e reserved w o r d implementation. In the unit interface, y o u declare constants, data types, variables, procedures, and functions. T h e "bodies" o f t h e public p r o c e d u r e s a n d functions are in the i m p l e m entation section. A uses c l a u s e c a n a p p e a r i n t h e i n t e r f a c e s e c t i o n . (If a uses c l a u s e is p r e s e n t , uses m u s t i m m e d i a t e l y f o l l o w t h e r e s e r v e d w o r d interface).

Compiler error 56: Invalid relocatable reference T h i s e r r o r c a n o c c u r if: • T h e O B J file c o n t a i n s d a t a a n d r e l o c a t a b l e r e f e r e n c e s i n s e g m e n t s o t h e r t h a n C O D E . F o r e x a m p l e , y o u m i g h t b e trying t o d e c l a r e initialized v a r i a b l e s i n t h e D A T A s e g m e n t . • T h e O B J file c o n t a i n s b y t e - s i z e d r e f e r e n c e s t o r e l o c a t a b l e s y m b o l s . T h i s e r r o r c a n o c c u r if y o u u s e t h e HIGH a n d LOW o p e r a t o r s w i t h r e l o c a t a b l e s y m b o l s , o r if y o u refer t o r e l o c a t a b l e s y m b o l s i n DB d i r e c t i v e s . • A n o p e r a n d refers t o a r e l o c a t a b l e s y m b o l that y o u d i d n ' t d e f i n e i n t h e CODE o r DATA s e g m e n t s . • A n o p e r a n d refers t o a n EXTRN p r o c e d u r e o r f u n c t i o n w i t h a n offset.

K — T u r b o Pascal for Windows

Error Messages

Compiler error 57: THEN expected Y o u haven't u s e d the reserved w o r d t h e n correctly. F o r example: { if

'if-then'

statements

}

( I < Min) o r ( I > Max) t h e n I

: = 0;

i f ParamCount 2 t h e n begin W r i t e L n ( Bad command l i n e ' ) ; Halt(1); end else begin ReadFile(ParamStr(1)); WriteFile(ParamStr(2)); 1

end;

Compiler error 58: TO or DOWNTO expected Y o u haven't u s e d the reserved w o r d t o or downto correctly. F o r example: { for

...

to, for

...

downto }

f o r I : = 1 t o ParamCount do WriteLn(ParamStr(I); f o r I : = 1 t o 21 do f o r J : = 1 t o 21 do begin X : = 0; f o r K : = 1 t o 21 do X : = X + M a t 1 [ I , K] * Mat2[K, J ] ; M a t [ I , J ] := X; end;

Compiler error 59: Undefined forward This error might o c c u r if: • Y o u declared the procedure or function in the interface part o f a unit, but didn't define it in the implementation part. • Y o u declared the procedure or function forward but didn't define it.

609

610


Compiler error 61: Invalid typecast T h i s e r r o r m i g h t o c c u r if: • I n a v a r i a b l e t y p e c a s t , t h e sizes o f t h e v a r i a b l e r e f e r e n c e a n d t h e d e s t i n a t i o n t y p e differ. • Y o u ' r e attempting to typecast a n expression w h e r e only a variable r e f e r e n c e is a l l o w e d .

Compiler error 62: Division by zero T h e preceding o p e r a n d attempts to divide by zero.

Compiler error 63: Invalidfiletype T h e f i l e - h a n d l i n g p r o c e d u r e d o e s n ' t s u p p o r t t h e g i v e n file's t y p e . F o r e x a m p l e , y o u m i g h t h a v e m a d e a call t o Readln w i t h a t y p e d file o r t o Seek w i t h a text file.

Compiler error 64: Cannot read or write variables of this type Read a n d Readln c a n i n p u t t h e f o l l o w i n g v a r i a b l e t y p e s :

Char Integer real string Write a n d Writeln c a n o u t p u t t h e f o l l o w i n g v a r i a b l e t y p e s :

Char Integer real string Boolean

Compiler error 65: Pointer variable expected This variable must b e o f a pointer type. A p o i n t e r type variable contains the m e m o r y address o f a d y n a m i c variable of a specified base type.


Compiler error 66: String variable expected T h i s v a r i a b l e m u s t b e o f a string t y p e .

Compiler error 67: String expression expected T h i s e x p r e s s i o n m u s t b e o f a string t y p e .

Compiler error 68: Circular unit reference T w o u n i t s c a n n o t use e a c h o t h e r i n t h e i r i n t e r f a c e p a r t s .

Compiler error 69: Unit name mismatch T h e n a m e o f t h e u n i t f o u n d i n t h e T P U file d o e s n ' t m a t c h t h e n a m e s p e c i f i e d i n t h e uses c l a u s e . O r , t h e n a m e o f t h e u n i t file n a m e d o e s n ' t m a t c h t h e n a m e o f t h e u n i t i n t h e u n i t h e a d e r w i t h i n t h e file.

Compiler error 70: Unit version mismatch O n e o r m o r e o f t h e u n i t s u s e d b y this u n i t h a v e b e e n c h a n g e d s i n c e this u n i t w a s compiled. Use Compile/Make or Compile/Build to automatically recompile the u n i t s that h a v e c h a n g e d . T h e C o m p i l e / M a k e c o m m a n d c r e a t e s a n E X E file a c c o r d i n g t o t h e f o l l o w ing rules: • If a p r i m a r y file h a s b e e n n a m e d i n t h e P r i m a r y F i l e d i a l o g b o x , that file is c o m p i l e d . O t h e r w i s e , t h e file i n t h e active edit w i n d o w is c o m p i l e d . T u r b o Pascal c h e c k s all files that t h e file b e i n g c o m p i l e d d e p e n d s o n t o s e e w h e t h e r t h e y exist a n d that t h e y are c u r r e n t . • If t h e s o u r c e file f o r a g i v e n u n i t h a s b e e n m o d i f i e d s i n c e t h e T ^ U ( o b j e c t c o d e ) file w a s c r e a t e d , that u n i t is r e c o m p i l e d . • If t h e i n t e r f a c e f o r a g i v e n u n i t h a s b e e n c h a n g e d , all o t h e r u n i t s that d e p e n d o n it are r e c o m p i l e d . • If a u n i t l i n k s i n a n O B J file ( e x t e r n a l r o u t i n e s ) , a n d t h e O B J file is n e w e r t h a n t h e u n i t ' s T P U file, t h e u n i t is r e c o m p i l e d . • If a u n i t c o n t a i n s a n I n c l u d e file a n d t h e I n c l u d e file is n e w e r t h a n that u n i t ' s T P U file, t h e u n i t is r e c o m p i l e d . • If t h e s o u r c e t o a u n i t ( T P U file) c a n n o t b e l o c a t e d , that u n i t is n o t c o m p i l e d , b u t u s e d as is.

611

612


T h i s o p t i o n is i d e n t i c a l t o C o m p i l e / B u i l d e x c e p t that it's c o n d i t i o n a l . ( B u i l d r e b u i l d s all files r e g a r d l e s s o f w h e t h e r t h e y ' r e o u t o f d a t e . ) T h e C o m p i l e / B u i l d c o m m a n d r e b u i l d s all t h e c o m p o n e n t s o f y o u r p r o g r a m regardless o f w h e t h e r they're current. T h i s o p t i o n is i d e n t i c a l t o C o m p i l e / M a k e e x c e p t that it is u n c o n d i t i o n a l . ( M a k e r e b u i l d s o n l y t h o s e files that a r e n ' t c u r r e n t . ) T h e C o m p i l e / B u i l d c o m m a n d r e c o m p i l e s all t h e files i n c l u d e d i n t h e p r i m a r y file. If y o u a b o r t a B u i l d c o m m a n d b y p r e s s i n g C t r l - B r e a k o r g e t e r r o r s that s t o p t h e b u i l d , y o u c a n p i c k u p w h e r e it left o f f b y c h o o s i n g C o m p i l e / M a k e .

Compiler error 72: Unitfileformat error T h e T P U file is i n v a l i d . C h e c k t o e n s u r e that it's a T P U file.

Compiler error 73: IMPLEMENTATION expected E i t h e r t h e r e s e r v e d w o r d implementation d o e s n ' t a p p e a r c o r r e c t l y o r y o u ' v e u s e d it i m p r o p e r l y . T h e implementation part o f t h e u n i t is w h e r e y o u find t h e b o d i e s o f t h e p r o c e d u r e s a n d f u n c t i o n s d e c l a r e d i n t h e i n t e r f a c e part o f t h e u n i t .

Compiler error 74: Constant and case types don't match T h e t y p e o f t h e case c o n s t a n t is i n c o m p a t i b l e w i t h t h e case s t a t e m e n t ' s selector expression.

Compiler error 75: Record variable expected This variable must b e o f a record type. A r e c o r d c o n t a i n s a n u m b e r o f c o m p o n e n t s , o r fields, that c a n b e o f different types. F o r e x a m p l e :

{ Record Type Definitions } type Class = (Num, Dat, Str); Date = record D, M, Y: Integer; end; Facts = record Name: string[10];


case Kind: Num: (N: Dat: (D: Str: (S:

Class of real); Date); string);

end;

Compiler error 76: Constant out of range Y o u ' r e p r o b a b l y trying t o d o o n e o f t h e f o l l o w i n g : • I n d e x a n array w i t h a n o u t - o f - r a n g e c o n s t a n t . • Assign a n out-of-range constant to a variable. • Pass a n o u t - o f - r a n g e c o n s t a n t as a p a r a m e t e r t o a p r o c e d u r e or function.

Compiler error 77: File variable expected T h i s v a r i a b l e m u s t b e o f a file t y p e . A file t y p e c o n s i s t s o f a l i n e a r s e q u e n c e o f c o m p o n e n t s o f t h e c o m p o n e n t t y p e , w h i c h c a n b e a n y t y p e e x c e p t a file t y p e . If t h e w o r d o f a n d t h e c o m p o n e n t t y p e a r e o m i t t e d , t h e t y p e d e n o t e s a n u n t y p e d file. T h e p r e d e f i n e d file t y p e T e x t signifies a file c o n t a i n i n g c h a r a c t e r s o r g a n i z e d i n t o l i n e s . F o r e x a m p l e : { File

type declarations

}

type Person = record FirstName: string[15]; LastName : string[25]; Address : string[35]; end; PersonFile = file of Person; NumberFile = file of Integer; SwapFile = file;

613

614


Compiler error 78: Pointer expression expected This expression must b e o f a pointer type. A pointer type variable contains t h e m e m o r y address o f a d y n a m i c variable o f a specified base type.

Compiler error 79: Integer or real expression expected T h i s e x p r e s s i o n m u s t b e o f e i t h e r a n Integer o r Real t y p e .

Compiler error 80: Label not within current block A goto s t a t e m e n t c a n n o t r e f e r e n c e a l a b e l o u t s i d e t h e c u r r e n t b l o c k .

Compiler error 81: Label already defined T h e label already marks a statement.

Compiler error 82: Undefined label in preceding statement part Y o u d e c l a r e d a n d r e f e r e n c e d t h e l a b e l i n a s t a t e m e n t part, b u t y o u n e v e r d e f i n e d it.

Compiler error 83: Invalid @ argument Valid a r g u m e n t s are variable references a n d p r o c e d u r e o r function identifiers.

Compiler error 84: UNIT expected T h e r e s e r v e d w o r d unit d o e s n ' t a p p e a r w h e r e it s h o u l d . U n i t s a r e t h e basis o f m o d u l a r p r o g r a m m i n g in T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s . Y o u u s e units t o create libraries a n d t o d i v i d e l a r g e p r o g r a m s i n t o l o g i c a l l y r e l a t e d m o d u l e s .

Compiler error 85:";" expected A semicolon was expected.

K — T u r b o Pascal f o r Windows

Compiler error 86:":" expected A colon was expected.

Compiler error 87:"," expected A c o m m a was expected.

Compiler error 88:"(" expected A n o p e n i n g parenthesis was expected.

Compiler error 89:")" expected A closing parenthesis was expected.

Compiler error 90: "=" expected A n equal sign was expected.

Compiler error 91: ":=" expected A n assignment operator was expected.

Compiler error 92:"[" or"(." expected A left b r a c k e t w a s e x p e c t e d .

Compiler error 93:"]" or".)" expected A right b r a c k e t w a s e x p e c t e d .

Compiler error 94:"." expected A period was expected.

Error M e s s a g e s

615

616


Compiler error 95:expected A subrange was expected. A s u b r a n g e t y p e is a r a n g e o f v a l u e s f r o m a n o r d i n a l t y p e c a l l e d t h e h o s t t y p e . T h e d e f i n i t i o n o f a s u b r a n g e t y p e s p e c i f i e s t h e least a n d t h e largest v a l u e i n t h e s u b r a n g e . B o t h c o n s t a n t s m u s t b e o f t h e s a m e o r d i n a l t y p e , a n d t h e first c o n s t a n t m u s t b e less t h a n o r e q u a l t o t h e s e c o n d c o n s t a n t . F o r e x a m p l e : 0..99 -128..127

Compiler error 96: Too many variables Global T h e total size o f t h e g l o b a l v a r i a b l e s d e c l a r e d w i t h i n a p r o g r a m o r u n i t c a n n o t exceed 64K. Local T h e t o t a l size o f t h e l o c a l v a r i a b l e s d e c l a r e d w i t h i n a p r o c e d u r e o r f u n c t i o n cannot exceed 64K.

Compiler error 97: Invalid FOR control variable T h e for s t a t e m e n t c o n t r o l v a r i a b l e m u s t b e a s i m p l e v a r i a b l e d e f i n e d i n t h e d e c l a r a t i o n part of t h e c u r r e n t s u b p r o g r a m . F o r e x a m p l e :

{for ... to, for ... downto } for I := 1 to ParamCount do Writel_n(ParamStr(I); for I := 1 to 10 do for J := 1 to 10 do begin X := 0; for K := 1 to 10 do X := X + Mat1[I, K] * Mat2[K, J ] ; Mat[I, J] := X; end;

Compiler error 98: Integer variable expected T h i s v a r i a b l e m u s t b e of a n Integer t y p e .


Compiler error 99: File and procedure types are not allowed here A typed constant cannot b e o f a fde type.

Compiler error 100: String length mismatch T h e length o f the string constant d o e s n ' t m a t c h the n u m b e r o f c o m p o n e n t s in t h e c h a r a c t e r array.

Compiler error 101: Invalid ordering of fields T h e fields o f a record-type constant m u s t b e written in the o r d e r o f declaration.

Compiler error 102: String constant expected A string c o n s t a n t d o e s n ' t a p p e a r w h e r e it s h o u l d . I n i n l i n e a s s e m b l e r s t a t e m e n t s , string c o n s t a n t s m u s t b e e n c l o s e d i n single or d o u b l e quotes. T w o c o n s e c u t i v e q u o t e s o f t h e s a m e t y p e as t h e e n c l o s i n g q u o t e s c o u n t as o n l y o n e c h a r a c t e r . S t r i n g c o n s t a n t s o f a n y l e n g t h are a l l o w e d i n DB d i r e c t i v e s , a n d c a u s e allocation o f a s e q u e n c e of bytes containing the A S C I I values o f the characters i n t h e string. W h e n n o t i n a DB d i r e c t i v e , a string c o n s t a n t c a n b e n o l o n g e r t h a n f o u r c h a r a c t e r s , a n d d e n o t e s a n u m e r i c v a l u e that c a n p a r t i c i p a t e i n a n e x p r e s s i o n . T h e n u m e r i c v a l u e o f a string c o n s t a n t is c a l c u l a t e d as:

+ 0rd(Ch1) + 0rd(Ch2) shl 8 + 0rd(Ch3) shl 16 + 0rd(Ch4) shl 24 where • Ch1 is t h e r i g h t m o s t (last) c h a r a c t e r • Ch4 is t h e l e f t m o s t (first) c h a r a c t e r If t h e string is s h o r t e r t h a n f o u r c h a r a c t e r s , t h e l e f t m o s t (first) c h a r a c t e r o r c h a r a c t e r s are a s s u m e d t o b e 0 ( z e r o ) . H e r e are s o m e e x a m p l e s o f string c o n s t a n t s a n d t h e i r c o r r e s p o n d i n g numeric values:

617

618


String

Constant

Numeric

a'

00000061H

ba'

00006261H

cba

636261H

1

'dcba'

64636261H

'a'

00006120H

a'

20202061H

'a'*2 1

000000E2H

a - A' 1

Not

Value

1

00000020H

'a'

FFFFFF9EH

Compiler error 103: Integer or real variable expected T h i s v a r i a b l e m u s t b e o f a n Integer o r Real t y p e .

Compiler error 104: Ordinal variable expected This variable must b e o f a n ordinal type. T u r b o P a s c a l h a s n i n e p r e d e f i n e d o r d i n a l t y p e s . Five o f t h e s e i n t e g e r t y p e s d e n o t e a s p e c i f i c s u b s e t o f t h e w h o l e n u m b e r s , as s h o w n i n t h e f o l l o w i n g : Type

Range

Size

Shortint

1 2 8 . . 127

8-bit

Integer

-32768.-32767

16-bit

Longint

-2147483648. .2147483647

32-bit

Byte

0.255

8-bit

Word

0.65535

16-bit

T h e o t h e r f o u r p r e d e f i n e d o r d i n a l t y p e s a r e t h e b o o l e a n s (Boolean,

WordBool, LongBool), a n d Char. T w o o t h e r classes o f u s e r - d e f i n e d o r d i n a l t y p e s a r e e n u m e r a t e d t y p e s a n d subrange types.


Compiler error 105: INLINE error T h e < o p e r a t o r isn't p e r m i t t e d i n c o n j u n c t i o n w i t h r e l o c a t a b l e r e f e r e n c e s t o variables. T h e s e r e f e r e n c e s a r e always w o r d - s i z e d .

Compiler error 106: Character expression expected T h i s e x p r e s s i o n m u s t b e o f a Char t y p e .

Compiler error 112: CASE constant out of range F o r Integer t y p e case s t a t e m e n t s , t h e c o n s t a n t s m u s t b e w i t h i n t h e r a n g e -32768..32767.

Compiler error 113: Error in statement T h i s s y m b o l c a n n o t start a s t a t e m e n t .

Compiler error 114: Cannot call an interrupt procedure Y o u c a n n o t d i r e c t l y call a n i n t e r r u p t p r o c e d u r e . T h e i n t e r r u p t d i r e c t i v e a l l o w s y o u t o d e c l a r e interrupt p r o c e d u r e s . A n interrupt p r o c e d u r e l o o k s like this: procedure IntProc(Flags, CS, IP, AX, BX, CX, DX, SI, DI, DS, ES, BP: Word); interrupt; T h e registers a r e p a s s e d as p s e u d o - p a r a m e t e r s s o that y o u c a n u s e a n d m o d i f y t h e m in the c o d e o f the interrupt p r o c e d u r e .

Compiler error 116: Must be in 80x87 mode to compile T h i s c o n s t r u c t c a n b e c o m p i l e d o n l y i n t h e { $ N + } state. O p e r a t i o n s o n t h e 8 0 x 8 7 Real t y p e s (Single, Double, Extended, a n d Comp) a r e n o t a l l o w e d i n t h e { $ N - } state.

619

620


Compiler error 117: Target address not found T h e S e a r c h / F i n d E r r o r c o m m a n d c o u l d n ' t l o c a t e a s t a t e m e n t that c o r r e s p o n d s to the specified address.

Compiler error 118: Includefilesare not allowed here E v e r y s t a t e m e n t part m u s t b e c o n t a i n e d e n t i r e l y i n o n e file.

Compiler error 120: NIL expected T y p e d c o n s t a n t s o f p o i n t e r t y p e s c a n b e initialized o n l y t o t h e v a l u e n i l .

Compiler error 121: Invalid qualifier Y o u ' r e p r o b a b y trying t o d o o n e o f t h e f o l l o w i n g : • I n d e x a v a r i a b l e that is n o t a n array. • S p e c i f y fields i n a v a r i a b l e that is n o t a r e c o r d . • D e r e f e r e n c e a v a r i a b l e that is n o t a p o i n t e r .

Compiler error 122: Invalid variable reference T h i s c o n s t r u c t f o l l o w s t h e s y n t a x o f a v a r i a b l e r e f e r e n c e , b u t it d o e s n ' t d e n o t e a memory location. Y o u ' r e probably calling a pointer function, but forgetting to dereference t h e result.

Compiler error 123: Too many symbols T h e program or unit declares m o r e than 64K of symbols. I f y o u ' r e c o m p i l i n g w i t h { $ D + } , try t u r n i n g it off. {Note: T h i s s t e p p r e v e n t s y o u f r o m finding r u n - t i m e e r r o r s i n that m o d u l e . ) Y o u c a n a l s o try m o v i n g s o m e d e c l a r a t i o n s i n t o a s e p a r a t e u n i t .

Compiler error 124: Statement part too large T u r b o Pascal limits t h e size o f a s t a t e m e n t part t o a b o u t 2 4 K . If y o u e n c o u n t e r this e r r o r , m o v e s e c t i o n s o f t h e s t a t e m e n t part i n t o o n e or more procedures.


Compiler error 126: Files must be var parameters Y o u ' r e p r o b a b l y trying t o d e c l a r e a file-type v a l u e p a r a m e t e r . File-type p a r a m e t e r s m u s t b e v a r p a r a m e t e r s .

Compiler error 127: Too many conditional symbols T h e r e isn't e n o u g h r o o m t o d e f i n e f u r t h e r c o n d i t i o n a l s y m b o l s . Try to eliminate s o m e symbols, o r shorten s o m e o f the symbolic n a m e s .

Compiler error 128: Misplaced conditional directive T h e c o m p i l e r e n c o u n t e r e d a n {$ELSE} o r {$ENDIF} d i r e c t i v e w i t h o u t a m a t c h i n g {$IFDEF}, {$IFNDEF}, o r {$IF0PT} d i r e c t i v e .

Compiler error 129: ENDEF directive missing T h e s o u r c e file e n d e d w i t h i n a c o n d i t i o n a l c o m p i l a t i o n c o n s t r u c t . T u r b o Pascal requires a n e q u a l n u m b e r o f { $ I F x x x } s a n d {$ENDIF}sin a s o u r c e file.

Compiler error 130: Error in initial conditional defines T h e initial c o n d i t i o n a l s y m b o l s s p e c i f i e d i n O p t i o n s / C o m p i l e r / C o n d i t i o n a l D e f i n e s ( o r i n a /D directive) a r e i n v a l i d . T u r b o P a s c a l f o r W i n d o w s e x p e c t s z e r o o r m o r e identifiers s e p a r a t e d b y blanks, commas, or semicolons.

Compiler error 131: Header does not match previous definition T h e p r o c e d u r e o r f u n c t i o n h e a d e r s p e c i f i e d i n a n i n t e r f a c e part o r FORWARD d e c l a r a t i o n d o e s n ' t m a t c h this h e a d e r .

Compiler error 132: Critical disk error A critical e r r o r o c c u r r e d d u r i n g c o m p i l a t i o n (for e x a m p l e , a D r i v e N o t R e a d y error).

621

622


Compiler error 133: Cannot evaluate this expression Y o u m i g h t b e trying t o u s e a n o n s u p p o r t e d f e a t u r e i n a c o n s t a n t e x p r e s s i o n o r in a d e b u g expression. F o r e x a m p l e , y o u m i g h t b e a t t e m p t i n g t o u s e t h e Sin f u n c t i o n i n a const d e c l a r a t i o n , o r a t t e m p t i n g t o call a u s e r - d e f i n e d f u n c t i o n i n a d e b u g e x p r e s s i o n .

Compiler error 136: Invalid indirect reference T h e statement attempts to m a k e an invalid indirect reference. For e x a m p l e , y o u might b e using an absolute variable w h o s e base variable is n o t k n o w n i n t h e c u r r e n t m o d u l e , o r u s i n g a n i n l i n e r o u t i n e that r e f e r e n c e s a variable not k n o w n in the current m o d u l e .

Compiler error 137: Structured variables are not allowed here Y o u m i g h t b e trying t o p e r f o r m a n o n s u p p o r t e d o p e r a t i o n o n a s t r u c t u r e d variable. F o r e x a m p l e , y o u m i g h t b e trying t o m u l t i p l y t w o r e c o r d s .

Compiler error 140: Invalidfloating-pointoperation A n o p e r a t i o n o n t w o real t y p e v a l u e s p r o d u c e d a n o v e r f l o w o r a d i v i s i o n by zero.

Compiler error 142: Procedure or function variable expected I n this c o n t e x t , t h e a d d r e s s o p e r a t o r ( @ ) c a n b e u s e d o n l y w i t h a p r o c e d u r e o r function variable.

Compiler error 143: Invalid procedure or function reference Y o u ' r e p r o b a b l y trying t o call a p r o c e d u r e i n a n e x p r e s s i o n . A p r o c e d u r e o r a f u n c t i o n m u s t b e c o m p i l e d i n t h e { $ F + } state, a n d c a n n o t b e d e c l a r e d w i t h i n l i n e o r i n t e r r u p t if it is t o b e a s s i g n e d t o a p r o c e d u r e variable.


Compiler error 146: File access denied T h e file c o u l d n ' t b e o p e n e d o r c r e a t e d . T h e p r o g r a m m i g h t b e trying t o w r i t e t o a r e a d - o n l y file.

Compiler error 147: Object type expected T h e identifier doesn't d e n o t e a n object type.

Compiler error 148: Local object types are not allowed O b j e c t t y p e s can b e d e f i n e d only in t h e o u t e r m o s t s c o p e o f a p r o g r a m o r u n i t . O b j e c t type definitions within p r o c e d u r e s a n d functions are n o t allowed.

Compiler error 149: \TKTUAL expected T h e k e y w o r d virtual is m i s s i n g . virtual is a p r o c e d u r e d i r e c t i v e . A virtual m e t h o d is a m e t h o d w h o s e call is l i n k e d t o its c o d e at r u n - t i m e , by a p r o c e s s c a l l e d late b i n d i n g . F o r example:

procedure Method(<parameter list>); virtual; D e c l a r i n g a m e t h o d as virtual m a k e s it p o s s i b l e for m e t h o d s w i t h t h e s a m e n a m e t o b e i m p l e m e n t e d in d i f f e r e n t w a y s u p a n d d o w n a h i e r a r c h y of object types.

Compiler error 150: Method identifier expected T h e identifier doesn't d e n o t e a m e t h o d .

Compiler error 151: Virtual constructors are not allowed A c o n s t r u c t o r m e t h o d m u s t b e static.

Compiler error 152: Constructor identifier expected T h e identifier doesn't d e n o t e a constructor.

Compiler error 153: Destructor identifier expected T h e identifier doesn't d e n o t e a destructor.

623

624


Compiler error 154: Fail only allowed within constructors T h e F a i l standard procedure can be used only within constructors.

Compiler error 155: Invalid combination of opcode and operands T h e a s s e m b l e r o p c o d e d o e s n ' t a c c e p t this c o m b i n a t i o n o f o p e r a n d s . P o s s i b l e c a u s e s are • T o o m a n y o r t o o f e w o p e r a n d s for this a s s e m b l e r o p c o d e ; for e x a m p l e , I N C A X , B X o r M O V AX. • T h e n u m b e r o f o p e r a n d s is c o r r e c t , b u t t h e i r t y p e s o r o r d e r d o n ' t m a t c h t h e o p c o d e ; for e x a m p l e , DEC 1, MOV AX,CL o r MOV 1 , AX.

Compiler error 156: Memory reference expected T h e a s s e m b l e r o p e r a n d isn't a m e m o r y r e f e r e n c e , w h i c h is r e q u i r e d h e r e . M o s t likely, y o u ' v e o m i t t e d t h e s q u a r e b r a c k e t s a r o u n d a n i n d e x r e g i s t e r o p e r a n d ; for e x a m p l e , MOV A X , B X + S I r a t h e r t h a n MOV A X , [ B X + S I ] .

Compiler error 157: Cannot add or subtract relocatable symbols T h e o n l y a r i t h m e t i c o p e r a t i o n that c a n b e p e r f o r m e d o n a r e l o c a t a b l e s y m b o l i n a n a s s e m b l e r o p e r a n d is a d d i t i o n o r s u b t r a c t i o n o f a c o n s t a n t . V a r i a b l e s , p r o c e d u r e s , f u n c t i o n s , a n d l a b e l s are r e l o c a t a b l e s y m b o l s . A s s u m i n g that Var is v a r i a b l e a n d Const is a c o n s t a n t , t h e n t h e i n s t r u c t i o n s MOV

A X , Const+Const a n d MOV A X , Var+Const are v a l i d , b u t MOV A X , Var+Var is n o t .

Compiler error 158: Invalid register combination V a l i d index-register c o m b i n a t i o n s are [ BX ] , [ BP ] , [ S I ] , [ DI ] , [ B X + S I ] , [ BX+DI ] , [ B P + S I ] , a n d [ B P + D I ] . O t h e r i n d e x - r e g i s t e r c o m b i n a t i o n s , s u c h as [ A X ] , [ B P + B X ] , a n d [ S I + D X ] , are n o t a l l o w e d . L o c a l v a r i a b l e s are always a l l o c a t e d o n t h e stack a n d a c c e s s e d b y w a y o f t h e B P register. T h e a s s e m b l e r a u t o m a t i c a l l y a d d s [ BP ] i n r e f e r e n c e s t o s u c h v a r i a b l e s ; t h e r e f o r e , a c o n s t r u c t like L o c a l [ B X ] ( w h e r e L o c a l is a l o c a l v a r i a b l e ) a p p e a r s v a l i d , b u t it's n o t , b e c a u s e t h e final o p e r a n d w o u l d b e c o m e Local[BP+BX].

K — T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s Error M e s s a g e s 62

Compiler error 159:286/287 instructions are not enabled U s e a { $ G + } c o m p i l e r d i r e c t i v e t o e n a b l e 286/287 o p c o d e s , b u t n o t i c e that t h e resulting c o d e cannot b e r u n o n 8086- a n d 8088-based machines.

Compiler error 160: Invalid symbol reference This symbol cannot b e accessed in a n assembler o p e r a n d . Possible causes are • Y o u ' r e trying t o a c c e s s a s t a n d a r d p r o c e d u r e , a s t a n d a r d f u n c t i o n , o r t h e Mem, MemW, MemL, Port, o r PortW s p e c i a l arrays i n a n a s s e m b l e r operand. • Y o u ' r e trying t o a c c e s s a string, f l o a t i n g - p o i n t , o r set c o n s t a n t i n a n assembler operand. • Y o u ' r e trying t o a c c e s s a n i n l i n e p r o c e d u r e o r f u n c t i o n i n a n a s s e m b l e r operand. • Y o u ' r e trying t o a c c e s s t h e ^Result s p e c i a l s y m b o l o u t s i d e a f u n c t i o n . • Y o u ' r e trying t o g e n e r a t e a s h o r t J M P i n s t r u c t i o n that j u m p s t o s o m e thing other than a label.

Compiler error 161: Code generation error T h e p r e c e d i n g s t a t e m e n t part c o n t a i n s a L O O P N E , L O O P E , L O O P , o r J C X Z i n s t r u c t i o n that c a n n o t r e a c h its target l a b e l .

Compiler error 162: ASM expected T h e c o m p i l e r e x p e c t s a n asm r e s e r v e d w o r d at this l o c a t i o n .

Compiler error 163: Duplicate dynamic method index This dynamic m e t h o d index has b e e n u s e d already by another m e t h o d .

Compiler error 164: Duplicate resource identifier T h i s r e s o u r c e file c o n t a i n s a r e s o u r c e w i t h a n a m e o r I D that h a s b e e n u s e d already by another resource.

5

626


Compiler error 165: Duplicate or invalid export index T h e o r d i n a l n u m b e r s p e c i f i e d i n t h e i n d e x c a u s e is n o t w i t h i n t h e r a n g e 1..32767, or has b e e n u s e d already by another e x p o r t e d routine.

Compiler error 166: Procedure or function identifier expected T h e exports clause allows only procedures a n d functions to be exported.

Compiler error 167: Cannot export this symbol A p r o c e d u r e o r f u n c t i o n c a n n o t b e e x p o r t e d u n l e s s it w a s d e c l a r e d w i t h t h e export function.

Compiler error 168: Duplicate export name T h e n a m e specified in the n a m e clause has b e e n u s e d already by another exported routine.

Run-time Error Messages Error

Number

Error

Message

1

Invalid function n u m b e r

2


3

Path not f o u n d

4

T o o m a n y o p e n files

5

File a c c e s s d e n i e d

6

I n v a l i d file h a n d l e

12

I n v a l i d file a c c e s s c o d e

15

I n v a l i d drive n u m b e r

16

C a n n o t remove current directory

17

C a n n o t r e n a m e a c r o s s drives

100

Disk read error

K — T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s Error M e s s a g e s 62

Error

Number

Error

Message

101

Disk write error

102

File n o t a s s i g n e d

103

File n o t o p e n

104

File n o t o p e n for i n p u t

105

File n o t o p e n for o u t p u t

106

Invalid numeric format

200

Division by zero

201

Range check error

202

Stack overflow error

203

H e a p overflow error

204

Invalid pointer operation

205

Floating point overflow

206

Floating point underflow

207

I n v a l i d floating p o i n t o p e r a t i o n

210

O b j e c t n o t initialized

211

C a l l t o abstract m e t h o d

212

Stream registration error

213

Collection index out of range

214

C o l l e c t i o n overflow error

Run-time error 1: Invalid function number Y o u t r i e d t o call a n o n e x i s t e n t D O S f u n c t i o n .

Run-time error 2: File not found T h e r o u t i n e s Reset, Append, Rename, a n d Erase r e p o r t this e r r o r if t h e n a m e a s s i g n e d t o t h e file v a r i a b l e d o e s n ' t s p e c i f y a n e x i s t i n g file.

7

628


Run-time error 3: Path not found T h e r o u t i n e s R e s e t , A p p e n d , R e w r i t e , Rename, a n d E r a s e r e p o r t this e r r o r if t h e n a m e a s s i g n e d t o t h e file v a r i a b l e is i n v a l i d o r s p e c i f i e s a n o n - e x i s t e n t subdirectory. T h e r o u t i n e s C h D i r , M k D i r , a n d RmDir r e p o r t this e r r o r if t h e p a t h is i n v a l i d o r if it s p e c i f i e s a n o n - e x i s t e n t s u b d i r e c t o r y .

Run-time error 4: Too many open files T h e r o u t i n e s R e s e t , R e w r i t e , a n d A p p e n d r e p o r t this e r r o r if t h e p r o g r a m h a s t o o m a n y o p e n files. D O S n e v e r a l l o w s m o r e t h a n 15 o p e n files p e r p r o c e s s . If y o u g e t this e r r o r w i t h less t h a n 15 o p e n files, t h e C O N F I G . S Y S file m i g h t n o t i n c l u d e a F I L E S = x x e n t r y (or x x m i g h t s p e c i f y t o o f e w files). Increase the n u m b e r xx to s o m e suitable value, b e t w e e n 20 a n d 30.

Run-time error 5: File access denied Reported

By

When

Problem

Occurs

Reset

F i l e M o d e a l l o w s writing, a n d t h e n a m e a s s i g n e d t o t h e file variable specifies a directory o r a reado n l y file.

Append

F i l e M o d e a l l o w s writing, a n d t h e n a m e a s s i g n e d t o t h e file variable specifies a directory o r a reado n l y file.

Rewrite

T h e directory is full, o r t h e n a m e a s s i g n e d t o t h e file variable specifies a directory o r a n e x i s t i n g read-only file.

Rename

T h e n a m e a s s i g n e d t o t h e file variable specifies a directory, o r t h e n e w n a m e s p e c i f i e s a n e x i s t i n g file.

Erase

T h e n a m e a s s i g n e d t o t h e file variable s p e c i f i e s a directory o r a read-only file.

MkDir

A file w i t h t h e s a m e n a m e exists in t h e p a r e n t directory, o r there is n o room in t h e p a r e n t directory, o r t h e p a t h s p e c i f i e s a d e v i c e .

RmDir

T h e directory isn't e m p t y , o r t h e p a t h d o e s n ' t specify a directory, o r t h e p a t h specifies t h e root directory.


Reported

By

When

Problem

Occurs

Read

( O n a t y p e d o r u n t y p e d file): T h e file is n o t o p e n for reading.

BlockRead

( O n a t y p e d o r u n t y p e d f i l e ) : T h e file is n o t o p e n for reading.

Write

( O n a t y p e d o r u n t y p e d f i l e ) : T h e file is n o t o p e n for writing.

BlockWrite

( O n a t y p e d o r u n t y p e d f i l e ) : T h e file is n o t o p e n for writing.

Run-time error 6: Invalidfilehandle T h i s e r r o r is r e p o r t e d if a n i n v a l i d file h a n d l e is p a s s e d t o a D O S s y s t e m c a l l . T h i s e r r o r s h o u l d n e v e r o c c u r ; if it d o e s , y o u k n o w that t h e file v a r i a b l e is s o m e h o w t r a s h e d .

Run-time error 12: Invalidfileaccess code Reset a n d Append r e p o r t this e r r o r ( o n a t y p e d o r u n t y p e d file) if t h e v a l u e o f F i l e M o d e is i n v a l i d .

Run-time error 15: Invalid drive number GetDir a n d ChDir r e p o r t this e r r o r if t h e d r i v e n u m b e r is i n v a l i d .

Run-time error 16: Cannot remove current directory RmDir r e p o r t s this e r r o r if t h e p a t h s p e c i f i e s t h e c u r r e n t d i r e c t o r y .

Run-time error 17: Cannot rename across drives Rename r e p o r t s this e r r o r if b o t h n a m e s a r e n o t o n t h e s a m e d r i v e .

Run-time error 100: Disk read error R e a d r e p o r t s this e r r o r o n a t y p e d file if y o u a t t e m p t t o r e a d p a s t t h e e n d o f t h e file.

629

630


Run-time error 101: Disk write error Close, Write, Writeln, a n d Flush r e p o r t this e r r o r if t h e d i s k b e c o m e s f u l l .

Run-time error 102: File not assigned Reset,Rewrite,Append,Rename, a n d Erase r e p o r t this e r r o r if t h e file v a r i a b l e h a s n o t b e e n a s s i g n e d a n a m e t h r o u g h a call t o Assign.

Run-time error 103: File not open T h e f o l l o w i n g p r o c e d u r e s ( o r f u n c t i o n s ) r e p o r t this e r r o r if t h e file isn't o p e n : BlockRead BlockWrite Close Eof FilePos FileSize Flush Read Seek Write

Run-time error 104: File not open for input T h e f o l l o w i n g p r o c e d u r e s (or f u n c t i o n s ) r e p o r t this e r r o r o n a text file if t h e file isn't o p e n f o r i n p u t : Eof Eoln Read ReadLn SeekEof SeekEoln

Run-time error 105: File not open for output T h i s e r r o r o c c u r s if y o u try t o u s e s t a n d a r d i n p u t a n d o u t p u t f u n c t i o n s s u c h as Readln a n d Writeln w i t h o u t t h e Uses WinCRT; s t a t e m e n t . T o c o r r e c t this e r r o r , just a d d Uses WinCRT; t o y o u r p r o g r a m .


Run-time error 106: Invalid numeric format Read a n d Read I n r e p o r t this e r r o r if a n u m e r i c v a l u e r e a d f r o m a text file d o e s n ' t c o n f o r m to the proper numeric format.

Run-time error 200: Division by zero T h e p r o g r a m a t t e m p t e d t o d i v i d e a n u m b e r b y 0 d u r i n g a /, mod, o r d i v operation.

Run-time error 201: Range check error T h i s e r r o r is r e p o r t e d b y s t a t e m e n t s c o m p i l e d i n t h e { $ R + } state, w h e n o n e o f t h e f o l l o w i n g s i t u a t i o n s arises: • T h e i n d e x o f a n array w a s o u t o f r a n g e . • T h e p r o g r a m attempted to assign a n out-of-range value to a variable. • T h e p r o g r a m a t t e m p t e d t o p a s s a n o u t - o f - r a n g e v a l u e as a p a r a m e t e r t o a procedure or function.

Run-time error 202: Stack overflow error A n a p p l i c a t i o n r e p o r t s this e r r o r o n e n t r y t o a p r o c e d u r e o r f u n c t i o n c o m p i l e d i n t h e { $ S + } state w h e n t h e r e isn't e n o u g h stack s p a c e t o a l l o c a t e t h e subprogram's local variables. I n c r e a s e t h e size o f t h e stack w i t h t h e $M c o m p i l e r d i r e c t i v e . T h e S t a c k O v e r f l o w e r r o r c a n a l s o b e c a u s e d b y infinite r e c u r s i o n , o r b y a n a s s e m b l y l a n g u a g e p r o c e d u r e that d o e s n ' t m a i n t a i n t h e stack p r o p e r l y .

Run-time error 203: Heap overflow error New a n d GetMem r e p o r t this e r r o r w h e n t h e r e isn't e n o u g h free s p a c e i n t h e h e a p t o a l l o c a t e a b l o c k o f t h e r e q u e s t e d size.

Run-time error 204: Invalid pointer operation Dispose a n d FreeMem r e p o r t this e r r o r if t h e p o i n t e r is n i l o r if it p o i n t s t o a location outside the heap.

631

632


Run-time error 205: Floating point overflow A floating-point o p e r a t i o n p r o d u c e d a n u m b e r t o o l a r g e f o r T u r b o Pascal (or t h e n u m e r i c c o p r o c e s s o r , if t h e r e is o n e ) t o h a n d l e .

Run-time error 206: Floating point underflow A

floating-point o p e r a t i o n p r o d u c e d a n u n d e r f l o w . T h i s e r r o r is r e p o r t e d o n l y if y o u a r e u s i n g a n u m e r i c c o p r o c e s s o r w i t h a c o n t r o l w o r d that u n m a s k s u n d e r f l o w e x c e p t i o n s . B y d e f a u l t , a n u n d e r f l o w c a u s e s a result o f z e r o t o b e r e t u r n e d .

Run-time error 207: Invalidfloatingpoint operation O n e o f the following

floating-point

errors o c c u r r e d :

• T h e real v a l u e p a s s e d toTruncorRound c o u l d n o t b e c o n v e r t e d t o a n i n t e g e r w i t h i n t h e Longint r a n g e ( - 2 1 4 7 4 8 3 6 4 8 t o 2 1 4 7 4 8 3 6 4 7 ) . • T h e a r g u m e n t p a s s e d t o t h e Sqrt f u n c t i o n w a s n e g a t i v e . • T h e a r g u m e n t p a s s e d t o t h e Ln f u n c t i o n w a s 0 o r n e g a t i v e . • A n 8 0 x 8 7 stack o v e r f l o w o c c u r r e d .

Run-time error 210: Object not initialized W i t h r a n g e - c h e c k i n g o n , y o u m a d e a call t o a n o b j e c t ' s virtual m e t h o d , b e f o r e t h e o b j e c t h a d b e e n initialized b y w a y o f a c o n s t r u c t o r c a l l .

Run-time error 211: Call to abstract method T h i s e r r o r is g e n e r a t e d b y t h e Abstract p r o c e d u r e i n t h e W O b j ects u n i t . It i n d i c a t e s that y o u r p r o g r a m t r i e d t o e x e c u t e a n abstract virtual method.

Run-time error 212: Stream registration error T h i s e r r o r is g e n e r a t e d b y t h e RegisterType p r o c e d u r e i n t h e WOb j ects u n i t . It i n d i c a t e s that o n e o f t h e f o l l o w i n g errors h a s o c c u r r e d : • T h e stream registration record d o e s n o t reside in the data segment. • T h e Ob j Type field o f t h e s t r e a m r e g i s t r a t i o n r e c o r d is 0 .


• T h e type has already b e e n registered. • A n o t h e r t y p e w i t h t h e s a m e Ob j T y p e v a l u e a l r e a d y e x i s t s .

Run-time error 213: Collection index out of range T h e i n d e x p a s s e d t o a T C o l l e c t i o n m e t h o d is o u t o f r a n g e .

Run-time error 214: Collection overflow error T h i s e r r o r is r e p o r t e d b y a T C o l l e c t i o n if a n a t t e m p t is m a d e t o a d d a n e l e m e n t w h e n the collection cannot be expanded.

633

L REFERENCE

WINDOW MANAGER INTERFACE PROCEDURES AND FUNCTIONS A l p h a b e t i c a l listing o f W i n d o w s M a n a g e r I n t e r f a c e p r o c e d u r e s a n d f u n c t i o n s :

Caret Clipboard Cursor Dialog-Box Display and Movement Error Hardware Hook Information

Input Menu Message Painting Property Scrolling System Window-Creation

Caret Procedures and Functions CreateCaret DestroyCaret GetCaretBlinkTime GetCaretPos

HideCaret SetCaretBlinkTime SetCaretPos ShowCaret

636


CreateCaret procedure CreateCaret(Wnd: HWnd; ABitmap: HBitmap; Width, Height: Integer); C r e a t e s a n e w s h a p e f o r t h e s y s t e m caret. Parameters

Description

Wnd

O w n i n g w i n d o w o f t h e n e w caret

ABitmap

B i t m a p that d e f i n e s t h e caret; if 0 caret is b l a c k ; if 1 caret is g r a y

Width

Caret w i d t h (in logical units)

Height

Caret height (in logical units)

DestroyCaret procedure DestroyCaret; D e s t r o y s t h e c u r r e n t caret, frees it f r o m t h e o w n i n g w i n d o w , a n d r e m o v e s it f r o m t h e s c r e e n (if it is c u r r e n t l y v i s i b l e ) .

GetCaretBlinkrime function GetCaretBlinkTime: Word; G e t s caret b l i n k ( t i m e b e t w e e n flashes o f t h e c a r e t ) . Return Value: B l i n k rate (in m i l l i s e c o n d s ) .

GetCaretPos procedure GetCaretPos(var Point: TPoint); G e t s t h e c u r r e n t caret p o s i t i o n (in c l i e n t c o o r d i n a t e s ) . Parameter Point

Description R e c e i v i n g TPoint s t r u c t u r e

L — W i n d o w M a n a g e r Interface P r o c e d u r e s a n d F u n c t i o n s

HideCaret procedure HideCaret(Wnd: HWnd); N o n d e s t r u c t i v e l y r e m o v e s t h e caret f r o m t h e d i s p l a y s c r e e n . Parameter Wnd

Description O w n i n g w i n d o w o f caret o r 0 if o w n i n g w i n d o w is i n c u r r e n t task

SetCaretBlinkTime procedure SetCaretBlinkTime(MSeconds: Word); S e t s t h e e l a p s e d t i m e b e t w e e n caret Parameter MSeconds

flashes.

Description B l i n k rate ( i n m i l l i s e c o n d s )

SetCaretPos procedure SetCaretPos(X, Y :

Integer);

M o v e s t h e caret t o t h e s p e c i f i e d (X, Y) p o s i t i o n . Parameter X, Y

Description N e w position (in logical coordinates)

ShowCaret procedure ShowCaret(Wnd: HWnd); S h o w s a caret that is o w n e d b y Wnd o n t h e d i s p l a y . Parameter Wnd

Description W i n d o w i d e n t i f i e r o r 0 f o r a w i n d o w i n t h e c u r r e n t task.

637

638


Clipboard Procedures and Functions ChangeClipboardChain CloseClipboard EmptyClipboard EnumClipboardFormats GetClipboardData GetClipboardFormatName GetClipboardOwner GetClipboardViewer GetPriorityClipboardFormat IsClipboardFormatAvailable OpenClipboard RegisterClipboardFormat SetClipboardData SetClipboardViewer

ChangeClipboardChain function ChangeClipboardChain(Wnd, WndNext: HWnd): Bool; R e m o v e s Wnd f r o m t h e c h a i n o f c l i p b o a r d v i e w e r s a n d r e p l a c e s it w i t h WndNext. Parameters

Description

Wnd

W i n d o w to be removed from chain

WndNext

W i n d o w that f o l l o w s Wnd i n t h e c l i p b o a r d - v i e w e r c h a i n .

Return Value: N o n z e r o if t h e w i n d o w is f o u n d a n d r e m o v e d .

CloseClipboard function CloseClipboard: Bool; Closes the clipboard to allow the clipboard to be accessed by other applications. Return

Value:

N o n z e r o if c l i p b o a r d is c l o s e d ; e l s e 0.

EmptyClipboard function EmptyClipboard: Bool;


E m p t i e s t h e c l i p b o a r d a n d frees handles t o d a t a i n t h e c l i p b o a r d . O w n e r s h i p is a s s i g n e d t o t h e w i n d o w that has t h e c l i p b o a r d o p e n . Return Value: N o n z e r o if t h e c l i p b o a r d is e m p t i e d ; 0 if error.

EnumClipboardFofmats function EnumClipboardFormats(Format: Word): Word; E n u m e r a t e s list of available c l i p b o a r d formats. Parameter Format

Description K n o w n format or 0 for first format in list; t h e formats are s p e c i f i e d b y t h e cf _Clipboard formats.

Return Value: N e x t k n o w n c l i p b o a r d f o r m a t ; 0 if e n d o f f o r m a t list o r if c l i p b o a r d c l o s e d .

GetClipboardData function GetClipboardData(Format: Word): "["Handle; Gets clipboard data in a specified format. T h e clipboard controls the memory block. Parameter Format

returned

Description C l i p b o a r d d a t a format; one of t h e cf _ Clipboard formats' c o n s t a n t s

Return Value: M e m o r y b l o c k c o n t a i n i n g c l i p b o a r d d a t a ; 0 if error.

GetClipboardFormatName function GetClipboardFormatName(Format: Word; FormatName: PChar; MaxCount: Integer): Integer; G e t s a registered Parameters

f o r m a t n a m e from t h e c l i p b o a r d . Description

Format

C l i p b o a r d format; one of t h e cf _ Clipboard formats' constants

FormatName

Receiving buffer

MaxCount

Size o f buffer

639

640


Return Value: A c t u a l l e n g t h o f c o p i e d string; 0 if i n v a l i d f o r m a t r e q u e s t e d .

GetClipboardOwner function GetClipboardOwner: HWnd; G e t s t h e w i n d o w that c u r r e n t l y o w n s t h e c l i p b o a r d . Return Value: O w n i n g w i n d o w ; 0 if n o o w n e r .

GetClipboardViewer function GetClipboardViewer: HWnd; G e t s t h e first w i n d o w i n t h e c l i p b o a r d - v i e w e r c h a i n . Return Value: W i n d o w c u r r e n t l y r e s p o n s i b l e f o r d i s p l a y i n g t h e c l i p b o a r d ; 0 if n o v i e w e r .

GetPriorityClipboardFormat function GetPriorityClipboardFormat(var Count: Integer): Integer;

PriorityList;

G e t s t h e first c l i p b o a r d f o r m a t i n PriorityList f o r which d a t a e x i s t s . Parameters

Description

PriorityList

I n t e g e r array c o n t a i n i n g c l i p b o a r d f o r m a t s i n p r i o r i t y o r d e r ; t h e f o r m a t s a r e c f _ Clipboard f o r m a t s

Count

S i z e o f PriorityList

Return Value: H i g h e s t p r i o r i t y f o r m a t i n list: - 1 if n o m a t c h ; 0 if t h e r e ' s n o d a t a i n t h e clipboard.

IsClipboardFormatAvailable function IsClipboardFormatAvailable(Format: Word): Bool; D e t e r m i n e s w h e t h e r d a t a i n t h e s p e c i f i e d f o r m a t is i n t h e c l i p b o a r d . Parameter Format

Description Registered clipboard format; o n e o f the c f formats' constants

Clipboard


Return Value: N o n z e r o if d a t a available i n F o r m a t ; e l s e 0.

OpenClipboard function OpenClipboard(Wnd: HWnd): Bool; Opens the clipboard for exclusive use by an application. Parameter Wnd

Description Window identifier

Return Value: Nonzero if successful; 0 if Clipboard already opened by another application.

RegisterClipboardFormat function RegisterClipboardFormat(FormatName: PChar): Word; Registers a c l i p b o a r d f o r m a t , incrementing b e e n previously registered. Parameter FormatName

t h e f o r m a t ' s reference

c o u n t if it had

Description Format n a m e (null-terminated)

Return Value: R e g i s t e r e d f o r m a t identifier

($C000 t o $ F F F F ) if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0.

SetClipboardData function SetClipboardData(Format: Word; Mem: THandle): THandle; S e t s a d a t a handle to the clipboard in Format. U s u a l l y the d a t a handle before the f u n c t i o n returns. Parameters

Description

Format

O n e of the cf _ Clipboard formats' constants

Mem

H a n d l e to g l o b a l m e m o r y b l o c k c o n t a i n i n g d a t a in format or 0 for wm_RenderFormat m e s s a g e

Return Value: D a t a identifier assigned b y Clipboard.

is freed

641

642


SetClipboardViewer function SetClipboardViewer(Wnd: HWnd): HWnd; A d d s a w i n d o w t o t h e c h a i n o f w i n d o w s t o b e n o t i f i e d b y a wm_DrawClipboard message whenever the clipboard changes. Parameter Wnd

Description W i n d o w identifier

Return Value: Next w i n d o w in clipboard-viewer chain.

Cursor Procedures and Functions ClipCursor CreateCursor DestroyCursor GetCursorPos LoadCursor SetCursor SetCursorPos ShowCursor

ClipCursor procedure ClipCursor(Rect: LPRect); K e e p s c u r s o r w i t h i n Rect. I f Rect is n i l t h e c u r s o r is u n b o u n d e d . Parameter Rect

Description B o u n d i n g TRect i n s c r e e n c o o r d i n a t e s

CreateCursor function CreateCursor(Instance: THandle; Xhotspot, Yhotspot, Width, Height: Integer; ANDBitPlane, XORBitPlane: Pointer): HCursor; Creates a cursor.


Parameters

643

Description

Instance

M o d u l e instance creating the cursor

Xhotspot, Yhotspot

Position o f cursor hotspot

Width

C u r s o r width (in pixels)

Height

C u r s o r h e i g h t (in p i x e l s )

ANDBitPlane

Array o f b y t e s c o n t a i n i n g AND m a s k

XORBitPlane

Array o f b y t e s c o n t a i n i n g XOR m a s k

Return Value: C u r s o r i d e n t i f i e r if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0.

DestroyCursor function D e s t r o y C u r s o r ( C u r s o r :

HCursor): Bool;

D e s t r o y s c u r s o r a n d frees a s s o c i a t e d m e m o r y . Parameter Cursor

Description C u r s o r identifier

Return Value: N o n z e r o if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0.

GetCursorPos procedure G e t C u r s o r P o s ( v a r

Point: TPoint);

Gets the screen coordinates o f the cursor's current position. Parameter Point

Description R e c e i v i n g TPoint s t r u c t u r e

LoadCursor function LoadCursor(Instance: THandle; CursorName: PChar): HCursor; Loads the n a m e d cursor resource.

644


Parameters

Description

Instance

M o d u l e i n s t a n c e w h o s e e x e c u t a b l e file c o n t a i n s t h e cursor or 0 for predefined cursor

CursorName

String (null-terminated) o r integer I D n a m e o r a pred e f i n e d c u r s o r , s p e c i f i e d w i t h o n e o f t h e idc_ Standard c u r s o r I D s ' c o n s t a n t s .

Return Value: C u r s o r i d e n t i f i e r if s u c c e s s f u l ; 0 if c u r s o r is n o t f o u n d ; u n d e f i n e d if n o t a c u r s o r resource.

SetCursor function SetCursor(Cursor: HCursor): HCursor; Sets the cursor shape t o the specified cursor resource. Parameter Cursor

Description C u r s o r resource identifier (previously returned by LoadCursor)

Return Value: P r e v i o u s c u r s o r s h a p e ; 0 if n o p r e v i o u s c u r s o r .

SetCursorPos procedure SetCursorPos(X, Y: Integer); M o v e s t h e c u r s o r t o t h e s p e c i f i e d s c r e e n c o o r d i n a t e s . T h e p o s i t i o n is a d j u s t e d if it lies o u t s i d e t h e ClipCursor r e c t a n g l e . Parameter X, Y

Description N e w p o s i t i o n (in s c r e e n c o o r d i n a t e s ) o f t h e c u r s o r

ShowCursor function ShowCursor(Show: Bool): Integer; S h o w s t h e c u r s o r if its d i s p l a y c o u n t (initially set t o 0 ) is g r e a t e r t h a n o r e q u a l t o 0 . O t h e r w i s e t h e c u r s o r is h i d d e n .


Parameter Show

Description N o n z e r o to increment display c o u n t or 0 to decrement display c o u n t

Return Value: N e w display count.

Dialog-Box Procedures and Functions CheckDlgButton CheckRadioButton CreateDialog CreateDialogIndirect CreateDialoglndirectParam CreateDialogParam DefDlgProc DialogBox DialogBoxIndirect DialogBoxIndirectParam DialogBoxParam DlgDirList DlgDirListComboBox DlgDirSelect DlgDirSelectComboBox EndDialog GetDialogBaseUnits GetDlgCtrllD GetDlgltem GetDlgltemlnt GetDlgltemText GetNextDlgGroupItem GetNextDlgTabltem IsDialogMessage IsDlgButtonChecked MapDialogRect SendDlgltemMessage SetDlgltemlnt SetDlgltemText

645

6 4 6 Part III—References

CheckDlgButton procedure CheckDlgButton(Dig: HWnd; IDButton: Integer; Check: Word); Places or removes a check mark from a button control or changes the state of a 3-button control. Parameters

Description

Dig

Dialog box that contains the button

IDButton

Button control to be modified

Check

R e m o v e d (0), checked (1), grayed (2)

CheckRadioButton procedure CheckRadioButton(Dlg: HWnd; IDFirstButton, IDLastButton, IDCheckButton: Integer); Checks IDCheckButton and removes the check mark from the group of radio buttons specified by IDFirstButton and IDLastButton. Parameters

Description

Dig

Dialog box

IDFirstButton

ID offirstradio button in group

IDLastButton

ID of last radio button in group

IDCheckButton

ID of radio button to check

CreateDialog function (Instance: THandle; TemplateName: PChar; WndParent: HWnd DialogFunc: TFarProc): HWnd; Creates a modeless dialog box defined by TemplateName dialog box resource. Parameters

Description

Instance

Module instance whose executablefilecontains the dialog box resource

TemplateName

Dialog box resource n a m e (null-terminated)

WndParent

Parent w i n d o w of the dialog box

DialogFunc

Dialog function procedure-instance address or nil if class defined


647

Return Value: D i a l o g b o x w i n d o w h a n d l e if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0.

CreateDialoglndirect function CreateDialoglndirect(Instance: THandle; DialogTemplate: PChar; Parent: HWnd; DialogFunc: TFarProc): HWnd; Creates a modeless dialog b o x defined by dialog template. Parameters

Description

Instance

M o d u l e instance

DialogTemplate

Structure containing dialog b o x template

WndParent

O w n i n g w i n d o w o f the dialog b o x

DialogFunc

Dialog callback function procedure-instance address


CreateDMoglndirectParam function CreateDialogIndirectParam(Instance: THandle; v a r DialogTemplate; WndParent: HWnd; DialogFunc: TFarProc; InitParam: Longint): HWnd; C r e a t e s t h e m o d e l e s s d i a l o g b o x d e f i n e d b y d i a l o g t e m p l a t e . It differs f r o m CreateDialoglndirect b e c a u s e it a l l o w s y o u t o p a s s a p a r a m e t e r , InitParam, t o t h e callback f u n c t i o n . Parameters

Description

Instance


DialogTemplate

Structure containing dialog b o x template

WndParent

O w n i n g w i n d o w of the dialog b o x

DialogFunc

D i a l o g f u n c t i o n p r o c e d u r e - i n s t a n c e a d d r e s s , o r n i l if class d e f i n e d

InitParam

V a l u e p a s s e d t o d i a l o g f u n c t i o n (lParam o f wm_I nit Dialog m e s s a g e ) w h e n t h e d i a l o g b o x is created


648


CreateDialogParam f u n c t i o n C r e a t e D i a l o g P a r a m ( I n s t a n c e : THandle; TemplateName: W n d P a r e n t : HWnd; D i a l o g F u n c : T F a r P r o c ; I n i t P a r a m : L o n g i n t ) : HWnd; Creates a modeless dialog b o x defined by TemplateName.

Parameter

Description

Instance

M o d u l e instance w h o s e executable file contains the dialog b o x template

TemplateName

Dialog b o x template n a m e (null-terminated)

Parent

O w n i n g w i n d o w o f the dialog b o x

DialogFunc

D i a l o g function procedure-instance address, o r nil if class defined

InitParam

Value passed to dialog function (lParam o f w m l n i t D i a l o g message) w h e n the dialog b o x is created

Return Value: Dialog b o x w i n d o w handle if successful; else 0.

DefDlgProc function lParam:

DefDlgProc(Dig: Longint):

HWnd; M s g , wParam: Word;

Longint;

Supplies default processing for dialogs with a private w i n d o w class.

Parameters

Description

Dig

Dialog b o x identifier

Msg

Message n u m b e r

wParam

M e s s a g e - d e p e n d e n t information

lParam

Message-dependent information

Return Value: Result o f the message processing.

PChar


DialogBox function DialogBox(Instance: THandle; TemplateName: PChar; WndParent: HWnd; DialogFunc: TFarProc): Integer; C r e a t e s a m o d a l d i a l o g b o x d e f i n e d b y TemplateName a n d s e n d s wm_I nit Dialog before displaying the dialog. Parameters

Description

Instance

M o d u l e i n s t a n c e w h o s e e x e c u t a b l e file c o n t a i n s t h e dialog b o x template

TemplateName


WndParent

Owning window

DialogFunc


Return Value: EndDialog nResult p a r a m e t e r ; - 1 if d i a l o g c o u l d n o t b e c r e a t e d .

DialogBoxIndirect function DialogBoxIndirect(Instance,

DialogTemplate:THandle;

WndParent: HWnd; DialogFunc: TFarProc): Integer; Creates the modal dialog b o x defined by dialog template, and sends wmlnitDialog before displaying the dialog. Parameters

Description

Instance

M o d u l e i n s t a n c e w h o s e e x e c u t a b l e file c o n t a i n s t h e dialog b o x template

DialogTemplate

Global memory block containing dialog template structure

WndParent

Owning window

DialogFunc


Return Value: EndDialog nResult p a r a m e t e r ; - 1 if d i a l o g c o u l d n o t b e c r e a t e d .

continues

649

650


DialogBoxIndirectParam function

DialogBoxIndirectParam(Instance,

WndParent:

HWnd; D i a l o g F u n c :

TFarProc;

DialogTemplate: InitParam:

THandle;

Longint):

Integer

Creates the modal dialog b o x defined by dialog template and sends w m _ I n i t D i a l o g before displaying the dialog. Also, D i a l o g B o x I n d i r e c t P A r a m a l l o w s y o u t o s e n d a n initial p a r a m e t e r t o t h e c a l l b a c k f u n c t i o n . Parameters

Description

Instance


w h o s e e x e c u t a b l e file c o n t a i n s t h e

dialog b o x template DialogTemplate

Global memory block containing dialog template structure

WndParent

Owning window

DialogFunc

Dialog function procedure-instance address

InitParam

P a s s e d in l P a r a m o f w m _ I n i t D i a l o g m e s s a g e

Return Value: E n d D i a l o g n R e s u l t parameter; - 1 if d i a l o g c o u l d n o t b e c r e a t e d .

DialogBoxParam function

DialogBoxParam(Instance:

Parent:

HWnd; D i a l o g F u n c :

THandle;

TFarProc;

TemplateName:

InitParam:

PChar;

Longint):

Integer;

Creates the m o d a l dialog b o x defined by T e m p l a t e N a m e and sends wm_I n i t D i a l o g b e f o r e d i s p l a y i n g t h e d i a l o g . A l s o a l l o w s y o u t o s e n d a n initial parameter to the callback function. Parameters

Description

Instance

M o d u l e instance w h o s e e x e c u t a b l e file c o n t a i n s t h e dialog b o x template

TemplateName


Parent

Owning window

DialogFunc

Dialog function procedure-instance address

InitParam

P a s s e d in l P a r a m o f w m _ I n i t D i a l o g m e s s a g e

Return Value: E n d D i a l o g n R e s u l t parameter; - 1 if d i a l o g c o u l d n o t b e c r e a t e d .

L—Window Manager Interface Procedures and Functions

DlgDMist function DlgDirList(Dig: HWnd; PathSpec: PChar; IDListBox, IDStaticPath: Integer; Filetype: Word): Integer; Fills IDListBox with a file or directory listing that matches the path name specified by PathSpec. Parameter

Description

Dig

Dialog box containing IDListBox

PathSpec

Path name string (null-terminated)

IDListBox

List-box control ID

IDStaticPath

Static-text control ID to display current drive and directory

Filetype

$0000 (read/write), $0001 (read-only), $0002 (hidden), $0004 (system), $0010 (subdirectories), $0020 (archives), $2000 (lb_Dir), $4000(drives), $8000 (exclusive)

Return

Value:

Nonzero if listing made; 0 if invalid search path.

DlgDirListComboBox function DlgDirListComboBox(Dig: HWnd; PathSpec: PChar; IDComboBox, IDStaticPath: Integer; Filetype: Word): Integer; Fills IDComboBox with afileor directory listing that matches the path name specified by PathSpec. Parameters

Description

Dig

Dialog box containing IDComboBox

PathSpec

Path name string (null-terminated)

IDComboBox

Combo box control ID

IDStaticPath

Static-text control ID to display current drive and directory

Filetype

$0000 (read/write), $0001 (read-only), $0002 (hidden), $0004 (system), $0010 (subdirectories), $0020 (archives), $2000 (lb_Dir), $4000(drives), $8000 (exclusive)

Return

Value:

Nonzero if listing made; 0 if invalid search path.

651

652


DlgDirSelect function DlgDirSelect(Dig: HWnd; Str: PChar; IDListBox: Integer): Bool; G e t s c u r r e n t list-box s e l e c t i o n a n d fills Str. Parameter

Description

Dig

D i a l o g b o x c o n t a i n i n g IDListBox

Str

Path n a m e buffer

IDListBox

List-box control I D

Return Value: N o n z e r o if c u r r e n t s e l e c t i o n is a d i r e c t o r y ; e l s e 0.

DlgDirSelectComboBox function DlgDirSelectComboBox(Dig: IDComboBox: Integer): Bool;

HWnd; Str: PChar;

G e t s c u r r e n t c o m b o b o x s e l e c t i o n , f r o m a s i m p l e c o m b o b o x (cbs_Simple) o n l y , a n d fills Str. Parameters

Description

Dig

D i a l o g b o x c o n t a i n i n g IDComboBox

Str

Path n a m e buffer

IDComboBox

C o m b o b o x control I D


DlgDirSelect function DlgDirSelect(Dig: HWnd; Str: PChar; IDListBox: Integer): Bool; G e t s c u r r e n t list-box s e l e c t i o n a n d fills Str. Parameters

Description

Dig

D i a l o g b o x c o n t a i n i n g IDListBox

Str

Path n a m e buffer

IDListBox

List-box control I D

Return

Value:

N o n z e r o if c u r r e n t s e l e c t i o n is a d i r e c t o r y ; e l s e 0.


DlgDirSelectComboBox function DlgDirSelectComboBox(Dig: IDComboBox: Integer): Bool;

HWnd; Str: PChar;

G e t s c u r r e n t c o m b o b o x s e l e c t i o n , f r o m a s i m p l e c o m b o b o x (cbs_Simple) o n l y , a n d fills Str. Parameters

Description

Dig

D i a l o g b o x c o n t a i n i n g IDComboBox

Str

Path n a m e buffer

IDComboBox

C o m b o b o x control I D


EndDialog procedure EndDialog(Dig: HWnd; Result: Integer); T e r m i n a t e s a m o d a l d i a l o g b o x . T h e v a l u e s p e c i f i e d b y R e s u 11 is r e t u r n e d t o t h e c r e a t i n g DialogBox f u n c t i o n . Parameters

Description

Dig

Dialog to b e destroyed

Result

Return value

GetDialogBaseUnits function GetDialogBaseUnits: Longint; Gets dialog base units. T h e base width represents the average system font w i d t h . T h e d i a l o g u n i t is U a n d V s t h e r e t u r n e d b a s e w i d t h a n d h e i g h t u n i t , respectively. 1

Return Value: H e i g h t (in p i x e l s ) , b a s e u n i t i n h i g h w o r d ; w i d t h ( i n p i x e l s ) , b a s e u n i t i n l o w word.

653

654


GetDlgCtrllD function

GetDlgCtrlID(Wnd:

HWnd):

Integer;

G e t s a control w i n d o w ' s I D value. Parameter

Description

Wnd

Control

Return Value: C o n t r o l ' s numeric identifier;

identifier

0 if error.

GetDlgltem function

GetDlgItem(Dlg:

G e t s a control handle Parameters

HWnd; I D D l g l t e m :

Integer):

HWnd;

contained in t h e specified dialog b o x . Description

Dig

D i a l o g b o x containing t h e control

IDDlgltem

Control ID

Return Value: C o n t r o l identifier;

0 if the specified control doesn't exist.

GetDlgltemlnt function

GetDlgltemlnt(Dig:

Translate:

LPBool;

Signed:

HWnd; I D D l g l t e m : Bool):

Integer;

Word;

Translates a control's text, in a dialog b o x , into an integer

value. Preceding

spaces are stripped. Parameter

Description

Dig

Dialog box

IDDlgltem

Item I D

Translate

Returned B o o l e a n value; 0 if translation error

Return Value: Translated value.

identifier


655

GetDlgltemText f u n c t i o n G e t D l g l t e m T e x t ( D i g : HWnd; I D D l g l t e m : S t r : PChar; MaxCount: I n t e g e r ) : I n t e g e r ;

Integer;

G e t s a control's text. Parameters

Description

Dig

D i a l o g b o x identifier

IDDlgltem

Item I D

Str

Buffer to receive

MaxCount

Size o f buffer

text

Return Value: N u m b e r o f characters c o p i e d .

GetNextDlgGroupItem function GetNextDlgGroupItem(Dlg: P r e v i o u s : B o o l ) : HWnd;

HWnd; C t r l :

HWnd;

G e t s the next o r previous w s G r o u p style control from C t r l . T h e search is cyclical. Parameters

Description

Dig


Ctrl

Search start control identifier

Previous

Z e r o to search for previous control o r n o n z e r o to search for next

Return

Value:

C o n t r o l identifier.

GetNextDlgTabltem function

GetNextDlgTabItem(Dlg:

HWnd; C t r l :

HWnd; P r e v i o u s :

Bool):

G e t s the next o r previous w s _ T a b S t o p style control f r o m C t r l . T h e search is cyclical.

HWnd;

656


Parameters

Description

Dig


Ctrl

S e a r c h start c o n t r o l i d e n t i f i e r

Previous

Z e r o to search for previous control o r n o n z e r o to search for n e x t

Return Value: C o n t r o l identifier.

IsDialogMessage function IsDialogMessage(Dig: HWnd; var Msg: TMsg): Bool; D e t e r m i n e s a n d p r o c e s s e s m e s s a g e s for m o d e l e s s d i a l o g b o x e s , c o n v e r t i n g keyboard messages into c o m m a n d messages. Parameters

Description

Digs


Msg

TMsg s t r u c t u r e

Return Value: N o n z e r o if Msg p r o c e s s e d (TranslateMessage s h o u l d n ' t b e s e n t m e s s a g e s ) ; e l s e 0.

a n d DispatchMessage

IsDlgButtonChecked function IsDlgButtonChecked(Dlg: HWnd; IDButton: Integer): Word; D e t e r m i n e s w h e t h e r b u t t o n c o n t r o l is c h e c k e d . Parameters

Description

Dig


IDButton

Button control I D

Return

Value:

N o n z e r o if c h e c k e d ; e l s e 0. F o r 3-state b u t t o n : g r a y e d (2), c h e c k e d (1), o r 0.


MapDialogRect procedure MapDialogRect(Dig: HWnd; var Rect: TRect); C o n v e r t s d i a l o g b o x u n i t s i n Rect t o s c r e e n u n i t s . Parameters

Description

Dig


Rect

TRect structure

SendDlgltemMessage function SendDlgItemMessage(Dlg: Msg,

HWnd; IDDlgltem:

Integer;

wParam: Word; lParam: Longint): Longint;

S e n d s a m e s s a g e t o a d i a l o g b o x c o n t r o l s p e c i f i e d b y IDDlgltem. T h e f u n c t i o n r e t u r n s after t h e m e s s a g e is p r o c e s s e d . Parameters

Description

Dig


IDDlgltem

Integer I D o f destination dialog item

Msg

Message type

wParam

Additional message information

lParam


Return Value: V a l u e r e t u r n e d b y c o n t r o l ' s w i n d o w f u n c t i o n ; 0 if i n v a l i d IDDlgltem.

SetDlgltemlnt procedure SetDlgltemlnt(Dig: HWnd; IDDlgltem: Value: Word; Signed: Bool);

Integer;

S e t s t h e text o f a d i a l o g b o x c o n t r o l t o t h e c o n v e r t e d string v a l u e s p e c i f i e d b y Value.

657

658


Parameters

Description

Dig


IDDlgltem

Control's integer I D

Value

Set value

Signed

N o n z e r o if V a l u e is s i g n e d

SetDlgltemText procedure SetDlgltemText(Dig: HWnd; IDDlgltem: Integer; Str: PChar); S e t s t h e c a p t i o n o r text of a d i a l o g b o x c o n t r o l t o t h e v a l u e s p e c i f i e d b y Str. Parameters

Description

Dig


IDDlgltem

Control's integer I D

Str

String (null-terminated)

Display and Movement Procedures and Functions ArrangeIconicWindows BeginDeferWindowPos BringWindowToTop CloseWindow DeferWindowPos EndDeferWindowPos GetClientRect GetWindowRect GetWindowText GetWindowTextLength Islconic IsWindowVisible IsZoomed MoveWindow Openlcon SetWindowPos SetWindowText ShowOwnedPopups ShowWindow


ArrangelconicWindows function ArrangeIconicWindows(Wnd: HWnd): Word; A r r a n g e s icons

in a n MDI c l i e n t w i n d o w o r icons o n t h e d e s k t o p w i n d o w .

Parameters Wnd

Description Parent w i n d o w

Return Value: H e i g h t o f o n e row o f icons;

0 if n o

identifier

icons.

BeginDefer^lndowPos function BeginDeferWindowPos(NumWindows:

Integer): THandle;

Allocates m e m o r y for multiple window-position data structure. Parameters NumWindows

Description Initial n u m b e r o f w i n d o w s w i t h p o s i t i o n information

that

needs to b e stored. Return Value: Window-position

structure

identifier.

BrmgWmdowToTop procedure BringWindowToTop(Wnd:

HWnd);

Activates a n d b r i n g s Wnd t o t o p o f a stack o f o v e r l a p p i n g w i n d o w s . Parameters Wnd

Description P o p - u p or child w i n d o w

CloseWindow procedure CloseWindow(Wnd: HWnd); M i n i m i z e s Wnd. I c o n s f o r o v e r l a p p e d w i n d o w s are m o v e d into t h e icon area o f the screen. Parameters Wnd

Description Window

to be minimized

659

660


DeferWindowPos function DeferWindowPos(WinPosInfo: THandle; Wnd, WndlnsertAfter: HWnd; X, Y, cX, cY: Integer; Flags: Word): THandle; U p d a t e s WinPosInf o f o r t h e w i n d o w i d e n t i f i e d b y Wnd. Parameters

Description

WinPosInfo

Multiple w i n d o w - p o s i t i o n data structure identifier

Wnd

U p d a t e i n f o r m a t i o n is s t o r e d r e g a r d i n g this w i n d o w

WndlnsertAfter

Wnd is i n s e r t e d after this w i n d o w

X, Y

W i n d o w s upper-left corner position

cX

Window's n e w width

cY

Window's n e w height

Flags

O n e o f t h e swp_ Set w i n d o w p o s i t i o n

Return

flags

Value:

U p d a t e d multiple window-position data structure.

EndDeferWindowPos procedure EndDeferWindowPos(WinPosInfo:

THandle);

I n a s i n g l e s c r e e n - r e f r e s h c y c l e , EndDef erWindowPos u p d t a e s t h e size a n d position of o n e or more windows. Parameters WinPosInfo

Description Multiple w i n d o w data structure containing u p d a t e information for multiple windows

GetClientRect procedure GetClientRect(Wnd: HWnd; var Rect: TRect); G e t s a w i n d o w ' s client coordinates. Parameters

Description

Wnd

W i n d o w identifier

Rect

TRect t o r e c e i v e c l i e n t c o o r d i n a t e s


GetWindowRect procedure GetWindowRect(Wnd: HWnd; var Rect: TRect); G e t s t h e d i m e n s i o n s o f a w i n d o w ' s b o u n d i n g r e c t a n g l e i n t o Rect ( i n s c r e e n coordinates). Parameters

Description

Wnd


Rect

R e c e i v i n g TRect s t r u c t u r e

GetWindowText function GetWindowText(Wnd: HWnd; Str: PChar; MaxCount: Integer): Integer; C o p i e s w i n d o w ' s c a p t i o n o r a c o n t r o l ' s text i n t o Str. Parameters

Description

Wnd

W i n d o w o r control identifier

Str

R e c e i v i n g string b u f f e r

MaxCount

Size o f Str

Return Value: N u m b e r o f b y t e s c o p i e d ; 0 if n o text.

GetWIndowTextLength function GetWindowTextLength(Wnd: HWnd): Integer; G e t s a w i n d o w ' s c a p t i o n o r a c o n t r o l ' s text l e n g t h . Parameters Wnd

Description W i n d o w o r control identifier

Return Value: Text length.

Islconic function IsIconic(Wnd: HWnd): Bool; D e t e r m i n e s w h e t h e r a w i n d o w is i c o n i c ( m i n i m i z e d ) .

661

662


Parameters Wnd


Return Value: N o n z e r o if m i n i m i z e d ; e l s e 0.

IsWindowVisible function IsWindowVisible(Wnd: HWnd): Bool; D e t e r m i n e s w h e t h e r ShowWindow h a s m a d e a w i n d o w v i s i b l e . Parameters Wnd Return


Value:

N o n z e r o if w i n d o w exists o n - s c r e e n ( e v e n if it is c o v e r e d ) ; e l s e 0.

IsZoomed function IsZoomed(Wnd: HWnd): Bool; D e t e r m i n e s w h e t h e r a w i n d o w is m a x i m i z e d . Parameters Wnd


Return Value: N o n z e r o if m a x i m i z e d ; e l s e 0.

MoveWindow procedure MoveWindow(Wnd: HWnd; X, Y, Width, Height: Integer; Repaint: Bool); S e n d s a wm_Size m e s s a g e t o a w i n d o w . Width a n d Height v a l u e s p a s s e d w i t h wm_Size a r e t h o s e o f t h e c l i e n t a r e a . Parameters

Description

Wnd

P o p - u p o r child w i n d o w identifier

X, Y

N e w upper-left corner o f w i n d o w

Width

N e w window width

Height

N e w w i n d o w height

Repaint

N o n z e r o t o r e p a i n t w i n d o w after m o v i n g


Openlcon function Openlcon(Wnd: HWnd): Bool; R e s t o r e s a m i n i m i z e d w i n d o w t o its o r i g i n a l size a n d p o s i t i o n . Parameters Wnd Return


Value:

N o n z e r o if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0.

SetWindowPos procedure SetWindowPos(Wnd, WndlnsertAfter: HWnd; X , Y , c x , c y : Integer; Flags: Word); C h a n g e s t h e size, position, a n d ordering o f a w i n d o w . Parameters

Description

Wnd


WndlnsertAfter

P r e c e d i n g w i n d o w i n w i n d o w m a n a g e r ' s list

X, Y

Upper-left corner

cx

N e w window width

cy

N e w w i n d o w height

Flags

O n e o f t h e swp_ Set w i n d o w - p o s i t i o n

flags

SetWindowText procedure SetWindowText(Wnd: HWnd; Str: PChar); S e t s t h e c a p t i o n title f o r a w i n d o w o r text o f a c o n t r o l w i t h Str. Parameters

Description

Wnd

W i n d o w o r control identifier

Str

String (null-terminated)

ShowOwnedPopups procedure ShowOwnedPopups(Wnd: HWnd; Show: Bool); S h o w s o r h i d e s , as s p e c i f i e d b y Show, all p o p - u p w i n d o w s a s s o c i a t e d w i t h t h e specified w i n d o w .

663

664


Parameters

Description

Wnd


Show

N o n z e r o t o s h o w all h i d d e n p o p u p s o r 0 t o h i d e all visible p o p - u p s

ShowWindow function ShowWindow(Wnd: HWnd; CmdShow: Integer): Bool; S h o w s o r h i d e s a w i n d o w s p e c i f i e d b y CmdShow. Parameters

Description

Wnd


CmdShow

O n e of t h e sw_ Show w i n d o w c o n s t a n t s

Return Value: N o n z e r o if w i n d o w w a s p r e v i o u s l y v i s i b l e ; 0 if w i n d o w w a s p r e v i o u s l y h i d d e n .

Error Procedures and Functions FlashWindow MessageBeep MessageBox

FlashWindow function FlashWindow(Wnd: HWnd; Invert: Bool): Bool; F l a s h e s a w i n d o w o r i c o n a n d inverts a n o p e n w i n d o w ' s active s t a t u s . Parameters

Description

Wnd

W i n d o w to b e flashed

Invert

N o n z e r o t o flash o r 0 t o r e t u r n t o o r i g i n a l state ( i g n o r e d for icons)

Return

Value:

N o n z e r o if w i n d o w w a s active p r e v i o u s t o call; e l s e 0.


MessageBeep procedure MessageBeep(BeepType: Word); B e e p s t h e system speaker. Parameters BeepType

Description Set to 0

MessageBox function MessageBox(Parent: HWnd; Txt, Caption: PChar; TextType: Word):

Integer;

Creates a n d displays a dialog b o x containing t h e specified message a n d caption a n d a n y p r e d e f i n e d i c o n s a n d p u s h - b u t t o n as s p e c i f i e d b y TextType. Parameters

Description

Parent

O w n i n g window of message b o x

Txt

Message t o display (null-terminated)

Caption

D i a l o g - b o x c a p t i o n ( n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d ) o r n i l f o r "Error"

TextType

O n e o r a c o m b i n a t i o n o f t h e m b _ M e s s a g e b o x flags' constants

Return Value: O n e o f t h e I D d i a l o g - b o x c o m m a n d I D s if s u c c e s s f u l ; 0 if t h e r e ' s n o t e n o u g h m e m o r y t o create a n d display message b o x .

Hardware Procedures and Functions EnableHardwarelnput GetAsyncKeyState GetlnputState GetKeyboardState GetKeyNameText GetKeyState GetKBCodePage OemKeyScan SetKeyboardState MapVirtualKey VkKeyScan

665

666


EnableHardwarelnput function EnableHardwarelnput(Enablelnput:

Bool): Bool;

D i s a b l e s m o u s e a n d k e y b o a r d i n p u t , s a v i n g o r d i s c a r d i n g i n p u t as s p e c i f i e d b y Enablelnput. Parameters Enablelnput

Description N o n z e r o t o save i n p u t ; 0 t o d i s c a r d i n p u t

Return Value: N o n z e r o ( t h e d e f a u l t ) if i n p u t w a s p r e v i o u s l y e n a b l e d ; e l s e 0.

GetAsyncKeyState function GetAsyncKeyState(Key:

Integer): Integer;

D e t e r m i n e s t h e state o f a virtual k e y . Parameters Key

Description Virtual-key c o d e

Return Value: Key is d o w n if h i g h - o r d e r bit is 1.

GetlnputState function GetlnputState: Bool; Determines whether the system q u e u e currently contains m o u s e , keyboard, or timer events. Return Value: N o n z e r o if i n p u t d e t e c t e d ; e l s e 0 .

GetKeyboardState procedure GetKeyboardState(var

KeyState: Byte);

C o p i e s t h e virtual k e y b o a r d key-set status i n t o KeyState. I f h i g h bit o f b y t e is 1, k e y is d o w n . I f l o w bit is 1, k e y w a s p r e s s e d o d d n u m b e r o f t i m e s s i n c e system start-up. Parameters KeyState

Description 256-byte c h a r a c t e r array


GetKeyNameText function GetKeyNameText(lParam:

Longint; Buffer: PChar;

Size: Integer): Integer; G e t s k e y n a m e string f o r k e y s l o n g e r t h a n a s i n g l e c h a r a c t e r . Parameters

Description

lParam

Long parameter to wmKeyDown message

Buffer

Receiving buffer

Size

Size o f buffer

Return Value: N u m b e r o f bytes c o p i e d .

GetKeyState function GetKeyState(VirtKey:

Integer): Integer;

D e t e r m i n e s w h e t h e r t h e state of a virtual k e y is u p , d o w n , o r t o g g l e d . Parameters VirtKey

Description Virtual key

Return Value: K e y is d o w n if h i g h - o r d e r bit is 1; K e y is t o g g l e d if l o w - o r d e r bit is 1.

GetKBCodePage function GetKBCodePage:

Integer;

G e t s the currently loaded O E M o r A N S I table. Return Value: C u r r e n t c o d e p a g e : (437) (850) (860) (861) (863) (865)

USA International Portugal Iceland French Canadian Norway/Denmark

667

668


OemKeyScan function OemKeyScan(OemChar: Word): Longint; M a p s OemCh a r i n t o O E M ( I B M c h a r a c t e r set) s c a n c o d e s . T h e O E M c h a r a c t e r set is t h e I B M c h a r a c t e r set. Parameters OemChar Return

Description O E M A S C I I c h a r a c t e r c o d e (0 t o $ 0 F F )

Value.

S c a n c o d e a n d shift state (bit 2 C t r l k e y , bit 1 Shift k e y p r e s s e d ) i n l o w - a n d h i g h o r d e r w o r d , r e s p e c t i v e l y , if s u c c e s s f u l ; else - 1 i n l o w - a n d h i g h - o r d e r w o r d .

SetKeyboardState procedure SetKeyboardState(var

KeyState: Byte);

C o p i e s KeyState i n t o W i n d o w s k e y b o a r d - s t a t e t a b l e . Parameters KeyState

Description A r r a y o f 2 5 5 b y t e s c o n t a i n i n g k e y states

MapVirtualKey function MapVirtualKey(Code, MapType: Word): Word; M a p s a virtual-key o r s c a n c o d e f o r a k e y t o its c o r r e s p o n d i n g s c a n c o d e , virtualk e y c o d e , o r A S C I I v a l u e as s p e c i f i e d b y MapType. Parameters

Description

Code

Virtual-key o r scan c o d e for a key d e t e r m i n e d by MapType v a l u e

MapType

(0) virtual-key c o d e , (1) s c a n c o d e , (2) virtual-key c o d e

Return

Value:

MapType v a l u e s : 0 r e t u r n s s c a n c o d e ; 1 r e t u r n s virtual-key c o d e ; 2 r e t u r n s unshifted ASCII value.

VkKeyScan function VkKeyScan(AChar: Word): Word; T r a n s l a t e s AChar i n t o its c o r r e s p o n d i n g virtual-key c o d e a n d shift state.


Parameters AChar Return

669

Description A N S I c h a r a c t e r t o find c o r r e s p o n d i n g virtual-key c o d e

Value:

V i r t u a l - k e y c o d e i n t h e l o w - o r d e r b y t e ; t h e f o l l o w i n g shift states i n t h e h i g h order byte: (0) N o shift (1) S h i f t e d (2) C o n t r o l c h a r (6) C o n t r o l + A l t (7) S h i f t + C o n t r o l - A l t or ( 3 ) , ( 4 ) , or ( 5 ) , w h i c h a r e n ' t u s e d for c h a r a c t e r s If t h e r e ' s a n e r r o r , b o t h b y t e s a r e - 1 .

Hook Procedures and Functions CallMsgFilter DefHookProc SetWindowsHook UnhookWindowsHook

CallMsgFilter function CallMsgFilter(var Msg: TMsg; Code: Integer): Bool; S e n d s Msg t o t h e c u r r e n t m e s s a g e filter f u n c t i o n . Parameters

Description

Msg

TMsg c o n t a i n i n g m e s s a g e t o b e

Code

Filter f u n c t i o n c o d e

filtered

Return Value: 0 if m e s s a g e s h o u l d b e p r o c e s s e d ; e l s e n o n z e r o .

DefHookProc function DefHookProc(Code: Integer; wParam: Word; lParam: Longint; NextHook: TFarProc): Longint; C a l l s n e x t f u n c t i o n i n c h a i n o f h o o k ( m e s s a g e filter) f u n c t i o n s .

670


Parameters

Description

Code

D e t e r m i n e s how m e s s a g e is p r o c e s s e d

wParam

Message word parameter

lParams

Message long parameter

NextHook

T F a r P r o c t o n e x t hook

Return

function

Value:

A value depending o n code.

SetWindowsHook function

SetWindowsHook(FilterType:

FilterFunc:

TFarProc):

Integer;

TFarProc;

Installs a filter f u n c t i o n i n t h e c h a i n o f filter f u n c t i o n s s p e c i f i e d b y F i l t e r T y p e . T h e filter f u n c t i o n is p a s s e d a C o d e , wParam, a n d l P a r a m , w h i c h h a v e v a l u e s that are f i l t e r - t y p e - d e p e n d e n t . Parameters

Description

FilterType

O n e of the wh_ Windows h o o k codes

FilterFunc

Filter f u n c t i o n ' s p r o c e d u r e - i n s t a n c e a d d r e s s

Return

Value:

P r o c e d u r e - i n s t a n c e a d d r e s s o f p r e v i o u s l y i n s t a l l e d filter f u n c t i o n ; nil if n o p r e v i o u s filter.

UnhookWindowsHook function

UnhookWindowsHook(Hook:

R e m o v e s a hook Parameters

Integer;

f u n c t i o n f r o m t h e c h a i n o f hook

HookFunc:

f u n c t i o n s s p e c i f i e d b y Hook.

Description

Hook

O n e o f w h _ Windows hook

HookFunc

Hook f u n c t i o n ' s p r o c e d u r e - i n s t a n c e a d d r e s s


TFarProc):

codes

Bool


671

Information Procedures and Functions AnyPopup ChildWindowFromPoint EnumChildWindows EnumTaskWindows EnumWindows FindWindow GetNextWindow GetParent GetTopWindow GetWindow GetWindowTask IsChild IsWindow SetParent WindowFromPoint

AnyPopup function AnyPopup: Bool; D e c i d e s w h e t h e r a p o p - u p w i n d o w is o n t h e s c r e e n . Return Value: N o n z e r o if p o p - u p w i n d o w e x i s t s ; e l s e 0.

ChildWindowFromPoint function ChildWindowFromPoint(WndParent: HWnd; APoint: TPoint): HWnd; D e t e r m i n e s w h i c h c h i l d w i n d o w o w n e d b y WndParent c o n t a i n s APoint. Parameters

Description

WndParent

Parent w i n d o w

APoint

TPoint s t r u c t u r e of c l i e n t c o o r d i n a t e s t o b e t e s t e d

Return

Value:

C h i l d w i n d o w that c o n t a i n s t h e p o i n t ; 0 if p o i n t lies o u t s i d e t h e p a r e n t w i n d o w ; WndParent if t h e p o i n t is n o t c o n t a i n e d i n a n y c h i l d w i n d o w .

672


EnumChildWindows function EnumChildWindows(WndParent: HWnd; EnumFunc: TFarProc; lParam: Longint): Bool; Enumerates child w i n d o w s o f given parent, passing the child handle a n d lParam t o t h e c a l l b a c k . E n u m e r a t i o n e n d s if t h e callback r e t u r n s 0 o r t h e last c h i l d is e n u m e r a t e d . Parameters

Description

WndParent

Parent w i n d o w o f child w i n d o w s t o e n u m e r a t e

EnumFunc

Callback f u n c t i o n ' s p r o c e d u r e - i n s t a n c e a d d r e s s

lParam

V a l u e p a s s e d t o callback f u n c t i o n

Return Value: N o n z e r o if all c h i l d w i n d o w s h a v e b e e n e n u m e r a t e d ; e l s e 0.

EnumTaskWindows function EnumTaskWindows(Task: THandle; EnumFunc: TFarProc; lParam: Longint): Bool; E n u m e r a t e s all w i n d o w s i n a task, p a s s i n g t h e w i n d o w h a n d l e a n d lParam t o t h e callback. E n u m e r a t i o n e n d s if t h e callback r e t u r n s 0 o r all w i n d o w s a r e enumerated. Parameters

Description

Task

Task identifier

EnumFunc


lParam

V a l u e p a s s e d t o callback

Return Value: N o n z e r o if all w i n d o w s a r e e n u m e r a t e d ; e l s e 0.

EnumWindows function EnumWindows(EnumFunc: TFarProc; lParam: Longint): Bool; E n u m e r a t e s all p a r e n t w i n d o w s o n t h e s c r e e n p a s s i n g t h e w i n d o w h a n d l e a n d lParam t o t h e callback. E n u m e r a t i o n e n d s if t h e callback r e t u r n s 0 o r all w i n d o w s are e n u m e r a t e d .


Parameters

Description

EnumFunc


lParam

V a l u e p a s s e d t o callback

Return

Value:

N o n z e r o if all w i n d o w s a r e e n u m e r a t e d ; e l s e 0.

FindWindow function FindWindow(ClassName, WindowName: PChar): HWnd; F i n d s a t o p - l e v e l p a r e n t w i n d o w w i t h m a t c h i n g ClassName a n d WindowName d o e s not search child w i n d o w s . Parameters

Description

ClassName

W i n d o w ' s class n a m e ( n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d o r n i l f o r all)

WindowName

W i n d o w ' s text c a p t i o n o r 0 f o r all

Return Value: W i n d o w h a n d l e ; 0 if n o w i n d o w .

GetNextWindow function GetNextWindow(Wnd: HWnd; Flag: Word): HWnd; G e t s n e x t o r p r e v i o u s w i n d o w f r o m Wnd, if t o p - l e v e l w i n d o w s e a r c h e s f o r n e x t t o p - l e v e l w i n d o w o r if c h i l d w i n d o w s e a r c h e s f o r n e x t c h i l d w i n d o w . Parameters

Description

Wnd


Flag

O n e o f t h e gw_ Get w i n d o w c o n s t a n t s : gw_HWndNext o r gwJHWndPrev

Return Value: W i n d o w identifier.

GetParent function GetParent(Wnd: HWnd): HWnd; Gets a window's parent w i n d o w handle.

673

674


Parameters Wnd


Return Value: P a r e n t w i n d o w i d e n t i f i e r ; 0 if n o p a r e n t w i n d o w .

GetTopWindow function GetTopWindow(Wnd: HWnd): HWnd; G e t s a w i n d o w ' s top-level child w i n d o w . Parameters Wnd

Description Parent w i n d o w identifier

Return Value: C h i l d w i n d o w i d e n t i f i e r ; 0 if n o c h i l d w i n d o w .

GetWindow function GetWindow(Wnd: HWnd; Cmd: Word): HWnd; G e t s t h e w i n d o w w i t h t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p s p e c i f i e d i n Cmd t o t h e w i n d o w s p e c i f i e d i n Wnd. Parameters

Description

Wnd

Original w i n d o w

Cmd

O n e of t h e gw_ Get w i n d o w c o n s t a n t s

Return

Value:

W i n d o w i d e n t i f i e r ; 0 if w i n d o w is n o t f o u n d o r if i n v a l i d Cmd.

GetWindowTask function GetWindowTask(Wnd: HWnd): THandle; G e t s a w i n d o w ' s a p p l i c a t i o n task i d e n t i f i e r . Parameters Wnd Return Value: Task identifier.



IsChild function

IsChild(Parent,

Wnd: HWnd):

Bool;

D e t e r m i n e s w h e t h e r Wnd is a c h i l d w i n d o w o f P a r e n t . Parameters

Description

Parent


Wnd

Test w i n d o w

Return Value: N o n z e r o if c h i l d w i n d o w ; e l s e 0.

IsWindow function

IsWindow(Wnd:

HWnd):

Bool;

D e t e r m i n e s w h e t h e r Wnd is a v a l i d w i n d o w . Parameters Wnd Return


Value:

N o n z e r o if v a l i d ; e l s e 0.

SetParent function

SetParent(WndChild,

WndNewParent:

HWnd): HWnd;

C h a n g e s the parent o f a child w i n d o w to WndNewParent. Parameters

Description

WndChild

C h i l d w i n d o w identifier

WndNewParent

Parent w i n d o w identifier

Return Value: Previous parent w i n d o w .

WindowFromPoint function

WindowFromPoint(Point:

TPoint):

HWnd;

Decides which w i n d o w contains the specified point.

675

676


Parameters Point

Description TPoint t o b e c h e c k e d (in s c r e e n c o o r d i n a t e s )

Return Value: W i n d o w i d e n t i f i e r ; 0 if t h e r e ' s n o w i n d o w at s p e c i f i e d p o i n t .

Input Procedures and Functions EnableWindow GetActiveWindow GetCapture GetCurrentTime GetDoubleClickTime GetFocus GetTickCount IsWindowEnabled KillTimer ReleaseCapture SetActiveWindow SetCapture SetDoubleClickTime SetFocus SetSysModalWindow SetTimer SwapMouseButton

EnableWindow function EnableWindow(Wnd: HWnd; Enable: Bool): Bool; Enables or disables m o u s e a n d keyboard input to a w i n d o w or control. Parameters

Description

Wnd

W i n d o w to be enabled or disabled

Enable

N o n z e r o to enable; 0 to disable



GetActiveWindow function GetActiveWindow: HWnd; G e t s t h e h a n d l e o f t h e w i n d o w that h a s t h e c u r r e n t i n p u t f o c u s . Return Value: Active w i n d o w identifier.

GetCapture function GetCapture: HWnd; G e t s t h e w i n d o w that is c u r r e n t l y r e c e i v i n g all m o u s e i n p u t . Return Value: W i n d o w t h a t h a s t h e m o u s e c a p t u r e ; 0 if n o w i n d o w .

GetCurrentTlme function GetCurrentTime: Longint; G e t s the elapsed time since the system w a s rebooted. Return Value: C u r r e n t t i m e (in m i l l i s e c o n d s ) .

GetDoubleCHckTime function GetDoubleClickTime: Word; G e t s t h e m a x i m u m t i m e b e t w e e n a series o f t w o m o u s e clicks (that is, a double-click). Return Value: C u r r e n t double-click time (in milliseconds)

GetFocus function GetFocus: HWnd; G e t s t h e w i n d o w that c u r r e n t l y h a s t h e i n p u t f o c u s . Return Value: W i n d o w i d e n t i f i e r if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0.

677

678


GetTickCount function GetTickCount: Longint; G e t s t h e elapsed time since t h e system started. Return

Value:

E l a p s e d time (in milliseconds).

IsWindowEnabled function IsWindowEnabled(Wnd: HWnd): Bool; D e t e r m i n e s w h e t h e r a w i n d o w is e n a b l e d for m o u s e a n d k e y b o a r d i n p u t . Parameters

Description

Wnd Return

W i n d o w identifier Value:

N o n z e r o if e n a b l e d ; e l s e 0.

KillTimer function KillTimer(Wnd: HWnd; IDEvent: Integer): Bool; Kills a t i m e r e v e n t ; r e m o v e s a n y a s s o c i a t e d wm_Timer m e s s a g e s f r o m t h e message queue. Parameters

Description

Wnd


IDEvent

Timer event I D

Return Value: N o n z e r o if s u c c e s s f u l ; 0 if i n v a l i d IDEvent.

ReleaseCapture procedure

ReleaseCapture;

Releases m o u s e capture; restores n o r m a l input processing.


SetActiveWindow function

SetActiveWindow(Wnd:

HWnd): HWnd;

Activates a t o p - l e v e l w i n d o w . Parameters

Description

Wnd


Return Value: P r e v i o u s l y active w i n d o w .

SetCapture function

SetCapture(Wnd:

HWnd): HWnd;

C a u s e s all c u r s o r i n p u t t o b e s e n t t o Wn d r e g a r d l e s s o f t h e p o s i t i o n o f t h e m o u s e . Parameters

Description

Wnd Return


P r e v i o u s w i n d o w that r e c e i v e d all m o u s e i n p u t ; 0 if t h e r e ' s n o c o r r e s p o n d i n g window.

SetDoubleClickTime procedure

SetDoubleClickTime(Count:

Word);

S e t s m a x i m u m e l a p s e d t i m e a l l o w e d b e t w e e n t h e first a n d s e c o n d clicks o f a m o u s e d o u b l e click. Parameters Count

Description Milliseconds b e t w e e n d o u b l e clicks, or 0 to use default (500) v a l u e .

SetFocus function

SetFocus(Wnd:

HWnd): HWnd;

A s s i g n s i n p u t f o c u s t o a w i n d o w a n d d i r e c t s all k e y b o a r d i n p u t t o t h e w i n d o w .

679

680


Parameters Wnd

Description Window

Return Value: P r e v i o u s w i n d o w having

identifier or 0 to ignore keystrokes

i n p u t f o c u s ; 0 if t h e r e ' s n o c o r r e s p o n d i n g w i n d o w .

SetSysModalWindow function SetSysModalWindow(Wnd: HWnd): HWnd; Makes a Wnd a system-modal window. The system-modal state is terminated w h e n the w i n d o w is destroyed. Parameters

Wnd Return

Description


Previous system-modal window.

SetTimer function SetTimer(Wnd: HWnd; IDEvent: Integer; Elapse: Word; TimerFunc: TFarProc): Word; Creates a system timer, causing a wm_Time r message to be sent to an application at the interval specified by Elapse. Parameters

Description

Wnd

W i n d o w identifier or 0 if there's no associated w i n d o w

IDEvent

Nonzero timer-event identifier or ignored if Wnd is 0

Elapse

N u m b e r of milliseconds between timer events

TimerFunc

Callback function's procedure-instance address or nil to place wm_Timer messages in application queue

Return

Value:

IDEvent if Wnd is not 0, indicating a n e w timer event; 0 if error.

SwapMouseButton function SwapMouseButton(Swap: Bool): Bool; Reverses or restores the meaning of the left and right m o u s e button specified by Swap.


Parameters Swap

Description N o n z e r o to swap b u t t o n m e a n i n g s or 0 to restore original meanings

Return Value: N o n z e r o if m e a n i n g s r e v e r s e d ; e l s e 0.

Menu Procedures and Functions AppendMenu CheckMenuItem CreateMenu CreatePopupMenu DeleteMenu DestroyMenu DrawMenuBar EnableMenuItem GetMenu GetMenuCheckMarkDimensions GetMenuItemCount GetMenuItemID GetMenuState GetMenuString GetSubMenu GetSystemMenu HiliteMenuItem InsertMenu LoadMenuIndirect ModifyMenu RemoveMenu SetMenu SetMenuItemBitmaps TrackPopupMenu

AppendMenu function AppendMenu(Menu: HMenu; Flags, IDNewItem: Word; Newltem: PChar): Bool; A p p e n d s a n e w i t e m (with a state s p e c i f i e d b y Flags) t o t h e e n d o f a m e n u .

681

682


Parameters

Description

Menu

M e n u to be changed

Flags

O n e o r a c o m b i n a t i o n o f t h e f o l l o w i n g mf _ constants:

Menu

flags'

mf_Bitmap mf_Checked mf_Disabled mf_Enabled mf_Grayed mf_MenuBarBreak mf_MenuBreak mf_OwnerDraw mf_Popup mf_Separator mf_String mf_Unchecked IDNewItem

C o m m a n d I D o r m e n u h a n d l e if p o p - u p m e n u .

Newltem

N e w m e n u string, o r w h e n u s i n g a bit m a p as a n i t e m , t h e l o w - o r d e r w o r d h o l d s a h a n d l e t o t h e bit m a p .

Return

Value:


CheckMenuItem function

CheckMenuItem(Menu:

P l a c e s o r removes Parameters

HMenu;

IDCheckltem,

Check:

Word):

a check mark from m e n u items in a p o p - u p m e n u . Description

Menu

Pop-up menu

IDCheckltem

M e n u item to be checked

Check

H o w i t e m s h o u l d b e c h e c k e d a n d h o w its p o s i t i o n is specified; any combination of the following m f _ Menu

flags:

mf_ByCommand mf_ByPosition mf_Checked mf_Unchecked

Bool


Return Value: P r e v i o u s state o f Item; - 1 if t h e m e n u i t e m d o e s n o t exist.

CreateMenu function CreateMenu: HMenu; Creates an empty m e n u . Return Value: M e n u i d e n t i f i e r if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0.

CreatePopupMenu function CreatePopupMenu: HMenu; Creates an empty pop-up m e n u . Return Value: M e n u i d e n t i f i e r if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0.

DeleteMenu function DeleteMenu(Menu: HMenu; Position, Flags: Word): Bool; D e l e t e s a n i t e m f r o m Menu. If t h e i t e m is a p o p - u p , its h a n d l e is d e s t r o y e d , a n d t h e m e m o r y it u s e d is f r e e d . Parameters

Description

Menu

M e n u identifier

Position

Position or c o m m a n d I D

Flags

O n e o f t h e mf _ Menu flags' c o n s t a n t s : mf_ByPosition mf_ByCommand


DestroyMenu function DestroyMenu(Menu: HMenu): Bool; D e s t r o y s Menu a n d frees a s s o c i a t e d m e m o r y .

683

684


Parameters Menu

Description M e n u identifier


DrawMenuBar procedure DrawMenuBar(Wnd: HWnd); R e d r a w s a w i n d o w ' s m e n u b a r . U s e d if t h e m e n u b a r c h a n g e s after t h e w i n d o w is c r e a t e d . Parameters Wnd


EnableMenuItem function EnableMenuItem(Menu: HMenu; IDEnableltem, Enable: Word): Bool; E n a b l e s , d i s a b l e s , o r grays a m e n u i t e m s p e c i f i e d b y Enable. Parameters

Description

Menu

M e n u identifier

IDEnableltem

I D or position of m e n u item or p o p - u p to be checked

Enable

A c o m b i n a t i o n o f t h e mf _ Menu flags' c o n s t a n t s : mf_Command o r mf_ByPosition w i t h mf_Disabled, mf_Enabled, o r mf_Grayed

Return Value: P r e v i o u s state o f m e n u i t e m ; - 1 if m e n u i t e m d o e s n ' t exist.

GetMenu function GetMenu(Wnd: HWnd): HMenu; Gets a window's menu handle. Parameters Wnd

Description Owning window of menu

Return Value: M e n u i d e n t i f i e r ; 0 if t h e r e ' s n o m e n u ; u n d e f i n e d if Wnd is a c h i l d w i n d o w .


GetMenuCheckMarld)imensions function GetMenuCheckMarkDimensions:

Longint;

G e t s the dimensions o f the default check mark bitmap displayed next t o checked m e n u items. Return Value: H e i g h t (in p i x e l s ) i n t h e h i g h - o r d e r w o r d ; w i d t h ( i n p i x e l s ) i n t h e l o w - o r d e r word.

GetMenuItemCount function GetMenuItemCount(Menu: HMenu): Word; G e t s the n u m b e r o f top-level m e n u s a n d the m e n u items in a specified m e n u . Parameters Menu

Description T h e m e n u identifier

Return Value: T h e n u m b e r o f m e n u i t e m s , if s u c c e s s f u l ; -1 if u n s u c c e s s f u l .

GetMenuItemlD function GetMenuItemID(Menu: HMenu; Pos: Integer): Word; G e t s t h e m e n u i t e m ' s n u m e r i c I D l o c a t e d at t h e s p e c i f i e d p o s i t i o n i n t h e m e n u . Parameters

Description

Menu

P o p - u p m e n u identifier

Pos

Item p o s i t i o n , starting at 0 , i n m e n u

Return Value: Item I D if s u c c e s s f u l ; 0 if i t e m is a p o p - u p ; - 1 if e r r o r .

GetMenuState function GetMenuState(Menu: HMenu; ID, Flags: Word): Word; G e t s state i n f o r m a t i o n f o r a s p e c i f i e d m e n u i t e m .

685

686


Parameters

Description

Menu

M e n u o r p o p - u p m e n u identifier

ID

M e n u item I D

Flags

O n e of t h e mf _ Menu flags' c o n s t a n t s : mf_ByPosition mf_ByCommand

Return Value: F l a g s m a s k of t h e f o l l o w i n g mf _ Menu flags v a l u e s : mf_Checked mf_Disabled mf_Enabled mf_MenuBarBreak mf_MenuBreak mf_Separator mfJJnchecked If p o p - u p , t h e h i g h - o r d e r b y t e c o n t a i n s t h e n u m b e r o f i t e m s ; - 1 if ID is i n v a l i d .

GetMenuString function GetMenuString(Menu: HMenu; IDItem: Word; Str: PChar; MaxCount: Integer; Flag: Word): Integer; C o p i e s a m e n u i t e m ' s l a b e l i n t o Str. T h e c o p i e d l a b e l is n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d . Parameters

Description

Menu

M e n u identifier

IDItem

M e n u item I D

Str

Receiving buffer

MaxCount

Size o f the buffer

Flag

O n e of t h e mf _ Menu flags' c o n s t a n t s : mf_ByPosition mf_ByCommand



GetSubMenu function GetSubMenu(Menu: HMenu; Pos: Integer): HMenu; Gets a pop-up menu's handle. Parameters

Description

Menu

M e n u identifier

Pos

P o s i t i o n o f p o p - u p m e n u i n Menu

Return Value: P o p - u p m e n u identifier; 0, if n o p o p - u p m e n u exists at Pos.

GetSystemMenu function GetSystemMenu(Wnd: HWnd; Revert: Bool): HMenu; G e t s a w i n d o w ' s system m e n u for copying a n d changing. Parameters Wnd


Revert 0 t o r e t u r n h a n d l e t o a copy o f t h e s y s t e m m e n u o r n o n z e r o t o r e t u r n handle to original system m e n u . Return Value: S y s t e m m e n u i d e n t i f i e r ; 0 if Revert is n o n z e r o a n d t h e s y s t e m m e n u h a s n o t been changed.

HiliteMenuItem function HiliteMenuItem(Wnd: HWnd; Menu: HMenu; IDHilite, Hilite: Word): Bool; Highlights o r removes highlighting from a top-level m e n u item. Parameters

Description

Wnd


Menu

Top-level m e n u identifier

IDHilite

Integer I D or position of m e n u item

Hilite

A c o m b i n a t i o n of t h e mf _ Menu flags, mf _ByCommand or mf_ByPosition w i t h mfJHilite or mf JJnhilite


687

688


InsertMenu function InsertMenu(Menu:HMenu; Position, Flags, IDNewItem: Word Newltem: PChar): Bool; Inserts n e w m e n u item with a state specified by Flags. Parameters

Description

Menu

M e n u identifier

Position

C o m m a n d ID or position of m e n u item to insert n e w m e n u item after or - 1 to append to end

Flags

O n e of the mf _ Menuflags,mf _ByCommand or mf _ByPosition combined with any of the following: mf_Bitmap mf_String mf_OwnerDraw mf_Separator mf_Popup mf_MenuBarBreak mf_MenuBreak mf_Checked mfJJnchecked

IDNewItem

N e w m e n u item c o m m a n d ID or m e n u handle if pop-up

Newltem

N e w m e n u item contents

Return

Value:

Nonzero if successful; else 0.

LoadMenuIndirect function LoadMenuIndirect(var MenuTemplate): HMenu; Loads the m e n u defined by MenuTemplate. Parameters

Description

MenuTemplate Array of TMenuItemTemplate structures Return

Value:

Menu identifier if successful.


689

ModifyMenu function ModifyMenu(Menu: HMenu; Position, Flags, IDNewItem: Word; Newltem: PChar): Bool; C h a n g e s a n e x i s t i n g m e n u i t e m that h a s a n e w state that is s p e c i f i e d b y Flags. Parameters

Description

Menu

M e n u identifier

Position

C o m m a n d I D or position of m e n u item

Flags

C o m b i n a t i o n o f mf_ByCommand or mf_ByPosition w i t h o n e o f t h e f o l l o w i n g mf _ Menu flags' c o n s t a n t s :

mf_Disabled mf_Enabled mf_Grayed mf_Bitmap mf_String mfJDwnerDraw mf_Separator mf_Popup mf_MenuBarBreak mf_MenuBreak mf_Checked mfJJnchecked IDNewItem

Newltem

C o m m a n d I D or m e n u h a n d l e , if flags set t o mf Popup, o f modified m e n u item

String (mf_String), HBitmap (mf_Bitmap), or a p p l i c a t i o n s u p p l i e d d a t a (mf_OwnerDraw)


RemoveMenu function RemoveMenu(Menu: HMenu; Position, Flags: Word): Bool; Nondestructively removes a m e n u item a n d a n associated p o p - u p from the specified m e n u . Y o u c a n u s e the p o p - u p in ensuing operations.

690


Parameters

Description

Menu

M e n u identifier

Position

C o m m a n d I D or position of m e n u item

Flags

O n e o f t h e mf _

Menu flags, mf _ByCommand o r

m f _ B y P o s i t i o n specifying the nature of the P o s i t i o n argument. Return Value: N o n z e r o if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0.

SetMenu function

SetMenu(Wnd:

HWnd; M e n u :

HMenu):

Bool;

S e t s a n d r e d r a w s a w i n d o w ' s m e n u t o t h e m e n u s p e c i f i e d b y Menu. T h e p r e v i o u s m e n u is n o t d e s t r o y e d . Parameters

Description

Wnd


Menu

N e w m e n u or 0 to remove current m e n u


SetMenuItemBitmaps f u n c t i o n SetMenuItemBitmaps(Menu: BitmapUnchecked, BitmapChecked:

HMenu; P o s i t i o n , HBitmap): Bool;

Flags:

Word;

A s s o c i a t e s t w o b i t m a p s w i t h a m e n u i t e m . O n e is d i s p l a y e d w h e n t h e i t e m is c h e c k e d a n d t h e o t h e r w h e n t h e i t e m is u n c h e c k e d . Parameters

Description

Menu

Menu

identifier

Position

C o m m a n d I D or position of m e n u

Flags

O n e o f t h e mf _ Menu flags' c o n s t a n t s , mf_ByCommand o r m f _ B y P o s i t i o n

BitmapUnchecked

H B i t m a p t o b e d i s p l a y e d w h e n item n o t c h e c k e d or 0 to display nothing

item


Parameters

691

Description

BitmapChecked

HBitmap t o b e d i s p l a y e d w h e n i t e m c h e c k e d o r 0 t o d i s p l a y n o t h i n g ; if BitmapUnchecked a n d BitmapChecked a r e 0, W i n d o w s u s e s d e f a u l t check mark


ThckPopupMenu function TrackPopupMenu(Menu: HMenu; Flags: Word; x, y, cx: Integer; Wnd: HWnd; var Rect: TRect): Bool; D i s p l a y s a f l o a t i n g p o p - u p m e n u a n d tracks i t e m s e l e c t i o n . Floating p o p - u p m e n u s can appear anywhere o n the screen. Parameters

Description

Menu

P o p - u p m e n u identifier

Flags

S e t t o 0, n o t u s e d

x, y

Upper-left position (in screen coordinates) o f m e n u

cx

M e n u w i d t h (in s c r e e n u n i t s ) o r 0 f o r d e f a u l t

Wnd

O w n i n g w i n d o w o f the p o p - u p m e n u , to receive wm_Command m e s s a g e s

Rect

TRect d e f i n i n g m o u s e a r e a w h e r e m e n u r e m a i n s visible if t h e u s e r r e l e a s e s t h e m o u s e b u t t o n


Message Procedures and Functions CallWindowProc DispatchMessage GetMessage GetMessagePos GetMessageTime InSendMessage PeekMessage PostAppMessage

692


PostMessage PostQuitMessage ReplyMessage SendMessage SetMessageQueue TranslateAccelerator TranslateMDISysAccel TranslateMessage WaitMessage

CallVMowProc function CallWindowProc(PrevWndProc: TFarProc; Wnd: HWnd; Msg, wParam: Word; lParam: Longint): Longint; S e n d s a m e s s a g e t o PrevWndProc. E n a b l e s w i n d o w s u b c l a s s i n g b y a l l o w i n g messages t o b e intercepted before they are sent t o t h e w i n d o w f u n c t i o n o f the class. Parameters

Description

PrevWndProc

Procedure-instance address o f the previous w i n d o w function

Wnd

W i n d o w that r e c e i v e s t h e m e s s a g e

Msg

Message identifier

wParam

Additional message-dependent information

lParam

Additional message-dependent information

Return Value: V a l u e f r o m call t o PrevWndProc.

DispatchMessage function DispatchMessage(var Msg: TMsg): Longint; Passes t h e m e s s a g e i n Msg t o t h e w i n d o w ' s w i n d o w f u n c t i o n . Parameters Msg

Description TMsg s t r u c t u r e

Return Value: A value returned from the w i n d o w function.


GetMessage function GetMessage(var Msg: TMsg; Wnd: HWnd; MsgFilterMin, MsgFilterMax: Word): Bool; G e t s a m e s s a g e ( w i t h i n t h e filter r a n g e ) f r o m t h e a p p l i c a t i o n ' s m e s s a g e q u e u e . Y i e l d s c o n t r o l t o o t h e r a p p l i c a t i o n s if t h e r e a r e n o m e s s a g e s p e n d i n g , o r wm_Paint, o r wm_Timer is t h e n e x t m e s s a g e . Parameters

Description

Msg

R e c e i v i n g TMsg s t r u c t u r e

Wnd

M e s s a g e d e s t i n a t i o n w i n d o w o r 0 f o r all w i n d o w s i n applications

MsgFilterMin

0 for n o filtering o r wm_KeyFirst for k e y b o a r d o n l y o r wm_MouseFirst for m o u s e o n l y

MsgFilterMax

0 for n o filtering o r w m K e y L a s t for k e y b o a r d o n l y o r w m M o u s e L a s t for m o u s e o n l y

Return Value: N o n z e r o if n o t a w m Q u i t m e s s a g e ; e l s e 0.

GetMessagePos function GetMessagePos: Longint; G e t s t h e c u r s o r p o s i t i o n for t h e p r e v i o u s m e s s a g e o b t a i n e d f r o m GetMessage. Return

Value: X-coordinates in l o w word; Y-coordinates in high word.

GetMessagelime function GetMessageTime: Longint; G e t s t h e t i m e that h a s e l a p s e d s i n c e a s y s t e m r e b o o t for t h e last m e s s a g e o b t a i n e d f r o m GetMessage. Return Value: M e s s a g e t i m e (in m i l l i s e c o n d s ) .

693

694


InSendMessage function InSendMessage: Bool; Decides whether the message being processed by the current w i n d o w function w a s s e n t t h r o u g h SendMessage. Return Value: N o n z e r o if t h e m e s s a g e w a s s e n t b y SendMessage; e l s e 0.

PeekMessage function PeekMessage(var Msg: TMsg; Wnd: HWnd; MsgFilterMin, MsgFilterMax, RemoveMsg: Word): Bool; C h e c k s t h e a p p l i c a t i o n q u e u e f o r a m e s s a g e a n d c o p i e s it t o Msg. If t h e r e a r e n o messages, the function returns immediately, giving control to W i n d o w s . Parameters

Description

Msg

R e c e i v i n g TMsg s t r u c t u r e

Wnd

Messages destination w i n d o w or 0 for any w i n d o w in application or - 1 for messages posted by PostAppMessage f u n c t i o n .

MsgFilterMin

L o w e s t m e s s a g e I D t o e x a m i n e , o r 0 f o r n o limit

MsgFilterMax

H i g h e s t m e s s a g e I D t o e x a m i n e , o r 0 f o r n o limit

RemoveMsg

O n e o r m o r e o f t h e pm_ Peek m e s s a g e o p t i o n s

Return

Value:

N o n z e r o if m e s s a g e a v a i l a b l e ; e l s e 0.

PostAppMessage function PostAppMessage(Task: THandle; Msg, wParam: Word; lParam: Longint): Bool; Posts a m e s s a g e t o a n a p p l i c a t i o n . T h e Wnd of t h e m e s s a g e is set t o 0. Parameters

Description

Task

Application to receive message

Msg

Message type

wParam


lParam




PostMessage function PostMessage(Wnd: HWnd; Msg, wParam: Word; lParam: Longint): Bool; Posts a m e s s a g e t o a n application w i n d o w . Parameters Wnd

Description W i n d o w t o r e c e i v e m e s s a g e o r $ F F F F f o r all o v e r l a p p e d or pop-up windows

Msg

Message type

wParam


lParam



PostQuitMessage procedure PostQuitMessage(ExitCode:

Integer);

P o s t s a wm_Quit m e s s a g e u s u a l l y i n r e s p o n s e t o a w m D e s t r o y m e s s a g e . Parameters ExitCode

Description A p p l i c a t i o n exit c o d e (wParam o f wm_Quit m e s s a g e )

ReplyMessage procedure ReplyMessage(Reply: Longint); R e p l i e s t o a m e s s a g e s e n t byaSendMessagecall, a l l o w i n g b o t h t h e r e q u e s t e r o f t h e SendMessage a n d ReplyMessage t o c o n t i n u e p r o c e s s i n g . Parameters Reply

Description M e s s a g e - d e p e n d e n t r e t u r n result

695

696


SendMessage function SendMessage(Wnd: HWnd; Msg, wParam: Word; lParam: Longint): Longint; Sends a message to the w i n d o w function o f a specified w i n d o w . T h e function d o e s n ' t r e t u r n u n t i l t h e m e s s a g e is p r o c e s s e d . Parameters

Description

Wnd

W i n d o w t o r e c e i v e m e s s a g e o r $ F F F F t o s e n d t o all p o p u p w i n d o w s in system

Msg

Message type

wParam


lParam


Return Value: Value returned by the receiving w i n d o w function.

SetMessageQueue function SetMessageQueue(Msg:

Integer): Bool;

C r e a t e s a n e w a p p l i c a t i o n m e s s a g e q u e u e o f a s p e c i f i e d s i z e . T h e o l d q u e u e is deleted. Parameters Msg Return

Description Size o f q u e u e

Value:


ThmslateAccelerator function TranslateAccelerator(Wnd: HWnd; AccTable: THandle; var Msg: TMsg): Integer; T r a n s l a t e s a n y k e y b o a r d a c c e l e r a t o r s (wm_KeyUp a n d wm_KeyDown) i n t o m e n u c o m m a n d m e s s a g e s , w m C o m m a n d a n d wmSysCommand, which t h e n a r e s e n t directly t o t h e w i n d o w .

L — W i n d o w Manager Interface Procedures and Functions

Parameters

Description

Wnd

Window identifier

AccTable

Accelerator table identifier (returned by LoadAccelerators)

Msg

TMsg information retrieved from GetMessage or PeekMessage

Return Value: Nonzero if translation occurred; else 0.

TranslateMDISysAccel function TranslateMDISysAccel(Wnd: HWnd; var Msg: TMsg): Bool; Translates any keyboard accelerators for M D I child w i n d o w system-menu wm_SysCommand messages. These messages then are sent directly to the window. Parameters

Description

Wnd

MDI client parent w i n d o w

Msg

TMsg information retrieved from GetMessage or PeekMessage


IfonslateMessage function TranslateMessage(var Msg: TMsg): Bool; Translates wm_KeyDown/wm_KeyUp combinations to wm_Charor wm_DeadChar, and wm_SysKeyDown/wm_SysKeyllp combinations to w m _ S y s C h a r or wmSysDeadChar. Also posts the character message to the application queue. Parameters Msg

Description TMsg information retrieved from GetMessage or PeekMessage


697

698


WaitMessage procedure WaitMessage; Yields control to other applications and does not return until a message appears in the application q u e u e .

Painting Procedures and Functions BeginPaint DrawFocusRect Drawlcon DrawText EndPaint ExcludeUpdateRgn FillRect FrameRect GetDC GetUpdateRect GetUpdateRgn GetWindowDC GrayString InvalidateRect InvalidateRgn InvertRect ReleaseDC UpdateWindow ValidateRect ValidateRgn

BeginPaint function BeginPaint(Wnd: HWnd; var Paint: TPaintStruct): HDC; P r e p a r e s a w i n d o w f o r p a i n t i n g i n r e s p o n s e t o a wm_Paint m e s s a g e . Fills Paint with the required information in order to paint. Parameters

Description

Wnd

W i n d o w to be repainted

Paint

TPaintStruct t o r e c e i v e p a i n t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n

Return Value. Device context identifier.

L — W i n d o w M a n a g e r Interface Procedures a n d F u n c t i o n s

DrawFocusRect procedure DrawFocusRect(DC: HDC; var Rect: TRect); Does XOR to d r a w a focus style rectangle. Parameters

Description

DC

Device context identifier

Rect

TRect to be d r a w n

Drawlcon function DrawIcon(DC: HDC; X, Y: Integer; Icon: HIcon): Bool; D r a w s an icon. Parameters

Description

DC


X, Y

Upper-left corner of the icon

Icon

Icon to be d r a w n

Return Value: Nonzero if successful; else 0.

DrawText function DrawText(DC: HDC; Str: PChar; Count: Integer; var Rect: TRect; Format: Word): Integer; D r a w s formatted text w h o s e formatting is specified by Format. T h e text is clipped to the bounding rectangle, unless specified by dtNoClip. Parameters

Description

DC

Device-context identifier

Str

String to be drawn; if Count is - 1 , must be nullterminated

Count

N u m b e r of bytes in string

Rect

Bounding TRect of the text

Format

O n e or m o r e of the dt_ Text drawing formatting flags

Return Value: Text height.

699

700


EndPaint procedure EndPaint(Wnd: HWnd; var Paint: TPaintStruct); D e n o t e s e n d of painting in Wnd. Parameters

Description

Wnd

Repainted window

Paint

TPaintStruct retrieved from BeginPaint function

ExcludeUpdateRgn function ExcludeUpdateRgn(DC: HDC; Wnd: HWnd): Integer; E x c l u d e s a w i n d o w ' s u p d a t e d region from a clipping region, drawing o u t s i d e the valid areas of the w i n d o w . Parameters

thus preventing

Description

DC

Device c o n t e x t

Wnd

Window

identifier

being u p d a t e d

Return Value: O n e of the Region flags' c o n s t a n t s .

FillRect function FillRect(DC: HDC; var Rect: TRect; Brush: HBrush): Integer; Fills a rectangle, Parameters

u s i n g Brush u p to the right a n d bottom borders. Description

DC

Device c o n t e x t identifier

Rect

TRect to be

Brush

Fill b r u s h

Return Value: Not used.

filled


701

FrameRect procedure

FrameRect(DC:

HDC; var Rect: TRect; Brush: HBrush):

Draws a border o n e logical unit wide a r o u n d a rectangle. Parameters

Description

DC

D e v i c e context identifier

Rect

TRect d e f i n i n g c o r n e r s o f t h e r e c t a n g l e

Brush

Framing brush

GetDC function GetDC(Wnd: HWnd): HDC; G e t s a display context for u s e by G D I functions in a w i n d o w ' s client area. Parameters Wnd


Return Value: D i s p l a y c o n t e x t i d e n t i f i e r ; 0 if e r r o r .

GetUpdateRect function GetUpdateRect(Wnd:

HWnd; var Rect: TRect;

Erase: Bool): Bool; G e t s the smallest enclosing rectangle o f a w i n d o w ' s u p d a t e region. Parameters

Description

Wnd


Rect

R e c e i v i n g TRect s t r u c t u r e

Erase

N o n z e r o to erase u p d a t e region b a c k g r o u n d

Return Value: N o n z e r o if n o n - e m p t y u p d a t e r e g i o n ; e l s e 0.

Integer;

702


GetUpdateRgn function GetUpdateRgn(Wnd: HWnd; Rgn: HRgn; Erase: Bool): Integer; C o p i e s i n t o Rgn a w i n d o w ' s u p d a t e r e g i o n . Parameters

Description

Wnd


Rgn

Receiving update region

Erase

N o n z e r o if b a c k g r o u n d s h o u l d b e e r a s e d a n d c h i l d windows redrawn

Return Value: O n e o f t h e Region flags' c o n s t a n t s .

GetWindowDC function GetWindowDC(Wnd: HWnd): HDC; G e t s a d i s p l a y c o n t e x t u s u a l l y u s e d f o r p a i n t i n g n o n c l i e n t areas o f a w i n d o w . Parameters Wnd


Return Value: D i s p l a y c o n t e x t i d e n t i f i e r ; 0 if t h e r e ' s a n e r r o r .

GrayString function GrayString(DC: HDC; Brush: HBrush; OutputFunc: TFarProc; Data: Longint; Count, X, Y, Width, Height: Integer): Bool; D r a w s g r a y text ( u s i n g t h e c u r r e n t l y s e l e c t e d f o n t ) b y s e n d i n g a m e s s a g e t o OutputFunc that c o n t a i n s DC (with a bit m a p o f Height a n d Width s i z e ) , Data, a n d Count. Parameters

Description

DC


Brush

HBrush u s e d f o r g r a y i n g

OutputFunc

D r a w f u n c t i o n p r o c e d u r e - i n s t a n c e a d d r e s s or n i l t o u s e TextOut

Data

D a t a t o p a s s t o OutputFunc or string if OutputFunc is 0


Parameters

Description

Count

S i z e o f D a t a o r 0 a n d D a t a is a string t o c a l c u l a t e l e n g t h , o r - 1 a n d O u t p u t F u n c r e t u r n s 0 a n d i m a g e is d i s p l a y e d but not shown

X,Y

Starting logical position o f enclosing rectangle

Width

W i d t h (in l o g i c a l u n i t s ) o f e n c l o s i n g r e c t a n g l e , o r 0 a n d D a t a is a string t o c a l c u l a t e w i d t h

Height

H e i g h t (in l o g i c a l u n i t s ) o f e n c l o s i n g r e c t a n g l e , o r 0 a n d D a t a is a string t o c a l c u l a t e h e i g h t

Return Value: N o n z e r o if s u c c e s s f u l ; 0 if t h e o u t p u t f u n c t i o n r e t u r n e d 0 o r if i n s u f f i c i e n t m e m o r y t o c r e a t e t h e bit m a p .

InvalidateRect procedure

InvalidateRect(Wnd:

HWnd; R e c t :

LPRect;

Erase:

Bool);

Invalidates a w i n d o w ' s client area by a d d i n g R e c t to the w i n d o w ' s u p d a t e region. Parameters

Description

Wnd


Rect

T R e c t to b e a d d e d to u p d a t e region o r nil for the entire client area

Erase

N o n z e r o for B e g i n P a i n t to erase b a c k g r o u n d

InvalidateRgn procedure

InvalidateRgn(Wnd:

HWnd; R g n :

HRgn;

Erase:

Bool);

I n v a l i d a t e s a w i n d o w ' s c l i e n t a r e a b y a d d i n g Rg n t o t h e w i n d o w ' s u p d a t e r e g i o n . Parameters

Description

Wnd


Rgn

R e g i o n i d e n t i f i e r (in c l i e n t c o o r d i n a t e s )

Erase

N o n z e r o for B e g i n P a i n t t o e r a s e b a c k g r o u n d

703

704


InvertRect procedure InvertRect(DC: HDC; var Rect: TRect); Inverts t h e c o l o r s o f t h e r e c t a n g l e s p e c i f i e d b y Rect. Parameters

Description

DC


Rect

TRect s t r u c t u r e ( i n l o g i c a l c o o r d i n a t e s )

ReleaseDC function ReleaseDC(Wnd: HWnd; DC: HDC): Integer; R e l e a s e s a c o m m o n o r w i n d o w d e v i c e c o n t e x t , t h u s m a k i n g it available t o o t h e r applications. Parameters

Description

Wnd


DC


Return Value: 1 if d e v i c e c o n t e x t r e l e a s e d ; e l s e 0.

UpdateWindow procedure UpdateWindow(Wnd: HWnd); S e n d s a w m P a i n t m e s s a g e d i r e c t l y t o a w i n d o w ' s window f u n c t i o n if t h e u p d a t e r e g i o n o f t h e w i n d o w is n o t e m p t y . Parameters Wnd


ValidateRect procedure ValidateRect(Wnd: HWnd; Rect: LPRect); V a l i d a t e s t h e c l i e n t a r e a b y r e m o v i n g Rect f r o m t h e w i n d o w ' s u p d a t e r e g i o n . Parameters

Description

Wnd


Rect

TRect ( i n c l i e n t c o o r d i n a t e s ) t o b e r e m o v e d f r o m u p d a t e region o r nil for entire client area


ValidateRgn procedure ValidateRgn(Wnd: HWnd; Rgn: HRgn); V a l i d a t e s t h e c l i e n t a r e a b y r e m o v i n g t h e r e g i o n s p e c i f i e d b y Rgn f r o m t h e window's update region. Parameters

Description

Wnd


Rgn

R e g i o n i d e n t i f i e r (in c l i e n t c o o r d i n a t e s )

Property Procedures and Functions EnumProps GetProp RemoveProp SetProp

EnumProps function EnumProps(Wnd: HWnd; EnumFunc: TFarProc): Integer; E n u m e r a t e s a w i n d o w ' s p r o p e r t y list s e n d i n g Wnd, nDummy, PSTR, a n d hData t o t h e callback. E n u m e r a t i o n e n d s if t h e callback r e t u r n s 0 o r if all p r o p e r t i e s are e n u m e r a t e d . Parameters

Description

Wnd


EnumFunc


Return Value: P r e v i o u s v a l u e r e t u r n e d b y callback; - 1 if w i n d o w h a s n o p r o p e r t i e s .

GetProp function GetProp(Wnd: HWnd; Str: PChar): THandle; G e t s t h e a s s o c i a t e d d a t a h a n d l e f r o m a w i n d o w ' s p r o p e r t y list.

705

706


Parameters

Description

Wnd


Str

String (null-terminated) o r a t o m

Return Value: D a t a h a n d l e if p r o p e r t y list c o n t a i n s Str; e l s e 0.

RemoveProp function RemoveProp(Wnd: HWnd; Str: PChar): THandle; R e m o v e s a n e n t r y ( s p e c i f i e d b y Str) f r o m a w i n d o w ' s p r o p e r t y list. A n a p p l i c a t i o n is r e s p o n s i b l e f o r f r e e i n g t h e r e t u r n e d d a t a h a n d l e . Parameters

Description

Wnd


Str

String (null-terminated) o r an a t o m

Return Value: D a t a h a n d l e t o string; 0 if t h e string is n o t f o u n d .

SetProp function SetProp(Wnd: HWnd; Str: PChar; Data: THandle): Bool; A d d s o r c h a n g e s a n e n t r y ( s p e c i f i e d b y Str) t o a w i n d o w ' s p r o p e r t y list. Parameters

Description

Wnd


Str

String (null-terminated) o r a t o m value created by calling AddAtom

Data

Associated property data handle

Return Value: N o n z e r o if a d d e d ; e l s e 0.

Scrolling Procedures and Functions GetScrollPos GetScrollRange ScrollDC ScrollWindow


707

SetScrollPos SetScrollRange ShowScrollBar

GetScrollPos function

GetScrollPos(Wnd:

HWnd; B a r :

Integer):

Integer;

G e t s t h e c u r r e n t p o s i t i o n o f a scroll-bar t h u m b relative t o t h e c u r r e n t s c r o l l i n g range. Parameters

Description

Wnd

W i n d o w containing scroll bar

Bar

O n e of the s b _ S c r o l l bar constants

Return Value: C u r r e n t scroll-bar t h u m b p o s i t i o n .

GetScrollRange p r o c e d u r e G e t S c r o l l R a n g e ( W n d : HWnd; B a r : var MinPos, MaxPos: I n t e g e r ) ;

Integer;

G e t s a scroll bar's m i n i m u m a n d m a x i m u m positions. Parameters

Description

Wnd

W i n d o w containing scroll bar

Bar


MinPos

Integer to receive m i n i m u m position

MaxPos

Integer to receive m a x i m u m position

ScrollDC f u n c t i o n S c r o l l D C ( D C : HDC; d x , U p d a t e R g n : HRgn; U p d a t e R e c t :

dy: I n t e g e r ; var S c r o l l , LPRect): Bool;

S c r o l l s a r e c t a n g l e o f bits b y dx a n d dy u n i t s .

Clip:

TRect;

708


Parameters

Description

DC


dx

Horizontal scroll units

dy

Vertical scroll units

Scroll

T R e c t c o n t a i n i n g s c r o l l i n g rectangle containing clipping rectangle

UpdateRgn

S c r o l l D C region u n c o v e r e d b y t h e s c r o l l i n g p r o c e s s ; if n i l , u p d a t e region is n o t c o m p u t e d

UpdateRect

R e c e i v i n g T R e c t c o n t a i n i n g t h e b o u n d i n g rectangle of t h e s c r o l l u p d a t e region; if n i l , u p d a t e rectangle is n o t computed

Clip

TRect


SaollWmdow procedure ScrollWindow(Wnd: Rect,

ClipRect:

HWnd; X A m o u n t ,

YAmount:

Integer;

LPRect);

S c r o l l s a w i n d o w ' s c l i e n t a r e a b y XAmount a n d YAmount. T h e u n c o v e r e d a r e a is c o m b i n e d with the window's update regions Parameters

Description

Wnd


XAmount

Device units to scroll in x-direction

YAmount

Device units to scroll in y-direction

Rect

Client area T R e c t to b e scrolled or nil for the entire client area

ClipRect

C l i p p i n g T R e c t to b e scrolled or nil for the entire window

SetScrollPos function SetScrollPos(Wnd: Bool): Integer; Sets a scroll bar's t h u m b to P o s .

HWnd; B a r ,

Pos:

Integer;

Redraw:


N o t e : T h e s c r o l l b a r ' s " t h u m b " is t h e " S c r o l l B o x " i n a s c r o l l b a r that i n d i c a t e s y o u r p o s i t i o n i n a file. T h u s , y o u c a n set t h e " t h u m b " to any position.

Parameters

Description

Wnd

W i n d o w i d e n t i f i e r o r scroll-bar c o n t r o l i d e n t i f i e r if B a r is set t o s b _ C t l

Bar


Pos

N e w position

Redraw

N o n z e r o to redraw scroll bar

Return

Value:

Previous position o f scroll bar t h u m b .

SetScrollRange procedure Redraw:

SetScrollRange(Wnd: Bool);

HWnd; B a r ,

MinPos,

MaxPos:

Integer;

Sets a scroll bar's m i n i m u m a n d m a x i m u m position values. Parameters

Description

Wnd

W i n d o w i d e n t i f i e r o r s c r o l l b a r c o n t r o l i d e n t i f i e r if B a r is set t o s b _ C t l

Bar


MinPos

M i n i m u m scrolling position

MaxPos

M a x i m u m s c r o l l i n g p o s i t i o n o r 0 a n d M i n P o s set t o 0 t o h i d e the scroll bar

Redraw

N o n z e r o to redraw the scroll bar

ShowScrollBar procedure

ShowScrollBar(Wnd:

HWnd; B a r :

S h o w s o r h i d e s a s c r o l l b a r as s p e c i f i e d b y Show.

Word; Show:

Bool);

709

710


Parameters

Description

Wnd

W i n d o w i d e n t i f i e r o r s c r o l l b a r c o n t r o l if B a r is set t o sb_Ctl

Bar

O n e o f t h e sb_ Scroll b a r c o n s t a n t s

Show

N o n z e r o t o s h o w t h e s c r o l l b a r o r 0 t o h i d e it

System Procedures and Functions GetCurrentTime GetSysColor GetSystemMetrics SetSysColors

GetCurrentTime function GetCurrentTime: Longint; G e t s the elapsed time since the system w a s rebooted. Return

Value:

C u r r e n t t i m e (in m i l l i s e c o n d s ) .

GetSysColor function GetSysColor(Index:

Integer): Longint;

Gets a W i n d o w s display element's current color. Parameters Index

Description Display element

Return Value: R G B color value.

GetSystemMetrics function GetSystemMetrics(Index:

Integer): Integer;

G e t s t h e s y s t e m m e t r i c s , s u c h as m o u s e s t a t u s , p i x e l w i d t h , a n d h e i g h t o f v a r i o u s display elements, a n d W i n d o w s d e b u g version.


Parameters Index

Description O n e o f t h e sm_ S y s t e m m e t r i c s c o d e s ' c o n s t a n t s

Return Value: T h e requested system metric value.

SetSysColors procedure SetSysColors(Changes: Integer; var SysColor; var ColorValues); S e t s t h e s y s t e m c o l o r s f o r t h e d i s p l a y e l e m e n t s s p e c i f i e d i n SysColor. Parameters Change

SysColor

Description N u m b e r o f system colors to c h a n g e

I n t e g e r array w h o s e i n d e x e s a r e color_ System color codes

ColorValues

Longint array c o n t a i n i n g c o r r e s p o n d i n g R G B color v a l u e

f o r e a c h color i n d e x i n SysColor

Window-Creation Procedures and Functions Adj ustWindowRect Ad j ustWindowRectEx CreateWindow CreateWindowEx DefDlgProc DefFrameProc DefMDIChildProc DefWindowProc DestroyWindow GetClassInfo GetClassLong GetClassName GetClassWord GetLastActivePopup GetWindowLong GetWindowWord RegisterClass SetClassLong SetClassWord

711

712


SetWindowLong SetWindowWord UnregisterClass

AdjustWindowRect procedure AdjustWindowRect(var

Rect: TRect; Style: Longint;

Menu: Bool); C o m p u t e s t h e size a w i n d o w r e c t a n g l e r e q u i r e s b a s e d o n Rect s i z e . Parameters

Description

Rect

TRect c o n t a i n i n g c l i e n t r e c t a n g l e c o o r d i n a t e s t o b e converted

Style

W i n d o w styles o f t h e w i n d o w w i t h a c l i e n t r e c t a n g l e that is t o b e c o n v e r t e d

Menu

N o n z e r o if w i n d o w h a s a m e n u

AdjustWindowRectEx procedure AdjustWindowRectEx(var Rect: TRect; Style: Longint; Menu: Bool; ExStyle: Longint); C o m p u t e s t h e size o f a w i n d o w r e c t a n g l e w i t h e x t e n d e d style b a s e d o n Rect size. A s s u m e s a s i n g l e r o w m e n u , if t h e r e ' s a m e n u . Parameters

Description

Rect

T R e c t structure containing client rectangle coordinates to be converted

Style

W i n d o w styles o f t h e w i n d o w w h o s e c l i e n t r e c t a n g l e w i l l be converted

Menu

N o n z e r o if t h e w i n d o w h a s a m e n u

ExStyle

E x t e n d e d style o f t h e w i n d o w b e i n g c r e a t e d

CreateWindow function CreateWindow(ClassName, WindowName: PChar; Style: Longint; X, Y, Width, Height: Integer; WndParent: HWnd; Menu: HMenu; Instance: THandle; Param: Pointer): HWnd; Creates a pop-up, overlapped, or child window.


Parameters

713

Description

ClassName

W i n d o w class n a m e ( n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d ) o r a p r e d e f i n e d control-class n a m e

WindowName

W i n d o w caption or n a m e (null-terminated)

Style

O n e o r a c o m b i n a t i o n o f w i n d o w o r c o n t r o l style c o n stants: bs_ Button styles cbs_ Combo b o x styles ds_ Dialog styles es_ Edit c o n t r o l styles lbs_ List b o x styles sbs_ Scroll b a r styles ss_ Static c o n t r o l styles ws_ Window styles

X, Y

S t a r t i n g w i n d o w p o s i t i o n o r cwJJseDefault

Width

Starting w i n d o w w i d t h (in device units)

Height

Starting w i n d o w height (in device units)

WndParent

Owner window

Menu

M e n u o r c h i l d - w i n d o w identifier

Instance

Associated m o d u l e instance

Param

V a l u e p a s s e d i n TCreateStruct i n lParam o f t h e w m C r e a t e m e s s a g e ; this m u s t b e a p o i n t e r t o a TClientCreateStruct f o r MDI c l i e n t w i n d o w c r e a t i o n

Return Value: W i n d o w i d e n t i f i e r if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0 .

CreateWindowEx function CreateWindowEx(ExStyle: Longint; ClassName, WindowName: PChar; Style: Longint; X, Y, Width, Height: Integer; WndParent: HWnd; Menu: HMenu; Instance: THandle; Param: Pointer): HWnd; C r e a t e s a p o p - u p , o v e r l a p p e d , o r c h i l d w i n d o w w i t h a n e x t e n d e d style.

714


Parameters

Description

ExStyle

O n e of t h e ws_ex_ Extended w i n d o w styles' c o n s t a n t s

ClassName

W i n d o w class n a m e ( n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d ) o r a p r e d e f i n e d control-class n a m e

WindowName

W i n d o w caption o r n a m e (null-terminated)

Style

O n e o r a c o m b i n a t i o n o f w i n d o w o r c o n t r o l style c o n stants: bs_ Button styles cbs_ Combo b o x styles ds_ Dialog styles es_ Edit c o n t r o l styles lbs_ List b o x styles sbs_ Scroll b a r styles ss_ Static c o n t r o l styles ws_ Window styles

X, Y

S t a r t i n g w i n d o w p o s i t i o n o r cw_UseDef ault

Width

S t a r t i n g w i n d o w w i d t h (in d e v i c e u n i t s )

Height

S t a r t i n g w i n d o w h e i g h t (in d e v i c e u n i t s )

WndParent

Owner window

Menu

M e n u o r child-window identifier

Instance

Associated m o d u l e instance

Param

V a l u e p a s s e d i n TCreateStruct i n lParam o f t h e wmCreate message, must be a pointer to a TClientCreateStruct f o r MDI c l i e n t w i n d o w c r e a t i o n

Return Value: W i n d o w identifier if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0.

DefDlgProc function DefDlgProc(Dig: HWnd; Msg, wParam: Word; lParam: Longint): Longint; H a n d l e s d e f a u l t p r o c e s s i n g f o r d i a l o g s w i t h a private w i n d o w class. Parameters

Description

Dig


Msg

Message number


Parameters

Description

wParam


lParam



DefframeProc function DefFrameProc(Wnd, MDIClient: HWnd; Msg, wParam: Word; lParam: Longint): Longint; H a n d l e s d e f a u l t m e s s a g e p r o c e s s i n g f o r MDI f r a m e w i n d o w s . Parameters

Description

Wnd

MDI f r a m e w i n d o w

MDIClient

MDI c l i e n t w i n d o w

Msg

Message number

wParam


lParam


Return Value: Result o f message processing.

DeM)IChildProc function DefMDIChildProc(Wnd: HWnd; Msg, wParam: Word; lParam: Longint): Longint; H a n d l e s d e f a u l t m e s s a g e p r o c e s s i n g f o r MDI c h i l d w i n d o w s . Parameters

Description

Wnd

MDI c h i l d w i n d o w

Msg

Message number

wParam


lParam



715

716

Part H I — R e f e r e n c e s

DefVTindowProc function DefWindowProc(Wnd: HWnd; Msg, wParam: Word; lParam: Longint): Longint; H a n d l e s default message processing for any messages n o t explicitly h a n d l e d b y an application. Parameters

Description

Wnd


Msg

Message number

wParam


lParam


Return Value: R e s u l t of t h e m e s s a g e p r o c e s s i n g .

Destroy^ndow function DestroyWindow(Wnd: HWnd): Bool; D e s t r o y s a w i n d o w or a m o d e l e s s d i a l o g box a n d a n y of its a s s o c i a t e d child windows. Parameters Wnd

Description Window

identifier


GetClassInfo function GetClassInfo(Instance: THandle; Classlnfo: PChar; var WndClass: TWndClass): Bool; G e t s class information for t h e s p e c i f i e d class .TWndClass fields .IpszClassName, IpszMenuName, a n d hlnstance are n o t returned. Parameters

Description

Instance

A p p l i c a t i o n i n s t a n c e that created t h e class or 0 for a p r e d e f i n e d Windows class ClassName C l a s s n a m e ( n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d ) or I D

WndClass

TWndClass to receive class information


Return Value: N o n z e r o if s u c c e s s f u l ; 0 if m a t c h i n g class is n o t f o u n d .

GetClassLong function GetClassLong(Wnd: HWnd; Index: Integer): Longint; G e t s t h e l o n g v a l u e at I n d e x f r o m a w i n d o w ' s TWndClass s t r u c t u r e . Positive b y t e offsets ( f r o m 0) t o a c c e s s e x t r a class b y t e s . Parameters

Description

Wnd


Index

B y t e offset o r t h e c o n s t a n t gcl_WndProc

Return Value: Value retrieved.

GetClassName function GetClassName(Wnd: HWnd; ClassName: PChar; MaxCount: Integer): Integer; G e t s a w i n d o w ' s class n a m e . Parameters

Description

Wnd


ClassName

B u f f e r t o r e c e i v e class n a m e

MaxCount

Size o f buffer

Return Value: N u m b e r o f c h a r a c t e r s c o p i e d ; 0 if t h e r e ' s a n e r r o r .

GetClassWord function GetClassWord(Wnd: HWnd, Index: Integer): Word; G e t s t h e w o r d v a l u e at Index f r o m a w i n d o w ' s TWndClass s t r u c t u r e . Positive b y t e offsets ( f r o m 0) t o a c c e s s e x t r a class b y t e s .

717

718


Parameters

Description

Wnd


Index

B y t e offset o r o n e o f t h e gcw_ Class field offsets' constants

Return Value: Value retrieved.

GetLastActivePopup function GetLastActivePopup(WndOwner: HWnd): HWnd; G e t s t h e m o s t r e c e n t l y active p o p - u p w i n d o w . Parameters WndOwner

Description O w n i n g parent w i n d o w o f pop-up.

Return Value: P o p - u p w i n d o w identifier; WndOwner.

GetWindowLong function GetWindowLong(Wnd: HWnd; Index: Integer): Longint; G e t s i n f o r m a t i o n about a w i n d o w o r a w i n d o w ' s e x t r a b y t e v a l u e s . Parameters

Description

Wnd


Index

B y t e oTbf f set o r o n e o f t h e gwl_ Window field offsets

Return Value: Specified w i n d o w information.

GetWindowWord function GetWindowWord(Wnd: HWnd; Index: Integer): Word; G e t s i n f o r m a t i o n a b o u t a w i n d o w o r window-class e x t r a b y t e v a l u e s .


Parameters

Description

Wnd


Index

Positive b y t e offset o r o n e o f t h e gww_ Window offsets' c o n s t a n t s

field

Return Value: W o r d value.

RegisterClass function RegisterClass(var WndClass: TWndClass): Bool; Registers a w i n d o w class w h o s e attributes a r e s p e c i f i e d b y WndClass. Parameters WndClass

Description TWndClass s t r u c t u r e

Return Value: N o n z e r o if class r e g i s t e r e d ; e l s e 0.

SetClassLong function SetClassLong(Wnd: HWnd; Index: NewLong: Longint): Longint;

Integer;

Replaces the l o n g value specified by I n d e x in the w i n d o w ' s structure. Parameters

TWndClass

Description

Wnd


Index

O n e o f t h e gcl_ Class field offsets o r p o s i t i v e b y t e offset t o set e x t r a 4-byte v a l u e s

NewLong

Replacement value

Return Value: Previous value.

719

720


SetClassWord function SetClassWord(Wnd: HWnd; Index: Integer; NewWord: Word): Word; R e p l a c e s t h e w o r d v a l u e s p e c i f i e d b y Index i n t h e w i n d o w ' s TWndClass structure. Parameters

Description

Wnd


Index

O n e of t h e gcw_ Class field o f f s e t s o r p o s i t i v e b y t e offset t o set e x t r a 2-byte v a l u e

NewWord

Replacement value


SetWindowLong function SetWindowLong(Wnd: HWnd; Index: Integer; NewLong: Longint): Longint; R e p l a c e s a n attribute o f a w i n d o w ' s w i n d o w - c l a s s s t r u c t u r e w i t h a n e w v a l u e . Parameters

Description

Wnd


Index

O n e of t h e gwl_ Window f i e l d offsets o r p o s i t i v e b y t e offset t o a c c e s s e x t r a 4-byte v a l u e s

NewLong

Replacement value


SetWindowWord function SetWindowWord(Wnd: HWnd; Index: Integer; NewWord: Word): Word; C h a n g e s t h e v a l u e of a n attribute ( s p e c i f i e d b y Index) i n a w i n d o w ' s w i n d o w class s t r u c t u r e .


Parameters

721

Description

Wnd


Index

O n e of t h e gww_ Window f i e l d offsets o r p o s i t i v e b y t e offset t o a c c e s s e x t r a 2-byte v a l u e s

NewWord

Replacement value


UnregisterClass function UnregisterClass(ClassName: PChar; Instance: THandle): Bool; D e l e t e s a w i n d o w class f r o m t h e w i n d o w - c l a s s t a b l e a n d frees a n y a s s o c i a t e d memory. Parameters

Description

ClassName

Class n a m e (null-terminated) o f a previously registered class

Instance

M o d u l e i n s t a n c e that c r e a t e d t h e class

Return Value: N o n z e r o if s u c c e s s f u l ; 0 if i n v a l i d ClassName.

M REFERENCE

SYSTEM SERVICES INTERFACE P R O C E D U R E S A N D FUNCTIONS

A l p h a b e t i c a l listing o f S y s t e m Services I n t e r f a c e p r o c e d u r e s a n d f u n c t i o n s :

Application-Execution Atom-Management Communication File I/O Initialization-File Memory-Management Module-Management

Operating-System Interrupt Resource-Management Segment Sound String-Manipulation Task Utility Macros

Application-Execution Functions LoadModule WinExec WinHelp

724


LoadModule function

LoadModule(ModuleName:

PChar;

ParameterBlock:

Pointer):

Loads and runs a Windows application. Parameters

Description

ModuleName

A p p l i c a t i o n file n a m e ( n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d )

ParameterBlock

F o u r field s t r u c t u r e

EnvSeg

Word, e n v i r o n m e n t s e g m e n t a d d r e s s o r 0 f o r Windows environment

CmdLine

L o n g i n t , c o m m a n d line

CmdShow

L o n g i n t , t w o W o r d - l e n g t h s t r u c t u r e , first w o r d set t o 2 , s e c o n d set t o CmdShow o f ShowWindow

Reserved

L o n g i n t , must be 0

Return Value: Library m o d u l e i n s t a n c e i d e n t i f i e r (value g r e a t e r t h a n 32) if s u c c e s s f u l . If n o t , its v a l u e is less t h a n 3 2 , a n d o n e o f t h e f o l l o w i n g : (0) n o m e m o r y (5) a t t e m p t t o l i n k task (6) m u l t i p l e d a t a s e g m e n t s (10) i n v a l i d W i n d o w s v e r s i o n (11) i n v a l i d E X E file (12) O S / 2 a p p (13) D O S 4 . 0 a p p (14) i n v a l i d E X E t y p e (15) n o t p r o t e c t m o d e

WinExec function WinExec(CmdLine: PChar; CmdShow: Word): Word; E x e c u t e s a n a p p l i c a t i o n s p e c i f i e d b y CmdLine. Parameters CmdLine

Description C o m m a n d line to execute the application (null-terminated)

CmdShow

S p e c i f i e s how a n a p p l i c a t i o n w i n d o w is initially

displayed

THandle;

M — S y s t e m Services Interface P r o c e d u r e s a n d F u n c t i o n s

Return

Value:

V a l u e g r e a t e r t h a n 3 2 if s u c c e s s f u l ; o t h e r w i s e it r e t u r n s o n e o f t h e f o l l o w i n g : (0) n o m e m o r y (5) a t t e m p t e d t o d y n a m i c a l l y l i n k t o a task (6) library h a s m u l t i p l e d a t a s e g m e n t s (10) W i n d o w s v e r s i o n i n c o r r e c t (11) invalid E X E file (12) O S / 2 a p p l i c a t i o n (13) D O S 4 . 0 a p p l i c a t i o n (14) u n k n o w n E X E t y p e (15) n o t a p r o t e c t e d - m o d e a p p l i c a t i o n

WinHdp function WinHelp(Wnd: HWnd; HelpFile: PChar; Command: Word; Data: Longint): Bool; Invokes Windows

help engine w i t h a c o m m a n d specified by Command.

Parameters

Description

Wnd

Window

identifier

HelpFile

N a m e ( n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d ) o f help p a t h , if n e e d e d

Command

O n e of the help_ H e l p c o m m a n d s

Data

Context identifier n u m b e r if Command set to help_Context or help topic keyword ( n u l l t e r m i n a t e d ) if Command set to help_Key

Return Value: N o n z e r o if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0

Atom-Management Procedures and Functions AddAtom DeleteAtom FindAtom

file

including

725

726


GetAtomHandle GetAtomName GlobalAddAtom GlobalDeleteAtom GlobalFindAtom GlobalGetAtomName InitAtomTable MakelntAtom

AddAtom function AddAtom(Str: PChar): Atom; A d d s Str to t h e a t o m t a b l e . A reference count is m a i n t a i n e d for e a c h unique string i n s t a n c e . Parameters Str

Description Null-terminated character string

Return Value: U n i q u e a t o m i d e n t i f i e r if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e - 1 .

DeleteAtom function DeleteAtom(AnAtom: Atom): Atom; D e l e t e s an a t o m . If the Atom's reference count is zero, the a s s o c i a t e d string is removed from the a t o m t a b l e . Parameters AnAtom

Description A t o m identifier

Return Value: Zero if successful; else Atom.

FindAtom function FindAtom(Str: PChar): Atom; S e a r c h e s t h e atom t a b l e for t h e atom a s s o c i a t e d with Str. Parameters

Str

Description

Search string (null-terminated)

M — S y s t e m Services Interface Procedures and Functions

727

Return Value: A t o m associated w i t h S t r ; 0 if a t o m isn't f o u n d in table.

GetAtomHandle function

GetAtomHandle(AnAtom:

Atom):

THandle;

G e t s t h e string that c o r r e s p o n d s to a specified atom. Parameters AnAtom Return Value: Local m e m o r y handle

Description A t o m identifier

to atom string; 0 if t h e atom d o e s not exist.

GetAtomName function

GetAtomName(AnAtom:

Atom;

Buffer:

PChar;

Size:

Integer):

C o p i e s t h e associated a t o m string into B u f f e r . Parameters

Description

AnAtom

A t o m identifier

Buffer

Buffer to receive atom string

Size

Buffer size (in bytes)

Return Value: N u m b e r o f bytes c o p i e d into B u f f e r ; 0 if an invalid atom was specified.

GlobalAddAtom function

GlobalAddAtom(Str:

PChar):

Atom;

A d d s S t r to t h e atom table, t h u s creating a n e w global atom. Parameters Str

Description String (null-terminated)

Return Value: N e w l y created a t o m ; 0 if error.

Word;

728


GlobalDeleteAtom function GlobalDeleteAtom(AnAtom: Atom): Atom; Decreases a global atom's reference count by one, deleting the atom and its associated string from the atom table if the reference count becomes 0. Parameters

AnAtom Return

Description

A t o m identifier

Value:

Zero if successful; else AnAtom.

GlobalFindAtom function GlobalFindAtom(Str: PChar): Atom; Gets the global atom associated with Str. Parameters

Str Return

Description

Search string (null-terminated) Value:

Global atom; 0 if Str is not in the table.

GlobalGetAtomName function GlobalGetAtomName(AnAtom: Atom; Buffer: PChar; Size: Integer): Word; Copies the string associated with AnAtom into Buffer. Parameters

Description

AnAtom

A t o m identifier

Buffer

Receive buffer

Size

Size of Buffer

Return

Value:

N u m b e r of bytes copied; 0 if AnAtom is not valid.


InitAtomTable function InitAtomTable(Size: Integer): Bool; Initializes t h e a t o m h a s h t a b l e a n d sets its size. D e f a u l t is 3 7 . Parameters Size

Description N u m b e r o f table entries in a t o m hash table (should be a prime)

Return Value: N o n z e r o if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0 .

MakelntAtom (type) MakelntAtom = PStr; U s e MakelntAtom f o r t y p e c a s t i n g i n t e g e r n u m b e r s i n t o a t o m s . T h i s is e q u i v a l e n t t o t y p e c a s t i n g i n t o t h e T u r b o Pascal t y p e PChar.

Communication Procedures and Functions BuildCommDCB ClearCommBreak CloseComm EscapeCommFunction FlushComm GetCommError GetCommEventMask GetCommState OpenComm ReadComm SetCommBreak SetCommEventMask SetCommState TransmitCommChar UngetCommChar WriteComm

729

730


BuildCommDCB function BuildCommDCB(Def: PChar; var DCB: TDCB): Integer; T r a n s l a t e s Def i n t o a p p r o p r i a t e d e v i c e - c o n t r o l b l o c k c o d e s that are c o p i e d i n t o DCB. Parameters

Description

Def

D O S M O D E c o m m a n d line (null-terminated) of device-control information

DCB

R e c e i v i n g TDCB s t r u c t u r e

Return Value: Z e r o if Def is t r a n s l a t e d ; e l s e n e g a t i v e .

ClearCommBreak function ClearCommBreak(Cid:

Integer): Integer;

R e s t o r e s c h a r a c t e r t r a n s m i s s i o n a n d p l a c e s t h e l i n e i n a n o n - b r e a k state. Parameters Cid

Description C o m m u n i c a t i o n device to b e restored

Return Value: Z e r o , if s u c c e s s f u l ; n e g a t i v e if Cid is n o t a v a l i d d e v i c e .

CloseComm function CloseComm(Cid: Integer): Integer; C l o s e s Cid, f l u s h i n g t h e o u t p u t q u e u e . F r e e s a n y m e m o r y u s e d f o r t r a n s m i t a n d receive q u e u e s . Parameters Cid

Description C o m m u n i c a t i o n s device

Return Value: Z e r o if d e v i c e is c l o s e d ; n e g a t i v e if e r r o r .


EscapeCommFunction function EscapeCommFunction(Cid, Func: Integer): Integer; E x e c u t e s t h e e x t e n d e d f u n c t i o n s p e c i f i e d b y Func o n a c o m m u n i c a t i o n s d e v i c e . Parameters

Description

Cid

C o m m u n i c a t i o n s device

Func

O n e o f t h e EscapeComm c o n s t a n t s

Return Value: Z e r o if s u c c e s s f u l ; n e g a t i v e if ab i n v a l i d f u n c t i o n c o d e w a s s p e c i f i e d .

FlushComm function FlushComm(Cid, Queue: Integer): Integer; Flushes a c o m m u n i c a t i o n device's transmit o r receive q u e u e . Parameters Cid Queue

Description C o m m u n i c a t i o n s device to b e

flushed

Z e r o t o flush t r a n s m i t q u e u e o r 1 t o flush receive q u e u e


GetCommError function GetCommError(Cid: Integer; var Stat: TComStat): Integer; Clears a device c o m m u n i c a t i o n s error. Parameters

Description

Cid

Communications device

Stat

TComStat t o r e c e i v e d e v i c e status i n f o r m a t i o n or nil

Return Value: O n e o f t h e ce_ Comm e r r o r flags' c o n s t a n t s .

731

732


GetCommEventMask function

GetCommEventMask(Cid,

EvtMask:

Integer):

Word;

G e t s a d e v i c e ' s c u r r e n t e v e n t m a s k , t h e n clears it. Parameters

Description

Cid


EvtMask

Events to be enabled

Return Value: Current event mask value.

GetCommState function

GetCommState(Cid:

Integer;

v a r DCB: T D C B ) :

Integer;

Gets a device's device control block. Parameters

Description

Cid

Communications device

DCB

TDCB t o r e c e i v e t h e c u r r e n t d e v i c e c o n t r o l block

Return Value: Z e r o if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e n e g a t i v e .

OpenComm function

OpenComm(ComName:

PChar;

InQueue,

OutQueue: Word):

Integer

O p e n s a c o m m u n i c a t i o n s d e v i c e . T h e d e v i c e is initialized t o a d e f a u l t c o n f i g u r a t i o n . T r a n s m i t a n d r e c e i v e q u e u e s are a l l o c a t e d . Parameters ComName

Description S t r i n g c o n t a i n i n g C O M n o r L P T n , w h e r e n is an integer

InQueue

R e c e i v e q u e u e size o r i g n o r e d f o r L P T p o r t s

OutQueue

T r a n s m i t q u e u e size o r i g n o r e d f o r L P T p o r t s


Return Value: Cid h a n d l e if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e n e g a t i v e e r r o r v a l u e ( o n e o f t h e ie_ c o m m u n i c a t i o n e r r o r flags).

733

Open

ReadComm function ReadComm(Cid: Integer; Buf: PChar, Size: Integer): Integer; R e a d s Cid a n d c o p i e s u p t o Size c h a r a c t e r s i n t o Buf. Parameters

Description

Cid


Buf

Receiving buffer

Size

Size o f Buffer

Return

Value:

N u m b e r o f c h a r a c t e r s r e a d ; 0 if n o c h a r a c t e r s a r e i n t h e r e c e i v e q u e u e ; n e g a t i v e if e r r o r .

SetCommBreak function SetCommBreak(Cid: Integer): Integer; Suspends character transmission a n d places the device's transmission line in a b r e a k state. Parameters Cid

Description C o m m u n i c a t i o n s device

Return Value: Z e r o if s u c c e s s f u l ; n e g a t i v e if i n v a l i d Cid.

SetCommEventMask function SetCommEventMask(Cid:

Integer; EvtMask: Word): PWord;

Activates a n d g e t s t h e c u r r e n t state o f a d e v i c e ' s e v e n t m a s k . Parameters Cid EvtMask

Description C o m m u n i c a t i o n s device A n y c o m b i n a t i o n of ev_ Comm e v e n t c o n s t a n t s

734


Return

Value:

P o i n t e r t o a n e v e n t m a s k ; e a c h set bit i n d i c a t e s a n o c c u r r e n c e o f t h e e v e n t .

SetCommState function SetCommState(var DCB: TDCB): Integer; Reinitializes a c o m m u n i c a t i o n s d e v i c e s p e c i f i e d b y t h e Id field o f DCB t o t h e state s p e c i f i e d b y DCB. T r a n s m i t a n d r e c e i v e q u e u e s a r e n o t a f f e c t e d . Parameters DCB Return

Description TDCB s t r u c t u r e

Value:

Z e r o if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e n e g a t i v e .

TfonsmitCommChar function TransmitCommChar(Cid:

Integer; AChar: Char): Integer;

P u t s AChar at t h e h e a d o f t h e c o m m u n i c a t i o n d e v i c e ' s t r a n s m i t q u e u e f o r immediate transmission. Parameters

Description

Cid


AChar

Character t o transmit

Return

Value:

Z e r o if s u c c e s s f u l ; n e g a t i v e if t r a n s m i s s i o n is n o t p o s s i b l e b e c a u s e t h e p r e v i o u s character has n o t b e e n sent.

UngetCommChar function UngetCommChar(Cid: Integer; AChar: Char): Integer; P u t s AChar b a c k i n t o c o m m u n i c a t i o n d e v i c e ' s r e c e i v i n g q u e u e . Parameters

Description

Cid


AChar

Character to Un g et

Return Value: Z e r o if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e n e g a t i v e .


735

WriteComm f u n c t i o n WriteComm(Cid:

Integer;

Buf: PChar;

Size:

Integer):

Integer;

O u t p u t s the buffer specified by Buf to a c o m m u n i c a t i o n s device. Parameters

Description

Cid


Buf

Buffer containing characters t o b e written

Size

N u m b e r o f characters t o o u t p u t

Return Value: N u m b e r of characters written; negative if error has an absolute value that equals the n u m b e r of characters written before the error occurred.

File I/O Procedures and Functions GetDriveType GetSystemDirectory GetTempDrive GetTempFileName GetWindowsDirectory _lclose _lcreat _llseek _lopen _lread _lwrite OpenFile SetHandleCount

GetDriveType function GetDriveType(Drive: Integer): Word; Decides whether Drive is removeable, fixed, or remote. Parameters Drive

Description Drive to check (A is 0, B is 1, and so on.)

736


Return

Value:

O n e of t h e drive_ Drive t y p e s c o n s t a n t s ; 0 if drive c a n n o t b e d e t e r m i n e d ; 1 if drive d o e s n o t exist.

GetSystemDirectory procedure GetSystemDirectory(Buffer:

PChar; Size: Word);

Gets the W i n d o w s system subdirectory path n a m e . Parameters

Description

Buffer

Receiving buffer

Size

S i z e o f B u f f e r (at least 144 c h a r a c t e r s )

GetTempDrive function GetTempDrive(DriveLetter: Char): Char; G e t s t h e d i s k d r i v e that h a s t h e o p t i m a l a c c e s s t i m e f o r t e m p o r a r y file operations. Parameters DriveLetter

Description D i s k drive letter o r 0 t o r e t u r n c u r r e n t drive

Return Value: D i s k drive letter.

GetTempFileName function GetTempFileName(DriveLetter:

Char; PrefixString: PChar;

Unique: Word; TempFileName: PChar): Integer; D e r i v e s a u n i q u e t e m p o r a r y file n a m e w i t h a p a t h n a m e of e i t h e r t h e r o o t d i r e c t o r y o r t h e d i r e c t o r y s p e c i f i e d b y t h e TEMP e n v i r o n m e n t v a r i a b l e . Parameters

Description

DriveLetter

S u g g e s t e d drive o r t f F o r c e D r i v e b i t - o r - e d with suggested drive o r 0 for default drive

PrefixString

File name t h r e e c h a r a c t e r p r e f i x ( n u l l terminated)


Parameters Unique

Description Base file-name n u m e r i c value, o r 0 for systemderived value

TempFileName

R e c e i v i n g p a t h - n a m e b u f f e r (at least 144 b y t e s long)

Return Value: File n a m e ' s n u m e r i c v a l u e .

Get^dowsDirectory function GetWindowsDirectory(Buffer:

PChar; Size: Word): Word;

G e t s the W i n d o w s directory path n a m e . Parameters

Description

Buffer

Receiving path n a m e buffer

Size

S i z e o f B u f f e r ( s h o u l d b e at least 144 b y t e s long)

Return Value: L e n g t h of t h e string c o p i e d i n t o Buffer.

Jclose function _lclose(FileHandle:

Integer): Integer;

C l o s e s a s p e c i f i e d file. Parameters FileHandle

Description D O S file h a n d l e

Return Value: Z e r o if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e - 1 .

lcreat function _lcreat(PathName: PChar; Attribute: O p e n s t h e s p e c i f i e d file.

Integer):Integer;

737

738


Parameters

Description

Path n a m e

T h e D O S p a t h n a m e o f t h e file t o b e o p e n e d

Attribute

O n e of: (0) r e a d o r w r i t e , (1) r e a d o n l y , (2) h i d d e n , o r (3) s y s t e m file

Return

Value:

D O S file h a n d l e if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e - 1 .

Jlseek function _llseek(FileHandle: Integer; Offset: Longint; Origin: Integer): Longint; P o s i t i o n s t h e p o i n t e r i n a n o p e n file. Parameters

Description

FileHandle

D O S file h a n d l e

Offset

N u m b e r o f bytes t o m o v e the pointer

Origin

S p e c i f i e s t h e starting p o i n t a n d d i r e c t i o n o f t h e m o v e : (0) f o r w a r d f r o m t h e b e g i n n i n g , (1) f r o m t h e c u r r e n t p o s i t i o n , o r (2) b a c k f r o m t h e e n d o f t h e file

Return Value: T h e n e w offset o f t h e p o i n t e r ; - 1 if u n s u c c e s s f u l .

Jopen function _lopen(PathName: PChar; ReadWrite: Integer): Integer; O p e n s a file. Parameters

Description

Path n a m e

S t r i n g s p e c i f y i n g t h e p a t h a n d file n a m e

ReadWrite

Specifies the read a n d write access; o n e o f the f o l l o w i n g of _ Open file c o n s t a n t s : of_Read of_ReadWrite of Write

Return Value: T h e D O S file h a n d l e if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e - 1 .


Jread function _lread(FileHandle: Bytes: Integer): Word;

Integer; Buffer: PChar;

R e a d bytes f r o m a n o p e n file. Parameters

Description

FileHandle

T h e D O S file h a n d l e

Buffer

Receiving buffer

Bytes

T h e n u m b e r o f bytes t o read

Return Value: T h e n u m b e r o f b y t e s r e a d , if s u c c e s s f u l ; - 1 if n o t ; 0 if at t h e e n d o f file.

Jwrite function _lwrite(FileHandle: Bytes: Integer): Word;

Integer; Buffer: PChar;

W r i t e s d a t a f r o m Buffer i n t o t h e s p e c i f i e d file. Parameters

Description

FileHandle

D O S file h a n d l e

Buffer

H o l d s the data to b e written

Bytes

T h e n u m b e r o f bytes t o b e written

Return Value: T h e n u m b e r o f b y t e s w r i t t e n t o t h e file, if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e - 1 .

OpenFile function OpenFile(FileName: PChar; var ReOpenBuff: TOFStruct; Style: Word):

Integer;

C r e a t e s , o p e n s , r e o p e n s , o r d e l e t e s a file. Parameters

Description

File N a m e

T h e s p e c i f i e d file n a m e

ReOpenBuff

R e c e i v e s i n f o r m a t i o n a b o u t file w h e n o p e n e d

Style

S p e c i f i e s t h e a c t i o n ; o n e o f t h e of constants

Open file

739

740


Return

Value:

D O S file h a n d l e if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e - 1 .

SetHandleCount function SetHandleCount(Number: Word): Word; C h a n g e s t h e n u m b e r o f file h a n d l e s available t o a task t o t h e v a l u e s p e c i f i e d b y Number. Parameters Number

Description N u m b e r o f r e q u i r e d file h a n d l e s ( m a x i m u m o f 255)

Return Value: N u m b e r o f file h a n d l e s a v a i l a b l e .

Initialization-File Procedures and Functions GetPrivateProfilelnt GetPrivateProfileString GetProfilelnt GetProfileString WritePrivateProfileString WriteProfileString

GetPrivateProfilelnt function GetPrivateProfilelnt(ApplicationName, Default: Integer; FileName: PChar): Word;

KeyName: PChar;

G e t s a n i n t e g e r k e y v a l u e f r o m a s p e c i f i e d i n i t i a l i z a t i o n file. Parameters

Description

ApplicationName

A p p l i c a t i o n h e a d i n g n a m e i n FileName

KeyName

Key n a m e i n FileName

Default

D e f a u l t v a l u e if KeyName n o t f o u n d

File N a m e

I n i t i a l i z a t i o n file n a m e i n W i n d o w s d i r e c t o r y

Return Value: Key v a l u e ; 0 if n e g a t i v e o r if Key v a l u e isn't a n i n t e g e r .


741

GetPrivateProfileString function GetPrivateProfileString(ApplicationName, KeyName, Default, ReturnedString: PChar; Size: Integer; FileName: PChar): Integer; G e t s a string k e y v a l u e f r o m a s p e c i f i e d i n i t i a l i z a t i o n file. Parameters

Description

ApplicationName

A p p l i c a t i o n h e a d i n g n a m e i n FileName

KeyName

Key n a m e i n FileName o r n i l t o o b t a i n list o f key names

Default


ReturnedString

Receiving buffer

Size

Size o f Buffer

File N a m e

I n i t i a l i z a t i o n file n a m e i n W i n d o w s d i r e c t o r y

Return

Value:

N u m b e r o f characters c o p i e d .

GetProfilelnt function GetProfilelnt(AppName,

KeyName: PChar; Default: Integer): Word;

G e t s a n i n t e g e r k e y v a l u e f r o m W i n d o w s W I N . I N I file. Parameters

Description

AppName

Application heading name

KeyName

Search key name

Default

D e f a u l t v a l u e if KeyName is n o t f o u n d

Return Value: K e y v a l u e ; 0 if n e g a t i v e o r if k e y v a l u e isn't a n i n t e g e r .

GetProfileString function GetProfileString(AppName, KeyName, Default, ReturnedString: PChar; Size: Integer): Integer;

742


G e t s a string k e y v a l u e f r o m W i n d o w s W I N . I N I file Parameters AppName KeyName

Description Application heading name S e a r c h k e y n a m e o r n i l t o o b t a i n all k e y n a m e s a s s o c i a t e d w i t h AppName

Default


ReturnedString

Receiving buffer

Size

Size o f Buffer

Return Value: N u m b e r o f characters c o p i e d .

WritePrivateProfileString function WritePrivateProfileString(ApplicationName, KeyName, Str, FileName: PChar): Bool; S e a r c h e s FileName f o r a s p e c i f i e d a p p l i c a t i o n h e a d i n g a n d k e y n a m e ; t h e n r e p l a c e s t h e Key n a m e w i t h Str. Parameters

Description

ApplicationName

Application heading name

KeyName

Key n a m e appearing under the application heading n a m e o r nil to delete entire section

Str

N e w k e y n a m e string o r n i l t o d e l e t e k e y n a m e

File n a m e

I n i t i a l i z a t i o n file n a m e ( n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d )


WritePfoffleString function WriteProfileString(ApplicationName,

KeyName, Str: PChar): Bool;

Searches W I N . I N I for the specified application heading a n d key n a m e ; then r e p l a c e s t h e k e y n a m e w i t h St r.


Parameters

Description

ApplicationName

Application heading

KeyName

Key n a m e appearing u n d e r the application h e a d i n g n a m e , or nil to delete entire application section

Str

N e w key n a m e value or nil to delete key n a m e


Memory-Management Procedures and Functions DefineHandleTable GetFreeSpace GetWinFlags GlobalAlloc GlobalCompact GlobalDiscard GlobalDosAlloc GlobalDosFree GlobalFlags GlobalFree GlobalHandle GlobalLock GlobalLRUNewest GlobalLRUOldest GlobalNotify GlobalReAlloc GlobalSize GlobalUnlock GlobalUnwire GlobalWire LimitEMSPages LocalAlloc LocalCompact LocalDiscard LocalFlags LocalFree LocalHandle

743

744


Locallnit LocalLock LocalReAlloc LocalShrink LocalSize LocalUnlock LockData LockSegment SetSwapAreaSize SwitchStackBack SwitchStackTo UnlockData UnLockSegment

DefineHandleTable function

DefineHandleTable(Offset:

Word):

Bool;

C r e a t e s a private h a n d l e t a b l e i n t h e d e f a u l t d a t a s e g m e n t . T h e t a b l e h o l d s t h e a d d r e s s e s o f l o c k e d g l o b a l m e m o r y o b j e c t s , r e t u r n e d b y G l o b a l L o c k . If t h e s e m e m o r y o b j e c t s are m o v e d , W i n d o w s u p d a t e s t h e i r a d d r e s s e s w h e n r u n n i n g i n r e a l m o d e . A d d r e s s e s a r e n ' t u p d a t e d i n p r o t e c t e d m o d e s ( S t a n d a r d a n d 386Enhanced). T h e h a n d l e t a b l e c o n s i s t s o f t w o W o r d - t y p e v a l u e s f o l l o w e d b y a n array o f addresses. • T h e first w o r d is t h e n u m b e r o f e n t r i e s i n t h e t a b l e , w h i c h m u s t b e initialized b e f o r e t h e call t o D e f i n e H a n d l e T a b l e . • T h e s e c o n d is t h e n u m b e r o f e n t r i e s t o set t o 0 w h e n W i n d o w s u p d a t e s its list o f least r e c e n t l y u s e d m e m o r y . E i t h e r w o r d c a n b e c h a n g e d at a n y t i m e . T h e a d d r e s s e s i n t h e rest o f t h e t a b l e are r e t u r n e d b y G l o b a l L o c k . Parameters Offset

Description T h e offset o f t h e t a b l e f r o m t h e b e g i n n i n g o f t h e d a t a s e g m e n t . A v a l u e o f 0 i n d i c a t e s that W i n d o w s s h o u l d n o l o n g e r u p d a t e the table

Return

Value:

Z e r o if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e n o n z e r o .


GetFreeSpace function

GetFreeSpace(Flag:

Word):

Longint;

G e t s t h e a m o u n t o f free m e m o r y in t h e g l o b a l Parameters

Description

Flag

Return

heap.

T h e constant gmem_Not_Banked to scan below b a n k l i n e o r 0 t o s c a n a b o v e ; ignored f o r n o n E M S systems Value:

M e m o r y available (in b y t e s ) .

GetWinFlags function

GetWinFlags:

Longint;

G e t s t h e m e m o r y - c o n f i g u r a t i o n flags i n effect d u r i n g t h e c u r r e n t W i n d o w s session. Return Value: Flag mask specifying the current m e m o r y configuration; can include o n e of t h e f o l l o w i n g wf _ W i n d o w s m e m o r y c o n f i g u r a t i o n flags: wf_CPU286 wf_CPU386 wf_PMode wf_SmallFrame wf_Win286 wf

Win386

GlobalAlloc function

GlobalAlloc(Flags:

A l l o c a t e s requested Parameters Flags

Word;

Bytes:

Longint):

a m o u n t o f m e m o r y , at m i n i m u m , f r o m t h e g l o b a l Description F l a g m a s k ; o n e o r m o r e o f t h e gmem_ G l o b a l m e m o r y flags c o n s t a n t s

Bytes Return

THandle;

N u m b e r o f bytes to allocate Value:

A l l o c a t e d g l o b a l m e m o r y identifier;

0 if error.

heap.

745

746


GlobalCompact function GlobalCompact(MinFree:

Longint): Longint;

C o m p a c t s global m e m o r y a n d , w h e n necessary a n d possible, d i s c a r d a b l e s e g m e n t s t o c r e a t e a MinFree size b l o c k . Parameters MinFree

Return

removes

Description D e s i r e d free b y t e s o r 0 t o r e t u r n largest free s e g m e n t , if all d i s c a r d a b l e s e g m e n t s a r e removed

Value:

S i z e o f largest free b l o c k .

GlobalDLscard function GlobalDiscard(Mem: THandle): THandle; D i s c a r d s t h e s p e c i f i e d g l o b a l m e m o r y b l o c k if t h e b l o c k is d i s c a r d a b l e a n d unlocked. Parameters Mem

Description T h e handle of the global memory block to discard

Return Value: H a n d l e o f t h e b l o c k if s u c c e s s f u l l y d i s c a r d e d ; e l s e 0.

GlobalDosAlloc function GlobalDosAlloc(Bytes: Longint): Longint; A l l o c a t e s g l o b a l m e m o r y i n t h e first m e g a b y t e o f l i n e a r a d d r e s s s p a c e that c a n be accessed by D O S . A v o i d u s i n g this f u n c t i o n , if p o s s i b l e , b e c a u s e l o w m e m o r y is a s c a r c e system resource. Parameters Bytes Return

Description T h e n u m b e r o f bytes t o allocate

Value:

Z e r o if m e m o r y c o u l d n o t b e a l l o c a t e d ; e l s e , t h e v a l u e is a p a r a g r a p h - s e g m e n t value in the high-order word a n d a selector in the low-order word.


In Real m o d e , the paragraph-segment value c a n b e u s e d to access the allocated memory. I n protected m o d e , the selector should not b e used.

GlobalDosFree function GlobalDosFree(Selector: Word): Word; F r e e s a b l o c k o f m e m o r y a l l o c a t e d b y GlobalDosAlloc. Parameters Selector

Description T h e s e l e c t o r o f t h e m e m o r y t o free

Return Value: Z e r o if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e Selector.

GlobalFlags function GlobalFlags(Mem: THandle): Word; G e t s i n f o r m a t i o n a b o u t Mem. Parameters Mem Return

Description G l o b a l m e m o r y b l o c k identifier

Value:

I n h i g h b y t e : em_Ddeshare, gmem_Discardable, gmem_Discarded, o r gmem_Not_Banked. I n l o w b y t e : lock r e f e r e n c e - c o u n t .

GlobalFree function GlobalFree(Mem: THandle): THandle; F r e e s a n u n l o c k e d g l o b a l m e m o r y b l o c k a n d i n v a l i d a t e s its h a n d l e . Parameters Mem


Return Value: Z e r o if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e Mem.

747

748


GlobalHandle function GlobalHandle(Mem: Word): Longint; Gets the handle o f a global m e m o r y object with the specified segment address. Parameters Mem Return

Description Segment address

Value:

H a n d l e a n d s e g m e n t a d d r e s s i n l o w - a n d h i g h - w o r d , r e s p e c t i v e l y ; 0 if Handle d o e s n ' t exist.

GlobalLock function GlobalLock(Mem: THandle): Pointer; Increments the reference count o f a global m e m o r y block a n d returns a p o i n t e r t o it. Parameters Mem


Return Value: M e m o r y b l o c k a d d r e s s if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e n i l .

GlobalLRUNewest function GlobalLRUNewest(Mem: THandle): THandle; R e d u c e s t h e c h a n c e a g l o b a l m e m o r y o b j e c t w i l l b e d i s c a r d e d b y m o v i n g it i n t o t h e n e w e s t , least r e c e n t l y u s e d m e m o r y p o s i t i o n . Parameters Mem Return Value: Z e r o if i n v a l i d Mem.

Description G l o b a l m e m o r y object identifier


GlobalLRUOldest function GlobalLRUOldest(Mem: THandle): THandle; I n c r e a s e s t h e c h a n c e a g l o b a l m e m o r y o b j e c t w i l l b e d i s c a r d e d b y m o v i n g it i n t o t h e o l d e s t , least recently u s e d m e m o r y p o s i t i o n . Parameters Mem

Description G l o b a l m e m o r y object identifier

Return Value: Z e r o if i n v a l i d Mem.

GlobalNotify procedure GlobalNotify(NotifyProc: TFarProc); C a l l s NotifyProc p a s s i n g t h e h a n d l e o f t h e g l o b a l m e m o r y b l o c k t o b e d i s c a r d e d . I f NotifyProc returns Parameters NotifyProc

n o n z e r o , t h e b l o c k is d i s c a r d e d .

Description Notification callback procedure's instanceaddress

GlobalReAlloc function GlobalReAlloc(Mem: THandle; Bytes: Longint; Flags: Word): THandle; R e a l l o c a t e s a g l o b a l m e m o r y b l o c k t o Bytes s i z e . Parameters

Description

Mem

G l o b a l m e m o r y b l o c k identifier

Bytes

N e w size o f Mem

Flags

O n e o r m o r e o f t h e f o l l o w i n g gmem_ G l o b a l m e m o r y flags: gmem_Discardable gmem_Notify gmem_Moveable gmem_NoCompact gmem_NoDiscard gmem Zerolnit

749

750


Return

Value:

R e a l l o c a t e d g l o b a l m e m o r y b l o c k identifier; 0 if e r r o r .

Globalize function GlobalSize(Mem: THandle): Longint; G e t s t h e c u r r e n t size o f a g l o b a l m e m o r y b l o c k . Parameters Mem


Return Value: S i z e (in b y t e s ) ; 0 if Mem is i n v a l i d o r d i s c a r d e d .

GlobalUnlock function GlobalUnlock(Mem: THandle): Bool; U n l o c k s a g l o b a l m e m o r y b l o c k l o c k e d b y GlobalLock. I f t h e b l o c k ' s l o c k r e f e r e n c e - c o u n t r e a c h e s 0, t h e b l o c k is s u b j e c t t o m o v i n g o r d i s c a r d i n g . Parameters Mem Return


Value:

Z e r o if l o c k r e f e r e n c e - c o u n t d e c r e m e n t s t o 0; e l s e n o n z e r o .

GlobalUnWire function GlobalUnWire(Mem: THandle): Bool; U n l o c k s a m e m o r y s e g m e n t p r e v i o u s l y l o c k e d b y GlobalWire. Parameters Mem

Description S e g m e n t identifier

Return Value: N o n z e r o if s e g m e n t u n l o c k e d ; e l s e 0.


GlobalWire function GlobalWire(Mem: THandle): PChar; M o v e s a s e g m e n t , w h i c h m u s t b e l o c k e d for a l o n g p e r i o d , i n t o l o w m e m o r y a n d l o c k s it. Parameters Mem

Description S e g m e n t identifier

Return Value: N e w s e g m e n t l o c a t i o n if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e n i l .

IimitEmsPages procedure LimitEmsPages(Kbytes: Longint); L i m i t s a m o u n t of e x p a n d e d m e m o r y (in K ) that Windows a s s i g n s to a n a p p l i c a t i o n w h e n running u n d e r e x p a n d e d m e m o r y c o n f i g u r a t i o n . Parameters Kbytes

Description N u m b e r o f kilobytes o f e x p a n d e d m e m o r y assigned

LocalAlloc function LocalAlloc(Flags, Bytes: Word): THandle; A l l o c a t e s a l o c a l m e m o r y b l o c k from the l o c a l heap. T h e true size m i g h t b e larger than t h e s p e c i f i e d size. Parameters

Description

Flags

O n e or m o r e of the following lmem_ L o c a l m e m o r y flags c o n s t a n t s : lmem_Discardable lmem_Fixed lmem_Modify lmem_Moveable lmem_Nocompact lmem_Nodiscard lmem_Zeroinit

Bytes

S i z e (in bytes) o f b l o c k t o a l l o c a t e

751

752


Return Value: L o c a l m e m o r y b l o c k i d e n t i f i e r if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0.

LocalCompact function LocalCompact(MinFree: Word): Word; G e n e r a t e s a free b l o c k o f at least MinFree size. If n e c e s s a r y , t h e f u n c t i o n m o v e s or discards u n l o c k e d blocks. Parameters

Description

MinFree

N u m b e r o f desired free bytes, o r 0 t o return largest c o n t i g u o u s b l o c k

Return Value: S i z e ( i n b y t e s ) o f largest b l o c k .

LocalDiscard function LocalDiscard(Mem: THandle): THandle; D i s c a r d s t h e s p e c i f i e d l o c a l m e m o r y b l o c k , l e a v i n g its h a n d l e v a l i d , m e a n i n g t h e h a n d l e c a n b e r e u s e d b y c a l l i n g LocalReAlloc. Parameters Mem Return

Description T h e handle of the local m e m o r y block

Value:

Z e r o if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e Mem.

LocalFlags function LocalFlags(Mem: THandle): Word; Gets information about a memory block. Parameters Mem Return

Description Local m e m o r y b l o c k identifier

Value:

In high byte: In l o w byte:

lmem_Discardable o r lmem_Discarded lock count


LocalFree function LocalFree(Mem: THandle): THandle; F r e e s a l o c a l m e m o r y b l o c k a n d i n v a l i d a t e s its h a n d l e . Parameters Mem


Return Value: Z e r o if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e Mem.

LocalHandle function LocalHandle(Mem: Word): THandle; G e t s t h e h a n d l e o f a l o c a l m e m o r y o b j e c t at a s p e c i f i e d a d d r e s s . Parameters Mem

Description Local m e m o r y object address

Return Value: Local m e m o r y object identifier.

Locallnit function LocalIni(Segment, Start, End: Word): Bool; Initializes a l o c a l h e a p a n d calls GlobalLock t o l o c k t h e s e g m e n t . Parameters

Description

Segment

Segment address o f local h e a p

Start

O f f s e t a d d r e s s t o start o f l o c a l h e a p

End

Offset address to e n d o f local h e a p

Return Value: N o n z e r o if i n i t i a l i z e d ; e l s e 0.

LocalLock function LocalLock(Mem: THandle): Pointer; L o c k s Mem a n d i n c r e m e n t s its l o c k c o u n t . T h e b l o c k c a n n o t b e m o v e d o r discarded.

753

754


Parameters Mem


Return Value: P o i n t e r t o b l o c k if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e n i l .

LocalReAlloc function

LocalReAlloc(Mem:

THandle;

Bytes,

Flags:

Word):

THandle

C h a n g e s t h e size o r a t t r i b u t e s , as s p e c i f i e d b y F l a g s , o f a l o c a l m e m o r y b l o c k . Parameters

Description

Mem

Local m e m o r y b l o c k identifier

Bytes

N e w size (in b y t e s ) o f b l o c k

Flags

O n e o r m o r e o f t h e l m e m _ L o c a l m e m o r y flags: lmem_Discardable lmem_Modify lmem_Moveable lmem_NoCompact lmem_NoDiscard lmem_ZeroInit

Return Value: L o c a l m e m o r y b l o c k i d e n t i f i e r if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0.

LocalShrink function

LocalShrink(Seg:

THandle;

Size:

Word):

Word;

R e d u c e s t h e l o c a l h e a p t o t h e s p e c i f i e d size w h o s e v a l u e m u s t b e g r e a t e r t h a n t h e m i n i m u m size s p e c i f i e d i n t h e a p p l i c a t i o n ' s m o d u l e - d e f i n i t i o n Parameters

Description

Seg

Segment containing local h e a p , or 0 for current data segment

Size

D e s i r e d size (in b y t e s ) ,

Return Value: S i z e after s h r i n k a g e .

file.


LocalSize function

LocalSize(Mem: THandle):

Word;

G e t s t h e size o f a l o c a l m e m o r y b l o c k . Parameters Mem


Return Value: S i z e (in bytes) o f b l o c k ; 0 if i n v a l i d Mem.

LocalUnlock function

LocalUnlock(Mem: THandle):

Bool;

U n l o c k s a l o c a l m e m o r y b l o c k b y d e c r e m e n t i n g its l o c k c o u n t . Parameters Mem Return

Description L o c a l m e m o r y b l o c k identifier

Value:

Z e r o if l o c k c o u n t d e c r e m e n t e d t o 0 ( m a k i n g t h e b l o c k s u b j e c t t o m o v i n g o r discarding); else n o n z e r o .

LockData function

LockData(Dummy:

Integer):

THandle;

Locks the current moveable data segment in m e m o r y . Parameters Dummy

Description N o t u s e d ; set t o 0

Return Value: I d e n t i f i e r f o r t h e l o c k e d d a t a s e g m e n t if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0.

LockSegment function

LockSegment(Segment:

Word):

THandle;

Locks a segment (except protected-mode, non-discardable segments) and i n c r e m e n t s its l o c k r e f e r e n c e - c o u n t .

755

756


Parameters

Description

Segment Return

Segment address o r - 1 for current segment

Value:

P o i n t e r t o s e g m e n t ; n i l if e r r o r o r d i s c a r d e d .

SetSwapAreaSize function SetSwapAreaSize(Size: Word): Longint; I n c r e a s e s t h e a m o u n t o f m e m o r y ( u p t o o n e - h a l f o f r e m a i n i n g s p a c e after W i n d o w s is l o a d e d ) a n a p p l i c a t i o n c a n u s e f o r its c o d e s e g m e n t s . Parameters

Description

Size Return

N u m b e r o f 16-byte p a r a g r a p h s Value:

N u m b e r o f p a r a g r a p h s o b t a i n e d i n l o w - o r d e r w o r d ; m a x i m u m size available i n high-order word.

SwitchStackBack procedure

SwitchStackBack;

R e s t o r e s t h e c u r r e n t task's stack t o its d a t a s e g m e n t p r e s e r v i n g t h e c o n t e n t s o f AX: DX r e g i s t e r s .

UnlockData function UnlockData(Dummy:

Integer): THandle;

Unlocks the current, moveable data segment. Parameters Dummy

Description N o t u s e d ; set t o 0

Return Value: I d e n t i f i e r f o r t h e u n l o c k e d s e g m e n t ; e l s e 0.


UnlockSegment function UnlockSegment(Segment: Word): THandle; U n l o c k s a s e g m e n t s p e c i f i e d b y Segment. Parameters

Description

Segment

Return Value: Z e r o if reference

Segment address or - 1 to u n l o c k current data segment

c o u n t w a s d e c r e m e n t e d t o 0; e l s e n o n z e r o .

Module-Management Procedures and Functions FreeLibrary FreeModule FreeProcInstance GetCodeHandle GetlnstanceData GetModuleFileName GetModuleHandle GetModuleUsage GetProcAddress GetVersion LoadLibrary MakeProcInstance

Freelibrary procedure Freel_ibrary(LibModule: THandle); I n v a l i d a t e s LibModule a n d frees a n y a s s o c i a t e d m e m o r y if t h e m o d u l e is n o longer referenced. Parameters LibModule

Description L o a d e d library m o d u l e

757

758


FreeModule function FreeModule(Module: THandle): Bool; I n v a l i d a t e s Module a n d frees a n y a s s o c i a t e d m e m o r y if t h e m o d u l e is n o l o n g e r referenced. Parameters Module

Description L o a d e d m o d u l e identifier


FreeProcInstance procedure FreeProcInstance(Proc: TFarProc); Frees a function's procedure-instance address. Parameters Proc

Description Function's procedure-instance address (to b e freed)

GetCodeHandle function GetCodeHandle(Proc: TFarProc): THandle; G e t s t h e c o d e s e g m e n t that c o n t a i n s t h e s p e c i f i e d f u n c t i o n a n d l o a d s t h e s e g m e n t , if n e c e s s a r y . Parameters Proc

Description Function's procedure-instance address

Return Value: C o d e s e g m e n t that c o n t a i n s t h e f u n c t i o n .

GetlnstanceData function GetInstanceData(Instance: THandle; Data, Count: Word): C o p i e s a p r e v i o u s i n s t a n c e d a t a i n t o Data.

Integer;


Parameters

Description

Instance

Previous application's instance identifier

Data

Receiving buffer

Count

Size o f Buffer


GetModuleFileName function GetModuleFileName(Module: THandle; FileName: PChar; Size: Integer): Integer; G e t s t h e f u l l p a t h n a m e ( n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d ) o f t h e e x e c u t a b l e file f o r t h e s p e c i f i e d module. Parameters

Description

Module

M o d u l e identifier

File n a m e

Receiving buffer

Size

Size o f Buffer


GetModuleHandle function GetModuleHandle(ModuleName:

PChar): THandle;

Gets a module's handle. Parameters ModuleName

Description M o d u l e n a m e (null-terminated)

Return Value: M o d u l e i d e n t i f i e r if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0.

GetModuleUsage function GetModuleUsage(Module: THandle): Integer; Gets a module's reference count.

759

760


Parameters

Module Return

Description

Module identifier

Value:

Reference count.

GetProcAddress function GetProcAddress(Module: THandle; ProcName: PChar): TFarProc Gets the address of an exported library function. Parameters

Description

Module

Library module

ProcName

Function n a m e (null-terminated) or ordinal name

Return

Value:

Function's entry point if successful; else 0.

GetVersion function GetVersion: Word; Gets Window's current version number. Return

Value:

Minor version n u m b e r in high-order byte; Major version n u m b e r in low-order byte.

Loadlibrary function LoadLibrary(LibFileName: PChar): THandle; Loads the library module. Parameters

LibFileName Return

Description

Libraryfilen a m e (null-terminated).

Value:

Library module instance identifier (value greater than 32) if successful. If not, its value is less than 32 and one of the following:


761

(0) n o m e m o r y (5) a t t e m p t t o l i n k task (6) m u l t i p l e d a t a s e g m e n t s (10) i n v a l i d W i n d o w s v e r s i o n (11) i n v a l i d E X E file (12) OS/2 a p p (13) D O S 4.0 a p p (14) I n v a l i d E X E t y p e (15) n o t p r o t e c t m o d e

MakeProcInstance function MakeProcInstance(Proc: TFarProc; Instance: THandle): TFarProc; Creates a procedure-instance address for the specified exported function. Parameters

Description

Proc

E x p o r t e d f u n c t i o n TFarProc a d d r e s s

Instance

M o d u l e instance identifier

Return Value: F u n c t i o n p r o c e d u r e - i n s t a n c e a d d r e s s if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0.

Operating-System Interrupt Procedures and Functions D0S3Call NetBIOSCall

D0S3Call procedure D0S3Call; C a l l s t h e D O S i n t e r r u p t f u n c t i o n 21 h. D0S3Call s h o u l d b e u s e d o n l y i n a s s e m b l y l a n g u a g e r o u t i n e s , as t h e registers for t h e INT 21 h call m u s t b e set. U n d e r W i n d o w s , D0S3Call w o r k s s o m e w h a t faster t h a n a d i r e c t call t o t h e s o f t w a r e i n t e r r u p t .

762


NetBIOSCall procedure NetBIOSCall; C a l l s t h e N E T B I O S i n t e r r u p t 5Ch. U s e this call i n s t e a d o f a d i r e c t call t o t h e 5Ch software interrupt for future compatibility. Y o u s h o u l d call NetBIOSCall o n l y i n a s s e m b l y l a n g u a g e r o u t i n e s b e c a u s e t h e C P U registers m u s t b e set f o r t h e i n t e r r u p t c a l l .

Resource-Management Procedures and Functions AccessResource AllocResource FindResource FreeResource LoadAccelerators LoadBitmap LoadCursor Loadlcon LoadMenu LoadResource LoadString LockResource SetResourceHandler SizeofResource UnlockResource

AccessResource function AccessResource(Instance, Reslnfo: THandle): Integer; O p e n s a n d p o s i t i o n s t h e r e s o u r c e file t o t h e b e g i n n i n g o f a r e s o u r c e . B e s u r e t o c l o s e t h e file after r e a d i n g t h e r e s o u r c e . Parameters

Description

Instance

I n s t a n c e m o d u l e w h o s e e x e c u t a b l e file contains the resource

Reslnfo

Desired resource, created by calling the

FindResource f u n c t i o n


763

Return Value: D O S file h a n d l e : - 1 if t h e r e s o u r c e is n o t f o u n d .

AllocResource f

function AllocResource(Instance, Reslnfo: THandle; Size: Longint): THandle; A l l o c a t e s u n i n i t i a l i z e d m e m o r y f o r Reslnfo. Parameters

Description

Instance

M o d u l e i n s t a n c e o f e x e c u t a b l e file c o n t a i n i n g the resource

Reslnfo

Desired resource

Size

Size in bytes t o allocate for the resource; i g n o r e d if 0

Return Value: Allocated global memory block.

FindResource function FindResource(Instance: THandle; Name, ResType: PChar): THandle; L o c a t e s a r e s o u r c e i n a r e s o u r c e file. Parameters

Description

Instance

M o d u l e i n s t a n c e w h o s e e x e c u t a b l e file c o n tains t h e r e s o u r c e

Name

R e s o u r c e n a m e e i t h e r a n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d string o r a n i n t e g e r ID

ResType

O n e o f t h e rt_ Resource t y p e s c o n s t a n t s , a n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d string, o r a n i n t e g e r ID

Return

Value:

R e s o u r c e i d e n t i f i e r ; 0 if t h e r e s o u r c e isn't f o u n d .

FreeResource function FreeResource(ResData: THandle): Bool; I n v a l i d a t e s ResData a n d frees a s s o c i a t e d m e m o r y if t h e r e s o u r c e is n o l o n g e r referenced.

764


Parameters ResData

Description R e s o u r c e data identifier

Return Value: Z e r o if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e n o n z e r o .

LoadAccelerators function

LoadAccelerators(Instance:

THandle;

Loads a n accelerator table from an executable Parameters

TableName:

PChar):

THandle

file.

Description

Instance

M o d u l e i n s t a n c e w h o s e e x e c u t a b l e file c o n tains t h e a c c e l e r a t o r t a b l e

TableName

Accelerator table n a m e (null-terminated) or integer ID

Return Value: A c c e l e r a t o r t a b l e i d e n t i f i e r if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0.

LoadBitmap function

LoadBitmap(Instance:

THandle;

BitmapName:

PChar):

L o a d s a bit m a p r e s o u r c e . Parameters Instance

BitmapName

Description M o d u l e i n s t a n c e w h o s e e x e c u t a b l e file c o n tains t h e bit m a p , o r 0 f o r p r e d e f i n e d bit m a p S t r i n g ( n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d ) o r i n t e g e r I D specifyi n g t h e bit m a p , o r a p r e d e f i n e d bit m a p , s p e c i f i e d b y a n o b m _ P r e d e f i n e d bit m a p s constant

Return Value: Bit m a p i d e n t i f i e r if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0.

HBitmap;


765

LoadCursor function LoadCursor(Instance: THandle; CursorName: PChar): HCursor; Loads a cursor resource. Parameters Instance

CursorName

Description M o d u l e i n s t a n c e w h o s e e x e c u t a b l e file c o n tains t h e c u r s o r , o r 0 f o r p r e d e f i n e d c u r s o r S t r i n g ( n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d ) o r i n t e g e r ID n a m e o r a predefined cursor, specified with o n e o f the idc_ Standard c u r s o r I D s c o n s t a n t s

Return Value: C u r s o r i d e n t i f i e r if s u c c e s s f u l ; 0 if c u r s o r isn't f o u n d ; u n d e f i n e d if n o t a c u r s o r resource.

Loadlcon function LoadIcon(Instance: THandle; IconName: PChar): Hlcon; Loads an icon resource. Parameters Instance

IconName

Description M o d u l e i n s t a n c e w h o s e e x e c u t a b l e file c o n tains t h e i c o n , o r 0 f o r p r e d e f i n e d i c o n S t r i n g o r i n t e g e r ID n a m e o r p r e d e f i n e d i c o n , s p e c i f i e d w i t h o n e o f t h e idi_ Standard i c o n IDs

Return Value: I c o n i d e n t i f i e r if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0.

LoadMenu function LoadMenu(Instance: THandle; MenuName: PChar): HMenu; Loads a m e n u resource.

766


Parameters

Description

Instance

M o d u l e i n s t a n c e w h o s e e x e c u t a b l e file c o n tains t h e m e n u

MenuName

S t r i n g ( n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d ) o r i n t e g e r ID n a m e o f menu

Return

Value:

M e n u i d e n t i f i e r if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0.

LoadResource function LoadResource(Instance, Allocates m e m o r y for a n d loads a Parameters

Reslnfo: THandle): THandle;

resource.

Description

Instance

M o d u l e i n s t a n c e w h o s e e x e c u t a b l e file c o n tains t h e resource

Reslnfo

R e s o u r c e i d e n t i f i e r (returned FindResource)

by

Return Value: R e s o u r c e i d e n t i f i e r if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0.

LoadString function LoadString(Instance: THandle; ID: Word; Buffer: PChar; BufferMax: Integer): Integer; L o a d s a s t r i n g resource Parameters

a n d c o p i e s it i n t o Buffer a p p e n d i n g a n u l l - c h a r a c t e r . Description

Instance

M o d u l e i n s t a n c e w h o s e e x e c u t a b l e file c o n tains t h e string

ID

Integer ID o f string

Buffer

Receiving buffer

BufferMax

Size o f Buffer

Return Value: N u m b e r o f b y t e s c o p i e d ; 0 if t h e s t r i n g d o e s n o t exist.


LockResource function LockResource(ResData: THandle): Pointer; G e t s t h e a d d r e s s o f a l o a d e d r e s o u r c e a n d i n c r e m e n t s its r e f e r e n c e - c o u n t . T h e resource can n o longer b e moved or discarded. Parameters ResData

Description Resource identifier returned f r o m LoadResource

Return Value: Pointer t o l o a d e d resource; else nil.

SetResourceHandler function SetResourceHandler(Instance: THandle; ResType: Pointer; LoadFunc: TFarProc): TFarProc; Sets u p a c a l l b a c k , w h i c h is c a l l e d b y W i n d o w s w h e n a r e s o u r c e is b e i n g l o c k e d (that i s , LockResource). T h e c a l l b a c k is p a s s e d a Mem t o t h e s t o r e d r e s o u r c e , Instance, a n d Reslnfo ( f r o m FindResource). Parameters Instance

ResType

Description M o d u l e i n s t a n c e w h o s e e x e c u t a b l e file c o n tains t h e resource Pointer t o short integer specifying a resource type

LoadFunc

Callback f u n c t i o n ' s p r o c e d u r e - i n s t a n c e address

Return Value: Pointer to callback function.

SizeofResource function SizeofResource(Instance, G e t s t h e size o f a r e s o u r c e .

Reslnfo: THandle): Word;

767

768


Parameters

Description

Instance

M o d u l e i n s t a n c e w h o s e e x e c u t a b l e file c o n tains t h e resource.

Reslnfo

S e l e c t e d r e s o u r c e , r e t u r n e d b y FindResource.

Return

Value:

S i z e (in b y t e s ) o f r e s o u r c e ; 0 if t h e r e s o u r c e isn't f o u n d .

UnlockResource function UnlockResource(RezData: THandle): Bool; U n l o c k s t h e RezData r e s o u r c e a n d d e c r e m e n t s its r e f e r e n c e c o u n t e r . Parameters RezData Return

Description G l o b a l m e m o r y b l o c k Identifier.

Value:

Z e r o if t h e r e f e r e n c e c o u n t e r is 0 ; e l s e n o n z e r o .

Segment Procedures and Functions AllocDStoCSAlias AllocSelector ChangeSelector DefineHandleTable FreeSelector GetCodelnfo GlobalFix GlobalPageLock GlobalPageUnlock GlobalUnfix LockSegment UnlockSegment

AllocDStoCSAlias function AllocDStoCSAlias(Selector: Word): Word; M a p s Selector t o a c o d e - s e g m e n t s e l e c t o r .


Parameters Selector

769

Description Data-segment selector

Return Value: C o r r e s p o n d i n g c o d e - s e g m e n t s e l e c t o r if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0.

AllocSelector function AllocSelector(Selector: Word): Word; A l l o c a t e s a n e w s e l e c t o r , w h i c h is a n e x a c t c o p y o f Selector. If Selector is n i l , AllocSelector allocates a n e w , u n i n i t i a l i z e d s e l e c t o r . AllocSelector a n d r e l a t e d f u n c t i o n s a r e n o t a f t e n u s e d ; a v o i d u s i n g t h e s e f u n c t i o n s , if possible. Parameters Selector

Description Selector to b e copied

Return Value: A s e l e c t o r if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0.

ChangeSelector function ChangeSelector(DestSelector,

SourceSelector: Word): Word;

C h a n g e s t h e attributes o f a s e l e c t o r f r o m c o d e t o d a t a o r v i c e versa. T h e v a l u e o f t h e s e l e c t o r is n o t a f f e c t e d . U s u a l l y , y o u s h o u l d c h a n g e t h e s e l e c t o r o n l y if a b s o l u t e l y n e c e s s a r y . T h e converted selector s h o u l d b e u s e d immediately, because there's n o way to k e e p the source a n d destination selectors synchronized. Parameters

Description

DestSelector

T h e s e l e c t o r that r e c e i v e s t h e c o n v e r t e d s e l e c t o r m u s t h a v e b e e n p r e v i o u s l y allocated w i t h AllocSelector

SourceSelector

T h e selector to b e converted

Return Value: C o n v e r t e d selector; else 0 (indicating failure).

770


DefineHandleTable function DefineHandleTable(Offset: Word): Bool; C r e a t e s a private h a n d l e t a b l e i n t h e d e f a u l t d a t a s e g m e n t . T h e t a b l e h o l d s t h e a d d r e s s e s o f l o c k e d g l o b a l m e m o r y o b j e c t s , as r e t u r n e d b y GlobalLock. If t h e m e m o r y objects are m o v e d , W i n d o w s updates these addresses w h e n r u n n i n g i n r e a l m o d e . A d d r e s s e s a r e n ' t u p d a t e d i n p r o t e c t e d m o d e s ( S t a n d a r d a n d 386 Enhanced). T h e h a n d l e t a b l e c o n s i s t s o f t w o Word-type v a l u e s f o l l o w e d b y a n array o f addresses. • T h e first w o r d is t h e n u m b e r o f e n t r i e s i n t h e t a b l e , w h i c h m u s t b e initialized b e f o r e t h e call t o DefineHandleTable. • T h e s e c o n d is t h e n u m b e r o f e n t r i e s t o set t o z e r o w h e n W i n d o w s u p d a t e s its list o f least r e c e n t l y u s e d m e m o r y . E i t h e r w o r d c a n b e c h a n g e d at a n y t i m e . T h e a d d r e s s e s i n t h e rest o f t h e t a b l e a r e r e t u r n e d b y GlobalLock. Parameters Offset

Description T h e offset o f t h e t a b l e f r o m t h e b e g i n n i n g o f t h e d a t a s e g m e n t . A v a l u e o f 0 i n d i c a t e s that W i n d o w s s h o u l d n o l o n g e r u p d a t e the table

Return Value.s N o n z e r o if s u c c e s s f u l ; 0 if s u c c e s s f u l .

FreeSelector function FreeSelector(Selector: Word): Word; Frees and invalidates AllocDStoCSAlias. Parameters Selector

a selector

allocated

Description T h e s e l e c t o r t o free

Return Value: Z e r o if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e Selector.

by AllocSelector

or


GetCodelnfo procedure GetCodeInfo(Proc: TFarProc; Seglnfo Pointer); G e t s i n f o r m a t i o n a b o u t t h e c o d e s e g m e n t that c o n t a i n s Proc. Parameters

Description

Proc

Function address or m o d u l e handle a n d segment number.

Seglnfo

A n y array o f f o u r 32-bit v a l u e s .

GlobalFix procedure GlobalFix(Mem: THandle); F i x e s a g l o b a l m e m o r y b l o c k i n m e m o r y a n d i n c r e a s e s its l o c k r e f e r e n c e c o u n t by o n e . Parameters Mem


GlobalPageLock function GlobalPageLock(Selector: THandle): Word; I n c r e m e n t s a m e m o r y b l o c k ' s page-lock c o u n t . Parameters

Description

Selector

M e m o r y selector

Return Value: I n c r e m e n t e d p a g e - l o c k c o u n t if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0.

GlobalPageUnlock function GlobalPageUnlock(Selector: THandle): Word; D e c r e m e n t s a m e m o r y b l o c k ' s p a g e - l o c k c o u n t . If c o u n t r e a c h e s 0, t h e p a g e c a n b e m o v e d o r s w a p p e d t o disk.

771

772


Parameters

Description

Selector

M e m o r y selector

Return Value: D e c r e m e n t e d p a g e - l o c k c o u n t if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0.

GlobalUnfix function GlobalUnfix(Mem: THandle): Bool; U n l o c k s a g l o b a l m e m o r y b l o c k l o c k e d b y GlobalFix. If t h e b l o c k ' s l o c k r e f e r e n c e - c o u n t r e a c h e s 0, t h e b l o c k c a n b e m o v e d o r d i s c a r d e d . Parameters Mem


Return Value: Z e r o if l o c k r e f e r e n c e - c o u n t d e c r e m e n t s t o 0; e l s e n o n z e r o .

LockSegment function LockSegment(Segment: Word): THandle; Locks a segment (except protected-mode, non-discardable segments) a n d i n c r e m e n t s its l o c k r e f e r e n c e - c o u n t . Parameters Segment

Description Segment address or - 1 for current segment

Return Value: P o i n t e r t o Segment; n i l if e r r o r o r if s e g m e n t is d i s c a r d e d .

UnlockSegment function UnlockSegment(Segment: Word): THandle; U n l o c k s a s e g m e n t s p e c i f i e d b y Segment. Parameters Segment

Return

Description Segment address, or - 1 to u n l o c k current data segment

Value:

Z e r o if r e f e r e n c e c o u n t w a s d e c r e m e n t e d t o 0; e l s e n o n z e r o .


Sound Procedures and Functions CloseSound CountVoiceNotes GetThresholdEvent GetThresholdStatus OpenSound SetSoundNoise SetVoiceAccent SetVoiceEnvelope SetVoiceNote SetVoiceQueueSize SetVoiceSound SetVoiceThreshold StartSound StopSound SyncAllVoices WaitSoundState

CloseSound procedure CloseSound; F l u s h e s all v o i c e q u e u e s , frees a n y a l l o c a t e d b u f f e r s , a n d c l o s e s t h e p l a y d e v i c e .

CountVoiceNotes function CountVoiceNotes(Voice: Integer): Integer; C o u n t s t h e n u m b e r of n o t e s i n Voice. Parameters Voice Return

Description Voice queue

Value:

N u m b e r of notes.

GetThresholdEvent function GetThresholdEvent: LPInteger; Gets a recent threshold event.

773

774


Return Value: Pointer t o threshold event.

GetThresholdStatiis function GetThresholdStatus: Integer; G e t s a threshold e v e n t status where e a c h set bit represents that is currently b e l o w t h r e s h o l d . Return Value: C u r r e n t t h r e s h o l d e v e n t status

a voice-queue level

flags.

OpenSound function OpenSound: Integer; O p e n s the p l a y device for e x c l u s i v e u s e b y t h e application. Return

Value:

N u m b e r of available s_Sound voices; insufficient m e m o r y .

s_SerDVNA if in u s e ;

s_SerOFM if

SetSoundNoise function SetSoundNoise(Source, Duration: Integer): Integer; S e t s a n o i s e source a n d duration v a l u e s for t h e p l a y device. Parameters

Description

Source

A n y o n e of t h e SetSoundNoise c o n s t a n t s

Duration

N o i s e d u r a t i o n (in clock ticks)

Return Value: Zero if s u c c e s s f u l ; s_SerDSR if an invalid Source.

SetVoiceAccent function SetVoiceAccent(Voice, Tempo, Volume, Mode, Pitch: Integer): Integer; R e p l a c e s the e n v e l o p e in a v o i c e q u e u e .


Parameters

Description

Voice

A v o i c e q u e u e (starting f r o m o n e )

Tempo

Q u a r t e r n o t e s p l a y e d p e r m i n u t e (default, 120)

Volume

V o l u m e l e v e l (0 t o 2 5 5 )

Mode

O n e o f the S e t V o i c e A c c e n t s o u n d constants

Pitch

P i t c h o f p l a y e d n o t e s (0 t o 8 3 )

Return

775

Value:

Z e r o if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e o n e o f t h e s e n e g a t i v e c o n s t a n t s : s_SerDMD s_SerDTP s_SerDVL s_SerQFUL

SetVoiceEnvelope function SetVoiceEnvelope(Voice, Shape, RepeatCount: Integer): Integer; Places a voice e n v e l o p e in the voice q u e u e a n d replaces t h e existing voice envelope. Parameters

Description

Voice

A voice queue

Shape

O E M wave-shape table i n d e x

RepeatCount

N u m b e r o f repetitions o f wave-shape p e r note

Return Value: Z e r o if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e o n e o f t h e s e n e g a t i v e c o n s t a n t s : s_SerQFUL s_SerDSH

SetVoiceNote function SetVoiceNote(Voice, Value, Length, Cdots: Integer): Integer; Places a n o t e o n a voice q u e u e with the specified qualities.

776


Parameters

Description

Voice

A voice queue

Value

A n o t e ( o n e o f 8 4 ) o r 0 f o r rest

Length

Reciprocal o f note duration

Cdots

N o t e d u r a t i o n i n d o t s : (Length *(Cdots

Return

*3/2))

Value:

Z e r o if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e o n e o f t h e s e n e g a t i v e c o n s t a n t s : s_SerDCC s_SerDLN s_SerBDNT s_SerQFUL

SetVoiceQueueSize function SetVoiceQueueSize(Voice,

Bytes: Integer): Integer;

S e t s t h e size o f n o n - p l a y i n g v o i c e q u e u e . T h e d e f a u l t is 192 b y t e s o r a p p r o x i mately 32 notes. Parameters

Description

Voice

A voice queue

Bytes

S i z e (in b y t e s ) o f v o i c e q u e u e

Return

Value:

Z e r o if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e o n e o f t h e f o l l o w i n g n e g a t i v e c o n s t a n t s : s_SerMACT s_SerOFM

SetVoiceSound function SetVoiceSound(Voice: Longint; Frequency: Longint; Duration: Integer): Integer; Places the s o u n d frequency a n d duration o n a voice q u e u e . Parameters

Description

Voice

A voice queue

Frequency

Hertz a n d fractional frequency in high- a n d low-order words

Duration

S o u n d d u r a t i o n ( i n c l o c k ticks)


Return

Value:

Z e r o if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e o n e o f t h e f o l l o w i n g n e g a t i v e c o n s t a n t s : s_SerDDR s_SerDFQ s_SerDVL s_SerQFUL

SetVoiceThreshold function SetVoiceThreshold(Voice,

Notes: Integer): Integer;

S e t s t h e t h r e s h o l d l e v e l f o r a v o i c e q u e u e . If t h e n u m b e r o f n o t e s i n q u e u e d r o p b e l o w t h e t h r e s h o l d , t h e t h r e s h o l d flag is set. Parameters

Description

Voice

A voice q u e u e

Notes

N u m b e r o f notes specifying the threshold level

Return

Value:

Z e r o if s u c c e s s f u l ; 1 if N o t e is o u t o f r a n g e .

StartSound function StartSound: Integer; Non-destructively plays the voice q u e u e . Return Value: Not used.

StopSound function StopSound: Integer; S t o p s p l a y i n g all v o i c e q u e u e s , f l u s h e s q u e u e c o n t e n t s , a n d t u r n s o f f v o i c e s o u n d drivers. Return Value: Not used.

777

778


SyncAllVoices function SyncAllVoices: Integer; P l a c e s a s y n c m a r k i n all v o i c e q u e u e s . Return

Value:

Z e r o if s u c c e s s f u l ; s_SerQFUL if t h e v o i c e q u e u e is f u l l .

WaitSoundState function WaitSoundState(State: Integer): Integer; W a i t s f o r t h e p l a y driver t o e n t e r t h e state s p e c i f i e d by State. Parameters State Return

Description O n e o f t h e WaitSoundState c o n s t a n t s

Value:

Z e r o if s u c c e s s f u l ; s S e r D S T if a n i n v a l i d State.

String-Manipulation Procedures and Functions AnsiLower AnsiLowerBuff AnsiNext AnsiPrev AnsiToOem AnsiToOemBuff AnsiUpper AnsiUpperBuff IsCharAlpha IsCharAlphaNumeric IsCharLower IsCharUpper lstrcat lstrcmp lstrcmpi lstrcpy lstrlen


OemToAnsi OemToAnsiBuff ToAscii wvsprintf

AnsiLower function AnsiLower(Str: PChar): PChar; U s e s t h e l a n g u a g e d r i v e r t o c o n v e r t Str t o l o w e r c a s e . Parameters Str

Description N u l l - t e r m i n a t e d string o r a s i n g l e c h a r a c t e r ( i n low-order byte)

Return Value: C o n v e r t e d string o r c h a r a c t e r .

AnsiLowerBuff function AnsiLowerBuff(Str: PChar; Length: Word): Word; U s e s t h e l a n g u a g e driver t o c o n v e r t Str t o l o w e r c a s e . Parameters

Description

Str

Buffer o f characters

Length

N u m b e r o f c h a r a c t e r s i n b u f f e r ; if 0 , l e n g t h is 6 4 K (65,536)

Return Value: L e n g t h o f t h e c o n v e r t e d string.

AnsiNext function AnsiNext(CurrentChar:

PChar): PChar;

Iterates t h r o u g h strings w h o s e c h a r a c t e r s a r e t w o o r m o r e b y t e s l o n g . Parameters CurrentChar

Description N u l l - t e r m i n a t e d string

Return Value: P o i n t e r t o n e x t c h a r a c t e r i n string.

779

780


AnsiPrev function AnsiPrev(Start, CurrentChar: PChar): PChar; Iterates b a c k w a r d t h r o u g h strings w h o s e c h a r a c t e r s a r e t w o o r m o r e b y t e s l o n g . Parameters

Description

Start

B e g i n n i n g o f string ( n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d )

CurrentChar

P o i n t s t o a c h a r a c t e r i n t h e string

Return Value: P o i n t e r t o p r e v i o u s c h a r a c t e r i n t h e string.

AnsiToOem function AnsiToOem(AnsiStr, OemStr: PChar): Integer; T r a n s l a t e s AnsiStr t o O E M - d e f i n e d c h a r a c t e r set. L e n g t h c a n b e g r e a t e r t h a n 64K. Parameters

Description

AnsiStr

String (null-terminated) o f A N S I characters

OemStr

L o c a t i o n w h e r e t r a n s l a t e d string is t o b e c o p i e d , c a n b e s a m e as AnsiStr

Return Value: Always - 1 .

AnsiToOemBuff procedure AnsiToOemBuff(AnsiStr, OemStr: PChar; Length: Integer); T r a n s l a t e s AnsiStr t o O E M - d e f i n e d c h a r a c t e r set. Parameters

Description

AnsiStr

Buffer o f A N S I characters

OemStr

L o c a t i o n w h e r e t r a n s l a t e d string is t o b e c o p i e d , c a n b e s a m e as AnsiStr

Length

S i z e o f AnsiStr, if 0 , t h e l e n g t h is 6 4 K


AnsiUpper function AnsiUpper(Str: PChar): PChar; U s e s t h e l a n g u a g e driver t o c o n v e r t Str t o u p p e r c a s e . Parameters Str

Description String (null-terminated) o r a single character (in l o w - o r d e r b y t e )

Return Value: C o n v e r t e d string o r c h a r a c t e r .

AnsiUpperBuff function AnsiUpperBuff(Str: PChar; Length: Word): Word; U s e s t h e l a n g u a g e d r i v e r t o c o n v e r t Str t o u p p e r c a s e . Parameters

Description

Str

Buffer o f characters

Length

S i z e o f S t r ; if 0 , l e n g t h is 6 4 K

Return

Value:

L e n g t h o f t h e c o n v e r t e d string.

IsCharAlpha function IsCharAlpha(AChar: Char): Bool; U s e s t h e l a n g u a g e driver a n d t h e c u r r e n t l a n g u a g e t o d e t e r m i n e if AChar is alphabetical. Parameters AChar

Description Test character

Return Value: N o n z e r o if a l p h a b e t i c a l ; e l s e 0.

781

782


IsCharAlphaNumeric function IsCharAlphaNumeric(AChar: Char): Bool; U s e s t h e l a n g u a g e d r i v e r a n d t h e c u r r e n t l a n g u a g e t o d e t e r m i n e if AChar is alphanumeric. Parameters AChar


Return Value: N o n z e r o if a l p h a n u m e r i c ; e l s e 0.

IsCharLower function IsCharLower(AChar: Char): Bool; U s e s t h e l a n g u a g e driver a n d t h e c u r r e n t l a n g u a g e t o d e t e r m i n e if AChar is lowercase. Parameters AChar


Return Value: N o n z e r o if l o w e r c a s e ; e l s e 0.

IsCharUpper function IsCharUpper(AChar: Char): Bool; U s e s t h e l a n g u a g e driver a n d t h e c u r r e n t l a n g u a g e t o d e t e r m i n e if AChar is uppercase. Parameters AChar Return


Value:

N o n z e r o if u p p e r c a s e ; e l s e 0.

lstrcat function lstrcat(Str1, Str2: PChar): PChar; C o n c a t e n a t e s Str2 t o Str1.


Parameters

Description

Strl

First string ( n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d )

Str2

S e c o n d string ( n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d )

Return Value: Str1 if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0.

lstrcmp function lstrcmp(Str1, Str2: PChar): Integer; D o e s c a s e - s e n s i t i v e , l e x i c o g r a p h i c a l c o m p a r i s o n o f t w o strings b a s e d o n t h e currently selected language. U p p e r c a s e characters evaluate lower than lowercase characters. Parameters

Description

Strl


Str2


Return

Value:

Less t h a n 0 if Str 1 < Str2; 0 if Str 1 = Str2; G r e a t e r t h a n 0 if Str 1 > Str2.

lstrcmpi function lstrcmpi(Str1, Str2: PChar): Integer; D o e s c a s e - i n s e n s i t i v e , l e x i c o g r a p h i c a l c o m p a r i s o n of t w o strings b a s e d o n t h e currently selected language. Parameters

Description

Strl


Str2


Return Value: Less t h a n 0 if Strl < Str2; 0 if Strl = Str2; G r e a t e r t h a n 0 if Strl > Str2.

lstrcpy function lstrcpy(Strl, Str2: PChar): PChar; C o p i e s Str2 t o Str 1 (including n u l l ) .

783

784


Parameters

Description

Strl

First string (null-terminated)

Str2

Second string (null-terminated)

Return

Value:

Pointer to Str 1 if successful; else 0.

lstrien function lstrlen(Str: PChar): Integer; Calculates length (not including null) of Str. Parameters

Str Return

Description

String (null-terminated) Value:

Length (in bytes) of Str.

OemToAnsi function OemToAnsi(OemStr, AnsiStr: PChar): Bool; Translates OemStr to ANSI character set. Parameters

Description

OemStr

String of O E M characters (null-terminated)

AnsiStr

Receive buffer or OemStr to translate in place

Return

Value:

Always - 1 (False).

OemToAnsiBuff procedure OemToAnsiBuff(OemStr, AnsiStr: PChar; Length: Integer) Translates OemSt r to ANSI character set.


Parameters

Description

OemStr

Buffer o f O E M characters

AnsiStr

R e c e i v e b u f f e r o r OemStr t o translate i n p l a c e

Length

Size o f O e m S t r

ToAscii function ToAscii(VirtKey, ScanCode: Word; KeyState: PChar; CharBuff: Pointer; Flags: Word): Integer; T r a n s l a t e s VirtKey a n d t h e c u r r e n t k e y b o a r d state i n t o c o r r e s p o n d i n g A N S I characters. Parameters

Description

VirtKey

Virtual-key c o d e

ScanCode

R a w k e y s c a n c o d e , h i g h bit set if k e y u p

KeyState

Array o f 256 B y t e s c o n t a i n i n g t h e state o f e a c h k e y , h i g h bit set if k e y u p

CharBuff

P o i n t e r t o a 32-bit r e c e i v i n g b u f f e r

Flags

Not used

Return

Value:

(2) a c c e n t a n d d e a d k e y c o p i e d t o CharBuff, (1) o n e A N S I c h a r a c t e r c o p i e d t o CharBuff, (0) t r a n s l a t i o n is n o t p o s s i b l e w i t h c u r r e n t k e y b o a r d state.

wvsprintf function wvsprintf(Output, Format, ArgList: PChar): Integer; F o r m a t s a n d s t o r e s a series o f c h a r a c t e r s i n a b u f f e r . Parameters

Description

Output

Buffer t o receive formatted characters

Format

F o r m a t c o n t r o l string

ArgList

A n array o f a r g u m e n t s t o t h e f o r m a t c o n t r o l string

785

786


Return Value: If s u c c e s s f u l , t h e n u m b e r of characters in Output, ( n o t c o u n t i n g 0). If n o t s u c c e s s f u l , t h e n u m b e r of characters returned is less t h a n t h e l e n g t h of Format.

Task Procedures and Functions Catch ExitWindows GetCurrentPDB GetCurrentTask GetDOSEnvironment GetNumTasks SetErrorMode Throw Yield

Catch function Catch(var CatchBuf: TCatchBuf): Integer; C o p i e s t h e state of all s y s t e m s registers CatchBuf. Parameters CatchBuf

a n d t h e instruction

pointer

into

Description TCatchBuf to copy e x e c u t i o n e n v i r o n m e n t state

Return Value: Z e r o if t h e e n v i r o n m e n t is c o p i e d .

ExitWindows function ExitWindows(Reserved: DWord; ReturnCode: Word): Bool; Initiates s t a n d a r d Windows s h u t d o w n p r o c e d u r e . A l l a p p l i c a t i o n s m u s t a g r e e to t e r m i n a t e for Windows to exit. C a l l s D O S Integer 21H function 4CH. Parameters

Description

Reserved

Set to 0

ReturnCode

V a l u e p a s s e d t o D O S (AL)


Return

Value:

Z e r o if o n e o r m o r e a p p l i c a t i o n s r e f u s e t o t e r m i n a t e .

GetCurrentPDB function GetCurrentPDB: Word; G e t s t h e current D O S Program D a t a Base ( P D B — a n d also k n o w n as t h e Program S e g m e n t Prefix). Return Value: Current P D B paragraph address o r selector.

GetCurrentTask function GetCurrentTask

.-THandle;

G e t s t h e h a n d l e o f t h e c u r r e n t l y e x e c u t i n g task. Return Value: T a s k i d e n t i f i e r if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0.

GetDOSEnvironment function GetDOSEnvironment: PChar; G e t s t h e c u r r e n t task's D O S e n v i r o n m e n t string. Return Value: T a s k ' s e n v i r o n m e n t string.

GetNumTasks function GetNumTasks: Word; G e t s t h e n u m b e r o f tasks that a r e c u r r e n t l y e x e c u t i n g i n t h e s y s t e m . Return Value: N u m b e r o f c u r r e n t l y e x e c u t i n g tasks.

787

788


SetErrorMode function SetErrorMode(Mode: Word): Bool; S p e c i f i e s w h e t h e r W i n d o w s d i s p l a y s a n e r r o r b o x o n D O S I NT 24H e r r o r s . If n o t , W i n d o w s fails t h e o r i g i n a l INT 21H c a l l , a l l o w i n g t h e a p p l i c a t i o n t o h a n d l e t h e error. Parameters

Description

Mode

(0) W i n d o w s d i s p l a y s e r r o r b o x , (1) W i n d o w s fails t o t h e a p p l i c a t i o n

Return Value: N o n z e r o if set; e l s e 0.

Throw procedure Throw(var

CatchBuf:

TCatchBuf;

ThrowBack:

Integer);

R e s t o r e s a n a p p l i c a t i o n ' s e x e c u t i o n e n v i r o n m e n t . E x e c u t i o n c o n t i n u e s at t h e C a t c h f u n c t i o n that o r i g i n a l l y s a v e d t h e e n v i r o n m e n t t o C a t c h B u f . Parameters CatchBuf

Description T C a t c h B u f containing the execution environment

ThrowBack

Value returned to C a t c h function

Yield function Yield: Bool; H a l t s t h e c u r r e n t task a n d starts a w a i t i n g task. Return Value: Not used.

Utility Macros and Functions GetNearestPaletteIndex HiByte HiWord


LoByte LoWord MakelntAtom MakelntResource MakeLong MakePoint MulDiv PaletteRGB RGB

GetNearestPalettelndex function Color:

GetNearestPalettelndex(Palette: T C o l o r R e f ) : Word;

HPalette;

G e t s the closest matching color in a logical-palette to C o l o r . Parameters

Description

Palette

Logical palette identifier

Color

T C o l o r R e f to be matched

Return Value: Logical-palette entry index.

HiByte function

HiByte(A:

inline( $5A/ $8A/$C4/ $32/$E4);

Word):

Byte;

{ POP AX { MOV A L , A H

} }

{ XOR A H , A H

}

Extracts t h e h i g h - o r d e r b y t e f r o m a 16-bit i n t e g e r v a l u e . Parameters A Return Value: T h e high-order byte.

Description T h e 16-bit i n t e g e r

789

790


HiWord function HiWord(Anlnteger: Longint): Word; E x t r a c t s t h e h i g h - o r d e r w o r d f r o m a 32-bit i n t e g e r v a l u e . Parameters

Description

Anlnteger

T h e 32-bit i n t e g e r

Return Value: T h e high-order word.

LoByte function LoByte(A: Word): Byte; inline( $5A/ $32/$E4);

{ POP AX } { XOR AH,AH }

E x t r a c t s t h e l o w - o r d e r b y t e f r o m a 16-bit i n t e g e r v a l u e . Parameters A


Return Value: T h e low-order byte.

LoWord function LoWord(Anlnteger: Longint): Word; E x t r a c t s t h e l o w - o r d e r w o r d f r o m a 32-bit i n t e g e r v a l u e . Parameters Anlnteger Return Value: The low-order word.


M — S y s t e m Services Interface Procedures and Functions

791

MakelntAtom (type) MakelntAtom = PStr; Use MakelntAtom for typecasting integer numbers into atoms. It's equivalent to typecasting into the Turbo Pascal type PChar.

MakelntResource (type) MakelntResource = PStr; Use MakelntResource for typecasting integer numbers into resource names. It's equivalent to typecasting into the Turbo Pascal type PChar.

MakeLong function MakeLong(Low, High: Word): Longint; Concatenates two w o r d values into one unsigned long value. Parameters

Description

Low

The low-order w o r d of the n e w unsigned long

High

The high-order w o r d of the n e w unsigned long

Return

Value:

The resulting unsigned Longint.

MakePoint (type) MakePoint = TPoint; Use MakePoint for typecasting long integer numbers into TPoint records.

MulDiv function MulDiv(Number, Numerator, Denominator: Integer): Integer; Multiplies Numerator by Number and divides the result by Denominator, rounding to the nearest integer.

792


Parameters

Description

Number

A number

Numerator

Another number

Denominator

Another number

Return Value: R e s u l t v a l u e ; 3 2 , 7 6 7 , o r - 3 2 , 7 6 7 if o v e r f l o w o r if D e n o m i n a t o r is 0.

PaletteRGB function PaletteRGB(Red, Green, Blue: Byte): Longint; P r o d u c e s a palette-relative R G B c o l o r v a l u e from t h r e e p r i m a r y c o l o r v a l u e s ranging

f r o m 0 t o 2 5 5 . T h e return v a l u e h a s t w o i n t h e h i g h - o r d e r b y t e .

Parameters

Description

Red

T h e red i n t e n s i t y v a l u e

Green

T h e g r e e n intensity value

Blue

T h e b l u e intensity value

Return Value: T h e resulting R G B c o l o r .

RGB function RGB(Red, Green, Blue: Byte): Longint; P r o d u c e s a n R G B c o l o r v a l u e f r o m t h r e e p r i m a r y c o l o r v a l u e s ranging to 255. Parameters

Description

Red

T h e red i n t e n s i t y v a l u e

Green

T h e g r e e n intensity value

Blue

T h e b l u e intensity value

Return Value: T h e resulting R G B c o l o r .

from 0

N

REFERENCE

GDI (GRAPHICS DEVICE INTERFACE) PROCEDURES AND FUNCTIONS T h e G r a p h i c s Device Interface ( G D I ) built into W i n d o w s gives W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n s a full r a n g e o f f u n c t i o n s for d i s p l a y i n g a n d m a n i p u l a t i n g g r a p h i c s . T h e G D I u s e s d e v i c e drivers t o translate f u n c t i o n calls i n t o c o m m a n d s that can be u s e d by o u t p u t devices. In particular, G D I functions give y o u r applicat i o n d r a w i n g c a p a b i l i t i e s that are i n d e p e n d e n t o f t h e d i s p l a y d e v i c e u s e d :

Bitmap Clipping Color palette Coordinate translation Device context Device-independent bitmap Drawing-attribute Drawing-tool Environment Escape

Font Line-drawing Mapping Metafile Printer-control Rectangle Region Shape-drawing Text-drawing

794


Bitmap Procedures and Functions A b i t m a p is t h e s u r f a c e o f a d i s p l a y c o n t e x t . B e c a u s e a b i t m a p r e p r e s e n t s t h e m e m o r y c o n f i g u r a t i o n o f a d e v i c e , it is d e p e n d e n t o n t h e d e v i c e b e i n g addressed. G D I supplies techniques for addressing the device-dependence problem, including device-independent bitmaps: BitBlt CreateBitmap CreateBitmapIndirect CreateCompatibleBitmap CreateDiscardableBitmap ExtFloodFill FloodFill GetBitmapBits GetBitmapDimension GetPixel LoadBitmap PatBlt SetBitmapBits SetBitmapDimension SetPixel StretchBlt

BitBlt C o p i e s a b i t m a p f r o m SrcDC t o DestDC, a n d h a n d l e s t h e s p e c i f i e d raster operation. function BitBlt(DestDC: HDC; X, Y, Width, Height: Integer; SrcDC: HDC; XSrc, YSrc: Integer; Rop: Longint): Bool; Parameter DestDC X, Y Width Height SSrcDC XSrc, YSrc

Description Device context to receive the bitmap Upper-left corner o f the destination rectangle Width o f the destination rectangle a n d source bitmap Height o f the destination rectangle a n d source bitmap D e v i c e c o n t e x t t o c o p y b i t m a p f r o m , o r 0 f o r raster o p e r a t i o n o n DestDC o n l y U p p e r - l e f t c o r n e r o f SrcDC

N — G D I Procedures and Functions

Parameter

Rop Return

795

Description

O n e of the Ternary raster operations' constants for copying from source to destination Value:

Nonzero if bitmap is drawn; else 0.

CreateBitmap Creates a device-dependent m e m o r y bitmap. function CreateBitmap(Width, Bits: Pointer): HBitmap; Parameter Width Height Planes BitCount Bits

Height: Integer; Planes,BitCount:

Byte;

Description Width (in p i x e l s ) o f t h e b i t m a p H e i g h t (in p i x e l s ) o f t h e b i t m a p N u m b e r of color planes in t h e bitmap N u m b e r o f c o l o r bits p e r d i s p l a y p i x e l S h o r t - i n t e g e r array c o n t a i n i n g initial b i t m a p v a l u e s ; if nil t h e n e w b i t m a p is left u n i n i t i a l i z e d

Return Value: B i t m a p i d e n t i f i e r if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0.

CreateBitmapIndirect C r e a t e s Bitmap.

function CreateBitmapIndirect(var Parameter

Bitmap

Bitmap: TBitmap):

HBitmap;

Description

TBitmap structure

Return Value: B i t m a p i d e n t i f i e r if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0

CreateCompatibleBitmap Creates a bitmap compatible with D C .

function CreateCompatibleBitmap(DC:

HDC; Width, Height: Integer):

HBitmap;

796


Parameter DC Width Height Return

Description Device context B i t m a p w i d t h (in bits) B i t m a p height (in bits)

Value:

B i t m a p identifier

if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0.

CreateDiscardableBitmap C r e a t e s a d i s c a r d a b l e b i t m a p c o m p a t i b l e w i t h DC. function CreateDiscardableBitmap(DC: HDC; Width, Height: Integer): HBitmap; Parameter DC Width Height Return Value: B i t m a p identifier

Description Device context B i t m a p w i d t h (in bits) B i t m a p height (in bits)

if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0.

ExtFloodFill Fills a n area o f a raster d i s p l a y surface in t h e m a n n e r s p e c i f i e d b y FillType. U s e s t h e current b r u s h . function ExtFloodFill(DC: HDC; X, Y: Integer; Color: TColorRef; FillType: Word): Bool; Parameter DC X, Y Color FillType

Description D e v i c e c o n t e x t identifier Fill b e g i n p o i n t TColorRef o f b o u n d a r y o r area t o b e filled O n e o f t h e F l o o d fill style flags' c o n s t a n t s


FloodFffl Fills t h e d i s p l a y area w i t h t h e current b r u s h b o u n d e d b y Color. function FloodFill(DC: HDC; X, Y: Integer; Color: TColorRef): Bool;

N — G D I Procedures a n d Functions

Parameter

Description

DC X, Y Color Return

Device context identifier P o s i t i o n t o b e g i n filling B o u n d a r y color, a TColorRef Value:


GetBitmapBits C o p i e s t h e bits o f a b i t m a p into Bits. function GetBitmapBits(Bitmap: HBitmap; Count: Longint; Bits: Pointer): Longint; Parameter Bitmap Count Bits

Description Bitmap identifier N u m b e r o f bytes t o c o p y B y t e array c o n f o r m i n g t o a structure in w h i c h horizontal

s c a n l i n e s are m u l t i p l e s o f 16 bits

Return Value: N u m b e r o f b y t e s in t h e b i t m a p ; 0 if error.

GetBitmapDimension G e t s t h e height

and width o f a bitmap.

function GetBitmapDimension(Bitmap: Parameter Bitmap Return

HBitmap): Longint;

Description Bitmap

identifier

Value:

H e i g h t (in t e n t h s o f m i l l i m e t e r s ) in high w o r d ; w i d t h (in t e n t h s o f m i l l i m e t e r s ) in l o w w o r d ; 0 if t h e d i m e n s i o n s haven't b e e n u s e d .

GetPixel G e t s t h e R G B c o l o r at t h e s p e c i f i e d p o i n t . function GetPixel(DC: HDC; X, Y; Integer): Longint;

797

798


Parameter DC X, Y

Description D e v i c e context identifier Point to b e e x a m i n e d

Return Value: R G B c o l o r v a l u e ; - 1 if p o i n t is n o t i n c l i p p i n g r e g i o n .

LoadBitmap Loads the bitmap resource. function LoadBitmap(Instance: THandle; BitmapName: PChar): HBitmap; Parameter Instance BitmapName

Description M o d u l e i n s t a n c e w h o s e e x e c u t a b l e file c o n t a i n s t h e bitmap or 0 for predefined bitmap S t r i n g ( n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d ) o r i n t e g e r ID s p e c i f y i n g t h e bitmap, o r a predefined bitmap, specified by a n obm_ Predefined b i t m a p s c o n s t a n t


PatBlt C r e a t e s a bit p a t t e r n , u s i n g Rop, t h e s e l e c t e d b r u s h , a n d t h e p a t t e r n a l r e a d y o n the device. function PatBlt(DC: HDC; X, Y, Width, Height: Integer; Rop: Longint): Bool; Parameter DC X, Y Width Height Rop

Description Device context identifier Upper-left corner o f rectangle W i d t h (in logical units) o f rectangle H e i g h t (in l o g i c a l u n i t s ) o f r e c t a n g l e O n e o f t h e f o l l o w i n g Ternary raster o p e r a t i o n s : PatCopy Patlnvert DSTInvert Blackness Whiteness

Return Value: N o n z e r o if t h e bit p a t t e r n is d r a w n ; else 0.


799

SetBitmapBits S e t s t h e bits o f B i t m a p t o t h e bit v a l u e s i n B i t s . function SetBitmapBits(Bitmap: B i t s : Pointer): Longint; Parameter Bitmap Count Bits Return

HBitmap;

Count:

Longint;

Description H B i t m a p t o set S i z e (in bytes) o f B i t s B y t e array o f b i t m a p bits

Value:

N u m b e r o f b y t e s u s e d t o set b i t m a p b i t s ; 0 if e r r o r .

SetBitmapDimension Sets a bitmap's height a n d w i d t h in 0.1-millimeter units.

function SetBitmapDimension(ABitmap: HBitmap; X, Y: Integer): Longint; Parameter

Description

Bitmap X

B i t m a p identifier B i t m a p w i d t h (in 0 . 1 - m i l l i m e t e r u n i t s )

Y

B i t m a p h e i g h t (in 0 . 1 - m i l l i m e t e r u n i t s )

Return Value: Height of previous dimensions in high-order w o r d ; width of previous dimensions in low-order w o r d .

SetPixel Paints t h e p i x e l at t h e s p e c i f i e d p o i n t .

function SetPixel(DC: HDC; X, Y: Integer; Color: TColorRef): Longint; Parameter DC X, Y Color

Description Device context Logical coordinates of point T C o l o r R e f specifying the color to paint the point

Return Value: T C o l o r R e f u s e d t o p a i n t ; - 1 if t h e p o i n t is o u t s i d e t h e clipping

region.

800


StretchBlt M o v e s a b i t m a p ( s t r e t c h i n g o r c o m p r e s s i n g it if r e q u i r e d ) f r o m a s o u r c e r e c t a n g l e t o a d e s t i n a t i o n r e c t a n g l e . T h e s o u r c e a n d d e s t i n a t i o n are c o m b i n e d as s p e c i f i e d b y R o p . function SrcDC:

StretchBlt(DestDC: HDC; X S r c ,

YSrc,

Parameter DestDC X, Y Width Height SrcDC XSrc, YSrc SrcWidth SrcHeight Rop Return

HDC; X ,

SrcWidth,

Y,

Width,

SrcHeight:

Height:

Integer;

Integer;

Rop:

Longint):

Bool;

Description Receiving device context Upper-left corner of destination rectangle D e s t i n a t i o n rectangle w i d t h (in l o g i c a l u n i t s ) D e s t i n a t i o n rectangle height (in l o g i c a l u n i t s ) Source bitmap device context Upper-left corner of source rectangle S o u r c e rectangle w i d t h (in l o g i c a l u n i t s ) S o u r c e rectangle height (in l o g i c a l u n i t s ) T e r n a r y raster o p e r a t i o n s t o b e p e r f o r m e d

Value:

N o n z e r o if b i t m a p is d r a w n ; e l s e 0.

Clipping Procedures and Functions Every display context has a clipping r e g i o n attribute to prevent drawing outside a n i n t e n d e d a r e a . T h e d e f a u l t c l i p p i n g r e g i o n (the w i n d o w ' s c l i e n t area) is g o o d e n o u g h f o r m o s t a p p l i c a t i o n s . A p p l i c a t i o n s that c r e a t e s p e c i a l v i s u a l effects might n e e d to change the clipping region.

ExcludeClipRect GetClipBox IntersectClipRect OffsetClipRgn PtVisible RectVisible SelectClipRgn

ExcludeClipRect C r e a t e s a n e w c l i p p i n g r e g i o n that c o n s i s t s o f t h e r e g i o n m i n u s t h e s p e c i f i e d rectangle.

function ExcludeClipRect(DC: HDC; X1, Y1, X2, Y2: Integer): Integer;


Parameter DC XI, Yl X2, Y2 Return

801

Description Device context Upper-left corner o f the rectangle Lower-right corner o f the rectangle

Value:

O n e o f t h e R e g i o n flags' c o n s t a n t s .

GetClipBox G e t s t h e tightest b o u n d i n g r e c t a n g l e a r o u n d t h e c u r r e n t c l i p p i n g b o u n d a r y , function GetClipBox(DC: HDC; v a r Rect: TRect): Integer; Parameter

Description

DC

Device context

Rect

Receiving T R e c t structure

Return

Value:

O n e of t h e Region flags' c o n s t a n t s .

IntersectCIipRect Creates a n e w clipping region from the intersection o f the region a n d the specified rectangle. function IntersectCIipRect(DC: HDC; X1, Y1, X2, Y2: Integer): Integer; Parameter

Description

DC

Device context

XI, Yl X2, Y2

Upper-left corner o f rectangle Lower-right corner o f rectangle

Return Value: O n e of t h e Region

flags.

OffsetClipRgn M o v e s t h e d e v i c e ' s c l i p p i n g r e g i o n a c c o r d i n g t o t h e s p e c i f i e d X a n d Y offsets, function OffsetClipRgn(DC: HDC; X , Y :

Integer): Integer;

802


Parameter DC X Y

Description Device context L o g i c a l u n i t s t o m o v e left o r right Logical units to move u p or d o w n

Return Value: O n e of t h e Region flags' c o n s t a n t s .

Pt Visible D e t e r m i n e s w h e t h e r a p o i n t lies w i t h i n t h e s p e c i f i e d d e v i c e ' s c l i p p i n g r e g i o n , function PtVisible(DC: HDC; X, Y: Integer): Bool; Parameter DC X,Y

Description Device context A point

Return Value: If t h e p o i n t lies w i t h i n t h e c l i p p i n g r e g i o n of DC, n o n z e r o ; e l s e 0 .

RectVisible D e c i d e s w h e t h e r a n y part of Rect lies w i t h i n t h e s p e c i f i e d d e v i c e - c o n t e x t clipping region. function RectVisible(DC: HDC; var Rect: TRect): Bool; Parameter

Description

DC

Device context

Rect

TRect s t r u c t u r e

Return Value: N o n z e r o if i n t h e c l i p p i n g r e g i o n ; e l s e 0.

SelectClipRgn U s e s a c o p y of Rgn as t h e c u r r e n t c l i p p i n g r e g i o n f o r t h e d e v i c e c o n t e x t , function SelectClipRgn(DC: HDC; Rgn: HRgn): Integer; Parameter DC Rgn

Description Device context Selected region



Color Palette Procedures and Functions A l t h o u g h s o m e display devices c a n s h o w m a n y colors, they can s h o w only a f e w at o n e t i m e . T h e s y s t e m p a l e t t e is a g r o u p o f c o l o r s c u r r e n t l y available o n t h e device for s i m u l t a n e o u s display. W i n d o w s gives y o u r application s o m e control over t h e colors in t h e device's system palette. If y o u r applications u s e o n l y simple colors, y o u d o n ' t n e e d t o u s e a p a l e t t e directly. AnimatePalette CreatePalette GetNearestPalettelndex GetPaletteEntries GetSystemPaletteEntries GetSystemPaletteUse RealizePalette SelectPalette SetPaletteEntries SetSystemPaletteUse UpdateColors M o d i f y i n g t h e s y s t e m p a l e t t e affects e v e r y t h i n g d r a w n o n t h e s c r e e n , including the colors of other applications. In other words, o n e application can c a u s e all t h e o t h e r a p p l i c a t i o n s t o a p p e a r w i t h i n c o r r e c t c o l o r s . T h e W i n d o w s p a l e t t e m a n a g e r s o l v e s this p r o b l e m b y m e d i a t i n g a m o n g a p p l i c a t i o n s that c h a n g e t h e s y s t e m p a l e t t e . W i n d o w s s u p p l i e s e a c h a p p l i c a t i o n w i t h a l o g i c a l p a l e t t e (a g r o u p o f c o l o r s f o r a s p e c i f i c a p p l i c a t i o n ) . T h e p a l e t t e m a n a g e r m a p s t h e r e q u e s t e d c o l o r s from t h e l o g i c a l p a l e t t e t o t h e c o l o r s available i n t h e s y s t e m p a l e t t e . • I f t h e r e q u e s t e d c o l o r isn't listed i n t h e s y s t e m p a l e t t e , t h e p a l e t t e manager c a n a d d the color to the system palette. • If t h e l o g i c a l p a l e t t e s p e c i f i e s m o r e c o l o r s t h a n t h e s y s t e m p a l e t t e c a n h a n d l e , t h e a d d i t i o n a l c o l o r s a r e m a t c h e d t o t h e c l o s e s t available c o l o r in the system palette. W i n d o w s reserves 2 0 p e r m a n e n t c o l o r s i n t h e s y s t e m p a l e t t e t o g e n e r a l l y p r e s e r v e t h e c o l o r s c h e m e o f W i n d o w s a n d all W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n s .

AnimatePalette R e p l a c e s e n t r i e s i n Palette b e t w e e n Startlndex a n d NumEntries w i t h PaletteColors. procedure AnimatePalette(Palette: HPalette; Startlndex: Word; NumEntries: Word; var PaletteColors);

803

804


Parameter Palette Startlndex NumEntries PaletteColors

Description T h e logical palette T h e first e n t r y i n p a l e t t e t o b e a n i m a t e d T h e n u m b e r o f entries in palette to b e animated A n array o f T P a l e t t e E n t r y s t r u c t u r e s

CreatePalette Creates a logical color palette. function

CreatePalette(var

Parameter LogPalette

LogPalette:

TLogPalette):

HPalette;

Description T L o g P a l e t t e containing color information about the logical palette

Return Value: L o g i c a l p a l e t t e i d e n t i f i e r if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0.

GetNearestPalettelndex G e t s the closest matching color in a logical palette to C o l o r . function

GetNearestPaletteIndex(Palette:

Parameter Palette Color

HPalette;

Color:

TColorRef):

Description Logical palette identifier T C o l o r R e f to be matched

Return Value: Logical-palette entry index.

GetPaletteEntries G e t s the specified range o f palette entries a n d copies the palette range to PaletteEntries. function GetPaletteEntries(Palette: HPalette; Startlndex, N u m E n t r i e s : Word; v a r P a l e t t e E n t r i e s ) : Word;

Word;


Parameter

805

Description

Palette Startlndex NumEntries

Logical palette identifier First e n t r y N u m b e r o f entries

PaletteEntries

TPaletteEntry array t o r e c e i v e t h e p a l e t t e e n t r i e s

Return Value: N u m b e r o f e n t r i e s r e t r i e v e d ; 0 if e r r o r .

GetSystemPaletteEntries G e t s a range o f palette entries from the system palette. function GetSystemPaletteEntries(DC: HDC; Startlndex, NumEntries: Word; var PaletteEntries: TPaletteEntry): Word; Parameter

Description

DC Startlndex

Device context First e n t r y t o retrieve

NumEntries PaletteEntries

N u m b e r of e n t r i e s t o retrieve R e c e i v i n g TPaletteEntry array

Return

Value:

N u m b e r o f e n t r i e s r e t r i e v e d ; 0 if e r r o r .

GetSystemPaletteUse D e c i d e s w h e t h e r a n a p p l i c a t i o n h a s full a c c e s s t o t h e s y s t e m p a l e t t e , function GetSystemPaletteUse(DC: HDC): Word; Parameter DC

Description Device context

Return Value: O n e of t h e syspal_ s y s t e m p a l e t t e flags.

RealizePalette M a p s the selected logical palette t o entries in the system palette, function RealizePalette(DC: HDC): Word;

806


Parameter

Description

DC Return

Device context Value:

N u m b e r o f entries in logical palette m a p p e d to different system palettes since last R e a l i z e P a l e t t e .

SelectPalette S e l e c t s P a l e t t e as t h e d e v i c e c o n t e x t ' s s e l e c t e d p a l e t t e o b j e c t , w h i c h t h e n is used by G D I to control displayed colors. f u n c t i o n S e l e c t P a l e t t e ( D C : HDC; P a l e t t e : ForceBackground: Bool): HPalette; Parameter

Description

DC Palette ForceBackground

Return

HPalette;

Device context Logical palette to select If n o n z e r o t h e n b a c k g r o u n d p a l e t t e ; o r if 0, foreground palette w h e n w i n d o w has the input focus

Value:

R e p l a c e d l o g i c a l p a l e t t e if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0.

SetPaletteEntries Sets l o g i c a l p a l e t t e entries i n t h e s p e c i f i e d r a n g e t o t h e v a l u e s i n P a l e t t e E n t r i e s . function SetPaletteEntries(Palette: HPalette; Startlndex, N u m E n t r i e s : Word; v a r P a l e t t e E n t r i e s ) : Word; Parameter

Description

Palette Startlndex

Logical palette identifier First e n t r y t o set

NumEntries

N u m b e r o f e n t r i e s t o set

PaletteEntries

Array o f T P a l e t t e E n t r y s t r u c t u r e

Return Value: N u m b e r o f e n t r i e s set; 0 if e r r o r .

SetSystemPaletteUse A l l o w s a n a p p l i c a t i o n t o u s e t h e full s y s t e m p a l e t t e .


807

function SetSystemPaletteUse(DC: HDC; Usage: Word): Word; Parameter

Description

DC

Device context

Usage

O n e o f t h e syspal_ s y s t e m p a l e t t e flags

Return Value: Previous system palette usage.

UpdateColors U p d a t e s t h e client area b y m a t c h i n g the current colors o f the client area pixelby-pixel with the system palette. function UpdateColors(DC: HDC): Integer; Parameter DC



Coordinate-Translation Procedures and Functions S o m e t i m e s y o u m i g h t w a n t t o translate b e t w e e n t h e l o g i c a l c o o r d i n a t e s ( y o u d r a w w i t h t h e m ) a n d p h y s i c a l b i t m a p c o o r d i n a t e s (to w h i c h t h e c u r r e n t m a p p i n g m o d e translates l o g i c a l c o o r d i n a t e s ) . G D I s u p p l i e s t h e f o l l o w i n g functions to h a n d l e coordinate translations: ChildWindowFromPoint ClientToScreen DPtoLP LPtoDP ScreenToClient WindowFromPoint

ChildWindowFromPoint D e c i d e s w h i c h c h i l d w i n d o w o w n e d b y WndParent c o n t a i n s APoint. function ChildWindowFromPoint(WndParent:

HWnd; APoint: TPoint): HWnd;

808


Parameter

Description

WndParent

Parent w i n d o w

APoint

TPoint structure of client coordinates to be tested

Return

Value:

Child w i n d o w that contains the point; 0 if point lies outside the parent window; WndParent if point isn't contained within any child window.

ClientToScreen Converts client coordinates in APoint to screen coordinates, procedure ClientToScreen(Wnd: HWnd; var Point: TPoint); Parameter

Wnd APoint

Description

W i n d o w containing client area TPoint containing client coordinates

DPtoLP Converts device points to logical points. function DPtoLP(DC: HDC; var Points; Count: Integer): Bool; Parameter

DC Points Count Return

Description

Device context Array of TPoint structures N u m b e r of points in Points Value:

Nonzero if all points are converted; else 0.

LPtoDP Converts logical points in Points, in the current mapping m o d e , to device points. function LPtoDP(DC: HDC; var Points; Count: Integer): Bool; Parameter

DC Points Count Return

Description

Device context Array of T P o i n t structures Size of Points

Value:

Nonzero if all points converted; else 0.


ScreenToClient C o n v e r t s a n d r e p l a c e s t h e s c r e e n - c o o r d i n a t e v a l u e s i n Point with t h e c l i e n t coordinates o f the specified w i n d o w . procedure ScreenToClient(Wnd: HWnd; var Point); Parameter

Description

Wnd


Point

TPoint s t r u c t u r e

WindowFromPoint D e c i d e s which w i n d o w c o n t a i n s t h e s p e c i f i e d p o i n t , function WindowFromPoint(Point: TPoint): HWnd; Parameter Point

Description TPoint t o b e c h e c k e d (in s c r e e n c o o r d i n a t e s )

Return Value: W i n d o w identifier; 0 if n o w i n d o w is at t h e s p e c i f i e d p o i n t .

Device-Context Procedures and Functions A d e v i c e c o n t e x t r e p r e s e n t s t h e d e v i c e driver, o u t p u t d e v i c e , a n d ( s o m e t i m e s ) t h e c o m m u n i c a t i o n s p o r t . Y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n ' s g r a p h i c f u n c t i o n s relate t o a specific device. CreateCompatibleDC CreateDC CreateIC DeleteDC GetDCOrg RestoreDC SaveDC

CreateCompatibleDC C r e a t e s a m e m o r y d e v i c e c o n t e x t c o m p a t i b l e with DC. function CreateCompatibleDC(DC: HDC): HDC;

809

810


Parameter DC

Description D e v i c e c o n t e x t ; if 0, a m e m o r y d e v i c e c o n t e x t is created

Return Value: N e w m e m o r y d e v i c e c o n t e x t if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0.

CreateDC C r e a t e s a d e v i c e c o n t e x t f o r DriverName d e v i c e .

function CreateDC(DriverName, DeviceName, Output: PChar; InitData: Pointer): HDC; Parameter

Description

DriverName

D O S file n a m e ( w i t h o u t e x t e n s i o n a n d n u l l t e r m i n a t e d ) o f t h e d e v i c e driver

DeviceName

N a m e o f specific device to b e s u p p o r t e d (nullterminated)

Output InitData

O u t p u t D O S file o r d e v i c e n a m e ( n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d ) D E V M O D E structure containing device-specific initialization data

Return Value: D e v i c e c o n t e x t i d e n t i f i e r if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0.

CreateIC Creates an information context for the device.

function CreateIC(DriverName, DeviceName, Output, InitData: PChar): HDC; Parameter DriverName DeviceName Output InitData

Return

Description D e v i c e - d r i v e r D O S file n a m e ( n o e x t e n s i o n a n d null-terminated) Specific device n a m e (null-terminated) O u t p u t D O S file o r d e v i c e n a m e ( n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d ) Device-specific initialization data; nil for default initialization

Value:

I n f o r m a t i o n c o n t e x t i d e n t i f i e r if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0.


DeleteDC Deletes the device context. Notifies the device and releases all storage and systems resources if DC is the last device context for the device. function DeleteDC(DC: HDC): Bool; Parameter DC


Return Value: Nonzero if successful; else 0.

GetDCOrg Gets a device's final translation origin (in screen coordinates), w h i c h is the offset used by Windows to translate device coordinates to client coordinates. function GetDC0rg(DC: HDC): Longint; Parameter DC


Return Value: X-coordinate in the low w o r d ; Y-coordinate in the high word.

RestoreDC Restores a device context to the state specified by Save DC (a previous state) from the context stack. State information is deleted if SaveDC isn't at the top of the stack. function RestoreDC(DC: HDC; SaveDC: Integer): Bool; Parameter

Description

DC

Device context

SaveDC

Returns value of a previous SaveDC call or - 1 for most recently saved device context

Return Value: Nonzero if restored; else 0.

811

812


SaveDC S a v e s t h e c u r r e n t state o f DC o n t h e c o n t e x t stack, function SaveDC(DC: HDC): Integer; Parameter DC Return

Description D e v i c e context identifier

Value:

S a v e d d e v i c e c o n t e x t if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0.

Device-Independent Bitmap Procedures and Functions B e c a u s e bitmaps represent the m e m o r y configuration o f a specific device, t h e y ' r e d e p e n d e n t o n t h e d e v i c e that's a d d r e s s e d . T h u s , b i t m a p s s a v e d f r o m o n e device might b e incompatible with another device. G D I supplies devicei n d e p e n d e n t (DI) b i t m a p s t o h e l p y o u t h r o u g h this p r o b l e m . U s e t h e f o l l o w i n g r o u t i n e s f o r DI b i t m a p s : CreateDIBitmap GetDIBits SetDIBits SetDIBitsToDevice StretchDIBits

CreateDIBitmap Creates a device-specific m e m o r y bitmap f r o m a device-independent b i t m a p d e s c r i b e d b y Inf oHeader a n d Initlnf o. function CreateDIBitmap(DC: HDC; var InfoHeader:

TBitmapInfoHeader;

Usage: Longint; InitBits: PChar; var Initlnfo: TBitmapInfo; Usage: Word): HBitmap; Parameter

Description

DC InfoHeader

Device context TBitmapInf oHeader that d e s c r i b e s b i t m a p size a n d

Usage

format I f cbm_Init t h e b i t m a p is initialized a c c o r d i n g t o InitBits a n d Initlnfo


Parameter

813

Description

InitBits

B y t e array c o n t a i n i n g initial b i t m a p v a l u e s , f o r m a t d e p e n d e n t o n biBitCount field o f Initlnf o

Initlnfo

T B i t m a p I n f o s t r u c t u r e that d e s c r i b e s d i m e n s i o n s and color format

Usage

O n e o f t h e D I B _ Color t a b l e i d e n t i f i e r s ' c o n s t a n t s


GetDIBits C o p i e s a bitmap, i n d e v i c e i n d e p e n d e n t format, t o Bits. function GetDIBits(DC: HDC; Bitmap: THandle; StartScan, NumScans: Word; Bits: Pointer; var Bitlnfo: TBitmapInfo; Usage: Word): Integer; Parameter DC Bitmap StartScan NumScans Bits Bitlnfo Usage

Description Device context Source bitmap First s c a n l i n e N u m b e r o f lines to copy B u f f e r t o r e c e i v e b i t m a p o r n i l t o fill Bitslnf o TBitmapInfo c o n t a i n i n g c o l o r f o r m a t a n d dimension of bitmap Indicates the source o f colors; o n e o f the Dib_ Color t a b l e i d e n t i f i e r s ' c o n s t a n t s

Return Value: N u m b e r o f s c a n l i n e s c o p i e d ; 0 if e r r o r .

SetDIBits S e t s a b i t m a p ' s bits t o t h e v a l u e s of a d e v i c e - i n d e p e n d e n t b i t m a p (DIB) specification. function SetDIBits(DC: HDC; Bitmap: THandle; StartScan, NumScans: Word; Bits: Pointer; var Bitslnfo: TBitmapInfo; Usage: Word): Integer;

814


Parameter DC Bitmap StartScan NumScans Bits Bitslnfo Usage

Description Device context B i t m a p identifier S c a n l i n e n u m b e r c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o first s c a n l i n e i n Bits N u m b e r o f s c a n l i n e s i n Bits Array o f b y t e s c o n t a i n i n g t h e DIB bits w h o s e f o r m a t is s p e c i f i e d b y t h e biBitCount field o f Bitslnf o TBitmapInf o c o n t a i n i n g DIB i n f o r m a t i o n D e s c r i b e s c o n t e n t s o f bmiColors fields o f Bitslnf 0; e i t h e r o n e o f t h e DIB_ Color t a b l e identifiers

Return Value: N u m b e r o f s c a n l i n e s c o p i e d if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0.

SetDIBitsToDevice S e t s t h e bits o n a d e v i c e s u r f a c e d i r e c t l y f r o m a d e v i c e - i n d e p e n d e n t b i t m a p (DIB). function SetDIBitsToDevice(DC: HDC; DestX, DestY, Width, Height, SrcX, SrcY, StartScan, NumScans: Word; Bits: Pointer; var Bitslnfo:TBitmapInfo; Usage: Word): Integer; Parameter DC DestX, DestY Width Height SrcX, SrcY StartScan NumScans Bits Bitslnfo Usage

Description Device context Device destination rectangle origin DIB r e c t a n g l e x - e x t e n t DIB r e c t a n g l e y - e x t e n t DIB s o u r c e p o s i t i o n DIB s c a n l i n e n u m b e r c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o first s c a n l i n e i n Bits DIB s c a n l i n e s i n Bits Array o f b y t e s c o n t a i n i n g t h e DIB bits w h o s e f o r m a t is s p e c i f i e d b y t h e biBitCount field o f Bitslnf o TBitmapInf o c o n t a i n i n g DIB i n f o r m a t i o n D e s c r i b e s c o n t e n t s o f bmiColors fields o f Bitslnfo; e i t h e r o n e o f DIB_ Color t a b l e identifiers

Return Value: N u m b e r o f s c a n l i n e s set.


815

StretchDIBits M o v e s a d e v i c e - i n d e p e n d e n t b i t m a p ( s t r e t c h i n g or c o m p r e s s i n g t h e b i t m a p if required) from a source rectangle to a destination rectangle. T h e source a n d d e s t i n a t i o n a r e c o m b i n e d as s p e c i f i e d b y Rop. function StretchDIBits(DC: HDC; DestX, DestY, DestWidth, DestHeight, SrcX, SrcY, SrcWidth, SrcHeight: Word; Bits: Pointer; var Bitslnfo: TBitmapInfo; Usage: Word; Rop: DWord): Integer; Parameter

Description

DC

Receiving device context

DestX, DestY

Destination rectangle origin (in logical units)

DestWidth DestHeight SrcX, SrcY SrcWidth

Destination rectangle x-extent (in logical units) Destination rectangle y-extent (in logical units) S o u r c e r e c t a n g l e o r i g i n (in p i x e l s ) i n t h e DIB S o u r c e rectangle w i d t h (in pixels)

SrcHeight Bits Usage

S o u r c e rectangle height (in pixels) B y t e array c o n t a i n i n g DIB bits DIB_RGB_Colors s p e c i f i e s w h e t h e r t h e Bitslnfo. bmiColors field c o n t a i n s R G B v a l u e s o r DIB_Pal_Colors s p e c i f i e s i n d e x e s t o c u r r e n t l y realized logical palette

Return Value: N u m b e r o f scan lines c o p i e d .

Drawing-Attribute Procedures and Functions W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n s w r i t e t o a l o g i c a l e n t i t y c a l l e d a d i s p l a y c o n t e x t (a virtual surface with associated attributes). T h e display context m a n a g e s t h e display o f graphics o n the screen. Y o u d o n ' t control the display context attributes. Y o u can, however, adjust certain drawing attributes, i n c l u d i n g b a c k g r o u n d c o l o r a n d m o d e , f o r e g r o u n d c o l o r f o r text, d r a w i n g ( c o l o r - c o m b i n i n g ) m o d e , b i t m a p - s t r e t c h i n g m o d e , a n d polygon-filling m o d e . Y o u c a n a l s o m o d i f y t h e d r a w i n g t o o l s y o u u s e t o c h a n g e t h e attributes o f displayed graphics. T h e attributes o f these tools dictate t h e a p p e a r a n c e o f graphics drawn with G D I functions. GetBkColor GetBkMode GetPolyFillMode GetR0P2

816


GetStretchBltMode GetTextColor SetBkColor SetBkMode SetPolyFillMode SetR0P2 SetStretchBltMode SetTextColor

GetBkColor Gets the current device background color, function GetBkColor(DC: HDC): Longint; Parameter DC



GetBkMode G e t s t h e c u r r e n t d e v i c e b a c k g r o u n d m o d e , u s e d f o r text, h a t c h e d b r u s h e s , a n d n o n s o l i d l i n e - p e n styles. function GetBkMode(DC: HDC): Integer; Parameter DC


Return Value: O n e of t h e Background m o d e s ' c o n s t a n t s .

GetPolyFillMode G e t s t h e c u r r e n t p o l y g o n filling m o d e , function GetPolyFillMode(DC: HDC): Integer; Parameter DC


Return Value: P o l y g o n filling m o d e ; o n e of t h e PolyFill m o d e s ' c o n s t a n t s .


GetR0P2 Gets the current drawing m o d e , function GetR0P2(DC: HDC): Integer; Parameter DC

Description Raster d e v i c e c o n t e x t

Return Value: D r a w i n g m o d e ; o n e o f t h e r2_ Binary raster o p e r a t i o n s ' c o n s t a n t s .

GetStretchBltMode G e t s the current stretching m o d e . function GetStretchBltMode(DC: HDC): Integer; Parameter DC


Return Value: O n e o f t h e StretchBlt m o d e s ' c o n s t a n t s .

GetTextColor G e t s the current f o r e g r o u n d color u s e d t o draw characters, function GetTextColor(DC: HDC): Longint; Parameter DC



SetBkColor S e t s t h e c u r r e n t b a c k g r o u n d t o Color o r t h e n e a r e s t p h y s i c a l c o l o r s u p p o r t e d by the device. function SetBkColor(DC: HDC; Color: TColorRef): Longint;

817

818


Parameter DC Color Return

Description Device context N e w background TColorRef

Value:

P r e v i o u s R G B b a c k g r o u n d c o l o r if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e $80,000,000.

SetBkMode Sets t h e b a c k g r o u n d m o d e that s p e c i f i e s w h e t h e r t h e G D I s h o u l d remove e x i s t i n g b a c k g r o u n d c o l o r s b e f o r e d r a w i n g text, h a t c h e d b r u s h e s , o r u s i n g n o n s o l i d p e n styles. function SetBkMode(DC: HDC; BkMode: Integer): Integer; Parameter

Description

DC

Device context

BkMode

O n e o f t h e Background m o d e s ' c o n s t a n t s

Return Value: P r e v i o u s m o d e if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0.

SetPolyFillMode S e t s t h e p o l y g o n filling m o d e u s e d b y G D I f u n c t i o n s that u s e t h e p o l y g o n algorithm for c o m p u t i n g interior points. function SetPolyFillMode(DC: HDC; PolyFillMode: Integer): Integer; Parameter

Description

DC

Device context

PolyFillMode

O n e o f t h e PolyFill m o d e s ' c o n s t a n t s

Return Value: P r e v i o u s filling m o d e if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0.

SetR0P2 S e t s t h e c u r r e n t d r a w i n g m o d e t o t h e v a l u e s p e c i f i e d b y DrawMode. T h i s m o d e s p e c i f i e s h o w o b j e c t interiors a n d p e n s are c o m b i n e d w i t h c o l o r s a l r e a d y o n the display surface. function SetR0P2(DC: HDC; DrawMode: Integer): Integer;


Parameter DC DrawMode

819

Description Device context A n y o n e o f t h e r2_ constants

B i n a r y raster o p e r a t i o n s '

Return Value: Previous drawing m o d e .

SetStretchBltMode Sets the stretching m o d e u s e d by S t r e t c h M o d e to contract a b i t m a p . function

SetStretchBltMode(DC:

Parameter DC StretchMode

HDC;

StretchMode:

Integer):

Integer;

Description Device context O n e of the S t r e t c h B l t m o d e s ' constants

Return Value: Previous stretching m o d e .

SetTextColor S e t s t h e text c o l o r o r n e a r e s t d e v i c e - s u p p o r t e d c o l o r u s e d b y T e x t O u t a n d E x t T e x t O u t t o d r a w a c h a r a c t e r ' s f a c e . S e t T e x t C o l o r is u s e d a l s o b y t h e G D I to convert bitmaps f r o m m o n o c h r o m e to color a n d vice versa. function

SetTextColor(DC:

Parameter DC Color

HDC;

Color:

TColorRef):

Longint;

Description Device context Text T C o l o r R e f

Return Value: P r e v i o u s text R G B c o l o r v a l u e .

Drawing Tool Procedures and Functions T h e display context manages the screen display o f graphics. T o display graphics in other ways, y o u can c h a n g e the drawing tools u s e d to render the graphics: • Pens dictate the appearance o f d r a w n lines. • B r u s h e s d i c t a t e t h e a p p e a r a n c e o f filled s h a p e s .

820


• F o n t s d i c t a t e t h e a p p e a r a n c e o f d r a w n text. T o assign the attributes o f a drawing t o o l , a W i n d o w s application selects a logical or stock tool in a display context. • Y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n c r e a t e s a l o g i c a l t o o l b y filling t h e fields o f a p a r t i c u l a r record (TLogPen, TLogBrush, or TLogFont). • A s t o c k t o o l is a n e x i s t i n g , W i n d o w s - d e f i n e d t o o l r e p r e s e n t i n g t h e m o s t c o m m o n attribute c h o i c e s . Logical Tools DeleteObject GetBrushOrg GetObject SelectObject SetBrushOrg UnrealizeObject CreateBrushIndirect CreateDIBPatternBrush CreateHatchBrush CreatePatternBrush CreateSolidBrush EnumObjects CreatePen CreatePenlndirect CreateFont CreateFontIndirect Stock Tools GetStockObject

DeleteObject D e l e t e s H a n d l e f r o m m e m o r y a n d frees all a s s o c i a t e d s y s t e m r e s o u r c e s , function

DeleteObject(Handle:

Parameter Handle

THandle):

Bool;

Description H a n d l e to a logical p e n , brush, font, bitmap, region, or palette

Return Value: N o n z e r o if d e l e t e d ; 0 if H a n d l e isn't v a l i d o r c u r r e n t l y s e l e c t e d i n a d e v i c e context.


GetBrushOrg Gets the current device brush origin, function GetBrushOrg(DC: HDC): Longint; Parameter DC


Return Value: X-coordinates in l o w word; Y-coordinates in high word.

GetObject Fills a b u f f e r w i t h d a t a that d e f i n e s a l o g i c a l o b j e c t a n d r e t u r n s t h e n u m b e r o f entries for logical palettes. function GetObject(hObject: THandle; Count: Integer; ObjectPtr: Pointer): Integer; Parameter hObject Count ObjectPtr

Description Object N u m b e r o f b y t e s t o c o p y t o 0b j ectPtr R e c e i v i n g b u f f e r ; TLogPen, TLogBrush, TLogFont, TBitmap, o r a n i n t e g e r

Return Value: N u m b e r o f b y t e s c o p i e d ; 0 if e r r o r .

SelectObject S e l e c t s a l o g i c a l o b j e c t f o r DC. O n l y o n e o b j e c t c a n b e s e l e c t e d at o n e t i m e , a n d it s h o u l d b e d e l e t e d w h e n it's n o l o n g e r b e i n g u s e d . function SelectObject(DC: HDC; hObject: THandle): THandle; Parameter DC hObject

Description Device context O n e o f the following: bitmap, brush, font, p e n , o r region

Return Value: O b j e c t b e i n g r e p l a c e d o r n o n z e r o if m e t a f i l e DC; 0 if e r r o r .

821

822


SetBrushOrg Sets the origin o f the selected brush. T h e brush shouldn't b e a stock object, function SetBrushOrg(DC: HDC; X, Y: Integer): Longint; Parameter

Description

DC

Device context

X,Y

N e w o r i g i n (in d e v i c e u n i t s ) , r a n g i n g f r o m 0 t o 7

Return

Value:

P r e v i o u s o r i g i n w h e r e X - c o o r d i n a t e is i n l o w - o r d e r w o r d ; Y - c o o r d i n a t e is i n high-order word.

UnrealizeObject R e s e t s t h e o r i g i n t h e n e x t t i m e s e l e c t e d if hOb j ect is a b r u s h o r t o r e a l i z e t h e p a l e t t e if hOb j ect is a l o g i c a l p a l e t t e . function UnrealizeObject(hObject: HBrush): Bool; Parameter hObject Return

Description O b j e c t t o b e reset

Value:


CreateBrushlndirect C r e a t e s a logical b r u s h d e f i n e d b y LogBrush. function CreateBrushlndirect(var Parameter LogBrush

LogBrush: TLogBrush): HBrush;

Description TLogBrush s t r u c t u r e

Return Value: L o g i c a l b r u s h i d e n t i f i e r if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0.

CreateDIBPatternBrush C r e a t e s a logical b r u s h f r o m t h e d e v i c e - i n d e p e n d e n t b i t m a p d e f i n e d b y PackedDIB. function CreateDIBPatternBrush(PackedDIB: Usage: Word): HBitmap;

THandle;


Parameter

823

Description

PackedDIB

G l o b a l m e m o r y c o n t a i n i n g TBitmapInf o s t r u c t u r e

Usage

p l u s array o f p i x e l s O n e o f t h e DIB_ Color t a b l e i d e n t i f i e r s ' c o n s t a n t s


CreateHatchfirush C r e a t e s a l o g i c a l b r u s h w i t h a s p e c i f i e d h a t c h style. function CreateHatchBrush(Index: Parameter

Integer; Color: TColorRef): HBrush;

Description

Index

O n e o f t h e hs_ Hatch styles' c o n s t a n t s

Color

TColorRef that s p e c i f i e s t h e c o l o r o f t h e h a t c h e s


CreatePatternBmsh C r e a t e s a logical b r u s h w i t h a Bitmap p a t t e r n . function CreatePatternBrush(Bitmap: Parameter Bitmap

HBitmap): HBrush;

Description HBitmap b i t m a p


CreateSolidBrush Creates a logical brush. function CreateSolidBrush(Color: TColorRef): HBrush; Parameter Color

Description B r u s h TColorRef


824


EnumObjects Enumerates the object types currently available o n a device by passing TLogPen orTLogBrushand data to the callback. Enumeration ends if the callback returns 0 or all objects are enumerated. function EnumObjects(DC: HDC; ObjectType: Integer; ObjectFunc: TFarProc Data: Pointer): Integer; Parameter

DC ObjectType ObjectFunc Data Return

Description

Device context Can be one of the ob j_ G D I object type constants: obj_Brush or obj_Pen Callback function's procedure-instance address Data passed to callback

Value:

Last value returned by callback.

CreatePen Creates a logical pen. function CreatePen(PenStyle, Width: Integer; Color: TColorRef): HPen; Parameter

PenStyle Width Color Return

Description

O n e of the ps_ Pen styles' constants Pen width (in logical units) Pen TColorRef

Value:

Logical pen identifier if successful; else 0.

CreatePenlndirect Creates a logical pen defined by LogPen. function CreatePenlndirect(var LogPen: TLogPen): HPen; Parameter

LogPen Return

Description

TLogPen structure

Value:

Logical pen identifier if successful; else 0.


CreateFont Creates a logical font selected from G D I ' s p o o l o f physical fonts according to specified characteristics. function CreateFont(Height, Width, Escapement, Orientation, Weight:Integer; Italic, Underline, Strikeout, CharSet, OutputPrecision,ClipPrecision, Quality, PitchAndFamily: Byte; FaceName: PChar): HFont; Parameter Height Width Escapement Orientation Weight Italic Underline StrikeOut CharSet OutputPrecision ClipPrecision Quality PitchAndFamily Facename

Description F o n t height (in l o g i c a l u n i t s ) A v e r a g e f o n t w i d t h (in l o g i c a l u n i t s ) L i n e a n g l e (in t e n t h s o f d e g r e e s ) C h a r a c t e r b a s e l i n e a n g l e (in t e n t h s o f d e g r e e s ) F o n t w e i g h t (0 t o 1000); o r u s e a f w_ F o n t w e i g h t flag s u c h as f w _ N o r m a l o r f w _ B o l d F o n t is italic F o n t is u n d e r l i n e d F o n t is s t r u c k o u t O n e o f t h e F o n t character set flags' c o n s t a n t s O n e o f t h e o u t _ F o n t o u t p u t p r e c i s i o n flags' constants O n e o f t h e c l i p _ F o n t c l i p p i n g p r e c i s i o n flags' constants O n e o f the Font o u t p u t quality flags' constants O n e o f the F o n t pitch flags' constants c o m b i n e d w i t h o n e o f t h e f f _ F o n t f a m i l y flags Font typeface n a m e (null-terminated)

Return Value: L o g i c a l f o n t i d e n t i f i e r if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0.

CreateFontlndirect Creates a logical font selected from the GDI's pool of physical fonts according to the characteristics in ALogFont. function CreateFontlndirect(var Parameter ALogFont

LogFont: TLogFont): HFont;

Description TLogFont structure


825

826


GetStockObject G e t s a handle to a predefined stock p e n , brush, o r font, function GetStockObject(Index: Parameter Index Return

Integer): THandle;

Description O n e o f t h e Stock logical o b j e c t s ' c o n s t a n t s

Value:

S e l e c t e d l o g i c a l o b j e c t i d e n t i f i e r if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0 .

Environment Procedures and Functions GetEnvironment SetEnvironment Escape

GetEnvironment G e t s the current environment for the device attached to the system port. function GetEnvironment(PortName, MaxCount: Word): Integer; Parameter

Environ: PChar;

Description

PortName

Port n a m e ( n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d )

Environ

B u f f e r t o r e c e i v e e n v i r o n m e n t (first field m u s t c o n t a i n d e v i c e n a m e ) o r n i l t o r e t u r n r e q u i r e d size Size o f buffer

MaxCount Return

Value:

N u m b e r o f b y t e s c o p i e d ; 0 if e n v i r o n m e n t c a n n o t b e f o u n d .

SetEnvironment Creates or replaces a device's environment. function SetEnvironment(PortName,

Environ: PChar; Count: Word):

Integer;


Parameter PortName Environ Count

Description System port n a m e (null-terminated) Buffer containing n e w environment N u m b e r o f bytes in E n v i r o n t o c o p y o r 0 t o delete current environment

Return Value: N u m b e r o f b y t e s c o p i e d ; 0 if e r r o r ; - 1 if e n v i r o n m e n t is d e l e t e d .

Escape A l l o w s a c c e s s t o d e v i c e - s p e c i f i c facilities n o t s u p p o r t e d b y t h e G D I . function Escape(DC: HDC; Escape, Count: Integer; InData, OutData: Pointer): Integer; Parameter DC Count InData OutData

Description Device context B y t e s o f d a t a i n InData T h e input data structure S t r u c t u r e t o r e c e i v e Escape o u t p u t d a t a o r n i l f o r n o output data

Return Value: A p o s i t i v e n u m b e r if s u c c e s s f u l ; 0 if e s c a p e isn't i m p l e m e n t e d ; n e g a t i v e if e r r o r ; if e r r o r , m a y b e o n e o f t h e sp_ Spooler e r r o r c o d e s .

Font Procedures and Functions A f o n t is a s u b s e t o f a p a r t i c u l a r t y p e f a c e . F o n t p r o c e d u r e s a n d f u n c t i o n s c r e a t e , r e m o v e , select, a n d g e t i n f o r m a t i o n a b o u t f o n t s . AddFontResource CreateFont CreateFontIndirect EnumFonts GetCharWidth RemoveFontResource SetMapperFlags

827

828


AddFontResource A d d s f o n t resource

f r o m FileName f o n t - r e s o u r c e file t o t h e s y s t e m f o n t t a b l e ,

function AddFontResource(FileName: Parameter FileName

PChar): Integer;

Description H a n d l e t o l o a d e d m o d u l e o r n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d string

Return Value: N u m b e r o f f o n t s a d d e d ; 0 if n o f o n t s w e r e a d d e d .

CreateFont Creates a logical font selected from G D I ' s p o o l of physical fonts according to the specified characteristics. function CreateFont(Height, Width, Escapement, Orientation, Weight: Integer; Italic, Underline, Strikeout, CharSet, OutputPrecision, ClipPrecision, Quality, PitchAndFamily: Byte; FaceName: PChar): HFont; Parameter

Description

Height Width

F o n t height (in l o g i c a l u n i t s ) A v e r a g e f o n t w i d t h (in l o g i c a l u n i t s )

Escapement Orientation Weight

L i n e a n g l e (in t e n t h s o f d e g r e e s ) C h a r a c t e r b a s e l i n e a n g l e (in t e n t h s o f d e g r e e s ) F o n t w e i g h t (0 t o 1 0 0 0 ) ; o r u s e a f w_ f o n t w e i g h t flag s u c h as f w _ N o r m a l o r f w _ B o l d F o n t is italic

Italic Underline StrikeOut CharSet OutputPrecision

F o n t is u n d e r l i n e d F o n t is s t r u c k o u t O n e o f t h e f o n t character set flags' c o n s t a n t s O n e o f t h e o u t _ f o n t o u t p u t p r e c i s i o n flags' constants

ClipPrecision

O n e of the c l i p _ font clipping precision constants

Quality PitchAndFamily

O n e o f t h e f o n t o u t p u t q u a l i t y flags' c o n s t a n t s O n e o f t h e f o n t p i t c h flags' c o n s t a n t s c o m b i n e d w i t h o n e o f t h e f f _ f o n t family flags font typeface n a m e (null-terminated)

Facename


flags'


CreateFontlndirect Creates a logical font selected from G D I ' s p o o l of physical fonts according to the characteristics i n A L o g F o n t . function

CreateFontlndirect(var

Parameter ALogFont

LogFont:

TLogFont):

HFont;

Description T L o g F o n t structure


EnumFonts E n u m e r a t e s available f o n t s h a v i n g t h e s p e c i f i e d t y p e f a c e o n a d e v i c e . T h e c a l l b a c k is p a s s e d T L o g F o n t , T T e x t M e t r i c , F o n t T y p e , a n d D a t a . E n u m e r a t i o n e n d s if t h e c a l l b a c k r e t u r n s 0 o r w h e n all f o n t s are e n u m e r a t e d . f u n c t i o n E n u m F o n t s ( D C : HDC; F a c e N a m e : TFarProc; Data: Pointer): Integer; Parameter DC FaceName FontFunc Data

PChar;

FontFunc:

Description Device context Typeface n a m e (null-terminated) o r nil to r a n d o m l y s e l e c t o n e f o n t f o r e a c h available t y p e f a c e C a l l b a c k function's procedure-instance address Data passed to the c a l l b a c k function

Return Value: Last v a l u e r e t u r n e d b y t h e c a l l b a c k .

GetCharWidth G e t s individual character widths for a g r o u p of consecutive characters. function GetCharWidth(DC: var B u f f e r ) : Bool; Parameter DC FirstChar LastChar Buffer

HDC; F i r s t C h a r ,

LastChar:

Word;

Description Device context First c h a r a c t e r i n c o n s e c u t i v e c h a r a c t e r g r o u p Last c h a r a c t e r i n c o n s e c u t i v e c h a r a c t e r g r o u p R e c e i v i n g i n t e g e r array f o r w i d t h v a l u e s


829

830


RemoveFontResource R e m o v e s a f o n t f r o m W i n d o w s ' f o n t t a b l e . T h e f o n t isn't r e m o v e d u n t i l all o u t s t a n d i n g references t o t h e resource are deleted. function RemoveFontResourc(FileName: Parameter FileName

Return

PChar): Bool;

Description F o n t - r e s o u r c e file n a m e ( n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d ) o r module-instance handle

Value:


SetMapperFlags C h a n g e s t h e f o n t - m a p p e r a l g o r i t h m as s p e c i f i e d b y Flag. function SetMapperFlags(DC: HDC; Flag: Longint): Longint; Parameter DC Flag

Description Device context I f first bit set t o 1, o n l y f o n t s w h o s e X - a n d Y - a s p e c t s exactly m a t c h the device are selected

Return Value: P r e v i o u s f o n t - m a p p e r flag.

line-Drawing Procedures and Functions Line-drawing procedures a n d functions u s e the specified display context's current p e n for drawing. Arc LineDDA LineTo MoveTo Polyline

Arc D r a w s a n elliptical arc c e n t e r e d i n t h e b o u n d i n g r e c t a n g l e . function Arc(DC: HDC; X1, Y1, X2, Y2, X3, Y3, X4, Y4: Integer): Bool;


Parameter DC XI, X2, X3, X4,

Yl Y2 Y3 Y4

Return

Description Device context Upper-left corner o f b o u n d i n g rectangle Lower-right corner o f b o u n d i n g rectangle A r c ' s starting p o i n t Arc's e n d point

Value:

N o n z e r o if t h e arc is d r a w n ; e l s e 0. T h e b o u n d i n g r e c t a n g l e c a n n o t b e taller o r w i d e r t h a n 32,767 u n i t s (that i s , a n i n t e g e r v a l u e ) .

IineDDA C o m p u t e s all s u c c e s s i v e p o i n t s i n a l i n e a n d calls LineFunc p a s s i n g X a n d Y o f t h e p o i n t a n d Data. procedure LineDDA(X1, Y1, X2, Y2: Integer; LineFunc: TFarProc; Data: Pointer); Parameter XI, Yl X2, Y2 LineFunc Data

Description First p o i n t i n l i n e Last p o i n t i n l i n e C a l l b a c k function procedure-instance address D a t a p a s s e d t o LineFunc

IineTo Draws a line, using selected p e n , from the current position u p to the specified endpoint. function LineTo(DC: HDC; X , Y : Parameter DC X, Y

Integer): Bool;

Description Device context E n d p o i n t o f the line

Return Value: N o n z e r o if d r a w n ; e l s e 0.

MoveTo Moves the current position to the specified point, function MoveTo(DC: HDC; X , Y :

Integer): Longint;

831

832


Parameter DC X, Y

Description Device context N e w position

Return Value: X-coordinates o f previous position in low-order w o r d ; Y-coordinates o f previous position in high-order word.

Polyline D r a w s a set o f l i n e s e g m e n t s u s i n g a s e l e c t e d p e n , w h e r e e a c h s u b s e q u e n t p o i n t is s p e c i f i e d b y Points. function Polyline(DC: HDC; var Points; Count: Integer): Bool; Parameter DC Points Count

Description Device context Array o f T P o i n t s t r u c t u r e s S i z e o f Points


Mapping Procedures and Functions M a p p i n g m o d e s d e s c r i b e t h e relative s i z e , p o s i t i o n , a n d o r i e n t a t i o n o f l o g i c a l coordinates versus device coordinates: GetMapMode GetViewportExt GetViewportOrg GetWindowExt GetWindowOrg OffsetViewportOrg OffsetWindowOrg ScaleViewportExt ScaleWindowExt SetMapMode SetViewportExt SetViewportOrg SetWindowExt SetWindowOrg


GetMapMode Gets the current m a p p i n g m o d e . function GetMapMode(DC: HDC): Integer; Parameter DC


Return Value: A n mm_ Mapping m o d e s ' c o n s t a n t .

GetViewportExt G e t s t h e v i e w p o r t e x t e n t s of a d e v i c e c o n t e x t , function GetViewportExt(DC: HDC): Longint; Parameter DC Return


Value:

X-extents (in device units) in low-order w o r d ; Y-extents (in device units) in high-order word.

GetViewportOrg G e t s t h e v i e w p o r t o r i g i n of a d e v i c e c o n t e x t , function GetViewportOrg(DC: HDC): Longint; Parameter DC Return


Value:

X - c o o r d i n a t e (in d e v i c e u n i t s ) i n l o w - o r d e r w o r d ; Y - c o o r d i n a t e (in d e v i c e u n i t s ) in high-order w o r d .

GetWindowExt Gets a window's extents. function GetWindowExt(DC: HDC): Longint;

833

834


Parameter DC Return


Value:

X - e x t e n t s (in d e v i c e u n i t s ) i n l o w - o r d e r w o r d ; Y - e x t e n t s ( i n d e v i c e u n i t s ) i n high-order word.

GetWindowOrg Gets a window's origin. function GetWindowOrg(DC: HDC): Longint; Parameter DC Return


Value:

X - c o o r d i n a t e s ( i n l o g i c a l c o o r d i n a t e s ) i n l o w w o r d ; Y - c o o r d i n a t e s (in l o g i c a l coordinates) in high word.

OffsetViewportOrg C h a n g e s a viewport origin by s u m m i n g the current origin with the specified X and Y values. function OffsetViewportOrg(DC: HDC; X , Y: Integer): Longint; Parameter

Description

DC

Device context

X Y

X - c o o r d i n a t e o r i g i n offset Y - c o o r d i n a t e o r i g i n offset

Return Value: Y-coordinates of previous origin in high-order word; X-coordinates of previous origin in low-order word.

OfifeetWindowOrg C h a n g e s a w i n d o w ' s origin by s u m m i n g the current origin with the specified X a n d Y values. function OffsetWindowOrg(DC: HDC; X , Y: Integer): Longint;


Parameter DC X Y

Description Device context X - c o o r d i n a t e (in l o g i c a l u n i t s ) o r i g i n offset Y - c o o r d i n a t e (in l o g i c a l u n i t s ) o r i g i n offset

Return Value: Y-coordinates of previous origin in high-order w o r d ; X-coordinates o f previous origin in low-order w o r d .

ScaleViewportExt C h a n g e s the current viewport extents.

function ScaleViewportExt(DC: HDC; Xnum, Xdenom, Ynum, Ydenom: Integer): Longint; Parameter

Description

DC Xnum

Device context Value to multiply current X-extent

Xdenom Ynum Ydenom

Value to divide current X-extent Value to multiply current Y-extent Value to divide current Y-extent

Return Value: Previous Y-extent in high-order w o r d ; previous X-extent in low-order w o r d .

ScaleWindowExt C h a n g e s the current w i n d o w extents.

function ScaleWindowExt(DC: HDC; Xnum, Xdenom, Ynum, Ydenom: Integer): Longint; Parameter

Description

Xnum Xdenom Ynum Ydenom

Value Value Value Value

to to to to

multiply current X-extent divide current X-extent multiply current Y-extent divide current Y-extent

Return Value: Previous Y-extent in high-order w o r d ; previous X-extent in low-order w o r d .

835

836


SetMapMode S e t s t h e d e v i c e - c o n t e x t m a p p i n g m o d e that d e f i n e s l o g i c a l - t o - d e v i c e u n i t s ' transformations for G D I a n d X - a n d Y-axis orientation. function SetMapMode(DC: HDC; MapMode: Integer): Integer; Parameter DC MapMode Return

Description Device context O n e o f t h e mm_ Mapping m o d e s ' c o n s t a n t s

Value:

Previous m a p p i n g m o d e .

SetViewportExt Sets a viewport's X - a n d Y-extents, w h i c h defines h o w t h e G D I stretches o r c o m p r e s s e s l o g i c a l u n i t s t o fit d e v i c e u n i t s . function SetViewportExt(DC: HDC; X, Y: Integer): Longint; Parameter

Description

DC

Device context

X, Y

N e w v i e w p o r t e x t e n t s (in d e v i c e u n i t s )

Return Value: Previous X-extent in low-order words; previous Yextents in high-order words.

SetViewportOrg Sets a v i e w p o r t ' s o r i g i n t o d e f i n e h o w t h e G D I m a p s l o g i c a l c o o r d i n a t e s t o points in device coordinates. function SetViewportOrg(DC: HDC; X, Y: Integer): Longint; Parameter

Description

DC

Device context

X, Y

N e w v i e w p o r t o r i g i n (in d e v i c e u n i t s )

Return Value: X-coordinates of previous origin in low-order word; Y-coordinates of previous origin in high-order word.


SetWindowExt Sets a w i n d o w ' s X - a n d Y-extents. This, a l o n g with the viewport extents, defines h o w G D I s t r e t c h e s o r c o m p r e s s e s l o g i c a l u n i t s t o fit d e v i c e u n i t s . function SetWindowExt(DC: HDC; X, Y: Integer): Longint; Parameter

Description

DC

Device context

X, Y

W i n d o w extents

Return Value: Previous Xextents in low-order words; previous Yextents in high-order words; 0 if e r r o r .

SetWindowOrg Sets a w i n d o w ' s origin within the viewport o f the specified device context, function SetWindowOrg(DC: HDC; X, Y: Integer): Longint; Parameter DC X, Y Return

Description Device context N e w w i n d o w origin

Value:

Previous X-coordinate in low-order w o r d ; previous Y-coordinate in high-order word.

Metafile Procedures and Functions A m e t a f i l e is a set o f G D I c o m m a n d s f o r c r e a t i n g t e x t o r g r a p h i c s i m a g e s . M e t a f i l e f u n c t i o n s c r e a t e , c l o s e , c o p y , d e l e t e , p l a y , retrieve, a n d g e t i n f o r m a t i o n about metafiles. CloseMetaFile CopyMetaFile CreateMetaFile DeleteMetaFile EnumMetaFile GetMetaFile GetMetaFileBits PlayMetaFile PlayMetaFileRecord SetMetaFileBits

837

838

Part in—References

CloseMetaFile Closes D C and creates a metafile handle that can be used to play the metafile, function CloseMetaFile(DC: THandle): THandle; Parameter

DC Return

Description

Metafile device context Value:

Metafile identifier if successful; else 0.

CopyMetaFile Copies SrcMetaFileto thefileFileName. function CopyMetaFile(SrcMetaFile: THandle; FileName: PChar): THandle Parameter

Description

SrcMetaFile

Source metafile

FileName

Metafile n a m e (null-terminated) or 0 to copy to a m e m o r y metafile

Return

Value:

N e w metafile identifier.

CreateMetaFile Creates a metafile device context. function CreateMetaFile(FileName: PChar): THandle; Parameter

FileName Return

Description

Metafile n a m e (null-terminated) or nil to specify a m e m o r y metafile

Value:

Metafile device context identifier if successful; else 0.

DeleteMetaFile Invalidates a metafile handle and frees its associated system resources. The metafile isn't deleted. function DeleteMetaFile(MF: THandle): Bool;


Parameter

Description

MF

Metafile identifier

Return

Value:

Nonzero if successful; 0 if M F isn't a valid handle.

EnumMetaFile Enumerates G D I calls in a metafile passing the following information: •

DC

• A pointer to the metafile's object handles table • A pointer to a record in the metafile • The n u m b e r of objects with associated handles in the table • ClientData to the callback function EnumMetaFile(DC: HDC; MF: THandle; CallbackFunc: TFarProc; ClientData: LPByte): Bool; Enumeration ends if the callback returns 0 or if all G D I calls are enumerated. Parameter

DC MF CallbackFunc ClientData Return

Description

Device context associated with metafile Metafile identifier Callback function's procedure-instance address D a t a passed to callback

Value:

Nonzero if all G D I calls in metafile are enumerated; else 0.

GetMetaFile Creates a handle for the n a m e d metafile. function GetMetaFile(FileName: PChar): THandle; Parameter

Description

FileName

Metafile D O Sfilen a m e (null-terminated)

Return

Value:

Metafile identifier if successful; else 0.

839

8 4 0 Part III—References

GetMetaFileBits Gets a read-only global m e m o r y block containing the metafile as a collection of bits. Used to determine size and save as metafile. function GetMetaFileBits(MF: THandle): THandle; Parameter

MF Return

Description

M e m o r y metafile identifier, becomes invalid after call Value:

Global m e m o r y block if successful; else 0.

PlayMetaFile Plays the contents of a metafile o n the specified device, function PlayMetaFile(DC: HDC; MF: THandle): Bool; Parameter

DC MF Return

Description

Device context Metafile identifier Value:


PlayMetaFileRecord Executes the G D I function call contained in a metafile record. procedure PlayMetaFileRecord(DC: HDC; var HandleTable: THandleTable var MetaRecord: TMetaRecord; Handles: Word); Parameter

DC HandleTable MetaRecord Handles

Description

Device context THandleTable used for metafile playback TMetaRecord of metafile to play Size of HandleTable

SetMetaFileBits Creates a m e m o r y metafile from the data specified by Mem. function SetMetaFileBits(Mem: THandle): THandle;


Parameter Mem

Description G l o b a l m e m o r y block containing metafile data p r e v i o u s l y c r e a t e d b y GetMetaFileBits

Return Value: M e m o r y m e t a f i l e i d e n t i f i e r if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0.

Printer-Control Procedures and Functions Device capabilities D e v i c e c a p a b i l i t i e s ' c o n s t a n t s are a s s o c i a t e d w i t h s p e c i f i c c a p a b i l i t i e s o f a d e v i c e c o n t e x t . T h e y a r e u s e d i n t h e GetDeviceCaps f u n c t i o n : Constant AspectX AspectXY AspectY BitsPixel ClipCaps

Meaning

LogPixelsX LogPixelsY NumBrushes NumColors NumFonts NumMarkers

Relative p i x e l w i d t h Diagonal pixel length Relative p i x e l h e i g h t N u m b e r o f bits p e r p i x e l C l i p p i n g c a p a b i l i t i e s ; r e t u r n s a cp_ c l i p p i n g capabilities' constant C o l o r r e s o l u t i o n i n bits p e r p i x e l C u r v e c a p a b i l i t i e s ; r e t u r n s a cc_ c u r v e c a p a b i l i t i e s ' constant D e v i c e driver v e r s i o n ; f o r e x a m p l e , $ 1 0 0 is 1.0 Horizontal width in pixels H o r i z o n t a l size i n m i l l i m e t e r s Line capabilities; returns a l c _ line capabilities' constant N u m b e r o f pixels p e r horizontal inch N u m b e r o f p i x e l s p e r vertical i n c h N u m b e r of brushes the device has N u m b e r o f colors the device supports N u m b e r o f fonts the device has N u m b e r of markers the device has

NumPens NumReserved PDeviceSize Planes

N u m b e r o f pens the device has N u m b e r o f reserved entries in palette Size required for device descriptor N u m b e r of color planes

PolygonalCaps

P o l y g o n a l c a p a b i l i t i e s ; r e t u r n s a pc_ p o l y g o n a l capabilities' constant

ColorRes CurveCaps DriverVersion HorzRes HorzSize LineCaps

841

842


Constant RasterCaps SizePalette Technology

Meaning Raster c a p a b i l i t i e s ; r e t u r n s a r c _ raster c a p a b i l i t i e s ' constant N u m b e r o f entries in physical palette D e v i c e classification; returns a d t _ device

TextCaps

technology constant T e x t c a p a b i l i t i e s ; r e t u r n s a t c _ text c a p a b i l i t i e s ' constant

VertRes VertSize

Vertical width in pixels V e r t i c a l size i n m i l l i m e t e r s

Rectangle Procedures and Functions A r e c t a n g l e is d e f i n e d b y t h e W i n d o w s d a t a s t r u c t u r e , TRect. R e c t a n g l e functions modify a n d get information about rectangles: CopyRect EqualRect InflateRect IntersectRect OffsetRect PtlnRect SetRectEmpty UnionRect

CopyRect C o p i e s SourceRect t o DestRect. procedure CopyRect(var DestRect, SourceRect: TRect); Parameter DestRect SourceRect

Description TRect s t r u c t u r e TRect s t r u c t u r e

EqualRect C o m p a r e s t h e u p p e r - l e f t a n d l o w e r - r i g h t c o r n e r s of t w o r e c t a n g l e s , function EqualRect(var Recti, Rect2: TRect): Bool;


Parameter

Recti, Rect2 Return

Description

Rectangles to be compared

Value:

Nonzero if equal; else 0.

InflateRect Changes the width and height of Rect. Adds X to left and right ends and Y to top and bottom of rectangle. procedure InflateRect(var Rect: TRect; X, Y: Integer); Parameter

Rect X Y

Description

TRect structure Positive or negative value to change rectangle width Positive or negative value to change rectangle height

IntersectRect Finds the intersection of two rectangles. function IntersectRect (var DestRect, S r d R e c t , Src2Rect: TRect): Integer; Parameter

DestRect SrclRect Src2Rect Return

Description

TRect structure representing the resulting rectangle TRect structure representing a source rectangle TRect structure representing a source rectangle

Value:

If intersection isn't empty, nonzero; 0 if intersection is empty.

OflfeetRect Adjusts a rectangle's coordinates by the specified X and Y offsets procedure OffsetRect(var Rect: TRect; X, Y: Integer); Parameter

Rect X Y

Description

TRect structure Units to m o v e left or right Units to m o v e u p or d o w n

843

844


PtmRect D e c i d e s w h e t h e r a p o i n t lies w i t h i n , o r o n t h e left o r t o p s i d e , o f a r e c t a n g l e , function PtInRect(var Rect: TRect; Point: TPoint): B o o l ; Parameter Rect Point

Description TRect s t r u c t u r e TPoint s t r u c t u r e

Return Value: N o n z e r o if Point lies w i t h i n Rect; e l s e 0.

SetRectEmpty S e t s all Rect c o o r d i n a t e s t o 0. procedure SetRectEmpty(var Rect: TRect); Parameter Rect

Description R e c e i v i n g TRect s t r u c t u r e

UnionRect C r e a t e s a u n i o n o f t w o r e c t a n g l e s a n d s t o r e s t h e result inDestRect. function UnionRect (var DestRect, S r d R e c t , Src2Rect: LPRect): Integer; Parameter

Description

DestRect SrclRect

R e s u l t TRect s t r u c t u r e S o u r c e TRect s t r u c t u r e 1

Src2Rect

S o u r c e TRect s t r u c t u r e 2

Return

Value:

N o n z e r o if u n i o n isn't e m p t y ; 0 if e m p t y .

Region Procedures and Functions A r e g i o n is a n a r e a (a p o l y g o n o r a n e l l i p s e ) i n a w i n d o w . R e g i o n s c a n b e filled with graphical output. Region procedures a n d functions create, modify, a n d get information about regions:


CombineRgn CreateEllipticRgn CreateEllipticRgnIndirect CreatePolygonRgn CreatePolyPolygonRgn CreateRectRgn CreateRectRgnIndirect CreateRoundRectRgn EqualRgn FillRgn FrameRgn GetRgnBox InvertRgn OffsetRgn PaintRgn PtlnRegion RectlnRegion SetRectRgn

CombineRgn C o m b i n e s r e g i o n s SrcRgnl w i t h SrcRgn2 a n d p u t s t h e result i n DestRgn. CombineMode s p e c i f i e s t h e m e t h o d u s e d t o c o m b i n e t h e r e g i o n s .

function CombineRgn(DestRgn, SrcRgnl, SrcRgn2: HRgn; CombineMode: Integer): Integer; Parameter

Description

DestRgn SrcRgnl SrcRgn2

Region to b e replaced with n e w region A n existing region A n existing region

CombineMode

O n e of t h e rgn_ Combine r e g i o n

flags


CreateEllipticRgn C r e a t e s a n elliptical r e g i o n b o u n d e d b y t h e s p e c i f i e d r e c t a n g l e ,

function CreateEllipticRgn(X1, Y1, X2, Y2: Integer): HRgn;

845

846


Parameter XI, Yl X2, Y2

Description Upper-left corner o f b o u n d i n g rectangle Lower-right corner o f b o u n d i n g rectangle

Return Value: N e w r e g i o n i d e n t i f i e r if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0.

CreateEllipticRgnlndirect C r e a t e s a n elliptical r e g i o n b o u n d e d b y t h e r e c t a n g l e s p e c i f i e d i n ARect. function CreateEllipticRgnlndirect(var Parameter ARect

Rect: TRect): HRgn;

Description TRect c o n t a i n i n g u p p e r - l e f t a n d l o w e r - r i g h t c o r n e r s of the b o u n d i n g rectangle


CreatePolygonRgn Creates a polygon region. function CreatePolygonRgn(var Integer): HRgn; Parameter

Points; Count, PolyFillMode:

Description

Points Count

TPoint array c o n t a i n i n g v e r t i c e s o f t h e p o l y g o n N u m b e r o f p o i n t s i n Points

PolyFillMode

M o d e f o r filling t h e r e g i o n ; u s e o n e o f t h e PolyFill m o d e s ' c o n s t a n t s


CreatePolyPolygonRgn C r e a t e s a r e g i o n c o n s i s t i n g o f a series o f p o s s i b l y o v e r l a p p i n g c l o s e d p o l y g o n s . function CreatePolyPolygonRgn(var

Points; var PolyCounts;

Counts, PolyFillMode: Integer): HRgn;


Parameter

847

Description

Points PolyCounts

TPoint array c o n t a i n i n g v e r t i c e s o f t h e p o l y g o n s I n t e g e r array w h e r e e a c h c o r r e s p o n d i n g e l e m e n t specifies the n u m b e r o f points for each p o l y g o n in Points

Count PolyFillMode

S i z e o f PolyCounts O n e o f t h e PolyFill m o d e s

Return Value: R e g i o n i d e n t i f i e r if s u c c e s s f u l ; e l s e 0.

CreateRectRgn Creates a rectangular region b o u n d e d by the specified rectangle, function CreateRectRgn(X1, Y1, X2, Y2: Integer): HRgn; Parameters

Description

XI, Yl

Upper-left corner o f b o u n d i n g rectangle

X2, Y2

Lower-right corner o f b o u n d i n g rectangle


CreateRectRgnlndirect C r e a t e s a r e c t a n g u l a r r e g i o n b o u n d e d b y ARect. function CreateRectRgnlndirect(var Parameter ARect

Rect: TRect): HRgn;

Description TRect c o n t a i n i n g u p p e r - l e f t a n d l o w e r - r i g h t c o r n e r s of the region

CreateRoundRectRgn Creates a rectangular region with r o u n d e d corners b o u n d e d by the specified region. function CreateRoundRectRgn(X1, Y1, X2, Y2, X3, Y3: Integer): HRgn;

848


Parameter XI, Yl X2, Y2 X3 Y3

Description Upper-left corner o f region Lower-right corner o f region Ellipse width for r o u n d e d corners Ellipse height for r o u n d e d corners


EqualRgn Compares two regions. function EqualRgn(SrcRgn1, Parameter

SrcRgn2: HRgn): Bool;

Description

SrcRgnl, SrcRgn2

Regions to be compared

Return Value: N o n z e r o if e q u a l ; e l s e 0.

FillRgn Fills a r e g i o n u s i n g Brush. function FillRgn(DC: HDC; Rgn: HRgn; Brush: HBrush): Bool; Parameter DC Rgn Brush Return

Description Device context R e g i o n t o b e filled Fill b r u s h

Value:


FrameRgn Draws a border around a region. function FrameRgn(DC: HDC; Rgn: HRgn; Brush: HBrush; Width, Height: Integer): Bool;


Parameter

Description

DC

Device context

Rgn Brush Width

Region to be closed Framing brush B o r d e r w i d t h i n vertical b r u s h s t r o k e s ( l o g i c a l units) B o r d e r height in horizontal brush strokes (logical units)

Height


GetRgnBox Gets a region's b o u n d i n g rectangle. function GetRgnBox(Rgn: HRgn; var Rect: TRect): Integer; Parameter

Description

Rgn

R e g i o n identifier

Rect

R e c e i v i n g TRect

Return Value: R e g i o n s t y p e , o n e o f t h e Region flags: ComplexRegion NullRegion SimpleRegion; 0 if i n v a l i d r e g i o n .

InvertRgn Inverts t h e c o l o r s o f t h e r e g i o n s p e c i f i e d b y Rgn. function InvertRgn(DC: HDC; Rgn: HRgn): Bool; Parameter DC Rgn

Description Device context R e g i o n i d e n t i f i e r (in d e v i c e u n i t s )


849

850


OflfcetRgn M o v e s a r e g i o n b y t h e s p e c i f i e d X a n d Y offsets. function OffsetRgn(Rgn: HRgn; X , Y : Parameter

Integer): Integer;

Description

Rgn

R e g i o n identifier

X Y

U n i t s t o m o v e left o r right Units to move u p or d o w n

Return

Value:

O n e o f t h e Region flags' c o n s t a n t s .

PaintRgn Fills a r e g i o n w i t h t h e c u r r e n t b r u s h , function PaintRgn(DC: HDC; Rgn: HRgn): Bool; Parameter DC Rgn Return

Description Device context Fill r e g i o n

Value:


PtlnRegion D e c i d e s w h e t h e r a p o i n t lies w i t h i n a r e g i o n , function PtInRegion(Rgn: HRgn; X , Y : Parameter Rgn X, Y

Description R e g i o n identifier A point

Return Value: N o n z e r o if t h e p o i n t lies w i t h i n Rgn; e l s e 0.

Integer): Bool;


RectlnRegion D e c i d e s w h e t h e r a n y p a r t o f Rect lies w i t h i n a r e g i o n , function RectlnRegion(Region: HRgn; var Rect: TRect): Bool; Parameter

Description

Region

HRgn r e g i o n i d e n t i f i e r

Rect

TRect s t r u c t u r e

Return Value: N o n z e r o if w i t h i n r e g i o n b o u n d a r i e s ; e l s e 0.

SetRectRgn U s e s t h e s p a c e a l l o c a t e d f o r Rgn t o c r e a t e a r e c t a n g u l a r r e g i o n w i t h a s p e c i f i e d size. procedure SetRectRgn(Rgn: HRgn; X1, Y1, X2, Y2: Integer); Parameter Rgn XI, Yl X2, Y2

Description R e g i o n identifier Upper-left corner o f rectangle region Lower-left c o r n e r o f r e c t a n g l e r e g i o n

Shape-Drawing Procedures and Functions Shape-drawing functions u s e a specified display context's p e n to draw the p e r i m e t e r a n d t h e d i s p l a y c o n t e x t ' s c u r r e n t b r u s h t o fill t h e i n t e r i o r . T h e y d o n o t , h o w e v e r , affect t h e c u r r e n t p o s i t i o n . T h e s h a p e - d r a w i n g p r o c e d u r e s a n d f u n c t i o n s a r e as f o l l o w s : Chord DrawFocusRect Ellipse Pie Polygon PolyPolygon Rectangle RoundRect

851

852


Chord Draws a c h o r d b o u n d e d by the intersection of an ellipse centered in the b o u n d i n g rectangle and a line segment.

function Chord(DC: HDC; X1, Y1, X2, Y2, X3, Y3, X4, Y4: Integer): Bool; Parameter DC XI, X2, X3, X4,

Device context Upper-left corner of b o u n d i n g rectangle Lower-right corner of b o u n d i n g rectangle O n e e n d of the line segment O n e e n d of the line segment

Yl Y2 Y3 Y4

Return

Description

Value:

N o n z e r o if t h e c h o r d is d r a w n ; e l s e 0.

DrawFocusRect P e r f o r m s XOR t o d r a w a f o c u s style r e c t a n g l e ,

procedure DrawFocusRect(DC: HDC; v a r Rect: TRect); Parameter DC Rect

Description Device context TRect t o b e d r a w n

Ellipse D r a w s a n e l l i p s e c e n t e r e d i n t h e b o u n d i n g r e c t a n g l e , w h o s e b o r d e r is d r a w n w i t h t h e c u r r e n t p e n a n d filled w i t h t h e c u r r e n t b r u s h .

function Ellipse(DC: HDC; X1, Y1, X2, Y2: Integer): Bool; Parameter DC XI, Yl X2, Y2

Description Device context Upper-left corner of the b o u n d i n g rectangle Lower-left c o r n e r o f t h e b o u n d i n g r e c t a n g l e

Return Value: N o n z e r o if t h e e l l i p s e w a s d r a w n ; e l s e 0.


853

We D r a w s a p i e - s h a p e d w e d g e u s i n g t h e c u r r e n t p e n a n d filled w i t h t h e c u r r e n t brush, centered in the b o u n d i n g rectangle. function

Pie(DC:

HDC; X 1 , Y 1 ,

Parameter DC XI, X2, X3, X4,

X2, Y2,

X3,

Y3,

X4,

Y4:

Integer):

Description Device context Upper-left corner of b o u n d i n g rectangle Lower-left c o r n e r o f b o u n d i n g r e c t a n g l e S t a r t i n g p o i n t o f arc E n d p o i n t o f arc

Yl Y2 Y3 Y4


Polygon D r a w s a p o l y g o n u s i n g t h e c u r r e n t p o l y g o n - f i l l i n g m o d e , w h o s e v e r t i c e s are s p e c i f i e d b y P o i n t s . If n e c e s s a r y , t h e p o l y g o n is c l o s e d . function

Polygon(DC:

Parameter

HDC; v a r P o i n t s ;

Count:

Integer):

Bool;

Description

DC

Device context

Points Count

Array o f T P o i n t s t r u c t u r e s Size of P o i n t s


PolyPolygon D r a w s a series o f p o s s i b l y o v e r l a p p i n g p o l y g o n s u s i n g t h e c u r r e n t p o l y g o n filling m o d e , w h o s e v e r t i c e s are s p e c i f i e d b y P o i n t s . T h e p o l y g o n s are n o t closed automatically. function Count:

PolyPolygon(DC: Integer):

Bool;

HDC; v a r P o i n t s ;

var

PolyCounts;

Bool;

854


Parameter

Description

DC Points PolyCounts

Device context Array o f T P o i n t s t r u c t u r e s Array o f i n t e g e r s i n w h i c h e a c h n u m b e r s p e c i f i e s t h e n u m b e r o f vertices for e a c h p o l y g o n in P o i n t s Size o f P o l y C o u n t s

Count Return

Value:

N o n z e r o if d r a w n ; e l s e 0.

Rectangle D r a w s a r e c t a n g l e u s i n g t h e c u r r e n t p e n a n d fills its i n t e r i o r w i t h t h e c u r r e n t brush. function

Rectangle(DC:

Parameter DC XI, Yl X2, Y2

HDC; X1, Y1, X2, Y2:

Integer):

Bool;

Description Device context Upper-left corner of rectangle Lower-right corner of rectangle

Return Value: N o n z e r o if r e c t a n g l e d r a w n ; e l s e 0.

RoimdRect D r a w s a rectangle w i t h rounded t h e current brush.

c o r n e r s u s i n g t h e c u r r e n t p e n a n d filled u s i n g

function RoundRect(DC: HDC; X1, Y1, X2, Y2, X3, Y3: Integer): Bool; Parameter DC XI, Yl X2, Y2 X3 Y3

Description Device context Upper-left corner of rectangle Lower-right corner of rectangle Ellipse width u s e d to draw r o u n d e d corners Ellipse height u s e d to draw r o u n d e d corners



855

Text-Drawing Procedures and Functions Text-drawing functions u s e the display context's current font t o draw.

ExtTextOut GetTabbedTextExtent GetTextAlign GetTextExtent GetTextFace GetTextMetrics SetTextAlign SetTextJustification TabbedTextOut TextOut

ExtTextOut W r i t e s a string ( u s i n g t h e c u r r e n t f o n t ) w i t h i n Rect.

function ExtTextOut(DC: HDC; X, Y: Integer; Options: Word; Rect: LPRect; Str: PChar; Count: Word; Dx: LPInteger): Bool; Parameter

Description

DC X, Y Options

Device context O r i g i n o f first c h a r a c t e r c e l l C a n b e a c o m b i n a t i o n ofeto_ ExtTextOut o p t i o n s

ARect

TRect o r n i l

Str Count Dx

String to write N u m b e r o f c h a r a c t e r s i n string Array o f v a l u e s s p e c i f y i n g d i s t a n c e b e t w e e n a d j a c e n t cells o r 0 for d e f a u l t s p a c i n g

Return

Value:

N o n z e r o if string is d r a w n ; e l s e 0.

GetTabbedTextExtent C o m p u t e s t h e h e i g h t a n d w i d t h (in p i x e l s ) o f Str u s i n g t h e c u r r e n t f o n t . T a b s are e x p a n d e d as s p e c i f i e d .

function GetTabbedTextExtent(DC: HDC; Str: PChar; Count, TabPositions: Integer; var TabStopPositions): Longint;

856


Parameter

Description

DC Str Count

Device context L i n e o f text N u m b e r o f characters in S t r

TabPositions

N u m b e r of tab-stop positions in T a b S t o p P o s i t i o n s o r 0 a n d tabs are e x p a n d e d eight average character widths I n t e g e r array c o n t a i n i n g i n c r e a s i n g o r d e r o f t a b s t o p p o s i t i o n s (in p i x e l s )

TabStopPositions

Return Value: H e i g h t in high-order w o r d ; w i d t h in low-order w o r d .

GetTextAlign Gets text-alignment function

flags.

GetTextAlign(DC:

Parameter DC

HDC): Word;


Return Value: C o m b i n a t i o n o f t a _ text a l i g n m e n t o p t i o n s

flags

GetTextExtent Calculates the dimensions of S t r based o n the current font. function

GetTextExtent(DC:

Parameter DC Str Count

HDC; S t r :

PChar;

Count:

Integer):

Longint;

Description Device context L i n e o f text N u m b e r of characters in S t r

Return Value: H e i g h t (in l o g i c a l u n i t s ) i n h i g h w o r d ; w i d t h (in l o g i c a l u n i t s ) i n l o w w o r d .

GetTextFace C o p i e s current font's typeface n a m e to Facename. function

GetTextFace(DC:

HDC; C o u n t :

Integer;

Facename:

PChar):

Integer


Parameter

DC Count Facename Return

Description

Device context Size of Facename Receiving buffer

Value:

N u m b e r of bytes copied.

GetTextMetrics Gets the metrics of the current font. function GetTextMetrics(DC: HDC; var Metrics: TTextMetric): Bool; Parameter

DC Metrics Return

Description

Device context Receiving TTextMetric structure

Value:


SetTextAlign Sets text-alignment flags usedbyTextOut and ExtTextOut for positioning text in relationship to its bounding rectangle. function SetTextAlign(DC: HDC; Flags: Word): Word; Parameter

DC Flags Return

Description

Device or display context A combination of the ta_ Text alignment options' constants Value:

Previous horizontal alignment in low-order byte; previous vertical alignment in high-order byte.

SetTextJustification Defines justification parameters used by the G D I to justify a line of text. function SetTextJustification(DC: HDC; BreakExtra, BreakCount: Integer): Integer;

857

858


Parameter

DC BreakExtra BreakCount Return

Description

Device context Extra line space (in logical units) to be added N u m b e r of break characters (usually space character) in line

Value:

1 if successful; else 0.

TabbedTextOut Draws a line of text with tabs expanded as specified in TabStopPositions, using the current font. function TabbedTextOut(DC: HDC; X, Y: Integer; Str: PChar; Count, TabPositions: Integer; var TabStopPositions; TabOrigin: Integer): Longint; Parameter DC X, Y Str Count TabPositions

Description Device context S t r i n g starting p o i n t String to b e d r a w n S i z e (in c h a r a c t e r s ) o f St r N u m b e r of tab-stop positions in

TabStopPositions o r 0 if tab-stops are TabStopPositions TabOrigin

Return

e x p a n d e d eight average character widths I n t e g e r array c o n t a i n i n g a s c e n d i n g t a b - s t o p p o s i t i o n s (in p i x e l s ) S t a r t i n g p o s i t i o n (in l o g i c a l u n i t s ) f r o m w h i c h tabs are e x p a n d e d

Value:

Not used.

TextOut Draws a line of text using the current font. function Text0ut(DC: HDC; X, Y: Integer; Str: PChar; Count: Integer): Bool;


Parameter DC X, Y Str Count

Description Device context S t r i n g starting p o i n t String to be drawn S i z e (in c h a r a c t e r s ) o f S t r


859

O

REFERENCE

OBJECTGRAPHICS (A WHITEWATER G R O U P GRAPHICS TOOLKIT)

O b j e c t G r a p h i c s is a library o f o b j e c t t y p e s that y o u c a n u s e t o h a n d l e m o s t o f t h e d e t a i l s o f g r a p h i c s m a n i p u l a t i o n i n y o u r T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s a p p l i cations. O b j e c t G r a p h i c s is d e s i g n e d t o b e u s e d a l o n g w i t h O b j e c t W i n d o w s , w h i c h defines the object types for h a n d l i n g the details o f w i n d o w m a n a g e m e n t for T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s applications. O b j e c t G r a p h i c s c o n t a i n s m a n y u s e f u l g r a p h i c s o b j e c t s that y o u c a n m o r e o r less p l u g i n t o y o u r T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n s . T h e s e g r a p h i c objects include the following: Graphics TBezier

TChooser

Object

Use D i s p l a y e d as a c u r v e a n d d e f i n e d b y a polynomial approximation U s e d t o select o t h e r g r a p h i c s o b j e c t s f r o m a p i c t u r e ; d r a w n as a r e c t a n g u l a r s h a p e

TCurve

Drawn using control points continues

862


Graphics

Object

Use

TEllipse

A s i m p l e elliptical g r a p h i c s o b j e c t

TEllipticalArc

D r a w n as a n elliptical arc

TGBitmap

I m p l e m e n t s the platform-specific data a n d functions for creating a n d using bitmaps

TGPrinter

P r o v i d e s a n abstract p r o t o c o l f o r p r i n t i n g ObjectGraphics graphic objects

TGraphic

A f o r m a l class w h i c h d e f i n e s b e h a v i o r w h i c h c a n b e inherited

b y its d e s c e n d a n t s

TGScroller

A c u s t o m i z e d scroller

TGWindow

A customized window

TIcon

Handles platform-independent manipulation o f icons

TLabel

I m p l e m e n t s s i m p l e a t t r i b u t e d text

TLine

A simple graphics object which o w n s a p e n , but not a brush

TLogBitmap

A formal type which defines the platformindependent data a n d behaviors for bitmaps

TPicture

A collection o f graphics objects

TPie

A pie-shaped graphics object

TPolygon

A graphics object with a polygonal shape

TPolyLine

A g r a p h i c s o b j e c t d r a w n as a g r o u p o f c o n n e c t e d line segments

TPolyMark

A g r o u p o f g r a p h i c s markers u s e d t o m a r k t h e c o r n e r s o r vertices o f o t h e r g r a p h i c s

TPolyShape

A f o r m a l class w h i c h d e f i n e s b e h a v i o r w h i c h its d e s c e n d a n t s c a n inherit

TPort

Defines most of the platform-dependent b e h a v i o r u s e d in O b j e c t G r a p h i c s a p p l i c a t i o n s

TRectangle

A simple graphics object

TRegion

U s e d t o d e s c r i b e a c o m p l e x area o f t h e d i s p l a y

TRichText

A collection of T L a b e l s

TRoundRect

A rectangle

w i t h round

corners

O—ObjectGraphics

Graphics

Object

TShape

Use A formal type defining behavior w h i c h can be i n h e r i t e d b y its d e s c e n d a n t s . T S h a p e d e s c e n dants draw themselves by outlining (framing) w i t h a T P e n o b j e c t a n d t h e n filling w i t h a TBrush object

TSubPicture

A c o l l e c t i o n o f g r a p h i c s o b j e c t s . It differs f r o m a T P i c t u r e only by not assumming ownership o f its m e m b e r o b j e c t s . T h u s , it d o e s n ' t d i s p o s e its m e m b e r o b j e c t s i n its d e s t r u c t o r

TBrush

A l o g i c a l g r a p h i c s b r u s h , u s e d t o fill T S h a p e objects. B r u s h e s b u n d l e diverse attributes o f s h a p e interiors

TColor

U s e d t o specify a c o l o r a t t r i b u t e ; its p h y s i c a l representation is d e p e n d e n t u p o n t h e c o l o r m o d e l used by the platform

TPoint

Holds and manipulates X and Y-coordinates

TGraphSpace

D e t e r m i n e s how a c o n c e p t u a l w o r l d is m a p p e d to t h e p h y s i c a l d i s p l a y d e v i c e

TIndexColor

U s e d t o specify a c o l o r a t t r i b u t e , b a s e d o n a n index into a color palette

TLogPort

A formal type w h i c h defines behavior w h i c h c a n b e i n h e r i t e d b y its d e s c e n d a n t s

TMathRect

Used for mathematical manipulation of c o o r d i n a t e s d e f i n i n g a rectangular

TMemoryStream

area

A T S t ream d e s c e n d a n t w h i c h reads a n d w r i t e s t o m e m o r y , rather

than to t h e disk or to E M S

TPen

A logical drawing p e n w h i c h b u n d l e s diverse attributes o f a l i n e

TPointColl

A collection of points

TSystemColor

A c o l o r o b j e c t w h o s e c o l o r is b a s e d o n a c o l o r s p e c i f i e d b y t h e u s e r as a n e n v i r o n m e n t o p t i o n

TTextPen

A l o g i c a l text d r a w i n g t o o l

O b j e c t G r a p h i c s o b j e c t s are u s e d similarly t o O b j e c t W i n d o w s o b j e c t s . F o r e x a m p l e , the following short application uses ObjectGraphics and O b j e c t W i n d o w s to create a picture w i n d o w :

863

864


program APicture; uses 0GL1, 0GL2, 0GL3, WObjects, WinTypes, WinProcs;

{ { { { { {

ObjectGraphics units ' ' ' ' ObjectWindows units ' ' ' ' 1

1 1

1

1

1

1 1

} } } } } }

type APictureApp = object(TApplication) procedure InitMainWindow; virtual; end; PPictureWindow = "APictureWindow; APictureWindow = object(TGWindow) { a customized window } constructor Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); procedure BeginDrag(MousePt: PGPoint; KeyStates: Word); virtual; end; constructor APictureWindow.Init(AParent: PWindowsObject; ATitle: PChar); var Recti, Rect2, Rect3: PRectangle; BrushColor: PColor; begin AGWindow.Init(AParent, ATitle); Recti := New(PRectangle, Init(30, 30, 100, 100, tc_Tools)); BrushColor := New(PColor, Init(ps_Red)); Recti".Brush".SetColor(BrushColor); Picture".Add(Rect1); Rect2 := New(PRectangle, Init(50, 50, 120, 120, tc_Tools)); BrushColor".SetPrimary(ps_Green); Rect2".Brush".SetColor(BrushColor); Picture".Add(Rect2); Rect3 := New(PRectangle, Init(70, 70, 140, 140, tc_Tools)); BrushColor".SetPrimary(ps_Blue); Rect3".Brush".SetColor(BrushColor); Picture".Add(Rect3); Dispose(BrushColor, Done); end;

O—ObjectGraphics

865

procedure APictureWindow.BeginDrag(MousePt: PGPoint; KeyStates:Word); var SelGraphic: PGraphic; begin SelGraphic := Picture".ThatContains(MousePt); if SelGraphic nil then begin Picture".BringFront(SelGraphic); {SelGraphic".Invalidate(Port);} Port".Associate(@Self); SelGraphic".Draw(Port); Port".Dissociate; end; end; procedure APictureApp.InitMainWindow; begin MainWindow := New(PPictureWindow, Init(nil, Application".Name)); end; var PictureApp: APictureApp; begin PictureApp.Init('This Picture'); PictureApp.Run; PictureApp.Done; end. For m o r e information about O b j e c t G r a p h i c s , write to: The Whitewater G r o u p 1800 Ridge A v e n u e Evanston, Illinois 60201

p REFERENCE

NOTES FOR MANAGING A PROJECT T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s h a s a b u i l t - i n I D E ( i n t e g r a t e d d e v e l o p m e n t e n v i r o n m e n t ) that m a k e s it very easy t o d e v e l o p l a r g e p r o g r a m m i n g p r o j e c t s . I n p a r t i c u l a r , try t o m a k e g o o d u s e o f t h e c o n f i g u r a t i o n ( C F G ) file a n d its c o r r e s p o n d i n g d e s k t o p ( D S K ) file. T h e s e files e n a b l e y o u t o set u p a p r o j e c t ' s files a n d h a v e t h e m a u t o m a t i c a l l y c o m p i l e d (as a p r o j e c t ) a n d l o a d e d (as a p r o j e c t ) e a c h t i m e y o u start T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s . B e c a u s e T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s r e m e m b e r s w h e r e y o u are i n e a c h o f t h e s e files ( u s i n g t h e d e s k t o p file), y o u c a n w o r k o n m a n y files at o n c e w i t h o u t k e e p i n g track (yourself) o f w h e r e y o u a r e . Y o u r current environment (including compiler, linker, editor, and other p r e f e r e n c e s ) are s a v e d f o r y o u e a c h t i m e y o u c l o s e T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s . I n w r i t i n g this b o o k , I m a d e e a c h c h a p t e r a p r o j e c t a n d e a c h n e w w i n d o w development a unit, and I u s e d the Make compile o p t i o n to compile c o d e . T h e M a k e o p t i o n c a n save y o u m u c h o r g a n i z a t i o n a l t i m e b e c a u s e it a u t o m a t i c a l l y p e r f o r m s several c h e c k s o n y o u r files: 1. It c o m p a r e s t h e d a t e a n d t i m e o f t h e T P U file f o r e a c h u n i t u s e d b y t h e m a i n p r o g r a m in t h e p r o j e c t w i t h t h e u n i t ' s c o r r e s p o n d i n g P A S file. If t h e PAS file h a s c h a n g e d . M a k e r e c o m p i l e s it, c r e a t i n g a n e w ( u p d a t e d ) T P U file ( u n i t ) .

868


2. It c h e c k s t o s e e w h e t h e r y o u ' v e c h a n g e d t h e i n t e r f a c e part o f a m o d i f i e d u n i t . If s o , M a k e r e c o m p i l e s all u n i t s u s i n g this u n i t . 3. It c h e c k s t o s e e w h e t h e r y o u ' v e c h a n g e d a n y I n c l u d e o r O B J files u s e d b y a n y u n i t s . If a T P U is o l d e r t h a n a n y o f t h e I n c l u d e o r O B J files M a k e l i n k s i n , it r e c o m p i l e s t h e u n i t .

Q REFERENCE

GLOSSARY a b s t r a c t t y p e — A s p e c i f i c k i n d o f b a s e t y p e d e s i g n e d t o b e u s e d strictly as a basis for o t h e r t y p e s . It h a s n o i n s t a n c e s , a n d t h u s c a n b e u s e d o n l y t o d e r i v e n e w t y p e s . It s p e c i f i e s a n i n t e r f a c e f o r all t y p e s d e r i v e d f r o m it. U s e a n abstract t y p e t o g r o u p c o m m o n c o d e . F o r e x a m p l e , if y o u h a v e several d i f f e r e n t c o l l e c t i o n t y p e s , t h e y c a n all i n h e r i t f r o m a s i n g l e abstract t y p e . A l s o k n o w n as formal class i n s o m e l a n g u a g e s . a c c e l e r a t o r — A n a c c e l e r a t o r is a " m i n i - m a c r o " c r e a t e d w i t h a k e y ( o r c o m b i n a t i o n o f keys) f o r m a k i n g m e n u s e l e c t i o n s . F o r e x a m p l e , y o u c a n d e f i n e a n a c c e l e r a t o r ( s u c h as S h i f t - D e l e t e ) t o r e p l a c e a m e n u s e l e c t i o n ( s u c h as EditCut). a c c e s s s p e c i f i e r — A k e y w o r d that c o n t r o l s a c c e s s t o d a t a m e m b e r s a n d m e t h o d s within user-defined types. T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s h a s o n e : private. S e e t h e i n d i v i d u a l d e f i n i t i o n s f o r private. a n c e s t o r — T h e t y p e that a d e s c e n d a n t t y p e i n h e r i t s f r o m . a t o m — I n t h e D D E p r o t o c o l , a w o r d v a l u e that r e p r e s e n t s a c h a r a c t e r string. A n a t o m is n o t c a s e - s e n s i t i v e . b a s e t y p e — D e f i n e s a c o m m o n i n t e r f a c e t o a g r o u p o f d e s c e n d a n t t y p e s . It g e n e r a l i z e s t h e i n t e n d e d u s e s f o r a h i e r a r c h y o f t y p e s . I n o t h e r w o r d s , it d e s c r i b e s t h e r a n g e o f m e s s a g e s that a n o b j e c t o f a t y p e c a n h a n d l e . A b a s e t y p e can also b e called an ancestor. b e h a v i o r — A n o t h e r n a m e for a m e t h o d declared within a type.

870


b i n d i n g ( e a r l y ) — R e s o l v i n g a m e t h o d call at c o m p i l e - t i m e . S e e b i n d i n g (late). b i n d i n g ( l a t e ) — R e s o l v i n g a m e t h o d call at r u n - t i m e . W h e n y o u r e s o l v e a m e t h o d c a l l , y o u insert t h e c o d e t o d e t e r m i n e t h e a d d r e s s ( o r a n o t h e r r e f e r e n c e ) o f t h e m e t h o d d e f i n i t i o n at t h e p o i n t w h e r e t h e m e t h o d is s e n t a message. b i t m a p — A b i t m a p is a p i c t u r e , o r m o r e specifically, t h e d a t a r e p r e s e n t i n g a picture. b r o w s e r — A s o f t w a r e t o o l for i n s p e c t i n g o b j e c t h i e r a r c h i e s . b u i l t - i n t y p e — A t y p e ( s u c h as double, char, a n d s o o n ) i n c l u d e d ( o r b u i l t ) i n a l a n g u a g e . T h e c o m p i l e r a l r e a d y k n o w s h o w t o h a n d l e it, a n d d o e s n ' t h a v e t o l e a r n a b o u t it e a c h t i m e it e n c o u n t e r s a n i n s t a n c e o f o n e . c h a o s — S t o c h a s t i c (or r a n d o m ) behavior occurring in a deterministic system. c h a r a c t e r i s t i c — A n o t h e r n a m e for d a t a d e c l a r e d w i t h i n a t y p e . c l i p p i n g r e g i o n — A p o l y g o n a l o r elliptical s h a p e i n w h i c h a n y d r a w i n g o n a d i s p l a y c o n t e x t ' s virtual s u r f a c e c a n a p p e a r . T h e w i n d o w ' s c l i e n t a r e a is t h e default clipping region. c o m p o s i t i o n — I n c l u d i n g u s e r - d e f i n e d o b j e c t t y p e s as parts o f o t h e r o b j e c t types, rather than derivation (inheritance). constants — ObjectWindows defines n u m e r o u s constants to represent c o m m a n d m e s s a g e s ; b u t t o n , c h e c k b o x , a n d r a d i o b u t t o n states; e r r o r s ; c h i l d I D , n o t i f i c a t i o n , a n d s t r e a m s m e s s a g e s ; transfer flags; b i t m a p p e d fields; a n d Windows messages. T h e u s e o f c o n s t a n t s i m p r o v e s p r o g r a m r e a d a b i l i t y a n d m a k e s it e a s i e r for a p r o g r a m t o c h a n g e , if it n e e d s t o , i n r e s p o n s e t o c h a n g e s i n s u b s e q u e n t versions of Windows. See ObjectWindows constants in Reference B, " O b j e c t W i n d o w s C o n s t a n t s , " for m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n a n d a d e t a i l e d list o f constants. c o n s t r u c t o r — A s p e c i a l k i n d o f m e t h o d that initializes a t y p e . A constructor can have any legal n a m e n o t already in u s e , t h o u g h often the i d e n t i f i e r Init is u s e d :

Plant = object constructor Setup; end;

{ constructor }

I n T u r b o P a s c a l for W i n d o w s , y o u m u s t e x p l i c i t l y d e f i n e a n d call ( s e n d a message to) a constructor. A user-defined type c a n have any n u m b e r o f c o n s t r u c t o r s , b u t t h e y c a n ' t b e virtual b e c a u s e t h e v i r t u a l - m e t h o d m e c h a n i s m d e p e n d s o n t h e c o n s t r u c t o r t o set u p t h e l i n k t o t h e V M T (virtual m e t h o d t a b l e ) .

Q—Glossary

c o n t r o l s — U s e r interface devices. O b j e c t W i n d o w s supports the following controls: • Check boxes • C o m b o boxes • Edit controls • Group boxes • List b o x e s • MDI c l i e n t s • Push buttons • Radio buttons • Scroll bars • Static c o n t r o l s c u r s o r — T h e s h a p e o n t h e s c r e e n that r e p r e s e n t s t h e p o s i t i o n f o r t h e n e x t i n p u t . I n t e x t - b a s e d a p p l i c a t i o n s , a c u r s o r is e i t h e r a b l o c k o r a l i n e , o r s o m e t h i n g i n b e t w e e n . I n W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n s , h o w e v e r , a c u r s o r is a 32-by-32 p i x e l b i t m a p . A W i n d o w s c u r s o r , t h e r e f o r e , c a n b e o n e o f m a n y d i f f e r e n t s h a p e s , a n d is a b i t m a p . d a t a h i d i n g — R e m o v i n g s o m e d a t a f r o m p u b l i c v i e w . A l s o k n o w n as abstraction.

data

data members—Characteristics of a type. D D E ( d y n a m i c d a t a e x c h a n g e ) — M i c r o s o f t W i n d o w s p r o t o c o l for letting applications share data. d e r i v a t i o n — A n o t h e r n a m e for inheritance. d e s c e n d a n t — A t y p e that i n h e r i t s t h e characteristics a n d b e h a v i o r s o f a n o t h e r type. d e s t r u c t o r — A s p e c i a l t y p e o f m e t h o d that p e r f o r m s c l e a n u p f o r a u s e r - d e f i n e d object type. I n T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s , a d e s t r u c t o r c a n h a v e a n y l e g a l n a m e n o t already in use:

Bridge = object constructor Create; { constructor } destructor Remove; { destructor } end; I n T u r b o P a s c a l f o r W i n d o w s , d e s t r u c t o r s c a n b e static o r v i r t u a l , a n d a t y p e c a n h a v e m o r e t h a n o n e d e s t r u c t o r . A d e s t r u c t o r c a n b e i n h e r i t e d just l i k e other methods.

871

872


d i a l o g b o x — A n i n p u t s c r e e n (or w i n d o w ) f o r l e t t i n g a u s e r e n t e r i n f o r m a t i o n i n y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n . C a n b e b a r e - b o n e s Or c o n t a i n o t h e r W i n d o w s g r a p h i c a l e l e m e n t s (called controls). T h e resource data associated with a dialog b o x specifies the dialog b o x ' s s i z e , s c r e e n l o c a t i o n , a n d text l a b e l s . d i s p l a y c o n t e x t — T h e s u r f a c e o f t h e w i n d o w , w h i c h y o u m u s t specify i n o r d e r t o d i s p l a y text o r g r a p h i c s i n a w i n d o w . d i s p o s e — P r o c e d u r e for de-allocating objects allocated o n the h e a p :

Dispose(ShapePointer); A l t e r n a t i v e l y ( a n d p r e f e r a b l y ) , y o u s h o u l d call t h e d e s t r u c t o r i n s i d e t h e D i s p o s e call b y u s i n g t h e f o l l o w i n g e x t e n d e d s y n t a x t o c l e a n u p a n o b j e c t :

PtrSomeObject = "SomeObject; SomeObject = object constructor Init; destructor Done; end; var P : PtrSomeObject; Dispose(P, Done); { call the destructor to clean up properly } DLL ( d y n a m i c l i n k l i b r a r i e s ) — A library o f i n d e x e d f u n c t i o n s a n d p r o c e d u r e s . E x e c u t a b l e m o d u l e s o f c o d e l i n k e d i n t o a n a p p l i c a t i o n at r u n - t i m e . DLLs allow programmers to develop and maintain independent program c o m p o n e n t s . S i m i l a r t o u n i t s i n t h e i r m o d u l a r i t y , t h e y are m o r e p o w e r f u l because they can be 1. L i n k e d i n t o a n a p p l i c a t i o n at r u n - t i m e 2. S h a r e d b y m a n y c o n c u r r e n t l y e x e c u t i n g p r o g r a m s 3. W r i t t e n i n a variety o f l a n g u a g e s , r e g a r d l e s s o f t h e l a n g u a g e u s e d t o access the D L L d y n a m i c b i n d i n g — A n o t h e r n a m e for late binding.

S e e b i n d i n g (late).

d y n a m i c m e t h o d t a b l e ( D M T ) — A m e t h o d t a b l e n e w t o T u r b o P a s c a l for W i n d o w s for d i s p a t c h i n g l a t e - b o u n d m e t h o d s . W h e r e a s t h e V M T (virtual m e t h o d t a b l e ) e n c o d e s a p o i n t e r for all l a t e - b o u n d m e t h o d s i n a n o b j e c t t y p e , t h e V M T e n c o d e s o n l y t h e m e t h o d s that w e r e o v e r r i d d e n i n t h e o b j e c t t y p e . If a d e s c e n d a n t t y p e o v e r r i d e s o n l y a f e w v i r t u a l m e t h o d s , a D M T u s e s less s p a c e than a V M T . See V M T .

Q—Glossary

d y n a m i c v a r i a b l e — A variable allocated o n the h e a p a n d m a n i p u l a t e d with pointers. d y n a m i c v a r i a b l e a l l o c a t i o n — C r e a t i n g a n d d e s t r o y i n g v a r i a b l e s at r u n - t i m e r a t h e r t h a n at c o m p i l e - t i m e . S e e b i n d i n g (late). e n c a p s u l a t i o n — C o m b i n i n g d a t a (characteristics) w i t h t h e m e t h o d s (behaviors) f o r m a n i p u l a t i n g it; o r g a n i z i n g c o d e i n t o u s e r - d e f i n e d t y p e s . e v e n t — A n o c c u r r e n c e that affects a p r o g r a m f r o m t h e o u t s i d e w o r l d . S o m e e x a m p l e s are k e y s t r o k e s , m o u s e - b u t t o n c l i c k s , a c h a r a c t e r f r o m a serial p o r t , a n d o c c u r r e n c e s t r i g g e r e d b y t h e s y s t e m s o f t w a r e ( D O S , B I O S ) , s u c h as a " t i m e r tick." GDI—See Windows G D I . Global a n d local m e m o r y — Y o u r applications c a n allocate m e m o r y blocks in either o f t w o areas: the global or the local h e a p . T h e g l o b a l h e a p is all t h e m e m o r y that W i n d o w s " c l a i m s " w h e n y o u r u n it. T h e g l o b a l h e a p is s h a r e d b y W i n d o w s , W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n s , a n d t h e " g l o b a l " m e m o r y b l o c k s a l l o c a t e d b y W i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n s . G l o b a l m e m o r y is p o w e r f u l b e c a u s e it's s y s t e m - s i z e d : m e m o r y w i t h i n a n d b e y o n d y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n s . A g l o b a l m e m o r y b l o c k c a n b e as l a r g e as 1 M i n W i n d o w s s t a n d a r d m o d e a n d 6 4 M in 386-enhanced m o d e . A global m e m o r y block can b e u s e d to access the data in other programs. T h e l o c a l h e a p is m e m o r y a c c e s s i b l e o n l y b y a s p e c i f i c i n s t a n c e o f y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n . I n o t h e r w o r d s , it's " p r i v a t e " t o y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n a n d just l i k e t h e h e a p y o u ' v e b e e n u s e d t o i n T u r b o P a s c a l ( b e f o r e W i n d o w s ) . It's l i m i t e d t o w h a t e v e r ' s left o f t h e 6 4 K d a t a s e g m e n t after y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n ' s u s e d s o m e o f it f o r a stack a n d its o w n g l o b a l v a r i a b l e s . T h e l o c a l h e a p is o n l y 8 K b y d e f a u l t , b u t y o u c a n a d j u s t its size u s i n g e i t h e r t h e $M c o m p i l e r d i r e c t i v e o r b y w a y o f t h e T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w ' s I D E o p t i o n / C o m p i l e r / M e m o r y S i z e m e n u s . GUI ( g r a p h i c a l u s e r i n t e r f a c e ) — W i n d o w s is a g r a p h i c a l u s e r i n t e r f a c e ( G U I ) . E v e r y t h i n g — t e x t , d o t s , fills, a n d p i c t u r e s — i s t r e a t e d b y W i n d o w s n o t as A S C I I c h a r a c t e r s ( D O S - s t y l e ) b u t as p i x e l s t u r n e d o n a n d o f f i n a d i s p l a y c o n t e x t (the W i n d o w s n a m e for a painting surface). h a n d l e — A n a m e ; represents a pointer to a pointer to a m e m o r y block. h e a p — T h e free m e m o r y available t o a n a p p l i c a t i o n . T h e g l o b a l h e a p c o n t a i n s m e m o r y available t o all a p p l i c a t i o n s . T h e l o c a l h e a p c o n t a i n s m e m o r y available only to a specific application. h i e r a r c h y — A g r o u p o f types derived f r o m a base type. T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s implements single inheritance. Although an ancestor can have m a n y descendants, and a descendant can have many ancestors, a descendant can have only o n e i m m e d i a t e ancestor. See the following illustration.

873

874


01

Base 02

Derived from 01 04

03

Derived from 02

Derived from 01

05

Derived from 01

i c o n — A n icon is t h e g r a p h i c a l s c r e e n e l e m e n t that represents y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n p r o g r a m ' s state. Y o u select a n icon f r o m t h e p r o g r a m m a n a g e r ' s w i n d o w t o run p r o g r a m s , f o r e x a m p l e . A n icon, t o o , is a b i t m a p . i m p l e m e n t a t i o n — D e s c r i b e s how a n o b j e c t t y p e b e h a v e s . Y o u c a n c o m p i l e , b u t n o t link, c o d e w i t h just t h e interface d e s c r i p t i o n . T h e r e f o r e , y o u c a n create different implementations later a n d l i n k t h e m in t h e n , w i t h o u t recompiling the rest o f t h e p r o j e c t . B y s e p a r a t i n g t h e interface f r o m t h e implementation, you isolate b u g s a n d m a k e e x p e r i m e n t a t i o n easier. i n h e r i t a n c e — O r g a n i z i n g u s e r - d e f i n e d t y p e s into hierarchies. N o t e that T u r b o P a s c a l f o r Windows implements s i n g l e inheritance. In other words, a descend a n t c a n have o n l y o n e immediate ancestor, as s h o w n in t h e f o l l o w i n g illustration. 04

Base 06

Derived from 04 08

07

Derived from 04

A new base Derived from 04

09

i n i t i a l i z a t i o n — S e t t i n g a variable o r instance

o f a t y p e t o a specific v a l u e ,

i n s t a n c e — A variable o f a t y p e . i n t e r f a c e — I n T u r b o Pascal f o r Windows,

the object definition.

T h e interface says, " H e r e ' s w h a t a t y p e l o o k s l i k e , a n d here are its b e h a v i o r s . " B u t it d o e s n ' t specify how t h e t y p e b e h a v e s . T h a t ' s left t o t h e implementation, w h i c h d e f i n e s t h e t y p e ' s specific behavior. T h e interface d e s c r i b e s w h a t a t y p e d o e s . T h e implementation d e s c r i b e s how t h e t y p e w o r k s . list b o x — A list b o x is a sort o f w i n d o w (it's d e f i n e d b y a rectangle o n t h e s c r e e n ) that s h o w s t h e u s e r a list o f information. T h i s information Can b e integers, strings, a n d s o o n . T h e u s e r c a n c l i c k o n a list item, a n d t h e s e l e c t e d item c a n b e transferred into a n o t h e r variable o r c a n trigger o t h e r m e s s a g e s a n d a c t i o n s . local m e m o r y — S e e global and local memory.

Q—Glossary

MDI ( m u l t i p l e d o c u m e n t i n t e r f a c e ) — O b j e c t W i n d o w s supports t h e W i n d o w s Multi-document interface (MDI) s t a n d a r d , w h i c h a l l o w s a n a p p l i c a t i o n o r task t o w o r k s i m u l t a n e o u s l y w i t h m a n y o p e n d o c u m e n t s . T h i n k o f t h e s e d o c u m e n t s u s u a l l y as text, d a t a b a s e , o r s p r e a d s h e e t files. Several c o m p o n e n t s (or features) are c o m m o n t o any M D I application. Every M D I a p p l i c a t i o n h a s a m a i n w i n d o w ( c a l l e d a f r a m e w i n d o w ) , a n d w i t h i n t h e f r a m e w i n d o w a n invisible w i n d o w c a l l e d t h e M D I c l i e n t w i n d o w , w h i c h h o l d s M D I c h i l d w i n d o w s . T h e c l i e n t w i n d o w m a n a g e s ( b e h i n d t h e s c e n e s ) its M D I child w i n d o w s . T M D I W i n d o w ' s m e t h o d s primarily construct a n d m a n a g e child windows a n d process m e n u selections. T h e MDI f r a m e w i n d o w is t h e Main W i n d o w o f t h e multi-document

interface (MDI). m e n u — D i s p l a y s application options a n d allows the user to make selections. T h e m e n u ' s resource identifies the order a n d n u m b e r o f these o p t i o n s . m e s s a g e — T h e n a m e of a m e t h o d passed to an instance of an object type. W h e n y o u s e n d a m e s s a g e t o a n i n s t a n c e o f a n o b j e c t , y o u call o n e o f its m e t h o d s . T o s e n d a m e s s a g e t o a n i n s t a n c e o f a n o b j e c t , y o u specify t h e o b j e c t a n d t h e m e t h o d y o u w a n t t o i n v o k e . F o r e x a m p l e , if S o m e T y p e is a n i n s t a n c e o f a n o b j ect a n d I nit is a m e t h o d , t h e n t h e f o l l o w i n g s e n d s a n I nit m e s s a g e t o t h e o b j e c t :

SomeType.Init; m e t h o d — I n T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s , a p r o c e d u r e o r f u n c t i o n d e c l a r e d within an object, u s e d to access the data within the object. m o d e l — A mathematical representation o f s o m e aspect o f the world. n e w — A p r o c e d u r e f o r a l l o c a t i n g s p a c e f o r a t y p e o n t h e h e a p a n d initializing t h e o b j e c t i n o n e o p e r a t i o n . N e w is i n v o k e d w i t h t w o p a r a m e t e r s : a p o i n t e r n a m e a n d a c o n s t r u c t o r call:

new(ArcPointer,Init(35,24,35)); o b j e c t — A n i n s t a n c e o f a n o b j e c t t y p e ; a r e c o r d that c a n i n h e r i t , c o n s i s t i n g o f data a n d m e t h o d s . o v e r r i d e — R e i m p l e m e n t , redefine. Used to describe the reimplementation o f m e t h o d s by object types. p i x e l — A d o t ; the smallest displayable e l e m e n t o f a c o m p u t e r screen. p o i n t e r — C o n t a i n s t h e a d d r e s s o f (that is, p o i n t s t o ) a v a r i a b l e . I n T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s , designated by ^ :

IntPointer : "Integer; p o l y m o r p h i c c o l l e c t i o n s — T h e O b j e c t W i n d o w s TCollection o b j e c t is a n abstract t y p e f o r " c o l l e c t i n g " d a t a .

875

876


TCollection o b j e c t s c a n size t h e m s e l v e s d y n a m i c a l l y at r u n - t i m e , a n d t h e y c a n b e p o l y m o r p h i c . T h u s , a c o l l e c t i o n c a n g r o w as y o u w a n t it t o , w i t h o u t y o u r c h a n g i n g a n y c o d e . A n d b e c a u s e it's p o l y m o r p h i c , y o u c a n p u t a n y k i n d o f o b j e c t ( a n d e v e n n o n o b j e c t s ) i n it. Y o u c a n e v e n m i x t h e o b j e c t t y p e s w i t h i n a single collection! B e c a u s e a c o l l e c t i o n u s e s u n t y p e d p o i n t e r s , it d o e s n ' t n e e d t o k n o w a n y t h i n g a b o u t t h e o b j e c t s it's g i v e n t o p r o c e s s . It just s t o r e s t h e m a n d g i v e s them back. p o l y m o r p h i c t y p e — A type not k n o w n until run-time. p o l y m o r p h i s m — S i n g l e interface, m a n y i m p l e m e n t a t i o n s . Specifically, calling a virtual m e t h o d f o r a v a r i a b l e w h o s e p r e c i s e t y p e isn't k n o w n at c o m p i l e t i m e . T h e b e h a v i o r is e s t a b l i s h e d at r u n - t i m e b y w a y o f late b i n d i n g . p r i v a t e — A n y m e m b e r s f o l l o w i n g private c a n b e a c c e s s e d o n l y b y f u n c t i o n s within the same unit. r e s o u r c e — A n o t h e r n a m e f o r t h e g r a p h i c a l e l e m e n t s that c o m p o s e y o u r W i n d o w s application. B e c a u s e resources (cursor shape, m e n u s , icons, a n d s o o n ) a r e similar i n all y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n s , it m a k e s s e n s e t o s t o r e t h e m i n files outside your source c o d e a n d link t h e m with your source c o d e w h e n y o u n e e d t h e m . T h i s p r o c e s s m a k e s t h e m easy t o m o d i f y w i t h o u t a f f e c t i n g y o u r a p p l i c a tion code. Resources are data characterized by the following types: •

Accelerators

•

Bitmaps

•

Cursors

•

Icons

• Dialog boxes •

Menus

•

Strings

s c o p e — T h e l i f e t i m e a n d accessibility o f a v a r i a b l e . D e f i n e s w h i c h parts o f a p r o g r a m c a n access specific variables. F o r e x a m p l e , a variable declared within a f u n c t i o n is (by d e f a u l t ) l o c a l , a n d c a n b e a c c e s s e d o n l y b y c o d e w i t h i n t h e function. s c o p e (global)—Accessible by code within the program or application, s c o p e (local)—Accessible only by code within the function or procedure.

Q—Glossary

s t a t i c m e t h o d — A m e t h o d r e s o l v e d b y t h e c o m p i l e r at c o m p i l e - t i m e (see early binding). static i n s t a n c e — A n instance of an object type n a m e d in the v a r declaration (in T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s ) a n d a l l o c a t e d i n t h e d a t a s e g m e n t a n d o n t h e stack. s t r a n g e a t t r a c t o r — I n p h a s e s p a c e , a n attractor is a p o i n t o r limit c y c l e i n a d y n a m i c s y s t e m , w h i c h d r a w s o r attracts a s y s t e m . I n o t h e r w o r d s , as t h e s y s t e m c h a n g e s state, it c a n r e a c h e q u i l i b r i u m (settle d o w n ) t o a p o i n t o r a c y c l e . A s t r a n g e attractor is a n attractor that's " b r o k e n u p " o r f r a g m e n t e d i n p h a s e s p a c e . It r e p r e s e n t s a s y s t e m w h o s e o r d e r , w h e n p l o t t e d i n a t i m e - s e r i e s , isn't o b v i o u s , b u t s h o w s itself i n a s h a p e (an o r d e r ) i n p h a s e s p a c e . s t r e a m — A s t r e a m is a c o l l e c t i o n o f o b j e c t s o n its w a y t o s o m e d e v i c e : a file, port, E M S , and so o n . s t r i n g s — ( n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d a n d T u r b o P a s c a l ) ; t h e W i n d o w s A P I r e q u i r e s that strings b e n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d , t h e f o r m a t u s e d b y C . I n o t h e r w o r d s , a string is r e p r e s e n t e d as a s e q u e n c e o f c h a r a c t e r s t e r m i n a t e d b y a N U L L ( # 0 ) . T u r b o P a s c a l f o r W i n d o w s s t o r e s n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d strings as arrays o f c h a r a c t e r s .

type NTstring = array[0..79] of Char; A n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d string i n T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s c a n b e as l o n g as 6 5 , 5 3 5 c h a r a c t e r s (a l i m i t a t i o n i m p o s e d b y D O S a n d W i n d o w s ) . T u r b o Pascal s t o r e s its s t a n d a r d strings i n t h e string t y p e : a l e n g t h b y t e f o l l o w e d b y a s e q u e n c e o f as m a n y as 2 5 5 c h a r a c t e r s .

type TPstring = string[80]; B e c a u s e W i n d o w s d o e s n ' t r e c o g n i z e T u r b o Pascal s t r i n g s , y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n m u s t e i t h e r u s e n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d strings e x c l u s i v e l y o r c o n v e r t a n y Pascal strings t o n u l l - t e r m i n a t e d b e f o r e p a s s i n g t h e m t o W i n d o w s (to d i s p l a y , f o r example). T h e strings u n i t s u p p l i e d b y T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s p r o v i d e s t h e conversion functions and a complete manipulation package for handling nullt e r m i n a t e d s t r i n g s . S e e strings i n t h e r e f e r e n c e s e c t i o n f o r d e t a i l s . strings ( r e s o u r c e ) — T e x t displayed by application m e n u s , dialog b o x e s , error m e s s a g e s , a n d s o o n . S t r i n g s d o n ' t h a v e t o b e s p e c i f i e d as r e s o u r c e s , b u t m a i n t a i n i n g t h e m as r e s o u r c e s h e l p s k e e p y o u r s p e c i f i c a p p l i c a t i o n c o d e a n d its v i s u a l a s p e c t s s e p a r a t e .

877

878


s t r u c t u r e d p r o g r a m m i n g — C o m b i n e s t w o ideas: 1. Structured program flow. I n o t h e r w o r d s , t h e flow o f c o n t r o l o f a p r o g r a m is d e t e r m i n e d b y t h e s y n t a x o f t h e p r o g r a m c o d e . 2. Invariants.

A s s e r t i o n s that h o l d every t i m e c o n t r o l r e a c h e s t h e m .

t y p e — T e l l s t h e r a n g e o f v a l u e s ( o r states) a v a r i a b l e c a n a s s u m e a n d t h e o p e r a t o r s that y o u c a n a p p l y t o it. E v e r y t h i n g y o u c a n k n o w a b o u t a "class o f o b j e c t s " that a v a r i a b l e o r i n s t a n c e c a n r e p r e s e n t . F o r e x a m p l e , a n i n t e g e r t y p e is a n u m b e r w i t h i n t h e r a n g e - 3 2 7 6 8 . . . 3 2 7 6 7 a n d is r e p r e s e n t e d b y a s i g n e d 16-bit f o r m a t . A b y t e is a n u m b e r w i t h i n t h e r a n g e 0 . . . 2 5 5 a n d is r e p r e s e n t e d b y a n u n g r o u p e d 8-bit f o r m a t . t y p e e x t e n s i b i l i t y — T h e ability t o a d d f u n c t i o n a l i t y t o c o d e . Y o u d e r i v e n e w t y p e s ( t h r o u g h i n h e r i t a n c e ) a n d a d d o r m o d i f y b e h a v i o r s a n d characteristics t o suit y o u r n e e d s . u n i t — I n T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s , a c o l l e c t i o n o f c o n s t a n t s , d a t a t y p e s , v a r i a b l e s , p r o c e d u r e s , a n d f u n c t i o n s that a r e s e p a r a t e l y c o m p i l e d . If d a t a m e m b e r s i n a t y p e a r e d e c l a r e d after t h e k e y w o r d , private, a n y f u n c t i o n , m e t h o d , o r p r o c e d u r e w i t h i n a u n i t c a n a c c e s s it, b u t n o f u n c t i o n s , m e t h o d s , or procedures outside the unit can. v i r t u a l m e t h o d — A m e t h o d r e s o l v e d b y t h e c o m p i l e r at r u n - t i m e . ( S e e late binding.) I n T u r b o P a s c a l f o r W i n d o w s , y o u d e c l a r e a virtual m e t h o d b y a d d i n g t h e k e y w o r d , virtual, after t h e m e t h o d :

procedure Show; virtual; u s e r - d e f i n e d t y p e — A s i n g l e s t r u c t u r e c o n t a i n i n g t h e characteristics a n d b e h a v i o r s for t h e t y p e . I n T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s , w e call it a n object. T h e c o m p i l e r treats this t y p e t h e w a y it treats a b u i l t - i n t y p e . VMT ( v i r t u a l m e t h o d t a b l e ) — I n T u r b o Pascal ( o b j e c t ) h a s a V M T that c o n t a i n s i n f o r m a t i o n a b o u t a n d a p o i n t e r t o t h e c o d e i m p l e m e n t i n g e a c h o f its instance o f a type sends a message to a constructor, cally e s t a b l i s h e s a l i n k t o t h e V M T .

for W i n d o w s , e a c h t y p e t h e t y p e , i n c l u d i n g its size virtual m e t h o d s . W h e n a n the constructor automati-

Each type has o n e V M T . Each instance o f a type links t o the type V M T . Important: Y o u m u s t n o t s e n d a m e s s a g e t o a virtual m e t h o d b e f o r e s e n d i n g a m e s s a g e t o its c o n s t r u c t o r ! T u r b o P a s c a l a l l o w s y o u t o u s e t h e { $ R + } s w i t c h t o c h e c k for t h e p r o p e r c o n s t r u c t i o n o f a n i n s t a n c e o f a t y p e s e n d i n g a m e s s a g e t o a n o b j e c t t y p e . If t h e i n s t a n c e h a s n ' t b e e n p r o p e r l y i n i t i a l i z e d (via a constructor), a range-check error occurs.

Q—Glossary

W i n C r t — A T u r b o P a s c a l f o r W i n d o w s u n i t that i m p l e m e n t s a t e r m i n a l - l i k e text s c r e e n i n a w i n d o w . If y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n s u s e WinCrt, t h e y d o n ' t h a v e t o c o n t a i n a n y W i n d o w s - s p e c i f i c c o d e . T h i s u n i t is u s e f u l f o r r e i m p l e m e n t i n g e x i s t i n g T u r b o Pascal t e x t - b a s e d a p p l i c a t i o n s i n W i n d o w s w i t h o u t a d d i n g a l o t o f e x t r a code. W i n d o w s G r a p h i c s D e v i c e I n t e r f a c e ( G D I ) — T h e W i n d o w s G D I allows y o u t o w r i t e a p p l i c a t i o n s that d i s p l a y a n d m a n i p u l a t e g r a p h i c s i n d e p e n d e n t o f a s p e c i f i c d i s p l a y d e v i c e . Y o u c a n , f o r e x a m p l e , w r i t e a p p l i c a t i o n s that u s e t h e same c o d e , yet c a n b e displayed in E G A , V G A , o r Hercules m o d e s . W i n d o w s a c h i e v e s d e v i c e i n d e p e n d e n c e b y u s i n g v a r i o u s d e v i c e drivers that translate G D I f u n c t i o n calls i n t o c o m m a n d s that m a k e s e n s e t o t h e s p e c i f i c o u t p u t d e v i c e b e i n g u s e d . S o , y o u w r i t e c o d e as t h o u g h t h e o u t p u t d e v i c e d o e s n ' t m a t t e r , w h i c h ( i n g e n e r a l ) is h o w it is. W i n P r o c s , W i n T y p e s — T w o o f t h e t h r e e u n i t s p a c k a g e d w i t h T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s , w h i c h establish the interface b e t w e e n y o u r applications a n d W i n d o w s . WinTypes a n d WinProcs d e f i n e t h e T u r b o P a s c a l f o r W i n d o w s function types a n d processes for s e n d i n g messages directly to the W i n d o w s A P I . If y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n s e n d s m e s s a g e s t o t h e W i n d o w s A P I o n l y t h r o u g h O b j e c t W i n d o w s , it d o e s n ' t n e e d t o i n c l u d e t h e W i n T y p e s a n d W i n P r o c s u n i t s . W O b j e c t s — O n e o f the three units p a c k a g e d with T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s that e s t a b l i s h t h e i n t e r f a c e b e t w e e n y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n s a n d W i n d o w s . WOb j ects is t h e O b j e c t W i n d o w s o b j e c t library. w i t h — T u r b o Pascal for W i n d o w s k e y w o r d . Y o u c a n a c c e s s a t y p e ' s d a t a m e m b e r s b y u s i n g a d o t (AType. Member) o r a with s t a t e m e n t :

with AType do begin X:= 2; Y:= 3; Z:= 4; end;

879

R REFERENCE

REFERENCES, RESOURCES, AND NOTES

H e r e are a f e w o f t h e b o o k s I t h i n k y o u s h o u l d k n o w a b o u t , if y o u w a n t m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n a b o u t o b j e c t - o r i e n t e d p r o g r a m m i n g , T u r b o Pascal, W i n d o w s , m o d e l i n g , c h a o s t h e o r y , a n d o t h e r t o p i c s I've t o u c h e d o n i n this b o o k . T h i s list is o n l y a s a m p l e o f t h e m a n y w o r k s available o n t h e s e s u b j e c t s , b u t it reflects t h e b o o k s I h a v e o n m y shelf. M o s t o f t h e s e h a v e i n s o m e w a y c o n t r i b u t e d t o m y understanding of "tough" computing topics. A b r a h a m , R a l p h ; C h r i s t o p h e r S h a w . Dynamics—4 Volumes. Santa Cruz, C a l i f o r n i a : A e r i a l Press, 1 9 8 4 - 1 9 8 9 . A g r e a t i n t r o d u c t i o n a n d s t u d y o f d y n a m i c s u s i n g p i c t u r e s . If y o u w a n t t o really " g e t a f e e l " f o r c h a o s t h e o r y , c h e c k o u t this o n e . Starts w i t h p e r i o d i c b e h a v i o r a n d w o r k s t o w a r d t h e h a r d e r stuff: c h a o t i c a n d b i f u r c a t i o n b e h a v i o r . G r e a t p e r sonalized drawings. C a s t i , J o h n L. Alternate Realities: Mathematical Models of Nature and Man. N e w Y o r k : J o h n W i l e y a n d S o n s , 1989- A t h o r o u g h m a t h e m a t i c a l discussion of m o d e l i n g . Chapters o n formal representation, cellular automata; catastrophe theory, chaos, and the relationship of m o d e l i n g t o t h e way w e v i e w t h e w o r l d .

882


C h e n e y , W a r d ; D a v i d K i n c a i d . Numerical Mathematics and Computing. M o n t e r e y , C a l i f o r n i a : B r o o k s / C o l e P u b l i s h i n g , 1 9 8 0 , 1 9 8 5 . If y o u ' r e w r i t i n g c o d e that u s e s n u m b e r s , y o u s h o u l d h a v e at least o n e g o o d n u m e r i c a l c o m p u t i n g b o o k at h a n d . T h i s is t h e o n e I g o b a c k t o t i m e a n d a g a i n , a n d I u s e d it several t i m e s w h i l e w r i t i n g Turbo Pascal for Windows Bible. F a s c i n a t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n a b o u t t h e t r u t h ( a n d n o t - s o truth) o f numerical processing by c o m p u t e r . D o n ' t use n u m b e r s w i t h o u t it. E c k e l , B r u c e . Using C + + . B e r k e l e y , C a l i f o r n i a : O s b o r n e M c G r a w - H i l l , 1 9 8 9 . A l t h o u g h t h e s u b j e c t o f Turbo Pascal for Windows Bible is o b j e c t o r i e n t e d p r o g r a m m i n g f o r W i n d o w s , T u r b o Pascal-style, y o u c a n l e a r n a l o t a b o u t O O P f r o m C + + . T h i s o n e is m y favorite C + + p r o g r a m m i n g g u i d e s : 6 0 0 p a g e s o f c o d e , d e s c r i p t i o n s , a n d i d e a s a b o u t O O P . It p r e c e d e s t h e T u r b o C + + c o m p i l e r , s o e x a m p l e s are d e v e l o p e d a r o u n d Z o r t e c h ' s C + + c o m p i l e r . Y o u c a n easily a p p l y t h e e x a m p l e s t o a n y C + + , h o w e v e r , a n d y o u c a n u s e B r u c e ' s i d e a s if y o u ' r e p r o g r a m m i n g in T u r b o Pascal. G o e s into m a n y a d v a n c e d topics. A g o o d b o o k to e x p l o r e a n d s t u d y if y o u w a n t t o g e t t o t h e h e a r t o f o b j e c t - o r i e n t e d programming. E n t s m i n g e r , G a r y . Tao of Objects. R e d w o o d C i t y , C a l i f o r n i a : M & T B o o k s , 1 9 9 0 . M y first b o o k . A g e n t l e i n t r o d u c t i o n t o o b j e c t - o r i e n t e d p r o g r a m m i n g u s i n g T u r b o Pascal a n d C + + e x a m p l e s . P r e d a t e s T u r b o Pascal f o r W i n d o w s , b u t u s e f u l for T u r b o Pascal p r o g r a m m e r s w h o w a n t a n uncluttered introduction to O O P . G l e i c k , J a m e s . Chaos: Making a New Science. N e w Y o r k : V i k i n g Press, 1 9 8 7 . A g r e a t i n t r o d u c t i o n t o c h a o s t h e o r y . V e r y easy, f u n r e a d i n g . F o c u s e s as m u c h o n t h e p e o p l e w h o " r e d i s c o v e r e d " c h a o s as it d o e s o n t h e t h e o r y itself. A n y o n e i n t e r e s t e d i n c h a o s s h o u l d start h e r e . H o f s t a d t e r , D o u g l a s ; D a n i e l D e n n e t t . The Mind's I. N e w Y o r k : B a n t a m B o o k s , 1 9 8 1 . L i k e all o f H o f s t a d t e r ' s b o o k s , this o n e really g e t s y o u r b r a i n w o r k i n g . A c o l l e c t i o n o f stories a n d essays a b o u t self-reflection, selfc o n s c i o u s n e s s , r e c u r s i o n , m a c h i n e s w i t h s o u l s , scientific s p e c u l a t i o n s , a n d o t h e r m i n d - s t r e t c h i n g stuff. M e y e r , B e r t r a n d . Object-oriented Software Construction. E n g l e w o o d Cliffs, N e w Jersey: Prentice-Hall, 1988. A g o o d discussion about the issues a n d principles relating to software design using object-oriented techn i q u e s . O u t l i n e s t h e p a t h that l e a d s t o o b j e c t - o r i e n t e d n e s s a n d , g e n e r ally a t t e m p t s t o c o n v i n c e y o u t o p r o g r a m w i t h o b j e c t s . T h e s e c o n d h a l f o f t h e b o o k , u n f o r t u n a t e l y for T u r b o P a s c a l e r s , f o c u s e s e n t i r e l y o n M e y e r ' s l a n g u a g e , " E i f f e l , " m a k i n g it less u s e f u l t h a n it c o u l d h a v e b e e n . Worth a look, t h o u g h , because of the extensive study of design.

R—References, Resources, and Notes

O ' B r i e n , T i m . Turbo Pascal, The Complete Reference. Berkeley, California: Borland/Osborne McGraw-Hill, 1989. A g o o d reference for T u r b o Pascal. I n c l u d e s a g o o d introductory chapter o n object-oriented p r o g r a m m i n g T u r b o Pascal-style. P e t z o l d , C h a r l e s . Windows Programming, 2nd Edition. Redmond, W a s h i n g t o n : M i c r o s o f t P r e s s , 1 9 9 0 . T h i s is t h e classic w o r k o n W i n d o w s p r o g r a m m i n g . A first class " W i n d o w s B i b l e " C-style. If y o u w a n t t h e nitty-gritty details o f h o w a C p r o g r a m m e r attacks C , o r if y o u w a n t t o k n o w as m u c h as p o s s i b l e a b o u t W i n d o w s p r o g r a m m i n g , g e t this b o o k . I f o u n d it very u s e f u l i n w r i t i n g T u r b o P a s c a l f o r W i n d o w s c o d e . S e t h i , Ravi. Programming Languages: Concepts and Constructs. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley, 1989. Excellent study o f the development, design, a n d c o n t e n t o f m o d e r n p r o g r a m m i n g l a n g u a g e s . I n p a r t i c u l a r , several fine chapters o n object-oriented p r o g r a m m i n g . G o o d discussions o f M o d u l a - 2 , C + + , a n d S m a l l t a l k . C h a p t e r s o n e n c a p s u l a t i o n , inherita n c e , f u n c t i o n a l p r o g r a m m i n g , l o g i c p r o g r a m m i n g , a n d several t o u g h , advanced chapters o n interpreters a n d l a m b d a calculus. Highly r e c o m m e n d e d for studying the d e v e l o p m e n t o f p r o g r a m m i n g languages. S h o u l d g i v e y o u a g o o d i d e a o f t h e p r o b l e m s that l a n g u a g e d e v e l o p e r s encounter. S t e w a r t , I a n . Does God Play Dice? The Mathematics of Chaos. N e w Y o r k : B a s i l Blackwell, 1989. In-depth study of the mathematics o f chaos, turbul e n c e , a n d s t r a n g e attractors. G o o d c o m b i n a t i o n o f history, m a t h e m a t ics, a n d p h i l o s o p h y . I n s p i r e d d i s c u s s i o n s o f l o g i s t i c m a p p i n g , L o r e n z & H e n o n attractors, a n d fractals. S w a n , T o m . Mastering Turbo Pascal 6. C a r m e l , I n d i a n a : H a y d e n B o o k s , 1 9 9 1 . Latest v e r s i o n o f T o m ' s f i n e series o n T u r b o P a s c a l . A g o o d r e f e r e n c e w i t h a lot o f c o d e a n d i n f o r m a t i o n a b o u t O O P . T u r b o P o w e r S o f t w a r e . S c o t t s V a l l e y , C a l i f o r n i a : Object Professional User's Manual, 1990. Three v o l u m e s of object-oriented discussion T u r b o Pascal-style. A c c o m p a n i e s t h e f i n e T u r b o P o w e r o b j e c t library f o r T u r b o Pascal 5.5 ( a n d l a t e r ) . C o m p l e t e s o u r c e c o d e f o r t h e library is i n c l u d e d , s o this p a c k a g e ( m a n u a l s a n d c o d e ) m a k e s a n e x c e l l e n t i n d e p t h resource for ideas about object-oriented p r o g r a m m i n g . Full o f g o o d c o d e a n d c o d i n g ideas for T u r b o Pascal p r o g r a m m e r s . V a s e y , P h i l , et al. Prolog+ + Programming Reference Manual. L o n d o n : Logic P r o g r a m m i n g A s s o c i a t e s L t d . , 1 9 9 0 . O n e o f t h o s e rare c r e a t u r e s : a p r o g r a m m i n g m a n u a l that really s h i n e s . I n a d d i t i o n t o s h o w i n g y o u h o w t o p r o g r a m i n P r o l o g + + , t h e o b j e c t - o r i e n t e d v e r s i o n o f P r o l o g , it c o m p a r e s object-oriented languages a n d discusses the key features of O O P . Available from Q u i n t u s C o m p u t e r Systems in M o u n t a i n View, California.

883

884


Y o u r d o n , E . N . ; L.L. C o n s t a n t i n e . Structured Design. E n g l e w o o d Cliffs, N e w J e r s e y : P r e n t i c e - H a l l , 1 9 7 9 . A classic w o r k o n s t r u c t u r e d m e t h o d o l o g y by the gurus of the field.

Quotation Acknowledgments S A M S gratefully a c k n o w l e d g e s permission f r o m the following sources to reprint material in their control: I n t h e I n t r o d u c t i o n , I c e 9 P u b l i s h i n g f o r lyrics f r o m " B o x o f R a i n " b y R o b e r t H u n t e r . F r o m t h e a l b u m American

Beauty

by T h e Grateful D e a d . N e w York:

Warner Bros., Inc, 1970. I n C h a p t e r 1, M i c r o s o f t Press f o r l i n e s f r o m Programming

Windows,

2nd

E d i t i o n b y C h a r l e s P e t z o l d . R e d m o n d , W a s h i n g t o n : M i c r o s o f t Press, 1 9 9 0 . I n C h a p t e r 2, Q u e C o r p o r a t i o n f o r l i n e s f r o m Using

Borland

C + + by Lee

Atkinson and Mark Atkinson. Carmel, Indiana: Q u e Corporation, 1991. I n C h a p t e r 3, M & T B o o k s f o r l i n e s f r o m The Tao of Objects R e d w o o d City, California: M & T B o o k s , 1990.

by Gary Entsminger.

I n C h a p t e r 4, O s b o r n e - M c G r a w H i l l for l i n e s f r o m Windows

Programming

by

W i l l i a m H . M u r r a y , III a n d C h r i s H . P a p p a s . B e r k e l e y , C a l i f o r n i a : O s b o r n e M c G r a w Hill: 1990. I n C h a p t e r 5, M i c r o s o f t Press for l i n e s f r o m Programming Windows, Charles Petzold. R e d m o n d , W a s h i n g t o n : Microsoft Press, 1990.

2nd ed. by

I n C h a p t e r 6, P r e n t i c e - H a l l for l i n e s f r o m Object-oriented Software Construction b y B e r t r a n d M e y e r . E n g l e w o o d C l i f f s , N e w J e r s e y : P r e n t i c e - H a l l , 1 9 8 8 . I n C h a p t e r 7, V i n t a g e B o o k s ( R a n d o m H o u s e ) for l i n e s f r o m Godel, Bach:

An Eternal

Golden

Braid

Escher,

by Douglas Hofstadter. N e w York: Vintage

B o o k s , 1979. I n C h a p t e r 8, A d d i s o n - W e s l e y P u b l i s h i n g C o . for l i n e s from Raised only

to be Killed

by Research

by

Puppets

by Andrei Codrescu. Reading, Massachusetts,

Addison-Wesley, 1989. I n C h a p t e r 9 , C l a r k C i t y Press for l i n e s f r o m Just

Before

Dark

by J i m Harrison.

Livingston, M o n t a n a : Clark City Press, 1991. I n C h a p t e r 1 0 , W . H . F r e e m a n & C o . for l i n e s f r o m Aaron's

Code

by Pamela

M c C o r d u c k . N e w York: W . H . Freeman & C o . , 1991. I n C h a p t e r 1 1 , M & T B o o k s for l i n e s f r o m The Tao of Objects R e d w o o d City, California: M & T B o o k s , 1990.

by Gary Entsminger.

R—References, Resources, and Notes

I n C h a p t e r 1 2 , V i k i n g P e n g u i n for l i n e s f r o m Nature's J a m e s Gleick. N e w York: Viking Penguin, 1990.

Chaos

by Eliot Porter a n d

I n C h a p t e r 1 3 , V i n t a g e B o o k s ( R a n d o m H o u s e ) for l i n e s f r o m Godel, Bach:

An Eternal

B o o k s , 1979.

Golden

Braid

Escher,

by D o u g l a s Hofstadter. N e w York: Vintage

885

S

REFERENCE

Ascn C O D E CHARACTER SET

ASCII Dec

Value Hex

000 001 002

00 01 02

003 004

03 04

005 006 007 008

05 06 07 08

009 010 011 012 013 014 015 016 01^ 018

09 OA OB OC OD OE OF 10 11 12

ASCII

Character

ASCII Dec

Value Hex

019 020 021 022

13 14 15 16

023 024

17 18

025

19

026

1A

027

IB

028

1C

029

ID

030

IE

031

IF

032

20

033

21

034

22

035 036 037

23 24 25

ASCII

Character

888


ASCII Dec

Value Hex

ASCII

Character

038

26

039 040 041 042 043 044 045 046 047 048 049 050

27 28 29 2A 2B 2C 2D 2E 2F 30 31 32

&

/ 0 1 2

051 052

33 34

3 4

053 054

35 36

5 6

055 056

37 38

7 8

057 058

39 3A

9

059 060 061 062 063 064 065 066

3B 3C 3D 3E 3F 40 41 42

> ? @ A B

067 068

43 44

C D

069 070 071 072

45 46 47 48

E F G H

073 074 075 076 077 078

49 4A 4B 4C 4D 4E

I J K L M N

( ) * +

o Pascal for W i n d o w s B i b l e

W i n C r t , 4 5 , 107-108, 5 1 5 , 525-526, 8 7 8 W i n D o s , 4 5 , 561-563 W i n P r o c s , 114, 8 7 9 W i n T y p e s , 4 5 , 114, 8 7 9 W O b j e c t s , 114, 8 7 9 UnlockData function, 756 U n l o c k R e s o u r c e f u n c t i o n , 768 U n l o c k S e g m e n t f u n c t i o n , 7 5 7 , 772 U n p a c k T i m e p r o c e d u r e , 571 UnrealizeObject function, 822 U n r e g i s t e r C l a s s f u n c t i o n , 721 UpdateColors function, 807 U p d a t e W i n d o w p r o c e d u r e , 704 u p p e r b o u n d , 602 u s e r disk, 224 u s e r - d e f i n e d type, 8 7 8 U S E R . E X E p r o g r a m , 95

V ValidateRect p r o c e d u r e , 704 V a l i d a t e R g n p r o c e d u r e , 705 validating client areas, 704 values attributes, 7 2 0 p l o t t i n g , 171 variable references, 6 2 0 variable types, 50-51, 56 B o o l e a n , 52 C h a r , 53 e n u m e r a t e d , 54 ordinal, 52, 618 real, 55 string, 55 s u b r a n g e , 54 variables control, 616 D o s E r r o r , 567 d o u b l e - w o r d - l e n g t h , 509 dynamic, 92, 873 excessive, 6 1 6

file type, 6 1 3 function, 622 HeapError, 298 identifiers, 6 0 0 integer t y p e , 616-618 p o i n t e r type, 6 1 0 p r o c e d u r e , 622 reading, 610 real type, 6 1 8 r e c o r d type, 6 1 2 string types, 611 S y s t e m unit, 553 very c o l d link, 354 v i d e o adapters, 4 views, 92-93 virtual c o n s t r u c t o r s , 623 virtual keys, 6 6 7 state, 6 6 6 VIRTUAL keyword, 623 VkKeyScan function, 668 V M T (virtual m e t h o d t a b l e ) , 8 7 8 V M T pointer, 200

w WaitMessage procedure, 698 WaitSoundState function, 778 w a r m link, 354 w b _ X X X X c o n s t a n t s , 503 W h e r e X f u n c t i o n , 522 W h e r e Y f u n c t i o n , 523 w h i l e . . . d o statement, 70-71 Whitewater Graphics Toolkit, 861-865 W h i t e w a t e r R e s o u r c e T o o l k i t , 112, 127, 151 W i n C r t unit, 4 5 , 107-108, 525-526, 878 f u n c t i o n s , 515-516, 520-523 p r o c e d u r e s , 515-524 W i n D o s unit, 4 5 , 561-563 c o n s t a n t s , 561-563 file-attribute c o n s t a n t s , 562

Index

f i l e - m o d e c o n s t a n t s , 562 flag c o n s t a n t s , 561 f u n c t i o n s , 566-567, 575-578, 584 p r o c e d u r e s , 566-574, 579-586 r e c o r d types, 563 types, 565-566 variables, 567 w i n d o w classes d e l e t i n g , 721 registering, 7 1 9 W i n d o w M a n a g e r Interface f u n c t i o n s a n d p r o c e d u r e s , 635-721 W i n d o w m e n u , 28 w i n d o w o b j e c t s , 114-116 Window/Arrange Icons c o m m a n d , 28 W i n d o w / C a s c a d e c o m m a n d s , 28 W i n d o w / T i l e c o m m a n d , 28 WindowFromPoint function, 675, 809 windows active, 5 applications, 3 c a p t i o n s , 6 6 1 , 663 c a s c a d i n g , 28 c h i l d , 216 creating, 712 e n u m e r a t i o n , 672 parent, 671 clearing, 197 client area, 315 control, 654 create, 96-99 C R T , 519 dialog, 5 edit, 5-6 e n u m e r a t i o n , 672 flashing, 664 frame, 216 handles, 677 h e l p , 2 2 9 , 230-236 h i d i n g , 664 i c o n i c , 661 inheriting, 117

maximized, 662 maximizing, 8 minimized, 663 minimizing, 8 m o v i n g , 8-9 o b j e c t s , 102-105, 114-116 o p e n i n g , 29 o v e r l a p p e d , 712 p o p - u p , 671 creating, 712 hiding, 663 position, 663 r e s o u r c e files, attaching t o , 244 size, 6 6 3 sizing, 8, 10 structure, 95-96, 100-101 task, 157-158, 2 2 0 text, 6 6 3 tiling, 28 top-level, 6 7 9 u p d a t i n g c o n t e n t s , 186 visible, 662 Windows Application Programming Interface (API), 31 W i n d o w s G r a p h i c s D e v i c e Interface ( G D I ) , 879 W i n d o w s / C l o s e All c o m m a n d , 29 W i n E x e c f u n c t i o n , 724 W i n H e l p f u n c t i o n , 725 W i n P r o c s unit, 114, 8 7 9 W i n T y p e s unit, 4 5 , 114, 8 7 9 w i t h . . . d o statement, 71 w m C o m p a c t i n g message, 299 W M D D E A C K m e s s a g e , 354 W M D D E A D V I S E m e s s a g e , 354 W M D D E I N I T I A T E m e s s a g e , 354 W M D D E R E Q U E S T m e s s a g e , 354 W M D D E T E R M I N A T E message, 354 w m J L B u t t o n D o w n m e s s a g e , 123 w m M D I A c t i v a t e m e s s a g e , 222 w m P a i n t m e s s a g e , 186 w m X X X X c o n s t a n t s , 504 W O b j e c t s unit, 114, 8 7 9

93I

932


w o r d p r o c e s s o r s , see text editors W o r d R e c r e c o r d t y p e , 513 Write B l o c k t o D i s k e d i t o r c o m m a n d , 33 W r i t e B u f p r o c e d u r e , 523 W r i t e C h a r p r o c e d u r e , 524 W r i t e C o m m f u n c t i o n , 735 WritePrivateProfileString f u n c t i o n , 742 WriteProfileString f u n c t i o n , 742 wvsprintf f u n c t i o n , 785

x-z x g r a p h i n g , 163 x-axis, 171 y g r a p h i n g , 163 y-axis, 171 Yield function, 788

IF Y O U R

COMPUTER

USES

3 1/2-INCH

DISKS

T h o u g h m a n y p e r s o n a l c o m p u t e r s u s e 5 1/4-inch disks to store i n f o r m a t i o n , s o m e n e w e r c o m p u t e r s u s e 3 1/2-inch disks. If y o u r c o m p u t e r requires 3 1/2-inch disks, return this f o r m to S A M S t o o b t a i n (free o f charge) a 3 1/2-inch disk to u s e with this b o o k . S i m p l y c o m p l e t e the i n f o r m a t i o n o n this f o r m a n d mail this p a g e t o :

Turbo Pascal for Windows™ Bible Disk Exchange @

SAMS 11711 N. College A v e n u e , Suite 140 Carmel, IN

46032

Name: _ Address: City: Phone:

State:

ZIP:

30212

TURBO PASCAL FOR WINDOWS

B I B L E T u r b o P a s c a l for W i n d o w s is r e a d y to m a k e y o u a s u c c e s s ful W i n d o w s applications develo p e r . First, you n e e d a clear, h a n d s - o n guide that s h o w s you how. S a m s T u r b o P a s c a l for Windows Bible m a k e s Windows challenging p r o g r a m m i n g style simple e n d m a n a g e a b l e ! Y o u learn f r o m a structured e n v i r o n m e n t built a r o u n d proven p r o g r a m m i n g e x a m p l e s a n d listings o n a bound-in disk. T h e b o o k quickly familiarizes y o u with O b j e c t W i n d o w s , the l a n g u a g e s y n t a x , a n d other e s s e n t i a l e l e m e n t s of application d e v e l o p m e n t . M o r e c o m p l e x a s p e c t s of W i n d o w s p r o g r a m m i n g are then explored in detail, including m e m o r y management, Dynamic Data E x c h a n g e , D y n a m i c Link Libraries, and professional d e s i g n c o n s i d e r a t i o n s that m a k e y o u r p r o g r a m m i n g efficient—and expressive. O n c e

you're c o m f o r t a b l e with the O O P b a s i c s , study this s e c t i o n . You'il b e u p to s p e e d in a hurry. T h i s b o o k a l s o c o n t a i n s the m o s t c o m p l e t e r e f e r e n c e available. A complete reference s e c t i o n — p a c k e d with the information you need — provides a n invaluable r e s o u r c e y o u c a n turn to a g a i n a n d a g a i n . It's e a s y to e n s u r e y o u r T u r b o P a s c a l for W i n d o w s s u c c e s s . G e t the big picture with t h e T u r b o P a s c a l for W i n d o w s Bible! G a r y E n t s m i n g e r is a writer, p r o g r a m m e r , a n d consultant. H e w a s a n a s s o c i a t e editor for Micro

Cornucopia

(the

t e c h n i c a l journal) for five y e a r s . In addition to writing c o l u m n s for B o r l a n d ' s Turbo Technix magazine, he has a u t h o r e d b o o k s o n objectoriented p r o g r a m m i n g .

INFORMATION CENTER INT

ADV

HOW TO REFERENCE

IBM COMPATIBLE PROGRAMMING TURBO PASCAL FOR WINDOWS

$39.95 US/$49.95 C A N

9 780672 302121

ISBN 0 672 30212 8

The T u r b o P a s c a l f o r W i n d o w s Bible

shows you the most efficient ways to: Create and develop Windows applications • Program expert graphics with the Whitewater Resource Toolkit i Design and develop your own interfaces with ObjectWindows 1 Share various object libraries with DLL • Debug and fine tune your applications Manage your Turbo Pascal for Windows projects

Turbo Pascal for Windows Bible

Turbo Pascal for Windows Bible

Turbo Pascal

Turbo Pascal

Turbo Pascal

Turbo Pascal - Programowanie

Turbo Pascal и Delphi

Turbo Pascal 7.0 на примерах

Turbo Pascal 7.0 на примерах

Turbo Pascal для школьников.Версия 7.0

Паскаль. Turbo Pascal і Delphi

Знакомство со средой Turbo-Pascal

Turbo-Pascal. Начальный курс : Учеб. Пособие

Turbo Pascal в подлиннике. Наиболее полное руководство

Photoshop 6 For Windows Bible (Bible Series)

Turbo Pascal 7.0 - Практика программирования (учебное пособие)

Практикум но программированию на языке Turbo Pascal

Photoshop 6 for Windows Bible

Программирование в среде Turbo Pascal 7.1

Система программирования Turbo-Pascal 7.0.Учебное пособие

Turbo-Pascal. Начальный курс : Учеб. Пособие

Photoshop 6 for Windows Bible

Язык программирования Turbo Pascal 6.0, 7.0

Алгоритмизация и программирование на Turbo Pascal

Практикум по программированию на языке Turbo Pascal

Windows Vista Ultimate Bible

Windows 7 Bible

Windows Server 2008 Bible

Windows XP Bible

Windows Server 2003 Bible

Windows Server 2008 Bible

Turbo Pascal for Windows Bible